•'■•,»'

?^K -

T'

.. J

,..'\i^'' '

'»,

'^---Hy -- '

••, ^aV-Sv.

I.--''

Kf^*'

^

*i'<'- ■■,■■ '

;o-J,, .

,j«;*,''''i' ' ■

1

,^ov ■'

■

:^i:^ ^ ; ■ ^

■

I'^r 'V .■:

■

■S^r;-»->-

■

;"-:';>^/it

1

*a#^^

A

1

r

)

THE

GEOLOGICAL RECORD

FOE

1874.

AN ACCOUNT OF WORKS

ON

GEOLOGY, MINERALOGY, AND PALAEONTOLOGY

PUBLISHED DURING THE YEAR.

EDITED BY

WILLIAM WHITAKER, B.A., F.G.S.,

OP THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF ENGLAND.

>. -V

<,

-b^y-^

s>

LONDON:
TAyiOE AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

1875.

PBINTED BY TAYLOR AND PBANCIS,
BED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

FLAMMAM.

PEEFACE.

The first work that should be recorded in this the first volume
of the Geological Record is that of its Sub-Editors and Con-
tributors, who have done their self-imposed task so zealously
as to greatly lighten my own editorial duties, although at the
same time increasing the size of the book to about a third
more than the original estimate.

A word of thanks is also due to those gentlemen who came
forward as Guarantors, in order to insure the expense of the
work. It is most satisfactory, however, that their office proves
to be purely honorary, the number of Subscribers being large
enough to cover the cost of publication.

The British Association having now voted a grant towards
the expenses of the Geological Record, we shall be relieved
from financial anxiety in future.

It was, of course, impossible to compile such a book without
some sort of classification ; and the plan adopted is as simple as
could be devised. Under each heading works are arranged
alphabetically after the authors' names, except Maps, which
are in the alphabetical order of places. There are altogether
more than 2000 entries.

Some difficulty was felt in many cases in deciding whether

a2

IV PREFACE.

a paper or journal was published in 1874 or earlier. When
this occurred it was thought better to give the authors the
benefit of the doubt ; and therefore a few papers of 1873 may
have been included, as well perhaps as some of 1875.

In some cases we have given the title only of a memoir,
either from not being able to see the original, or from its
having come to hand too late for further notice, even in the
lengthy " Addenda.^' It is hoped that in future, when the
' Geological Record ' is better known, it may have more aid
from Scientific Societies sending their publications.

The delay in publication has been owing to various causes,
but chiefly to the great extension of the book. However, as
Subscribers get over 100 pages more than was promised, and
at no additional cost, they can hardly complain.

In conclusion, I would thank the printers for the way in
which they have done their work, ^it perpetuum.

WILLIAM WHITAKER.
London, December 1875.

CONTENTS.

♦

Page

Pbeface iii

List of Guabantobs vii

Initials op Contbibutobs viii

List of Contbactions ix-xv

Ebbata xvi

Stbatigbaphical and Descbiptivb Geology.

1. British Isles. W. Topley, F.G.S., Assoc. Inst. C.E.,

Sub-Editor 1-44

2. Europe. G. A. Leboub, F.G.S., Sub-Editor 45-107

3. Arctic Regions. G. A. Leboub, F.G.S., Sufe-Editor 108, 109

4. America. G. A. Leboub, F.G.S., Sub-Editor 110-129

5. Asia. F. Dbew, F.G.S., Sub-Editor 130-143

6. Africa 144-148

7. Australasia. R.Ethebidge, Jun., F.G.S., Sub-Editor.*. 149-lGO

Physical Geology. Prof. A. H. G been, M.A., F.G.S., Sub-Editor.

1. Volcanic Phenomena j Metamorphism ; Underground

Temperature ; Changes of Level ; Formation of Moun-
tains 161-171

2. Denudation j Glacial Phenomena 172-181

3. Rock-formation 182, 183

4. Cosmogony j Miscellaneous 184, 385

Applied and Economic Geology. W. Topley, F.G.S.,

Assoc. Inst. C.E., Sub-Editor 186-190

VI CONTENTS.

Page

Petrology. F. W. Kudler, F.G.S., Sub-Editor 197-215

Meteorites 216-220

Mineralogy. F. W. Rudleb, F.G.S., Sub-Editor 221-268

Mineral Waters 259, 260

Palaeontology.

1. Vertebrata. L. 0. Miall, F.G.S., Sub-Editor 261-282

2. Invertebrata. Prof. H. A. Nicholson, D.Sc, F.G.S., Sub-

Editor 283-329

3. Plants. W. Cabruthers, F.R.S.,r.G.S., Sub-Editor. . 330-340

Maps and Sections 341-350

Miscellaneous and General • 351-364

Addenda .' 365-377

Index. By H. B. Woodward, F.G.S , 379-397

GUAKANTORS.

I

J. AiTKEN, Esq., F.G.S.
Dr. BiGSBY, F.R.S., F.G.S.

E. W. BiNNEY, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.
' Rev. T. G. BoNNEY, F.G.S.

Dr. Bo^vERBANK, F.R.S., F.G.S.
(J. Brigg, Esq., F.G.S.
( A Friend.

H. CossHAM, Esq., F.G.S.

F. Crisp, Esq., F.L.S.

C. DARwm, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.
T. Davidson, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.
J. EccLES, Esq., F.G.S.

Sir P. DE M. G. Egerton, Bart., F.R.S., F.G.S.
The Earl op Enniskillen, F.RS., F.G.S.
J. Evans, Esq., V.P.R.S. (Pres. G.S.).
J. Fawssett, Esq.

D. Forbes, Esq., F.R.S. (Sec. G.S.).

R. A. C. Godwin- Austen, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Capt. Marshall Hall, F.G.S.

J. Heywood, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq., F.R.S. (Treas. G.S.).

W. Koch, Esq., F.G.S.

Sir W. E. Logan, F.R.S., F.G.S.

Sir J. Lubbock, Bart., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Sir 0. Lyell, Bart., F.R.S., V.P.G.S.

G. Maw, Esq., F.G.S.

J. C. Moore, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

J. A. Phillips, Esq., F.G.S.

Prof. Prestwich, F.R.S., F.G.S.

F. G. H. Price, Esq., F.G.S.

G. P. Scrope, Esq., F.RS RG.S
The Earl of Selkirk, F.R.S., F.G.S.
S. M. Smith, Esq.

H. C. Sorby, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.
Sir W. C. Trevelyan, Bart., F.G.S.
A. Tylor, Esq., F.G.S.
H. WiLLETT, Esq., F.G.S.
S.V.Wood, Esq., F.G.S.

INITIALS OF CONTRIBUTORS.

A. H. G.. . . Prof. A. H. Green, M.A., F.G.S.

C. E. De R. . C. E. De Range, F.G.S., Geological Survey.

C. L. N. R . . 0. Le N. Foster, D.Sc, F.G.S., H.M. Inspector of Mines.

C. P. G. . . . C. P. Gloyne.

E. B. T. . . . E. B. Tawney, F.G.S., Bristol Museum.

E. E E. Erdmann (Sweden).

E. T. H. . . . E. T. Harpman, F.C.S., Geological Survey.

E. T. N. . . . E. T. Newton, F.G.S., Geological Survey.

F. D F. Drew, F.G.S.

F. J. B. . . . F. J. Bennett, Geological Survey.

F. R F. RuTLEY, F.G.S., Geological Survey.

F. W. H. . . F. W. Harmer, F.G.S.

F. W. R. . . F. W. RuDLER, F.G.S., Museum of Practical Geology

G. A. L.. . . G. A. Lebour, F.G.S.

H. A. N. . . Prof. H. A. Nicholson, D.Sc, F.G.S.

H. B H. Bauerman, F.G.S , Assoc. Inst. C.E.

H. B. W. . . H. B. Woodward, F.G.S., Geological Survey.

H. M. . . . H. Miller, F.G.S., Geological Survey.

J. MT. ... J. MTherson, F.G.S.

L. C. M. . . . L. C. MiALL, F.G.S., Leeds Museum.

R. E., Jun. . . R. Etheridge, Jun., F.G.S., Geological Survey.

R. L. J. . . . R. L. Jack, F.G.S., Geological Survey.

T. M.H.. . . T. M. Hall. F.G.S.

T. R. J. . . . Prof. T. R. Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S.

W. C. . . . W. Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S., British Museum.

W. F. ... W. Flight, D.Sc, F.G.S., F.C.S., British Museum.

W. T. . . . W. ToPLEY, F.G.S., Assoc. Inst. C.E., Geologica. Survey.

W. W. . . . W. Whitakbb, B.A., F.G.S., Geological Survey.

CONTRACTIONS USED IN REFERENCES.

[Where not otherwise stated, Works are in 8vo.]

Abh. k. boh. GeseU. Wiss. — Abhandlungen der koniglichen bohmischen Gesell-

schaft der Wissenschaften. 4to. Prague.
Abh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. — Abhandlungen der K.-k. geologischen Reichsanstalt.

4to. Vienna.
Abh. schweiz. Palceont, GeseU. — Abhandlungen der schweiz. Palaeont. Gesell-

schaft. 4to. Basel.
Amer. Joiim. — American Journal of Science and Arts. Newhaven.
Amer. Nat.- — American Naturalist. Salem, Mass.
Ann. Chim. Phys. — Annales de Chimie et de Physique. Paris.
Ann. des Mines. — Annales des Mines. Paris.

A?in. Nat. Hist. — Annals and Magazine of Natural History. London.
Ann. Rep. Brighton Nat. Hist. Soc. — Annual Report of the Brighton and

Sussex Natural-History Society.
Ann. Rep. Roy. Cornwall Polytech. Soc. — Annual Report of the Royal

Cornwall Polytechnic Society. Falmouth.
Ann. Rep. S. C. N. Tm-k. — Annual Report on the State Cabinet of New

York.
Ann. Rep. Smithson. Inst. — Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the

Smithsonian Institution. Washington.
Ann. Rep. Warwick. Nat. Hist, and Archceol. Soc. — Annual Report of the

Warwickshire Natural-History and Archaeological Society. Warwick.
Ann. Set. Geol. — Annales des Sciences G^ologiques. Paris.
Ann. Sei. Nat. — Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Paris.
Ann. Soc. Giol. Belg. — Annales de la SociiSt^ G^ologique de Belgique, com-
prising Mimoires and Bulletin. Liege.
Ann. Soc. G^ol. Nord. — ^Innales de la Soci^t^ G^ologique du Nord. Lille.
Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. — Annales de la Soci^t^ Malacologique de Belgique.

comprising Mhnoires and Bulletin. Brussels.
An. Soc. Espah. Hid. Nat. — Anales de la Sociedad Espanola de Historia

Natural.
Arb. geol. Landesdurch. Bohm. — Arbeiten der geologischen Landesdurch-

forschung von Bohmen.
Arch. Mu8. Teyler. — Archives du Mus^e Teyler. Haarlem.
Arch. nat. Land. Bohm. — Archiv fiir die naturwissenschaftliche Landes-

durchforschung von Bohmen. Prague.

X CONTRACTIONS.

Arch. Naturk. Ltv-, Usth- Kurlands ; Dorpat. Naturf. Gesell. — Archiv fiir die
Naturkunde Liv-, Esth- und Kurlands. Herausgegeben von der Dor-
pater Naturforscher-Gesellschaft. Dorpat.

Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. — Bibliotheque Universelle et Revue Suisse, ArcMves
des Sciences Physic[ues et Naturelles. Geneva.

At. R. Sc. Turin. — Atti della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino.

At. R. 1st. Ven. Sci. — ^Atti delle Adunanze dell' T. R. Istituto Veneto di
Scienze, Lettere ed Arti.

At. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. — Atti della Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali.
Milan.

Bdtr. Naturk. Preus. phys.-okon. Gesell. Konigsherg. — Beitrage zur Natur-
kunde Preussens, herausgegeben von der physikaliscli-okonomischen
Gesellschaft zu Konigsberg.

Ber. deutsch. chem. G'es^-— Berichte der deutschen cbemisclien Gesellschaft.
Berlin.

Ber. naturf. Gesell. Freiburg. — Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der natur-
forschenden Gesellschaft zu Freiburg im Breisgau.

Ber. Offenbach. Ver. Naturk. — Bericht des Offenbacher Vereins fiir Natur-
kunde iiber seine Thatigkeit. Oifenbach-am-Main.

Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova. — Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias
exactas existente en la Universidad de Cordova. Buenos Ayres.

Bol. Com. map. geol. Espan. — Boletin de la Comision del mapa geologico de
Espana. Madrid.

Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital. — BoUettino del Reale Comitato geologico d' Italia.
Rome.

Bull. Ac. Imp. St. Petersburg. — ^Bulletin de 1' Academic Imp^riale des Sciences
de St. Petersbourg. 4to.

Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg. — Bulletin de TAcademie royale des Sciences &c. de Bel-
gique. Brussels.

Bull. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci. — Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.
BuilTalo [New York].

Bull. Cornell Univ. — Bulletin of the Cornell University (Science). Ithaca,
New York.

Bull. Essex Inst. — Bulletin of the Essex Institute [United States].

Bull. Minnesota Ac. Nat. Sci. — Bulletin of the Minnesota Academy of Natu-
ral Sciences. Minneapolis.

Bull. Soc. cent. Agric. France. — Bulletin de la Soci^t^ centrale d'Agriculture
de la France. Paris.

Bull. Soc. Clim. Alger. — Bulletin de la Soci^t^ de Climatologie d Alger.

Bull. Soc. Geogr. Paris. — Bulletin de la Societe de Geographic de Paris.

Bull. Soc. Geol. France. — Bulletin de la Society G^ologique de la France.
Paris.

Bull. Soc. Giol. Norm. — Bulletin de la Soci^t^ G^ologique de Normandie.
Havre.

BuU. Soc. Hist. Nat. Colmar. — Bulletin de la Soci^t^ d'Histoire Naturelle
de Colmar.

Butt. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou. — ^Bulletin de la Society Imp^riale des Natura-
listes de Moscou. Moscow.

BvUl. Soc. Indust. min. St. Etienne. — Bulletin de la Society de I'lndustrie
mineral de St. Etienne.

Bull. Soc. Indust. N. France. — Bulletin de la Society Industrielle du Nord
de la France. Lille.

BuU. Soc. Lin. N. France. — Bulletin de la Society Linn^enne du Nord de la
France. Amiens.

C0NTEACTI0N8. XI

BuU. Soc. Sci. Nat. iVewcA^^e/.— Bulletin de la Soci^t^ des Sciences Naturelles

de Neuchatel.
Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat. — Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Vaudoise des Sciences

Naturelles. Lausanne.
Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Territories. — Bulletin of the United-States Geological

and Geographical Survey of the Territories. Washington.

Canad. Journ. — Canadian Journal. Toronto.

Canad. Nat. — Canadian Naturalist and Quarterly Journal of Science, with

the Proceedings of the Natural-History Society of Montreal. Montreal.
Chem. Centr. — Chemisches Centralblatt. Leipzig.
Chem. News. — Chemical News and Journal of Physical Science. 4to.

London.
Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. — Cincinnati Quarterly Journal of Science.
Coll. Guard. — Colliery Guardian. Fol. London.
Coinpt. Rend. — Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires des Stances de I'Acad^mie

des Sciences. 4to. Paris.
Compt, Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Franq. — Association Fran^aise pour I'avancement

des Sciences. Comptes-Rendus de la 2ieme Session. Paris.

Denkschr. k. Ak. W. — Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen-
schaften. 4to. Vienna.

Forhand. Vid.-Selsk. — Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania.

Geogr. Mag. — Geographical Magazine. London.

Geol.foren. Stockholm Forhandl. — Geologiska forefiingens i Stockholm For-

handlingar.
Geol. Mag. — Geological Magazine. Loudon.

Jaarh. Mijn. Ned. O.-Ind. — Jaarboek van het Mijnwezen in Nederlandsch

Oost-Indie. Amsterdam.
Jahrb. k.-k. Bergakad. — Berg-und Huttenmannisches Jahrbuchder k.-k. Berg-

akademien zu Leoben und Pribram und der kdniglich ungarischen Berg-

akademie zu Schemnitz. Vienna.
Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. — Jahrbuch der kaiserlich-koniglichengeologischen

Reichsanstalt. Vienna.
Jahrh. Nassau Ver. Nat. — Jahrbuch des Vereinsfur Naturkunde in Herzog-

thum Nassau. Wiesbaden.
Jahresheft. Ver. Naturk. Wurttemberg. — Jahreshefte des Vereins fiir vater-

landische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg. Stuttgart.
Jen. Zeitsch. f. Naturwiss. — Jenaische Zeitschrift fUr Naturwissenschaft.

Jena.
Journ. Atithrop. Inst. — Journal of the Anthropological Listitute of Great

Britain and Ireland. London.
Journ. App. Sci. — Journal of Applied Science. Fol. London.
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. — Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Calcutta.
Journ. Bath and TV. Eng. Soc. — Journal of the Bath and West-of-Eugland

Society for the Encouragement of Agriculture, Arts, Manufactures, and

Commerce. Bath.
Journ. Chem. Soc. — Journal of the Chemical Society. London.
Journ. Conch. — Journal de Conchyliologie. Paris.
Journ. Iron and Steel List. — Journal of the Iron and Steel Institution,

London.

Xll CONTEACTIONS.

Joum. prak. Chem. — Journal fiir praktische Chemie. Leipzig.

Jaiirn. Quek. Micr. Club. — Journal of the Quekett Microscppical Club.
London.

Jown. Roy. Agric. Soc. — Journal of the Koyal Agricultural Society of Eng-
land. London.

Joum. R. Geogr. Soc. — Journal of the Royal Geographical Society. London.

Joum. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland. — Journal of the Royal Geological Society of
Ireland, London and Dublin.

Joum. Roy. Hist, and Archceol. Assoc. Ireland. — Journal of the Royal Histo-
rical and Archaeological Association of Ireland. Dublin.

Joum. Roy. Inst. — Journal of the Royal Institution. London.

Joum. Roy. Inst. Cornwall. — Journal of the Royal Institution of Cornwall.
Truro.

Joum. Soc. Arts. — Journal of the Society of Arts. London.

Joum. Vict. Inst. — Journal of the Transactions of the Victoria Institute, or
Philosophical Society of Great Britain. London.

Joum. Winchester Sci. and Lit. Soc. — Journal of the Winchester and Hamp-
shire Scientific and Literary Society.

Joum. Zool. — Journal de Zoologie. Paris.

K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar. — Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akade-
miens Handlingar. Stockholm.

o ^ o .

Lunds Univ. Arss. — Lunds Universitets Arsskrift (or Acta Universitatis
Lundensis).

MSI. Phys. Chim. — Melanges Physiques et Ohimiques tires du Bulletin de
I'Acad^mie Imp^riale des Sciences de St.-Petersbourg. St. Petersburg.

Mem. Ac. Roy. Belg. — Memoires de 1' Academic Roy ale des Sciences etc. de
Belgique. 4to. Brussels,

Mem. Ac. Sci. 1st. Bologna. — Memorie della Accademia deUe Scienze deU'
Istituto di Bologna. 4to.

Mem. Com. map. geol. Espan. — Memorias de la Comision del mapa geolo-
gic© de Espana. Madrid.

M^. cour. Ac. Roy. Belg. — Memoires couronn^s et Memoires des Savants
Etrangers pubHes par I'Academie Royale des Sciences etc. de Bruxelles.
4to.

Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. — Memoirs pf the Geological Survey of India. Cal-
cutta.

Mem. Lit. Phil. Soc. Manchester. — Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical
Society of Manchester.

Mem. R. Com. Geol. Ital. — Memorie per servire aUa descrizione della Carta
Geologica d' Italia. 4to.

Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou. — Nouveaux Memoires de la Soci^te Imperiale
des Naturalistes de Moscou.

Mem. Soc. Inq. Civ. — Memoires de la Society des Ingenieurs Civils.

Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneve. — Memoires de la Societe de Physique
et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve.

Mem. Soc. Sci. Agr. Arts, Lille. — Memoires de la Societe des Sciences, de
I'Agriculture et des Arts de Lille.

M4m. Soc. Sci. Hainaut. — Memoires et Publications de la Soci^t(5 des Sciences,
des Arts et des Lettres du Hainaut. Mons.

M^m. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchdtel. — Memoires de la Societe des Sciences
Naturelles de Neuchatel.

CONTB ACTIONS. XIU

Micros. Journ. — Monthly Microscopical Journal, and Transactions of the
Royal Microscopical Society. London.

Min. Journ. — Mining Journal. Fol. London.

Min. Mitt. — INlineralogische Mittheilungen. 4to. Vienna.

MisceU. Papers Kent Sci. Inst. — Miscellaneous Papers of the Kent Scientific
Institute [U. S. A.].

Mittheil. Jahrb. kon^ ung. geol. Anst. — Mittheilungen aus dem Jahrbuche
der kon. ungarischen geologischen Anstalt.

Mittheil. k.-k. geogr. Gesell. — Mittheilungen der kaiserlich-koniglichen geo-
graphischen Gesellschaft. Vienna.

Mittheil. naturf. Gesell. Bern. — Mittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesell-
schaft in Bern.

Monatsb. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss. — Monatsberichte der koniglich preussischen
Akadeniie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.

Monthly Notices Hog. Soc. Tasm. — Monthly Notices of Papers and Proceed-
ings of the Royal Society of Tasmania. Hobart Town.

Naturaleza. — La Naturaleza. Periodico scientific© de la Sociedad Mexicana

de Historia Natural. 4to, Mexico.
N. Jahrh. — Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologic und Palaontologie.

Stuttgart.

bfver. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. — Ofversigt af Kongl.Vetenskaps-Akademiens
Forhandlingar. Stockholm.

Palaont. Soc. — Palaeontographical Society [Monographs of]. 4to. London.

Papers Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. — Papers of the Eastbourne Natural-History
Society (reprinted from a local newspaper). 4to.

Phil. Mag. — London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and
Journal of Science. London.

Phil. Trans. — Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of Lon-
don. 4to.

Pogg. Ann. — Annalen der Physik und Chemie. Herausgegeben zu Berlin
von J. C. PoggendorfF. Leipzig.

Pop. Sd. Pe7\ — Popular Science Review. London.

Proc. Amer. Assoc. — Proceedings of the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science. Salem.

Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. — Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society,
held at Philadelphia, for promoting Useful Knowled<?e. Philadelphia.

T^oc. Bath Nat. Hist, and Antiq. Field Club. — Proceedings of the Bath
Natural-History and Antiquarian Field Club.

Proc. Belfast Nat. Hist, and Phil. Soc. — Proceedings of the Belfast Natural-
History and Philosophical Society.

Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. — Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural
History. Boston [United States].

Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. — Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists' Society.
London and Bristol.

Proc. Cottesioold Nat. Field Club. — Proceedings of the Cotteswold Naturalists'
Field Club. Gloucester.

Proc. Geol. Assoc. — Proceedings of the Geologists' Association. London.

Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc. — Abstract of the Proceedings of the Liverpool
Geological Society.

Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng. — Minutes of Proceedings of the Institution of Civil
Engineers. London.

XIV CONTRACTIONS.

Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Liverpool. — Proceedings of the Literary and Philo-
sophical Society of Liverpool.

Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester. — Proceedings of the Literary and Phi-
losophical Society of Manchester.

Proc. L^jc. Nat. Hist. N. York. — Proceedings of the Lyceum of Natural
History of the City of New York.

Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow. — Proceedings of the Philosophical Society of
Glasgow.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. — Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh.

Proc. Somerset Archcsol. and Nat. Hist. Soc. — Proceedings of the Somerset
Archaeological and Natural-History Society. Taunton and London.

I^oc. S. Wales Inst. Eng. — Proceedings of the South Wales Institute of
Engineers.

Proc.-verh. Soc. Mai. Belg. — Proces-verbaux de la Soci6t6 Malacologique
de Belgique. Brussels.

Proc. Warwick. Nat. and Archcsol. Field Club. — Proceedings of the Warwick-
shire Naturalists' and Archeeologists' Field Club. Warwick.

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. — Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of

London.
Quart. Journ. Sci. — Quarterly Journal of Science. London.

Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. — Records of the Geological Survey of India. Calcutta.

Bend. R. 1st. Xom&.— Rendiconti del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e
Lettere. Milan.

R^. Brit. Assoc. — Report of the British Association for the Advancement of
Science. London.

Rep. Miners' Assoc. Cormvall and Devon.— 'Report and Proceedings of the
Miners' Association of Cornwall and Devonshire. Falmouth.

Rep. Rugby School Nat. Hist. /Soc— Report of the Rugby-School Natural-
History Society.

Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Territories. — Report of the United-States Geological
Survey of the Territories. 4to. Washington.

Rev. Mar. et Col. — Revue Maritime et Coloniale. Paris.

Rev. Sci. — Revue Scientifique de la France et de I'Etranger. 4to. Paris.

Rev. Univ. des Mines. — Revue Universelle des Mines, de la M^tallurgie des
Travaux Publics, des Sciences et des Arts appliques a I'Industrie. Paris.

Sitzungsb. Gesell. JBeford. ges. Naturwis. Marburg. — Sitzungsberichte der
Gesellschaft zur Befdrderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften zu
Marburg.

Sitzungsb. Isis Dresden. — Sitzungsberichte der naturwissenschaftlichen Ge-
sellschaft Isis in Dresden.

Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. math.-nat. CI. — Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften, mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche
Classe. Vienna.

Sitzungsb. math.-phys. Classe k.-h. Ak. Wiss. — Sitzungsberichte der mathe-
matisch-physikalischen Classe der koniglich-bayerischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu MUnchen. Munich.

Sitzungsb. naturf. Gesell. Leipzig. — Situngsberichte der naturforschenden
Gesellschaft zu Leipzig.

Sitzungsb. phys.-med. Soc. Erlangen. — Sitzungsberichte der physikalisch-
medicinischen Societat zu Erlangen.

Skand. Natur. Forhandl. — Skand. Naturforskerinodet Forhandlingar. Co-
penhagen.

CONTRACTIONS. XV

Sveriges Geol. unclersok. — Sveriges Geologiska Undersokning. [Swedish
Geological Survey.] Stockholm.

Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. — Transactions of the American Institute of

Mining Engineers.
Trans. BoU Soc. Edin. — Transactions of the Botanical Society of Edin-
burgh.
Trans. Connecticut Ac. Set. — Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of

Sciences.
Trans. Devon. Assoc. — Transactions of the Devonshire Association for the

Advancement of Science, Literature, and Art. Plymouth.
Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. — Transactions of the Edinburgh Geological So-
ciety.
Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow. — Transactions of the Geological Society of

Glasgow.
Trans. Inst. Surveyors. — Transactions of the Institution of Surveyors.

London.
Trans. Manchester Geol. Soc. — Transactions of the Manchester Geological

Society.
Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Eng. — North-of-England Institute of Mining and

Mechanical Engineers. Transactions. Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Trans. Nov. Scot. Inst. — Transactions of the Nova-Scotian Institute of

Natural Science. Halifax, N. S.
Trans. N. Zealand Inst. — Transactions and Proceedings of the New-Zealand

Institute. Wellington.
Trans. Plymouth Inst. — Annual Report and 'Transactions of the Plymouth

Institution.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. — Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh.

4to.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria. — Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Melbourne.
Trans. Zool. Soc. — Transactions of the Zoological Society of London. 4to.

Verh. k.'k. geol. Reichs. — Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-koniglichen geolo-

gischen Reichsanstalt. Vienna.
Verh. naturf. GeseU. Basel. — Verhandlungen der naturforschendeh Gesell-

schaft m Basel.
Verh. nat. Ver. Carlsruhe. — Verhandlungen des naturwissenschaftlichen

Vereins in Carlsruhe.
Verh. schiveiz. naturfor. Gesell. — Verhandlungen der schweizeriechen natur-

forschenden Gesellschaft. SchafFhausen.
Verh. Wilrzburg phys.-med. Ges. — Verhandlungen der Wiirzburg physi-

kalisch-medicinischen Gesellschaft in Wiirzburg.
Ver. Med. Kon. Ak. Wet. — Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke

Akademie van Wetenschappen. Amsterdam.

Zett. deutsch. geol. ^c«e//.— Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesell-
schaft. Berlin.

Zeit. yesam. Nat. — Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften.
Berlin.

ERRATA.

P. 5, line 27, for Brown, W. J. read Beown, D. J.

P. 14, line 16 from foot, /or Gedsgrave read Gedgrave.

„ Habets, a. The two notices under this name should not have been in-
serted, the original papers being noticed.
P. 17, line 21, for Detitral read Detrital.
P. 22, line 9 from foot, for extension read extrusion.
Pp. 31, 32. Prestwich should have come before Price.
P. 35, line 16, for Luddenham read Luddenden.
P. 45, line 3, /or and read or.
P. 53, line 26, /or criticsied reat^ criticised.
P. 56, line 7 from foot, for Pleurodyctium read Pleurodictyum.
P. 74, Under Jervis, line 2, for de read di. This paper is noticed in " Addenda,"
p. 372.

„ line 9 from foot, for Hsevningsfaenomeneme read Hoevningsfoenomenerne.
P. 79, line 5 from foot, /or Wengen read Werfen.
P. 86, top, Neumayr should have come in p. 85.
P. 134, line 3, for Fras read Fraas.
P. 158, line 3, after R. insert E.
P. 178, for Pattersen read Pettersen.

P. 180, line 17 from foot, for amnorkningar read anmarkningar ; and for an-
tedning read anledning.

P. 216, line 4 from foot, for Suc6 read Luce.
P. 217, line 10, for AUesburg read Altenburg.

„ „ 17, „ Angora „ Angara.

„ „ 21, ,, Angora „ Angara.
P. 218, line 20, for 17*45 read 14-75.

,, „ 25, „ Burkart ,, Borkub.

,, ,, 33, „ Ledran ,, Lodran.

„ „ 1 from foot, and 2nd line of p. 219, for under read during.
P. 219, line 11, for Jousac read Jonsac, and /or Jurinas read Juvinas.
P. 220, lines 1, 11, 28, and 3 and 7 from foot, for Orivinio read Orvinio.
„ 2, add p. 459.
„ 25, „ Ixx. p. 459.
P. 223, line 14 from foot, after woodcuts insert See also pp. 48-53.
P. 243, for Newberry read Newbery.
P. 252, line 21 from foot, for Helleflinta read Halleflinta.
P. 253, line 8 from foot, for fan read fran.

„ „ 3 „ the formula should be

4Ca(FCl) + 5[3CaO(P05.As05)].

„ under Struver insert Atti R. Ac. Sci. before^ and vol. ix. p. 763 after
Turin.
P. 256, line 19 from foot, for species read specimens.
P. 257, line 2 from foot, for chalcedomy read chalcedony.
P. 282, last line, for Abth read Alth.
P. 295, line 8 from foot, after Rhone insert 4ifeme Partie. Lias 8up6rieur.

„ „ 7 „ „ iv. „ Pp. 335, 62 plates.

P. 329, line 7, for Jokn read John.
P, 334, line 22, for Noeggarathia read Noeggerathia.
P. 335, „ 7 from foot, after Geol. insert Mag.

P. 337, line 3, add In part also (under the title " New Vegetable Fossils of Vic-
toria") in Appendix, Reports of the Mining Surveyors and Registrars, No, 84,
pp. 41-42, plates ix., x.

P. 351, line 9 from foot, /or Nagnes read Nogues.
P. 352, line 22, for incised read worked.

THE

GEOLOGICAL RECORD

EOR 1874.

I

STRATIGRAPHICAL AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOLOGY,

I. BRITISH ISLES.

Aitkin, J. On the occurrence of High level Drift in the neigh-
bourhood of Bacup. Trans. Geol. Soc. Manchester, vol. xiii. part v.
p. 133.
Describes the occurrence of pebbles and other drift on Holcombe
Hill, at Horncliffe and Brandwood Moors, at Bull Hill, at the summit
of Cribden (overlooking Rawtonstall), and at Dirpley Hill (1060 to
1370 feet). Two flints were found which had been chipped by man.
At Bull Hill Mr. Aitkin has since found flint-flakes (arrow-heads) at
the bottom of the peat. C. E. De R.

. Remarks on the Bone Cave of Windy Knoll, near Castleton,

recently described by Mr. Plant. Trans. Geol. Soc. Manchester,

vol. xiii. part v. p. 151.

States that the ossiferous fissure described was the same as that

from which he saw a large number of bones thrown out five or six

years ago. C. E. Be R.

Anon. Note of Meeting at Burton Dasset and Kineton. Proe. War-
wickshire Nat. and Archa^ol. Field Club for 1873, p. 17.

. Note of Excursion to Northampton. Ibid. pp. 18-20.

. Note of Meeting at Eatington. Ibid. pp. 21, 22,

. [William Gray.] The Geology in the * Guide to Belfast

and the Adjacent Counties,' by the Belfast Naturalists' Field Chib.
Pp. 20-77, plates 1-8, 30 (Sections, Fossils, &c.). 8vo. Belfast.
Gives a description of all the rocks of the counties of Antrim and
Down, from granite to peat, noting the chief sections and mineral pro-
ducts, with analyses of Magnesian Limestone, Lias, and Chalk. W. W.

. <* Physical Features " and "Geology" in Murray's * Handbook

for Travellers' in North Wales. Ed. 4, pp. v-xvi. 8vo. Lond.
1874. n

2 GEOLOGY.

Anon. [Rev. H. II. Winwood.] Summary of Proceedings for the

year 1873-4. Proc. Bath Nat. Hist, and Antiq. Field Club,

vol. iii. no. 1.

Notices of Excursions : — to Broadfield Down, with geological notes,

pp. 90, 91 ; to Old Down and Eadstock, pp. 101, 102. H. B. W.

. Discovery of a Coal Seam at Sandwell Park. Geol. Mag.

dec. 2, vol. i. p. 240.
Mentions the discovery of the " brooch-coal" at a depth of 380
yards, and of the " herring-coal" below it.

. The Sandwell Park Trial Sinking. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,

vol. i. p. 336.
The " thick coal," 20 J feet thick, was found at 418 yards.

. Excursion to Charlton. Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no. 5,

pp. 205, 206.

Prof. Morris remarked that though we have here the Thanet Sands
lying conformably on the Chalk, it is probable that we have lost some
hundreds of feet of chalk, either by denudation or by decomposition
after the deposit of the sands, and that the bed of green-coated flints
on the Chalk must have been formed by the quiet and slow removal
of part of the latter. W. W.

Excursion to Aylesbury. Ibid. pp. 210, 211.

Notices various sections.

Excursion to Brighton. Ibid. no. 6, pp. 239, 240.

Prof. T. B. Jones referred the formation of the *' Elephant Bed"
(chalk debris) to a banking-up, from the " reflex action of the tides
consequent on the obstruction of the isthmus which existed where are
now the Straits of Dover." W. W.

. Excursion to Hatfield. Ibid. no. 6, pp. 240-242.

[K. L. G.]. Geology of Clevedon. Science Gossip, no. 113,

p. 117.
Chiefly questions.

Aegall, "W. The Ironstone Works at Easton Neston, Northamp-
tonshire, llep. Miners' Assoc. Cornwall and Devon for 1873,
pp. 27, 28.
'There arc two beds of ironstone, containing about 40 per cent, of
metal. The upper, 12 feet thick, is separated by 10 or 15 feet of an
ochreous substance from the lower, which is 20 feet thick. C. L. N. F.

Bailt, W. H. Sketch of the Geology of Belfast and the Neighbour-
hood. Science Gossip, no. 116, pp. 169, 170.

Notices the chief places of geological interest.

Barnett, a. K. Observations on the Elvan Courses, Greenstones,
and Sandstones of Cornwall, with Eemarks on their associated
Mmerals. 41st Ann. Eep. Boy. Cornwall Polytech. Soc. pp. 142-
181 ; and Rep. Miners' Assoc. Devon and Cornwall for 1873,
pp. 69-94, with a map.

BRITISH ISLES. 3

Mr. Barnett gives the following definition of elvans : — " The Cornish
Elvans are rocks occurring in veins or dykes composed of two or more
of the following minerals in variable proportions — quartz, felspar, mica,
schorl, and chlorite — the base being granular or compact, and gene-
rally containing imbedded crystals of its components, which render it
porphyritic." After separating them into six different groups, he gives
a description of sixty-two elvan-courses, mentioning the principal
quarries or mines where sections may be seen. Yery little is said about
the greenstones and sandstones. C. L, N. E.

Barr, Thomas M. On the Geology of the North-Eastern District of

Yorkshire. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. part 3, pp. 291-300,

plate (map).

A general account of the geological features of the country between

the Tees and Eskdale. The map, on the scale of six miles to an inch,

shows roughly the boundaries of the Upper Oolite, Oolite, Lias, Trias,

and Permian. A short analysis of statistics as to the produce &c. of

the Cleveland iron-ore is given. • G. A. L.

Barrow, J". The Dynfi Mineral District. Plates 22-29 (map and
sections) issued with Proc. S. Wales Inst, of Eng. vol. viii. no. 5.
Discussion, ibid. vol. ix. no. 1, pp. 12-17.

Bassett, A. The Diamond Drill. Trans. N.Engl. Inst. Eng. vol. xxiii.

plates xxxvi.-xl.
Gives sections of Coal Measures passed through in borings at Risca
[?and elsewhere].

Beddoe, Dr. J. Address to the Department of Anthropology. Rep.
Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 134-140.

The author points out the threefold division of Yorkshire — not that
into ridings, but that marked out by nature. (1) The western moor-
lands— the region of Carboniferous Limestone and Millstone Grit, of
narrow valleys, and cold rainy moorlands. (2) The Plain of York —
the region of the Trias, monotonously fertile; to this the plain of
Holderness and the vale of Pickering may be regarded as eastern ad-
juncts. (3) The eastern moorlands and wolds; these are the most
important parts of Yorkshire to the prehistoric archaeologist. Largo
as the county is, and sharply marked off into districts by striking di-
versities of geological structure, climate, and surface, there is an ap-
proach to unity in its political and ethnological history which could
scarcely have been looked for. AV. T.

Bedwell, E. a . The Isle of Thanet. The Ammoni to Zone, the DepI h

of the Chalk in Section, and the Continuity of its Elint Floorings.

Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 16-22, 94 (map and sections).

The total thickness of Chalk in the cliffs of the Isle of Thanet is

180 feet. The highest bed is seen at Eoreness, the lowest near Pegwell.

The author has marked the positions of 89 large Ammonites (which

average 3 feet in diameter), taking as a datum the double line of

nodular flints which is exhibited nearly continuously from Birchingtoa

b2

4 GEOLOGY.

to Kingsgate. The Ammonites occur from 4| to 60 feet below this line ;
32 specimens were found at an average of 12 feet, and 25 specimens at
an average of 20 feet. 35 specimens were identified as A. lejptophylluSj
4 as A. Lewesiensis, and 1 as A. peraTnplus ; but the author suggests
that these three forms may be identical. The Ammonite zone, covering
a depth of between 55 and 56 feet, contains no layers of flints ; but
there arc flints occasionally scattered through it.

Two bands of flint are particularly mentioned. The upper forms
a solid floor of flint, 3 to 4 inches thick, and is known by well-diggers
all over the island. The lower lies 31 feet below this; it is a foot
or more thick, and resembles a large mass of irregular honeycomb.
At irregular intervals there are vertical columns of flint uniting this
band with the one above. At Pegwell Bay 51 feet of chalk, which
is to be seen on the Margate qH&s, is said to be wanting. "W. T.

Bed WELL, F. A. On Ammonite zones in the Isle of Thanet. Proc.

Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no. 5, pp. 217-238. Map and sections as in

Geol. Mag.
This is a shorter notice of the facts stated in the foregoing paper.

Beeslet [T.]. Excursion to Banbury. Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii.
no. 5. pp. 197-204.

Notices sections of Middle Lias near Banbury, of the Ironstone-
quarries at King's Sutton and Adderbury, and of the Great Oolite near
Broughton and Tadmarton Heath. W. W.

Bennett, Captain S. Remarks on Metalliferous Yeins. Rep. Miners'

Assoc. Cornwall and Devon for 1873, pp. 1-8.
The principal object is to show that nearly all good lodes in Cornwall
and Devon dip towards granite or an elvan dyke. C. L. N. F.

Blake, Rev. J. F. Note on the Red Chalk in Yorkshire. Geol.
Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 362-364 (woodcut).

The author describes a section near Givendale church [wrongly de-
scribed beneath the woodcut as near Ripon, "W. R. of Yorkshire], in
which is Red Chalk containing Ammonites Deshayesi ; it rests on con-
glomerate, and this on sandstone the age of which is doubtful, but
which is unlike any Oolitic sandstone of the district. In other places in
the neighbourhood conglomeratic beds and sandstones underlie the Red
Chalk. It is suggested that these may be littoral deposits formed in
hollows. Subsequent depression enabled the Red Chalk to spread over
a wide area, but not without interruptions; for there are gaps and
varieties of level'in the Red Chalk that may be better accounted for by
an irregular surface than by faults.

Red Chalk is found in the White Chalk at Warter ; this is simply
ordinary chalk coloured red ; but the true Red Chalk, or Hunstanton
Rock, generally has much sandy matter and small round grains of the
same dark rock which furnished the older conglomerate. Near Lon-
desborough the White Chalk contains some layers of brown carbona-
ceous clay. W. T.

BRITISH ISLES. 5

Brodie, Rev. P. B. Kotes on a Railway- section of the Lower Lias

and Rhootics between Stratford-on-Avon and Fenny Compton, on

the occurrence of the Rhoctics near Kincton, and the Insect-hcds

near Knowle in "Warwickshire, and on the Recent Discovery of

the Rhaetics near Leicester. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.

pp. 746-749.

The first-named sections are the best in Warwickshire ; it is probable

that the Rhaetic beds underlie the Lias throughout the county. As a

general rule, in Warwickshire, when the White Lias is absent its place

is occupied by the " firestones " and " guinea-bed," and vice versa. At

Spinney Hills, near Leicester, Rhaetic beds have been found. They

contain the ordinary fossils, with the addition of Opliiura. The paper

concludes with a note on the range of the Rhaetics in England. W. T.

Brogden, a. On the Rampside Boring, near Barrow. Journ. Iron
and Steel Inst. no. 2, 1874, pp. 300-319.

Brothers, A. [Note on a Well at Southend.] Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc.

Manchester, vol. xiii. no. 9, p. 91.
[Section described, in 1872, in Geol. Survey Mem. vol. iv.]

Brown, T. F. The South-Wales Coal-field. Trans. N. Engl. Inst.
Eng. vol. xxiii. pp. 197-256 (plates xlii.-xlvi., sections and plans).

Enters into details concerning the history, yield, method of working,
&c. of the coal-field. The Coal-measures, of a total thickness of more
than 7000 feet, are divided into three series : — (1) Upper Pennant,
varj'ing from 400 to 3000 feet in thickness ; (2) Lower Pennant, from
1100 to 3000 feet; (3) White Ash series, from 500 to 1000 feet.
Analyses of ironstones are given. W. T.

Browx, W. J. On the Silurian Rocks of the South of Scotland. —

Part II. Llandovery Rocks. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii.

pp. 316-321.

Discusses the position of the Moffat Shales in the Lower Silurian series

of the South of Scotland, and treats of the Llandovery Rocks of Ayrshire

and their supposed relations to the beds on which they rest. H. A. N.

. On the Silurian Rocks of the South of Scotland. — Part III.

Wenlock and Ludlow Rocks. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii.
pp. 377-383.
Notices the Upper Siluiian rocks of Kirkcudbright, tlic Pentlaud
Hills, and Lesmahagow. Gives the conclusions to which ho had been
led by his study of the Silurian rocks of the South of Scotland, and
concludes with a table embodying what he believes to be their true
arrangement. II. A. N.

Callaway, C. On the Occurrence of a Tremadoc Area near the

Wrekin, in South Staffordshire, with Description of a New Fauna.

Quart. Journ. (Jeol. Soc. vol. xxx. p. 196.

Notes a section of light-green micaceous shales, at Shineton, near

Cressage. The author believes the beds to be of Tremadoc age, and

describes, as new therein, 9 fossils from the locality. W. T.

6 GEOLOGY.

Champernowne, a. On the Discovery of a species of Starfish in the
Devonian Beds of South Devon. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 5.

The specimens were found at Inglebourne House (about three miles
S.S.W. of Totncs), in coarse slates, with one or two thin gritty layers.
The author believes the beds to belong to the Upper South Devon
Series. W. T.

On a Contortion of the Limestone at Torquay, and the pre-

sence of Calceola sandalina at its base. Trans. Devon. Assoc.
vol. vi. part 2, pp. 548-551, 1 plate.
Referring to the distorted, faulted, and contorted peninsula on which
Torquay stands, Mr. Champernowne proceeds to cite various instances
to show that in its structure it is a great anticlinal. He directs atten-
tion to a remarkable, but less apparent, contortion of the limestone at
the west end of Meadsfoot beach, and brings forward evidence, mainly
on palaeontological grounds, to prove that the isolated limestone knoll
near Hesketh Crescent is in reality a repetition of the main body of the
same rock which forms Daddy-Hole plain. This latter has Calceola
sandalina at its base, and is separated from the " knoll " by a mass of
grey or olive -coloured shales (or slates). T. M. H.

Close, Eev. Maxwell. The Elevated Shell-bearing Gravels near
Dublin. Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. iv. pt. 1,
pp. 36-40. (Also in Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 193-197.)

The author had already mentioned having found marine shells in the
elevated Pleistocene gravels near Dublin, at heights of 1000 and 1200
feet above the present sea-level. The shells are in a fragmentary con-
dition, and are scarce. They occur in the "limestone-gravels" which
rest on the sides of the Three-Rock Mountain, near Bally edmon duff,
also near the ruins of Caldbeck Castle ; between Kilmashogue and
Tibradden hill-spurs ; near Ballybrack road and the military road ;
and near the summit of Montpelier Hill (850 to 1200 feet). The shells
obtained are all of living species, but as a group they present a more
boreal fades than those of the present coasts and of the low-level gravels.
The pebbles of the gravels are subangular and scratched ; and the
nearest limestone ground whence they could have come is from 2^ to
4J miles distant, and from 800 to 900 feet lower down. Hence the
author infers that the gravels could not have been brought to their
present situation by water alone, but were, together with the asso-
ciated shell-fragments, transported from a north-westerly direction,
and that the animals to which the shells belonged lived and died some-
where else, towards the north-west, before the time when the sea was
deep enough to deposit the elevated gravels. E. T. H.

Collins, J. H. On the Great Perran Iron Lode. Rep. Miners'
Assoc. Cornwall and Devon, for 1873, pp. 55-69, with a map.

The great Perran lode bears about 35"^ N. of W., averages perhaps
thirty feet in width for a course of several miles, underlies from 3 to 4
feet in a fathom, and contains large quantities of spathose iron. The
upper part of the lode consists chiefly of brown hsematite, due to the

BRITISH ISLES. 7

decomposition of the spathose ore which is met with, before the sea-level
is reached. The great bunches of ore in the Perran lode appear to
occur where it is crossed by the north and south lead-lodes of the dis-
trict. No less than eighteen different minerals occur in connexion
with the lode. Analyses of the ore are given, and also an analysis of
the garnets that are sometimes found near it. C. L. N. F.

Ckosskey, Rev. H. ^Y. Report of the Committee appointed for the

purpose of ascertaining the existence in different parts of the

United Kingdom of any Erratic Blocks or Boulders. Eep. Brit.

Assoc, for 1873, pp. 188-194.

The report notes the occurrence of striated Charnwood-Forest

boulders at Hugglescote railway-cutting, near Bardon Hill. Similar

boulders are described from Ketley gravel-pit, 50 miles distant from

Charrjwood Forest, where they are associated with travelled boulders

of granite, probably from Cumberland or Scotland, and with blocks of

local origin. The boulders occur in sand, with molluscous shells,

chiefly in fragments ; thirteen species have been identified, of which

only one (Astarte borealis) is extinct in British waters. The report

gives details of the method employed in mapping the boulders of the

Midland districts ; some information regarding the boulders of this area

is given ; and the report concludes with a description, by Mr. PengeUy,

of a granite boulder on the shore of Barnstaple Bay. AV. T.

Dakyns, J. R. On the Geology of part of Craven. Rep. Brit. Assoc,
for 1873, Sections, pp. 78, 79.

This paper gives a great amount of detail ; it describes the divisions
of the Millstone Grit, comparing them with those in other districts.
The whole series is divided into two by a conspicuous grit, continuous
with the third grit of Lancashire, and here named the middle grit.
The general run of the rocks in the basin of the Aire is described : the
general strike is N.E. and S.W. ; but about the latitude of Skipton it
changes to E. and W. The Yoredale rocks are described. W. T.

Darbishire, R. D. Note on a Deposit of Middle Pleistocene Gravel
in the Worden-Hall Pits, near Leyland, Lancashire ; and on a
Collection of Shells and Fragments of Shells found there by Miss
M. H. Ffaiington. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 38-40
(see also Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. xiii. p. 72).
The pit is from 40 to 50 feet deep ; the top part is in a yellow brick-
clay, the bottom part in a fine sea-sand (of unknown depth) ; between
these lies the gravel, 30 to 40 feet thick. The pebbles are of many
kinds ; there are often fragments of Mountain Limestone, flints rarely
occur; some of the larger stones are striated. Fragments of marine
shells occur throughout the gravel, but the larger number at its base,
just above the sand ; here the shells are often unbroken. The shell-
bearing band is 240-250 feet above the sea.

The shells resemble those found in the Wexford gravels ; they also
represent the present fauna of the western shore of Britain, except that
an arctic shell {Fusus craticulatus, Fabr.) also occurs. W. T.

8 * GEOLOGY.

Davey, E. C. The " 8poiige-Grraver' Beds at Coxwell, near Faring-
don ; with an Appendix on Cole's Pits. Paper contributed to the
Newbury Field Club. 8vo. pp. 14. 20 photographic illustrations
(18 of fossils). Wantage.

The " Sponge-Gravel " crops out over a space of^ about a mile by a
quarter of a mile, and is from 25 to 40 feet thick, forming a plateau
based on Kimmeridge Clay, and capped in places by dark ironsand.
The bed is a conglomerate of sand and fossils, mostly hardened by a
ferruginous cement. There has been much dispute as to the age of
this gravel, it having been referred to the Lower Greensand, Upper
Greensand, and the highest (Maestricht) Chalk. Sharpe appears to
have been led to take this last view from the abundance of Poljzoa ;
but the author finds that of about fifty species found at Coxwell not
six occur at Maestricht ; nor does he think that any species of sponge
is common to the two deposits.

It is now allowed that these gravels belong to the Lower Greensand,
on these grounds : — 1. Similarity with Lower Greensand at Seend &c.

2. Presence of Lower Greensand Brachiopoda and Echinodermata

3. Infraposition to the Lower Greensand ironsand of Furze Hill

4. Dissimilarity to Upper Greensand, which is fairly developed in the
neighbourhood.

The fossils are of two sorts — those that lived on the spot, and those
derived from Oolitic beds. The latter can be distinguished by colour
and condition, and they are chiefly the remains of Vertebrates; the
former are Sponges, Polyzoa, Echinoderms, and bivalve Mollusca, the
absence of univalves being remarkable. The Sponges are most im-
portant, both as forming a large part of thfe gravel and from their good
preservation. Sharpe names sixteen species, diff'ering greatly in form
and size. The author makes some additions to this list, and suggests
the omission of other forms.

" Cole's Pits " are old excavations, extending over 14 acres. They
have, by some, been regarded as the remains of early British habita-
tions ; and the largest has been assigned to no less a person than
«' King Cole." The author shows that this view is untenable, and
that the pits are only the remains of old workings. W. W.

Dawkiis's, W. B. Eeport of the Committee appointed for the pur-
pose of exploring the Settle Caves. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873,
pp. 250, 251.

The cave- earth, containing the remains of hyaena, bear, mammoth,
&c., is overlain by laminated clay, and underlain by a confused bed of
large limestone blocks imbedded in clay, partly amorphous, partly lami-
nated, with sand in some places. These deposits are covered up at the
mouth of the cave by a talus of angular fragments ; excavations have
shown that this talus graduates in its lower part into a clay containing
scratched Silurian stones. Mr. Dawkins thinks that the laminated
clay has been shown to lie at various levels ; and he considers that it
may be forming even now below the cave- earth, being washed there
by rain. Whilst the author believes that the evidence of the relation

BRITISH ISLKS. 9

of the older deposits to the glacial phenomena of the district is not
very clear, he yet thinks that the fauna of the cave-earth was pre-
glacial. The postglacial river-deposits of northern England have not
yielded such remains, whilst they are abundant in districts south of a
line drawn between Chester and York. W. T,

Dawkins, W. B. Cave Hunting. Researches on the Evidence of Caves
respecting the Early Inhabitants of Europe. (Coloured plate and
woodcuts.) Pp. xix, 455. 8vo. London.

Chap. i. The history of Cave-exploration is given ; and ossiferous
caves are divided into three groups — Historic, Prehistoric, and
Pleistocene. Chap. ii. Caves are described as of various ages, formed
generally by the agency of fresh water and the chemical action of
carbonic acid, but occasionally by the sea and by volcanic action.
Chap. iii. treats of the Historic Caves of Britain ; Chap. iv. of the
Caves of the Iron and Bronze age in Britain : those of Cesanda in
Portugal are described as having probably been inhabited by cannibals.
Chap. V. treats of the Xeolithic caves of North Wales with bones of
platycnemic men, the tallest of whom was not more than 5| feet high.
Chap. vi. It is stated that skulls of dolichocephalic and brachy cephalic
types are found in British Neolithic caves ; the former are cognate
with the Basque people, who were invaded by the Celts, these by the
Belgse, and these again by the Germans : the first two had brachy-
cephalic skulls, the long-headedness of the last being due to frontal
development, instead of occipital as in the Basques. Chap. vii. Various
caves of doubtful age are described. Chap. viii. An account is given
of the Pleistocene caves of Germany and North Britain ; and valleys
are shown to have been excavated, and great physical changes to have
taken place, since palaeolithic man lived in these caves. Chap. ix. The
same species of animals found associated with palaeolithic man in caves
are described as occurring with him in the old river-gravels ; and it is
thought that the same race of man occurs in both, a race closely allied
to the modern Esquimaux. Chap. x. The caves of Southern Europe,
the fossil Mammalia of Algeria, and the former continuity of Africa by
way of the Iberian peninsula are described. Chap. xi. The Glacial
period does not separate one life- era from another ; two faunas are
described — the one a northern group, the other a southern group.
Chap. xii. The Pleistocene is divided into late, middle, and early by
means of the Mammalia. C. E. De 11.

De IIance, C. E. On the Physical Changes preceding the Deposition

of the Cretaceous Strata in the South-west of England. Geol.

Mag. dec. 2. vol. i. pp. 240-253.

The author first describes the Cretaceous beds of West Dorset and

Soutli Somerset. Beneath the Yellow Chalk there are the following

zones (in descending order) — of Scaphites ceqiialis, of Fecten asper, of

Ex'ogyni conica. Fox mould. Cow-stones or zone of I [oplo^xiria longi^

maivi, Gault. The fossils of the Dorsetshire Gault resemble those of

the Lower Gault at Folkestone. Notes on the gravels and faults of the

10 GEOLOGY.

area are given. The author considers the conditions under which the
Cretaceous beds were deposited, referring largely to published works.
He regards the Phosphate-beds, which recur at intervals throughout
the Cretaceous series, as evidence of a continuous coast-line throughout
that period, from which it seems that shells were washed by currents
at times when changes of sediment (and consequently of fauna) were
taking place. W. T.

Dewick, Eev. E. S. The Geology of Eastbourne and its Yicinity.

Chap. vi. of ' Handbook for Eastbourne,' by G. F. Chambers. 6th

edit. 8vo. London & Eastbourne, pp. 143-150.
Contains a list of fossils from the Cretaceous rocks of Eastbourne.

Dickenson, J. On the Saliferous Strata. Trans. Geol. Soc. Man-
chester, vol. xiii. part ii. p. 23.

Gives the results of his Report to Parliament on the state of landslips
caused by the working of salt, and classifies the Eed rocks of Lancashire
and Cheshire as foUows : — (1) Keuper or Saliferous [Marl], with thin
beds of limestone and 210 feet of rock-salt, 600 feet ; (2) Lower Keuper,
or Red Marls, with two beds of variegated sandstone, 500 feet ; (3)
Bunter, or Upper Red Sandstone, 900 feet ; (4) Red Marls, valley of
Irk, 210 feet, and Lower New Red Sandstone (Permian), 600 feet.

Mr. Dickenson suggests that the Permian Red Marls, sunk through
in Hafod-y-bwch Colliery, Denbighshire, are in reality Carboniferous ;
he refers to the fact that the salt of Middlesboro' occurs at a depth of
300 yards beneath Red Sandstone, and believes that the streaked mark-
ings in the Marlstone were due to the sliding of overlying beds caused
by the melting and flowing away of the salt to the sea. C. E. De R.

Egan, E. W. Explanatory Memoir to accompanying Sheet 47 of the
Maps of the Geological Survey of Ireland, with Palaeontological
Notes by "VY. H. Baily. Pp. 57. 8vo. Dublin. (EiveVoodcuts,
sections, and view.) [Published in 1874, though dated 1873.]

The ground is gently undulating, rising to 819 feet south of Armagh ;.
the low grounds to the north around the Bann, Blackwater, &c., are
covered with bog ; and those rivers convey all the drainage into Lough
Neagh. The formations are : — Bog, Alluvium, Drift, Miocene Clays,
Keuper, Bunter, Permian Breccia, Lower Carboniferous, Lower Silurian
(Caradoc or Bala), Basalt, Dolerite, and Eelstone.

The limestone near Armagh affords some beds of handsome marble,
extremely fossiliferous. Near the town occur Permian breccias (boulder-
beds and conglomerates), described by Prof. Hull, and referred to the
Lower Permian. * The boulders appear to have been deposited by float-
ing ice. Permian beds are also found on the Blackwater, near Ben-
burb ; and these are the only Lower Permian beds yet observed in
Ireland. The Triassic beds occupy a considerable area in the north
and west of the district, and underlie the city of Armagh, but are well
exposed only in isolated localities. At the north a Tertiary lacustrine
deposit of clays, with a little sand, is found, being the continuation of
the clay-beds of Lough Neagh. Sometimes good white pipeclay is got,

BRITISH ISLES. 11

and, it is supposed, lignite at one place. These overlie the basalt, which
spreads over a large area to the north and west around Portadown &c.,
with isolated patches near Markethill, and at Pointspass to the south-
west. It is in general hard, dark grey and finely crystalline, very
amygdaloidal and zeolitic, and weathers in spheroids. Prof. Hull gives
" Microscopic Notes " of that near Ballyleny, which consists of a sub-
crystalhne augitic base, with many prisms of triclinic felspar (Labra-
dorite) ; magnetite or titano-ferrite, olivine, and chlorite also are present.
It is a fair sample of the basalts of the north-east of Ireland.

Mr. Baily furnishes *' Paloeontological Notes," with list of fossils,
and fossil localities. He notices the absence of Goniatites, as weU as
Orthoceratites, in the Carboniferous Limestone — also the abundance of
fish-remains in the Armagh marble, being for the most part palatal
teeth and defence-spines of fish allied to sharks and rays, in general
character corresponding to the fish-remains of the Carboniferous Lime-
stone near Bristol and at Farlow. The memoir contains a " Detailed
Description " of all the foregoing, and a short notice of the Drift. This
consists of Lower Boulder Clay, with overlying sands and gravels ; the
latter contain occasionally fragments of shells and pieces of silicified
wood. E. T. H.

Ellis, J. W. Note on the Stump-Cross Caverns at Greenhow, near
Pately Bridge. Eep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, p. 80.

These caverns were discovered in 1860 by miners searching for lead,
at a depth of 9 fathoms from the surface. They are remarkable for
the great beauty of their stalactites. W. T.

Etheridge, R. On the Geology of Coal and Coal Deposits in the
British Islands. Beport of Proceedings 11th Annual Meeting,
British Association of Gas Managers, pp. 84-109.

Describes the range of Carboniferous rocks of Western Europe, and
then refers in more detail to the British Coal-fields, giving for each area
the results of the Coal-Commission Report, statistics of produce, quan-
tity still remaining, &c. The " concealed Coalfields " are referred to,
and the possibility of the existence of Coal Measures beneath the S.E.
of England is discussed. The paper concludes with notes on the Flora
of the Coal. W. T.

Etheridge, R., jun. Description of a Section of the Burdiehouse
Limestone and connected Strata at Grange Quarry, Burntisland.
Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii. pp. 273-270.

Describes a new exposure of the Burdiehouse Limestone at the Grange
Quarry near Burntisland. The measures consist, in descending order,
of: — 1. A thick sandstone with fragmentary remains oi Le^idodemlron
and Stiffmaria ; 2. Two beds of flaggy shales, separated by a thin course
of black friable shale and containing species of Lepidodendron, Eury-
notiis crenatits, PalcBoniscuSf sp., Leperditia Scoto-hurdigalensisj Beyrichia
(U'cnata, and Kirkhya annectens ; 3. Friable black shales with Sphe-
nopteris affinis ] 4. Limestone, 12-14 feet in thickness, with Leperditia
Scoto-burdiyalemis and iStiymaria-rooilGts. H. A. N.

12 GEOLOGY.

Fisher, [Bev.] 0. [Letter] on the origin of the Estuary of the
Fleet. Reply to Mr. Kinahan. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 190.

Gives further reasons for believing that the shore-line of the Fleet
has not been formed by marine erosion. The shingle of the bank is
slowly travelling inwards and encroaching upon the Fleet. W. T.

. [Letter on] the Chesil Bank. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.

pp. 285, 286.

The author believes that currents store up an accumulation of pebbles
beneath the bay, which, being within reach of unusual wave-action, are
at times thrown up on the beach. The order of events along this coast
has been : — 1. Subaerial excavation of valleys. 2. Growth of forests
now submerged. 3. Depression and formation of Scrobicularia-clajs
and low cliffs — probably the period of the 30-foot raised beaches. 4.
Slight re-elevation and silting-up of some of the estuaries. "W. T.

FoRDHAM, H. G. Notes on the Structure sometimes developed in
Chalk. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. p. 43.

Describes a bed of concretionary chalk at Ashwell ; and refers the
parallel striae to "an incipient crystallization arising from the formation
of the concretions." ^Y. T.

FuRLEY, R. A History of the Weald of Kent, with an outline of the
History of the County to the present time. Yol. ii. (in two parts),
pp. xii, 935. 8vo. Ashford & Lond.
[Vol. i., published in 1871, contained " A Sketch of the Physical

Features of the District," by H. B. Mackeson, pp. 423-437.]
Contains some scattered notices of the old Wealden ironworks, and
of the scenery and ancient condition of the district. Pages 250-254
give a sketch of the formation and history of Romney Marsh, chiefly by
Mr. James Elliott, illustrated by a map of the marsh copied from that
by Mr. T. Lewin. W. T.

GoMERSALL, W. The Round-Boulder Hills of Craven. Rep. Brit.
Assoc, for 1873, Sections, p. 80.

These hiUs of Boulder Clay lie between the rivers Aire and Ribble ;
their height above the base on which they stand varies from 100 to
300 feet. The highest are to the north and west of the group, whilst
they gradually diminish to the south and east. W. T.

GooDCHiLD, J. G. Note on the Carboniferous Conglomerates of the
Eastern Part of the Basin of the Eden. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. xxx. pp. 394-400 (section).

The author describes the section at Ash Fell, and compares it with
that at Roman Fell on the N.E. side of the Pennine faults. At the
former the beds are (in descending order) : — a, carboniferous limestone
with thin sandstones and shales (1000 feet) ; h, sandstone with fossili-
ferous shales and beds of limestone (500 feet) ; c, limestone (500 feet) ;
d, shales with thin impure limestones passing down into conglomerate-
beds, and then again passing into the drift-like beds which have else-
where been described as Upper Old Red Sandstone. Division b and the

BRITISH ISLES. 13

lower part of a are represented along the Cross-Fell escarpment, but
particularly at Roman Fell, by a series of sandstones and conglomerates
(the " Eoman-Fell beds ") ; these have been confounded with the true
basement-beds, and have also been described as Old Red Sandstone.
The author suspects that they may represent the Calciferous Sandstone
of Scotland. It has been found that in the north-west of England the
limestones of the Carboniferous series thicken towards the south-east,
and that the drifted deposits thicken and become coarser towards the
north-west. W. T.

Gkeenwood, Col. G. Origin of the Fleet. [Letter.] Geol. Mag.
dec. 2, vol. i. p. 143.

Gives reasons for believing that the Chesil Bank is not due to tidal
currents, but to the prevalent south-westerly winds, Portland preventing
the onward passage of the shingle. "W. T.

. Why are the largest stones found at the east end of the

Chesil Bank? Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 576.

Between groins the largest pebbles are carried by the waves to the
leeward end. Portland is a natural groin. Boulder Clay is formed, he
thinks, by storms of wind washing out pebbles into the clays. W. T.

Guise, Sir W. V. Annual Address, 1873. Proc. Cotteswold Nat.
Field Club, vol. vi. pp. 63-80.

The author refers to a communication by Mr. Etheridge, giving some
of the results arrived at by the Coal-Commission in reference to Glouces-
tershire and Somersetshu'c (pp. 64-69).

The various field-meetings are noticed, and the following subjects : —
Dr. T. Wright's remarks on a new species of Uraster from the Forest
Marble of Road, Wiltshire (pp. 71, 72) ; and the caves on the Great
Doward, which have yielded large quantities of the teeth and bones of
Mammoth, Rhinoceros, Lion, Bear, Hyaena, Irish Elk, &c., with flint
knives and scrapers (pp. 72-75). H. B. W.

. Annual Address, 1874. Proc. Cotteswold Nat. Club, vol. vi.

pp. 91-104.

Refers to Mr. Lucy's paper on the submerged forest-bed near Sharp-
ness (pp. 92-94). Notices the field-meetings, and refers to Prof. Buck-
man's paper, the object of which was to show that the Cephalopoda-bed
of Dorset is the equivalent of the " Gryphite Grit " of Leckhampton
and of the "Trigonia Grit" of Lineovers. The Professor further con-
tended that the sands beneath the Cephalopoda-bed in Dorset, for at
least 100 feet of their thickness, represent the Inferior Oolite beds of the
mass of Leckhampton and Crickley Hills (pp. 95-98). Mr. Witchell's
paper on the angular gravel of the Cotteswolds, in which ho attributed
its deposit to the action of rain and surface- drainage, but thought that
in some instances it was brought down the slopes of the hills upon a
surface of frozen snow, is also noticed (p. 98). H. B. W.

GuNN, John. On the Probability of finding Coal in the Eastern
Counties. (Norwich Geol, Soc.) Norwich Mercury, no. 8372,

14 GEOLOGY.

p. 4 ; Norfolk News, no. 1521, p. 11 ; and Eep. Brit. Assoc, for

1873, Sections, p. 81.
The author advises a boring at Hunstanton, which would probably
not exceed 1000 feet before touching Palaeozoic rock, from the absence
and thinning-out of beds, and from the Chalk having been upheaved
1700 feet from Yarmouth to that place, bringing the beds beneath so
much the nearer to the surface. He also gives reasons for believing it
probable that Coal Measures exist there. This paper has been pubhshed
somewhat more fully in Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iv. p. 35 (1875). W. W.

GuNN, J. On the Pile-driving in Wroxham Little Broad, and the
lUusti'ation it affords of the mode of formation of the Valleys of the
Bure and the Wensum. (Norwich Geol. Soc.) Norwich Mercury,
no. 8390, p. 3.
The greatest depth to which a pile was driven through the marsh was
72 feet beneath the level of the water. The depth of water is about
8 feet ; therefore the bottom of the water was once 66 [64] feet lower
than now. The cause of this excavation is thought to be due to alter-
nate elevations and depressions, during the former the excavating power
of water being increased, and during the latter materials being depo-
sited and turbaries formed, some parts remaining as broads. On either
side of the valleys are the same formations, out of which the valleys
have been scooped, which process the author thinks to be principally
due to submersion under the glacial sea, aided afterwards by fluviatile
and atmospheric action. The occurrence of Hint-implements in the
valley -gravels is noticed. W. W.

. [Presidential Address to the Norwich Geological Society.]

Norwich Mercury, no. 8445, p. 6.

Notices the finding of the largest known specimen of Voluta Lam-
herti (9 inches long) in Coralline Crag at Aldborough, and of a horn,
apparently of an early form of Cervus elapJius, in the same bed at
Gedsgrave. Alludes to the advantages of Hunstanton as a place for a
trial-boring to find the Palaeozoic rocks, remarking that the bore might
begin there in Kimeridge Clay, which was not reached for 290 feet in
the Netherfield bore. W. W.

Habets, a. Gisements d'hematite du pays de Purness et du Cum-
berland. [Hematite deposits of Furness and Cumberland.] Eev.
Univ. des Mines, t. xxxvi. pp. 329-335, pis. 17, 18.

An abstract of a paper by M. Wiirzburger, read at the Meeting of
the Iron and Steel Institute, Sept. 1874.

. Recherches de houille, a Eampside, pres de Barrow. [Search

for Coal at Eampside, near Barrow.] Eev. Univ. des Mines,
t. xxxvi. pp. 335-338.

An abstract of Mr. Brogden's paper read at the Meeting of the Iron
and Steel Institute, Sept. 1874.

Hardman, Edward T. Note on a small raised Estuarine Beach at
Tramore Bay, co. Waterford, showing traces of several oscillatory

BRITISH ISLES. 16

movements during tlie Recent Period. Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ire-
land, ser. 2, vol. iv. pt. 1. pp. 31-36 (woodcut) ; and Geol. Mag.
dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 210-215.
The Bay of Tramore is cut off by a sand ridge from an old estuary.
At various places around this, and at heights from 2 to 10 feet above
high-water mark, traces of a raised beach are found — layers of sand and
gravel, with recent shells, being found resting on Boulder Clay, vege-
table soil, or, in one instance, peat-bog. At the southern corner of the
estuary near the town there is a partially submerged and silt-covered
bog. The author gives details and sections, and considers that the facts
warrant the conclusion that there have been at least three oscillatory
movements of depression and emergence, the peaty and vegetable layers
denoting land-surfaces, the shelly gravels being shore-deposits. This
seems to bear out the theory of Mr. T. M. Reade on the frequency of
such former movements in the estuaries of the Mersey, Dee, and Ribble.
The shelly gravels of Dundalk, and the peat and silt underlying Belfast,
are doubtless due to similar causes, while a good instance is furnished
by the estuary of "Wexford, where thick peat is found under 16 feet of
mud. E. T. H.

Haekness, Prof. R. On the occurrence of Faults in the Permian
Rocks of the lower portion of the vale of the Eden, Cumberland.
Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, p. 81.

The composition of the Lower Permian rocks between Kirkby Stephen
and Armathwaite is described. The strike of the beds here is N.N.W.;
if this continued along the vale of the Eden the neighbourhood of Ar-
mathwaite and Ainstable would have been occupied by the Corby sand-
stones (Upper Permian) ; but the Penrith sandstones (Lower Permian)
are here extensively developed. The author infers a N.E. and S.W.
fault here, with an upthrow on the N.W. side. Other faults are de-
scribed lower down the Eden, one of which brings purplish -white
sandstones and grey shales, of Carboniferous age, near to the Upper
Permian. W. T.

Haemer, F. W. The result of the Geological Survey of the Eastern
Counties by Mr. S. V. Wood, Jun., and himself. (Norwich Geol.
Soc.) Eastern Daily Press, April 11.
Mr. Harmer exhibited a geological map, on the scale of an inch to
the mile, and a number of sections illustrative of the structure of the
Crag and Glacial beds of the district. The remarks made were a sum-
mary of the paper on the Upper Tertiaries of the east of England, pub-
lished by the Palasontographical Society in 1873. F. W. H.

Ha-vves, William. On the Channel Tunnel. Journ. Soc. Arts,
vol. xxii. pp. 397-408 (see also p. 437).

Notices works done under the sea. Discusses Mr. Prestwich's idea
of driving a tunnel through the Paleeozoic rocks, and dismisses it as im-
practicable, as also the idea of driving it through the London Clay, and
advocates the course through the Lower Chalk as the only possible one.
A long discussion follows the paper. W. W.

16

GEOLOOY.

HUBERT, Prof. E. Comparaison de la Craie des Cotes d'Angleterre
avec celle de France. [Comparison between the Chalk of England
and that of France.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3' ser. t. ii. pp. 416-
428.

In a table the author thus states the parallelism between the divisions
of the Chalk of the Kentish coast and his own : —

English Diyisions.
F. Chalk with much flint and many fossils .
2. Margate Chalk *.
1. St. Margaret's Chalk.

French Divisions.
Chalk with Micraster coranguinum.

E. Chalk with much flint and many
fossils.

Chalk with Micraster cortestudinarium.

Chalk with Holaster planus.

Upper zone, '

D. Chalk with few flints.

•^/^^AA^^ „^ Chalk with Inoceramus
Middle zone, ). ^^^.^^^^^

Lower zone, J

C. Chalk without flints, with many fossils.

B. Chalk without flints, and few fossils-

A. Chalk Marl, Grey Chalk, U. Green-
sand.

Glauconitic Chalk.

G. A. L.

Henderson, J. On some Sections of Boulder-clay, Peat, and Strati-
fied Beds exposed in a Quarry recently opened at Redhall, Slate -
ford, near Edinburgh. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii.
pp. 391-395.

Describes and illustrates by a section the superficial deposits exposed
at the locality mentioned. H. A. N".

Henwood, "W. J. Observations on the Detrital Tin-ore of Cornwall.
Journ. Koy. Inst. Cornwall, no. 15, pp. 191-254. (Traduction
par extraits in Ann. des Mines, 7^ ser. t. vi. pp. 114-130, with a
note by the Author on the localities where gold has been found in
Cornwall.)
These deposits in Cornwall and Devon have been worked for ages,
and are now nearly exhausted. This paper refers chiefly to those few
still in progress. A description of the lodes is given, and of some areas
(as near St. Austell) in which tin-ore occurs scattered through the
granite. The granitic gravel containing pieces of tin-stone, which oc-
curs in valleys draining the tin-bearing districts, is called "tin-ground,"
The several workings in these valleys are described. The largest body
of stream-tin wrought of late years is near Eestronguet Creek, in the
Camborne granitic district ; this is worked by open cuttings and also
by shafts 50 or 60 feet deep. Wear Tregedna the stream-tin deposit is
overlain by from 20 to 30 feet of mould and hardened silt.

The debris of the bed beneath the tin-ground always prevails in it.

* This is a mistake. The Margate Chalk contains very few flints, and is not
included in division F, being above it. W. w.

BKITISH ISLES. 17

Other ores than tin occur. The proportion^ of tin-ore in one of the
newest works scarcely exceeded that in one of the poorest lodes ; but
the metal from the stream-ore is the best. Gold has been found, but
very sparingly, in the detritus of every tin-district.

The blocks and smaller fragments on the tin-ground show marks of
abrasion ; and the interstices are tilled with sand and clay. The bed
that rests on it is scarcely distinguishable from it, except that its ingre-
dients are perhaps less abraded, and that it is almost destitute of tin-
ore. The bed next above this has a likeness in neighbouring valleys,
and yet sometimes differs in different parts of the same valley: it seems
that after the tin-ground was deposited timber sometimes flourished in
the lower valleys, and brushwood in the upland glens, subsequent
change in the relative levels of land and sea affecting the former more
than the latter, and that the deposit of barren debris was once or twice
interrupted by a large formation of peat. Vegetable remains of the
same kind occur within short vertical distances from the *nin-ground"
both north and south of the watershed.

The deep valleys which formerly opened to the sea below high-water
mark, on the south coast, contain alternations of mineral with vegetable
matter, and of freshwater with saltwater deposits.

Detitral tin-ore does not occur only (though chiefly) in the low
grounds, but has also been found in abraded masses on the slopes of
hills, whence it has been traced to the parent lodes.

If detrital tin-ore has also been deposited in the sea, it must be
covered, as on land, by more recent deposits, soundings having failed to
find it. At Cligger Head the ore derived from the waste of the cliffs is
collected.

The paper concludes with three tables, giving the composition of the
tin-ground and of the adjoining and neighbouring rocks, the comparison
of vegetable remains in the upper and lower parts of the same and of
different valleys, and the mineral composition and organic contents of
the beds laid open in various stream-works.

Throughout is a very large number of footnotes, giving references to
the many works on the district. W. W.

Hicks, H. On the Arenig and Llandeilo llocks of St. David's. Rep.
Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, p. 82.

This paper is a continuation of a previous one, and completes the de-
scription to the top of the Llandeilo series. The Lower Aren'uj series
occurs as black slates and flags, about 1000 feet thick ; and it con-
tains many species of dendi-oid Graptolites and Trilobitcs peculiar to
this group. The Upper Areniy series occurs as fine-grained, soft, black
shales, 1000 feet thick ; and all the fossils are distinct. The Lower
Llaiicleilo series consists of black slates and hard grey flaggy sandstones
with siliceous schist and beds of felspathic ash at the lower part, and of
dark slates and flags with many calcareous bands in the upper part ;
about 1500 feet thick. The Upper Lhmdeilo series consists of black
slates and flags, several thousand feet thick.

All these divisions are conformable with each other. The author
1874. c

18 GEOLOGY.

doubts whether any other spot hitherto examined in Britain could show
80 continuous a section of these rocks ; still he believes that there is
ample evidence to prove, from researches made in other parts, that the
succession here made out was, in most of its important details, capable
of being applied to many other districts. The most characteristic fos-
sils of the various divisions are named. W. T.

Hicks, H. On the Cambrian and Silurian rocks of Ramsey Island,
St. David's. Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no. 4, pp. 155-157.

The lowest beds are the Lingula Flags, consisting of sandstones and
slate, about 600 feet thick, and showing signs of having been deposited
in shallow water. On this formation rests conformably the " Tremadoc
group," passing up from the flags into a thick-bedded rock, and con-
taining abundant fossils throughout (1000 feet). Conformably on the
Tremadoc rocks the " Lower Arenig " succeeds, with a rich fauna of
Graptolites. The section (of the northern end of the island) shows that
there is no considerable break between the Cambrian and the Silurian.

W.W.

HoBKiRK, C. P. On the Mosses of the West Riding of Yorkshire.
Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 104, 105 ; and Journ. Bot.
n. s. vol. ii. p. 327.
The paper is prefaced by a short introduction descriptive of the prin-
cipal geological features of the district. The various river-basins are
described ; those of the Wharfe, Upper Aire, and Calder have been most
searched. The distribution of nearly 300 species, so far as known, is
given. W. T.

HoPKiNSON [John]. Excursion to Eastbourne and St. Leonards.
Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no. 5, pp. 211-214.

Notices the cliff-section from Eastbourne to Beachy Head, the Old
Roar quarry (in Wadhurst Clay) with its bone-bed and leaf-bed, the
submerged forest near Bulverhithe, &c. W. W.

HoRNE, J. A Sketch of the Geology of the Isle of Man. Trans. Edin.
Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii. pp. 323-347, with Plate and woodcuts.

Discusses the subject under the following heads: — 1. Previous
Literature ; 2. Silurian Rocks ; 3. Calciferous Sandstone Series ; 4.
Carboniferous Limestone Series, comprising the Lower or Castletown
Limestone Group, the Upper or Poolvash Limestone Group, and the
Poolvash Black-Marble Beds ; 5. Igneous Rocks ; 6. Glacial Pheno-
mena. Under this l&st the author treats of the Glaciation of the low
grounds of the island, the Till and Boulder-clay with interglacial beds,
the Kame series, the shelly clays and stratified sands and gravels, and
the moraines. H. A. N.

Howell, James. On the Geology of Brighton. Part I. Proc. Geol.
Assoc, vol. iii. no. 4, pp. 168-188.

The author notices the features of the South Downs and of the coast,
and the distribution of the beds ; then treats of the recent changes of
the coast, the loss of land that has occurred and its prevention by

BRITISH ISLES. 19

groynes, aad notes the occurrence of a " submerged forest " along the
sea-line. The various beds are then described, beginning with the
newest, the silt of the Brighton valley, which is inferred to have been
deposited in an estuary ; the flotation of large stones by seaweed is here
noticed. The next bed is the Post-Pliocene brick-earth of Hove, the
materials of which the author thinks were derived from the denudation
of the older Tertiary formations. The last deposit noticed is the
*' elephant-bed " or " combe rock," also of Post-Pliocene age, which
consists of fragments of chalk and flints, with some other stones, about
50 feet thick, and is underlain by an old sea-beach and sand. The
combe rock is inferred to have been deposited gently under water, in a
shallow bay or estuary. "W". W.

HuDLESTOif, Wilfrid H. The Yorkshire Oolites. Part I. Proc.
Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no. 7, pp. 283-333, 8 woodcuts (sections).

The district described is high land in the N.E. part of the county,
with escarpments on the west overlooking the Triassic plain, and on
the east bounded by the sea-cliff's. The beds, as a whole, are sandy,
pure limestone being rare ; but there is great diff'erence between the
coast section and the inland sections, the sandy and clayey lower beds
being thickest to the N.E. ; whilst the limestone -beds are, as a rule,
thickest to the S.W. The general shape of the ground and the lie of
the beds is described, and the connexion of the two noticed.

In the Lower Oolites there are four fossiliferous zones, best developed
on the coast — " Dogger " (lowest), " Millepore Bed," *' Scarborough
Limestone," and " Cornbrash." The Blue Wyke Point section is de-
scribed in detail, showing, below the Dogger, " yellow sands," " grey
sands," and " Striatulus beds." The chief fossils of each are noticed.

The Dogger, which has a maximum thickness of 80 feet, as a whole
is a sandy ironstone, partly oolitic in structure. There are in it nodules
of a phosphatic character ; and in some cases the ironstone has been
formed through the replacement of lime by iron. In llosedale the
Dogger and associated beds have been largely worked for iron, the
" magnetic ore " containing over 48 per cent, of metallic iron, peroxide
and protoxide in about equal proportions.

The "lower shales and sandstones" come next (ascending), and reach
a thickness of 280 feet.

The Millepore-bed is sometimes a ferruginous sand rock with bands
of ironstone, poor in lime ; but in other parts it contains limestone. It
is up to 43 feet thick.

The " middle shale and sandstone " which succeeds is the principal
carbonaceous series of the Lower Oolites, and reaches a thickness of
100 feet.

The Scarborough Limestone consists of marine and cstuarine beds,
up to 50 feet thick, with shale (calcareous or not) and ironstone. The
sections at Ilundale and White Nab are described in detail.

The " u})per shale and sandstone" is the next division, with a thick-
ness varying up to 100 fc<)t, and contains much hard siliceous rock.
Its fossils arc cstuarine snd freshwater; and in the crevices of the

c2.

20 GEOLOGY.

rocks the hydrous silicate of alumina known as Scarbroite is often
found.

The Cornbrash, the highest fossiliferous zone, is perhaps the richest
also, although (with its shale) it reaches only a thickness of 13 feet.

The above thicknesses are taken from the coast-section, and amount
to a total of 695 feet. The Derwent- Valley section (inland) is noticed
in detail for comparison ; and here the beds are much thinner (under
200 feet) and different in composition. The Whitwell limestone of this
part, which is the nearest approach in N. Yorkshire to the Midland
type of Inferior Oolite, has been correlated with the Millepore-bed of
the coast.

There are some lists of fossils in the paper, and analyses of iron-
stone &c. W. W.

Hughes, Prof. T. M'K. Exploration of Cave Ha, near Giggleswick,

Settle, Yorkshire. Journ. Anthrop. Inst. vol. iii. no. 8, pp. 383-

387, with plate (sections).

The cave-floor was mould with pellets of owls, kestrels, &c., beneath

which was earth with much mould, pottery, flint-flakes, knives, a

stone bead, and bones of recent species, including many remains of mice.

The bed below was powdery travertine, covering fragments of limestone

cemented into a breccia, with no human relics and but few bones.

One molar of bear was found. F. W. K.

Hull, Prof. E. The Volcanic History of Ireland (Anniversary
Address). Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. iv. part i.
pp. 20-31, with woodcut; and Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 145-
150, 205-210.

The address first refers to the papers read before the Society during
the Session. As regards volcanic phenomena generally, the author states
that neither faults nor earthquakes are necessarily connected with vol-
canic action. Trap- dykes are later than the beds they traverse ; and
sheets of trap are not always contemporaneous with the beds amongst
which they lie. The only certain evidence of contemporaneous volca-
nic action is that afforded by ashes, agglomerates, and other ejecta.

The volcanic rocks of Ireland belong to the Palaeozoic and to the Ter-
tiary divisions. Of the former there are many examples in the Lower
Silurian rocks, as in the counties of Wicklow, Wexford, and Water-
ford — Stradbally and Kill, in the last, seeming to have been foci of
volcanic action. Similar volcanic rocks occur north of the Boyne, and,
less frequently, in Down, Armagh, and Cavan. They are all of marine
origin, and have a marked resemblance to those of North Wales. In
the Galway district Mr. Kinahan considers that similar rocks occur,
but much altered. These volcanic rocks are felspathic and highly
silicated. The Upper Silurian rocks also show evidence of contem-
poraneous action, as in West Mayo and Galway on the north of
Killary Harbour and Lough Mask, another centre of volcanic activity
being shown at the promontory of Dingle. In the Old- lied- Sandstone
period there are several examples — near Boyle, Co. Eoscommon, in

BBITISH ISLES. 21

the Killamey Mountains near Lough Guitane, at Lough Garagarry,
The Devil's Punch Bowl, and Crohane, &c. ; also at Cod's Head and
Dursey Island, and on the shores of Lough Kay and Valentia Har-
bour. Lower Carboniferous Volcanic Rocks are well shown in the
Limerick Basin, and belong to two periods of eruption. Microscopic
examination shows them to belong, with few exceptions, to the old
augitic lavas, or " melaphyres," the base being triclinic felspar, en-
closing crystals of augite, olivine, magnetite, and grains or bands of
chlorite. To the same period belong the volcanic rocks of Bantry
Bay. To the Tertiary period belong the great sheets of augitic lavas
occupying the N.E. of Ireland, extending to the west of Scotland and
Inner Hebrides, and referrible to three periods. The earliest eruptions
were those of highly silicated lavas, trachytes, rhyolites, and pitch-
stones, the old vents of which are found near Hillsborough and also
among the hills N.E. of Antrim. These preceded the Miocene basalts,
and are probably of Upper Eocene age. Then, after a period of repose,
a flow of augitic lavas, basalt, &c. took place, one of the vents being
Scrabo Hill, Co. Down. Another cessation then occurred, during
which the valuable beds of lithomarge and iron-ore were formed under
lacustrine waters. Lagoons also existed ; and beds of lignite were
formed. The plants of these are of Miocene age, establishing the co-
incidence in time of the basalts with that of Mull and the Hebrides.
The third outflow now took place, great sheets of basalt, sometimes
400 or 500 feet thick, being poured out. The principal necks of this
period may possibly be those of Dunluce and Sleamish ; and this out-
burst was accompanied or followed by the protrusion of dykes, cutting
through both old and new sheets. All these volcanic operations seem
to have been subaerial. The subsequent denudation has been enor-
mous. E. T. H.

Hunter, — . Vertical Section of Carboniferous Strata, West of Scot-
land. Part i. 27 pp. 8vo. Carluke.

A detailed section of 642 separate beds from the New Red to the Old
Red Sandstone. Local names are given ; and beds in which fossils have
been found are noted. G. A. L.

Irving, Rev. A. On the Geology of the Nottingham District. Geol.

Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 314-319.
Has since been published in full in Proc. Geol. Assoc. 1875.

Jamieson, T. F. On the Last Stage of the Glacial Period in North
Britain. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 31 7-337 (woodcuts).

There are three well-defined stages in the history of the Glacijil
Period of Scotland: — 1. the great glaciation by land-ice; 2. sub-
mergence and the formation of glacial marine beds ; 3. the period of
tlie later glaciers. It is chiefly with the last that this paper is con~
cerned. Its object is to show that the development of ice and snow
during the third period must have been far greater than is generally
supposed. Local glaciers will not suffice to explain the facts ; a great
ice-sheet must have spread over nearly the whole of Scotland and

22 GEOLOGY.

Ireland, and over the greater part of England. The later ice-sheet was
thinner and less enduring than the earlier ; for it has not destroyed
all the glacial beds produced during the second period. The ice-sheet
gradually shrank into valley-glaciers. Where the retreat of the ice
was rapid, no marginal deposits were formed ; but where there were
pauses in the retreat of a glacier, kaims, eskers, and moraines have
been left. The author enters into some detailed arguments to show
that eskers are not marine, but are more likely to have been formed at
the end of a glacier. The gravel-terraces along the river-valleys are
believed to be glacial, formed when the centre of a valley (or the bed
of a stream) was occupied by a glacier; into the hollows between the
glacier and the hills gravel would be washed down. The glaciation of
the western coast of Scotland has been more extreme than that of the
eastern coast. Ear more rain falls on the west coast than on the east
coast ; and the author infers that a like distribution of snow occurred
during the glacial period. W. T.

Jolly, W. Second Report on Eossils from localities of difficult access
in North- Western Scotland. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, p. 412.

Eossils have only been found near Durness ; these have not yet been
determined. It is desirable that search should be made along the strike
of the limestone between Eribol and Skye. W. T.

Jones, Prof. T. R. Water Supply and " Divining Rods." Geol. Mag.
dec. 2, vol. i. p. 579.

Notes the occurrence of the Oyster-bed of the W^oolwich and Reading
series at Bussock Camp, three miles N. of Newbury. This was found
in sinking a well, in which no water was obtained. The spot had
been chosen by means of the divining-rod, by an expert, *' who had
the reputation of having been most successful at Sandleford, near
Newbury!" W. T.

JuDD, J. W. The Secondary Rocks of Scotland. Second paper. On
the Ancient Volcanoes of the Highlands, and the Relations of their
Products to the Mesozoic Strata. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.
pp. 220-801, plate (map and sections).
There have been two great periods of volcanic activity in Scotland
— one, extending from the commencement of the Old- Red-Sandstone
period down to the close of the Palaeozoic era, the other during
nearly the whole of the Tertiary period. During each of these vol-
canic periods a great extent of continental land appears to have existed
in the same areas. During each volcanic period the extension of fel-
spathic lavas has preceded that of the basaltic varieties : in the case
of the Palaeozoic volcanoes the transition from one kind to the other
appears to have been gradual ; with the Tertiarj^ volcanoes, however,
the eruption of highly silicic lavas was followed by an interval of rest,
after which highly basic rocks were ejected from the same vents. The
older volcanoes ranged N.E. and S.W., coinciding with the direction
of the main axis of upheaval. The Tertiary volcanoes ranged N. and
S. There appears to have been no volcanic outburst in Scotland

BRITISH ISLES. 23

during the Secondary period ; but the author believes that the pent-up
volcanic forces manifested themselves in great and frequent oscillations
of level of the land, thus accounting for many anomalous characters
presented by the Secondary rocks of the district. Only small patches
of such rocks are preserved, these having been saved from denudation
by the protecting Tertiary volcanic sheets.

Tables of the average composition of the Tertiary volcanic rocks are
given. The highly crystalline form of the acid series is granite, the
glassy form is obsidian ; the crystalline form of the basic series is
gabbro, the glassy form is tachylite : in each series there are numerous
intermediate varieties. The felspathic lavas have rarely extended more
than 10 miles from their points of eruption ; the basaltic lavas, how-
ever, have spread in vast sheets for 50 or 60 miles from their centres.
Both varieties assume columnar characters, the latter most strongly so.

W. T.

JuDD, J. W. Existence of Carboniferous Eocks in the Highlands of
Scotland. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 573, 574.

The author has found sandstone, shale, and coal, with Carboniferous
plants, near Morven, on the northern side of the Grampian axis. The
interest of the discoveiy lies : — 1st, in the proof of the great extension
of Carboniferous strata; 2nd, in the proof of enormous denudation
preceding the outpouring of the Tertiary lavas ; 3rd, in giving a base
to the series of PoikLLitic (Permian and Triassic) rocks of the High-
lands ; 4th, in adding another member to the series of rocks represented
in the Highlands, which now embraces representatives of all the great
geological formations except the Upper Siluiian. , W. T.

Kerb, C. M. An Excursion of Mr. AVilson's Geological Class to

Mount Sorrell. Rep. llugby School Nat. Hist. Soc. for 1873,

pp. 7-9.

The soil produced by the decomposition of the syenite was noticed

to be thick ; and there is also Glacial Drift. Some of the sections are

briefly noticed. W. W.

KiNAHAN, G. H. On the Origin of the Lagoon called The Fleet,
Dorsetshire. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 50, 51 ; see also Letters,
pp. 189, 239, 240.

The author describes certain lagoons, marshes, and reclaimed lands
on the coast of Ireland. He believes them to have been formed as
foUows : — Tidal currents running nearly parallel to a coast-line, in
which there are rocks of unequal hardness, will denude the softer rocks
into bays ; shoals form between the headlands, due to the meeting of
currents of water in the bay with the water outside ; a slight rise of
the land will convert these shoals into bars with lagoons behind them.
Such, he believes, has been the origin of the Chosil Bank and the
Fleet.

He thinks that shingle-beaches depend much on the tides, and but
little on prevailing winds, and supports liis arguments by examples
from the coast of Ireland. ^Y. T.

24

GEOLOGY.

KiNAHAN, G. H. Glacialoid or Rearranged Drift. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,
vol. i. pp. 111-117, 168-174.

There have been four marked changes of level in Ireland since the
great Glacial period. The oldest is that of the Eskar Sea, or the 300-
feet sea-beach ; the second is marked by the 100-feet beach ; the third
by the 25-feet beach ; at the fourth period the land was at least 30 feet
higher than now. The subsequent depression, by which it was brought
to its present level, appears to be still in progress in certain places.
The accumulations of the three periods of depression are very similar.
The fossils have hitherto been grouped together ; but the author thinks
that, when worked out, those from different beds will be found to
differ.

It has been supposed that there has been in Ireland a later Glacial
period, the Boulder Clay of which overlies the gravelly and other accu-
mulations just noted. The author thinks that this is not the case, and
regards the supposed Boulder Clay as a " glacialoid or rearranged drift."
One peculiarity of this drift is that the stones are frequently set on
end or arranged obliquely. Illustrations are given of how marine
erosion is now rearranging Boulder Clay on the west coast of Ireland ;
a similar action is supposed to have formerly occurred in Wicklow and
Wexford. Meteoric erosion also produces rearranged drift.

During the eskar-sea period small local glaciers seem to have ex-
isted, which sent down their detritus over the shelly drifts ; but these
deposits are unimportant. Reference is made to the submarine forests,
and the proof that these are really due to depression. Postglacial
faults affecting the drift are frequently mentioned. W. T.

. Geology of West Galway and S.W. Mayo, Ireland. Geol.

Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 453-462 (woodcut).

This paper is an epitome of one read at the British Association, 1874,
which gave an account of the progress of the Geological Survey during
the past seven years. The newest rock of the district is Carboniferous
Limestone, which extends in a curved line from Clew Bay to Bantry
Bay : there are small outliers of the LoAver Carboniferous rocks (sand-
stones, conglomerates, &c.) ; but these are feebly developed. The next
rocks, in descending order, are Upper Silurian ; of these there are two
distinct types ; .and local names are given to the subdivisions of each.
Both series contain interbedded felstones, and both rest unconformably
on rocks which are more or less altered. ,The metamorphism of the
rocks underlying the south-western area is often great,' some of them
having lost all traces of sedimentary character and being changed into
granite. The older rocks of the north-eastern area are less altered ;
fossils have been discovered in them -which prove that the " Doolough
beds " are of Lower Silurian* or Cambro-Silurian agg. It is believed
that . the highly altered rocks are of the same age, and" that they lie in
a great undulatory anticlinal curve which- rises towards the west and
exposes the lowest beds near the Atlantic. Sections of these- beds are
given. • . .

It is evident that the granite is Hhe product and not the cause of

BRITISH ISLES. 25

metamorphism ; for there is a complete gradation from schists through
gneiss to granite. There are, however, other granites which are clearly
intrusive ; these are " of two ages, one being pre-Llandovery but post-
Cambro- Silurian, and the other post- Llandovery and probably pre-
Wenlock." The Plutonic rocks are felstones and whinstones ; each are
of five different ages, the newest whinstones being Carboniferous. The
oldest of each are metamorphosed.

The faults are traced out in detail, and they are shown to coincide
with the main valleys. One of the most continuous faults is post-
glacial ; the others are of various ages, some being probably Cambro-
Silurian. The paper concludes with a summary of the facts observed
and the inferences drawn. There is no record in this . area of any
events between the Carboniferous and the Glacial periods. W. T.

LoBLEY, J. L. Excursion to Malvern. Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii.
no. 6, pp. 269-280.

Notices the chief geological features of the district, mentions Ragged-
Stone Hill as the roots of a volcano of Cambrian age, and notes the
occurrence of fossils in Upper Keuper Sandstone near Berrow. W. W.

Lucy, W. C. Glaciation in West Somerset. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.
pp. 255, 256. •

The author describes the rounded hill-tops near Dunster, Porlock,
and Minehead, also the detrital deposits of clay and gravel on the
slopes of these hills. The general contour of the country and its drifts
he considers suggest the agency of ice. Near Ashley Lodge he dis-
covered a mass of sandstone distinctly glaciated. W. T.

. The Submerged Forest, Holly Hazle, Sharpness. Proc. Cot-

teswold Nat. Club, vol. vi. pp. 105-125.

The author first gives an account of the submerged forests wliich
have been described at Cromer, Hull, and Porlock ; and he then refers
to sections recently opened up-in forming the new docks at Holly Hazle.
These exposed a bed of peat, of a maximum thickness of 14 feet, and
composed mainly of oak, alder, beech, and hazel. It is overlain by
about 8 feet of fine silt, and it rests upon a potter's clay, which again
overlies the Red Marl. The bottom of the peat is about the height of
mean low water-mark in the Severn. The author points out the phj'-
sical changes which are indicated by the submerged forest and the
deposits now associated with^t. H. 13. W.

Mackintosh, 'D. On a New Section of Pre-Glacial White Clay
and Sand near Mold [Flintshire]. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. 1.
pp. 67, 68. ' ,

The section is near Colomendey Hall. It showq gravel and clay, the
latter containing scratched and striated stones, overlying white clay and .
sand, which rests on Carboniferous Limestone. The deposits lie in
a basin about 800 yar.ds in d\^meter. The author alludes to the
opinion that suph white clays are- the residue of limestone, tht) calca-
reous matter of which has been dissolved ; and he refers to a boring

26 GEOLOGY.

lately made near Mold, in which a similar order of beds was found ;
but here the white clay rested on Coal Measures. He believes the clay
to be of freshwater origin. W. T.

Mackintosh, D. Scotch Granite on Welsh Hills. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,

vol. i. p. 95.
Asks for information regarding the reported occurrence of Scotch
granite on the Welsh mountains up to 2000 feet above the sea.

. Glaciation of West Somerset. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.

pp. 334, 335.

Eeferring to Mr. Lucy's paper (see p. 25) the author states that the
supposed glacial grooves on the banks of the Exe are due to weathering.
He then refers to the curved-back slaty laminae which are common in
West Somerset, and which he believes to have been produced by the
passage of land-ice. He remarks upon the absence of striated surfaces
south of a line drawn from the mouth of the Tees, past Ickley, to Hope
Mountain, near Wrexham. W. T.

. On the Traces of a Gteat Ice-sheet in the Southern Part

of the Lake District, and in North Wales. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. vol. XXX. jjp. 174-179 (map).

A tabular statement of the ice-ttiarks is given. The author believes
that the primary striae must have been produced by an ice-flow capable
of ignoring the drainage of the country to a much greater extent than
could have resulted from any system of confluent glaciers strictly so
called. The movement of the ice-sheet is inferred to have been from
about N.N.W. to S.S.E.

The striated and mammillated rocks near Snowdon are described.
The author believes that they indicate an ice-sheet travelling to the
south and south-east. W. T.

. Additional Remarks on Boulders, with a particular refer-
ence to a Group of very large and far-travelled Erratics in Llanar-
mon Parish, • Denbighshire. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.
pp. 711-721.
The boulders occur on plateaux 1300 and 1800 feet above the sea,
and are of great size, considering the distance they have travelled along
lines of dispersion crossing the drainage of the country, and running
up sloping ground, the largest being at the limit, some occurring at a
height of 1900 feet. C. E. De R.

Mann, E. Geological Expedition to Atherstone and Nuneaton.

Eep. Rugby School Nat. Hist. Soc. for 1873, pp. 19-22.
Notices sections of Millstone Grit, with intruded greenstone.

Mansell-Pleydell, John C. Flora of Dorsetshire .... with
Sketches of its Geology and Physical Geography. Pp. 5-27. (Map
of Districts founded on River-drainage.)

The same as the paper in Geol. Mag. vol. ^. pp. 402, 438 (1873).
" Drainage" is also treated of, pp. 27-32.

BRITISH ISLES, 27

Marshall, David. Notes on a Visit to Connorree Copper and Sulphur

Mine, County Wicklow, Ireland. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. 11.

part iii. pp. 282-285, 1 plate (section).

Contains an account of the geological features of the Connorree Mine

in the Vale of Avoca, Ireland, together with some details as to the

working of the mine. H. A.. N.

Maxwell, L. Geological Section (Report of), llep. Rugby School
Nat. Hist. Soc. for 1873, pp. G4, 65 (plates).

Three sections of " the Oolitic Drift at Brownsover " are given. The
beds are gravel and sand, arranged in a sort of basin. Four other
sections in gravel, sand, and clay (Bilton) are noticed. W. W.

Maynahd, Capt. John. Remarks on two Cross-sections through

Carn Brea Hill and the neighbouring Mines. 41st Ann. Rep.

Roy. Cornwall Polytech. Soc. pp. 189-203; and Rep. Miners'

Assoc. Cornwall and Devon for 1873, pp. 43-54 (with 8 i)lates).

The sections, which pass through the most important mining-districts

of Cornwall, show the lodes, elvans, and the undulating junction of the

granite and kiUas, and afford evidence of the fact that lodes abound

where elvans are numerous. C. L. N. F.

Meadows, J. M*^C. The Leinster Coal-field. Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc.
Ireland, ser. 2, vol. iv. pt. 1, pp. 10-20 (map), and Geol. Mag.
dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 97-107.

The quantity of coal in this field is estimated at 75,000,000 tons.
Lying at the junction of Tipperary, Kilkenny, and Queen's County, its
greatest length is about 20 miles, and its width 15. A considerable
part of this area is occupied with lower beds devoid of coal-seams. The
beds dip towards a common centre ; and the central portion was once
occupied by the celebrated "Kilkenny Coal," now nearly exhausted;
but that part of the " Jarrow" coal next in succession is untouched,
and must prove the jmncipal source of future supply. The ii])per and
lower coals are described, and two sections given of the seams at the
east and west of the field, from which it appears that there are seven
or eight workable coals, from 1 to 4 feet thick. The output is about
80,000 tons yearly ; sixty years ago it was 170,000 tons. The coals
are all anthracitic and smokeless, with high heating power. The author
controverts the view of the Geological Survey, that the external seams
do not underlie those of the central basin, but are the same brought
down by a fault, and adheres to Griftiths's classification, beheviiig them
to be distinct seams. E. T. H.

Mello, Rev. J. M. The Midland Coal Field. Pp. 135-140 of " The
Derbyshire Red Book," with map and section. 8vo. Derby.

The author notices the probable former continuity of some coal-
fields which have since been separated through upheaval and denuda-
tion, describes the extent of the Midland coal-field (half of which is
concealed by overlying beds), notes the estimates that have been made
of its probable underground extension eastward, and gives an account

28 GEOLOGY.

of the Derbyshire Coal Measures and of their associated bands of iron-
stone, with a vertical section of the beds. W. W.

Meyer, C. J. A. On the Cretaceous Rocks of Beer Head and the
adjacent Cliff- Sections, and on the Relative Horizons therein of
the Warminster and Blackdown Fossiliferous Deposits. Quart,
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 369-393 (section).
The author describes in detail the section at Beer Head, noting the
mineral character and fossil contents of each bed. The lowest bed rests
on New Red Marl ; it is about 3 feet thick, of greenish sandy clay,
containing near the base fragments of the underlying rock. Its pre-
vailing fossil is a small variety of Exogyra conica. The age of this is
doubtful ; but above it there is sandy Gault, the lower part of which
(together with the bottom bed just mentioned) the author regards as
representing the Blackdown Beds. The true Upper Greensand is
nearly 90 feet thick ; the Chert Beds are near the middle. Above this
is the Chloritic Marl, which the author regards as representing the
Warminster Beds. The Chalk Marl rests on an uneven surface of
Chloritic Marl. Above this come the Beer Stone, Lower Chalk (con-
taining flints in its middle and upper portions). Middle Chalk (partly
without flints) ; lastly there is White Chalk with numerous flints,
which may possibly represent the Upper Chalk. The author suggests
that the term "Upper Greensand" should be applied only to beds
between the Gault and the Chloritic Marl, and that the Chloritic Marl
should be considered a distinct deposit. W. T.

Neilson, James, Jun. On some Sections of Carboniferous Limestone

near Busby. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. part iii. pp. 282-

290.

These sections, situated about 7 miles S. of Glasgow, consist of thin

alternating beds of limestone, shale, ironstone, and volcanic ash.

From a comparison of the fossils found (of which a full list is given,

with no new species) the author says there can be no doubt as to the

equivalency of the beds described to the Hosie limestone series on the

South Hill of Campsie. G. A. L.

Nicholas, Dr. Thomas. The History and Antiquities of Glamorgan-
shire and its Families. Section ii. Geology and Mineralogy, pp.
21-24. Large 8vo. London.

Painter, Rev. W. H. Holiday Rambles. — No. I. A visit to Castle-
ton. Science Gossip, no. 117, pp. 195-197.
Notices the caverns of the peak, and gives five woodcuts of carboni-
ferous fossils. W. W.

Pankhtjrst, [E. a.]. On the Geology of Derbyshire. 21st Ann.

Rep. Brighton Nat. Hist. Soc. pp. 99-104.
Notices the weathered rocks, the tufa, the toad-stone, and the veins.

Payne, W. On the Coalfield of Brora, Sutherlandshire. Trans. Edin.
Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii. pp. 368-371 (abstract).

BRITISH ISLES. 29

Describes the general characters of the Brora Coalfield, giving analyses
of the coal and accompanying ironstone. H. A. N.

Pengelly, W. Ninth Report of the Committee for Exploring Kent's
Cavern, Devonshire. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, pp. 198-209.

This report refers chiefly to work done in the " Long Arcade," or
" Corridor." Earlier explorers having disturbed some parts of this
gallery, an account of its original condition is compiled from Mr.
MacEnery's description. It was formerly thought that the circular
hollows which had been observed in the stalagmitic floor of the arcade
were the beds of bears, or had been made (perhaps for hearths or ovens)
by the early inhabitants of the cave. In the Eighth Report certain
natural basins, resembling these hoUows, were described ; and during
the past year a larger hollow was discovered which, without any doubt,
was natural. An inscription, dated 1604, has been discovered in the
stalagmite ; this is the earliest yet noticed.

The stalagmitic floor is of two kinds, granular and crystalline ; the
latter is by far the older, and, in the Long Arcade, is only found in
patches adhering to the north wall, at a higher level than the newer
granular floor. The oldest deposit yet known in the cave is the hreccicij
which has yielded remains of the bear and flint implements of a rude
type. Above this the crystalline stalagmite accumulated. At a subse-
quent period these deposits were partially dislodged ; the cave-earth was
introduced, and above that the granular stalagmite was formed. The
conditions under which the breccia and the cave-earth respectively
were formed must have been widely different ; and the time which must
have elapsed between the periods is believed to have been considerable.
The breccia contains materials which could not have been derived from
the Cavern-hill ; and it is suggested that it was introduced into the
cavern from some opening yet undiscovered. " The fact that though
he [the Hyaena] was not a member of the British fauna during the
era of the Breccia, he had become very prevalent during that of the
Cave-earth, may probably be taken as indicating that after, but not
during, the period of the Breccia, Britain was a part of Continental
Europe, and thus rendered his arrival possible. If this be admitted, it
follows that the early men of Devonshire saw this country pass from
an insular to a continental state, and again become an island." Details
of implements, bones, &c. found during the year are given. W. T.

. Notes on Recent Notices of the Geology and Palaeontology

of Devonshire. Part 1. Trans. Devon. Assoc, vol. vi. part 2,
pp. 046-085.
Several errors having been observed by Mr. Pengelly in various
recent works relating to Devonshire, he has brought together, with a
view to their correction, a series of notes on the following subjects : —

1. The observations of the Rev. W. S. Symonds in his * Records of the
Rocks,' on the Devonian rocks of Mudstono and Slapton, South Devon.

2. References made in papers by Messrs. Etheridge, Jukes, and HoU,
on fossil fish in Devonian rocks.

30 GEOLOGY.

3. Mr. Ethoridge's tabic of Devouian Trilobites, in Sir Charles
Lyell's ' Students' Elements of Geology.'

4. Mr. Maw's paper on the source of the materials composing the
White Clays of the Lower Tertiaries (Bovey Heathfield).

5. Notice by the Rev. W. S. Symonds of the granite boulder of
Saunton, Barnstaple Bay, in ' Records of the Rocks.'

6. Professor Ramsay, Mr. Dawkins, and Mr. Busk on the Mammalian
remains from Brixham Cavern.

7. Various references to Kent's Cavern, by Messrs. Dawkins, A. R.
Wallace, T. K. CaUard, and Rev. A. G. L'Estrange.

8. Notice of the Mammoth-tooth from the Submerged Forest of
Torbaj, in ' Records of the Rocks.' T. M. H.

Pengelly, W. The Cavern discovered in 1858 in Windmill Hill, Brix-
ham, South Devon. Trans. Devon. Assoc, vol. vi. part 2, pp. 775-
856. 5 plates [plans, views, and sections].
The exploration of Windmill-Hill Cavern was begun in 1859 ; but,
owing to the illness and death of Dr. Falconer, the report on the work-
ings, which had been prepared by Mr. Pengelly, was delayed until 1872.
This report consisted of three parts — the first being historical, topo-
graphical, and geological, the second descriptive of the results of the
exploration, and the third theoretical.

The essential portions of the first part, and, with slight modifications,
the whole of the second, have been incorporated by Mr. Prestwich in a
general report, read before the Royal Society (printed in Phil. Trans,
vol. clxiii. pt. ii.), whilst the third part was not adopted, though the
views contained in it were discussed with others. The original report
is now published in full, and contains : — inferences as to the origin of
the cavern ; the relative chronology of the periods represented by the
several deposits ; the character of the action of the water, with the mode
of its ingress and egress ; the relative level of land and sea during the
Cavern era ; conclusions as to the antiquity of the cave-men, and
proofs of their being contemporary with the mammoth, reindeer, and
rhinoceros. T. M. H.

Pennington, R. On the Ossiferous Deposit at Windy Knoll, near
Castleton. Trans. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. xiv. pp. 1-5.
Bones and teeth of bison, reindeer, bears, and wolves occurred in
great abundance in a basin behind a fissure leading from a limestone-
quarry, between two ranges, Millstone Grit and Yoredale Hills. The
drainage flows into swallow-holes, and ultimately into the Trent. Mr.
Dawkins stated that the hare, rabbit, and water-rat were also present.

C. E. De R.

. On some teeth (Bos priscus), from a fissure in Waterhouses

Quarrj^, Staffordshire. Trans. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester,
vol. xiv. p. 5.
Peyton, J. E. H. The Sub-Wealden Boring at Netherfield. (Read
before the Hastings and St. Leonards Hist. & Phil. Soc.) Reprinted
from a local paper.

BRITIPH ISLES. 31

This paper, which is supplementary to one read by the author in
1872, gives an account of the boring to the depth of 620 feet. The
lithological and palseontological character of the beds are noted, and the
methods of boring are described. The author discusses the probable
range of the coal-bearing rocks between Belgium and the west of
England. W. T.

Plant, John. On bones of Elephas primigenlus from a Cavern near

Skipton. Trans. Geol. Soc. Slanchester, vol. xiii. part iii. p. 54.
The cavern has been rendered inaccessible for the present by the
workings of the limestone- quarries midway between Foulridge and
Kildwick Stations. C. E. De R.
. On the occurrence of Quartzite Boulders and Pebbles em-
bedded in true coal. Trans. Geol. Soc. Manchester, vol. xiii. part v.
p. 141.
A number of boulders were discovered in the Eoger Mine at Dukin-
field, at a depth of 400 yards, others at Pendlebury, and a group of
twelve in the Two-foot Trencherbone Mine, Spindle Point, Kersley.
They vary from the size of a marble to 3 feet in circumference ; the
corners are smoothed, but the form is sometimes irregular ; they cor-
respond to some metamorphic quartzites in the Cambrian rocks of North
Wales. Mr. Plant believes them to have been brought into the coal
by the denudation of Middle Palaeozoic glacial beds, filled with frag-
ments derived from North Wales. C. E. De R.
Playne, G. F. On the Recent Calcareous Deposits of the Cottes-

wolds. Proc. Cotteswold Nat. Club, vol. vi. pp. 81-89.
The writer refers to the deposits of calc-tufa connected with many
of the streams from the Cotteswolds. The deposits at Chalford and
Dursley are mentioned particularly, as they have been used for build-
ing, as well as for purely ornamental purposes. Mr. Playne points out
the method of formation of such deposits, observing that the moss
Hypimm commutatum and other species of mosses and liverworts aid in
arresting the particles of lime as the water passes over them.

Deposits of tufa take place when streams issuing from limestone
strata obtain " falls." Mr. Playne suggests the possibility of calc-tufa
being profitably produced by artificial appliances. He refers to some
stalagmitic deposits, and concludes by pointing out passages in the
former history of the lime which in the Cotteswold Hills has most
recently taken the form of tufa. H. B. W.

Price, F. G. H. On the Gault of Folkstone. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. vol. XXX. pp. 342-360 (section and plate of fossils).

The author divides the Gault of Folkestone into eleven zones. Each
is described in detail, its mineralogical character and fossil contents
being given. Some analyses (by Mr. W. H. Hudlcston) are added.
The thickness of the Gault at Copt Point and the Pelter is 99 feet
4 inches ; this includes all the beds from the band of sulphide of iron
at the base up to the Upper Greeiisand. Of the 11 zones, 7 belong to
the Upper Gault (80 ft. thick) ; 3 belong to the Lower Gault (18 ft.

32 GEOLOGY.

10' in. thick) ; the two divisions are separated by a band of nodules
4 to 10 in. thick. This passage-bed contains many species belonging
both to the Upper and Lower Gault ; many Lower-Gault forms here
become extinct, and many TJpper-Gault forms here first appear. The
total number qf species tabulated is 240. Of these, 124 become extinct
in the junction-bed, and 39 are continued into the Upper Gault. There
are 59 Upper-Gault forms, some of which first appear in the junction-
bed, whilst in that bed itself there are 18 species which occur nowhere
else.

The author describes the following new species : — Avellana xmlchella,
Natica ohliqua, Nucida Be Rancei. W. T.

Prestwich, [Prof.] J. On the Geological Conditions affecting the
Construction of a Tunnel between England and Prance. Proc.
Inst. Civ. Eng. vol. xxxvii. pp. 110-145. (Discussion, pp. 146-
170.) Geol. Map and Plate of Sections (plates 8 and 9).

The author reviews the beds forming the coasts of the Strait of Dover
and its neighbourhood, from the London Clay to the Palaeozoic series.
The range, depth, thickness, and water-bearing quahties of each are
examined. Special attention is given to the Palaeozoic rocks, the author
believing that it is through them that a tunnel can best be made.
Detailed accounts are given of the various borings in which the
Palaeozoic rocks have been reached ; and the author believes that at
Folkestone they will occur at from 300 to 400 feet below the sea-
level. He thinks the Chalk unsuited for tunnelling, because of the
lateral pressure of inland springs, and the probability of meeting
with fissures. The Palaeozoic rocks, on the other hand, he believes to
be compact and protected by overlying impervious beds. The author
concludes by pointing out the light which explorations of the Palaeozoic
rocks must throw upon the question of the possible occurrence of Coal
Measures beneath the south-east of England. W. T.

Beade, T. M. Why are the largest Stones found at the East end of
the Chesil Bank? Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 286, 287.

The author considers that the insetting tidal current, assisted by the
prevailing wind, increases in intensity towards Portland ; here also the
wind- waves have most power. By the former action the large pebbles
are carried along, and by the latter are finally cast up. " The indi-
vidual stones merely follow the law applying to the whole bank, which
increases in height and external area as it approaches Portland." W. T.

. The drift-beds of the North-west of England. Part I.

Shells of the Lancashire and Cheshire Low-level Boulder-clay and
Sands. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 27-41.
A typical section of the Liverpool Drift at the Bootle-Lane Station
railway-cutting is described.

Shells were found at Toxteth Park, Kirkdale Upper and Lower
Brickfields, Bootle-Lane Station and Outlet Sewer, Garston, river Dee
between Dawpool and West Kirby, Birkenhead Tramway, Gas-works,
Linacre, and N.E. of 'Edge-Hill Station, where 37 of the 44 species

^^'

BRITlSn ISLES. 3S'

recorded from all the localities occur. . Most of the shells were more or
less fragmentary ; but a perfect Leda pernula occurred at Edge Hill,
and a Tellina Balthica, with the colouring-matter retained, at Broad
Green. The author believes that tidal currents, acting on the various
portions of the sea-bed during the subsidence and re-elevation to the
extent of 2000 feet, distributed the Drift deposits with their included
shells, and caused the lines of bedding observable. Astarte horedlis
and 11 other northern shells occur, as well as 21 that range as far south
as the Lusitanian and Mediterranean provinces. Before the low-level
marine beds were deposited an ice-sheet passed over the country.

C. E. DeK.

Richardson-, Ralph. A Tale of Ages, being a poetical description
of some of the Geological and Historical Changes which have
occurred in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh. 8vo. Edin.

RiCKETTS, Dr. C. The Metamorphic Rocks of the Malvern Range,
and the Strata derived from them. Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc,
Session 15, pp. 72-79.

Refers to evidence of stratification in these rocks, and to the proba-
bility of the present contour of the hills being due to successive periods
of subaerial denudation. Fragments of rounded quartz, felspar, &c.
occur in the conglomerate at the base of the Hollybush Sandstone
(Upper Cambrian of Dr. Holl), in the Upper Llandovery (Wenlock
Conglomerate of Sedgwick).

Mentions a conglomerate discovered by the sister of the late Pro-
fessor Phillips on the western side of the Worcestershire Beacon, full
of Upper Silurian fossils. States that after the deposition of the Old
Red, and probably of the Carboniferous rocks, the strata were con-
torted, folded, and placed on end, and then denuded, the Haffield con-
glomerate, porphyry, granite, tfec. of Phillips (Permian of the Survey
Maps) lying on the upturned edges. C. E. De K.

. Is the Mersey filling up ? Liverpool Daily Courier, May 15th

(reprinted).

Discusses the geological history of the Estuary of the Mersey. The
rock-basin above Rock Ferry was excavated by glaciers ; afterwards
the land stood at a higher level than at present, and trees grew which
are now submerged ; this submergence has formed the estuary. To
preserve the water-channels at the entrance it is essential that the
water-space, especially in the upper portion, be not lessened, so that
the scour may not be lessened — also that the rivers continue to bring
down their present quantity of water, and that no obstruction bo offered
to their flow at ebb-tides. The Lune is instanced as an example where
these conditions were not regarded, and where the navigation is con-
sequently impeded. W. T.

Roberts, Capt. John. On the Deposition of Minerals in the Pass of
Drws-y-Coed. Rep. Miners' Assoc. Cornwall and Devon for
1873, pp. 41-43.

The copper-ore in the lodes occurs in connexion with slides, which
1874. D

34 GEOLOGY.

seem to have exercised considerable influence ou the deposition of the
mineral. C. L. N. P.

RoBEKTSON, D., and Ckosskey, Rev. H. W. On the Post-Tertiary
Fossiliferous Beds of Scotland. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv.
part iii. pp. 241-256. 1 plate (plan), 2 woodcuts.
This is the continuation of a paper ending at p. 137 of the same
volume. The localities described, whence fossils have also been col-
lected, are the Jordanhill Brick-works, Stobcross, Fairfield near Govan,
Paisley Canal, and Dipple Tile-works. Full lists of fossils are given
(no new species), and also details of borings through the Drift. G. A. L.

RuDLEK, F. W. The Geology of Belfast. Academy, no. 119, pp. 184-

186.
A sketch of the geology of parts of counties Antrim and Down.

EussELL, R. Geology of the Country round Bradford, Yorkshire.

Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 83-91 ; and Iron, n. s.

vol. xi. pp. 458, 491 (1873).
The rocks are as follows : — Middle Coal Measures, 850 feet ; Lower
Coal Measures, 1226 feet; Upper Grit, or Rough Rock, with flags at
base, 180 feet ; Shales, 110 feet ; Middle Grit, in several beds, 1400 feet.
Each division is described, and the various economic products are men-
tioned. The lie of the rocks and the scenery which they produce are
then described ; and the paper concludes with an account of the boulder-
beds and river-deposits. W. T.

Sanday, G. H. Report on the Prize-Farm Competition of 1874 (with
a Geological Map and Notes on the Geology of Bedfordshire, by
J. "Wyatt). Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc. ser. 2, vol. x. pp. 564-596.
Short notes on the soils and the geological formations underlying them
are prefaced to the Reports on the farms.

Shaep, Samxjel. Sketch of the Geology of Northamptonshire. Proc.
Geol. Assoc, vol. iii, no. 6, pp. 243-252. (See also Report of Excur-
sion into Northamptonshire, Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 469-474.)

The divisions of the Lias, in all 850 feet thick, are the oldest beds ;
and then come the Northampton Sands, 80 feet thick, the lower part
of which is now largely worked for iron-ore, and the upper part is of
estuarine origin. These sands are succeeded by other members of the
Inferior Oolite, known as CoUyweston Slate and Lincolnshire Lime-
stone, the latter of which yields some good building-stone. Then come
some clayey beds of estuarine origin, classed with the Great Oolite, and
succeeded by the limestone of that formation ; then a representative
of the Bradford Clay, Forest Marble, Cornbrash, and Oxford Clay. The
high lands have often a capping of Boulder Clay and Gravel, whilst
the valley-gravels (of later date) yield remains of elephant, rhinoceros,
hippopotamus, &c., and are sometimes succeeded by a peaty fluviatile
deposit with bones of ox, deer, horse, &c. The range of the various
beds is noticed, as well as the physical geography of the county ; and
it is inferred that no Coal Measures occur at a workable depth. W. W.

BRITISH ISLES. 35

Shone, W. On the Discovery of Foraminifera &c. in the Boulder-
Clay of Cheshire. Quart. Joum. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. p. 181.

Fifteen species of Ostracoda were found by washing sand occurring
in shells of TurritelJa^ found in the Upper Boulder Clay of Newton-by-
Chester ; also Spirorhis nautiloides, fragments of spines of Cidaris and
Spatayifjus, and 34 species of Foraminifera, most of which also
occurred in the Lower Boulder Clay of Dawpool. Their facies indicate
a shallow sea, into which large quantities of fresh water constantly
poured ; and the species corresponded to those now living in the tidal
reaches of the Dee. C. E. De R.

Spencer, J. The Third Part of the Description of the Millstone
Grit Series of the Parish of Halifax, Yorkshire. Trans. Man-
chester Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. part vii. 1874.

The bed of marine fossil shells met with at one of the puddle-dykes
of the Castle-Carr reservoirs, and in the tunnel between Sowerby
Bridge and Luddenham Foot, belong to the shales lying on the Third
(Millstone) Grit series. He describes the Grits of Luddenden and
Calder dales and llybourne valley : the Flag Rock or second grit, he
places with the first series 350 feet in thickness ; his second grit
also contains flag-rock, and is 550 to 600 feet in thickness ; while his
third grit is 300 to 450 feet, containing thin coal-seams and the fossi-
liferous shales ; his fourth division is the recognized fourth or Kinder-
Scout Grit. In cutting the "Wadsworth-Moor tunnel, connecting the
reservoir of AYiddop with the Castle-Carr conduit, 2550 yards in length,
through his second and third grit series (Third Grits ?) shales with
Goniatites, Ortlioceras, Modiola, Posidonomya, &c. occurred. Galena,
Marcasite, and an angular breccia were found in joints near a fault.

A section (illustrating this paper) of the Halifax Rough Rock and
Flag Rock along the eastern edge of the Wheatley valley, is given in
vol. xiii. part vi. C. E. De R.

Steavenson, a. L. Ironstone Mining in Cleveland. Joum. Iron
and Steel Inst. no. 2, 1874, pp. 329-337 (plate).

Steavenson [A. L.]. [Note on a Bed of Basalt, in Coal Measures at

Browney CoUiery, near Durham.] Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Eng.

vol. xxiii. pp. 160, 161.

The bed was met with at 60 fathoms from the surface in sinking a

shaft ; it is 19 feet thick, and lies horizontally. *' The rocks, as they

approached it, were all altered by the heat ; and after they had passed

through it, the^ coal at a depth of several fathoms showed traces of

heat, although the intervening rocks ceased to show it." This spot is

a mile from the whin-dyke. W. T.

Stevens, Dr. On Sarsens, Greywethers, or Druid Stones. 2l8t

Ann. Rep. Brighton Nat. Hist. Soc. pp. 14-22.
The author notes the distribution, origin, and structure of these
sandstone-blocks, especially in Wiltshire, and considers their drifting
to be coeval with the formation of the Brick-earth on the high Chalk-

d2

36 GEOLOGY.

tracts, which is inferred to have been deposited at the close of the
glacial period. The origin of this bed and of the clay-with-flints is
treated of, W. W.

*' Stoddakt, W. W. Geology of the Bristol Coal-Eield.— Part I. Phy-
:sical Character. Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. pp. 115-126.
The writer points out the general physical features of the country
around Bristol, and describes the eruptive rocks of the Tortworth
district, Broadiield Down, Weston-super-Mare, and Uphill, giving
analyses. H. B. W.

Stkangways, C. F. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of England
and Wales. The Geology of the Country North and East of
Harrogate. (Quarter Sheet 93, N.W. of the Geological Survey.)
Pp. 21, 6 woodcuts (sections). 8vo. London, [Though dated 1873
on the-'titlepage, this Memoir was in the hands of the printers in
1874, see last page.]
The tract described is the central part of the Yale of York. The
general dip is N.E. ; but the Palaeozoic rocks in the west are thrown
into folds striking N.E. and S.W. The formations described are : — Yore-
dale Bocks (shales with limestone and sandstone) ; Millstone Grit (stone
and shale), in which coal has been worked ; Permian, in four some-
what unconformable divisions — the Lower Marl (marly sandstone),
Quick Sand, Lower Limestone, about 175 feet thick, and the Upper
Limestone ; Trias (Bunter Sandstone and Keuper Sandstone and Marl) ;
Lias. The Post-Pliocene deposits, which "have more influenced the
physical structure of the country and the nature of its soil than the
rock formations previously described," are then noticed under the fol-
lowing heads : — Glacial (Local Drift, Erratic Drift, Middle Sands and
Gravel, Moraines, Esker Drift) ; Post- Glacial (Estuarine beds, Warp
Clay, Lacustrine Deposits, AUuvium and Eiver Terraces). In conclu-
sion the "■ Physical Structure " is described at some length. There
are short lists of Eossils from the Millstone Grit, from the Magnesian
Limestone, and from the Estuarine beds, and details of a bore-hole at
Bog Lane, Harrogate. W. W.

Tawntey, E. B. The Coal Question. Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. ser. 3,

vol. i. part i. pp. 71-84.
A notice of the Coal Commission Eeport, and of the probable future
exhaustion of coal.

Taylor, J. E. A Sketch of the Geology of Suffolk. From White's
History, &c., of the County. Pp. 13. Large 8vo. Sheffield.

An account of the literature of the subject is first given ; and then
the geological formations are described, in ascending order, beginning
with the Chalk, the places where it crops out being noticed, and also
the various depths at which it has been found in wells. The Reading
Beds and London Clay follow next, and many sections are named. The
*' Box Stone Deposit " is then described : it underlies the Crag, and is
characterized by containing many large flints, foreign boulders, and

BRITISH ISLES, 37

brown water- worn sandstone masses, which last often contain casts of
shells, that are disclosed by a sharp blow ; and it is now concluded that
these stones are the remnants of a deposit older than theCoralline Crag,
to which they were once thought to belong. The peculiar Suifbjjv
formations. Coralline and Red Crags, with their chief sections, arc
noticed, and followed by accounts of the Norwich Crag, Chillesford Clay,
and Forest-bed, a description of the sandy gravels and clays of the
Lower and Upper Glacial Drifts and of the Post-Glacial beds conclu-
ding the essay. W. W.

Taylor, J. E. Underground Explorations. Cassell's Mag. part Iv.

pp. 67-72.
A description of the Sub- Wealden Boring.

. A Submarine Forest in the Orwell. Science Gossip, no. 120,

p. 278 (and Local Papers).

A notice of a bed of peat, with leaves and trunks of trees, teeth of
Mammoth, and freshwater shells, found in deepening part of the channel
of the estuary of the Orwell, a little below Ipswich. W. W.

Thomas, D. The Avon Valley Mineral District. Discussion. Proc.

S. Wales Inst. Eng. vol. viii. no. 5, pp. 197-206.
The author submitted analyses of the coals by Mr. J. Napier ; and a
discussion ensued on the faults and anticlinal.

Thomson, James. On the Stratified Eocks of Islay. Trans. Geol.
Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. part iii. pp. 313-315. (Abstract only.)

, and Catjnter, Henry. On the Geology of Lewis. Trans. Geol.

Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. part iii. pp. 315, 316. (Abstract only.)

TopLEY, W. On the Correspondence between some Areas of Apparent

Upheaval and the Thickening of Subjacent Beds. Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. vol. XXX. pp. 186-194 (woodcut).

The Socondarj^ rocks often thin out in particular directions ; it was

shown that this must have some effect on the dip of the beds which

overlie the particular rocks. Where a whole series of rocks thin in

one direction, the sum of the thinning of these rocks will often account

for the whole of the dip of overlying rocks. These statements were

illustrated by examples of rocks which dip towards geological basins.

As regards the beds contained within the basins, it was shown that

they often thicken with the dip, or towards the centre of the basin.

W. T.

. Geological Report on the Sub-Wealden Exploration. Rep.

Brit. Assoc, for 1873, pp. 491-495.

Gives a detailed section from the surface to 294 feet. Notes are
given of the classification of the Wealden beds and the new light thrown
on this subject by the boring.

. The Sub-Wealden Exploration. Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Eng.

vol. xxiii. (part vi.) pp. 185-188.
A brief account of the boring and of the beds traversed.

38 GEOLOGY.

ToPLEr, W. The Channel Tunnel. Pop. Sci. Rev. vol. xiii. pp. 394-
403, plate cxiv. (Geological Map and Sections).

The author passes in review the known facts regarding the geolo-
gical structure of the coasts of the Strait of Dover, and the inferences
which may thence be drawn as to the structure of the sea-bed. The
water-bearing qualities of the strata are described. Prof. Prestwich's
proposal to construct a tunnel through the Palaeozoic rocks is discussed,
as is also a proposal by Mr. H. Willett to tunnel through the Kime-
ridge Clay, which has been proved to be over 600 feet thick in the
Sub-Wealden Boring. The author concludes that the Lower Chalk
offers the best chance of constructing a tunnel. W. T.

. Notes on the Geology of Rothbury [Northumberland].

Chap. X. (pp. 49-56) of ' Guide to Rothbury and Upper Coquet-

dale.' Alnwick. Small 8vo, ed. 2. The Geology reprinted from

ed. 1, 1873.

The rocks of the district belong to the Carboniferous Limestone

series and consist mainly of sandstone ; but there are many beds of

shale, limestone, and workable coal. "Rothbury Grits" is suggested

as a fitting name for the thick beds of sandstone so well displayed

round the town. The chief fossiliferous localities are noted. The

intrusive basalt known as the Whin Sill is described, and also the

vertical dykes. The paper concludes with a description of the Drift,

the scenery, and the denudation of the district. W. T.

, and G. A. Lebofr. On the Whin Sill of Northumberland.

Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, p. 92.

The authors show that the bed or beds of basalt known as the
Whin Sill is intrusive. This is proved by the altered nature of the
rocks above the whin, especially when they consist of shales, and by
the fact that the whin does not lie at one uniform level amongst the
sedimentary rocks, but frequently comes up in bosses, cutting through
them, and shifting its relative position amongst them to the extent of
1000 feet or more in short distances. A note by Mr. S. Allport, on the
microscopic structure of the basalt, is appended. W. T.

Walker, H. The Glacial Drifts of Muswell Hill and Finchley, with
Map, Sections, and other Illustrations. Pp. 24. London.

The author describes the various sections of gravel and Boulder Clay
at Muswell Hill and Finchley. In accounting for the origin of these
beds, he says that at Finchley we see the material of a moraine which
has been extended beneath the sea from the land-ice, and distributed,
by means other than that of moving water, over the sea-bottom ; and
he also states that the original moraine-form may still be seen in the
deposit. He adopts the theory of Mr. S. Y. Wood, jun., as to the
direction whence the glacial clay was brought to Finchley, viz. from
Lincolnshire, by a glacier probably 1000 feet thick, ploughing out
materials from the Trias, Lias, Oolite, Neocomian, and Chalk, and
which had its terminal moraine at Finchley, containing relics of most
of these beds. F. J. B.

BRITISH ISLES.

Walker, H. Excursion to Finchley. Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no. 5,

pp. 214-216.
A short notice of the Glacial Drift.

. Excursion to Plumstead and Crossness. Ibid. no. 6, pp. 265-

269.
Gives a section of the alluvial beds, and notices the forest-bed of
the Thames and Mr. S. Y. Wood's theory of its formation.

Ward, J. C. The Origin of some Lake Basins of Cumberland. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 96-102, plates (map and sections).

Details of the soundings of the lakes are given ; and when the re-
sults are drawn to scale it is seen that the lakes lie in rock-basins
of quite insignificant size as compared with the surrounding ground.
The valleys of the district are of ancient date, carved out by the
weather and running water. The lake-hoUows are of recent date ; and
various arguments are given to prove that they must have been exca-
vated by glaciers. The lakes have been excavated in the comparatively
soft Skiddaw Slates ; they correspond in direction with that of the ice-
markings in the neighbourhood ; the deepest parts of the lakes are at
the confluence of old ice-streams. W. T.

. On the Old Glaciers of Cumberland. 21st Ann. E-ep. Brighton

Nat. Hist. Soc. pp. 37-41.
Describes the sequence of events during the Glacial Period, and the
formation of lake-basins by glacial action.

W^ARD, Dr. 0. Eeport of the Field-Meeting (at Eastbourne). Papers
Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. 1873-4, pp. ii, iii.

. Subsections in the Strata of the Chalk. Ibid. p. 32 (?).

Suggests the subdivision of the Chalk (near Eastbourne) from the
fossils found in various beds.

Whitaker, W. On the occurrence of Thanet Beds and of Crag at
Sudbury, Suffolk. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 401-405
(woodcut section).

The chief section described is in a Chalk-pit at Balingdon, which
showed (beneath London Clay) 9 feet of Reading Beds and 14 feet of
Thanet Sand. The age of the beds is inferred from their similarity to
the Thanet Sand of S. Essex.

The Crag is seen in pits close to the town ; it resembles the Crag of
other places, and is unlike any drift-bed of the district. It contains
phosphatic nodules, phospliatized bones, and ironstone-nodules. Four-
teen fossil forms have been discovered ; but the species of these cannot
often be determined. The Crag here seems at a higher level than else-
where ; it belongs to the Red Crag. W. T,

Wilkinson, S. B., and R. J. Cruise, Explanatory Memoir to accom-
pany Sheets 76 & 77 of the Geological Survey of Ireland ; with
Palaiontological Notes by W. H. Baily, and Microscopical Notes
by Prof. Edward Hull. Pp. 28. 8vo. Dublin.

40 ' GEOLOGY.

These sheets include parts of Roscommon, Mayo, and Sligo (Bal-
laghadereen, Kilkelly, and Kiltimagh, with the towns French-park
and Elphin).

The ground is comparatively low, save in the north of Sheet 76,
where a ridge of Igneous and Silurian rocks rises to heights of 618
and 775 feet ; the lower grounds (chiefly Carboniferous rocks), at an
average height of 300 feet, are covered in places by extensive alluvial
flats and bogs. Five rivers drain the district — the Moy, Lung, Suck,
Dalgan, and Breedoge. The formations occurring are : — Aqueous :
Alluvium, Bog, Drift, Lower Carboniferous Limestone, Lower Carboni-
ferous Sandstone, Old Bed Sandstone, Upper Silurian (Wenlock Lime-
stone, "Wenlock Grits, Shales, Slates, and Flags, Upper Llandovery
Beds). Igneous : Basalt, Quartziferous Porphyry, Felstone, Melaphyre,
Felspathic Ash ; these are confined to the north of Sheet 76 and the
eastern corner of Sheet 77.

Pdlceontological Notes. — Mr. Baily gives a list of localities from which
fossils have been collected, another of the various fossils so obtained,
and details as to the most important species. Among the Silurian
(Upper Llandovery) fossils he notices a specimen which, although ill-
preserved, appears to be identical with OhoJus Davidsoni, a species new
to Ireland. Several bivalve shells new to Ireland were also collected
in the Llandovery Beds.

Microscoj)ical Notes. — Prof. Hull describes some of the igneous rocks
from Ugool. Felstone Porphyry, from near Tawnyinah woods, has a
mottled felsitic base, with crystals of orthoclase, also chlorite (mostly
structureless), grains of magnetite, with hornblende and silica, which
shows apparent gas-cavities, and supposed mica. Diabase, from
Tawnyinah woods and S. of Bellahy : the association of minerals is
unusual, orthoclase with augite; the rock is therefore not properly
either diabase or melaphyre, but appears to come under the head of
pyroxenite of Dana. The specimens show a mottled felsitic base, with
imbedded crystals of orthoclase, augite (or pyroxene), magnetite, and
grains of silica. Chlorite also occurs. Felstone Porphyry (Tawnyinah
Tower) in a felsitic base has orthoclase, a triclinic felspar, grains of
silica, and magnetite. Basalt (three miles S. of Bellahy), a compact
rock ; it consists of small prisms of felspar in an augitic base, with
magnetite or probably titano-ferrite, and pseudomorphs after olivine.
The unusual occurrence of several crystals of orthoclase is noticed, also
peculiar nail-like bodies apparently of the same composition as the
ferrite grains.

The remainder of the memoir is occupied with the " Detailed De-
scriptions" of each Sheet. Red-deer horns were found in marl at
Lough Gal. E. T. H.

WiLLETT, H. Report on the Sub-Wealden Exploration. Brit Assoc.
Rep. for 1873, pp. 490, 491.

Gives details of the boring from the surface to 300 feet. This part of
the boring is 9 inches in diameter. A Geological Report, by W. Topley,
is appended (see p. 37).

BEITISH ISLES. " 41

WiLLETT, H. Sixth, Seventh, Eighth, and Ninth Quarterly Reports
on the Sub-Wealden Exploration. 8vo. Brighton.

Contain an account of the boring down to 1030 feet. Details of the
mode of working by the Diamond Boring Company are given. There
are also notes on the bituminous shales in the Kimeridge Clay and of
the gypsum in the Purbeck Beds.

The Geological Reports, by W. Topley, appended to the Sixth and
Seventh of these respectively, describe the Kimeridge Clay from
376 feet to 656 feet, noting the mineral character of the beds and the
fossils obtained from them, and continue the description to 1000 feet.
Oxford-Clay fossils were obtained from near the bottom. W. T.

Wilson, J. M. [Letter on] WeU-sinking in the Lincolnshire Fen-
district. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 143.

. The Rugby Drift. Rep. Rugby School Nat. Hist. Soc. for

1873, pp. 10-13.

The cutting on the London and North- Western Railway between the
station and Clifton Road showed Drift over Lias, the former consisting
of sand and gravel over stony clay. The author enters into the ques-
tion of the glacial origin of the beds, and the direction from which the
materials must have come, and concludes that all the Drift is the result
of one process while the land was sinking, the materials being derived
at first from the neighbourhood and then from greater distances. W. W.

WoLLASTON, G. H. " Dolmens " or " Erratics." Geol. Mag. dec. 2,
vol. i. p. 144.

Mentions four large stones of granite near Southampton Common,
also two specimens of roUed greenstone, which are said to have been
discovered on the spot where the Hartley Museum now stands. W. T.

Woodward, H., and W. Davies. Notes on the Pleistocene Deposits
yielding Mammalian Remains in the vicinity of Dford, Essex.
Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 390-398. (Woodcut map and three
sections by S. V. Wood, jun.)
Describes the great pit in Cyrena brick-earth. The brick-earth is
nearly 20 feet thick ; in one part it rests directly on London Clay ; in
another place a thin band of shingly gravel intervenes. The surface
is 28 feet above Thames high- water mark. The ground forms a low
terrace bordering the Roding on one side ; and on the other it slopes
gradually down to the Thames. But few remains of Carnivora occur.
Elephant-remains are abundant ; there are portions of more than 100
individuals in the collection of Sir A. Brady, belonging both to E,
antiquus and E. primigenitis. There are three species of Rhinoceros,
remains of R. leptorJiinm being the most numerous ; only one frag-
ment of Hippopotamus has been found. Remains of Ruminants are
abundant, forming one half of the collection. It is very rare to find
two or more bones of the same animal together ; but none of the bones
are waterworn.

The paper contains extracts from a letter by Mr. S. Y. Wood, jun.,

42 GEOLOGY.

describing the relations of this deposit to that of others in the Thames
valley. The Cyrena-beds of Ilford, Grays, Erith, and Crayford he re-
gards as of the same age, all being referable to the time when the
drainage of the Thames valley flowed southwards into the Weald. The
subsequent upheaval of the Wealden district accounts for the height
(80 or 90 feet) at which the Crayford brick-earth lies. W. T.

Woodward, H. E. Glaciation of the South- West of England. Geol.
Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 335, 336.

Mentions the discovery of Boulder Clay, overlying Greensand, on the
high ground about two miles N.N.E. of Yarcombe, and between Honi-
ton and Chard. He also refers to the deposits of flint and chert on the
tops of tie Greensand hills, and suggests that these, too, may be due to
marine action during the glacial submergence. W. T.

. Kemarks upon the Eolations and Grouping of the Permian

and Triassic E-ocks. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 385-390.

The author refers to the lithological resemblance between the Per-
mian and Triassic rocks, which sometimes makes it difficult to determine
to which group certain beds belong. He reviews the evidence upon
which an unconformity is inferred between the Carboniferous and the
Permian, and also between the Bunter and the Keuper ; and he thinks
that these unconformities are local. !N'ear Nottingham the Lower Bunter
is continuous with the Permian, without any traces of unconformity.

The coast-section between Seaton and Exmouth is described ; the
whole series (including the Budleigh-Salterton Pebble-beds) might
perhaps be termed Keuper ; but, owing to the great thickness, there is
some justification in thinking that the Muschelkalk may be represented
as well as the Bunter, and by sediments of a diff'erent character. The
author suggests that future researches may lead to a resumption of the
term " Poikilitic Series," to embrace the beds between the Coal Measures
and the Rhsetic Beds. W. T.

Rhsetic Beds near Newark. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 480.

Notices the occurrence of Phaetic Beds at Barrow-on-Soar, where
there is a hard bed above the unfossiliferous grey marl which rests on
black shales. On deepening a Lias quarry near Newark a hard bed
was found, not unlike the " Sun-bed" of the West of England. This
probably is homotaxeous with the hard bed at Barrow. The thickness
of the Phaetic Beds at Newark is estimated at 50 feet. W. T.

. A Pamble across the Mendip Hills. — No. I. of "■ Popular

Papers on Geology." Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 481-492.

The formations along the route and in its neighbourhood are described,
also the scenery and general physical features. Between Bath and
Chewton Mendip the Liassic and Oolitic rocks are described, and also
the Coal Measures of Padstock. On the Mendips there is Carboniferous
Limestone and Old Bed Sandstone. Between Wells and Yeovil there
is Lias ; the main mass of the Inferior Oolite is reached at the latter
town ; but there is an outlier of the same at Glastonbury Tor. There
are notes on the old lead- and zinc-mines of the Mendips. W. T.

BttlTISH ISLES.

^

Woodward, H. B. Glaciation in West Somerset. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,
vol. i. p. 573.

Notes that the striations of the sandstone from near Portlock are
unUke any form save that attributed to glacial action. The rock is
Devonian sandstone. W. T.

Notes on the Geology of the neighbourhood of Wells, Somerset.

Proc. Somerset Archaeol. and Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xix. pp. 50-64.
The leading features connected with the Palaeozoic and Secondary
rocks in the country around Wells are pointed out. The lead and zinc
mines, and the caverns, combes, and alluvial deposits are briefly noticed.
In regard to the Cheddar cliffs, the writer advocates the theory of their
formation by subaerial agencies. H. B. W.

. Geology of Clevedon. Science Gossip, no. 115, pp. 164, 165.

Notices that in the Triassic rocks marl, sandstone, and conglomerate
occur at all horizons and replace each other, though there is a certain
local order. W. W.

. Geology of Bamet. Science Gossip, no. 116, pp. 187, 188.

A short notice of the beds found in the neighbourhood.

. The Geology of London. Pop. Sci. Rev. vol. xiii. no. 50,

pp. 1-10, plate.

A sketch of the leading features of the geology of London and its
neighbourhood, dwelling more particularly on the great physical changes
that the area has undergone since Cretaceous times. The paper is
illustrated by a map showing the superficial extent of the different
deposits (reduced from the Geological Survey Map), also by a section
taken through London from Finchley to Blackheath. H. B. W.

Worth, K. N. Notes on the Limestone of Yealmpton and its Asso-
ciated Hocks. Trans. Devon. Assoc, vol. vi. part 2, pp. 703-706.

The limestone of Yealmpton is about two miles in length from west
to east, and about half a mile in breadth, being the largest isolated
patch of this rock occurring between the masses of Plymouth and Tor-
bay. An intrusive trap occupies a considerable area north of the village
of Yealmpton, and, by an upheaval of the limestone, has produced a
fissure, through whicli the river Yealm finds its course. With an im-
portant exception, the limestone resembles that of Plymouth in its
general character ; but in the latter magnesia does not occur, whilst at
Yealmpton it is present in such quantities as to convert large masses
into dolomite. Other minerals found are hematite, ochre, jasper, calcite,
and asbestos. T. M. H.

WtJNscn, E. A. Discovery in Arran. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. p. 746.

Announcement made at a meeting of the Glasgow Geological Society
of the finding fragments of rocks containing Carboniferous fossils in a
bed of conglomerate of glacial aspect, forming part of the large musses
of lied Sandstone adjoining the Carboniferous series of Arran. This
settled the question of the age of these beds, which had hitherto been
doubtful. They are Lower Permian. G. A. L.

44 GEOLOGY.

"WtJRZBTjRGEE, P. On the Geology of the North-Lancashire and
Cumberland Iron-Ore Districts. Journ. Iron and Steel Institute,
no. 2, 1874, pp. 287-296, plate. (Discussion, pp. 297-299.)
1. Geological Formations : these range from Lower Silurian to Per-
mian. 2. Geological Situation and Form of the Hematite Deposits :
these deposits occur as veins in Lower Silurian, but are both larger
and purer in the Mountain Limestone — as " flat deposits which follow
more or less the dip," as veins, and filling irregular hollows. The Moun-
tain-Limestone deposits are in three districts — Furness, Whitehaven,
and Millom. 3. Mineral Composition of the Deposits. W. W.

Wynne, A. B. Eaised Beaches and Ancient Irish Yolcanoes. Geol.
Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 384.

Gives reference to descriptions of raised beaches in the S. of Ireland,
and mentions that there is Carboniferous volcanic rock at Croghan
Hill, near PhiUipstown, which Prof. Jukes thought was the funnel of
an old volcano. W. T.

Young, J. On the probable Source of certain Boulders in the Till

of the Glasgow District. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. part iii.

pp. 259-263.

Calls attention chiefly to such boulders in the Till of the Glasgow

district as are of limestone and clay-ironstone, referable, according to

the author (from the fossils they contain), to the Campsie district.

G. A. L.

Young, Prof. J". Geology of the Clyde Yalley. Pp. 48, 2 plates

(map, views, and sections). 8vo. Glasgow.
A lecture giving a general sketch of the geology of the district.

45

2. EUROPE.

AcHiARDi, A. D'. Sulla Geologia del Bagno d'Aqui o di Casciana

nelle colline pisane. [Geology of the Baths of Aqui and Casciana.]

Boll. K. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 216-221.

The environs of the baths are composed of travertin, overlying Sub-

apennine clays and sands. The travertin began to be formed after

the uplifting of the Pliocene; for its layers cover horizontally the

inclined Subapennine beds ; and a consequence of this uplifting was the

escape of the tufa- depositing waters, of which the bath -springs are the

diminished representatives. E. B. T.

. Sulle calcarie lenticolari e grossolane di Toscana. BoU. R.

Com. geol. Ital. 1874, pp. 361-365, woodcut. [Lenticular and
coarse limestones of Tuscany.]
Reviews the fossils from the limestone of Palascio, and admits that
they show a Pliocene age, very few being extinct species. E. B. T.

Alth, Dr. A. VON. Ueber die palaeozoischen Gebilde Podoliens und
deren Yersteinerungen. Erste Abtheilung. [Palaeozoic formations
of Podolia and their Eossils.] Abhand. k. k. Geol. Reichs.
Band vii. Heft i. pp. 77 (5 plates).
These formations occupy an area of about 300 square miles S.W.
of the great granitic plateau of Southern Russia. They are exposed
in the beds of the middle Dniester and its tributaries, and are almost
horizontal. They thin out eastwards, so that the succeeding Creta-
ceous beds rest upon older and older Palaeozoic rocks, and at last upon
the granite.

The lowest of the Palaeozoic formations is composed of clay-slates
and sandstones resembling greywacke, mostly with few fossils. The
second group consists of massive, compact, often bituminous limestones,
with beds of marl-slate. Fossils are abundant, and of Upper Silurian
age (equivalent to the Wenlock of Wales). The third group consists
of slaty marls, with courses of limestone with fossils, also Wenlock.
Above comes a group of green shales, with thin beds of black or grey
crystalline limestone, which contain numerous characteristic Ludlow
fossils, including ScapJiaspis and Pteraspis. Finally, the top of the
Palaeozoic series is formed by a group of dark-red micaceous sandstones
and sandy micaceous shales, shown to be Devonian by their fossils.
[For the palaeontological part see post.'] H. A. N.

Anon. [B. E. W.]. A short sketch of the Geology of Nassau. Geol.

Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 365, 366.
An abstract of Sandborger's work on Nassau.

. The production of Coal in Southern Russia. Coll. Guard.

vol. xxvii. pp. 524, 757, vol. xxviii. p. 461.
A resume of a report on the bituminous coal-field of Ekatorinoslav.

46 GEOLOGY.

Its extent is estimated at 30,000 square miles. The seams vary from
2 to 6 feet in thickness. G. A. L.

Anon. Driving of the St. Gothard Tunnel. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii.
pp. 240, 314, 896.

Articles translated from the ' Annales Industrielles.' The rocks driven
through at the Goschenen and Airolo ends are described.

. Discovery of Iron in Prance. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. p. 532.

Note of the discovery of a vein of iron-ore near Mortain, La
Manche.

. Probable extension of French Coal-fields. Coll. Guard, vol.

xxviii. p. 667.
Note of the coal-fields noticed in the " Eeport of the French Par-
liamentary Commission of Inquiry into the state of the Coal Trade in
France." G. A. L.

. [? P. Le N. Fostee, jun.] . Coal Mining in Italy. — The mines

of Monte Rufoli. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. p. 815 ; and Journ. Soc.

Arts, vol. xxii. no. 1147, pp. 1001, 1002.

The coal (Miocene) is in the clay locally known as " Maltajone,"

which lies immediately above the Eocene Alharese limestone and schists.

Each of the two seams is a metre thick. A section of the beds is

given.

. Coal in Turkey. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. p. 828.

Note on the coal at Heraklea on the Black Sea, where seams from 5
to 12 feet thick are worked.

. I calcari a Fusuline nelle Alpi. [Fusulina-limestones in the

Alps.] Boll. E,. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 105-107.

Notice of a paper by Dr. Fuchs in the " Jahrbuch " of the Geological

Institute, 1873. Fusulina was found at three horizons, two near the

top of the Carboniferous, above the zone of Peco^pteris oreopteridis, and

the third in the Permian. E. B. T.

. Sulla posizione degli strati di Schio. [Position of the Schio

beds.] Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 166-168.
A review of Prof. Fuchs's paper in the Proc. Geol. Inst. Yienna. The
beds belong to the Aquitanian, Oligocene, or L. Miocene ; their pecu-
liarity is in the number of Pectens and EcMnidce which they contain.

E. B. T.

. The Salt Works of Yolterra. Journ. Soc. Arts, vol. xxii.

no. 1138, p. 887.
The salt is in beds in Tertiary clays.

. The Coal Mines of Dranista. Journ. Soc. Arts, vol. xxii.

no. 1147, p. 1003.
The aggregate thickness of coal is 8 feet, which may extend over 30
square miles. The coal is of Tertiary age.

. Carte geologique detaillee de la France. Generalites. B.

Avertissement. Historique et definition du travail. Mode de pub-

EUROPE. 47

lication. [Geological Map of France. Introductory'.] 8vo, 16 pp.,
map [not geological]. Paris.
The introductory part of the text accompanying the sheets of the
new French Government Geological Survey.

Anon. Merridew's Guide to Boulogne-sur-Mer and its environs.
Ed. 4, 16mo. Lond. and Boulogne. Chap. xv. Geology, pp. 101-105.
Contains a section of the cliffs from C. Grisnez to Alpreck, by E.
Rigaux. [Eeduced from a section published in 1865.]

Aknatjd, — . Profils a travers la craie du Sud-Ouest. [Sections
through the Chalk of South- Western France.] Bull. Soc. Geol.
France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 405-408, pi. ix.

Descriptions of sections in the cuttings of the three lines of the
Orleans Railway Company, from Paris to Bordeaux, Paris to A gen, and
Coutras to Brives. The study of the different beds of the Chalk tends
to show that the South-western Chalk Basin of France, connected with
the Ligerian Basin during the period of the Lower Chalk, gradually
became disconnected during the Middle Chalk period, and during the
formation of the Upper Chalk joined itself to the Pyrenean Basin.
These three divisions of the Chalk are: — Lower Chalk: 1. Iclitliyosar-
colite beds ; 2. Ammonite and Ostrcea marls. Middle Chalk : 3. Lime-
stone with Radiolites lumbricalis ; 4. Beds with Sjohcerulites radiosiis.
Upper Chalk: 5. Coniacien and Santonien ; 6. Carapanien; 7. Dor-
donien. G. A. L.

Bakbot de Maeny, N. [Sarmatian beds in Russia.] N. Jahrb. Heft v.
p. 524.

Letter calling attention to the equivalents of the Sarmatian beds in
Russia, which are not the Caspian formations of Murchison, as might be
inferred from a recent work by Brandt. F. W. R.

Barral, — . Sur les exploitations de phosphates fossiles dans les
Ardennes, la Meuse et le Pas-de- Calais. [Phosphate workings in
the Ardennes, the Meuse, and the Pas-de-Calais.] Bull. Soc.
Cent. Agric. France, 3 ser. t. ix. p. 128.

Baerois, Ch. Etude sur les differentes couches de craie traversees
par la nouvelle voie de for, entre Saint-Omer et Boulogne. [Dif-
ferent beds of Chalk cut through by the railway between St. Omer
and Boulogne.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 9 & 12.
The horizons of the Chalk recognized are : — in the White Micraster
Chalk, the zones of M. cor-anguinum and M. Leskei, and at the base the
various horizons of the Lezennes Chalk except the Thun ; in the Chalk
Marl, the zones of Terehratulina gracilis and Inoceramus labiatiis ; in
the glauconitic Chalk, the zone of Am. varians. At the base of the
system, at Lottinghen and Longfosse, the Gault occurs. G. A. L.

. Coupe des affleurements du gault et du terrain Neocomien

du petit Blanc-Nez et de Wissant. [Section of the outcrops of the
Gault and Neocomian beds of the little Blanc-Nez and of Wissant.]
Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-1874, pp. 13, 14.

48 GEOLOGY.

Between the clay with Ostrcea Leymerii and a bed of ironsand
worked at Wissant several beds of clay and ferru^nous sands with
fossils are noted, as corresponding with a parallel series on the English
side of the Channel. G. A. L.

Barrois, Ch. Ammonites texanus et suhtricarinatus dans la craie de
Lezennes. [Am. teccanus and Am. suhtricarinatus in the Chalk of
Lezennes.] Ann. Soc. Ge'ol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 54-55.

Both species new to the district.

. Notice snr la faune marine du terrain honillier du bassin

septentrional de la Prance. [Marine fauna of the Coal Measures
of Northern Basin of France.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. ii.
pp. 223-226, and Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 55, bQ.
Of 18 species found, 9 have already been quoted as belonging to
the Coal Measures, while the other 9 have only been known in Carbo-
niferous Limestone. This favours the correctness of the theory ad-
vanced on stratigraphical grounds, that the northern coal-fields of
Prance owed their origin to the oscillations of the sea-coast, while the
more inland basins had been formed in bogs and marshes. G. A. L.

L'Etage de la Gaize dans le Boulonnais. [Horizon of the

Gaize in the Boulonnais.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3^ ser. t. ii.
pp. 216-229, 1 woodcut (section) .
Between Desvres and Samer a section showed 2 beds of clay, each
about 18 inches thick', lying upon the Gault, and below the glauconitic
Chalk, with Turrilites (Cenomanian). Neither bed has yielded any
fossils ; but the author refers the upper one to the glauconitic sands
with Pecten asjoer of the N.E. of the Paris Basin, and the lower to the
Gaize of the Argonne. G. A. L.

, and — Dtjvillier. Terrain cretace du Boulonnais. [Creta-
ceous beds of the Boulonnais.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74,
pp. 52-54.
Chiefly consists of an account of a bed of clay referred to the horizon
of the Gaize of the Argonne [see above]. An analysis of this clay is
given. • G. A. L.

BAUDRiMoiTT, A. Etudo dcs difFerents sols de la Gironde. [Soils of
the Gironde.] 8vo. Bordeaux.

, — Chevreul, and A. Delbsse. Sur les guanos et sur les

phosphates du departement du Lot. [Guanos and phosphates of
the Lot.] Bull. Soc. Cent. Agric. Prance, 3 ser. t. ix. p. 514.

Batjwens, — . Note sur un depot coquillifere trouve sous la tourbe
a Koekelberg. [Shell-deposit under peat at Koekelberg.] Proc.
"Verb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. cciii-ccvi.
Gives.a list of shells found in a marly clay, with calcareous concre-
tions, beneatJi about 3 metres of peat, the clay being 30 centim. only
in thickness. The shells a'l'e all land and freshwater ; and among them
is Clausilia ''plicatula, which no longer lives in the neighbourhood of

Lower Kimerid-
gian.

EUROPE. 49

Brussels, and which has only been found in Belgium at Viesalm and
Angres. G. A. L.

Bayax, — , Observations sur la coupe des terrains du Bas-Bugey

donnee par M. Falsan. [On M. Falsan's section of the rocks of

the Bas-Bugey.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Fran9. pp. 373-78.

The conclusions arrived at by a study of M. Falsan's section are

discussed. In comparing the Upper Jurassic beds, of Bugey with

Quenstedt's divisions in Wiirtemberg, the equivalence is as follows : —

Weisser Jura e Bed with coralline f acies

of Valfin, rEchaillon, &c.

Weisser Jura d \ Beds of Arinaille.

r Uppsr j Am.-tenuilobatus

^jrr . -r \ ZOnO.

weisser dura y s Middle aiid Am.-bimammatm | Q^ralhan

y Lower. zone. j

Weisser Jura /3. G. A. L.

Berendt, G. Marine Diluvialfauna in Ostpreussen, und zweiter

Nachtrag zur Diluvialfauna Westpreussensn. [Fauna of the Drift

in Prussia.] Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. 517-521

(plate).

In making the Thurn-and-Insterburg Eailway, the first fossils from

the drift in East Prussia have been found (6 marine and 1 freshwater).

Other species are cited from Western Prussia. F. W. R.

. Anstehender Jura in Yorpommern. Zeit. deutsch. geol.

Gesell. Bd. xxvi. pp. 823-826.
Note on the occurrence of a blue clay of Jurassic age in place near
Grimmen in Western Pomerania. It contains Ammonites of the group
Falciferi, to which the name of Harpoceras has been given ; and it is
placed at the junction of the Lias and Brown Jura, being thus on the
lowest geological horizon yet' observed in Pomerania and the neigh-
])ouring countries. Boulders containing similar fossils are found near
Hamburg. F. W. R.

. Bergstrand, C. E. Om den geologiska bildningen af (Eland och dcss
forhSllande till dervarande odlade jordarter. [Geological struc-
ture of OCland and its relation to the soil.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 154-102, 1 fig. in text:
The rocks consist (in descending order) of: — 1. Silurian light-grey"
and reddish limestones (divided into upper Ortlioceratite-'hQdiS and lower
(7ercf<o/)?/r/e -limestone) ; 2. Alum-shales, with bands of conerctionary
bituminous limestone or stinkstone, and pyritiferous in the lower layers ;
3. Clay-slate ; and 4. Grits. General dip E., and not great. G, A. L.
Billy, — de. Constitution geologique de la chaine des Aiguilles-
Rouges (valleo de Chamounix). [Geology of the Aiguilles-
Rouges chain.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 40-42.
An acknowledgment that the foot of the chain of the Aiguilles-
Rouges is in part formed of sedimentary metamorphic rbcks, a retracj^
tation of a criticism of M. V. Payot's work x)n the C oology of the neigh-
bourliood of Mont-Blanc. . ' ' G. A. L,

1874. ' .' ■ E

50 GEOLOGY.

Bleichee, Dr. — . Materiaux pour servir a I'histoire du terrain

cretace inferieur do I'Herault. [Lower Cretaceous beds of Herault.]

BuU. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 21-27.

Gives pala3ontological details of sections of the N'eocomian beds of

Herault. The author regards the Serjpula-heds of La Valette as the

base of the Neocomian series. G. A. L.

. Recherches sur les terrains tertiaires lacustres du departe-

ment de I'Herault. [Tertiary lacustrine beds of Herault.] Ann.

Sci. Geol. V. no. 1, pp. 1-24 (2 woodcuts).
The Tertiaries of the environs of Montpellier, &c. consist at the base
of Eocene lacustrine and terrestrial beds, with Bulimus subcylindricus,
Flahellaria gelyensis, &c. ; closely connected with these follow lignites,
with Melanopsis Mausiana and Palceotherium. Above are found Oli-
gocene lacustrine beds, conglomerates, grits, red and yellow clays,
300-400 metres thick. Next come the blue marine marls of the L. Mi-
ocene (Aquitanian), and lastly Pliocene. E. B. T.

Bock, J. v. Die Steinkohlen-, Torf- und Naphta-Gewinnung in Russ-
land in den Jahren 1860-1871. [The Coal, Peat, and Naphtha
worked in Eussia.] Rottger's Bussische Bevue, pp. 30-52.

Chiefly statistical.

BoECK, JoHANisr. Die geologischen Yerhaltnisse des siidlichen Theiles
des Bakony. [Geological relations of the southern portion of the
Bakony.] Mittheil. Jahrb. kon. ung. geol. Anst. Bd. iii. Heft i.
Part ii. pp. 180 (6 plates).
The second and concluding part of the geological description of the
Bakony, with a supplement on the fossils [see post]. The formations
treated of are, in ascending order : — Lias. Oolites : tipper Dogger, red-
dish-white limestones, with Posidonomya alpina ; Tithonian beds, red
limestones, with Terehratula diphya. Cretaceous: Lower (Hippurite
limestones) ; Upper (Gosau formation). Eocene : Nummulitic lime-
stone; Calcareous marls, with Orbitoides. Neogene: Newer Mediter-
ranean deposits ; Sarmatian deposits ; Congerian deposits, chiefly fresh-
water, with contemporaneous basalts and tuff's. H. A. N.

BcETTGER, Dr. 0. Ueber die Gliederung der Cyrenenmergelgruppe
im Mainzer Becken. [Divisions of the Cyrena-marl group in the
Mayence Basin.] Ber. Senkenberg. Gesel. 1873-74.

BoNNEY, Bev. T. G. Lake and mountain scenery from the Swiss

Alps. Eol. Lond.
24 photographs. Text contains some geological information.

. Geological information in Walton's 'Bernese Oberland.*

Eol. Lond.

Brauns, D. N. Jahrb. Heft i. p. 67.

Note on the third and last part of his work on the Jurassic rocks of
N.W. Germany. This work, being chiefly palseontological, will be
noticed under " Invertebrate Palaeontology " (see post).

EUROPE. 51

Broggeb, W. C, and H. H. Reusch. Riesenkessel bei Christiania.

[" Giants' Kettles " near Chris tiaaia.] Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesell.

Bd. xxvi. pp. 783-815 (7 plates, and woodcuts).
English version in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. (see post).

Caillafx, Alf. Tableau general et description des mines metal-
liques et des combustibles mindraux de la France. [Metalliferous
mines and mineral fuels of France.] Reprinted from Mem. Soc.
Ingenieurs civils. Paris, 1875 (really issued in 1874). Pp. i-vii,
1-632.
Introduction : influence of mineral substances on civilization, &c.
A. General considerations: nature and mode of deposition of ores,
relations between the various ores and their encasing rocks ; summary
of the different theories as to the deposition of ores, from Agricola to
Von Cotta; orography and geology of France sketched, and the
mineral produce cojnpared with mineral imports. B. Descriptions of
non-ferriferous metal mities (1. Yosges and Jura ; 2. Upper Savoy and
Savoy proper ; 3. Western mountains of France ; 4. Central moun-
tainous district ; 5. South-east and South of France). Each vein is
described, and analyses of the ores are given. C. Iron-mines of France :
arranged by departments ; analyses and some geological details are
given. D. Fuels : information as to the resources of the French coal-
fields is given. E. Appetidix, statistics. The work is a full summa-
rized compilation of historical, statistical, geological, and metallurgical
facts. G. A. L.

Canstatt, — . Geognostischer Cberblick iiber Elsass-Lothringen.

[Geognostic Survey of Alsace-Lorraine.] Petermann's Mitthci-

lungen, Bd. xx. pp. IG, 17.
A sketch of the geology and mineral productions of these provinces.

Capellini, G. Fossili del dintorni di Porretta. [Fossils from the

neighbourhood of Poretta; extracted from the Proceedings of

the Bologna Academy of Science.] Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital.

pp. 248, 249.

From fossils found, the correspondence of the Apennine " Macigno "

and Carpathian sandstone to the nummulite-rocks of Nice, Egypt, &c.

is inferred. E. B. T,

La formaziono gessosa di Castollina Marittima e suoi fossili.

[Chalk formation of Castellina Marittima and its fossils.] 4to,
Bologna, 83 pp. (9 plates, map, sections, and fossils).

Chambrun de Rosemont, a. de. Etudes gdologiques sur le Var ot
lo Rhone pendant les periodes tertiaires et quaternaires, lours
deltas, la pcriode pluviaire. Lo Deluge. [Geological studies on
the Var and the Rhone during the Tertiary and Quaternary epochs,
their deltas, the rain-period. The Deluge.] 132 pp., 1 map, and
7 plates. 8vo. Nice.

£2

52 GEOLOGY.

Chambrttn" deRosemont, a. de. Sur le Delta dii Var ct la periode
glaciaire. [Delta of the Yar and the Glacial period.] Compt.
Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang. pp. 361, 362 (abstract).

Chantre, Ernest. Note sur un nouveau gisement de la Mollasse

marine a Lyon. [Marine Molasse, Lyons.] Bull. Soc. Geol.

Prance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 206, 207.

This deposit is like the one at the Jardin des Plantes. It is on the

other side of the Saone, on the N.W. flank of the hill of Fourviere.

This shows the continuity of the Upper Miocene from the south of the

Rhone-basin to beyond Lyons. G. A. L.

Chelloneix, E. Ammonites peram,plus dans la craie d'Annapes.
[^Am. peramplus in the Chalk of Annapes.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,
1870-74, p. 4 (note).

. Sur le diluvium de Sangatte et les falaises du Blanc-Nez.

[Sangatte drift and cliffs of Blanc-Nez.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,

1870-74, pp. 6, 7.
Headings of sections only given.

. Fossiles de la craie glauconieuse au Blanc-Nez. [Fossils of

the glauconitic chalk at Blanc-Nez.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,

1870-74, p. 9. •

Note of signs of the Belemnites-plenus zone at the base of the Chalk

Marl, and of Nautili in the Ammonites-v avians zone in the glauconitic

chalk. G. A. L.

. Tourbe et sable Landenien a Don. [Peat and Landenian

sand at Don.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 12.
Note of a new locality for Lower Landenian deposits on the banks of
the Deule.

Excursions dans le Pas-de-Calais. Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,

1870-74, pp. 30, 31, 45-50, 57-64, 67-73.

Report of geological excursions in the neighbourhood of Be'thune,
BuUy-Grenay (with two pit-sections, one through the Chalk to the
Gault, the other from the Chalk to Lower Devonian rocks), and Bou-
vigny ; Lillers, Perne, Aumerval, and Saint-Hilaire ; Lens and Lievin ;
Mont St.-Eloi, Arras, and Saint-Pol. Sections, fossil localities, and
miscellaneous geological information given. G. A. L.

Chelloneix, E., and — Ortlieb. Lande'nien fossilifere de Mons-

en-Baroeul. Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 6.
Note of occurrence of fossiliferous Landenian.

Gres a Num. Icevigata, dans le diluvium du mout des

Chats. Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 36.
Note of occurrence of Num.-lcevigata grit in Drift.

Clar, Dr. C. Kurze Uebersicht der geotektonischen Yerhaltnisse
der Grazer Devonformation. [Geotectonic relations of the Devo-
nian formation of Graz.] Verh. k.-k. geoUReichs. pp. 62-65.

EUROPE. 53

An account of the stratigraphical relations of the Devonian deposits
of the vicinity of Gratz. The beds are divided into groups.

Clae, Dr. C. Neue Beobachtungen aus der Gegend von Gleichen-

berg. [New observations in the neighbourhood of Gleichenberg.]

Yerh. k.-k. geol. Eeichs. p. 91.
Clemens, Prof. Jos. Beitriige zur Kenntniss des alteren Tertiar in

Oberen Gran-Thale. [Contributions to a knowledge of the older

Tertiaries of the Upper Gran valley.] Verb. k.-k. geol. lleichs.

pp. 332-334.
Cleve, p. T. Fynd af ett siluriskt lager i Bohusliins skargSrd.

[Discoveiy of Silurian beds in the Bohuslans rock-district.] Geol.

fbren. Stockholm Forhandl. bd. i. pp. 28, 29.
An announcement of the discovery.
CoGELS, P. Note sur un gisement de Terebratules aux environs

d'Anvers. [Terehratul a -hed near Antwerp.] Proc.-Yerb. Soc.

Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. xviii-xxi.
Proves that the green sand with Terebratula grandis of Dejardin is
really in the Diestian series. Details of section given, and notes of
other fossils fouud. G. A. L.

■ Seconde note sur le gisement de la Terebratula grandis avec

quelques observations a ce sujet. [Second note on the Terebratula-

grandis bed.] Proc.-Verb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. xxxviii-xlv.

Concludes that Terehratulce have not been found in place above the

green Diestian sands. The relations of these sands to the crag gns and

other associated beds are considered, and Dejardin's classification is

criticsied. G. A. L.

-. Nouvelle note sur le gisement de la Terebratula grandis.

[New note on the T.-grandis bed.] Proc.-Yerb. Soc. Mai. Belg.

t. iii. pp. Ixix-lxxxvi.
Rejoinder to M. Mourlon's criticisms (see p. 84). The author's final
views are as follow : — That the Terebratula green sand and a certain
coral-bed are both in the series known as the grey sands ; that the
zone in which the Terebratulce are found entire and in place belong
to the Diestian system ; that above this zone is a line of rolled debris
with signs of denudation ; that the corals are later than the rolled
debris ; that currents afterwards caused a mixture of the fossils ; and
that this Terebratula has only hitherto been found at one horizon,
which is Diestian and not Scaldisian. G. A. L.

Note sur un gisement d^Ostrea cochlear aux environs d'Anvers.

[Bed with 0. cochlear near Antwerp.] Proc.-Yerb. Soc. Mai. Belg.
t. iii. pp. o-ciii.
Description of a measured section through Tertiary beds near the
Porte Leopold.

CoQUAND, If. De I'ngo et de la position des marbres blancs statuaires
des Pyrenees ct des Alpes apuennes en Toscane. [Age and posi-

54 GEOLOaY.

tion of the statuary-marbles of the Pyrenees and of the Apuan

Alps, Tuscany.] Compt. Eend. t. Ixxix. p. 411.
Considers the saccharoid marble of St. Beat to be of Carboniferous
age, and contemporaneous with that of Carara. The stratified series
in the Apuan Alps is as follows : — Lias, BlicBtic, Permian, Carhoniferous,
formed at its base of the Carrara marbles and above of shale, with Coal-
Measure plants and crystalline schists of Serravezza. G. A. L.

CoQTiAND, H. Sur I'age des sels gemmes de la Moldavie. [Age of
the rock-salt of Moldavia.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. ii.
pp. 365-371.

Considers these deposits of salt to be Oligocene rather than Miocene.

CoENET, P. L., and A. Beiaet. Notice sur les gisements de phos-
phate de chaux dans le terrain cretace de la province de Hainaut.
[Phosphatic deposits in the Cretaceous beds of Hainault.] Bull.
Ac. roy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxvii. pp. 838-841.
These phosphates occur in nodules in the Poudingue de Malogne,
the base of the tufeau de Ciply (=Maestricht beds of Limbourg), which
lies unconformably upon the Lower Cretaceous rocks. This nodular
band is rarely thick enough for working. The craie hrune de Ciply,
which lies below the Malogne conglomerate, is also phosphatic, and
might, according to the writers, be profitably worked. G. A. L.

, . Lecture d'ouverture a la reunion extraordinaire de la

Societe Geologique de Prance a Mons. [Address at the Mens

meeting of the Geological Society of Prance.] Mons. 29 pp.

A general description of the geology of the district round Mons. The

Tertiary and Cretaceous deposits are described in some detail, their

subdivisions given, with lists of fossils from the Paniselian and Upper

Ypresian (by M. Nyst). G. A. L.

, — — . Note sur la decouverte de I'etage du calcaire de Couvin

ou des schistes et calcaire a Calceola sandalina dans la vallee de
I'Hogneau. [Discovery of the Couvin limestone in the Hogneau
valley.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i. Mem. pp. 8-15, pi. i. (map).
Detailed account of the rocks in this valley, comprising six horizons
distinguished in the map, Nos. 5 and 6 being a blue limestone repre-
senting the Couvin bed, and a limestone with String ocephalus Burtini,
referred to the Givet limestone (Devonian). G. A. L.

CoENiTEL, — . Note sur la valeur d'une description qui a indique, il
y a cent-onze ans, des fossiles d'eau douce dans le fer oolitique du
village de Narcy. [Old description of freshwater fossils.] Bull.
Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 340-346.
A vindication of Grignon, who, in 1761, called attention to the fresh-
water fossils in the oolitic iron of the Upper Neocomian of the Paris
Basin. G. A. L.

Credneb, Hermann. Eine Excursion der deutschen geologischen

EUROPE. * 55

Gesellschaft durch das Sachsische Gebirge. Zeit. gesam. Nat.,
n. P. Bd. X. pp. 212-222.
Account of a four-days' excursion through the Saxon mountains by
the German Geological Society, in Sep. 1873.

Danzig, E. Ueber das Quadergebirge siidlich von Zittau. [Quader
rocks south of Zittau.] Isis, Dresden (Sitzungsb.).

Dathe, E. [Silurian boulders from Leipzig.] N. Jahrb. Heft iv.

pp. 412, 413.
Letter on the discovery of boulders containing Silurian fossils at the
Zeitzer Thor, Leipzig.

Dawkins, Prof. W. B. Cave Hunting. (See p. 9.)

Debray, H. Tourbieres du Littoral flamand et du departement de

la Somme. [Peat of the Plemish coast and of the Somme.] Bull.

Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 46-50.

An account of discoveries of bones and Roman coins in the peat-beds

of the north-east of France, the latter proving that the overlying

deposits (sometimes of considerable thickness) are newer than the

Roman occupation of the districts. - G. A. L.

. Tourbieres entre Albert et Aveluy. [Peat between Albert

and Aveluy.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 8, 9.

Abstract only. The chief facts are the alternation of peats of various
quality with sandy chalk or peaty calcareous beds ; the erosion of the
peat-surfaces and subsequent tilling up with reasserted chalk ; and the
existence of faults affecting part of these deposits. G. A. L.

— . Tourbieres d'Ardres, Guemps, Nortkerques et Looberghe.
[Peat of Ardres, &c.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 19-22.

Concludes that the upper marine deposits above the peat are very
recent, and later than the Roman conquest, that at the time of the
Roman invasion this region consisted of peaty marshes, and that the
formation of all the deposits of peat is earlier than the Roman
conquest. G. A. L.

. Forages h La Gorgue, h. Elbringhem et h Estaires. [Borings

at La Gorgue &c.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 33.
Details of section at the first place are given, but only the depth to
marl at the others.

. Altitudes de plusieurs couches de tourbe des environs do

Dunkerque et limites de leur prolongement vers la mer. [Heights
of peat-beds around Dunkirk and limits of their seaward exten-
sion.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 84, 85.
The highest littoral bed of peat (at Sangatte) is 2*40 metres above
sea-level, the lowest (at Dunkirk) 0*40 below sea-level.

Delaire, a. [The Hydrology of the basin of the Seine.] Annales

du Conservatoire des Arts et Metiers, no. 138, pp. 335-392.
The Seine basin has an area of 30,501 square miles, impermeable

56 * GEOLOGY.

soils occupying 7722 square miles. ** The sources and the nature of
the rivers vary according to the geological character of the district :
thus, when the soil is impermeable (as, for instance, the granite of
Morvan, the lias of Auxois, and the clay of Champagne), the streams
are numerous but small, and, as the water runs quickly off the surface,
the streams and rivers swell rapidly in time of rain, forming torrents,
the beds of which are generally dry in summer; in permeable soil,
such as the oolitic limestone of Burgundy, the white chalk of Nor-
mandy, and the sands of Eontainebleau, the streams rise in the marshy
meadows of deep valleys, the springs are considerable and are fre-
quently found at the junction of permeable with impermeable strata,
the rivers are few, not generally liable to dry up, and their course is
gentle. The hardest water comes from the limestones. Lias, and gyp-
siferous strata. The water-supply of Paris is obtained from the Dhuis
and 'the Yanne." (Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng. vol. xxxix. p. 365.)

Delitsch, 0. Aus den franzosischen Gebirgen. I. Eine Wanderung
im Cantal. [Ajourneyin Cantal.] Aus alien Welttheilen, pp. 236-

238, 268-270.

Deshayes, Y. Sur le gisement de Cuivre du Charrier pres la Prugne

(Allier). [Copper- deposits near La Prugne.] Eull. Soc. Gcol.

France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 504-514, pi. xi.

The ore is Phillipsite in a vein very similar in its associated rocks to

those of Monte Catini. The rock of the country is granitoid porphyry,

and the vein-stuff is chiefly serpentinous. The direction of the lode is

generally N. and S. The average ore yields from 8 to 20 per cent, of

copper. G. A. L.

D:fisoR, E. Die Moranen-Landschaft. [Moraine-scenery.] Yerh.

Schweiz. naturf. GeseU., 1 map.
The map is of the district of Amsolderungen near Thun, on a scale
of 1 : 25,000.

Dewalque, G. Sur I'extension verticale de quelques fossiles devonicns
reputes caracteristiques. [Yertical range of some reputed De-
vonian fossils.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i.. Bull. pp. Ixii, Ixiii.
Spirifer distinctus, Sow. {8. Verneuili, Murch.) supposed to be cha-
racteristic of the Upper Devonian, has been found near the base of the
Eifelicm or Middle Devonian.

lleceptacuUtes Neptuni, Defr., has a like range. Stringocephalus
Burtini, Defr., considered to be characteristic of the Givet Limestone,
ranges below to the Couvin schists and limestones. Pleurodyctium
problcmaticum, Defr., ranges from the Cohlencian series, of which it has
been looked upon as characteristic, probably to the Calceola schists.

G. A. L.

Sur le parallelisme des terrains ardennais et cambrien.

[Parallelism of the Ardennais and Cambrian series.] Ann. Soc.
Geol. Belg. t. i., BuU. pp. Ixiii, Ixiv.

EUROPE. 67

The Harlech grits and Llanberis slates are referred to the BeviUian
system, the Lingula-flags to the Bevmian, and the Tremadoc slates
to the Salmian. G. A. L.

Dewalque, G. Sur la coupe tertiaire des environs de Bruxelles
decrite par M. Rutot. [Tertiary section near Brussels.] Ann.
Geol. Belg. t. i. Bull. pp. Ixvi-lxviii. .

The writer is of opinion that the LaecJcenian figured in M. Eutot's
section is really Bnuvellian coloured and altered by infiltrations.

. Sur I'allure des couches du terrain cambrien de I'Ardenne, et en

particulier sur la disposition du massif Devillien de Grand-Halleux
et sur celle de I'hyalophyre de Mairu, pres D.eville (dep. des Ar-
dennes). [Lie of the Cambrian- of Ardenne, and arrangement of
the Devillian series of Grand-Halleux, and on that of the Hyalophyre
of Mairu, near Deville.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i., pp. 65-70.
Discusses the views of others on this subject, but thinks there is no
reason to alter Dumont's classification of the Revinian and Devillian
series in this district. The Mairu porphyry is regarded as non-
intrusive. G. A. L.

DoELTER, Dr. C. Aus dem siebenbiirgischen Erzgebirge. [On the
Transylvanian Erzgebirg.] Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. Bd. xxiv.
Heft i. pp. 7-32 (geological sketch map and a woodcut) .

The crystalline rocks are mostly mica-schists with garnets, occa-
sionally approaching to gneiss ; connected with these are crystalline
limestones ; there is no proof that the latter are metamorphosed sedi-
mentary beds. The older eruptive rocks are Granites, Diorites, and
Syenites. Of Secondary rocks, limestones without fossils, but supposed
to be of Tithonic age, occur ; eruptive rocks connected therewith are
augite-porphyries and melaphyres. More than one subdivision of the
Miocene is seen, and a certain amount of lignite is found ; the eruptive
rocks connected with the Tertiaries are important, viz. hornblendic
andesites with and without quartz, augitic andesite, and basalt. The
andesites are mostly of Aquitanian age, being certainly older than the
Congeria-beds ; in the Nagyag district they all contain metallic veins.
The results of a microscopic examination of many of these rocks are
given. E. B. T.

. Porphyritvorkommen bei Lienz. [Occurrence of porphyry at

Lienz.]. Verb. k.-k. geol. Rcichs. pp. 146, 147.

. Das Obere Fleimser-Thal. [The Upper Fleimser valley.]

Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 322-324.
Observations on the ages of the various eruptive rocks of the Fleimser
valley.

. Das Monzoni-Gebirge. [The Monzoni Mountains.] Verb.

k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 380, 381.
Describes the eruptive rocks of the Monzoni Mountains.

58 GEOLOGY.

DoLLFUss, G. Sediments et faune du Sinus Itius. [Sedimentary

deposits and fauna of the Sinus Itius.'] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,

1870-74, pp. 10, 11.

Abstract. Lists of moUusca from three sets of deposits, representing the

bed of the Eoman Sinus Itius between St. Omer and the sea, are given.

These marine beds lie between the old peat and the soil. G. A. L.

. Fossiles dans I'Ypresien de Roubaix. [Possils in the Ypresian

of Roubaix.] Ann. Soc. Geol. du Nord, 1870-74, pp. 12, 13.
Section shown by works at the railway- station, with names of fossils
found.

. Fossiles dans I'Ypresien de Mouscron. [Fossils in the Ypre-
sian of Mouscron.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 44, 45.
Section at the Mouscron station, with names of fossils found.

. Sur un travail de M. Yieillard, Ingenieur des Mines, intitule :

Le terrain houiller de Easse-Normandie. [On a work entitled

"the Coal Measures of Lower Normandy."] BuU. Soc. Geol.

France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 308-312.

Defines the boundaries of the coal-fields in question. The author

thinks it improbable that other coal-fields may be found in Normandy

in other Silurian folds. G. A. L.

Dkascue, Dr. [E,.] von. Ueber ein merkwiirdiges Gang-Yorkommen
bey Throndhjem in Nowegen. [On the occurrence of a remarkable
vein at Throndhjem in Norway.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Eeichs.
pp. 40, 41.

Describes the occurrence of a remarkable vein of protogine.

Droit Aux, G. Eapport sur les Travaux de la Societe pendant I'Annee
1873. [Work of the Society in 1873.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Norm,
t.i. 2fascic. pp. 193-216.

Dtjmortiee, — . Etudes Paleontologiques sur les depots Jurassiques

du Bassin du Ehone. [Palseontological studies on the Jurassic

deposits of the Ehone basin.] Compt. Eend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang.

p. 364 (abstract).

Upper Lias divided into two zones- characterized by Ammonites

hifrons and A. opalinus,

DupoNT, — . Note sur le terrain devonien. [On the Devonian.]

Bull. Ac. roy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxvii. pp. 196-198.
Observations on Prof. Gosselet's paper on the Devonian rocks of the
ountry between the Sambre and the Mouse.

Ebray, Th. Parachevement de la demonstration de I'existence du
Lias inferieur, a Charlieu. [Lower Lias at Charlieu.] Bull. Soc.
Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 208, 209.

A note establishing the existence of the Lower Lias on the evidence
of a few fossils.

EXTROPE. 59

Ebray, Th. Un avertissement au sujet du Tunnel de la Manche. [A

warning with regard to the Channel Tunnel.] Bull. Soc. Geol.

France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 209, 210.

Believes in the impraeticabilityof the Channel Tunnel, owing to the

inlets of water, which will, at some point of the work, stop further

progress. G. A. L.

. Eaccordement des calcaires kimmeridgiens de Cirin avec ceux

de Chambcry. [Correlation of the Kimeridge Limestones of
Cirin and Chambery.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii.
pp. 259-261, 1 fig. in text.

The beds underlying the " Yalanginian " series at places only 4 kilo-
metres distant are thus given : —

Mont Lepine. Lemine and Montagnolle.

1. Valanginian. 1. Valanginian,

2. Purbeck beds. 2. Cement marls.

3. Portlandian with fossils. 3. Limestones with Ammonites sub-

fimbriatus.

4. Kimeridgian with Zamia. 4. Limestones with same faima as at

Berrias.
5. Coral-Eag corals.
6 &6. Upper Coralline (Coral Eag). 6. Beds vfithAm. ipMcerus.

G. A. L.

Erdmann, Edwaed. Description de la formation carbonifere do la
Scanie. [Coal-bearing formation of Scania.] French translation
of his work of 1873.

En rullstensRs i Stoby socken, Sk§,ne. [Pebble-ridge in

Stoby, Scania.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bd. i. pp. 123-

125, plate x.
The description of a narrow ridge. The plate gives a map and cross-
section of the ridge and surrounding gravelly and sandy beds and peat.
The explanation of the ridge is problematical. G. A. L.

. Bidrag till frSgan on SkSnes nivSforandringar. [Rise of

land in Scania.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bd. i. pp. 93-
104, plates vi., vii.
It has been thought that Scania is sinking, whilst the northern part
of the Scandinavian peninsula is rising. It is undeniable that in Scania
depression has taken place, even within the historical period ; but the
author proves that this continues no longer, having been succeeded by
a state of rest or even of slight rise. E. E.

. Om den geologiska beskaffenten af trakterna kring TSgarp

Eslof och Ystad. [Geology of the regions about TSgarp, &c.]

Geol. fiiren. Stockholm Forhandl. bd. i. pp. 139-147, pi. xiii.

Two small geological sketch maps are given, showing the positions of

faults, borings, and sections. The formations are : — the Coal-bearing

rocks of Scania, lied clays and sandstones, and Silurian rocks. Many

of the bore-holes are in the last two. G. A. L.

60 GEOLOGY.

Erdmann, E. Fosforsyrehaltigt konglomerat. [Conglomerate with

phosphoric acid.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt . i.

pp. 205, 206.

Note of conglomerate, about 2| Swedish miles north of Ystad, which

has been shown by analysis to contain 1*5 per cent, of phosphoric acid.

The nearest rocks are Silurian schists. G. A. L.

. lakttagelser ofver moranbildningar och deraf betackta skiktade

jordlager i Sk§,ne. [Moraine-beds of Scania and the stratified clays

and sands they cover.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i.

pp. 210-232, plates xix.-xxiv.

Descriptions and figures of drift-sections in Scania, showing how the

stratified clays and sands have been raised, curved, contorted, and

partly obliterated by " inland ice " and glaciers, and how they are in

many places covered by immense masses of moraine-matter, till, or

boulder-clay. G. A. L.

. Bidrag till kannedomen om de losa jordaflagringarne i

Skane. I. [Quaternary beds of Scania.] Geol. foren . Stockholm
Fordhandl, bdt. ii. pp. 13-23, 101-106, pis. i., ii., iv.

Shows how the interglacial sands and clays appear in the Boulder
Clay, and gives sections of them. Sometimes several interglacial beds
occur above one another, indicating several periods of milder climate.
These were succeeded by a renewed extension of the inland ice, when
thick beds of moraine-matter were laid down upon them. In one of
these interglacial layers, covered by nearly 70 feet of Boulder Clay, the
author found freshwater shells. Detailed sections at this place and
at other places, and a number of vertical drift-sections, taken from
borings and sinkings for coal, are given. G. A. L.

. Nya fyndorter for s. k. strutmergel i Skane. [New localities

for the so-called " funnel-marl " in Scania.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. ii. p. 49.

Om stenkolslagren i Skane. [Coal-series of Scania.] " Ur

var tids forskning." Part i. ed. 2. 8vo. Stockholm. Pp. 61-90,
4 figs, in text, and a coloured geological map of Scania.
This Liassic coal-field extends over many hundred Swedish square
miles (1 square mile Swedish = about 36 English). The coal-bearing
beds lie upon red sandstones and clays, probably Triassic. The coals
are little worked, but are capable of being extensively wrought. The
seams vary in number and in thickness, the best being in the lower
parts of the formation. The coal contains little or no sulphur, and is
a good house- and gas-coal. Beds of good fire-clay usually accompany
the coals. In the geological map the formations distinguished are: —
Primitive (gneiss &c.), Cambrian, Silurian, Eed sandstones and clays
(Keuper?), Hor sandstone. Lias and Ilhsetic, Cretaceous. Diabase
and Basalt are the igneous rocks shown. The chief faults are mapped
and also the positions of the coal-pits. Most of the boundary-Hnes are
faults. G. A. L.

EUROPE. 61

Ertborn, [Baron] 0. van. Sur le terrain tertiairc d'Audonarde

[Tertiaries of Audenarde.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i. Bull,

pp. xlvii, xlviii.

Section of a boring at Audenarde station; depth 63^ metres.

Horizons represented, Upper and Lower Ypresian and Upper Landenian.

. Note sur les sondages de la province d'Anvers. [Borings in

the province of Antwerp.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i. Mem.

pp. 32-44.

Accounts of 9 borings through the following Tertiary formations — ■

Campinian, Diestian, Upper and Lower Rupelian, Tongrian, Upper and

Lower Laeckenian, Upper and Lower Ypresian. G. A. L.

EscHER VON DER LiNxn, A. Boitrago zur geologische Karte der
Schweiz. 13'' Lief. Die Sentis-Gruppe. [Contributions to the
Geological Map of Switzerland. The Sentis Group.] 2 maps,

2 plates of sections. Berne.

Fabre, G. Note sur les sables granitiques eruptifs dans les environs
de Paris. [Granitic sands near Paris.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France,

3 ser. t. i. p. 389.

A note of a new locality, at the edge of the plateau of Plessis-
Picquet, for sands composed of eruptiv^e granite in the line of a system
of faults and fractures, along which, near Yernon, similar deposits were
found last year. G. A. L.

. Note rectifying statements made in a communication to the

Society on Nov. 4, 1872. Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii.
pp. 197, 198.

Sur les schistes a posidonies de la Lozere. [Posidonom?/a

shales of the Lozere.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii.

pp. 198, 199.
These shales divide the Lower Lias marls with Ammonites mar-
f/ariiatus, or Middle Lias, from the Upper Lias marls with Am. radians.
They are constant in the minutest details over more than 60 miles, one
shaly band, less than a centimetre in thickness, covered with Posi-
donomya Bronnii, being everywhere noticeable. The author finds the
following zones constant (in descending order) : — Shale with Bel. tri-
partiius and Inoceramus. Shale with Limestone and Am. serpentinus
and Bel. gracilis. Limestone with fish. Band with Posidonomya
Bronnii. Passage-bed with Monotis suhstriata. G. A. L.

Falsan, — . Coupe des terrains du Bas-Bugey. [Section at Bas-

Bugcy.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang. pp. 371, 372.
Description of a section exhibited, showing chiefly Upper Jurassic
beds and their relations with the Lower Cretaceous rocks.

. Sur une carte du terrain erratique et des anciens glaciers do

la partic moyenne du bassin du Rhone dressco par MM. Chantrc ct
Falsan. [On a map of the Drift and Old Glaciers of the Basin of
the Rhone.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang. pp. 386-402.

62 GEOLOGY,

A detailed description of the glacial deposits, and of phenomena
ascribed to glaciers alone by the author. The map is a MS. one, com-
prising 6 sheets of the French " Carte de I'Etat-Major." G. A. L.

Favre, Ernest. Eevue geologique Suisse pourl'annee 1873. [Swiss
Geology for 1873.] Arch. Sci. Bib. Univ. Geneve, t. 1. pp. 269-
304, 329-354. Also separate reprint, pp. 66, with index of authors
and table of contents. 1 plate.
Gives abstracts of all works on the geology of Switzerland published
in 1873, under 3 heads : — Descriptive geology ; the study of the various
formations in chronological order ; and Petrology, Applied Geology, &c.
The papers of 83 authors are analyzed, and 7 sections are given illus-
trative of some of the points touched on. The chief subjects discussed
are : — the general geology of the Western and Eastern Alps, the plain
of Switzerland, the Jura, and the Khine valley ; the crystalline and
PalaBozoic rocks; Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary
beds. G. A. L.

Feistmantel, Ottokar. Einige Worte zur Erklarung iiber die
Schichten des Kothliegenden bei Budweis. [Lower Permian
shales of Budweis.] Yerh.k.-k. geol. Keichs. pp. 34-36.
A defence of the author's views as to the stratigraphical relations of
the above-mentioned deposits.

. [Carboniferous rocks of Bohemia.] N. Jahrb. Heft iv.

pp. 406-410.
Letter giving an account of researches on the Carboniferous rocks of
Bohemia, and their flora.

FiRKET, Ad. Sur I'existence du schiste gris fossilifere au nord du
massif de Condroz. [Presence of the grey fossiliferous schist 'N.
of the main mass of Condroz.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i. Bull,
pp. xxxvii, xxxviii.

Note of occurrence at La Houzee, &c. of supposed Calceola schists
lying between the Burnot conglomerate and the Givet limestone.

Transformation sur place du schiste houiller en argile plas-

tique. [Transformation in place of Coal-Measure shale into

plastic clay.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i. Mem. pp. 60-64.

Note of a case in which this alteration has been produced by means,

it is supposed, of the action of percolating rain-water, within 700

years. G. A. L.

Foster, P. Le N., Jun. Coal-mining in Italy. Journ. Soc. Arts,

vol. xxii. no. 1139, pp. 900-902 (Brit. Assoc), and Coll. Guard,

vol. xxviii, p. 304.

The coal-fields noticed are in the Tuscan Maremma, are of Miocene

age, and have been broken up into small basins by upheaval caused by

intrusion of igneous rocks. The coal is good. The succession of beds

in the Montebamboli basin is given, and the Casteani mines are noticed,

with an analysis of the coal. W. W.

EUBOPE. DO

Fric, Dr. A. Geologischer Bilder aus der Urzeit Bohmens. Prag.
A series of views giving supposed restorations of Bohemia in the
successive geological periods.

Friedrich, 0. 0. Kurze geoguostische Beschreibung der Siidlausitz
und der angrenzendeu Theile Bohmens und Schlesiens. [Geolo-
gical description of parts of Bohemia and Silesia.] Geol. map.
4to. Dresden.

FucHs, Theo. Bemerkungen zu Herrn A. Gamier's Mittheilung

" Note sur les couches nummulitiques de Branchai et d'Allons."

[On M. Garnier's paper, "Notes on the Nummulitic beds of

Branchai and Aliens."] Verh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 57, 58.

Discusses the views of Garnier (Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 1872, xxix.

p. 484), who places these beds in the Lower Eocene ; whereas Fuchs

considers them to be of Oligocene age. H. A. N.

. Der " Falun von Salles " und die sogenannte " jungere Medi-

terranstufe " des Wiener Beckons. [The Faluns of Salles and the

newer Mediterranean Beds of the Vienna Basin.] Yerh. k.-k.

geol. Reichs. pp. 105-111.

Shows that the marine Miocene beds of the Yienna Basin, to which

Suess gave the name of " Newer Mediterranean Beds," are really the

equivalent of the "Faluns of Salles," near Bordeaux. This view is

supported by full lists of fossils. H. A. N,

. B(dtrage zur Kenntniss der Horner-Schichten. [Contribu-
tions to a knowledge of the " Horner-Schichten."] Yerh. k.-k.
geol. Reichs. pp. 113-115.
The so-caUed " Horner-Schichten " are Miocene, and referable to the
*' Older Mediterranean Beds " of Suess. The author gives lists of fossils
from these deposits, or from beds which he believes to be referable to
this horizon, from places imperfectly explored before. H. A. N.

. Die Stellung der Schichten von Schio. [Position of the

Schio beds.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 130-132.
Gives full lists of fossils from the Tertiary beds of Schio, and shows
their position relatively to those of Italy, France, Hungary, &c.

. Reise-Notizen aus ItaHen. [Notes on a journey in Italy.]

Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 218-223. Translated in Bol. R.

Com. Geol. Ital. pp. 226-233.

In the translation, Dr. A. Manzoni adds some notes, showing that

the Rosignano limestone belongs to the top of the Miocene, and that

the pretended Nummulite of Parlascio does not belong to this genus,

the beds there not being Miocene, but Pliocene. E. B. T.

. Daa Alter der Tertiiirschichten von Malta. [Ago of the

Tertiary beds of Malta.] Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-
nat. CI. Abth. i. Bd. Ixx. pp. 92-105.

The Tertiary series of Malta consists of 2 groups, quite conformable
to each other, but whose fossil contents are very distinct ; e. g, the

64 GEOLOGY.

large Clypeasters come from the upper, and the small SculeUm from
the lower. The *' Upper Limestone" of authors constitutes the top
of the first group ; it is said to be very similar, even lithologically, to
the Leithakalk of the Vienna Basin, and its fossils agree with the same.
On Gozzo, below the Leitha-limestone,'come greensands with Bryozoa,
Heterostegina, Echinidge, Pectens, &c., in every respect like the Neu-
dorf sands of the Vienna Basin. Below this again are marls, with
Pectens, like the Baden clays of the Vienna Basin. The second group
begins with the " Calcareous Sandstone " of authors, and is paralleled
with the " Bormidian " of Sismonda or Aquitanian of others. It is
said to be very simi4ar to the Pecten-beds of Schio (Lombardy) ; the
scallops are quite different from those of the upper group. Carcha-
rocZoH-teeth are abundant here. The '^ inferior limestone " is the
lowest member ; it contains large Orbitoideae and Operculinae, and
small Scutellce, as characteristic fossils. E. B. T,

PucHS, Th.' Ueber das Auftreten von Miocanschichten vom Cha-
racter der sarmatischen Stufe bei Syrakus. [Occurrence of Mio-
cene beds near Syracuse, with the character of the Sarmatic
stage.] Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. CI. Abth. i. Bd.
Ixx. pp. 106-109.
The plateaux W. of Syracuse, in some places 600 feet high, consist
entirely of Miocene Beds, very similar in all respects to the " Lei-
thakalk " of the Vienna Basin, sometimes being full of NuUipores,
Corals, &c., at other times with the Clypeasters, Echinolampas, Pectens,
&c. characteristic of that deposit. A higher member, however, is seen
in a few localities (overlain unconformably by the Pliocene), which
has the appearance of belonging to the Sarmatic stage. It has the
fine oolitic texture of those beds. Moreover there is a complete ab-
sence of the JSTuUipores, Corals, Echinoderms, &c., but presence of
numerous leading Sarmatic moUusca. E. B. T.

. Die Tertiarbildungen von Tarent. [Tertiary formations of

Tarento.] Sitzungsb. k. Ak. "Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. CI. Abth. i.
Bd. Ixx. pp. 193-197.
The Tertiaries of Tarento are Pliocene ; they extend to but a small
height above the sea, and rest on Hippurite limestone. At the top they
consist of Nullipore limestone and conglomerates, very rich in fossils.
Next come clays with Buccinum semistriatum, Natica lielichia, &c. ;
below are Bryozoa limestones with Terebratulae and Echinida3.

E. B. T.

Gaekigotj, Dr. F. Eesume geologique accompagnant la carte gco-
logique de I'Ariege, de la Haute-Garonne, de la partie Ouest de
I'Aude et de la partie E. des Hautes-Pyrcnees. [Geology of part
of the Pyrenees.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 418-
439 (7 woodcuts).
An explanation of a large unpublished geological map of about one
third of the Pyrenees, drawn from the author's researches. Much of

EUROPE. 65

the granite hitherto regarded as intrusive is shown to be inter-
stratified. The rocks represented in the map are ante- Silurian Gra-
nites, Transition rocks, Carboniferous, Trias, Infra-Lias, Jurassic, Lower
Cretaceous, Middle and Upper Cretaceous, Garumnian, Eocene, and
Miocene (with new facts of importance).

Garrigou, Dr. F. Calcaire carbonifere des Pyrenees. Marbres de
Saint-Beat et du Mont (Haute-Garonne). [Carboniferous Lime-
stone in the Pyrenees. Marbles of the Haute Garonne.] Compt.
Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 53-56.
Insists on the Lower Carboniferous age of the. band of limestone
known on the northern flank of the Pyrenees as* "marbres de St.
Beat." These beds had been supposed to be Jurassic, and also pre-Car-
boniferous. The presence of Carboniferous formations in the JPyrenees
had been said to be impossible. G. A. L.

. Reponse a M. Leymerie, au sujet du calcaire carbonifere des

Pyrenees et des marbres de Saint-Beat. [Reply to M. Leymerie
on the Carboniferous Limestone of the Pyrenees.] Compt. Rend,
t. Ixxix. pp. 328, 329.
The crystalline limestones in question form part of " the Carboni-
ferous band, the place of which has been written both by Stratigraphy,
and by Palaeontology, in the Pyrenean rock-series." G. A. L.

Gaspard, a. Oscillations de la cote k Dunkerque. [Oscillations of
the Dunkirk coast.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 40, 41.

Extract from a letter calling attention to a bed of peat 6*4 metres
below mean sea-level, covered by a great thickness of sand, in which
a few thinner beds of peat are met with. A bone arrow-head and an
antler have been found on the top of the lower bed. G. A. L,

Gastaldi, B. Studii geologici sulle Alpi occidontali (parte secunda).
[Geological studies on the Western Alps.] Memorie R. Com. Geol.
Ital. vol. ii. pt. 2, pp. 5-59 (2 plates, sections).

Reviewing what has been written on the serpentines of the Pyre-
nees and elsewhere, and comparing therewith his own observations in
the Alps between Briangon and Lago Maggiore, the author comes to the
following conclusions : — that the older, or fundamental, gneiss is the
oldest rock in the Alps (perhaps L. Laurentian) ; that above this comes
the great mass of green-tinted rocks, serpentines, diorites with subor-
dinate mica-schist, newer gneiss, and saccharoid limestones (perhaps
U. Laurentian to Cambrian); that the succeeding quartzites, sand-
stones with anthracite, dolomites, and gypsum are Palaeozoic; that
there are no strictly plutonic rocks, but that all the above are sedi-
mentary rocks raotamoq)ho8ed ; and that it was the central fundamental
gneiss which, being raised in the solid state, lifted all the other rocks.

E. B. T.

GoDEFRiN, — . Bois silicifid et grcs, dans le sable landcnien de
1874. F

66 GEOLOGT.

Hersin-Coupigny. [Silicified wood and sandstone in Landenian
sand.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 4.
Note of occurrence.

GoRCEix, — . Phenomenes volcaniques de Nisyros. [Yolcanic phe-
nomena of Nisjros.] Compt. Eend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 444-446.

A description of the eruption of 1873 on this island. Analyses of
some of the aqueous fumerolles are given, and a sketch of the geological
structure of Nisyros and some of the neighbouring islands. G. A. L.

Apergu geologique sur I'ile de Kos. [Geology of Cos.] Compt.

Eend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 565-568 ; see also Bull. Soc. Geol. France,

3 ser. t. ii. pp. 146, 147.
The island consists of a ridge of crystalline limestones and shales of
Secondary age, forming a core, around which are grouped the Tertiary
beds, rich in fossils, and in which are volcanic rocks of various ages.
The last are described, and two analyses of gaseous emanations are
given. None of the Tertiary beds appear to be earlier than Lower
Pliocene. G. A. L.

Note sur I'ile de Cos et sur quelques bassins tertiaires de

I'Eubee, de la Thessalie et de la Macedoine. [The island of Cos
and some Tertiary basins of Euboea, Thessaly, and Macedon.] Bull.
Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 398-403.
A summary of the deposits of the places mentioned under the follow-
ing heads : — Isle of Cos — Secondary rocks, volcanic rocks, and Tertiaries
(Miocene and Pliocene); Isle of Euboea — basins of Limni and Mes-
sondia (Miocene) ; Thessaly and Macedon — basins of Katherini, Poy-
dendri, &c. (Miocene). In Cos a marine Pliocene deposit is seen abut-
ting against the Miocene or Infra-Pliocene lacustrine beds. G. A. L.

GossELET, Prof. J. Le progres de la Geologic dans le Nord depuis
dix ans. [Progress of Geology in the Departement du Nord.]
Eev. Sci. pp. 345-349; and Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74,
pp. 86-100.

— — . . Tete de ruminant dans une formation recente pres de Valen-
ciennes. [Head of a ruminant from a recent deposit near Yalen-
ciennes.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 6.

Note of occurrence.

. Tourbe sur un sable fluviatile a Lille. [Peat on a river-sand

at Lille.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Lille, 1870-74, p. 8.
Note of occurrence. A bronze axe found at the junction of the beds.

Puits h Noyelle-Godeau. [Well at Noyelle-Godeau.] Ann.

Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 29.
Depth 100 metres ; at 90 metres the dieves were reached.

. Terrains tertiaires inferieurs dans le bassin des Elandres.

[Lower Tertiary beds in the Flemish basin.] Ann. Soc. Geol.
Nord, 1870-74, pp. 64-66.

EUROPE, 67

The Upper Landenian is represented near Lille by the sands of Ostri-
court, the equivalents of the Bracheux sands. The clay of Flanders,
which is the Lower Ypresian of Dumont, is divided into two horizons
(the clay of Orchies and the clay of Ilonbaix),= Guise sands of the Paris
basin and also= London Clay. The author admits the term "clay of
Flanders," but notes that it corresponds exactly to the Suessonian of
D'Orbigny. G. A. L.

GossELET, Prof. J. Etudes relatives an bassin houiller du Nord de la
France. [Coal-basin of the N. of France.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France,
3 ser. t. i. pp. 409-417, 6 figures in text.
As the result of researches in the Boulonnais, the author proves, on
paloeontological grounds, that some of the beds which Prof. Prestwich
regarded as Carboniferous Limestone in reality belong to the Coal
Measures. According to M. Gosselet, the same succession of the Car-
boniferous rocks obtains in the Boulonnais as in Belgium. The fact
that at Hardinghem the pits are sunk through Carboniferous Limestone
before reaching the coal, was formerly explained by the author on the
hypothesis of a reversed dip. This, however, has been disproved ; and
he now believes in the existence of a fault, bringing the Coal Measures
into contact with the Carboniferous Limestone, and having an extremely
oblique or nearly horizontal hade.

The second part of the paper consists of an inquiry into the strati-
grapliical relations of the Devonian rocks bordering the Carboniferous
regions of Belgium and the north of France. Exception is taken to the
universal application of Prof, llamsay's conclusions with regard to the
inland origin of red rocks, but not to the special cases which called
them forth. G. A. L.

. De I'extension des couches a Nummulites Icevigata dans lo

Nord de la France. [Extension of the NummuUtes-lcemgata beds
in the N. of France.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 51—
59, pi. iii., 3 figs, in text; abstract, under a different title, in
Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 36.

From a study of the Nummulites-lcevigata beds, which he considers
to have been weathered in place, the author confirms M. Hebert's sur-
mise, that at the time of their formation the inland sea of the Paris
basin communicated with the Flemish sea, running across the entire
length of the Department of the Nord. To this paper M. de Lapparent
adds a note, in which he argues, on chemical grounds, that the siliceous
grit in which the Nummulites are found is not the original matrix in
which they were deposited, which ho says was a clay. G. A. L.

. Sur Page des silex, dits Rahots de Mens. [Age of the flints,

known as liabots, at Mens.] Bull. Soc. G^ol. France, 3 ser. t. ii,

pp. 59, GO, and (under a different title) Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,

1870-74, p. 36.

The author identifies, on palsDontological grounds, the flint beds of

Mens and Obourg with the Ammonites- Br onyniarti zone of the Chalk

f2

68 GEOLOGY.

Marl. Between the marly Chalk and the white clay with Belemnites
there are considerable denudations. G. A. L.

GossELET, Prof. J. Carte geologiqne de la Bande Meridionale des

Calcaires Devoniens de I'Entre Sambre et Meuse. [Geological map

of the southern band of Devonian limestones between the Sambre

and the Mouse.] . Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. 2 serie, t. xxxvii. no. 1,

36 pp., map, 1 plate of sections and 6 figs, in text.

The divisions described and mapped in this band of Devonian rocks

are: — Limestone of Givet, with Stringocephalus Burtini; shales and

limestone of Couvin, with Calceola sandalina ; shales and limestone of

Frasne, with Rhynchonella cuho'ides ; and shales of Matagne, with Gar-

dium palmatum. G. A. L.

. Etudes sur le gisement de la Houille dans le Nord de la

Prance. [Coal Measures in the north of France.] Bull. Soc.
Indust. N. France, no. 6, 24 pp., 2 plates, 6 figs, in text.

Explains the formation of the Carboniferous basins of Namur or
Valenciennes and of Dinant or Avesnes, which are separated by the
Siluro-Devonian ridge of Condros. An account of the great fault which
coincides with this ridge is given, showing how, by means of its great
obliquity, the Coal Measures are brought under rocks of Carboniferous
Limestone and Devonian age. M. Gosselet believes the sub-Wealden
boring to be at a favourable point for striking either the continuation
of the great Franco-Belgian coal-basin, or, at all events, very neigh-
bouring rocks. G. A. L.

Gosselet, J., and — Bertaut. Etude sur le Terrain Carbonifere du
Boulonnais. [Carboniferous beds of the Boulonnais.] Mem. Soc.
Sci. Agr. et Arts, Lille, 3 ser. vol. xi. Ann. 1873 [pub. 1874?],
27 pp., map and 3 plates.
The divisions recognized in the Carboniferous series of the Boulon-
nais are: — Carboniferous Limestone: 1, dolomite of Hure; 2, lime-
stone of Haut-Banc, with Productus cora ; 3, Napoleon limestone, with
Productus undatus ; and, 4, Productus-giganteus limestone. Coal Mea-
sures: 5, sandstone of the Hardinghem plains; and, 6, coal-bearing
shales of Locquinghen. Where the limestone 1 is found overlying the
coal-seams of 6, the authors explain the fact by the hypothesis of a
fault having a nearly horizontal hade (see p. 67). G. A. L.

Grunee, — . Sur le Carbonifere et Tanthracifere du Eoannais.

[Carboniferous and anthraciferous rocks of the Roannais.] Bull.

Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 445, 446.

Notes on the Carboniferous Limestone of E-egny, which dips to the

north and to the south under a thick formation of anthraciferous grits,

which the author likens to a series of pophyritic tuffs. G. A. L.

. Terrains de transition du Roannais tfec. [Transition rocks

of the Roannais &c.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 448-
450.

ETJEOPE.

The following Table gives the writer's views on the concurrent phe-
nomena of these rocks in this region : —

Sedimmtary. Eruptive.

Quartziferous Eurite.

Coal Measures proper.
Anthraciferous formation.

Carboniferous Limestone {^WacJce).
Azoic schists.

Mica schists and gneiss.

Quartziferous Porphyry.
Granitoid Porphyry.

Eruptive Granite.

G. A. L.

Grukee, — . Compte-rendu de la course de Begny. [Excursion to
Kegny.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 454-459, pi. x.

. Compte-rendu de la course faite h, Cordelle et au plateau do

Neulize. [Excursion to Cordelle and to the plateau of Neulize.]
EuU. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 460-4G4.

Excursion notes, chiefly on porphyritic rocks.

Compte-rendu de la course de Charlieu. [Excursion to

Charlieu.] BuU. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 469-474, 2
figs, in text.
Excursion notes, chiefly on Jurassic rocks. Two sections given.

Compte-rendu des courses faites dans les montagnes de la

Madolaine. [Excursions in the Madelaine hills.] Bull. Soc. Geol.
France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 484-496, 1 fig. in text.
An account of sections <fcc. observed in a three-days' excursion.

GuiLLTER, — , and — de Teomelin. Note sur le terrain silurien de la
Sarthe. [Silurian beds of the Sarthe.] 8vo. Le Mans, 12 pp.

GuMiELHTs, 0. Cm *' trappskolen " i Sala grufva. [Trap-dykes in
the Sala mine.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i.
pp. 162-166, pi. XV.
Section given showing the relative position of the Trap at the dif-
ferent levels of the mine. *' Trappskolen " is apparently a local mining
term for trap-dykes. G. A. L.

. Profil genom de Ibsa jordlagren vid sodra andran af sjiin

Mockeln i Orebro Ian. [Section of Drift-beds at Lake Miickeln,
in the Orebro government.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl.
bdt. i. pp. 232, 233, fig. 26, pi. xxiv.

Description and figure of section of drift-clay, sand, and angular
gravel.

o . o

. Sniickbankar i Angerraanlnnd. [Shell-banks in Angerman-

land.] Geol. fiiren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i» pp. 233, 234.

70 GEOLOGT.

Note of Post Glacial shell-deposits, at least 250 feet above sea-level,
containing three marine, one brackish, and one freshwater species.

GuMiELius, 0. RuUsten i Saltholmskalk. [Rolled pebble in Saltholm
limestone.] Gcol. foren. Stockholm, Forhandl. bdt. i. p. 234.

. Nagra iakttagelscr om urlakningar och urlakningsprodukter i

Skane. [Ore -deposits and products in Scania.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 235-237.

Om mollersta sveriges Glaciala Bildningar. — I. Om krosstens-

gnis, glacialsand och glaciallera. [Glacial Deposits of Central

Sweden.] Sveriges Geol. undersok. pp. 1-36, with resume in

French, pp. i-ix, 3 plates. Eeprinted from the Supplement to the

K. Svenska Yet.-Akad. Handlingar.

After giving an account of the work of previous observers, the writer

states that both the glacial clay and the glacial sand are found above

the bottom-gravel, which in this district reposes on the rock. After

their deposition these stratified formations were partially destroyed,

crushed, and twisted in a striking manner. "What is left of them is

covered by the more recent angular gravel, which, however, is seen

often lying immediately upon the older gravel. In its turn this more

recent gravel is covered by a second newer set of glacial sands and clays

underlying the postglacial deposits. This arrangement disproves in

part the theory that the angular gravel is the oldest of the post-Tertiary

beds of Sweden. The plates consist of 12 coloured sections and one

emaU contoured map (scale 1 : 50,000). G. A. L.

GtJMBEL, — . Geognostische Mittheilungen aus den Alpen. [Alpine

Geology.] Sitzungsb. math.-phys. Classe K. baier. Akad. Wissens.

Heft iii. pp. 177-203.

A description of the geological sections on the southern side of the

Kaisergebirg in Bavaria, and an attempt to compare the relations of the

beds in the Northern and the Southern Alps. The formations described

are the Bunter sandstone, Muschelkalk, Partnach beds (Lower Cardita-

beds), Wetterstein limestone, and the Raibl beds (so-called Upper

CarcUta-hcdi%). Sections are given in woodcuts. F. W. R.

Hallez, Paul, — Lecocq, and — Savoye. Sur les affleurements
tertiaires et quatcrnaires de I'Empempont, Emmerin et Seclin.
[Teitiary and Quaternary outcrops of the Empempont hill &c.l
Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 5.

Haniel, J. Ueber das Auftreten und die Verbreitung des Eisensteins

in den Jura-Ablagerungen Deutschlands. [Jurassic Iron-ores of

Germany.] Zeitsch. deutseh. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft 1,

pp. 59-118.

A description of the distribution of iron-ores in the various zones of

the Jurassic beds of Germany. It includes many analyses of the ores, and

is accompanied by two plates, showing the correlation of the beds in

various places. p, ^, -^^

EUROPE.

71

HUBERT [Prof. E.]. Comparaison de I'Eocene inferieur du Bassin de
Paris, de Belgique et d'Angleterre. [Comparison of the Lower
Eocene of Paris, Belgium, and England.] Bull. Soc. Gcol. France,
3 ser. t. ii. pp. 27-31 ; and under,a slightly different title, in Ann.
Sci. Geol. t. iv. pp. 33 (1873).
Arrives at the conclusions shown in the following table of syn-
chronism : —

Paris Basin.

/ Sands with Nummulites jpla-
I nulata.
Sands without fossils

[Wanting

j Wanting

jPIastic clay and lignites

Sands of Bracheux

Denudation.

Marl of Dormans

Conglomerate of Meudon.

Limestone of Eilly and stron-
tianiferous marl of Meu-
don.

Sand of Eilly

Conglomerate of Nemours..,
\ Wanting

Belgium.

Paniselian

Lower Ypresian

Clay of Ypres

?

Upper Landenian

Lower Landenian

Denudation.

Marine Heersian marl.

Upper Heersian sands.

Lower Heersian sands.
Denudation.
Limestone of Mons.

England.

J Lower Bagshot
Sands.

London Clay.
Oldharen Beds.

Woolwich Beds.

Thanet Sands.

Wanting.

There is a full abstract of this paper in Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.
pp. 229, 230. G. A. L.

. Age relatif des calcaires a Terebratula Moravica et du

Dij^hya-Knlk, ou calcaire a T. janitor et T. cliphya. [Relative

age of the Terebratula- Moravica Limestone and of the Diphya-

limestone.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 148-162, 4

figs, in text, pi. v.

This is chiefly an examination of Zittel's monograph on the fauna of

Stramberg. The points urged arc : — that the Gasteropoda of Stram-

berg are those of the Terebratula- Moravica limestones of the rest of

Europe ; that in the Alps of Eastern Switzerland the Di^iJiya-limcBtono

overlies the T.-Moravica limestones ; that these two series are mixed

together by Zittel ; and that this confusion arises from a fault, bringing

the two series into apparent continuity, being ignored by Zittel. Tho

ages of the Terebratula-Moravica and Am.-tenuilobatus zones are next

discussed. The former belongs, according to M. Hubert, to the Coral

Kag, notwithstanding that M. Mocsch regards it as post-Kimeridgian.

The latter, which is usually considered as Kimoridgian, M, Hcbcrt says

72 GEOLOGY.

is undoubtedly older than the Coral Rag of the north, and also older
than the Alpine Coral Hag with Diceras LulcU. These conclusions are
directly opposed to those of M. Neumayr. G. A. L.

HUBERT [Prof. E.]. Documents relatifs au terrain cretace du Midi
de la France. Troisieme partie. [Cretaceous Rocks of the South
of France.] Bull'. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 465-493,
pi. xvii. Since published more fully in Ann. Sci. Geol. (1875).
The particular object is the determination of the position of the sand-
stones of Uchaux, in the Vaucluse. The evidence adduced for this
purpose is given under the following heads: — 1. Northern and eastern
portion of the Uchaux basin ; sections from the neighbourhoods of
Clansayes and Nyons are given here, and one of the region of the Mont
Ventoux. 2. The southern and western portion (by M. Toucas), with
sections from Orange to Lampourdier, from Salazac to St. Pancrace, and
from St. Pancrace to Bagnols. 3. Central portion of the basin (by
Messrs. Hebert and Toucas), with sections from Mondragon to BoUene,
from Mondragon to Piolenc, from Boncavail to Piolenc, from la Tala-
dette to Soumelongue, and from Noyeres to Bollene. 4. Resume and
conclusions (by Messrs. Hebert and Toucas). The general section of
Cretaceous rocks of the district is as follows : — first series Craie glau-
conieuse, in two divisions ; second series Uchauoc grits, with three divi-
sions, and Mornas grits ; third series sands and lignitiferous grits of
Polienc. 5. The Upper Cretaceous of Uchaux, compared with that of
the other Cretaceous basins of France. A table shows the equivalency
of the members of the basin of Uchaux with those of Southern Provence,
Aquitaine, Touraine, and of Northern France. G. A. L.

Heim, Dr. Albert. Ueber die Schliffe an den Porphyrbergen von

Hohburg. [Polished surfaces on the porphyry hills of Hohburg.]

N. Jahrb. Heft ix. pp. 953-959.

Naumann described the striated surfaces on the porphyry rocks at

Hohburg, near Wurzen, in Saxony, and suggested that they might be

due to glaciation. The present paper refutes this explanation, and

maintains that these surfaces cannot be cited in proof of the continental

glaciation of North Germany. They may be due to peculiarities of

rock-structure, developed by the action of blown sand. F. W. R.

Helmhacker, R., and E. Weiss. [Nurschau Coal.l N. Jahrb.

Heft ix. pp. 963,964.
Letter stating that the Nurschau coal-bearing rocks in the Pilsen
basin are of Carboniferous and not Permian age.

H£na, T. Note sur des breches rouges dans les Cotes du Nord.

[Red breccias in the Cotes du Nord.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii.

p. 1370. ^

Calls attention to red breccias, composed of quartz fragments bound

by a clayey paste, and to the presence on various points of the coast of

Finistore of flint pebbles, which, the writer argues, point to the former

presence of Chalk in the neighbourhood. G. A. L.

BimoPE. 73

HiBscH, J. Les voies navigables dans I'Est de la France. [Canal-
system of Eastern France.] Compt. Eend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang.
pp. 169-176, pi. ii.

The plate consists of a small map of the country between Brussels
and the Lake of Neuchatel, showing the deposits of coal, iron, and salt.

HcEKNES, EuDOLPF. KohlenfUhrcnde Tertiafablagerungen aus der
Umgebung des Ivanczicagebirges in Croatien (§otzka- und Horner-
schichten). [Coal-bearing Tertiary deposits, Croatia.] Yerhandl.
k.-k. geol. Keichs. pp. 239-242.

Treats of these deposits with special reference to their Mollusca,
and the divisions founded on the study of these fossils.

. Aufnahme in Oberen Yillnoss-Thale und in Enneberg,

[Survey in the Upper Yillnoss valley and in Enneberg.] Yerh. k.-k.
geol. Reichs. pp. 347-349.

Das Yorkomraen von Leitha-Kalk in der Ziegelei bei MoUers-

dorf. [Occurrence of Leitha Limestone in Clay-pits at Mollers-
dorf.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Ileichs. pp. 369, 370.
Gives a section of the clay-pits at Mollersdorf, and points out the
occurrence of the " Leitha Limestone " therein.

Geologischer Bau der Insel Samothrake. [Geological Struc-

ture of Samothrace.] Denks. k. Ak. W., Bd. xxxiii. pp. 12, 2
plates.
The island consists of old crystalline rocks forming a chain of moun-
tains running S.W. and N.E., and overlain unconformably by for-
mations of Eocene and later age. Accompanied by a geological map.

F. W.R.

HoLMSTROM, L. Bidrag til kannedomen af moranbildningarne pS,
Hven och norliggande skSnska kust. [Moraine-deposits of Hven
and of the adjacent coast of Scania.] Geol. ftiren. Stockholm
Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 96-101.

HoTJZEATj DE Lehaie, A. Guidc au Mont Panisel. Mens. 4 pp., map

and two sections.
Geological, with list of fossils. The Paniselian lies unconformably on
the Ypresian. Its fauna makes it represent part of the Calcaire grossier.

Htjguenin, — . Note sur la zone a Ammonites tenuilohatus de Crussol
(Ardeche). [Am. -tenuilohatus zone of Crussol.] Bull. Soc. Geol.
France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 519-527.
An abstract. Lists of fossils and a section are given, the writer^s
conclusion being that as Oxford-Clay species are not so numerous in the
zone in question as those of the Coralline Oolite, it should be ranked
with the latter. The beds described consist chiefly of rapidly alter-
nating grey limestones and marls. G. A. L.

Hummel, David. Om Rullstensbildningar. [On Pebble- deposits.]
Sveriges Geol. underscik. pp. 1-34 ; with risumi in French, pp. i-vi.

74 GEOLOGY.

2 plates. Reprinted from the Supplement to the K. Svenska Yet.-
Akad. Handl.

The asars of pebbles in Smaland owe their origin to continental ice.
The gravel- beds were formed by running water acting through the
crevasses upon the bottom-moraines of glaciers and of land-ice generally,
the direction of the ridges or §,sar of this gravel being determined by the
vaulted channels which exist at the base of glaciers, and which thus be-
come the original moulds in which the asars were formed. The fact that
the direction of the water-flo w, when once it reached the bed of the glacier,
depended solely upon the form of the ground accounts for the fact that
these pebble-deposits are sometimes found trending in directions oppo-
site to those of their parent ice-masses. The plates consist of two maps,
one (on a scale of 1 : 200,000) showing the pebble-deposits of Halland
and Sm^and, and the other (on a scale of 1 : 1,000,000) the same
deposits in the Malar basin. In both these maps the directions of the
glacial striae, which closely agree with those of the gravel-beds, are
shown. G. A. L,

Hummel, David. Beskrifning till Kartbladed " Trosa." Pp. 72,

3 plates (map and sections). Sveriges Geol. undersok. [Descrip-
tion of Map, No. 52. Swedish Geological Survey.]

Jaedin, Ed. Yoyage geologique autour de I'lslande, fait en 1866 sur
la fregate la Pandore. [Geological voyage round Iceland.] Pp. 39,
2 plates. 8vo. Paris. [Reprinted from Bull. Soc. Academique.]

Jeevis, G. Cenni geologici suUe montagne poste in prossimita al
giacimento di antracite de Demonte. 8vo. Turin.

. I Tesori Sotterranei dell' Italia. Parte Seconda. Eegione del?

Apennino e Yulcani attivi e spenti dipendentivi. [Subterranean
Treasures of Italy. The Apennines and Yolcanoes.] Pp. xviii, 624,
8vo. Turin. Lithograph and woodcut views.

Jespeesek, M. Scania and Bornholm. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i,
pp. 528, 1 fig. in text (section).

In the island of Bornholm is found the same formation as the coal-
bearing one of Scania. The thickness at Bornholm is probably 2000
feet, including 20 coal-seams, from a few inches to 10 feet thick, some
of which are worked. The age of the beds is disputed ; but they are low
down in the Secondaries. G. A. L.

JoHNSTEUP, P. Cm Hsevningsfaenomenerne i Moens Klint. [On
the phenomena of dislocation and upheaval at Moens Klint.]
11 Skand. Natur. Porhandl.

• . (Efversigt over de palaeozoiske Dannelser paa Bornholm.

[Palaeozoic rocks of Bornholm.] 11 Skand. Natur. Porhandl.
— -— . TJeber die Lagerungsverhaltnisse und die Hebungsphanomene

in den Kreidefelsen auf Moen und Eiigen. [Chalk of Moen and

Rugen.] Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. pp. 533-585,

2 plates.

EFKOPE. 76

A description of the Chalk of Moens Klint, with special reference to
its contortions. This is a reproduction of the author's paper read
at the Meeting of Scandinavian Naturalists at Copenhagen in 1873,
followed by a shorter notice of subsequent observations on the Chalk
of Eugen. F. W. R.

Jones, Prof. T. R. On the Yalley of the Yezere, Perigord, its
Limestones, Caves, and Pre-Historic Remains. Proc. Geol. Assoc,
vol. iii. no. 5, pp. 207-210.
The Yezere rises in hills of metamorphic rocks, crosses some patches
of Coal Measures and Red Sandstone, succeeded by Rha)tic and Jurassic
rocks, and then runs over almost horizontal Cretaceous rocks, and at
last over Tertiary beds. The caves are in Jurassic and Cretaceous
limestones ; and in many of them stone and bone implements have been
found. [See * Reliquiae Aquitanicae.'] It is inferred that in the time of
the cave-folk the climate must have been colder than now. W. W.

Jones, Sir ^YILL0UGHBY. M. E. Frossard's Cavern Explorations in
the Pyrenees, abridged from his paper read to the Societe Ramond.
(Norwich Geol. Soc), ' Norwich Mercury,' Dec. 5.
The caverns, which have now been quarried away, were in the lime-
stone rock of Aurensan. Remains of mammals, birds, reptiles, fish,
and mollusks were found, and many bones of man, besides stone imple-
ments. On a fragment of slate is a rude outline of a man clad in a
coat of hard skin. W. W.

JuLiEN, — . Sur une fauno carbonifere marine, decouverte aux
enwons de I'Ardoisiere, dans la vaUe'e du Sichon (Forez). [Car-
boniferous marine fauna in the valley of Sichon (Lyonnais).]
Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 74-77.
The true position of the beds forming the basin of Sichon was not
known until the author found in beds of limestone forming the upper
part of the series a rich fauna of Carboniferous-Limestone age. A list
of the fossils found is given, among which some are marked as new
species, but not described. (See below, De Koninck.) G. A. L.

Karsten, H. [A Cave at Thayingen, Switzerland.] N. Jahrb.
Heft iii. pp. 265-268.

Letter describing Herr Merk's recent researches in the cave known
as " Kessler's Loch," near Thayingen. A bed of bone-breccia has
yielded numerous relics of human workmanship, including a figure of
a reindeer engraved on bone. Relow the breccia is a bed of marl in
which the remains of the Mammoth have been found, but not asso-
ciated with any traces of human occupation. F. W. R.

. [Cave in Switzerland.] N. Jahrb. Heft iii. pp. 268, 269.

Letter on excavations in a cave near Schaff'hausen. A bed of breccia,
almost without bones, yieUed frngmcnts of pottery like those from pile-
dwellings. Below the breccia was a dark clayey bed with bones,
worked flints, &c. F. W. R.

KoNiNCK, L. G. DE. Note sur les fossilos carbonifercs decouverte

76 GEOIOGT.

dans la vallce du Sichon (Forez) par M. Julicn. [Carboniferous
fossils found in the Sichon valley.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i.
Mem. pp. 3-7.
A list of 49 species, showing that the beds belong to the upper part
of the Carboniferous Limestone series.
Laceoix, G. Coupes hydro-geologiques du departement de Lofc-et-
Garonne. 3« feuille. [Hydro-geological sections of the Depart-
ment of Lot-et-Garonne.] Paris.
liADEiiiRE, — . Craie inferieure et Gault do Saint-Waast-les-Bavai.
[Lower Chalk and Gault of Saint-Waast-by-Bavai.] Ann. Soc.
Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 22, 23.
Two quarry- sections are given.

. Presence de la grauwacke et des schistes a calceoles dans le

canton de Bavai. [Grauwacke and (7«Zc6oZrt-schists in the Canton
of Bavai.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 2b.
Note of occurrence.

Lamairesse, — . Etudes hydrologiques sur les monts Jura. [Hydro-
logical studies on the Jura Mountains.] Pp. 176, 1 plate. 4to. Paris.
Contains much geological information.

Lapparent, a. de. Note sur la decouverte du terrain Carbonifere

faite a Saint-Mcolas-de-Rougemont, par M. I'Abbe Ptaboisson.

[Discovery of Carboniferous rocks at St. Nicolas- de-Rougemont.]

Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 121, 122.

A continuation of the band of Carboniferous beds so well known at

Bourback on account of the beauty of their vegetable remains, has been

discovered by M. Raboisson, lying between Permian Red Sandstones

above and Grauwacke schists of uncertain age below. The beds consist

of shaly sandstones containing plants. G. A. L.

. Note sur les gisements de sable et d'argile plastique du Yer-

mandois et du Cambresis. [Deposits of sand and plastic clay of

the Yermandois and the Cambresis.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France,

3 ser. t. ii. pp. 134-141, 3 figs, in text.

The Lower Eocene or Landenian, on the plateaux which divide

the He de France from Flanders, is often found in depressions of the

Chalk, thus giving rise to all kinds of differences of level between these

two formations. The author regards these as mere pockets of sand and

clay belonging to the lignite- and-sand formation of the Noyonnais

and of the Laonnais, and not as the lowest Eocene beds, deposited upon

the denuded and ravined surface of the Chalk. G. A. L.

Latjbe, Dr. N. Jahrb. Heft v. pp. b2Q, 527.

Letter calling attention to the description of the Mansfeld Kupfer-

Bchicfer and associated beds, by Mathesius in 1564. The information

was probably obtained from Luther. F. W. R.

Laube, G. C. Notizen von einer Reise in Skandinavien. [Notes on

Scandinavia.] Lotos, Feb. Mar. 1874. Noticed in N. Jahrb.

1875, p. 319.]

EUROPE. 77

Describes the Quaternary deposits of Scandinavia, the deposits of iron-
ore in Sweden, and the pyrites of Fahlan.

Lebour, G. a. Notes on further Researches on the Natural Pits of

Hainaut, with Remarks on their probable origin. Trans. N. Eng.

Inst. Eng. vol. xxiii. pp. 95-102; discussion, pp. 102-106,

plate xxvii.

Supplementary to a paper by Mr. J. B. Simpson, in a previous volume.

Its object is to clear up some points upon which further information

vras required. Mr. Lebour was enabled to supply this information

through notes from M. Cornet.

The natural pits are circular hollows traversing the Coal Measures,
filled with materials which have fallen from above. It was shown that
the pits traverse the Cretaceous Beds which overlie the Coal Measures ;
but that, so far as is known, they do not penetrate the Tertiaries. The
pits show no tendency to narrow downwards ; some are known to in-
crease in diameter in that direction.

The thickness of the beds overlying the Carboniferous Limestone pre-
cludes the idea of these pits being swallow-holes. It was suggested that
they are the " vents" of trap, the sheet of trap erupted through them
having been removed by denudation, and the trap in the vents having
been likewise carried away by the long-continued action of springs.

W. T.
Lecue, W. Anteekningar om de losa jordlagren vid Travemiinde.
[Quaternary beds at Travemiinde.] (Efver. K. S. Yet.-Akad.
Forhandl. no. 5.
Lecocq, Gust. Depots laisses par une inondation de la Deule. [De-
posits left by an overflow of the Deule.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,
1870-74, pp. 27, 28.
Note of sediment a foot thick.

Lenz, Dr. Oscar. Geologischo Notizen aus der Fruska-Gora in Syr-
mien. [Geological notes on the Fruska-Gora in Syrmia.] Verb,
k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 57-60.
Describes certain sections of the Tertiary deposits.

. Die erratischen Erscheinungen im nordlichen Vorarlberg.

[Glacial Phenomena in Northern Vorarlberg.] Yerh. k.-k. geol.
Reichs. pp. 85, 86.
Notes the phenomena produced by the old glacier of Graubiindt,
which in its former extension filled the valley of the Rhine, and has
left many traces of its presence. H. A. N.

Levallois, — , and — Bayan. Sur le terrain jurassique des environs
de Charlieu. [Jurassic series near Charlieu.] Bull. Soc. Geol.
France, 3 scr. t. i. pp. 474-479, plate x.
Notes of excursions, with short lists of fossils found, &c.
LfivY, Miguel. Note sur les Roches porphyriquos du terrain an-
thracifere. [Porphyritic rocks of the antbraciferous series.] Bull.
Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 464-467.

78 GEOLOGY.

Discusses the rolativo ages of these rocks. The writer believes that

a series of special eruptions more extensive than those of the granitoid

porphyry itself took place during the deposition of the " anthraciferous

grits" of lloanne, and that they brought to light rocks having a por-

phyritic paste, of which there were none, properly speaking, in the

granitoid porphyry. Gr. A. L.

Leymerie, a. Note 1° sur les terrains superieurs de la Montagne-

Noire ; 2° sur I'ensemble des depots supra-nummulitiques du bassin

de Carcassonne. [1. Upper Bods of the Montagne-Noire; 2. Supra -

nummulitique deposits of the Carcassonne Basin.] Bull. See. Geol.

France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 68-80, plate iv.

1. A brief description of the relatively recent beds resting unconforma-
bly on the deposits at the foot of the southern flank of the Montagne-
Noire ; these beds have a low dip, and have probably not been disturbed
since their deposition. The author divides them into two groups, as
follows : — Eocene, Carcassian, lacustrine, and Nummulitic Beds, marine ;
Cretaceous, Garumnian, lacustrine.

2. A detailed description of the upper lacustrine series named ^' Car-
cassian " by the author. G. A. L.

. De I'age et de la position du marbre de Saint-Beat (Haute-

Garonne), [Age and position of the marble of Saint-Beat.] Compt.
Eend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 1629-1635.

This marble had hitherto been regarded by geologists as a metamor-
phosed Secondary Limestone. The author believes it to be pre-Carbo-
niferous, and to belong to the same series as the Limestone of Labourd
rather than to that of the Laruns Limestone, which has been shown by
fossil evidence to be Carboniferous. The relation of the rock to the
neighbouring granite and its lithological characters chiefly led the
author to his conclusion, which he does not, however, hold to be
thoroughly established. G. A. L.

. . Keponse a une critique de M. Garrigou, contenue dans une

Note recente, intitulee " Calcaire carbonifere des Pyrenees ; marbres
de Saint-Beat et du Mont." [Beply to a criticism by M. Gar-
rigou, see p. Q^.'] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 145-148.
The author denies the correctness of M. Garrigou's reference of the
St.-Beat marbles to the Carboniferous Limestone, and persists in his
opinion that they are pre-Carboniferous. G. A. L.

Llebisch, Tn. Die in Form von Diluvialgeschieben in Schlesien
vorkommenden massigen nordischen Gesteine. [Boulders of
northern rocks in Silesia.] Pp. 39. 8vo. Breslau. [Noticed in N.
Jahrb. 1875, p. 322.]

Notices that many crystalline rocks have been found as boulders in
Silesia.

LiNDER, — . Observations sur les depots tertiaires du Medoc et du
Blayais dans le dcpartement de la Gironde. [Tertiaries of part of
the Gironde.] Bordeaux.

EUROPE. 79

LiNNAESSox, G. Anteckningar om den karabrisk-siluriska lagor-
serien i Jemtland. [Cambro-Silurian series in Jemtland.] Geol.
fdren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. 1872-74, pp. 34^47.

The writer, by means of a table, shows the order of the Cambrian
and Silurian rocks in Jemtland (North of Sweden) and their relations
to the classifications adopted by Angelin and Kjerulf, viz. in descending
order : — 1. Pentamerus limestone = Regie viii. Encrinurorum of Angelin
and division 5/3 of Kjerulf. 2. The presence of a representative of
No. vii. (regie Harparum) of Angelin, and No. 5 a of Kjerulf, is doubt-
ful in this district. 3. CAaswio/^s-limestone, and 4. Middle Graptolite
schists together =No. vi. (regio Trinudeorum) of Angelin and Nos. 4
and 3/3 of Kjerulf. 5. Orthoceratite limestone=No. v. (regio Asa-
phorum) of Angelin and No. 3 a, in part, of Kjerulf. 6. Lower Grap-
tolite schists = No. 3 a of Kjerulf in part. Unrepresented in Angelin's
classification. 7. Ceratopyfje-\vaie%toTie=l^o. iv. (regio C er atopy gar um)
of Angelin, and No. 2, in part, of Kjerulf. 8. Alum-schists=Nos. ii.
and iii. of Angelin (regiones Olenorum et Conocoi'ypharum) and No. 2,
in part, of Kjerulf. 9. Quartzite:=No. i. (regio Fucoidarum) of An-
gelin and 'No. 1 of Kjerulf. G. A. L.

LnwAESSON, J. G, 0. TJeber eine Eeise nach Bohmen und den russis-

chen Ostsee-Provinzen in Sommer 1872. [Journey to Bohemia and

the Baltic Provinces of Russia.] (Efver. Yet. Akad. Porhandl.

1873, No. 5 [published in 1874].

The chief object of the journey was to study the Silurian deposits;

and in this communication the author makes public the chief features

of geological and palseontological interest which his time enabled him

to observe both in the above-mentioned regions and in other localities

which he visited en route. Throughout he takes special pains to parallel

the Cambrian and Lower Silurian deposits of Bohemia and Russia with

the corresponding formations in Sweden. H. A. N,

LiPOLD, M. V. Erliiuterungen zur geologischen Karte der Umge-

bung von Idria in Krain. [Explanations to Geological Map of

the Environs of Idria in Carinthia.] Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs.

Bd. xxiv. Heft 4, pp. 425-456 ; abstract in Yerhandl. k.-k. geol.

Reichs. p. 400, with coloured geol. map and plate of sections.

The author has fixed the age of the quicksilver-beds of Idria ; these

are Lower Triassic, but, owing to a remarkable dislocation and overlap,

they seem to lie below the Carboniferous or Gailthal beds ; their exact

age is that of the Werfen and Guttenstein (Muschelkalk) beds. At one

time the plant-bearing beds of the L. Trias were thought to be Lias and

the Dolomites of the Trias above referred to the Cretaceous.

The chief formation in the district is the Trias, of which the following
divisions are recognized : — (1) Wengenbods ; under these are included
sandstones and conglomerates (which may possibly be partly Permian)
and beds with fossils corresponding to the Seiss beds of S. Tyrol. (2)
Guttenstein group, contains beds whose fossils are similar to the Campilo
beds of S. Tyrol, dolomites and nodular limestones : the dolomites are

,80 GEOLOGY,

over 300 feet in places and enter largely into the composition of the
country. (3) Wengen beds ; under these are included the plant-shales,
tuflfs, marls, and calcareous conglomerates, the characteristic fossils being
Posidon. Wengensis and Daonella Lommeli. (4) Dolomites and lime^
stones which succeed are, for petrographical reasons, placed under a sepa-
rate head, as St.-Cassian beds ; but it is not held that they are precisely
parallel to the true St.-Cassian deposits. (5) Eaibl beds, which yield
a fine marble. Outside the area of the map, a higher group (Haupt-
dolomit) is seen with a thickness of 1300 feet. The Carboniferous
beds occupy a narrow strip along a line of dislocation, the age of which
must be subsequent to the deposition of all the Triassic beds ; parallel
to this are the veins of quicksilver, whose origin must therefore be con-
nected therewith. E. B. T.
LoMNiCKiEGO, Prof. M. Sprawozdanie z badan geologicznych doko-
nanych wrokn 1873 w dolinach Zlotej Lipy, Koropca, potoku Bary-
skiego i Strypy. [Report of the geological researches, made in
the valleys of Zlotej Lipy, Koropca, the river Baryskiego and Strupy,
with remarks by Dr. A. Altha.] Akademija umiejetnosci w Kra-
kowie [Ac. Sci. Cracow], vol. viii. pp. 184-205.

LoKETz, H. Das Tirol- Yenetianische Grenzgebiet der Gegend von Am-
pezzo. Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft 3, pp. 377-516. .
A description of the geology of the country around Ampezzo in the
Alps, including part of the border-land between Tyrol and Yenetia.
The memoir contains a mass of stratigraphical details. It is accom-
panied by a chrome -lithographed geological map, and by two plates of
sections. F. W. R.

Lory, Charles. Note sur quelques faits de la structure des massifs
centraux [or chaines centrales] des Alpes. Bull. Soc. Geol. France,
3 ser. t. i. pp. 397-405, and Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. vol. xlix.
no. 194, pp. 89-102, plate of sections.
A vindication of his explanation of the fan-shaped structure and of
the intercalated wedges of Jurassic limestone in the gneiss of the Ber-
nese Alps against M. Studer's criticisms. G. A. L.

LoTTi, B. Considerazioni geologiche sui dintorni di Bocheggiano e
Gerfalco presso Massa Marittima. [Geological 'considerations on
the environs of Bocheggiano, &c. near Massa Marittima.] Boll. R.
Com. geol. d' Ital. pp. 222-226 (with a woodcut).
The hill of Bocheggiano contains a quartz-vein which separates the
variegated schists (Jurassic ?) from the Eocene rocks, but is said to be
perfectly conformable to the latter, though altering them for a few feet
at the contact ; it contains copper-ore. The hill of Montieri contains
the Jurassic schists, surmounted by Upper Jurassic limestones and sand-
stones. In other places the variegated schists are seen to lie upon the
M. Lias (red marble with Ammonites), while above come Cretaceous
and Eocene rocks. E. B. T.

. Cenno sulla costituzione geologica della Comunita di Masse

EUROPE. 81

Marittima. [Geological constitution of Massa Marittima.] Boll.
R. Com. geol. d' Ital. pp. 284-294.
The beds noticed are : — Travertin, which forms a good building-stone,
possibly reaching back to Pliocene times ; Miocene with conglomerates
and lignite (with the largest coal-mine in the kingdom) ; Eocene and
Cretaceous, represented by the ^'Alberese ;" Ked limestone, which is
probably Lias, below which, again, is white limestone, probably Infra-
Lias. The cavernous limestone seen in some parts, Cocchi takes to be
Trias ; below are talcose schists. E. B. T.

LuDwiG, Rudolf. Geologischen Bilder aus Italien. [Geological
sketches fr9m Italy.] Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, .pp. 42-131,
pis. i.-viii.

This paper is divided into four parts :— 1 (pp. 44-81), a general
account of the geological history of Italy, with notes of sections, &c. ;
2 (pp. 81-88) treats of the Kock-salt deposits at Altomonte and Lungro,
in Calabrigi ; 3 (pp. 88-110), on the Copper, Lead, and Quicksilver ores
of the Italian mainland ; 4, on Boracic-acid springs. Sulphurous ex-
halations, Solfataras, and Alum, Asphalt, and Sulphur deposits. The -
plates- contain 26 sections and sketch maps. G. A. L.

— ^ — . Die Steinkohlenformation im Lande der Don'sche Kosacken.
[Carboniferous formation in the country of the Don Cossacks.]
Pp. 37, with geological map and plate. 8vo. Moscow.

The author divides the Carboniferous formation on the Donetz into
the following sections : — 1. Calcareous group, with Productus giganteus
and Sj)irifer glaber. 2. Eerruginous group, chiefly of sandstones and
shales, with limestone, brown iron-ore, and coal. 3. Coal-bearing
group, containing many beds of coal, with brown iron-ores, sandstone
and shales, and but little limestone. 4. FusuUna-heiiB, containing
shales, sandstone, and limestone, forming a transition to the overlying
Permian. F. W. 11.

LuNDGBEN, Beenhaed. Sandstcnsblock med Paradoxides fran Gro-
ningen. [Sandstone boulder with Paradoccides from Groningen.]
Geol. fbren. Stockholm Eorhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 44, 45.

. . Cm i Sk§,ne forekommande bildningar, som motsvara Bra-

chiopodskiffern i Vestergotland. [Occurrence in Scania of deposits
which correspond to the Brachiopod-schists of Western Gothland.]
Geol. foren. Stockholm Eorhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 156-159.

' . Om den vid RamsSsa och Ofvedskloster i Skane forekommande

sandstenens alder. [Age of the sandstones which occur at RamsSsa
and Ofvedskloster, in Scania.] Lunds Universitets Arsskrift,
torn. X.

Maestee, Amalio. Dates geologico-mineros sobre algunos grupos do
minas del distrito de Madrid. Bol. Com. Mapa geol. Espaiia, vol. i.
Notes on the mineral wealth of the provinces of Madrid, Toledo, and
Avila.

1874. a

82 GEOLOGY.

Malaise, C. Note sur la description du terrain silurien du centre
de la Bclgique. [Silurian rocks of Central Be]gium.] Ann.
Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii. Bull, des seances, pp. c-cv. Abstract of
memoir in Mem. Ac. roy. Belg. 1873.

Maktin, Jules. Deux epoques glaciaires en Bourgogne. [Two
glacial epochs in Burgundy.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. i.
pp. 390-397.

Brings forward evidence to prove that Burgundy shows relics of two
glacial epuchs, the first in Miocene and the second in Quaternary times ;
the former characterized by the conglomerates with scratched pebbles
of Dijon, by the clay with flints of the Chalonnais plain, and by the
conglomerates and grit of the Gatinais and the Senonais. To the latter
period belong the granitic sands, with rolled and angular blocks, of
Autun &c., the trainees of boulders at all altitudes, and the detritic
angular gravels which have been disintegrated from the subsoil on
many of the plateaux and hill-sides without transportation. G. A. L.

— — . Renseignements complementaires sur I'epoque glaciaire Mio-
cene en Bourgogne. [Miocene glacial epoch in Burgundy.] Bull.
Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 269-272, 1 fig. in text.
A reply to objections to the author's former paper, especially insisting
on the probability of a period of cooling having occurred between the
Eocene and Miocene periods. G. A. L.

Maetins, Ch. Aigues-Mortes : son passe, son present, son avenir.
Essai geologique et historique. [Aigues-Mortes : its past, present,
and future. Geological and historical essay.] 40 pp., map. Eevue
des Deux Mondes, Eeb. 15, 1874.

— . Topographic geologique des environs d' Aigues-Mortes. [Geo-
logy of the neighbourhood of Aigues-Mortes.] Compt. Bend,
t. Ixxviii. pp. 1748-1750.
A letter discussing the deformation of the coast-line now going on
at the western extremity of the delta of the Rhone. Since the founda-
tion of Aigues-Mortes the sea has not retreated, and at that point the
delta has not progressed ; the increase of land which is taking place- is
owing to the deposit brought into the sea by the Petit Rhone, and
driven by the littoral current, which is kept up by the south-east winds
along the coasts of Provence and Languedoc ; and these are forming a
kind of natural breakwater. The amount of these deposits brought
down has been calculated at four millions of cubic metres a year.

G. A. L.

Mekcey, N. de. Geologic resume'e du canton d'A miens. [Geology
of the canton of Amiens.] Bull. Soc. Lin. N. Prance, pp. 128,
146.

. Meyn, — . [Jurassic rocks of Germany.] Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesell.
Bd. xxvi. pp. 355-362.

EimoPE. 83

A letter on the occurrence of Jurassic rocks in North Germany, as
indicated by boulders.

MoEscH, C. Der siidliche Aargauer-Jura und seine Umgebungen,
enthalten auf dera Blatt viii. des Eidgenossischen Atlas. [Southern
Aargau Jura and its surroundings, comprised in sheet viii. of the
Federal Atlas.] 235 pp., 4 plates. 4to. Bern.
This forms the tenth number of the contributions towards a geo-
logical map of Switzerland, published by the ' Schweizerischen Natur-
forschenden Gesellschaft.' The plates consist of geological sections, and
the text is a detailed explanation of the geology of the district. G. A. L.

Moffat, Dr. R. C. On the Bituminous deposits of the valley of the

Pescara, South Italy. Chem. News, vol. xxx. no. 784, p. 255.
Calls attention to the commercial value of these deposits, which
have been visited by the writer.

Mojsisovics, Dr. E. von. Ueber triadische Faciesgebilde in den

Ost-Alpen. [Trias, Eastern Alps.] Verb. k.-k. geol. lleichs.

p. 122.
. Untersuchungen in der Umgebung der Seisser Alpe und von

St. Cassian. [Kesearches in the neighbourhood of the Seisser Alp

and St. Cassian.] Verb. k.-k. geol. lleichs. pp. 321, 322.
. Abwehrende Bemerkungen zu Herrn Giimbel's neuester

Schrift iiber das Kaisergebirge. [Remarks in refutation of Herr

Giimbel's publication on the Kaisergebirge.] Verb. k.-k. geol.

Ecichs. pp. 329-334.
A controversial paper, defending the author's views as to the geology
of the Eastern Alps against the strictures of Giimbel thereupon.

M[oRRi8], J. The Old Rhine Valley. By Dr. Hibbert, F.R.S. Geol.

Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 222, 223.

An account of the views on the history of the Valley of the Rhine,

published in 1832, by Dr. Hibbert, in a work entitled " The History

of the Basin of Neuwied." G. A. L.

MoTJKLON, Michel. Observations enr le classement des couches ter-

tiaires moyennes dans le Limbourg Beige. [Classification of the

Middle Tertiaries in Belgian Limburg.] Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg.

t. viii. Mem. pp. 91-98.

A discussion of Messrs. Ortlieb and Dollfus's conclusions (see p. 87)

with regard to Dumont's classification. The writer accepts in the

main the views of the former. G. A. L.

. Sur la nature des depots cretac^s d'Anderlues. [Cretaceous

deposits of Anderlues.] Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii.. Bull, des

seances, pp. xcvi, xcvii.
Gives the palaeontological characters of the Cretaceous beds met with
in Pit No. 1 of the Viernoy colliery, in the Anderlues commune.
. Sur I'assise J)iesticnne du Kiel pres d'Anvers. [Diestian at

62

84 GEOLOGY.

Kiel, near Antwerp.] Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii., Bull, des
seances, pp. cxxviii, cxxix.
Note of occurrence of the " Edeghem-sands " zone of the Diestian
series.

MouRLON, M. Observations sur la position du Paniselien dans la scrie

eocene h. propos d'un travail recent de M. Ed. Hebert. [Position

of the Paniselian in the Eocene series.] Proc.-verb. Soc. Mai.

Belg. t. iii. pp. xxxiv-xxxviii.

Urges that the Paniselian should be kept in the Middle Eocene, since

M. Hebert's palaeontological grounds for merging it in the Ypresian

in the Lower Eocene are doubtful. G. A. L.

. Observations on M. Cogers second paper on the Terehratula-

grandis deposit near Antwerp. Proc.-verb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii.
pp. xlvi-lii.
Mineralogically this deposit differs from the underlying black Diestian
eand. Palseontologically it contains a fauna much more Scaldisian
than Diestian. The Terebratula-bed is therefore, in the author's
opinion, the base of the Scaldisian (Pliocene), and gives the first junction
yet observed in this district between this series and the Miocene
Diestian. G. A. L.

. Nouvelles observations au sujet de nos couches tertiaires a

Terehratula grandis. [New observations on our Terebratula-
grandis beds.] Proc.-verb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. Ivii-lix.
Continued criticism of M. Cogel's opinion as to the geological position
of the green sands with T. grandis near Antwerp.

Nachten, J. Die Braunkohlen-Flotzverhaltnisse bei TiifFer und

Eomersbad in Untersteiermark. [Stratigraphical Relations of the

Brown coal at Tiiffer and llomersbad in Untersteiermark.] Yerh.

k.-k. geol. Eeichs. pp. 138-140.

o ..

Nathoest, a. G. Om en Ssbildning vid Lilla Aby i Ostergotland.

o

[Asar in Eastern Gothland.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Eorhandl.
bdt. i. pp. 248-257, pi. xxv.
Divides the formation of the deposits into five stages : — 1. The time
of the first spreading of the ice to which the oldest glacial striae belong,
when the bottom moraine gravel filled up the lowlands. 2. A sinking
of the land, with an accompanying shrinking back of the ice. Shore-
deposits belong to this period. 3. The maximum sinking-point reached,
when the glacial clays were terraced. 4. Eising of the land. This
was the time of the denudation of the asar, and of the deposition of
sands and boulders. 5. A continued rising of the land to the present
day. G. A. L.
. Sandstenblock med Paradoxides antraff'adt i Skane. [Sand-
stone-boulder containing Paradoxides met with in Scania.] Geol.
foren. Stockholm Eorhandl. bdt. i. pp. 271, 272.
Note of occurrence. Specimen now in the Lnnd Geological Museum.

EUROPE. 86

Nathorst, a. G. Om SkSnes niv§,forandringar. [Changes of level of
Scania.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Fdrhandl. bdt. i. pp. 281-294.

Further proofs are given that a sinking no longer takes place in
Scania, but that, on the contrary, this province shares in the general
elevation of Scandinavia, and that the line of demarcation of this
movement consequently runs to the south of Scania. E. E.

Naumann, Dr. C. F. Ueber die Hohburger Porphyrberge in Sachsen.
[Hohburg Mountains, Saxony.] N. Jahrb. Heft iv. pp. 337-361,
with map.

A description of the smooth, polished, and striated surfaces on the
porphyry-rocks forming the Hohburg and other hills near Wurzen in
Saxony, and a review of the causes which have been suggested to
account for the formation of these surfaces, such as the action of blown
sand and ice-action. Prof. Naumann's last memoir, left unfinished at
his death. F. W. K.

NivoiT, — . Sur les phosphates de chaux de Ciply, en Belgique.
[Phosphatic deposits of Ciply.] Compt. Kend. t. Ixxix. pp. 256
-259.

These deposits are in the Upper Chalk. They form a kind of con-
glomerate of brownish nodules, cemented in a calcareous paste and
associated fragments of indurated chalk and fossils, the latter being
sometimes rolled ; the thickness varies, but rarely exceeds 1*5 metre.
Several analyses are given. G. A. L.

NoGUES, A. F. Les oscillations de la mer nummulitique. [Oscilla-
tions of the Nummulitic Sea.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc.
Frang. pp. 409-433.

After an account of the distribution of the various members of the
Nummulitic series, the writer concludes : — 1. That the lowest Nummu-
litic beds of India and of the Pyrenees seem to be anterior to the Sues-
sonian beds of the Anglo- Parisian Basin. 2. That the lowest Nummu-
litic beds of the Adour Basin appear to be contemporaneous with the
middle beds of the Pyrenaoo-Mediterranean Basin ; and that, moreover,
the Adour Basin possesses a Nummulitic horizon of Tongrian age,
This basin was dry land when the central Pyrenees, the Corbieres, and
India were covered by the waters of the great Lower Nummulitic
lake. 3. That the Nummulitic beds of the Maritime Alps and of the
Var are contemporaneous with those of the Central Pyrenees; but
those of the Central Alps of Switzerland and Savoy seem to correspond
to the Middle beds of the Pyrenees and to those of the Adour Basin.

G. A. L.

Nordstrom, Tu. Om forekomsten af siluriska lager i narheton af
sjon Hjelraarcn 8, hemmanen Bjorsholm ooh Oster Rynningo
egor. [Silurian beds in the neighbourhood of the Hjelmaren
Lake at the Bjorsholm farm and East Uynning.] Gooi. fiircn.
Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 160, 101.

Note of occurrence.

86 QEOLOGfT.

Neumatr, Dr. M. Ueber den oberen Jura des Bas-Bugey (Siid-
Frankreich). [Upper Jura of Bas-Bugey (South France).] Verb,
k.-k. geol. Eeichs. pp. 37-40.

Discusses some of the questions relating to the divisions of the Upper
Jura, as illustrated by a memoir by M. Falsan on this formation at
Bas-Bugey (BuU. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. i. p. 170). H. A. N.

NoTH, Julius. Kleinere Mittheilungen. (1) Untersuchung auf
Braunkohle bei Kapi, W., bei Eperjes im Sarosen Comitate Un-
garns. (2) Kalkstein von Swiatkowa in der Herrschaft Miskowa
bei Zmigrod in Galizien mit Drusen, welche Bergol und Yerdun-
stungsriickstande enthalten. (3) Graphit mit Schwefelkies und
Brauneisenstein bei Dobschau, Gomoser Comitat, Ungarn. [Geo-
logical notes. (1) Investigation of the Brown Coal of Kapi, Hun-
gary. (2) Limestone of Swiatkowa in Galicia, with druses con-
taining petroleum and evaporation-residues. (3) Graphite, with
pyrites and brown iron-ore, near Dobschau, Hungary]. Yerh.
k.-k. geol. Eeichs. pp. 244-246.

Olszewski, St. Poglad na geologija a w szczegolnosci na forma-
cyje mioceniczna wschodniej czesci Podola galicyjskiego." [Sketch
of the Geology, and especially of the Miocene formation, of Eastern
Podolia.] Akademija umiejetnosci w Krakowie [Ac. Sci. Cracow],
pp. 212-252.
' Omalius d'Halloy, J. B. J. d'. Note sur le terrain devonien. Bull.
Ac. roy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxvii. pp. 191-196.

Observations on Prof. Gosselet's paper on the Devonian rocks of the
country between the Sambre and the Meuse (see p. 68).

Oetlieb, J. Falaise souterraine de la craie entre Eoubaix et Tour-
coing. [Underground Chalk-cliff between Roubaix and Tour-
coing.] Ann. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 4, 5.

Note of an underground cliff 41 metres high, proved by borings
between these two places.

. Forages a Croix et a Roubaix. [Borings at Croix and Rou-
baix.] Aun. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 14, 15.

A section from the first place is given, 82*75 metres in depth,
through the foUowihg beds, in descending order : Quaternary, Tertiary
(Lower Landenian), White Chalk, Sandy Chalk, somewhat brecciated
Chalk, Chalk M arl, "Tourtia, Carboniferous Limestone. The Roubaix
boring is mentioned for comparison only. G. A. L.

. Considerations generales sur les terrains tertiaires inferieurs

du bassin flamand. [Lower Tertiaries of the Flemish basin.]
Ann. Soc. Geol. Word, 1870-74, pp. 23-27.
The divisions recognized by the author are as follows, in ascending
order : — Supercretaceous or Pretertiary Epoch, Epoch of the Clay of
Flanders, Epoch of the Cassel Sands ; Upper Eocene of Paris Basin
wanting. By this arrangement the physical causes of deposition are
shown. G. A. L.

ETROPE. 87

Ortlieb, J. Remarques sur la carte geologique des environs de Rou-
baix, par M. G. Dollfiis. [Remarks on the geological map of the
neighbourhood of Roubaix, by M. G. Dollfus.] Ann. Soc. Geol.
Nord, 1870-74, pp. 57, 58.
A novelty in this map is the representation by a special colour of a
passage-zone which may be termed Middle Ypresian. What is repre-
sented in the map as Upper Landenian M. Ortlieb believes to be slightly
lower beds between the Upper and Lower Landenian, the former of
which he thinks is not to be found near Roubaix. G. A. L.

. Compte-rendu d'une excumon a Cassel. [Excursion to

Cassel.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 101-109.
The geology of Mont Cassel and of the Mont des RecoUets (with
tabular section) is sketched. The following series are described in
ascending order : — Bruxellian Beds (Tarritella-edita beds ; white un-
fossiliferous sands, sands with friable fossils, and bands with Cardita
planicostata ; Nummulites-lcevigata sandstone); LaecTcenian Beds {Echinus
zone with Terebratula KicTcxl ; Zone of Nammulites variolaria and Ceri-
■thiian giganteum ; Sands ; Glauconitic clay). G. A. L.

Ortlieb, J., and G. Dollfus. Compte-rendu de Geologic strati-
graphique de I'excursion de la Societe Malacologique de Belgique
dans le Limbourg beige, Mai 1873. [Excursion in Belgian Lim-
burg.] Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii., Mem. pp. 39-57, 1 fig. in
text and 1 plate.
After giving details of sections, the authors discuss the classifica-
tion of the Limburg Tertiaries. They adopt a set of divisions similar
to that proposed by Lyell, and diff'erent from Dumont's. The beds are
equivalents of the U. and L. Rupelian and U. and L. Tongrian of Du-
mont ; but the divisions of Lyell and of the authors do not correspond
with them. The series is as follows, in descending order: — U. and M.
Olujocene (of Beyrich) : Nucula " tuff'eau" (clay of Lyell) ; Bergh Sands ;
Sands of Vieux- Jonc ; Marl of Henis. L. Oligocene : sands of Nurrepen

and clay of Vliermael. G. A. L.

o
Palmgren L. Beskrifning till Kartbladet "■ Arsta." Sveriges geol.

untersok. Pp. 43. [Description of Map No. 50, Swedish Geolo-
gical Survey.]
. Beskrifning till Kartbladet " Nyniis." Sveriges geol. unter-
sok. Pp. 29, 3 woodcuts. [Description of Map No. 51, Swedish
Geological Survey.]
Parker, James. The " Elint Implements in the Valley of the Somme."
Journ. Viet. Inst. vol. viii. pp. 51-58, and abstract, under a different
title, in Proc. Warwicksh. Nat. and Archaol. Field Club for 1873,
pp. 14, 15.
Enters into the computation of the ago and growth of the peat. Con-
siders that the valley owes its origin " to operations connected with tho
rising from tho ocean bed " and not " to the slow excavation of river
action." W. W.

88 GEOLOGY.

Paul, C. M. Die Braunkohlen-Ablagerungen von Croatien und
Slavonien. [The Brown-coal deposits of Croatia and Sclavonia.]
Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. J3d. xxiv. Heft 3, pp. 287-324.

The occurrences are grouped by age, and then by districts. Pirst are
given the coals of Aquitanian age (Oligocene or L. Miocene), or those
below the " Leithakalk ; " these are brown coals and better than the
more recent ones. In Warasdin district 30 occurrences are described ;
the beds average from 3-5 feet. Prom other districts 8 are added. In
the Sarmatic stage occurrences of coal are rarer. In the Congeria-
beds the coals are lignites ; of this age 23 occurrences are noted.
Analyses are given, and the heating-power (fee. of many of the coals
are compared. E. B. T.

. Zur Stellung der Radobojer Schichten. [Position of the

deposits of E-adoboj.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Eeichs. pp. 223-225.
Adduces evidence that the deposits of Iladoboj, containing remains
of insects, are referable to the lower division of the Sarmatian Beds.

Die Trias in der Bukovina. [Trias in Bukovina.] Yerh.

k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 367-369.
Gives various stratigraphical and palaeontological details regarding the
Triassic deposits of the north-eastern portion of the Carpathians.

Yorlage der geologischer Detailkarte des Wassergebietes der

Suczawa in der Bukovina. [Presentation of the Geological Map
of the Water-region of Suczawa in the Bukovina.] Verb. k.-k.
geol. Reichs. pp. 400, 401.

Peithner, Joseph. Ueber Braunkohlen-Yorkommnisse an der Oberen
Gran bei Sielnice, Altsohl, N.W. [Brown Coal on the Upper Gran
at Sielnice.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 334-336.

Pi:RON, Alph. Sur quelques points de la geologie du departement
de Tarn-et-Garonne. [Geology of the Department of Tarn-et-
Garonne.] BuU. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 85-120, figs.
in text.

A detailed description, with a discussion on the Permian rocks, which
have been differently interpreted. The other formations described are
L. Lias, Sequanian, Gypseous beds of Yaren, and phosphatic deposits
(L. Eocene). As a means of limiting the area within which the last
may be searched for, the author states that all the district above 350
metres was never submerged in Tertiary times. The gypseous beds of
Yaren, which have hitherto figured as Trias, are Eocene. The Se-
quanian of La Rochelle is well represented in the department, where it
had not been noticed previously. The Lower Lias is here, as in the
Aveyron, composed in great part of magnesian rocks, and is almost
without fossils. The Permian exists in the valley of the Ceron ; but
the marine Zechstein, which M. Magnan described, does not exist, and
its place is taken on the map by Lower Lias. G. A. L.

I

EUBOPB, 89

Pettersen, Karl. Om de inden Tromso och Finmarkens Amter
optraedende Bergslag. [Rocks of Tromso and Finmark.] Geol.
fdren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 274-280.
The rocks of these districts are described stratigraphically and litho-
logically, the chief divisions recognized being : — The Bottom rocks, con-
sisting of typical gneiss and of micaceous and quartzose schists ; the
Tromso mica-schist group, probably of Lower Cambrian age ; the
Balsfjorden schists, supposed to be of Upper Cambrian age ; the Raipas
series, which is probably the equivalent of the Hekla-Hook group of
Spitzbergen (Silurian or Devonian) ; the Gaisa system of Dahll
( = Upper Golda group of Pettersen). Among the igneous rocks are : — ■
Gneiss Granite, Inland Granite, Gabbro and Hypersthenite, fine-grained
Greenstone, Olivine rock passing to Serpentine, and Serpentine proper.

G. A. L.

PicHLER, A. [Note on the geology of the Gaflein, near Nasereit, in
the Upper Inn valley.] N. Jahrb. Heft i. p. 61.

PiETTE, Ed. Note sur le Glacier quaternaire de la Garonne et sur
Page du renne dans les grottes de Gourdan et de Lortet. [Qua-
ternary Glacier of the Garonne, and age of the Reindeer in the
caves of Gourdan and Lortet.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser.
t. ii. pp. 498-519.
Describes the courses of the numerous ancient glaciers of the district
and the moraine-deposits left by them. Ascribes the former alternating
extension and retrogression of the Pyrenean glaciers to oscillations of
the sea-level, which, by furnishing a greater or less surface for evapo-
ration, furnished more or less humidity for the production of neve.
The presence of a Saharan sea likewise influenced the size of these
glaciers in this manner. The pala3olithic deposits of the Gourdan cave
are described, the more recent being characterized by reindeer-bones,
and the older by those of the aurochs. The implements found are de-
scribed. The contents of the Lortet cave are enumerated. From the
evidence adduced, the author concludes that in reality the Reindeer age
is that part of the Quaternary period during which the mountaineers
of Southern France were addicted to sculpture and engraving ; it was a
calm long epoch, during which the glaciers, already retreating at its
commencement, continued to melt away, and the great Quaternary
animals disappeared one by one. G. A. L.

Platz, — . [On the Quaternary epoch of the history of the valley
of the Rhine.] Verb. Nat. Ver. Carlsruhe, vi.

The origin of the Loess is ascribed to the disintegration of the Swiss
Mollasse at the time of the melting of the great Alpine glaciers. The
existence of Quaternary glaciers in the Vosges and in the Black Forest
is thought doubtful. G. A. L.

PoHEPNY, F. Geologischo Betrachtungen iiber die Gangspaltcn.
[Geological considerations on fissure-veins.] Jahrb. k.-k. Bergakad.
LeobcQ, &c. Bd. xxii. p. 233.

go GEOLOGY.

PosEPNY, F. Die Blei- urid Galmei-Erzlagerstatten von Raibl in
Kiirnten. [Lead- and Zinc-ore deposits of Raibl, Carinthia.]
Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. Bd. xxiii. Heft iv. pp. 317-424, 3 plates.

The metalliferous limestone and dolomite of the Raibl district occurs
below the Raibl shales. All the Plant and Fish remains of these beds
have come from one locality ; with them occur Ammonites Aon and
A. Archelaus, Halohia Lommeli, &c. The metalliferous limestone con-
tains scarcely any fossils, but is paralleled with the Hallstadt limestone.
The nature of the Lead and Zinc deposits is described, and their genesis
discussed, details concerning the impregnations of ore in the rock being
illustrated by coloured lithographic facsimiles. These deposits are
neither in beds nor in veins, yet they partake of the nature of both ;
they were evidently formed after the rock, and are of secondary origin ;
the deposits are frequently geodal with concentric layers of different
ores. The ores have apparently been introduced into cavities and
fissures dissolved out of the limestone, elimination of the calcareous
matter and infiltration of the metallic minerals perhaps going on
together. They are intimately connected with faults and joints, along
which the dissolving waters have apparently moved and eaten away the
rock irregularly. Analogous features in the deposits of lead and zinc
ores in England and other countries are also noticed. E. B. T.

. l)ie Eruptivgesteinsgange von Mies in Bohmen. [Veins of

eruptive rock at Mies, Bohemia.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs.

pp. 237-239.

Gives reasons for concluding that certain masses, which intersect the

ciay-slates of the neighbourhood, are trappean veins, instead of being

sandstones, as some authorities have maintained. H. A. N.

Post, H. von. Kalkgranit funnen i Sverige. [Calciferous granite
found in Sweden.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i.
pp. 3-7.

Note of occurrence in East-Gothland.

QuiQTJEREz [A.]. [Notes on the caverns of the Bernese Jura.]
Indicateur d'Antiquites Suisses, p. 512.

R.iDDE, — . Vier Yortrage iiber den Kaukasus. [Four essays on the
Caucasus.] 4to. 72 pp., 2 pi. Gotha.

Ramsay, Prof. A. C. The Physical History of the Yalley of the
Rhine. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 81-93 (map and
woodcuts).

Between Basel and Bingen there is a broad lake-like valley, mainly
occupied by modern and old alluvia of the river, fringed by Miocene
beds, which rise from beneath the alluvium, and lie against the older
rocks — these last forming the hill-ranges of the district. Between
Bingen and Rolandseck a narrow gorge is cut through the older rocks.

The author believes that during parts of the Miocene period the
drainage of the broad valley was from north to south, into the area now

EUROPE. -91

occupied by the Miocene rocks of Switzerland. Subsequent disturbances
reversed the drainage, and the Rhine flowed over an elevated plain of
Miocene beds, the relics of which still exist. The gorge has been
formed by gradual erosion ; and the Miocene rocks have been in great
part worn away, so as to leave the existing plain. W. T.

Ramsay, Prof. A. C. On the Physical History of the Rhine. Proc.

Roy. Inst.
This lecture deals with the same subject as the foregoing paper, of
which it is indeed a more popular version.

Raulin, Victor, and — Jacquot. Statistique geologique et agrono-
mique du departement des Landes. [Geological and agricultural
statistics of the Landes.] Introduction and Part I. Mont-de-
Marsan. 8vo, 270 pp., geological map.

This is not the geological part proper, which is to be published in
1875. The geological map is to a scale of 1 : 200,000.

Reboux, — . Sur le diluvium rouge. [The Red Drift.] Compt.
Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang. pp. 383, 384.

Abstract. The author thinks that the residuum of the melting of the
ice and snow which covered the north of Europe is the probable origin
of the Red Drift which covers a large part of Prance and Belgium in a
nearly constant thickness. G. A. L.

Redtenbacher, Dr. Anton. Ueber die Lagerungsverhaltnisse der
Gosaugebilde in der Gams bei Hieflau. [Cretaceous (Gosau) beds
in the Gams valley.] Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. Bd. xxiv. Heft 1,
pp. 1-6.
The succession of the Gosau beds in the Gams valley is not very clear,
but seems to be the following, beginning at the base : — Conglomerate,
Nerinaea-bed, Coal-bed (10 inches), containing freshwater shells ; Sand-
stones, ActaDonella-beds, Hippurite-limestone, Sandstones, Orbulite-
beds. E. B. T.

Renevier, Prof. E. Tableau des terrains sedimentaires, avec leurs

representauts en Suisse, et dans les regions classiques, leura

synonymes et les principaux fossiles de chaque ctage. [Table of

Sedimentary Rocks.] Bull. Soc. vaud. sci. nat. t. xiii. pp. 218-252.

The author divides the stratified beds into three main divisions as

usual, viz. Palaeozoic, Mesozoic, and. Cienozoic. These he calls Eras,

and remarks on the confusion which arises from the loose way in

which the words era, period, epoch, system, formation, ttc. are used.

Following the botanists who use the words class, order, family, &c.,

always in the same order, he proposes a hierarchy of geological terms,

as follows: — (1) Era^ example, Mesozoic; (2) Period^ o. g. Jurassic;

(3) Epoch or System, e.g. Bathonian ; (4) Age or Star/e (etago), e.g.

Bradfordian. It is suggested that those or similar words should, by a

general convention, have a definite value given them, and bo used

always in the same order.

In one table the classifications used by different authors in the prin-

92 GEOLOGY.

cipal countries of Europe are collated. In the large diagram four
columns are given to Switzerland, contrasting the beds of the Swiss Jura
plain and Alps &c., while in five other parallel columns are contained
the different facies of the stratified rocks in the chief countries of
Europe. A separate column is devoted to palaeontology. E. B. T.

Eeul, X. DE. Guide dans les collections prehistoriques des ages de la
Pierre. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., pp. 94, 12mo : Brussels.

Popular Guide to the Prehistoric collections of the Brussels Museum,
with a sketch of the climate of Belgium in Quaternary times, and
descriptions of the chief bone-caves of the country. G. A. L.

Richardson, Ralph. Notes on the Dutch Peat Industry. (Abstract.)
Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii. pp. 276-282.

There are three kinds of peat found in Holland: — 1. " Lange turf,"
commonly called " Friesche turf," is surface-peat, and comes from
the " high fens." 2. " Korte turf" is in the form of paste or mud
saturated with water, and is got by dredging from the ** low fens " or
bogs covered with water. 3. " Derric turf," a layer of peat found
under the sand-dunes of the coast of Holland, which has been com-
pressed by the overlying sand. The last is comparatively rare, but is
used as fuel. No. 2 is superior for fuel to No. 1. G. A. L.

RiCHTHOFEN, — VON". Ucber Mendola-Dolomit und Schlern-Dolomit.
Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft 2, pp. 225-256.

In the Trias of South Tyrol dolomites occur at two horizons. The
upper series is the " Schlern Dolomite," and the lower the " Mendola
Dolomite." The author defends his theory that the Schlern Dolomite
represents ancient coral-reefs, and in support records observations on
a raised coral-reef on the southern coast of Java. He also describes
the beds below the Mendola dolomite. F. W. R.

Robert, E. Considerations geologiques sur I'origine probable du
terrain de transport dit diluvien. [Origin of Diluvium.] Compt.
Rend, t. Ixxviii. pp. 955-957.

Attributes the Drift of Western Europe to the sudden disappearance
by overflow of vast lakes caused by upheaval of great mountain-chains.

. De la faible influence qu'ont exercee les eaux diluviennes

- 8ur la formation des vallees du bassin de Paris. [The small
influence of diluvial waters in the formation of the valleys of the
Paris Basin.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. p. 817 (abstract).
Since the disappearance of the lakes of the Paris Basin its valleys
have not deepened or enlarged, but the contrary is the case.

Robert, EiiLix. Volcans de la Haute-Loire. [Volcanoes of the
Haute-Loire.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 245-250.

The old volcanoes described belong to the phonolitic or older and
to the trachytic or newer group. Those of the first age are Pay-le-
froid, Le Signon, Le Mezenc, I'Ambre, Tourte ; those of the second
are Les Dents de Mc'zenc, Rofiac, Le Megal, Queyrieres, Volcanoes of
the Pertuis (including Mont Gros, Mont Estion, and Mont Grand-

ETROPE. 93

Court), Volcanoes of Mczores (including Mont Yaux, La Planeze, Mont
Archer, Jalore, Gerbison), Miaune, and La Madelaine. G. A. L.

EoEMER, F. Ueber die altesten versteinerungsfuhrenden Schichten
in dem Bheinisch-Westfaliscben Schiefergebirge. [Oldest fos-
siliferous beds of the llhenish-Westphalian slates.] Zeit. deutsch.
geol. GeseU. Bd. xxvi. pp. 752-760.
It has been generally considered that the oldest member of the
Palaeozoic rocks forming the hilly land on both sides of the llhine is
the " Coblentz grauwacke." The author shows that at Greiffenstein,
near Herbom, in Nassau, this series of beds is underlain by others con-
taining white quartzites, characterized by the occurrence of a large
Pentamerus (P. rhenanus). He also believes that the Greiffenstein
quartzite is older than the Wissenbach slates, these in turn being older
than the Coblentz grauwacke. F. W. R.

RoEMER, H. Neue AufschlUsse oligocaner Schichten in der Provinz

Hannover. Zeits. deutsch. geol. GeseU. Bd. xxv. Heft 2, pp. 342-

344.

Notice of three new localities of Oligocene beds in Hanover : — Middle

Oligocene clay, N. of Lehrte ; Upper Oligocene fossihferous deposit,

near the Ilseder Hiitte, Peine ; Upper Oligocene fossiliferous beds at

Wehmingen, south of Lehrte. F. W. R.

■ . Ein neuer Aufschluss der Wiildthon- nnd Hilsthon-Bildung.

Zeits. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxv. Heft 2, pp. 345-348.

Note on the occurrence of Weald Clay and Hils Clay in the neigh-
bourhood of Sehnde, in Hanover. A woodcut shows the beds passed
through in sinking a shaft for working brown coal. It appears to be
on the southern margin of a great basin of "Weald Clay. F. W. R.

— . Ueber ein neues Yorkommen des Rath bei Hildesheim.

Zeits. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxv. Heft 2, pp. 349-354.

A record of the discovery of Rhaetic Beds at the " Kriihlah,'' near

Hildesheim. The author gives a detailed section, and notes the fossils.

Roys, le Marquis de. Observations sur les communications de M.

de Saporta. [On M. de Saporta's communications.] Bull. Soc.

Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 173-176.

Describes stratigraphically the Pliocene clays of the neighbourhood

of Thcziers and Domasan, where M. de Saporta collected the fossils

described by him in several papers. G. A. L.

RijcnER, A. Einigcs iiber Mies in Bohmen. [Geology of Mies in
Bohemia.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 60-62.

RuTOT, A. Rapport au point de vue palcontologique de TexcurBion
entreprise les 18 et 19 Aofit, 1873, aux environs de Tongres par
les mcmbres do la Socicte malacologique de Belgique. [PalaDon-
tological Report of Excursion in the neighbourhood of Tongres.]
Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii. Mem. pp. 58-69.

Lists of the fossils found during the excursion are given. The beds

94 GEOLOGY.

examined were the following : — Lower Rupelian (N"ucula Clay, marine ;
White Sand, marine and brackish ; Whitish Sand, brackish and fresh-
water) ; Upj^er Tongrian (Henis Clay, fluvio-marine ; rellowish-white
Sand, fluvio-marine ; Greyish- white Sand) ; re-assorted bed with Oslrea
and fish-teeth ; Lower Tongrian (Green sands, marine). G. A. L.

KuTOT, A. Note sur une coupe des environs de JBruxelles. [Section
near Brussels.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i. Mem. pp. 45-59,
pi. ii.

A detailed account of an exposure of Bruxellian and Upper Ypresian
beds at St. Josse-ten-Noode. Six subdivisions are recognized, among
which are two of the Bruxellian which were hitherto little known — •
No. 4, calcareous sands with broken fish-teeth and shells, and an inter-
calated very calcareous band in no. 3. No. 5 in the section is shown
to be the parent bed of the famous fruits of Nipadites Burtini, which
is thus shown to be Bruxellian and not Laeckenian, as has been sup-
posed. ' G. A. L*

Salino, Fr. II gruppo delle Isole Eolie. [The Eolian Islands.]
Boll. E. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 159^163.

An extract from the Italian Alpine Club ' BoUettino ' (viii. 1874).
Gives heights of Lipari, Stromboli, and the other islands, with topo-
graphical notes on their craters. Of thirteen islands only seven are
inhabited. The craters are mostly formed of pumice, with blocks of
obsidian, with some trachytes and lavas. In Pilicuri alternations of
lava and tuffs are seen. E. B. T.

Sandberger, F. The Upper Rhine Yalley in Tertiary and Diluvial

Times. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 215-221.
A translation, by Mrs. A. C. Bamsay, from the original paper in
«-Das Ausland,' no.* 50 (1873).

ScHioTz, 0. E. Beretning om nogle Undersogelser over Sparagmit-
Koarts Fjeldet i den ostlige Del af Hamar Stift. [Sparagmite-
Quartz district, in the Eastern part of Hamar Stift (Norway)].
Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Bind xx. Forste Hefte,
Kristiania.

ScHLUTEB, Clemens. Der Emscher Mergel. [Ems Marl.] Zeit.
deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. pp. 775-782.
. Preliminary notice of a thick deposit above the Cuvieri-'Pla.ner and
below the Quadrat-chalk. It has been known as Grey Marl and as
Stoppenberg Marl ; but as it is typically developed in the valley of the
Ems in Westphalia, the author proposes to distinguish it as "Ems
Marl." F. W. R.

, Schneider, 0. Ueber die geognostischen und mineralogischen Ver-
haltnisse der Insel Elba. [Geology and mineralogy of Elba.] Isis,
Dresden (Sitzungsb.), p. 2.
A summary of the mineral resources of the island.

EUROPE.

95

ScHNETZLER, J. B. NoticG gcologique et mineralogique. Bull. Soc.

Vaud. Sci. Nat. t. xii. no. 71, pp. 438, 439.
Notices, in the valley of the Sarine near Rossinieres (Switzerland),
limestones with lignitic matter and fossils, and veins of quartz-crystals
whose black colour is supposed to be due to their being formed in the
wet way in contact with organic matter. Notices also near Vallorbes
crystals of arragonite interlacing and forming among vegetable matters,
mycelium of fungi, «S:c. E. B. T.

Seguenza, G. Studii stratigrafici suUa Formazione pliocenica dell*
Italia Meridionale. [Stratigraphical studies on the Pliocene for-
mation of S. Italy.] Boll. K. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 1-15, 67-85,
146-152, 271-283, & 331-347.
A continuation of the Catalogue of MoUusks and Cirripedes from the
upper zone of the PHocene of Southern Italy. There are four columns
for Sicilian localities, five for Calabrian, two for Tuscan ; and further two
columns are set apart for noting whether any species survives to tlie
Recent period, and is found in the Mediterranean or Northern seas. For-
mer parts appeared in the * Bollettino ' last year (see also ^90S<). E. B. T.

. Nota sulla " relazione di un viaggio geologico in Italia " del

Dott. Fuchs. [On a paper by Dr. Fuchs concerning a geological
journey in Italy.] Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 294-306.
Dissents from views expressed by Dr. Fuchs, who has referred the
Miocene limestone of Castellina and Rosignano to the agd of the Leitha
conglomerate, and identified it with the '* concretionary limestone " of
Seguenza. The author refers the Rosignano limestone to the period
between Upper and Middle Miocene, and the " lenticular rock " of Par-
lascio he places between Upper Miocene and Older Pliocene ; the con-
cretionary limestone occupies different levels towards the lower part of
the Pliocene. He divides the Pliocene into two zones, unconformable
to each other. E. B. T.

. [Sicily.] Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft 4,

pp. 934, 935.

Letter announcing the formation of the nucleus of a Geological

Museum at Messina, and referring to the writer's recent researches on

the older Tertiary and the Cretaceous rocks of Sicily. F. W. R.

Sexe, S. a. JoBttegryder og gamle Strandlinier i fast Klippe.

[Giants' Cauldrons, &c.] Pp. 44 (3 plates, woodcuts). 4to.

Kristiania.

Describes several "giants' cauldrons" in Norway, discusses the

theories of their origin, and suggests that they may have been formed

by the friction of sand, gravel, and stones rotated by a moving column

of ice. This paper is accompanied by an English translation ; the

essay on old coast-lines is not translated. F. W. R.

SiDENBLADH, M. Om siluriska bildningar i Lappland. [Silurian

deposits, Lapland.] Geol. fiiren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii.

pp. 88-96.

Consists of a number of local details as to the lie of the Silurian beds.

96 GEOLOGY.

Sjogrtjn, a. Om u^ra forsteningar i Olands kambriska lager.
[Fossils from the Cambrian beds of Gland.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 67-80, pi. v.

The literature of the subject is given. * The beds from which the
fossils have been obtained are described; they consist of sandstone,
shaly sandstone, and gypsiferous clay-slates. The fossils are enu-
merated, and, to some extent, described ; they are : — 6 species of Para-
doocides, of which four are undetermined, one . of the others being P.
Oelandicus, n. sp. (fig. 1); Ellipsocvjphalus, si^. in^et. ; Agnostus regius,
n. sp. (fig. 6), A. sp. indet. ; and two undetermined species of Theca.
Comparing the series with the Cambrian of other countries, the author
refers the sandstone to "■ Etage Azoique B " of Barrande and to the Long-
mynd of Britain, the shaly sandstone and clay-slates together to the
*' Faune primordiale" and to the Menevian, while the alum-shales with
Oleni represent the Saknas of Bohemia and the Lingula-flags of Eng-
land. g.a:l.

Exempel pa gangformigt upptradande halleflinta. [Instance

of Halleflinta occurring as a dyke.] Geol. foren. Stockholm For-
handl. bdt. i. pp. 86-88, 1 fig. in text.
Note of a mass of compact halleflinta cutting off" some nearly
vertical beds of banded limestone at the South Silfberg mine in Dan-
nemora. G. A. L.-

o
Anteckningar frEn en resa i Angermanland och Jemtland

sommaren 1871. [Journey in Angermanland and Jemtland.]
Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 115-118.
Notes, chiefly on the sequence of the beds of the Tasjo mountains.

. En geologisk profil inom norra delen af Svartelfvens floddal,

[Geological section in the northern part of the Svartelfven valley.]

Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 147-151, pi. xiv.

The section shows felsitic conglomerates, sandstone, coarse grit, and

greenstone interbedded with felstones, all having a high dip to the

S.W. G. A. L.

■ Om sambandet mellan det satt, hvarpa vara maimer upptrada,

och den relativa aldern hos de bergarter, hvaruti malmerna fore-
komma. [The- connexion between the manner in which ores ap-
pear and the relative ages of the rocks in which they are found.]
Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 2-13.
It is now generally accepted that the ores of Sweden form beds or
ellipsoidal masses (lager stockar), and cannot be classed as veins. The'
author arranges the Swedish iron-ores under the following heads —
Quartzose and felspathic ores, pyroxenic and hornblendic ores, manga-
nesian and calcareous ores.

The ores of the first group are characterized by their striated ap-
pearance, by the percentage of quartz and felspar, by the presence of
phosphorus in a greater or less degree (possibly owing to the felspar),
by a total absence of minerals belonging to the augite or hornblende

EUROPE. 97

tj'pes, and by limestone beds. Apatite is occasionally present. These
ores, which are seldom found in large quantities, consist of magnetite
and haematite.

The ores of the second group consist' of magnetite, and are found
together with malacolite, coccolite, hornblende, asbestos, talc, chlorite,
garnet, serpentine, epidote, or other varieties connected with these
minerals. They are often richer, purer, and more ductile than the
others, contain but littla phosphorus, and are usually fused without the
aid of fluxes, yielding a good and strong iron.

The ores of the third group are principally distinguished by their
manganiferous and calcareous character and the large quantity of swZ-
pJiurous metals which they often contain. Among the associated man-
ganitic minerals, the following chiefly occur : — Hausmannite, rhodonite,
manganese-spar, and knebelite. As a rule, these are magnetic iron-
ores.

Ifi the author's opinion, these groups belong to different geological
ages in the order above given, from the older to the newer — the first
group occurring in • connexion with pure gneisses, and the two others
with euritic and felsitic rocks (Halleflinta). E. E.

Sjogren, A. Anteckningar i praktisk geognosi. II. NSgra observa-
tioner vid Danneniora mellanfalt. [Suggestions in practical geology,
^pme observations in Central Dannemora.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Eorhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 27-33, pi. iii.
A practical paper on the proper mode of indicating geological details
on mining-plans, illustrated by an application of the author's rules to
the mining-district of the Central Dannemora Plain, of which a plan,
showing the distribution of the ore and of the country-rock, together
with the workings &c., is given.

Stache, Dr. GriDO. (1) Ueber eine Vertretung der Perm-Formation
(Dyas) von Nebraska in den Siid-Alpen. (2) Neue Fusulinen-
Fiinde in den Karawanken. (3) Wahrscheinliche Aequivalente
der oberen Dyas in den Central- Alpen. [1. Representatives of the
Permian of Nebraska in the Southern Alps. 2. New discoveries
of FusuUna in the Karawanke Mountains. 3. Probable equiva-
lents of the Upper Permian in the Central Alps.] Verb. k.-k.
geol. Reichs. pp. 87-90.
The most important point developed is the close relation between
certain of the Permian deposits of the Alps and the same formation as
exhibited in Nebraska, U. S. H. A. N.

. Vertretung der Perm-Formation in den Siid-Alpen. [Repre-
sentation of the Permian in the Southern Alps.] Yerh. k.-k. geol.
Reichs. pp. 365-367.
Gives additional details as to the occurrence of Permian deposits in
the Southern Alps, and the organic remains which they contain.

Die paleeozoi'schen Gcbiete der Ostalpen. No, 2. [Palaoxoio

1874. • . H

98 GEOLOGY.

districts of the E. Alps.] Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. Bd. xxiv.

Heft 2, pp. 135-274, geological map and 2 plates of sections.
In the author's words, this paper is an attempt at a critical exposition
of the state of our knowledge of the constitution of the pre-Triassic rocks
in the Austrian Alps. The pre-Triassic rocks are divided into five
groups : the first three are inner Alpine ; the last two occur mostly on
the borders : they are termed : — 1. Quartz phyllites, or mica-schists
with quartz, a little limestone, &c. ; 2. Calcareous shales [KalJcjr)hyllit'
griippe], hornblende, and mica-schists with talcose limestones ; 3. Cal-
careo-argillaceous phyllites [^Kalkthonphyllitgruppe], dolomites, lami-
nated limestones and shales, chlorite-slate, &c. ; 4. Older greywacke,
i. e. L. and U. Silurian, Devonian ; 5. Carboniferous and Permian.
All these are separately laid down on the map. In the second part of
the paper the Southern Alps are especially treated of, and a review is
given of all that has been written about the district. The fresh obser-
vations throw further light on the complex structure of these Alps.
FusuUnce were found abundantly in both Permian and Carboniferous ;
many new species are cited (to be shortly described) : there is said to
be an insensible gradation between these two formations ; both Lower
Carboniferous (Culm) beds and Upper are recognized with coal-plants.
Upper Silurian is noted ; but it is not attempted to refer lower beds,
which have yielded no fossils, to Cambrian or Taconic systems as some
others have done. E. B. T.

Stache, Dr. GuiDO. Die palaeozoi'schen Gebiete der Ostalpen (zweite
Eolge). Siidalpine Gebiete : westliche oder cadorische Elanke.
[Palaeozoic districts of the E. Alps. Southern districts, western or
Cadoric flank.] Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. Bd. xxiv. Heft 4,
pp. 334-423.

This is the second part of a treatise entitled " An attempt at a Cri-
tical Exposition of the state of our knowledge of the Structure of pre-
Triassic Rock-masses in the Austrian Alpine districts." The ground
covered by the present essay includes the Brixen, the Cima-d'Asta, Ada-
mello, and YalteHna districts. The relations of the southern zone are
much less plain than the northern flank : no Silurian fossils have been
found to fix the age of any greywacke ; so that the grouping of mica-
ceous, quartzose, argillaceous, and calcareous schists must be based on
lithological characters. The author has before divided the crystalline
schists into four groups, of which the oldest is gneissic schists (Gneiss-
phyllitgruppe) : this is not found with any certainty in its usual deve-
lopment ; but the Cima-d'Asta granite is supposed to be of this age, for
it is older than the argillo-micaceous schists which dip towards it.
Group 2. Quartz-schist (Quartzphyllitgruppe) of typical character oc-
curs, but the limestones cannot be separated from those of the next
group (Kalkthonphyllitgruppe). Some of the limestones have the ap-
pearance of Silurian ; but no traces of fossils are usually seen. Near
Recoaro are crinoidal fragments, which give an Upper Silurian appear-
ance. Though no Carboniferous fossils have been found, certain con-

EUBOPE. 99

glomerates in the Pusterthal district are supposed to be of this age.
The South-Tyrol porphyries and tuffs belong to the Permian.

In the chapter on tectonic or structural relations, the Pusterthal
quartz-schist group is said to be essentially a system of several leading
faults with an E.-W. direction and an inclination S. of 80°-45°,
bringing into their midst sometimes older masses (gneiss or mica-
schists), sometimes newer beds of the greywacke type (Kalkthon-
phyllitgruppe). A complete digest of the literature of the subject is
added. E. B. T.

Stark, F. Die Bayerischen Seen und die alten Moranen. [Bavarian
Lakes and old Moraines.] Large folio map, with text. Munich.

Stefani, Carlo de. Gli antichi ghiacciai dell' Alpe di Corfino, ed
altri dell' Apennino settentrionale e delle Alpi Apuane. [Ancient
glaciers of Mt. Corfino and others of the Northern Apennines and
Apuan Alps.] Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 86-94.

Moraine-deposits were found in the valley of the Sauro, between
Modena and Castelnuovo ; the rock from which the boulders were de-
rived was found in place at the Corfino Alp (Apennines), at about 4700
feet. Similar moraines are noticed in other valleys of the Apennines,
and also in the Apuan Alps. E. B. T.

. Considerazioni stratigrafiche sopra le roccie piu antiche

delle Alpi Apuane e del Monte Pisano. [Stratigraphical consi-
derations on the more ancient rocks of the Apuan Alps and Monte
Pisano.] BoU. R. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 131-145, 195-216, 259-
270, 348-361, plate of sections.

Deep valleys intersect these mountains, and display their dome-shaped
structure ; the lowest beds seen are ochrey limestones 3-4 meti'es thick ;
above are crystalline schists disposed round the central nucleus ; these
schists include protoginic gneiss, quartzites, &c. ; the major axis of the
elliptical dome lies N.N.E. and S.S.W. Above, and conformable to,
these schists comes the Carrara-marble series ; and then follow schists
and flags again, which form the outer ring, being above the marble
series. The fossils found in the marble are imperfect specimens of
Chemnitzia &c. ; they may be Triassic, but the age is still doubtful ;
they are, however, certainly older than lihaetic.

In the Monte- Pisano district the upper schists form the central
nucleus, contrary to what occurs in the Apuan Alps, and the axis lies
N.W. by S.E. Above these upper schists are grey limestones, fre-
quently with fossils, and identical with the Spezia beds of Infra-Liassic
age ; they form a continuous circle on the outer flanks of both districts ;
this rock is frequently cavernous or dolomitized, and in this case was
by previous observers generally classed as Triassic. E. B. T.

Stohr, E. [SicUy.] N. Jahrb. Heft 2, pp. 169-171.

letter correcting some statements in Prof. Vom llath's * Ausfliige
nach den Schwefelgrubon von Girgenti,' and adding some notes on the
geology of Girgenti, with statistics of the sulphur-production.

r. w. R.

b2

100 GEOLOGY.

Stokes, Arthur H. Notes on the Coal Seam and Geology of Suderoe.

Trans. Chesterfield and Derby Inst, of Eng. vol. ii. part viii.

pp. 320-335, plates xxxvii.-xl. (maps, sketch, section, rocks).
The island, the most southern of the Faroe group, is mountainous
and precipitous, and consists of beds of trap, basalt, and dolerite.
The coal-bearing beds, which are in the midst of the trap, may be
50 feet thick ; the seams are thin ; and it is estimated that there may
be fourteen millions of tons in the small coal-field. Parts of the coal
have been altered by the trap, the beds of which appeared moulded
upon each other, as if one had hardened before the next flowed over
it ; and it is concluded that the coal was deposited in an interval
between submarine eruptions. Analyses of 3 coals are given, and the
minerals and rocks of the island are noticed. W. W.

Stolpe, M. Om Siljanstraktens sandstenar. [Sandstones of the
Siljan district.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 17-
28, pi. ii.

Gives a number of observations respecting the order of stratification
in the neighbourhood of the Siljan lake (Dalecarlia). A geological map
is given, in which the following divisions are distinguished : — Leptcena
limestone, sandstones, and upper graptolite-schists. 2. Trinucleus
schists, CAasmops limestone, and Oi^thoceras limestone. 3. Diegerberg
sandstone. 4. Porphyry and Eurite-grits (Felsites). 5. Granite.
6. Hyperite (Gabbro and Hypersthenite). G. A. L.

. Beskrifning till Kartbladet " Bjorksund." Sveriges geol. un-

tersok. [Description of map No. 53, Swedish Geological Survey.]
Pp. 15.

Studer, B. Geologisches von Aargletscher. [Geology of the Aar
Glacier.] 12mo. 5 pp., 1 plate. Berne.

— — . On the junction of the granite and crystalline schists on the

left bank of the Aar-glacier. Mittheil. naturf. Gesell. Bern.
The granite is shown to be the newer of the two.

. Die Gotthard-Bahn. [The St. Gothard Eailway.] Petermann's

Mittheilungen, Bd. xx. pp. 339-343.
Lecture to the Nat.-Hist. Soc. of Berne. The points of geological
interest in piercing the tunnel are discussed.

Stur, D. Momentaner Stand meiner TJntersuchungen iiber die

ausseralpinen Ablagerungen der Steinkohlenformation und des

Eothliegendes in Oesterreich. [Present condition of my researches

on the Extra- Alpine deposits of the Carboniferous formation and

Rothliegende in Austria.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Beichs. pp. 189-

209.

A full account of the characters and divisions of the Carboniferous

formation and Rothliegende of Austria, outside the Alps, as known to

the author. The stratigraphical portion of this investigation is not

finally completed, and it will be followed by an examination of the

plant-remains found in the deposits in question. H. A. N.

jETTEOPE. 101

Stfr, D. Ueber das Niveau der in der XJmgegend von Rakonitz ab-
gebauten Flotze. [Horizon of the worked-out seams in the neigh-
bourhood of Rakonitz.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Eeichs. p. 267.

• . Neue Aufschliisse im Lunzer Sandstein bei Lunz, und

ein neuer Fundort von Wenger-Schiefer im Polzberg zwischen
Lunzersee und Gaming. [New exposures of the Lunz Sandstone
at Lunz, and a new locality for the Wenger beds in Polzberg
between the Lunzer See and Gaming.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs.
pp. 271-273.

. Neue Anfschliisse in Seegengottes bei Rossitz, und Sendung

von Pflanzenresten aus dem liegendsten Flotze von Herrn H.
Rittler. [New exposures in Seegengottes, near Rossitz, and a col-
lection of plant-remains from the lowest beds, by Herr H. Rittler.]
Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 396-399.

Taramelli, T. Stratigrafia deUe serie paleozoica neUe Alpi Carniche.
[Stratigraphy of the Palaeozoic Series of the Camic Alps.] Me-
morie del R, Istituto Yeneto, vol. xviii.

Tardy, A. Sur des traces de glaciers quaternaires dans les mon-
tagnes de la Madelaine. [Traces of Quaternary glaciers in the
Madelaine hills.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 414, 415.

Announces discoveries of striated bonlders of Carboniferous conglo-
merate.

. Age, Origine, Climat des Glaciers Miocenes. [Age, origin,

and climate of the Miocene glaciers.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France,
3 ser. t. ii. pp. 453-457.
Suggests the correlation of the Miocene deposits of the Turin hill
(believed by Gastaldi and by himself to be glacial) with the HelicC'
liamondi conglomerate of Dijon (believed by M. Martin to be of glacial
origin), and with the sands and conglomerates of the forest of Orleans.
The climate of the period is compared to that of New Zealand.

G. A. L.

Coupe de la Bresse, a propos de la communication de M. do

Saporta sur les tufs de Meximieux. [Section across the Bresse,

with reference to M. de Saporta's communication on the tuffs of

Meximieux.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang. pp. 382, 383.

Subdivides the divisions E and C of M. Benoit [BuU. Soc. Geol,

France, t. xv.] into several zones. G. A. L.

ToMBECK, — . Note sur I'Oxfordien et le Corallien de la Haute Marno.

[Oxfordian and Corallian of the Haute Marno.] Bull. Soc. Geol.

France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 13-21, 1 fig. in text.

This paper refers to part of a fine section between Yilliers-sur-Marno

and Roocourt. The following divisions are determined: — 1. Astarte

Limestone. 2. Oolite of La Mothe. 3. Upper compact Coralline

Oolite. 4. Oolite of Soncourt. 5. Lower compact Coralline Oolite.

6. Upper marl without fossils. 7. Oolite with Dicerates, and lumpy

102

GEOLOGY.

limestone with ffemicidaris crenularis. 8. Lower marl without fossils.
9. Zone of Ammonites hlspidus. 10. Zone of Am. Baheamus and Am.
arolicus. 11. Zone of ^m. Martelli and Am. jpolyplocus. From 1 to 8
belong to the Corallian, the rest to the upper part of the Oxfordian.

G. A. L.
ToMBECK, — . !N"ote sur une excursion geologique faite au travers
des terrains Coralliens et Oxfordiens de la Haute-Marne. [Excur-
sion through the Corallian and the Oxfordian of the Haute-Marne.]
Bull. See. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 251-255.
The following table gives the views of the author as to the lower
divisions of the Coralline Oolite in the valleys of the Aube, the Marne,
and the Rognon : —

Aube.

SONCOURT.

BOLOGNE.

RoGNON.

Marls without
fossils, and li-
thographic
Limestones.

Upper Marls with-
out fossils.

Oolite with
Dicerates,

Lower Marls with-
out fossils.

Oolite with
Dicerates.

White
Oolite.

Bubbly Limestone
with Cidarisflori-
gemma.

Limestone with
C fiorigemma.

Bubbly
Limestone.

Coral
Limestone.

Lower Marls with-
out fossils.

Bubbly

Marls with

C.Jlori-

gemma.

Lower Marls with-
out fossils.

Oxfordian.

G. A. L.

ToRDEFX, — . Gres a Num. Icevigata, a Glageon. [Num.-lcevigata

grit at Glageon.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 41.
Note of occurrence.

ToRNEBOHM, A. E. Nagra geognostiska iakttagelser i trakten af
Mjosen. [Geological observations in the Mjosen district.] Geol.
foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 9-14, pi. i.
- The divisions recognized are the following: — 1. Lower Silurian
sandstones and shales, and alum-shales with swinestone. 2. Green
schists with Faradoxides Kjerulfii, and quartzite and conglomerate.
3. Sandy limestone, and schists with calcareous bands. 4. Dark clay-
slate, sometimes taking the form of alum-shales. 5. Gneiss. Five
longitudinal sections are given. G. A. L.

. Om forekomsten af serpentin i Jemtland. [Serpentine in

Jemtland.} Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 29, 30.
Kote of occurrence.

. Nigra anteckningar om Sveriges urterritorium. [Primitive

rocks of Sweden.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i.

pp. 175-187, 194-201, pi. xvii. A German version in N. Jahrb.

Heft 2, pp. 131-146, with plate.

Classes the schistose rocks of Sweden under the following heads : —

Jerngneis (Iron-gneiss), containing neither limestone nor ores. Gra

gneis (grey gneiss), containing limestone, but only in its upper parts.

Rod gneis (lied gneiss), containing both limestone and ores. Eurit

with Oligoclase-gneiss, containing thick layers of limestone and ores,

principally in the lower parts of the division. Lersldffer (Clay-slate)

EFEOPE. 103

and green Eurite, &c., containing ores and limestone in its lower
parts. E. E.

ToRNQTJiST, S. L. Om Siljanstraktens palaeozoiska formationsted.
[PalsBozoic formations in the neighbourhood of Lake Siljan, Dale-
carHa.] Ofver. K. S. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. no. 4.

ToucAs, A. Note sur la geologic des environs de Toulon. [Geology

of the neighbourhood of Toulon.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser.

t. ii. pp. 457-403, 1 fig.

Gives the relations existing between the Jurassic and Cretaceous

deposits to the north of Toulon, a detailed section of the Caoume hill,

and short lists of fossils. G. A. L.

ToFLA, Franz. Die Congerienschichten an Eichkogel bei Modling.
[" Congeria-beds " at Eichkogel.] Verb. k.-k. geoL Reichs.
p. 383.

TouENoufiR, E-. Note sur les coquilles des tnfe quatemaires de la
Celle, pres Moret (Seine-et-Mame). [Shells of the Quaternary
tuffs of the Celle, near Moret.] Bull. Soc. Gcol. France, 3 ser.
t. ii. pp. 443-452.
Gives a list of the species found. Of these, 21 are still living in the
district ; 5 are stiU living in France, but not in this district ; 3 are still
living in Europe, but not in France ; 4 (or perhaps 8) are extinct. The
age of these tufaceous deposits the writer considers to be that of
Elephas primigeniiis and lUiinoceros tichorliinus. G. A. L.

Trautschold, — . Ueber die Naphtaquellen von Baku. [Naphtha-
springs of Baku.] Zeits. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. pp. 257-
274, pi. iv.
Describes part of the peninsula of Apscheron. A map (not geological)
is given, showing the distribution of the springs of inflammable gas,
the mud-volcanos, and the naphtha-springs. Four kinds of springs are "
recognized — those of naphtha, of gaseous hydrocarbons, of salt water,
and of fresh water. The naphtha generally occurs in sands and sand-
stones of younger Tertiary age. During the excavation of a reservoir
in the naphtha-bearing sand the author found shells of Cardiicm tngo-
noides and Mytilus polymorphus. A peculiarly limpid naphtha occurs
on the margin of a salt-lake near Ssurachany ; and a clay in this locality
has yielded the following fossils : — Monodacna caspiaj M. intermedia,
Didacna trigonoides, and Congeria rostriformis. The paper contains
statistics of the production of naphtha, and a description of the chemical
operations of the petroleum- works. F. W. R.

Tribolet, M. F. de. Notes geologiques et paleontologiques sur le
Jura Neuchatelois. [Geological and Palseontological Notes on the
Neuchatelese Jura.] Pp. 32, plate (section and fossils). Pub-
lished with Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, t. x. 1 cahier.
1. On the presence of hydraulic limestones in the " Lower Astartian "
(pp. 5-8). 2. On a supposed bed of " Upper Corallian " at Joux-
dorrieres (pp. 9-14), with section and list of fossils. 3. On the fossilifcrous

104 GEOLOGY.

bed of " Upper Astartian" of Crozot (pp. 15-32). This contains a list
of 115 species of fossils, with their range and some remarks, including a
description of the following new species : — Tornatella suhmyosotis, Lima
Heimi, and Amorjphosjyonyia Crozotensis. W. W.

Yanden Broeck, ERifEST. Extrait d'un rapport sur une excursion
faite le 16 Juillet 1874 an Bolderberg pres de Hasselt. [Excursion
to the Bolderberg.] Proc.-verb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. clxxv-
clxxxiv.

The Bolderberg hill is formed of the following beds, in ascending
order : — Rupelian Clay (Middle Oligocene) ; Bolderian of Dumont ;
Diestian sands (Pliocene), — the entire hill standing as an island in a
sea of Campinian sand (Quaternary). The author shows that the Bol-
derian is not a separate system, but an upper littoral member of the
Bupelian series. The Diestian sands lie upon a denuded surface of the
Bolderian ; and this break represents the Miocene continental era in
Belgiufn. G. A. L.

• . Eapport sur la traduction faite par M. Mourlon de I'ouvrage

de Prestwich, intitule " On the Structure of the Crag-beds of Suf-
folk, &c " [On M. Mourlon's translation of Prestwich's paper.]

Proc.-verb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. v.-xi.

The connexion between the series described by Prof. Prestwich and
the Antwerp beds is insisted on.

. Eapport sur les Bondages de la province d'Anvers par M. 0.

van Ertborn. [Borings in the province of Antwerp.] Ann. Soc.
Geol. Belg. t. i. Mem. pp. 28-eSl.
From an examination of fossils from these borings the Eeporter con-
cludes that in that district the Middle Eocene is chiefly represented by
its upper part or Laekenian system. G. A. L.

YiDAL, Ltjis M. Dates para el conocimiento del Terrene Garum-

nense de Catalufia. Bol. Com. map. geol. Espafi. vol. i.
Describes the supra- Cretaceous deposits of Catalonia, which he con-
siders equivalent to the Garumnian of the Pyrenees. There are 3 sec-
tions and 7 plates of fossils. J. M*P.
YiEiLLAED, E. F. Le terrain houiller de Basse -J^ormandie, ses res-
sources, son avenir. [Coal Measures of Lower Normandy, their
resources, and their future.] Pp. 166, 5 pi. 8vo. Caen.

YiNCENT, G. Materiaux pour servir a la Faune Laekenienne des en-
virons de Bruxelles. [Materials for the Laekenian Fauna of the
neighbourhood of Brussels.] Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii. Mem.
pp. 7-15.
A list of the Laekenian fossils found in this locality, with their dis-
tribution not only in the two great divisions recognized in this formation
(the Laekenian proper and the Bruxellian), but also in five zones dis-
tinguished as follows : — Laelcenian : Upper Zone, with Nummulites
Heberti and Cyprina llojffiaeni ; Lower Zone, with N. Heherti ; Zone
with N. Icevigata and N. scabra (rolled). Bruxellian: Zone of calca-

EUKOPE. 105

reous sands, with RosteUatna ampla, &c. ; Zone of sands with vitreous

grits, characterized by Cytherea suherycinoides. All these zones are

subdivisions of the great Laekenian zone characterized by N. vario-

hria, Ditrupa strangulata, and Orhitolites complanata. G. A. L.

ViifCENT, G. Note sur les depots post-pliocenes du Kiel, pres d'Anvers.

[Post-pliocene deposits of Kiel, nearAntwerp.] Proc.-verb. Sec.

Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. xiv-xvii.

Two zones. The lower composed of three beds : — 1, at the base, a

bed of shelly re- assorted gravel lying immediately on a denuded Diestian

surface ; 2, greenish sand with small shell-debris ; 3, brownish loam

with land and freshwater shells and insects. The upper zone consists

of sands without fossils. Short lists of fossils are given. G. A. L.

Yiollet-Leduc, E. Nouvelle carte topographique du massif du

Mont-Blanc a I'cchelle de -:^^-(^' [Note on his new map of Mt.

Blanc] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 476-479.

This map is meant to show the larger geological structure of the

mountains, and is specially accurate in its glacial delineations.

YoisiN", H. Le sondage de Sperenberg (Prusse). [Boring at Speren-

berg.] Ann. d. Mines, 7 ser. t. v.

An abstracted translation of papers published by Kestner and Dunker

in the Zeits. Berg-, H.- u. S.-Wesen, vol. xx. This boring has discovered

a bed of rock-salt thicker than any yet known, at a depth of 293 feet ;

and the boring was stopped at 1390 feet, still in salt. ObservatioQS of

temperature were taken in the bore-hole, and the mean rise was found

to be about 1° F. per 50 feet, or, more exactly, 1° C. per 33*83 metres.

Tables of these observations are given. G. A. L.

Yfkotixovic, L. von. Valenciennesia annulata, Rous, in den Con-

gerienschichten bei Agram. [ Valenciennesia annulata in the " Con-

geria-beds " near Agram.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 121, 122.

Gives reasons for believing that the beds with V. annulata do not

belong to the " Sarmatian," but are not older than the " Congeria-beds.'*

. Die Tertiarschichten in der Umgebung Agrams. [Tertiary

beds in the neighbourhood of Agram.] Jahrb. k.-k. geoL Reichs.

Bd. xxiv. Heft 3, pp. 275-286 (with 4 woodcuts).

The Tertiary beds in the Agram district consist of two divisions.

The lower are sandy marls, sandstones, &c. of the age of the " Leitha-

kalk ;" they put on the appearance often of NuUipore-limestone rich

in fossils ; one small bed of coal is mentioned. The upper beds begin

with Cerithium-hcda^ which are fuUy developed, and are succeeded by

the Couf/eria-hcdSf which form the bulk of this division. E. B. T.

Walter, Henry. Przekroj z Chyrowa do Lupkowa w porownaniu

z innemi przocieccami w Karpatach. [Section from Chyrow to

Lupkow as compared with other Sections in the Carpathians.]

Akademija umicjetnosci w Krakowie [Ac. Sci. Cracow], vol. viii.

pp. 206-212.

WoLDRTcn, Dr. J. Mitthcilungen aus Dalmatien. [Communications

from Dalmatia.] Vcrh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 185-189.

106 GEOLOGY.

Gives short descriptions of observations on the Triassic, Cretaceous,
Eocene, Neogene, and Diluvial deposits of Dalmatia.

Wolff, H. Die Gesteine des Gothard-Tunnels. [Rocks of the St.

Gothard Tunnel.] Verh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 140-145.
Gives a detailed account of the rocks passed through.

. Das Bohrloch von Pristoupin bei Bohmisch-Brod. [The bor-
ing of Pristoupin.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 383-387.

Gives the chief geological features connected with borings undertaken
near Bohmisch-Brod with the view of discovering whether the Coal was
present beneath the Rothliegeude. H. A. N.

Wrightson, Prof. J. Report on the Agriculture of the Austro-Hun-
garian Empire. Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc. ser. 2, vol. x. pp. 305-
390.
Account of the Physical Geography, Scenery, Soils, &c. of the coun-
tries described, pp. 306-316, The remainder of the Report is almost
purely agricultural. Under the head of " Land Drainage " is a note on
the rapid wearing-action of water in the hill- districts on the flanks of
the Carpathians. W. T.

Zaeecznego, Dr. St. 0 sredniem ognime warstw cenomanskich w

Galicyi wschodniej. [The middle links of the Cenomanian of

Eastern Galicia.] Akademija umiejetnosci w Krakowie [Ac. Sci.

Cracow], vol. viii. pp. 99-183, 2 plates (fossils), 1 woodcut

(section).

The fossils are fully noticed, with references to their literature, and

the following new species are described : — Solarium Kneri, Emarginula

Althi, Terebratula joodolica. W. W.

Zawissa, Jat^. Poszukiwana Archeologiczne w Polsce. Recherches
Archeologiques en Pologne. Pp. 35. 8vo. Warsaw. 21 plates
(plans, flint implements, fossils), 1 woodcut view.

Describes some of the bone-caves of Poland and their contents. One
of the caves is known as the '^ Caverne du Mammouth," in consequence
of the abundant remains of the mammoth which it has yielded. It is
also rich in other Pleistocene mammals, and has yielded nearly 2000
implements. This cave is situated in the principal valley of Wierszchow.
Another bone-cave occurs in a lateral valley. The author maintains
that the caves of Poland afford evidence of three divisions of the stone
age. E. W. R.

ZiTTEL. Ueber Gletscher-Erscheinungen in der bayerischen Hoche-
bene. [Glacial Phenomena in Bavaria.] Sitzungsb. math.-phys.
Classe k. b. Akad. Wissen. Heft iii. pp. 252-283.
^ From observations in the Upper Bavarian plateau the author recog-
nizes the following subdivisions of the Drift : — Preglacial : loose strati-
fied diluvial gravel or soUd Nagelflue. Glacial : ] . Gravel with scratched
pebbles, erratics, moraines, and striated rocks ; 2. Loess and loam, al-
pine shells, bones of ElepTias, &c. Postglacial : upper stratified gravels,

EUROPE. 107

peat with Betala nana, &c. Formation of present beds of the rivers
Ammer, Wiirm, Isar, &c. F. W. R.

ZoHRAB, Consul. Report on the Bituminous Coal-field of Ekateri-
noslaw. Southern Russia. Reports from Her Majesty's Consuls,
Commercial No. 5, Part 1. 8vo. Pp. 225-230. (See p. 45.)

Ztjarznavae, Mariano. Datos geologico-mineros de la Provincia de

Burgos. Bol. Com. map. gcol. Espan. vol. i.
Sketches the Geology of the Province of Burgos, and describes a
coal-field near Yillasur.

ZuGMAYER, H. Ueber das Yorkommen von Bone-bed-Schichten im
Piesting-Thale in Nieder-Oesterreich. [The " Bone-bed " in the
Piesting valley, Lower Austria.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. p. 396.
Records the occurrence in the Piesting valley, between Piesching and
"Waldegg, of deposits referable to the Rha^tic " Bone-bed " with its cha-
racteristic fossils. H. A. N.

Trabajos geodesicos y topograficos practicados por la Comision de
estudio de las cuencas carboniferas de Asturias. Mem. Com.
map. geol. Espan.
The result of the labours of a Government Commission to explore
and describe the extensive and distorted coal-field in the centre of the
Asturias. There are 3 plates, one being a detailed map of the coal-
region on a scale of -g^^j^' Don F. Botella was in charge of the
work, and was assisted by MM. Ciptjentes, Abeleiba, and Moreno.

J. M'P.

108 GEOLOGY.

3. ARCTIC REGIONS.

Dr-VSCHE, Dr. R. von. Petrographisch-geologische Beobaclitungeii
an der Westkiiste Spitzbergens. Min. Mitt. Heft iii. pp. 181-198 ;
Heft iv. pp. 261-268, 9 woodcuts (sections &c.).
Observations on the rocks of the west coast of Spitzbergen, between
Bel Sound and Amsterdam Island. The first paper gives a list of geo-
logical writings on Spitzbergen ; then describes the occurrence of gneiss,
granite, and crystalline slates ; and afterwards that of the sedimentary
rocks, including the Hecla-Hook formation, the Carboniferous Lime-
stone, and the Trias. The second paper describes the diabases of Spitz-
bergen, gives original analyses of them, and notes the occurrence of
sedimentary rocks of Jurassic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary age. F. W. R.
Gead, Charles. Sur I'emersion et le soulevement des terres polaires
arctiques aux iles Spitzbergen et Novaja-Semlja. [Emersion and
upheaval of the North Polar regions.]
Maintains that the old Dutch maps representing many of the pro-
montories of the Spitzbergen mainland as islands were correct, and that
a measure of the rate of emergence of the land is thus afforded. In
1594 a sandbank, 18 fathoms below the surface, alone marked the pre-
sent Gulf-stream islands east of Cape Nassau. In this case the upheaval
has been at the rate of 30 metres in less than 300 years. G. A. L.

Heer, Oswald. Die Schwedischen Expeditionen zur Erforschung
des hohen Nordens vom Jahre 1870 und 1872-3. [The Swedish
Arctic Expeditions of 1870 and 1872-73.] 8vo. Zurich.

[Arctic Geology.] N. Jahrb. Heft iii. pp. 278, 279.

Letter giving a sketch of the writer's forthcoming work on the Creta-
ceous Flora of the Arctic regions, and of the Supplement to his Miocene
Flora of Greenland. It also contains a brief notice of the fossil plants
brought home by the last Swedish Expedition. F. W. R.

Heuglin, M. Th. von. Eeisen nach dem Nordpolarmeer in den
Jahren 1870 und 1871. 3. Theil : Beitrage zur Fauna, Flora und
Geologic von Spitzbergen und Novaja Semlja. [Voyages to the
North-polar Sea in 1870-71. Contributions to the Fauna, Flora,
and Geology of Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla.] 360 pp., 1 plate.
8vo. Braunschweig.
Contains the geological observations made during the expeditions.
HoFER, Hanns. Beitrage zur Geographie Siid-Spitzbergens. [Con-
tributions to the Geography of South Spitzbergen.] Petermann's
Mittheilungen, Bd. xx. pp. 219, 297-305.
A record of the geological observations made during Count Wilczek's
north-polar expedition. The paper is under three heads : — 1. General ;
2. On the structure of Spitzbergen, especially in the Horn-Sound region,
with much stratigraphical and lithological information ; 3. On glaciers,

ARCTIC REGIONS. 109

with notes on the formation of i^ords &c. The second part is on the
structure of Nova Zambia. G. A. L.

KoLDEWEY, Capt. A Narrative of the Wreck of the Hansa in the Ice.
Contains geological information.

NoRDENSKioLD, — . Observations faites pendant un sejour fait I'ete

dernier dans les regions polaires. [Notes of a sojourn in the polar

regions.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 236-239.

A continuation of notes already printed. It especially relates to the

coaly dust with metallic iron observed on the ice and snow of the inland

ice-sheet of Geeenland. The dust has been found to contain nichel and

cobalt. An account of the glacier-structure of North Ostland is given.

Many fossil plants were collected from various formations in Bel Sound

and Research Bay. Seven formations are recognized, ranging from a

period between the Devonian and the Carboniferous to the Miocene.

G.A.L

Steenstrtfp, K. J. V. Bemerkungen zu der geognostischen Ueber-

sichtskarte der Kiisten des Waigattes in Nord-Gronland. [On the

Geological-Survey Map of the Waigatt coasts in North Greenland.]

Petermann's Mittheilungen, Bd. xx. pp. 142-144, map.

A description of the rocks observed on the southern shores of the

Nugssuak peninsula and the northern shores of Disko Land. The

rocks distinguished are coal-bearing sandstones and shales, trap, and

gneiss. G. A. L.

TouLA, Fr. Kohlenkalk- und Zechstein-Fossilien aus dem Homsund
an der Siidwestkiiste von Spitzbergen. [Fossils from Carboniferous
limestone and Zechstein, S.W. coast of Spitzbergen.] Sitzungsb.
k. Ak. Wiss. 1. Abth. Ixx.

Urba, K. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gesteine Siid-Gronlands.
[Contributions to a knowledge of the rocks of South Greenland.]
33 pp., 3 pis. 8vo. Vienna.

110 GEOLOGY.

4. AMERICA.

Allen, J. A. Metamorphism produced by the burning of Lignite
Beds in Dakota and Montana. Boston.

Andrews, E. B. On the parallelism of Coal-seams. Amer. Journ.
sor. 3, vol. viii. pp. 56-59.

A rejoinder to Dr. Newberry's critique [see p. 125], in which the
writer adheres to his belief in general and well-marked parallelism of
coal-seams, *' such as makes the stratigraphy of our coal-fields a system
of symmetry and beauty." He does not believe in the theory of un-
equal subsidences &c. Gr. A. L.

Anon. Corundum. Popular- Science Monthly, Feb., New York.

Account of Col. Jenks's researches respecting the Corundum veins of
North Carolina.

. Cave at Kutztown, Berks Co., Pa. Amer. Journ. ser. 3,

vol. vii. p. 77.

Note announcing the discovery of this stalactitic cave.

. Note on the Geology of Costa Rica [letter]. Amer. Journ.

ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 438, 439.

The sedimentary rocks of the Atlantic slope of Costa Rica, usually
highly metamorphosed, are certainly Tertiary; the writer is further
convinced that they are Eocene. Wherever dykes cut up the meta-
morphic shale and sandstones, auriferous quartz-veins occur, and placer
deposits exist in most of the streams that run from the margins of the
volcanic belt. G. A. L.

. Lake-Superior Iron Mines. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. p. 532.

Note from the U.S. Railroad and Mining Register. This great iron-
region lies 12 to 30 miles back from Marquette, and reaching into Wis-
consin, a distance of 150 miles. The ores are chiefly specular, brown
haematites, and magnetic. G. A. L.

. Coal and Iron in California. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. p. 533.

Note from the Journal of Commerce (U.S. ?) announcing the discovery
of vast coal-deposits on the line of the lone railroad, and of the exis-
tence of iron-deposits in the same direction. G. A. L.

Ansted, Prof. D. T. Account of a recent visit to the Coal and Iron

Fields of Virginia. Journ. Soc. Arts, vol. xxii. pp. 182-188 ; see

also no. 1107, p. 230, and Coll. Guard, vol. xxvii. pp. 180, 181.

The iron-ores are of two kinds and in two geological positions. East

of the Blue Ridge there are bands of magnetite ranging N.E. and S.W.,

and ridges with cores of compact rich ore (chiefly peroxide) ; west of

the Blue Ridge, in the valley that extends towards the Appalachians,

there are contorted Silurian and Devonian rocks with, at intervals, a

band of brown haematite and a thinner bed of rich peroxide. In many

cases limestone-bands alternate with the ironstone. The coal-seams

AMERICA. Ill

are noticed, and also the economical bearings of the subject ; and a long

discussion follows. W. W.

Aramato, Avelino. BoUvia. Extracts from a work published in

London in 1863, pp. viii, 104. 8vo. London.
I. Present State of Mining, pp. 1-8. II. Means that should be em-
ployed for the Advancement of Mining Industry, pp. 8-20. Topogra-
phical Report of the engineer, Hugo Reck, pp. 60-68.

Slight reference to geological subjects. W. W.

Avi;-LALLEMANT, H. E. Erfahrungcu im Goldbergbau in der Argen-
tinischen Republik." [Gold-minmg in the Argentine Republic]
La Plata-Monatschrift, August, pp. 192-194; September, pp. 205,
206 (1873) ; and January, pp. 6, 7 (1874).
Contains some geological and mining details with reference to gold-
mining in the district.

Belt, Tkomas. The Naturalist in Nicaragua, pp. xvi, 403 (4 geo-
logical and mining sections). 8vo. Lond.
The author believes that metalliferous veins have been formed by
igneous injection, but admits that many have had their materials re-
arranged by hydrothermal and other agencies, and gives details as to the
mode of occurrence of the gold-bearing quartz reefs of Central America.
He saw Boulder Clay up to heights of 3000 feet ; and, according to him,
the results of glacial action are very marked and wide- spread in the
American tropics. He believes in the presence of an ice-cap during the
Glacial period, and suggests that many tropical species that lived before
and after that time migrated to the lands left vacant by the lowering
of the sea through the arrest of large volumes of water in frozen masses
over the land, and suggests the possibility of the existence, during the
glacial period, of the fabled Atlantis, and of a large Malayan and Poly-
nesian continent. The origin of lake Nicaragua is discussed, as well as
the general physical geography of the surrounding regions. C. E. DeR.
Blake, James. Trachytic and doleritic rocks in alternations in the
Puebla range of mountains, in the northern part of Humboldt
County, Nevada. Amer. Journ. sor. 3, vol. vii. pp. 235, 236.
Short abstract of paper in Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. vol. v. p. 210 (1874?).
Blandy, John F. Topography, with especial reference to the Lake-
Superior Copper District. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i.
pp. 75-82.
Shows the connexion of surface-features with geological structure,
and their importance to the mining engineer.

Brady, Sir Antonio. Report on Splint Coal Property : the proposed
site of Kanawha city, West Virginia, U. S. A. 8vo. Lond. Pp. 1-
16, woodcuts. [Privately printed.]
A section of the Coal Measures on the banks of Great Kanawha river
is given, with the thickness of each coal-seam.

Broadhead, Garland C. Report of the Geological Survey of the
State of Missouri, including Field-work of 1873-74, with 91 illua-

112 GEOLOGY.

trations and an atlas. Pp. 734, 2, 2, 4, — 28 plates (sections and
plans). 8vo. Jefferson City.
Chap. 1. Introductory. Chap. 2. General Geology. Chap. 3. Caves,
Supplies of Water. Chap. 4. Soils. Chap. 5. Minerals, Rocks. Chap. 6.
S.W. Coal-field. Chaps. 7-21. Descriptions of various Counties, with
details' of sections, analyses of iron-ores, and reference to economic
matters! These chapters are partly by C. J. Norwood. Chaps. 22-28.
Lead and Zinc regions of S.W. Missouri, by A. Schmidt and A. Leon-
HiRD, with descriptions and analyses of ores, minerals, and rocks.
Chaps. 29-32. Lead Eegion of Central Missouri, by A. Schmidt, with
descriptions and analyses of minerals and rocks. Chap. 33. Iron Ores
of Missouri, by A. Schmidt. Chap. 34. Lead Mines, S.E. Missouri, by
J. R. Gage. Chap. 35. Iron Ores of S.E. Missouri, by P. N. Mooee.
Appendices. History of Lead-mining, Statistics, Mineral Springs, and
Chemical Analyses, by R. Chauvenet. The Atlas contains 11 maps,
some coloured geologically, and 4 sheets of vertical sections. W. W.
RuEBANK, L. S. Observations on the Surface-Geology of N. Caro-
lina, with special reference to some phenomena of the Drift of the
northern United States. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xvi.
pt. 2, pp. 150-155.
Describes the boulder-like forms of this district, and shows that they
are not the result of attrition, but of chemical and atmospheric agencies
acting upon concretionaiy* rocks : this structure of the granite is noticed
in railway-cuttings in Guilford Co. The decomposed state of the crys-
talline rocks and the resulting clays are noticed. In relation to the
Drift, it is argued that the force of that period was exerted, not in
wearing and grinding down the solid rocks, but chiefly in carrying for-
ward and commingling the materials already disintegrated. Prom the
comparatively small amount of disintegration that has gone on since the
Drift period, the author concludes that the time which has since elapsed
must be short compared with the ages during which the rocks had been
previously undergoing decomposition by atmospheric agencies. E. B. T.
Chase, A. W. The auriferous Gravel Deposit of Gold Bluffs. Amer.

Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 379-384.
This deposit is on the coast-line of Klamath County, California. The
author thinks it is due to a great river occupying formerly the bed of
the Klamath, but having a different debouchure. He adds a note from
Prof. Dana, who thinks it probable that the deposit dates partly from the
close of the glacial era and partly from the later portion of the Champlain
period. Information as to the working of the gold is given. G. A. L.
Clark, R. N. Iron and Coal in Colorado. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii.

pp. 531, 532.
There are in Colorado the '' Caiion-City," the " Trinidad," and the
"Cucharas-river" coal-fields. The last is unsurveyed. The first con-
tains about 34 square miles, with two principal seams, one 64 inches
thick, and worked. Two analyses of this coal are given. Iron-ores
exist near the coal (clay-ironstone and magnetic ore). In the Trinidad

AMERICA. 113

coal-field a seam 3 feet thick is worked, on account of its value for gas
and coke ; iron also exists here. Analyses of the ores are given.

G. A. L.

Clark, R. IST. The Tertiary Coal-beds of Canyon City, Colorado.
Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 293-298, map.

These coal-bearing rocks are about 600 feet thick, and contain at
least nine seams, from 8 inches to 6 feet in thickness. They extend
over about 34 square miles, and consist of sandstones and shales. " The
shales and slates contain but few fossils ; the sand-rocks are full of the
leaves of the oak, the Cinnamomum, and the CalamopslsJ^ F. W. R.

CoMSTOCK, T. B. Addendum to Article xlvii. vol. vi. Amer. Journ.

p. 151.
Letter stating that a review of the writer's Silurian fossils from the
Wind-lliver mountains has resulted in the discovery that this forma-
tion is made up of rocks of the Quebec group of the Calciferous Epoch,
overlain by a considerable thickness of the Niagara Limestone. The
last and the Oriskany Sandstone are new to this region. The age of
the Bridger and Green-River groups is in dispute (Miocene or Eocene).

G. A. L.

Cope, Prof. [E.]. On the age of the Lignite and other corresponding
formations of the West, and especially its supposed equivalent in
Northern Colorado. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. part 1, pp. 12,
13, also p. 10.

The beds are regarded as Cretaceous, on the evidence of their ver-
tebrate remains.

Cox, Prof. E. T. Eifch Annual Report of the Geological Survey of
Indiana, made during the year 1873. Pp. 494, 4 maps in cover.
8vo. Indianapolis.

Consists of the usual detailed reports of the examination of various
parts of the State of Indiana by the divisions of counties, each of which
is illustrated by a special map. The counties particularly noticed are
chiefly in the southern portion of the State, in the district between the
Ohio and the Wabash River, the special reports being by W. W.
Borden, J. Collett, and G. M. Levette. The rocks are chiefly of the
Subcarboniferous Limestone series, but in parts lower rocks down to the
Hudson River or Cincinnati group of the Lower Silurian series. A
noticeable feature appears to be the intercalation of beds showing marine
conditions in the Carboniferous series as we pass southward, the coal-
bearing rocks being in places found to contain thick beds of limestone
witli a corresponding impoverishment in coal. There are numerous
analyses of coals, especially with regard to their coking power, and of
iron-ores, in different parts of the report, according to their occurrence
in the different counties. The manufacture of cement, which is now
carried on to some extent in Indiana, from the more argillaceous beds
of limestone, is described in detail, with analyses of the materials em-
ployed. Details of the agricultural conditions of tho country, especially

1874. I

114 GEOLOGy.

-with regard to the important industry of fruit-growing, form an im-
portant item of the different reports on economic geology. There is
also information in reference to the caverns of the limestone-districts,
and of the traces of the aboriginal inhabitants afforded by the so-called
"bone-banks" and the pyramid-mounds. The geological portion of
the report is prefaced by a special report made by Prof. Cox on the
Vienna Exhibition, which he attended as Commissioner from the State
of Indiana, and another on the manufacture of Spiegeleisen in the
lllienish Westphalian district, by Mr. Hugh Hartmann.

A new reptile footprint is described and figured, Colletosauriis In-
dianensis (Cox), from the base of the Coal Measures. H. B.

CoxE, EcKLEY, B. A new method of sinking Shafts. Trans. Amer.

Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. p. 261, part of plate ii.
Geological sketch of the territory to be worked (Anthracite Coal Mea-
sures, north of PottsviUe), with sections of collieries, pp. 261-264.

Crawfoiii), R. On a projected Railway Route over the Andes, from

the Argentine RepubHc. Journ. R. Geogr. Soc. vol. xliii. 1873

[really pub. in 1874], pp. 46-54. _

Details as to the character of the soil along the route are given, and

an account of the minerals of economic value known in the district,

at pp. 52, 53. G. A. L.

Cunningham, R. 0. On the Physical Features and Natural History
of Southern Patagonia and Tierra del Euego. Proc. Belfast Nat.
Hist, and Phil. Soc, session 1872-73, pp. 40-50.

Some general geological information given.

Dana, Prof. J. D. The Slates of the Taconic Mountains of the age of

the Hudson River or Cincinnati group. Proc. Amer. Assoc.

vol. xxii. B. pp. 27-29.

The Berkshire (Stockbridge) Limestone is said to be proved to underlie

the Taconic slates, which were formerly supposed to be the older rocks.

This confirms the view of Prof. Rogers that the Taconic slates are

Hudson-River slates. The Trenton and Hudson-River or Cincinnati

groups are then the true Taconic system. G. A. L.

. On Staurolite Crystals and Green-Mountain Gneisses of the

Silurian age. Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp. 25-27.

Announces the discovery of Staurolite-bearing mica-schists in Southern
Canaan overlying the Stockbridge or Canaan limestone. The age of
the latter is Lower Silurian. This overlying mica-schist in places
passes into gneiss. Concludes from these and other similar facts, that
all old-looking Green-Mountain gneisses are not pre-Silurian, and that
the presence of Staurolite is no evidence of a pre-Silurian age. G. A. L.

. Reasons for some of the changes in the subdivisions of Geo-
logical time in the new edition of Dana's Manual of Geology.
Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 213-216.

The changes justified are as follows: — 1. Arclicean for Azoic*
2. Primordial or Cambrian ^Deriod, from which the Calciferous sand-

AMERICA. 115

rock is removed, and the name Potsdam dropped. 3. Canadian period^
including the Calciferous sand-rock and the Chazy limestone. 4.
Trenton period, Trenton limestone and Cincinnati group — Hudson-
lliver group being dropped. 5. Upper Siluria^i, Onskani/ period, the
latter being transferred to the Silurian from the Devonian. 6. Devonian
age, CatsHIl pei-iod, additional information being required before
the Catskill group can be allowed to be equivalent to the Chemung.
7. Quaternary, in which is merged the age of man. G. A, L.

Dawsox, G. M. Eeport on the Tertiary Lignite formation in the
vicinity of the 49th parallel. British ■ N orth American Boundary
Commission, Geological Report of Progress for the year 1873.
8vo. Montreal : pp. 31, two plates.
. This is a general description of the Tertiary Lignite formation which
overlaps the Cretaceous formations west of Red River. This is un-
doubtedly an extension of the Great Lignite or Fort- Union group of
Hayden. It is the lowest known American representative of the Ter-
tiary series. The flora has a Miocene aspect ; and the fauna is chiefly
freshwater. Many sections are given (on West Souris River, on Mis-
souri Coteau west of 363-mile Point, in Porcupine Creek and tributary
valleys), and many analyses of lignites and ironstones. G. A. L.

Dawsox, Principal J. W. On the Upper Coal-formation of Eastern
Nova Scotia and Prince-Edward Island in its relation to the
Permian. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 209-219.

Tills formation is an upper series, lying above the productive Coal
Measures, and is distinguished by the absence of thick coal-seams, and
by the occurrence of red and grey sandstones and red shales with plants
of Permian affinity. No break is observable between these beds and
the Trias above. The author proposes for them the name Permo-Car-
honiferous (already given to some limestones in the West), on account of
the strong resemblance which they bear to the Permian of Europe, to
which they are more nearly allied than to the Permian of the interior
of North America. A list of fossils is given, and two transverse sec-
tions. G. A. L.

. On the geological relations of the Iron Oree of Nova Scotia.

Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp. 138-146, 1 fig. in text.

These ores are considered under the followiug heads : —

Bedded Ores. — 1. Great Hematite bed of the lower Hclderberg series
(E. branch jof East River, Pictou, and upper part of Sutherland's River),
30 feet thick, with 10 to 20 feet of good ore. 2. Hematite and mag-
netic iron of Nictaux and Moose River. In Oriskany Sandstone.
3. Bedded ores of the Carboniferous system. In Pictou. True spathic
iron and clay ironstones. Veins of Iron Ore. — 1 . Great specular-iron
veins of the Silurian slates and quartzites. Cobcquid Mountains &c.
2. Limonite veins of East River, Pictou. 3. Limonite of Shubenacadie,
Old ]iarns, and Brookfield. 4. Iron veins of the Triassic trap. Mag-
netite and specular iron in great beds of trap, associated with the
Triassic Red Sandstones of the Bay of Fundy. G. A. L.

i2

116 GEOLOGY.

Deinker, H. S. Abstract of a paper on the Mines and Works of the
Lehigh Zinc Company. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i.
p. 67.

Account of the position, rocks, and minerals of the mines, pp. 67, 68.

Desor, E. Le Pare National des Etats-Unis. Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat.

Neuchatel, t. x. l'' cahier, pp. 100-109.
A general account of the Yellowstone tract.

DoERiNG, Dr. D. A. Estudios sobre la proportion quimica y fisica

del terrene en la formacion de la Pampa. [Chemical and physical

investigation of the Pampas formation.] Bol. Acad. Nac. Cordova,

pt. iii. [With analyses of soils.]

Douglas, James. The Native Copper Mines of Lake Superior. Quart.

Journ. Sci. no. xlii. pp. 162-180, with chromo-lithographic plate;

and Canad. Nat. (N.S.) vol. vii. no. 6, pp. 318-336.

A sketch of the geology of the copper-mining region of Lake Superior,

with special descriptions of the Quincey Mines, opened on the Pewabic

lode, in amygdaloidal trap, and of the Calumet and Hecla mine, worked on

a bed of copper-bearing conglomerate. Describes the methods of mining

and dressing the ores, and gives statistics of production. E. W. R.

EoNTAi]s-E, Wm. M. The " Great Conglomerate " on New River, West
Virginia. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 459-465, 573-579.

A discussion of the age of a great formation of sandstones, contain-
ing important beds of coal, which in the hills along New River crop
out for nearly forty miles from beneath the lowest beds of the Lower
Coal series. The author, with Prof. W. B. Rogers, believes this forma-
tion to be the equivalent of the " Great Conglomerate." He concludes
by suggesting that the successive formation of coal on a large scale
along the S.W. border of the Appalachian coal-field, commencing in the
Devonian period, may point to the existence at this time of a conti-
nental mass nearer than the Azoic of Canada. Details regarding the
Kanawha coal-held are given. G. A. L.

Eraser, Prof. P., Jun. On the Geology of Certain Lands in Ritchie
and Tyler Counties, W. Va. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. p. 168.

. [Remarks on the Pilot-Knob, Iron-Mountain, and Mine-La-

Motte districts, Missouri.] Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. part ii.
pp. 85, 86.
Fulton, John. Note on the Somerset-County Coal beds in Pennsyl-
vania. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xiv. no. 92, pp. 157, 158.
Gabb, AV. M. Notes on the Geology of Costa Rica. Amer. Journ.

ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 838-390.
A letter. Chiefly an account of an ascent and examination of Pico
Blanco, which the writer says is not a volcano, although its summit
exposes a dyke bared by denudation. The mountain, 10,200 feet high
(1500 feet lower than formerly supposed), is *' the culminating point
of a granite intrusion from below Miocene rocks." G. A. L.

AilERICA. 117

Gilpin, Edwin. Notes on the Coal Measures and Lower Carboni-
ferous Strata of Western Newfoundland. Trans. N. Engl. Inst.
Eng. vol. xxiii. pp. 167-1 76, plate xxxv. (sketch Map).

Account of the geology of that part of Newfoundland which lies be-
tween the great rauge of Laurentian hills and the sea, from Cape Ray to
Port-a-Port. The rocks described belong to : — 1, partly metamorphosed
lowest Carboniferous Conglomerates, about 1300 feet ; 2, Lower Car-
boniferous Marine Limestone group, with gypsum and marls, 2150 to
2500 feet ; 3, Millstone Grit, consisting of coarse sandstones with occa-
sional layers of pebbles of limestone, 6000 feet(?); 4, Middle or pro-
ductive Coal Measures in small patches with thin seams of good coal,
from 6 inches to 4 feet, 600 feet at least. G. A. L.

. Sketch of the Carboniferous District of St. George's Bay,

Newfoundland. Trans. Nov. Scot. Inst. (9 pp.)

Describes part of the S. shore of Newfoundland and the adjoining
inland tract. There arc frequent exposures of L. Carboniferous rocks —
red sandstones, conglomerates, limestones, coals, and a thick bed of
gypsum being noticed. S. of St. George's town and 6 miles inland is
a spur of older rocks with an immense deposit of magnetite. The
action of the sea on the limestones of East Bay has formed pillars
and caves ; and here is a large deposit of barytes. Between East and
West Bays indications of petroleum occur. AV. W.

Goldsmith, E. The Blue Gravel of California. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Philadel. part ii. pp. 73, 74.

This gravel underlies the gold-bearing alluvium of California and
Nevada, and consists of pebbles of slate and hornblende-rock in an
acidic lava, with crystals of biotite and grains of gold. A. H. G.

Hall, Prof. James. On the Eolations of the Niagara and Lower
Helderberg Formations, and their Geographical Distribution in
the United States and Canada. Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B.
pp. 321-335.
A protest against the view that the Niagara and Lower Helderberg
formations of North America arc in reality identical, and that the latter
formation has therefore no existence as a distinct group in the Upper
Silurian. From this view Professor Hall dissents ; and his paper con-
tains an enumeration of the more important facts, which prove the
Lower Helderberg group to be an independent division. H. A. N.

Hakden, J. W. The Brown Hematite Ore Deposits of South

^Mountain, between Carlisle, Waynesborough, and the South-eastern

edge of Cumberland Valley. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i.

pp. 136-144.

The ore, which lies along the slopes and valleys of the spurs and

ridges of the mountain, associated with clays and sands, is the

residue of decomposition of the slates and limestones (Silurian), and

118 GEOLOGY.

has generally a red gravelly covering from 5 to 20 feet thick, evidently
a surface-wash. An analysis is given. W. W.

Hartt, C. F. Contributions to t]^e Geology and Physical Geography

of the Lower Amazonas. Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. pp. 201-235,

10 woodcuts (map and views, «&c.).

Describes the features of the Erere-Monte-Alegre district and the

table-topped hills. The flat hills of Monte Alegre are 500 or 600 feet

high, and of horizontal clays and sands, probably Tertiary. The plain

at their western foot is of Devonian rocks, with fossils. At the southern

part of this plain there are ridges, or " serras," of sandstone, the age

of which is yet uncertain (whether older or newer than the beds of the

plain). One of the "table-topped hills," named Paranaquara, was

selected for examination, most previous descriptions of these being

erroneous. It consists of horizontal beds of clays, sandstones, and

loams, without fossils ; but the author thinks that they may be Tertiary.

W.W.

. Eeport of a Eeconnaissance of the Lower Tapajos. Bull.

Cornell IJniv. vol. i. no. 1, pp. 11-37, 1 plate (plan).

Describes various rocks noticed along the river — Porphyry, Carbo-
niferous beds (with analysis of limestone) partly fossiliferous (marine
shells and plants), and beds probably of Tertiary age. There is as yet
no evidence to show whether coal exists on the Amazonas or not ; but
the extent of the Carboniferous basin suggests the advisability of a
government survey. W. "W.

Hatden-, Dr. P. Y. Annual Eeport of the United-States Geologi-
cal and Geographical Survey of the Territories, embracing Colorado,
being a Eeport of Progress of the Exploration for the year 1873.
Pp. xii, 718, 94 plates (maps, views, sections, and fossils). 8vo.
Washington.
Part I. Geology, Mineralogy, and Mining Industry. General Re-
port, by Dr. Hatden, and the following Eeports on special districts :
— on the Middle Park Division, by A. E. Maevlne, pp. 83-192, with
analyses of lignitic coals and details of sections ; on the South-Park
Division, by Dr. A. C. Peale, pp. 193-273, with details of sections and
catalogues of minerals and rocks ; on the San-Luis Division, by F. M.
Endlich, pp. 275-361, with mining geology and mineralogical notes.
. Part II. Special Eeports on Palaeontology, see ^os^, under Lesquereux
(Botany) and Cope (Vertebrata). Part III. Zoology. Part IV. Geo-
graphy and Topography, with lists of heights. Appendix : on the
Gold-Hill Mining Eegion and its Telluride Ores. W. W.

Heineich, Oswald J. The Midlothian Colliery, Yirginia. Trans.
Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. p. 346.
A section of the beds is given at p. 347.

Hilgard, Prof. E. W. Note on Lignite Beds and their rnder-clays.
Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 208-210.

AMERICA. 119

The author accounts for the apparent absence of all roots &c. in
these underclays by analogy with what is now going on in the Cypress-
swamps and elsewhere. He holds that there is no foundation for the
beUef that these Lignite-beds were formed of drifted materials. G. A. L.

HiTcncocK, Prof. C. H. Geological History- of the Winnipiseogeo
Lake. Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp. 120-131.

The periods in the history of this lake-basin are thus divided : — ■
1. Period of the deposition of the Porphyritic Gneiss or Granite. 2.
AVinnipiseogee-Lake Gneiss Formation. 3. White-Mountain Series.

4. Elevation and Metamorphism of first three groups. 5. Eruption of
the Granites of the Ossipee 3iEountains. 6. Deposition of Felsites or
Compact Felspars. 7. Eruption of Syenite. 8. Deposition of Mica-
schist. 9. Glacier Period. 10. Terrace Period. G. A. L.

. Note upon the Cretaceous Strata of Long Island. Proc.

Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp. 131, 132.

The writer reasserts the correctness of his views in marking certain
rocks on the northern side of Long Island, in his map, as Cretaceous.
Cretaceous fossils lately found there seem to place the matter beyond
doubt. ' G. A. L.

. The Geology of Portland [Maine]. Proc. Amer. Assoc.

vol. xxii. B. pp. 163-175 (1 fig. in text).

A sketch of the geology of the district. The older rocks are described
under the heads Gneiss and Granite, Huronian System, and Cambrian.
The Post-Tertiary Deposits are more fully considered, their succession,
in the author's opinion, being as follows : — 1. Glacier Period : country
covered with a sheet of ice, pushing towards the ocean and carrying
boulders. 2. Leda Clay : submergence to the depth of 40 or 50 feet.

5. Saxicava Period : Littoral Fauna. 4. Terrace Period : submer-
gence. Nos. 1 and 3 together form the Champlain Period, a list of the
fossils found in the beds of which is given. G. A. L.

. Geology of the North-west Part of Maine. Proc. Amer. Assoc.

vol. xxii. B. pp. 205-214 (map in text). .

Draws the following conclusions from the distribution of the forma-
tions in N.W. Maine : — 1. " The Oriskany sandstone reposes gently
upon Eozoic gneisses." " It can be no longer maintained with reason
that these strata pass into New Hampshire in a metamorphosed condi-
tion." 2. "The Oriskany is several times thicker than in its extension
in the interior and further south in Pennsylvania." 3. " The discovery
of new localities of Helderberg Limestone indicates a widespread
submergence of Eastern America, in Upper Silurian and ^Middle Devo-
nian times, of nearly 1500 feet." 4. "There must have been, subse-
quently to the Helderberg, a period of elevation to bring Now England
to essentially its present position." G. A. L.

. On Helderberg Hocks in New Hampshire. Amor. Journ.

ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 468-476, 557-671, 11 figs, and 1 map.

]20 GEOLOGY.

The author thus summarizes his conclusions regarding these Am-
monoosuc Helderberg beds: — 1. The fossiliferous limestones belong to
the Lower Helderberg. 2. The Helderberg series in New Hampshire
is several thousand feet thick, and is composed chiefly of limestones, slates,
sandstones, conglomerates, and probably hornblende rock. Some of
the members are highly metamorphic. 3. These Helderberg beds seem
tb be newer than the Coos group of the neighbourhood ; their litholo-
gical character is also difl'erent. 4. The Swift- Water series seems more
nearly related to the Helderberg than to any of the other formations.
5. The Helderberg rocks are the newest in this "terrane," and the
most modern that have yet been discovered in the State. G. A. L.

HoLLEY, Geoege W. The proximate Euture of Niagara ; in Review
of Professor Tyndall's Lecture thereon. Proc. Amer. Assoc,
vol. xxii. B. pp. 147-155, with plan in text.
Contradicts several of the statements respecting the geological struc-
ture of the Palls in Prof. Tyndall's lecture.

HoNEYMAK, Dr. D. Geology of the Cobequid Mountains, Nova Scotia.

Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 148, 149.
Abstract of paper in Proc. Nov. Scot. Inst. (1874?)

— — -. On the Quaternary containing the New Brunswick fossil
cetacean ; on Niagara Coral reefs ; and on Niagara fossils in trap.
Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 219, 220.

Notes in a letter.

Hfnt, Dr. T. S. The Coal and Iron of Southern Ohio considered with
relation to the Hocking-Yalley Coal Pield and its Iron ores, with
notices of Purnace coals and Iron-smelting, followed by a view of
the Coal Trade of the West. Pp. 78, two maps. 8vo. Salem, Mass.
The introduction consists of a general description of the principal
geological features of the Appalachian Coal-basin. Details as to the
strati graphical relations of the various workable seams in the Hocking-
Yalley Coal-fields are next given, with (further on) analyses of the
coals. The same is done with regard to the iron-ores of the region.
The rest of the report is of a commercial character. Both maps are
topographical only, with this exception, that the approximate limit of
the coal-bearing series is shown on the first. G. A. L.

The Geognostical History of the Metals. Trans. Amer. Inst.

Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 331-346 (with discussion).
Divides the crystalline stratified rocks of Eastern North America into
four groups, lithologically and strati graphically distinct — Lauren tian,
Norian (or Labradorian= Upper Laurentian of Logan), Huronian, and
Montalban (gneiss and mica-schist of the White Mountains), — and
thinks it probable that other like formations of crystalline rocks may
liave been almost entirely swept away. The Laurentian is remarkable
for deposits of crystalline iron-ore, chiefly magnetic, the ores occurring
in beds or masses of contemporaneous deposition. The Norian is re-

I

AMERICA. 121

markable for titaniferous iron-ores. In the Huroniau are the great
deposits of hematite and magnetite of Lake Superior ; chromic iron-
ores seem to be characteristic. The distribution of ores in other rocks
is also noticed. W. W.

Hfnt, Dr. T. S. Notes on the Geology and Economic Mineralogy of the
South-eastern Appalachians. Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B,
pp. 113-115 (abstract).

. Geology of Southern New Brunswick. Proc. Amer. Assoc.

vol. xxii. B. pp. 116, 117 (abstract).

. Breaks in the American Pala3ozoic Series. Proc. Amer. Assoc.

vol. xxii. B. pp. 117, 119 (abstract).

-. On the crystalline Rocks of the Blue Ridge, and on their

decomposed condition. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xvi.

part 2, pp. 116, 117.
These consist of hornblendic and micaceous schists, completely de-
composed to a depth of 50 feet and more, being changed to a reddish
unctuous clay, with interbcdded layers of quartz, showing the original
inclination of the rocks. The removal of the iron-oxide is said to be
the source of the large deposits of hydrous iron-ores found at the foot
of the Blue Ridge in the Appalachian valley. The decomposition is
supposed to have taken place in very ancient times, when there was a
highly carbonated atmosphere. To the N.E. an absence of decom-
posed rocks is held to be due to subsequent denudation, the soft parts
being swept away, and the unchanged rock exposed and glaciated.

E. B. T.

Irving, Prof. Roland. On the age of the Copper-bearing Rocks of
Lake Superior; and on the Westward Continuation of the L.
Superior Synclinal. Amer. Journ. scr. 3, vol. viii. pp. 4G-56, with
sketch map and section.
The Laurentian granitic and gneissoid rocks are overlain uncomfor-
mably by the Huronian, which are about 4000 feet thick. These are
succeeded conformably by the Copper-bearing rocks, both dipping at a
high angle : the latter series consists of traps, conglomerates, sand-
stones, &c., of an enormous thickness, the upper sandstones alone being
10,000 feet thick. Lying over these nearly horizontally in places are
Lower Silurian Sandstones. It is maintained that the traps are com-
formably interstratiiicd and have been tilted with the others, that the
Copper-bearing and Huronian series were once spread out horizontally
over one another, that they were disturbed by the same force and
received their present tilted positions at the same time, and that tlio
Copper-bearing series should rather be classed with the Archa3au than
with the Silurian. E. B. T.

Jackson, \V. IT. Descriptive Catalogue of the Photographs of the
United-States Geological Survey of the Territories. United-States

122 GEOLOGY.

Geological Survey of the Territories, Miscellaneoiis Publications,
84 pp. 8vo.
Many of the descriptions treat of the rocks shown.

Jei^ney, Walter P. Notes on the Geology of "Western Texas, near
the thirty-second parallel. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp.
25-28.

Refers to " the occurrence of a remarkable Lower- Silurian section
in the Organ Mountains," in which the author recognizes the equiva-
lents of the Potsdam, Calciferous sandrock, Chazy, Trenton, Hudson,
Oneida conglomerate (?), and Niagara groups, although the beds iden-
tified with the last .group may turn out to be of Carboniferous age.
The whole scries is fairly fossiliferous. The second part of the paper
is on the geology of the Llano Estacado, a desert of Cretaceous beds
resting on probably Triassic rocks. The " Caprina Limestone" of
Shumard is recognized with little doubt ; and it is the highest bed of
this region. G. A. L.

Knox, M. V. B. Drift in Kansas. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii.

pp. 466, 467.
Extract from a letter describing the drift and boulders of the region.

Le Coi^te, Prof. Joseph. On the great Lava-flood of the West; and on
the construction and Age of the Cascade Mountains. Amer. Journ.
ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 167-180, 259-367 [by a printer's error the
pagination runs on from p. 261 to p. 362], 7 figs, in text.
Divided under the following heads: — 1. The great Lava-flood:
Extent (not less than 200,000 square miles) ; Source (from fissures in
Coast, Cascade, and Blue-Mountain ranges) ; Thickness (average 2000
feet, extreme not less than 3700 feet). 2. Structure of the Cascade
Mountains. 3. Age of the Cascade Eange : a suh-lava conglomerate
with a leaf-bed are the means of ascertaining this. The range began
probably at the end of the Jurassic period; but its great bulk was
.formed at the end of the Miocene* 4. Theory of the ejection of the
lava-flood and of the formation of the Cascade Mountains. 5. Some
important points suggested by the previous discussion: successive
outflows of Cascade lava; relative age of different kinds of lava;
Drift-covering in Oregon and Washington; oscillations during Post-
Tertiary times on the Pacific Coast ; formation of the Canon of the
Columbia Eiver ; Prairie mounds. G. A. L.

Leslet, Prof. J. P. The Brown-Hematite- Ore Banks of Spruce
Creek, Warrior's-Mark Run, in Huntingdon and Centre Counties,
Pennsylvania, along the line of the Lewisburg, Centre-County
and Tyrone Railroad. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xiv. no. 92,
pp. 19-83 (and 99-107 ?), see also pp. 2-4 ; 44 illustrations in
text (plans, sections, and views), 1 plate (map).

Preliminary Chapter. The area of the district is about 100 square
miles. General Geological Considerations, pp. 22-30. The rocks are

AMERICA. 123.

Upper and Lower Silurian (Clinton Shale to Potsdam Sandstone).
A great fault at the foot of Bald-Eagle Mountain is described ; and the
great erosion of the country is noticed and illustrated by sections
showing the former extent of the beds. The ores are considered to bo
deposits of iron, as hydrated peroxide, set free from the limestones
during their slow erosion and dissolution ; and the processes of their
formation are sketched out. The hematite occurs in pockets, as sur-
face-washes, and in beds. The total visible thickness of Lower Silurian
Limestones is 7750 feet. Practical Value of the Ores. Probable
Quantitij of Ore. Special Descriptions (pp. 32-83). Gives details of
the Pennington Range, Warrior's Mark, and Lovetown Range, Dry-
Hollow Range, Cale-HoUow Range, and Spruce-Creek Range. A
chemical investigation of the ores by Dr. Genth (see joost) seems to be
interpolated after p. 83, Prof. Lesley's paper continuing at p. 99 with
a description of Mining Methods. The Fossil Ore Belt is, lastly, de-
scribed (pp. 102-107). W. W.

Lesqiterefx, Prof. Leo. On the Formation of the Lignite Beds of
the Rocky-Mountain region. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp.
29-31.

Rejects the view that these beds have been formed by the heaping-up
of drifted materials.

. On Remains of Land Plants in the Lower Silurian, Amer,

Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 31-34.
Confirms the discovery of land-plants in the clays of the Lebanon
Beds, in Longstreet Creek, at the base of the Cincinnati group. The
specimens belong either to Sigilkiria Serlii or >S^. Menardi. G. A. L.

. On the Age of the Lignitic formations of the Rocky Mountains,

Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 546-557.

An answer to Dr. Newberry's criticisms [see p. 125]. The author's

views regarding these Western Lignites are thus given : — 1. The Lower

Lignitic : that of Black Butte, the whole Colorado Basin as far south

into New Mexico as the Placiere anthracite coal has its flora Eocene :

Lower Eocene for America. 2. The Evanston coal is half Eocene, half

Pliocene, referred as yet to the Upper Eocene. 3. The flora of Carbon

is Middle Miocene. 4. That of Green River, Elko Station, and the

Parks is of Upper Miocene type. G. A. L.

LoEW, 0. Lieutenant Wheeler's Expedition nach Neu-Mexiko und

Arizona. [Wlieeler's expedition to New Mexico and Arizona.]

Pctermann's Mittheilungen, Bd. xx. pp. 401-410, 453-401, map

[not geological].

Account of the results of the expedition, chiefly geographical, but

with occasional geological notes.

Martin, D. S. Cretaceous in Long Island. Proc. Lye. Nat. Hist. N.

York, ser. 2, no. 4, p. 127.
Remarks confirming Prof. Hitchcock's belief in the presence of beds
of this ago in Long Island.

124 GEOLOGY.

Marvine, a.. II. Position and General Geology of the Gold-Hill
Mining region. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. p^). 29-33 (with
sketch map).

This paper is an Appendix to that of Prof. Silliman on Tellurium
ores of Colorado. The Gold-Hill Mining region is not far from the great
continental " divide," which has here a height of 13,000 feet.
This, formed of Archaean and metamorphic rocks, is covered on
the flanks by red beds, probably Triassic, which are followed by the
upturned edges of Jurassic and Cretaceous beds, with the Lignite
group (of disputed Cretaceous or Eocene age). The Archaean schists and
granites are pierced by many dykes of felsite-porphyry, with which the
Tellurium ores are connected. E. B. T.

Meek, Prof. F. B. On the age of the Lignitic formation of the Bockj-

Mountain Eegion. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 459-463.
This article is an abstract of the writer's discussion of this subject
in Hay den's Beport of the Geol. Survey of the Territories for 1872.

MiLLEE, S. A. Position of the Cincinnati Group in the Geological

Column of Eossiliferous Bocks of North America. Cincin. Quart.

Journ. Sci. vol. i. pp. 97-115.

Contains a review of the various subdivisions of the Silurian series,

as developed in different portions of the North American area, with

special references to the position of the " Cincinnati group." H. A. N.

Newberry, Prof. J. S. Circles of Deposition in American Sedi-
mentary Bocks. Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp. 185-196.
Dr. Newberry's views may be illustrated by the following arrange-
hient : — A. Betreating sea (mixed sediment) : Hudson, Helderberg
and Hamilton groups, Coal Measures. B. Open sea (organic) : Trenton,
Niagara and Corniferous groups, Carboniferous Limestone. C. Off shore
(mixed deposit) : Calciferous, Clinton, Schoharie and Waverly groups.
D. Shore (mechanical) : Potsdam, Medina, Oriskany, and Erie groups.

G. A. L.

. On circles of Deposition in Secondary Sedimentary Bocks,

American and foreign. Proc. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, ser. 2,
no. 4, pp. 122-124 (abstract).
Application of the writer's ^iews (see before) to the succession of
Cretaceous beds between the Colorado Biver and the eastern part of
Kansas and Texas. Everywhere in that region the lowest member is
a sandstone or conglomerate; then comes a great limestone rich in
marine fossils, next a double series first of limestones and then of
clays, shales, and mixed sediments. In the discussion following the
paper Prof. Wtjrtz suggested for the three types of formations the names
Siliceous, Calcareous, and Aluminous. Prof. Newberry prefers the
terms Mechanical, Organic, and Mixed. G. A. L.

. On the Linton Coal-bed and Fauna. Proc. Lye. Nat. Hist.

N. York, ser. 2, no. 4, pp. 134, 135.
Remarks suggested by Prof. Cope's * Catalogue of Air-breathing Ver-

<

AMERICA. 125

teb rates from the Coal Measures of Linton, Ohio.* The course of events
in the formation of this anomalous coal-seam is explained. G. A. L.

I^EWBERRY, Prof. J. S. On the Structure and Origin of the Great
Lakes. Proc. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, ser. 2, no. 4, pp. 136-138.

"With the exception of Lake Superior all the great North-American
lake-basins are excavated out of nearly horizontal strata. The proof
is conclusive that each of these basins has been filled, and at least
partly excavated by ice descending from the Canadian Eozoic high-
lands. G. A. L.

. On the Parallelism of Coal-seams. Amer. Journ. ser. 3,

vol. vii. pp. 367-3G9.

Argues against the views that the subsidence of coal-areas was always
continental and general, and that the seams are necessarily parallel : in-
stances cases of seams separated by varying intervals of beds. E. B. T.

On the Lignites and Plant-Beds of Western America. Amer.

Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 399-404.
The writer states that all the Lignite-beds of New Mexico (referred
to the Eocene by Prof. Lesquereux) are unmistakably of Cretaceous
age. He believes Prof. Lesquereux is likewise wrong in assigning an
Eocene origin to the Colorado Lignites, which Profs. Meek, Marsh, Cope,
and Stevenson consider to be Upper Cretaceous. The Upper Missouri
Lignites, considered as Lower Eocene by Prof. Lesquereux, he regards
as Miocene. The coals of Vancouver's Island have been stated to be
of Tertiary age ; he says that the evidence that they are Cretaceous is
overwhelming. G. A. L.

Newberry, Prof. J. S. [and Profs. E. Orton, E. B. Andrews, and
N. H. Wixchell]. llcport of the Geological Survey of Ohio.
Vol. ii. Geology and Palceontology. Part i. Geology, pp. 701,
with numerous maps and sections. Columbus.

Treats of the physical geology of a large portion of the State. The
first chapter (xxx.), by Prof. Newberry, contains an account of the
surface -geology of Ohio — the chief subjects treated of being the
general glacial phenomena of the State, the boundaries of the gla-
ciated areas, buried channels, the order and succession of the Drift-
deposits, and the characters and distribution of the various members of
the series ; the mode of formation of the " Erie Clay," boulders, kames,
draining of the inland sea, terraces and beaches, origin of the lake-
ridges, causes of the Arctic climate of the glacial period, cause and
manner of the motion in glaciers, drift-gold, and the origin of the
great lakes.

('hapter xxxi., by Prof. Newberry, is concerned with the composition,
extent, and subdivision of the great Carboniferous formation of Ohio.
This embodies all the more important facts regarding the Carbonifer-
ous rocks of Ohio, comprising the Waverley Sandstone, the Lower Car-
boniferous Limestone, and the Coal Measures. Chapter xxxii., by
Prof. Newberry, treats of the geology of Eric County and of the islands

126 GEOIOGT.

in Lake Erie which helong to Ohio, which give some interesting ex-
amples of glacial action. Chapter xxxiii., also by Dr. Newberry,
is a report on the geology of Lorain County.

Chapters xxxiv.-xlix. are by Mr. N. H. Winchell, and treat in detail
of the geology of sixteen counties.

Chapter 1. by Mr. E. B. Andrews, gives an account of the Surface-
geology of South-eastern Ohio ; and the same observer contributes the
following six chapters on the local geology of as many counties.
Finally, Prof. Edward Orton contributes three chapters on the geo-
logical structure of Pike, Boss, and Greene Counties.

The work is illustrated throughout with coloured geological maps of
the counties, sections, and sketch maps. H. A. N.

Newtok-, H. On American Iron Ores suitable for the manufac-
ture of Steel. Proc. Lye. Kat. Hist. N. York, ser. 2, no. 4.
pp. 94-96.
. Abstract only. Will be printed in full in the Annals, vol. xi. no. 3.

Osgood, Alpeed. "Lead Mine" at Rocky Hill, West Kewbury.
Bull. Essex Inst. pp. 142, 143. •

Pankhtjkst, E. a. On the Canons of the Colorado. 21st Ann.
Rep. Brighton Nat. Hist. Soc. pp. 55, 56.

Pesse, — . Le district minier de Caracoles. [The mining district of
Caracoles, Bolivia.] Bull. Soc. geog. Paris, 6 se'r. t. vii. p. 177.
Notice in Ocean Highways, p. 43.
About 100 miles inland from the port of Cohija silver-mines have
been discovered which are of great promise ; the present annual out-
turn is £300,000, the working cost about £40,000. F. D.

Pfeves, Dr. J. C. Esquisse stratigraphique et especes fossiles de Tile
d' Antigua. [Stratigraphical sketch and fossil species of Antigua.]
Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii. Bull, des Seances, pp. xxv-xxviii.

Divides the formations of the island into six principal groups : —
1. Masses of various igneous rocks forming the highest part of the
island at its S.W. end. 2. A long series of unfossiliferous tuffs, clays,
and conglomerates. 3. Yery fossiliferous siliceous beds (land, fresh-
and brackish-water shells, &c.). 4. Series similar to 2. 5. A thick
formation of limestones and calcareous clays and sand, forming a third
of the island (corals, marine shells, &c.). 6. A calcareous series lying
unconformably on the last, and containing land, freshwater, and marine
forms of species now living on the island and in the surrounding sea.
Generic list from siliceous beds given. G. A. L.

Raymond, R. W. The Geographical Distribution of Mining Dis-
tricts in the United States. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i.
pp. 33-39.

RiCHAEDSON, J. Wonders of the Yellowstone region in the Rocky
Mountains, &c. 8vo. pp. 271, 2 maps, many illustrations. London.

AMERICA. 127

Geological matter in reference to the geysers, hot springs, canons,
and other natural phenomena of the district.

Romanes, G. Anthracite Coal-Mining in Pennsylvania. Coll. Guard,
vol. xxvii. p. 574.

A paper read at a meeting of the Edinburgh and Leith Engineers'
Society. There are three very large anthracite coal-fields in Pennsyl-
vania— the Schuylkyl, the Middle, and the Wyoming and Lacka-
wanna. The seams worked are from 4 to 20 feet in thickness. The
mode of working is described, and the commercial aspects of the subject
are discussed. G. A. L.

ScHicKEXDANTz, D. F. Estudios sobre la formacion dc los Salinas.
[Formation of the Salt-plains.] Bol. Acad. Nac. Cordova, pt. iii.

With analysis of the salt.

Selwyn, R. a. C. (and others). Report of Progress of the Geolo-
gical Survey of Canada for 1873-74. Pp. 268. 8vo. Montreal.

This volume comprises various reports of work done in connexion
with the Canadian Geological Survey, which, under its extended field of
operations, gives rise to much work, of necessity more in the way
of reconnaissance than of a detailed description of particular areas.
The headings are : —

The Report on Operations in Manitoba with the Diamond-pointed
Steam Drill, by W. B. Watjd, pp. 12-16.

Observations in the North-west Territory, from Fort Garry to Rocky-
Mountain House, by R. A. C. Selwyn, pp. 17-62.

Memorandum on Western Coals, Iron-ore, &c., by Dr. B. J. Har-
rington, pp. 63-65.

Report on the Country between Red River and the South Saskat-
chewan, by R. Bell, mainly a lignite Tertiary area, pp. 66-93, with
analyses by C. Hoffmann.

Report on Geological Explorations in British Columbia [Vancouver's
Island], by James Richardson (pp. 94-102), which describes the
extension of the Cretaceous coal-bearing rocks, and, what is of more
interest, the discovery of fossils in limestones associated with the
highly altered green slates forming the older rocks of the island,
which are probably Carboniferous. There is also information as to
iron-ores and coal from the main laud ; but much of this is given in
the reports of other parties.

Report of Explorations in Frontenac, Leeds, and Lanark Counties, ,
with notes on the Plumbago and Apatite of Ottawa County, by H. G.
Yennor (pp. 103-146). A detailed account of all the workings that
have been carried on in the Apatite-deposits of the Lauren tian lime-
stones, some portions of which are illustrated by a map.

Reports on the SpringhiU Coal-Field, by S. Barlow (pp. 147-160),
on the Coal-Field of Cumberland County, by W. M'^Ouatt (pp. 161-
170), and of Explorations in Capo Breton, by C. Robb (pp. 171-191),
are detailed examinations of parts of the Coal-field of Nova Scotia, and
contain details of the seams and mines worked, with chemical exami-
tions of the coal by C. Hoffmann.

128 GEOLOGY.

Notes on the Iron Ores of Canada and their Development, by Dr. B.
J. Harrington (pp. 192-259), contains some additional information to
that in the earlier report on the same subject, by Dr. Sterry Hunt ; but
the subject has been so completely treated previously, as to leave little
room for a second report. Indeed many analyses of Dr. Hunt's have
been reprinted to illustrate the subject. The details of the different
furnaces at work in Canada and Nova Scotia are of considerable
interest. In the introductory summary Mr. Selwyn calls attention to
the discovery of a new carbonate containing alumina in combination
to the amount of 30 per cent., a fact of great interest ; but the detailed
examination is not given.

The final Beport is palaeontological (see "Whiteaves, post). H. B.

SiMONiN, L. De Washington a San Francisco, a travers le continent
americain. [Erom Washington to San Francisco, across the
American Continent.] Le Tour du Monde, vol. xxvii. pp. 161-
240. Paris.

Contains some geological and mining information.

Stevenson, J. J. Account of the Lignites of Colorado. Proc. Lye.
Nat. Hist. N. York, ser. 2, no. 4, pp. 93, 94.

Abstract. The age of the lignites is said to be Upper Cretaceous.
The account is a record of observations made in 1873, with the Expe-
dition of Lieutenant Wheeler.

Tenney, Sanborn. The Quartzite of Williamstown and the Struc-
ture of the Graylock Range. Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B.
pp. 37-41.
Says that there is no reasonable doubt that the slates of the Taconic
range dip under the great Limestone belt at its eastern base. " The
main mass of the Graylock range appears like one vast monoclinal."
The quartzite of Williamstown is said to pass gradually into limestone,
although at Stone Hill the latter is found dipping under the former.
EuU of local details. G. A. L.

Yanden Broeck, Ernest. Bapport sur nn memoire de M. G. E.
Matthew intitule: Notes on the Mollusca of the Post- Pliocene
Formation in Acadia. [Report on a paper by Mr. G. E. Matthew,
entitled, &c.] Proc.-verb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. clv-clxiii.
A summary of the Acadian Post- Pliocene deposits is given as fol-
lows, in ascending order: — 1. Boulder Clay. Depression of 2500 to
1000 feet; fauna meagre, arctic in character. 2. Syrtmsian Beds.
Depression of 1000 to 500 feet ; fauna probably very scarce : intense
marine currents. 3. Lower Leda Clay. Upper part, depression of
500 to 200 feet ; lower part, of 200 to 100 feet : in the older beds some
deep-sea forms ; in the upper great development of marine life. — •
4. Upper Leda Clay. Depression of 100 to 60 feet : life less abundant
than in the lower groups. 5. Sacckava Sand. Depression 60 to 40
feet and less : littoral fauna. G. A. L.

AMEBICA. 129

Wheelee, Lieut. G. M. Progress-Report upon Geographical and
Geological Explorations and Surveys west of the 100th Meridian
in 1872. Washington.
IN'otes of work in geology. A notice in Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii.
pp. 388-391, gives an account of the personnel, organization, areas sur-
veyed, and proposed publications of the Survey.

WiLLCOx, J. Glacial markings and Granite Boulders in St. Law-
rence County, N. Y. Apatite in Laurentian rocks on north shore
of Rideau Lake, in Burgess. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel.
p. 275.

WixcHELL, N. H. The Devonian Limestones of Ohio. Proc. Amer.
Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp. 100-104.

The section of these beds exposed in the valleys of the Scioto and
Olentangy rivers, Delaware County, Central Ohio, is as follows : — 1. A
hard siliceous Limestone : no fossils ; 4 to 9 feet. 2. A blue argilla-
ceous Limestone : Spirifer mucronatus, Cijrtls Hamiltonensis, Cyrtoceras
unduhtum; 35-40 feet. 3. A saccharoidal or crinoidal Limestone:
many Brachiopods (Delhi beds) ; 38 feet. 4. A light- coloured Mag-
nesian Limestone : very few fossils ; 27 feet. 5. A sandy Limestone
passing into a quartzo^e sandstone and into a conglomerate ; no fossils ;
2 to 10 feet. All these Limestones, except 5, form the " Comifcrous '*
group of Dr. Newberry, by whom the last is regarded as the equivalent
of the " Oriskany " of New York and the base of the Devonian. 1 is
believed to be the representative of the Tully Limestone of New York;
2 has been called Upper Coniiferous, but is believed to be the equi-
valent of the Hamilton of New York ; 3 is the exact equivalent of
the Corniferous Limestone of New York ; 4 represents the Onondaga
Limestone of New York. It is thus shown that the Hamilton group,
in passing tlirough Ohio, maintains a fuU development as a member of
the Devonian, and does not thin out. G. A. L.

. Geological Notes from Early Explorers in the Minnesota

Valley. Bull. Minnesota Ac. Nat. Sci. pp. 89-101.
Notices the works of Lc Sueur, Carver, Keating, Featherstonhaugh,
Nicollet, Shumard, and Hall, ranging from about 1695 to 18G5.

"VVoLF, T. Geognostische Mittheilungen aus Ecuador. [Geology of
Ecuador.] N. Jahrb. Heft iv. pp. 377-398.

Three essays : — 1, on the occurrence of quartz-andesito in the high-
lands of Quito ; 2, geological sketches of the Province of Guayaquil ;
3, on a mud- volcano on the west coast of Ecuador. E. W. 11.

1874.

130 GEOLOGY*

5. ASIA.

Aii^ON. A new Volcano east of Japan. Geogr. Mag., July, p. 146.
The captain of the steamship ' Harwich ' reports a large volcano,
not marked on any of the charts, in N. lat. 31° 31', E. long. 140° 14'.

Baber, Consul. Coal-mining in China. Coll. Guard, vol. xxvii.
p. 171.

The information refers especially to the districts of Tamsuy and
Kelung. The coal-producing districts are : — 1. Coal Yalley, close to
Kelung ; 2. Coal Harbour, three or four miles distant ; and 3. Nuan-
Nuan, about seven miles off. The volcanic region N. of the Tamsuy
river is said to abound in coal. Coal on the surface is known to the
Chinese over an area of 500 square miles. The mode of working is
described, the prospect of extension of the mining is discussed, and
information as to the price is given. G. A. L., P. D.

Ball, Y. A new Locality for Copper in the Narbada Yalley.
Eec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. part 2, pp. 62, 63.

Mr. Maynard discovered . a deposit of copper on an island in the
Karbada river, near Birman Ghat. The ore is diffused through a
thickness of at least 6 feet (and probably more) of schist and quartzite
of the Bijour series ; it also occurs in nests. At the top are azurite
and malachite ; lower down, grey and red ore. F. D.

. On the Building and Ornamental Stones of India. Eec.

Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. part 3, pp. 98-122.

This is a statement of the areas in which the several kinds of stone
used in building are found, accompanied by an account of examples
of their use in various ages. The materials are described under ten
classes, as in Prof. Hull's work. Many references are given to previous
writings, also a list of remarkable monoliths in India. P. D.

Geological Notes on the country of the Luni Pathans, S.E.

corner of Afghanistan. Eec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. part 4, pp.

145-158, with map.
The following series was passed over in the route from Dera Ghazi
Khan to the Chamarlang valley : — a, alluvium ; 6, sandstones and
conglomerates (? Pliocene) ; c, sandstones and clays (? Miocene) ; cZ,
nummulitic limestones; e, sandstones and shales. A list of fossils
from the nummulitic limestones is given. At the top of 6 a little
coal occurs, a total of 2 feet distributed in nine thin layers through
100 feet of shale. P. D.

Baebot de Maent, N. N. Jahrb. Heft v. pp. 524-526.
Letter explaining the proposed operations of two expeditions — the
one to study the area between the Caspian and Aral Seas, the second

ASIA. 131

to study the basin of the Amou river. Levellings "will be made to
determine the difference of level between the Caspian and the Aral.

F. W. B.

Bauerman, H. Report on the Iron Ores of India. "Supplement to
the Gazette of India, Aug. 22, 1874, pp. 1457-9, for PreH-
minarj^ Report, and pp. 1494-6, for Further Report.

In the Preliminary Report to the Government of India the cha-
racters of ores from the following localities are described : — 1. Rance-
gunge coal-field, clay iron-ores; 2. Karunpoora coal-field, south of
Hazareebagh, clay iron-ores ; 3. Nerbudda vaUey, north of Gurrawara,
bro"Nvn iron-ore ; Lohara, north-east of Chandah, massive haematite ;
5. Yenak, in Berar, haimatitic sandstone and conglomerate ; C. De-
chourie and Kaleedoongee, in Kumaon, pisolitic heematite ; 7. Ram-
gurh and Khyma, in Kumaon, specular and massive haematite.
Many considerations bearing on the question of the practicability of
establishing remunerative iron-smelting works are discussed.

In the Further Report partial analyses of some of the ores are given ;
and the conclusion is drawn that iron-works might be established in
the Raneegunge district, to work at a profit during the prevalence of
high prices in England. Also the iron-ores of Chanda are promising,
if they can be brought into communication with the Chanda and
Berar coal-fields. F. D.

Beke, Dr. C. T. On the True Position and Physical Characters of
Mount Sinai. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 161,
162.

Refers to the differences of opinion which have been held as to
the identification of Mount Sinai : thinks the cause of this uncertainty
is ob-vdous, believing that the mountain is not in the peninsula of
Sinai. Gives evidence that this mountain is really a volcano, now
extinct, situated "within the Harra Radjla, a region of igneous origin,
on the west side of the Arabian desert. At the time of the Exodus
Mount Sinai was in a state of eruption, the smoke and flame from its
crater being described by the sacred historian as "by day a pillar of
cloud, and by night a pillar of fire." The volcano was not extinct in
the time of Elijah, six centuries later. W. T.

Belt, T. The Steppes of Siberia. Quart. Joum. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.
pp. 490-498, 4 woodcuts.

After describing the beds of which the Steppes are formed, and
giving detailed sections, the author advances the theory that there
was a damming up of the drainage of the country by an overflow of
polar ice, and a consequent formation of a vast lake, in which was
deposited the material of the Steppes. O. A, L.

Blanford, W. T. On some Evidence of Glacial Action in Tropical
India in Palaeozoic (or the oldest Mesozoic) times. Rep. Brit.
Assoc, for 1873, Sections, p. 76.

Describes the occurrence of scratched boulders in fine shaloa at

132 GEOLOGY.

the base of the Talchir group, the lowest member of the great series
of plaut-boaring rocka, for which the name of Gondwana series has
been suggested. The exact age of these beds is doubtful ; but they
are pre-Triassic. Dr. Oldham has observed the rock on which the
boulder-bed rests to be polished and grooved. It is inferred that these
boulders, many of wliich have come from a distance, were carried by
ice. W. T.

Blanford, "VV. T. On the Physical Geography of the Deserts of Persia
and Central Asia. Eep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 162,
163.

The deserts of Persia consist of vast plains of Alluvium, usually
much longer than broad. Along the borders of the deserts are
remarkable slopes of coarse gravel, probably washed down from the
surrounding hills. It is likely that the alluvial desert-plains have
been formed in lakes when the rainfall was greater than now. The
rain which now falls is mostly evaporated or absorbed; but the
streams from the hills end in lakes, all but two of which are salt.
None of the valleys has any outlet to the sea. It is supposed that the
outlets were closed by the elevation of ranges of hills in the later
Tertiary period. W. T.

Campbell, J. F. On Polar Glaciation, &c. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. XXX. p. 450. {See post.)
In this paper are some remarks on subaerial denudation and on
glaciation in the Caucasus.

Carpenter, Dr. "VY. B. On the Physical Geography of the Caspian
Sea, in its relations to Geology. Eep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873,
Sections, pp. 165-167.

Gives an account of the recent report of Prof, von Baer. The
Caspian is from 2000 to 3000 feet deep at its southern end ; the cen-
tral part, on the Caucasian side, is also deep ; but the northern part
nowhere exceeds 50 feet in depth. The Caspian is 80 feet below the
level of the Black Sea. There is abundant evidence that it formerly
spread over a larger area than now, having been reduced to its present
dimensions by the excess of evaporation over supply. It would be
expected that the water would be salt ; but it has only one half the
saltness of the water of the Black Sea, and only one fourth of that
of the Mediterranean. Prof, von Baer has shown that this result is
due to the drawing off of the water into lateral bays, where it rapidly
evaporates. The largest bay is the Karaboghaz, which communicates
with the Caspian only by a channel 150 yards wide and 5 feet deep ;
through this a constant current of water runs from the Caspian into
the bay, at the rate of three miles an hour. This bay alone receives
350,000 tons of salt a day ; the water evaporates, and the salt remains
behind. The constant draining off of the salt water into these great
natural salt-pans, and the constant supply of fresh water by the rivers,
accounts for the comparative freshness of the Caspian Sea. W. T.

I

ASIA. 133

David, Akmand. Geologio do la Chine. [Geology of China.] Bull.

Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 406, 407.
An abstract of a letter, in which the writer describes the coal-
bearing beds of the mountain of Lean-Chan.

Drew, F. The Upper Indus Basin. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.
p. 94.

Eeferring to a letter, by Col. Greenwood, on this subject (see p. 134),
the writer, while admitting Col. Greenwood's " hard-gorge-and-soft-
valley '■ theory generally, does not see how it accounts for the forma-
tion of great thicknesses of alluvial beds in the gorge as well as in
the wide valleys. F. D.

EvERWiJN, II. Yerslag van eene Onderzoekingsreis, in het rijk van
8iak. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Oost-Ind. 3 Jaar., 1 Deel, pp. 83-155,
with map.
Describes a journey through Siak, on the east coast of Sumatra.
Geological observations are recorded, and a list of borings for tin-
ore is given. The map, on a scale of 450^000^ shows the course of the
rivers Siak and Kampar, and is partly coloured geologically. F. W. II.

. lets over aardolie in de residentie Cheribon op Java.

Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Oost-Ind. 3 Jaar., 1 Deel, pp. 167-171.
Notes the results of several borings for petroleum in Cheribon,
Java.

FiscHEE, Paul. Sur les roches fossiliferes de Le'an-Chan (Shensi
meridional) envoyces par M. I'Abbe A. David. [Fossiliferous
Rocks of Lean-Chan (S. Shensi).] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser.
t. ii. p. 409.

Short descriptions of five rock-specimens, showing fossils apparently
of Silurian (Wenlock), Carboniferous, Tertiary, and Quaternary age.

FooTE, R. B. The Auriferous Bocks of the Dambal Hills, Dharwar
District. Bee. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. part 4, pp. 133-142,
with map.

The main hUl of the range is in E. long. 75° 45' and N. lat. 15° 13' ;
the rock is of the great gneiss formation of S. India, of granitoid
gneiss and various sorts of schists, much disturbed. Quartz-reefs
occur in all these rocks ; but from one only did the author succeed in
obtaining gold. This reef was 5 feet thick on the average, and half a
mile long, direction N. by "VV., dip easterly, 40° to 50°, of ordinary
dirty-wliite quartz, in parts ferruginous. It seems to contain but a
small proportion of gold. Even it" tlio reefs were moderately auri-
ferous, miners would have many difficulties; no fuel is near, and
water is generally scarce. Alluvial gold is washed from the stream-
deposits derived from the hill-tract ; the process of washing practised
by the natives is described, and their plan of selecting wash-dirt.
Very small quantities of gold are obtained. The paper concludes with

134 GEOLOGY.

a notice of other auriferous localities in the Dharwar, Belgaum, and
Kuladgee districts. P. D.

Fras, Oscae. [Geology of Palestine.] N. Jahrb. Heft iv. pp. 410-412.

Letter announcing contributions to the Stuttgart Museum from
Herr Zeller, a missionary at Nazareth. Specimens from Mount Osha,
north of Es Salt, contain fossils of Cenomanian (Lower Chalk) age.
The red iron-shot sandstone, known as " Nubian Sandstone," appears
to bo not older than the Lower Chalk. E. W. E.

Godwin-- Austen, Major H. H. On the Garo Hills. Journ. E. Geogr.
Soc. vol. xliii. [Published in 1874, though dated 1873.]

At the end of this paper there is a " geological appendix," pp. 42-46.
The rocks of the district are gneiss, on which rests a considerable thick-
ness of Cretaceous rocks capped by Nummulitic Limestone and later
Tertiary sandstone, also amygdaloid trap (the Sylhet trap of Medlicott).
The secondary beds consist chiefly of sandstones with seams of coal,
some 10 feet thick. Many local details are given. G. A. L.

Gore, J. E. Note on a bed of Eossiliferous "Kunkur" in the

Punjab.
Three feet below the surface of the ground, in a six-inch bed of soft
limestone, are shells, chiefly of the genera Planorhis and Limnceus.

Greeptwood, Col. The Upper Indus Basin. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.
p. 45.

Refers to a memoir by Mr. Drew (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxix.
p. 441) on the subject, and suggests that the alternation of gorges with
alluvial flats depends on the different hardness of the rocks, and main-
tains that this is enough to account for the consecutive accumulation and
denudation of alluvium. (See Drew, p. 133.) E. D.

Hodges, Prof. On the Composition of Tea and Tea-soils from Cachar.

Chem. News, vol. xxx. no. 771, pp. 114-116.
Gives chemical composition of the soil and subsoil from the field on
which the tea had been grown.

Hughes, T. W. H. Notes on some of the Iron Ores of Kumaon.
llec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 1, pp. 15-20. See also Supple-
ment to Gazette of India, Aug. 22, pp. 1466-68.
The extent of the beds of iron-ore and of limestone and their quality
are discussed with a view to settle the question of the advisability of re-
establishing iron-works in Kumaon. E. D.

Note on the raw materials for Iron-smelting in the Ranee-

gunge field. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 5, pp. 20-30.

See also Suppl. Gazette of India, Aug. 22, pp. 1474-81.
Some analyses of the Raneegunge coal are given ; and a comparison
of it is made with English coals. A short account of the iron-ore beds
of the district is given ; and then follows a discussion of the question

ASIA. 135

whether the impure limestone called " Kunker " will do for a flux,
which, with some limitations, is answered in the affirmative. Estimates
of cost are also set down. F. D.

Hughes, T. W. H. Petroleum in Assam. Rec, Geol. Surv. Ind.
vol. vii. pt. 2, pp. 55-58.

At Makoom, in N. lat. 27° 18' and E. long. 95° 40', eight borings
were put down for oil, which was struck in each case, in one at a depth
of 118 feet. Several hundred gallons a day were drawn; the under-
taking failed only from the difficulty of transport. A distillation-
analjsis of a sample is given, and a comparison of it with Pennsylvanian
and Kangoon oils. F. D.

. Second Note on the Materials for Iron Manufacture in the

the Iliiniganj Coal-field. Eec. Gcol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 3,
pp. 122-124.

Many additional analyses of iron-ore and of " Kunkur " are given,
and some further remarks on the subject of iron-manufacture. F. D.

-. Manganese ore in the Wardha Coal-field. Rec. Geol. Surv.

Ind. vol. vii. pt. 3, pp. 125, 126.

The ore occurs in botryoidal masses in the red clays of the Kamthi
series around Malagarh Hill. An analysis gave 44*6 per cent, of man-
ganese ; the mineral seems to be psilomelane. F. D.

. Note on some of the Iron- deposits of Chanda, Central Pro-
vinces. Supplement to Gazette of India, Aug. 22, pp. 1489-
1491.
The ore is chiefly hoematite, but magnetic oxide and brown iron- ore
also occur. An analysis of the ha)matite is given. Some localities are
particularized. The native method of smelting is described. F. D.

King, "W. Geological investigation in the Godavari District. Rec.
Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 4, pp. 154-1 GO.

The following groups of rocks are found, in descending order : — 1.
Recent ; 2. Cuddalore sandstones ; 3. Dcccan trap with intertrappcans ;
4. Lametas ; 5. llajmahals ; 6. Damudas (including (a) Kamthis, (b)
Rarakars, in which coal occurs) ; 7. Crystallines. F. D.

Lyman, B. S. Preliminary Report of the first season's work of tho
Geological Survey of Yesso. 46 pp. 8vo. Tokei. Reprinted in
Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. pp. 25, 51, 96, 122.

The part of Yesso surveyed contains the following groups of rocks : —
Alluvium, new and old ; volcanic pebble-rocks, which seem to be tho
result of tho wearing away of volcanic rocks by water ; volcanic rocks ;
rocks of the Toshibets-Karafto system of folds ; coal-bearing rocks, or
rocks of the Horumui-Kuril sj'stem of folds (Tertiary ?) ; rocks of tho
Horumui-Karafto system of folds ; rocks of tho Toshi bets-Kuril system
of folds. The coal-fields are those of Kayanoma, Horumui, Kudow.
Resides coal, tho useful minerals in the area surveyed are ii'on, sand,

136 GEOIOOY.

sulphur, limestone, gold, rock-tar, mineral waters, and traces of silver,
lead, zinc, manganese, and copper. F. D.

Mallet, P. R. Geology of Darjiling and "Western Duiirs. Mem.
Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. xi. pt. 1, pp. 96, 2 maps.

Begins with a geographical description of the Darjiling district and a
general sketch of the rocks. A section from south to north gives the
prinid facie appearance of a great synclinal ; but this, as regards the
outer (Tertiary) rocks, is deceptive. North of the Tertiaries is a nar-
row band of the Damiidas, which include beds of anthracite. Overlying
these, without apparent unconformity, are some thousand feet of slates.
Ascending the hills, the slates pass through mica-schist to gneiss ; the
relation of these groups of rocks to each other is obscure. Then follows
a detailed description of the different series of rocks. The Damudas
have been much crushed, and in places metamorphosed ; the crushing
has also caused the thickness of the coal-beds to vary much within a
few yards. A detailed section of more than 1800 feet of these beds is
given. The Baxa series is then described : it consists of some thousand
feet of slates, schist, quartzite, and dolomite ; these are largely developed
in the W. Duars, but only occur in the extreme E. end of the Darjiling
territory. Since they occupy diiferent areas, the relation of the Da-
muda and Baxa series is not clear. I^ext comes an account of the
Daling slates, which rest conformably on the Damudas ; these slates,
again, dij) under gneiss, which is called " Darjiling gneiss." Next are
the Tertiaries which fringe the older rocks ; they are many thousand
feet in thickness ; along one part of the edge of the hills, however, they
are absent, probably from denudation. The latter part of the Memoir
is devoted to Economic Geology. Several outcrops of coal have been
measured (of how many seams one cannot tell), which show a thickness
varying from 2 to 11 feet. The dip is generally high. Assays show
70 per cent, of free carbon from one locality and 66 per cent, from
another ; the coal is very flaky ; the prospects of mining it are discussed.
Iron-ore occurs in some places ; copper also is found, and the native
mode of mining and smelting it is described. F. D.

. Geological Notes on N. Hazaribagh. Bee. Geol. Surv. Ind.

vol. vii. pt. 1, pp. 32-44, plate.

Describes the area in two sheets of the Survey Map. The rocks
(chiefly metamorphic) are carefully described. Gneiss occupies a por-
tion of the area; with this occurs a band of dolomitic limestone.
Mica-schist and quartzite overlie the gneiss, but no distinct unconfor-
mity has been observed in this area ; hornblende rock and schist also
occur. Pegmatite (defined as a coarse mixture of quartz, felspar, and
silvery mica, often containing tourmaHne) occurs through both the
gneiss and the schists, penetrating them in dykes and veins, and occa-
sionalty occurring in isolated lenses ; contact- sections of the granite
and schists are shown in the plate. Trap-dykes were also observed.
In one locality sandstone with pebbles, 20 feet thick, probably belonging
to the Talchir group, was seen.

ASIA. 137

The occurrence of various minerals is noticed. Galena is sparsely
disseminated through some of the rocks. Tin-stone and magnetic iron
have been found in the gneiss, and worked on a small scale. In the
pegmatite, mica has been mined ; the plates of it commonly brought to
the market are from 6 inches to a foot across ; the largest plate the
author saw was 20 inches by 17. F. D.

Maekuam, C. E,. Statement exhibiting the Moral and Material Pro-
gress and Condition of India during the year 1872-73. (Pari. Re-
port.) Pol., Lond. Pp. xviii, 230, 16 maps.
An enlarged and revised edition of the Report issued in 1873. The
information relating to Physical Geography or Geology occui's under
the following heads : — Agriculture (including meteorology), pp. 32-48 ;
Irrigation, pp. 49-74; Communications, pp. 75-89; Porests, pp. 90-
100 ; Minerals, pp. 101-106 ; Surveys, pp. 195-199. W. T.

Medlicott, H. B. Note on habitat of Elastic Sandstone. Rec. Geol.
Surv. Ind. vol. vii, pt. 1, pp. 30, 31.

This account is from the observations of Col. MacMahon. The flex-
ible sandstone occurs in patches or nests in a nearly vertical bed of
quartzite which is used for miUstones. There is no regular bed of it ;
it seems to be a local peculiarity of the sandstone-rock caused by per-
colation of rain-water from the surface. The formation is Yindhyan ;
the locality is Kaliana, five miles "VY. from Dadri, and sixtv miles "W,
from Delhi. ' P. D.

. Notes from the Eastern Himalaya. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind.

vol. vii. pt. 2, pp. 53, 54.

A notice of the discovery by Mr. Mallet of a band of Damuda Coal-
measures between the Tertiary sandstones and the schists of the
Sikkim Himalayas. There is no marked stratigraphical break be-
tween these Coal-measures and the slaty and schistose rocks of the
mountains. F. D.

. Coal in the Garo Hills. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 2,

pp. 58-62.

The coal (Cretaceous) occurs by the river Semsang and some of its
tributaries. The outcrop of a 7-foot bed was observed ; it is a Uglit
coal, brown, but an excellent fuel. The author concludes that there is
a coal-field of considerable extent. The probability of more coal being
found in other basins not far off is discussed. P. D.

Meissner, — . Die Naphta-Qucllen bei Mendcli in Irak Arabi.

[Naphtha springs near Mcndeli, Irak Arabi.] Petermann's Mit-

theilungen, Rd. xxx. pp. 343-346, 4 figs, in text.

A description of the beds from which the naphtha is collected is

given. The springs apparently rise along the axis of an anticlinal, and

are associated with gas-discharges. The mode of working the springs

is given, and some information as to their produce. G. A. L.

138 GEOLOGY.

MuNROE, Henky S. Geological Survey of Hokkaido : Yesso Coals.
39 pp. 12mo. Tokei. A Eeport.

Ness, Walter. On the Warora Coal-field [Central Provinces, India].
Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. p. 745.

A letter describing the coal-bearing rocks of the district. The sec-
tion from above downwards seems to be : — 1. Black cotton-soil, 6-10
feet ; 2. Yellowish clay with concretionary nodules, called " kunker ; "
3. Soft sandstone, 150 feet; 4. Carbonized shale, a few feet; 5. Coal,
varying from 29 to 50 feet ; 6. Soft white sandstone, several hundred
feet in thickness. This basin, the writer estimates, will yield 20 million
tons of coal. Analyses are given. G. A. L.

[The same coal, as well as some iron-ore, is mentioned in a communi-
cation by Mr. Ness in Journ. Soo. Arts, vol. xxii. p. 780.]

NoGTJES, A. r. Oscillations of the Nummulitic Sea. See p. 85,

Oldham, Dr. [T.] CoarrFields of British India. Eep. Rugby-School
Nat.-Hist. Soc. for 1873, pp. 45-54.

The lowest formation in India is gneiss, with trap-dykes of great
length. This is succeeded by the schistose and quartzitic " Kuddapa "
rocks, above which an unconformity occurs; and the overlying rocks
have various local names. Above these comes the Yindhyan series
(sandstones with limestones and clays), of great thickness and area,
probably of Old Eed age and of freshwater or estuarine origin. There
is then another unconformity ; and the succeeding thick series of sand-
stones and shales is marked by the occurrence of terrestrial plants.
The lowest part of this " plant-bearing series " is the Talcheer beds,
consisting of fine silt with large blocks of rocks from distant localities,
which have been transported by ice, as some show glacial polishing and
scratching. To the Talcheer beds succeed the Damuda beds (10,000 feet
thick), which contain all the productive coal, and consist of ironstone-
shales, sandstones, and coals, the last varying up to 35 feet in thick-
ness. Westward the coal-bearing rocks change in character, some
divisions dying out, and the coal being concentrated in a few thick
beds. The coal-fields are in basins, largely owing to original limita-
tions of deposit, and not merely to denudation. They are in groups
related to the great drainage-courses, which seem to have been marked
out at the time of the deposit of the coal-bearing beds. All the coals
consist of fine layers of vegetable matter and silt, and are less minera-
lized than most English coals; their age has been wrongly given as
Oolitic and Carboniferous (plants being the only fossils) ; but, from the
probable Triassic age of certain overlying beds, they may be partly
Permian and partly Carboniferous. W. W.

Eavenstein, E. G. Formosa. Geogr. Mag., Oct. pp. 292-297, with

map.
It is mentioned that the mountains are probably of volcanic origin ;
but sedimentary rocks, including slates, limestone, and sandstone, are

ASIA. 139

also met with. Active volcanoes are not known ; but solfataras occur.
Coal has been found in several parts ; 75,000 tons were raised in 1872:
it is a lignite. Sulphur exists near the coal-mines ; petroleum also
occurs. J', D,

Rexatjd, G. p. a. Rapport van het district Soengeiselan, eiland
Bangka. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Oost-Ind. 3 Jaar., 1 Deel, pp. 3-82,
chromo-lith. map.
Report on the district of Soengeiselan in the Island of Banca, with
first sheet of a geological map. Cap. 1 describes the physical geo-
graphy of the district ; cap. 2 gives a geological and mincralogical
sketch, noting occurrence of tin, bismuth, gold, iron, manganese, and
pyrites ; cap. 3 describes occurrence of tin-ore in the river- valleys .
Statistics of production of tin from 1850 to 1872 are given. F. W. R.

RiCHTHOFEx, Baron von. The Loess of Northern China, and its rela-
tion to the salt-basins of Central Asia. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873,
Sections, p. 86 (abstract).
This loess is an unstratificd yellow earth ; it covers an area of
240,000 square miles, spreading over ground from the level of the sea
to 8000 feet above, its thickness varying from very little to upwards of
1500 feet. The author thinks it can neither be a freshwater nor a
marine deposit, but subaerial, being partly deposited by the wash of
rain and partly carried by winds. F. J),

. On a Coral reef on the coast of Java. See p. 92.

ScnMiCK, J. H. Die Aralo-Kaspi-Niederung und ihro Befundo im
Lichte der Lehre von den siikularen Schwankungen des Seespiegels
und der Wiirmezonen. [The Aralo-Caspian lowland, with reference
to the doctrine of the secular oscillations of the sea-level and of
zones of temperature.] 125 pp., 1 plate. 8vo. Leipzig.

Stiffe, Lieut. A. W. On the Mud-craters and Geological Structure
of the Mekran coast. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 60-
53, map and section.

This coast extends from the head of the Persian Gulf to the W.
boundary of India. Heavy rains sometimes fall for a short time in
winter, filling the large watercourses ; but at other seasons, and some-
times for two whole years, the district is rainless. The hills rise to
about 2000 feet ; they consist of clay alternating with, and capped by,
calcareous beds, some shells from which are believed by Mr. Ethcridgo
to be Miocene. The beds are generally flat, or only slightly inclined,
but at the E. and AV. ends of the district have a high dip.

The author gives notes of two hot springs on the coast, and an ac-
count of the denudation of the country.

The Mud-craters extend along the coast for about 200 miles, within
a few miles of the shoro. They are conical hills of clay, with truncated

140 GEOLOGY.

tops, from 20 to 400 feet above the plain. The largest ono ascended
was about 100 feet wide at top, and resembled a cup filled with liquid
mud, which occasionally overiiowed. Sometimes an ebullition of gas
took place, but there was no heat evolved. The mud (analyzed by Mr.
Ward) consists mainly of carbonate of lime with some quartz-gand.
The water contains common salt and a little sulphate of lime. These
craters are most active at spring-tides. The author thinks they may
be caused by hydrostatic pressure, and unconnected with volcanic action,
of which this coast affords no trace. There is reason to believe that
similar craters exist under the sea, but near the shore. The clay for-
mation forms the bed of the sea for some miles from shore, the de^^th
of water increasing gradually to about 30 fathoms, and then suddenly
to 300 or 400 fathoms. This precipitous edge the author believes to
have once been a sea-cliff. It is probable that the land afterwards
sank below its present level ; for lithodomous perforations are found in
the clay considerably above the sea-level. W. T.

Stipfe, Lieut. A. "W. The Island of Hormuz (Ormuz). Geogr. Mag.
vol. i. pp. 12-17, map.

The greater part of the island is probably of volcanic origin, consist-
ing chiefly of rock-salt ; and there are hills of a grey trachytic rock.
At the S.E. corner there are some stratified rocks.

Stoliczka, Dr. F. Structure of the Hill-ranges between the Indus
vaUey in Ladak and Shah-i-Dula. Eec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii.
pt. 1, pp. 12-15. ,

South of the Indus near Leh are Eocene sandstones and shales ; north
of the Indus is a ridge of syenitic gneiss ; this passes (northwards) into
syenite and chlorite schist, with a more massive chloritic rock ; so to
the Changchenmo valley. These schistose and chloritic rocks the author
considers to represent the Silurian formation. North of that valley are
dark shales and sandstones, which extend to the boundary of Lingzi-
thang, which the author thinks to be Carboniferous. In places along
the bank of the Changchenmo river this is overlain by Triassic lime-
stone, also found in the hills 'N. of Lingzithang and in the upper Kara-
kash valley. At Kizil-jilga is dark slate, which continues down the
Karakash river as far as the bend; these slates are probably Silurian,
corresponding to the schists on the S. side of the ranges. P. D.

Geological Notes on the Eouto traversed by the Yarkund

Embassy from Shahidulla to Yarkund and Kashgar. Eec. Geol.

Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 2, pp. 49-51 ; and Quart. Journ. Geol. See.

vol. XXX. pp. 571-573.
Metamorphic rocks (gneiss alid schist) occur from the Karakash river
to near lam, north of the Sanju Pass ; then black slates rest uncon-
formably on the schists, and are overlain by grey sandstone and con-
glomerate. By Kiwaz there is conglomerate resting on Carboniferous
Limestone, which again rests on chloritic schist. At Sanju red sand-
stone is overlain by calcareous sandstone and marl (Middle Cretaceous).

ASIA. 141

Along the edge of the great desert, beds of gravel, sand, and clay, some
like the "loess" of the Rhine, occur. The author concludes that this
" loess " is a subaerial deposit. F. D.

Stoliczka, Dr. F. On the Occurrence of Jade in the Karakash
valley, llec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 2, pp. 51-53 ; and Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 568-570.
On the S. slope of the Kuenlun range, above the right bank of the
Karakash river, are the old jade- mines — shallow holes or low galleries.
A gneissic or a schistose rock is traversed by veins of a white, appa-
rently zeolitic, mineral ; this, again, is traversed by veins of jade ; the
jade also occurs in nests; the colours are white, pale green, and
green. F. D.

— — . Geological Obsevations made on a visit to the Chaderkul,
Thian-Shan Range. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 3, pp. 81-
85 ; and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 574-580.

North from Kashgar the first hills met were a 400-feet ridge of beds
of sand and clay, which the author calls *' Artush beds ;" these con-
tinue in the next range of hills, covered unconformably by gravel beds.
Further in is the Kokan range ; it has at its base green and purple
shales overlain by dark limestone. Five miles north of Chungterck
were found, in a thick bed of limestone, Triassic fossils. Near Chakmdk
bedded dolerite occurs, in some places columnar ; and the former position
of the cone of eruption was noticed. To the north rises the Terektagh
to 16,000 or 17,000 feet, composed of Tertiary conglomerate, dolomitic
limestone, slaty rocks (changing into schist), and another dark lime-
stone ; dip N. by W., very high. Then follows a sketch of the later
history of the hill-ranges before described. F. D.

. Note on Pamir Khurd. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 3,

p. 86.

From Yangihissar to Sirikul and across Pamir Khurd there are no
rocks younger than Trias. Pamir Khurd proper is gneiss and schist ;
it is not an elevated x)lain, but a mere valley two or three miles
wide. From the hills on the south glaciers come down almost into the
valley. F. D.

Theobald, W. On the former extension of Glaciers within the
Kangra District. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 3, pp. 86-98,
map.

From the Dhjioladhar range into the Kangra vallc}'', down to an
average level of 2000 feet, sinuous streams of boulders are traceable ;
many of these boulders are rugged and angular, over 50 feet in diameter.
Reaching the lower open ground the streams expand. The boulders
are chiefly of gneiss ; in the lower portions waterworn stones are found
mixed up. These deposits are described in several localities ; and the
former presence of glaciers in several of the valleys is inferred and
their course laid down. The theory of glacial conditions is discussed,

142 GEOLOGY.

and a conclusion drawn that before the deposition of the Sivalik group
the whole Himalayan area was 12,000 or 15,000 feet higher than now.
The paper is succeeded hj a short criticism by the Editor. F. D.

Theobald, W. Eemarks on certain considerations adduced by Fal-
coner in support of the antiquity of the Human race iu India.
Eec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 4, pp. 142-145.

This refers, first, to an argument of Dr. Falconer's that the idea of a
gigantic tortoise in Hindu mythology may have originated in a tradi-
tional aquaintance with Colossochelys atlas of the Sivalik fauna. Mr.
Theobald maintains that the force of this argument is weakened by
later discoveries having shown that Colossochelys belongs to the older
Nahan fauna, it being less likely that man will be proved to have been
contemporary with that than with the Sivalik. Secondly comes a
criticism on Falconer's inference that the extinct Hippopotamus pala;-'
indicus was the original of the Sanskrit -'jalahasti," or water-elephant.
Mr. Theobald brings philological authority to show that the word is as
likely to mean " shark ;" but he himself inclines to believe that the
animal thus named is the dugong found in the Bay of Bengal, and that
the argument drawn from it will not support the inference of the co-
existence of man with the extinct animals named. F. D.

TiETZE, Dr. E. Geologische Notizen aus Persien. [Geological Notes
from Persia.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Eeichs. pp. 53-55, 77-79, 318,
319, 360-363, 377-380. ^ ^ ^

Describes certain geological phenomena noticed in a visit to Persia.

Yerbeee:, 0. Eerste Verslag over een onderzoek naar kolen op het

eiland Nias. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Oost-Ind., 3 Jaar., 1 Deel,

pp. 157-163 ; 2 maps and 1 section.

Report on examination of coal- deposits in the island of Nias, on the

west coast of Sumatra. The coal occurs in marl, probably of Miocene

age ; but the seams are too poor to be worked. The marls are covered

by limestone. F. W. R.

"Wynne, A. B. Observations on some features in the Physical
Geology of the Outer Himalayan region of the Upper Punjab,
India. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 61-80, map and
6 sections.
The crystalline and schistose rocks found far in among the hills are
succeeded by slates and limestones, which are unconformably overlain
by Triassic rocks ; these, again, are unconformably succeeded by Jurassic,
Cretaceous, and Nummulitic beds (each also unconformable). The
author calls the beds from the Trias to the older Tertiary " hill lime-
stones ; " outside of these is a tract occupied by an enormous thickness
of sandstones and clays of later age. The extension of this outer zone,
and the character of its contact with that within, are then described in
detail. A Table, correlating the strata as described by different observers
from the Salt range to the Sutlej, is given. F. D.

ASIA. 143

AVtnne, A. B. Geology of the neighbourhood of Man, Punjab. Eec.
Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 2, pp. 64-74, map and plate.

West of the Jhilam river the strike of the rocks forming the Outer
Himalayas is no longer north-westerly, as it is further east, but varies
from west to north. At Mari the rocks are of grey sandstone and
purpKsh clay, more than 5000 feet thick ; these pass up into soft light-
grey sandstones alternating with rusty orange clays, which again are
succeeded by conglomerates. Inwards the rocks dip north-westerly,
and appear to go under rocks which are relatively older, and of which
a considerable proportion is limestone. These older rocks are of Num-
mulitic, Jurassic, and Triassic age. The structure is greatly confused
by contortion, inversion, and faulting. Details of several localities arc
given, with a sketch map of twenty or thirty square miles and a section
across. F. D.

Yule, H. Geographical Notes on the basins of the Oxus and the
Zarafshan (from the papers of the late A. Fedchenko). Geogr.
Mag., June, pp. 49, 53.

Among these notes there is one of gaseous exhalations from a moun-
tain called Kantagh in the Kohistan of the Zarafshan. Gases escape
from fissures, and are of so high a temperature that they set fire to
wood ; sulphur is deposited from them ; coal crops out near. There is
also a note on localities of salt-mines in the basin of the Oxus : — 1.
Altinin Dara, on the S. of Alai ; 2. Near Norak on the Surkhab ; 3. In
the mountains near Huzar or Guzar. F. D.

144 GEOIOGT.

6. AFRICA.

Bleicher, — . Eecherches sur rorigine des elements lithologiques
des terrains tertiaires et quaternaires des environs d'Oran. [Origin
of the Lithological Elements of the Tertiary Eocks of the Oran
District (Algeria).] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 700-702.
The writer's conclusions are : — that the middle Tertiary was espe-
cially characterized by trachytic eruptions, which were submarine ;
that at the same epoch enormous quantities of silica were ejected.
The elements of the Pliocene rocks are generally of detritic origin.
The activity of thermal springs and volcanic phenomena reached its
height during the older Quaternary period; and to this period is
referred the far-spreading gypseous conglomerate, which covers the
Secondary and Tertiary rocks. To the accumulations of iron in veins
and otherwise in the district the author assigns a hydrothermal origin,
as he also does to the gypseous conglomerate. G. A. L.

Sur la geologic des regions comprises entre Tanger, El-

Araich et Meknes (Maroc). [Geology of the country between
Tangiers, El-Arish and Meknes, Morocco.] Compt. Rend,
t. Ixxviii. pp. 1712-1716.
The following formations were recognized : — Post Tertiary : Cave-
deposits, with flint implements and recent shells; Travertins, with
plant-remains. Tertiary : Pliocene, grits and conglomerates, with
shells ; Miocene (S. of Tangiers), gritty marls and foliated yellow
marls, with fossils ; Eocene, schistose marls and grits, calcareous and
siliceous grits, cro]3ping out in many localities, Nummulitic deposits.
Secondary : Cretaceous, marly shales, thin limestones, Glohigerina-
chalk, &c. ; Jurassic, thick limestones and dolomites : this is the
oldest rock determined. G. A. L.

. Note sur la Geologic et la Paleontologie des Eormations

d'estuaire de Tctage tertiaire superieur aux environs d'Oran.

[Geology and Palaeontology of the Estuarine Upper Tertiary

Eormations near Oran (Algeria)]. Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp.

252-255.
A detailed description of four sections through these beds, with lists
of the fossils obtained in them. The conclusions arrived at are : — 1.
That in this region the Mediterranean coast-line was very different in
Pliocene times from what it is now ; 2. That the plateau extending
to the east of Djebel Santo, and reaching a height of 144 metres, was
in Pliocene times covered by the sea and by fresh water, the latter
belonging to a river, of which the estuary is to be found between Oran
and Tlemcen ; 3. That the Pliocene fauna consisted of land-shells,
probably now extinct, and of a great majority of living species. The
horse was represented by the present species. G. A. L.

AFRICA. 145

CoKEU, E. Geognostisch-petrographische Skizzen j^us Siid-Africa.
[Geology of S. Africa.] N. Jahrb. Heffc v. pp. 460-505, plate.

Refers to the immediate neighbourhood of Capetown. There are
chapters on the granite, the diabase, the slate-rocks, and the sand-
stone formation ; and descriptions are given of the Lion's Rump, Sea
Point, and Platte Klip. F. W. R.

. [Geology of the African Diamond Fields.] N. Jahrb.

Heft V. pp. 514, 515.
Letter claiming priority for views in Mr. Dunn's paper (see post).

Cooper, G. C. On the Origin and Present Position of the Diamonds

of South Africa. Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no 8, pp. 336-343,

2 figs, (sections).

Argues against the igneous origin of the diamond-bearing deposits,

and maintains that the diamonds and associated minerals have been

transported by water. P. W. R.

Cora, G. Le regioni aurifere tra Limpopo e Zambesi. [The Gold
regions between the Limpopo and the Zambesi.] Cosmos di
Guide Cora, vol. ii. pp. 20-27, map.

Cossox, E. Note sur le projet d'etablissement d'une mer interieure

en Algerie. [Proposed inland sea in Algeria.] Compt. Rend.

t. Ixxix. pp. 435-442.

Raises the following objections to the proposal : — 1. The Blad-el-

Djerid and the Oued-Rir would be submerged or incrusted with salt ;

2. The amount of salt in the superficial and underground waters of

the Eastern Sahara would be increased ; 3. A great climatal change

would possibly occur in that region, which is the principal centre of

the date -culture. G. A. L.

Dastagtje, — . Hauts Plateaux et. Sahara de 1' Algerie occidentale.

[High Plateaux and Sahara of Western Algeria.] Bull. Soc.

Ge'ogr. Prance, 6 ser. t. vii. pp. 113, 229.

FucHs, Edm. Note sur Tisthme de Gabes et I'extremit^ orientale

de la depression saharienne. . [Isthmus of Gabez and the

Eastern extremity of the Sahara depression.] Compt. Rend.

t. Ixxix. p. 352.

Shows that the depression in question was never any thing but a

salt lake, unconnected with the Mediterranean in historical times.

The author believes that when this lake existed the climate was very

different and more humid than now, and does not beUeve in the

practicability of the proposed inland sea. G. A. L.

Lenz, Dr. OsKAR. Ankunft in der Corisco-Bal und Excursion
nach Gabun. Geologische Notizen von der West-Kiiste von
Africa. [Arrival in the Bay of Corisco, and Excursion to Gaboon.
Geological Notes en the West Coast of Africa.] Yerh. k.-k. geol.
Reichs. pp. 287-289.

. Excursion von Gabun aus, den Comofluss auf warts.

1874. L

146 GEOLOGY.

[Excursion from Gaboon up the River Como.] Yerh. k.-k. geol.
Eeiclis. pp. 319-321.
Lenz, Dr. OsKAR. Reisen in West-Afrika. [Journeys in West Africa.]

Verh. k.-k. geol. Eeiclis. pp. 363, 364.

Lesseps, Ferdinand de. Communication sur les lacs amers de

I'isthme de Suez. [Bitter Lakes of Suez.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii.

pp. 1740-1748.

Shows that eleven centuries ago the mean level of the Red Sea was

about three metres higher than now, and that then the rising of the

land had been going on for a long time. Describes the great bed of

salt in the middle of the great basin of the Bitter Lakes, which consists

of a number of horizontal beds of salt, from 8 to 10 centimetres

thick, divided by thin films of sand. Each bed of salt, in the author's

opinion, represents the time which elapsed (after the obstruction of

the two branches of the ancient canal of communication mentioned

by Herodotus) between each exceptionally high tide of the Red Sea,

when the influx of comparatively fresh water for a time stopped the

formation of the deposits. Tables are given showing the evaporation

going on in the Bitter Lakes, the velocity of the currents in the Suez

Canal, the area and capacity of the lakes, and the volume of the

salt-beds. G. A. L.

Matjpas, E. Note sur la moraine terminale d'un ancien glacier

trouvee dans le ravin de I'Oued El-Kebir (Blida). [Terminal

Moraine of an old Glacier in the Ravine of Oued El-Kebir.] BuU.

Soc. Clim. Alger.

Maw, George. Geological Notes on a Journey from Algiers to the

Sahara. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 105-122,

pi. ix. and 5 figs.

The rocks noticed are : — 1. Micaceous schists and gneiss ; 2. Rocks

of the Lower Atlas, age unknown, but underlying Neocomian beds ; 3.

Sandstones of Guelt-el-Stel and Sidi Makhelouf (Triassic?); 4.

Saliferous Marls (Keuper ?) ; 5. Red and green marls (age ?) ; 6.

Grey marls of Hants Plateaux (age?); 7. Eossiliferous beds of

L'Aghouat, Miocene ; 8. Tertiary Beds of the TeU and Algiers ; 9.

Post-Tertiary deposits. The author gives a summary of his views as

to the succession of events and changes of level. G. A. L.

Milne, John. Geological Notes from the Neighbourhood of Cairo.

Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 353-362, 3 figs, in text.
Written to accompany some specimens now in the British Museum,
The rubbish-mounds outside Cairo are noticed, as well as the great Moc-
cattam quarries in Nummulitic limestone, with a N.E. dip beneath the
red quartzose hills. The general succession of the beds from the
summit of the hills behind the citadel is given, with notes on the red
quartzose range of Jebel Achmar and on the geological features of the
road leading to the so-called " Petrified Forest.'' G. A. L.

PoMEL, A. Sur la pretendue mer Saharienne. [The aUeged

Saharan sea.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 792-794.
Asserts that in his work on the Sahara (1872) he sufiiciently proved
the non-existence of an old Sahara sea. By his reading of the word

APEICA. 147

Xlfxyrj, he now argues against the existence in historical times of the
lacus Trltonis of Herodotus. Does not believe that the formation of
an inland sea in the Tunisian " Chotts " would materially alter the
climate of the Desert. G. A. L.

Rexevier, Prof. E. Renseignements geographiques et geologiques
sur le Sud de I'Afrique. [Geographical and geological notes
on S. Africa.] BuU. 8oc. Vaud. Sci. Nat. vol. xiii. pp. 384-390.

A communication extracted from letters of M. P. Berthoud. The
geological notes relate to gold-deposits at Maraba-Stad (Transvaal).
The quartz-rock is described as a bed dipping 50° ; the mines are only
lately begun : one shaft is being sunk along the dip of the quartz, and
another vertically, to intersect it; the latter cuts a second bed of
quartz. Prof. Renevier remarks that the description of the quartz is
one of beds, and not of veins. E. B. T.

RoTJDAiRE, E. Reponse k la Note precedente de M. Houj-vet, sur
le projet de retablissement d'une mer interieure en Algerie. [The
Scheme of re-establishing an inland sea in Algeria.] Compt.
Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 289, 290.
Argues that the effects of evaporation on the proposed inland sea
would be counteracted by an outflowing undercurrent, which would
form itself as soon as communication is established with the Medi-
terranean. G. A. L.

. Note sur la mer interieure d' Algerie. [The inland Algerian

Sea.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 501-504.
An answer to the objections to the proposed scheme raised by
Messrs. Fuchs and Cosson (see p. 145). G. A. L

Shepstone, Hon. T. Remarks on the Geographical and Physical

Character of the Diamond Fields of South Africa. Joum. Soc.

Arts, vol. xxii. pp. 390-392.

The author thinks that the great basin of S. Africa suggests the

idea of vast and violent water- action in the past ; that it was once

the bed of an inland sea, which has become dry by the upheaval of

portions from time to time. There are also signs of extensive igneous

action. It is in this basin that diamonds are found. Thinks that

diamonds were formed when carbonic acid was ejected by subterranean

heat through fissures into water of depth enough to liquefy the gas,

which then was decomposed and lost its oxygen. The discussion

foUows at p. 396. W. W.

Stow, G. W. Geological Notes upon Griqualand West. Quart.

Joum. Gcol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 581-680, plates xxxv.-xxxix.

(maps and sections), 7 woodcuts.

From the Modder river, S.W. and then W., to the junction of the

Vaal and Orange, the olive- coloured shales of the Dicynodon or Karoo

series, traversed frequently by igneous rocks, form the country, and

are seen in some places to lie unconformably on older rocks. The

shales reach to the edge of the Campbell Randt, on the other side of

the Orange river, and have been formed, to a great extent, of the

debris of those old hills. The oldest rocks of the locality crop out

l2

148 GEOLOGY.

here and there in the gorges at the foot of the Randt, and are
metamorphic rocks, greatly denuded, on which the extensive siliceo-
calcareous beds of the Great Campbell Plateau lie unconformably.
These last and the breccias of their slopes are covered with enormous
travertine-deposits. Beyond the Plateau, at Griquatown, a long
parallel range of jaspideous rocks comes out from beneath the Campbell
Plateau, and presents a group of yellow, brown, chocolate- coloured,
and red jaspers, with magnetic and other ironstone, and seams of
blue and yellow crocidolite. The southern part of this range has
long been known as the "Asbestos Mountains" and the "Doorn-
berg." Igneous rock-masses occur around Ongeluk, west of the
Jasper range ; and then bright-red jasper-rocks crop up near Matsap,
succeeded to the west by the parallel quartzite-range of Matsap, and
again by other bedded jaspers, which seem to lie in a synclinal of
the quartzite-rocks, which come up again in the Langeberg. These
are succeeded by lower rocks, consisting largely of sandstone, grit,
and quartzite, with more or less mica, also parallel to the former
ranges. The maximum thickness of the successive beds is 24,000
feet; allowing for possible reduplications, the minimum is not less
than 9000 feet. The details of stratification, successive upheavals,
denudation, nature and origin of the salt-pans, escarpments, river-
valleys, and other features are treated of. T. R. J.
Ye LAIN, Ch. Constitution geologique des iles voisines du littoral
de I'Afrique, du Maroc a la Tunisie. [Geology of the Islands off
the Coast of Marocco and Tunis.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii.
pp. 70-74.
Lafarine Islands : three small islands, mainly formed of granitoid
trachyte. In part the islands are covered by reddish travertines, with
land-sheUs. These tuffs are well developed on the mainland, thus
affording a means of determining approximately the date of the
severance of the islands from the continent. Rachsgoun Isla.nd is
composed of a grey compact basalt, with volcanic scorige and reddish
pozzolana, which has been worked for hydraulic cement. Quaternary
deposits, 100 feet thick, with land-shells of species now living in
Algeria, are found at the southern end. Hahibas Isles, very far from
land : formed of eruptive rocks, chiefly siliceous trachytic porphyries,
and peculiar green serpentine-rocks, besides some gypsiferous marls.
Plane Isle : a mere rock formed of Marmorean Limestones and
ferruginous Dolomites ; these rocks are metamorphosed Jurassic.
La Galite Isles, off the Tunisian coast: Trachytic rocks very ana-
logous to the Andesites of Ecuador &c. Sedimentary rocks are found,
but altered, and without fossils. Recent reddish calcareous tuffs, with
land-shells, overlie most of the rocks. . G. A. L.
YiRLET n'AoTJST, — . Observations sur Tancienne mer interieure du
Sahara tuniso-algerien. [The old inland sea of the Tuniso-Algerine
Sahara.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 794, 795.
The writer brings one of M. Elie de Beaumont's lines of upheaval
to bear on the question of the modern separation between the ancient
bay of Triton and the Mediterranean. G. A. L.

149

7. AUSTRALASIA.

Anon. Coal in Gipps Land. Coll. Guard, vol. xxvii. p. 570.
Note of the discovery and working of a 2-foot seam at Kilcunda.

. [? Dr. Hector.] Colonial Museum and Geological Survey of

New Zealand. Ninth Ann. Hep. on the Museum and Laboratory.

Under " Falceontology " (p. 5) a few new geological conclusions are
noticed. Many analyses are given under " Laboratory'." (See jjost.)

. The Mineral Wealth of Queensland. Coll. Guard, vol. xxvii.

p. 757.

Sketch of tlie mineral resources, especially as regards iron.

. The Geology in Silver's ' Handbook for Australia and New

Zealand,' pp. 21-28. 8vo. Lend.

Mining Prospects in Australia; and Mining in Australia.

Iron, vol. iii. pp. 262, 616.

The Gold and Tin of Australia ; and Gold Mining in Vic-

toria. Iron, vol. iii. p. 556, and vol. iv. p. 203.

BoNwicK, J. The Mineral Resources of Australia. Iron, vols, iii., iv.
pp. 67, 98, 101, 163, 227, 258, 291, 421, 514, 546.

A series of articles : — Iron in Queensland ; Iron in W. Australia ;
Copper in Queensland ; Peak-Downs Copper Mine ; Tasmanian Tin ;
Iron in S. Australia ; N. Coal-fields of Tasmania ; S. Coal-fields of
Tasmania ; Mineral Resources of Australia, Tin ; Coal in Victoria.

R. E., Ju».

Crawford, J. C. Port Nicholson an Ancient Freshwater Lake.
Trans. N. Zealand Inst. vi. pp. 290-294.

The land in this part was probably never more than about 15
feet lower than now ; but during the depression of the Tertiaries it
was raised 5000 to 6000 feet, when the islands of N.Zealand were perhaps
united. Many facts lead to the conclusion that Port Nicholson was a
lake. Borings show remains of land vegetation at a considerable
depth. The entrance to the harbour is such as to forbid the idea that
it was caused by the ebb and flow of the tide ; but it can be accounted
for on the above supposition, at the same time possessing an outlet
in Evans Bay. If the entrance were closed, Port Nicholson would
revert to its supposed former state. The formation of the lake is ascribed
to a glacier, which once filled the vaUey of the Hutt. R. E., Jun.

DoBsoN, A. D. Notes on the Glacial Period. Trans. N. Zealand
Inst. vi. pp. 294-297.

The last, greatest glacial extension arose from elevation, whilst sub-
sidence caused the termination of the glacial period, in the Province
of Nelson. At the end of the Pliocene period the Middle Island
was represented ])y a group of islands, the sea standing at an elevation
of 2000 feet higher than now. The gravel-drifts, which cover a

150 GEOLOGY.

large part of the level lands, and cap all the older formations from
Nelson to Hokitika, were formed at this time, in addition to the great
gravel-drift of the Canterbury Plains. The moraine-matter of the
W. coast is of greater extent, and much thicker than that of the
E. coast, always overlies the shingle-drift, and shows no sign of
subsequent marine action or of having been under water. A few
raised beaches are to be met with on the W. coast, at heights varying
from 50 to 300 feet above the sea-level, and were probably formed
during the period of elevation. The author's theory is : — " That the
glacial period commenced during a period of elevation, during which
many of the existing raised beaches and auriferous leads were formed ;
that continued subsidence followed the close of the glacial period, and
that subsidence is still going on." E. E., Jun.

Ethekidge, R. Jun., and R. A. F. Mtjekay. Report on the Durham
Lead, Euninj'ong, Victoria. Reports Mining Surveyors and
Registrars, 30th June. App. B. pp. 42-50. Melbourne.

Written in 1868, though not published until 1874. Describes an
area to the south of the township of Buninyong, comprised within
three quarter-sheets of the former Geological Survey of Victoria,
through a part of which passes the " Durham Lead." The formations
treated of are the Silurian, a marine series referred to the Miocene,
drifts referred to the Pliocene, and several Basaltic lava-flows filling
in the old channel of the Tarrowee or Leigh River, and spreading over
the older formations of the surrounding country. The Pliocene drifts
are subdivided into : — a, those forming " cappings " on older rocks ;
6, those filling-in old valleys, forming " leads ;" and, c, those forming
widely spread surface "washes." The drifts which occupy the old
bed of the Leigh River, and form the Durham Lead, are referable to b.
Of the Basaltic lava-flows three are traceable to their points of eruption
— Mount Mercer, the Green Hill, and Hardie's Hill. R. E., Jun.

Haast, Dr. J. Notes on th6 Geology of the Clent-HiUs and Mount-

Somers Districts, in the Province of Canterbury. Reports of

Geological Explorations during 1872-3 ; Geol. Surv. N. Zealand,

pp. 1-19 (with map and sections), 8vo. Wellington.

There seems to be in the Clent-Hills district an older sedimentary

series of shales, slates, conglomerates, and sandstones, the last with

plants (Pecopteris, Camptopteris, Tceniopteris, Cycadites?, &c.). At

Mount Potts the lower part of the Clent-Hills section is represented

by a great thickness of clay-slates, with a few beds of conglomerate,

containing rounded fragments of bones and broken shells. Both the

shells and the plants from the plant-beds of the Clent and Malvern HiUs

are considered to be allied to those of the coal-formation of New South

Wales. Resting on the edges of the older sedimentary rocks is a series

of basic volcanic rocks, melaphyres with interstratified tufas, in places

covered by a series of quartziferous porphyries and pitchstones, the

older basic series having been denuded before the accumulation of the

acid series. Here and there the porphyries rest directly on Palaeozoic

AUSTBALA81A. 151

rocks. A younger sedimentary formation is represented by a few
isolated brown-coal deposits. Two of these occur in depressions in
the quartz-porphyrj', whilst a third rests on the flanks of the older
sedimentary formation in the Lake-Huron Plains. Concludes with
the description of a limestone unconnected with the Brown-coal
series, but only the remains of a formation of Middle Tertiary age
which once covered an extent of low country, but now, owing to the
action of glaciers and to fluviatile denudation, is much restricted.

K. E., Jun.

Ha AST, Dr. J. Notes to accompany a Geological Map and Sections of the
Shag-Point District, Province of Otago. Reports of Geological
Explorations during 1872-3 ; Geol. Surv. N. Zealand, pp. 19-26
(with map and sections). 8vo. Wellington.

The Shag-Point Coal Measures (Cretaceous) occur in a thick series
of beds of littoral origin, termed the " Older Conglomerate" or " Shag-
Point Series." The lower part consists of shales and conglomerates,
with small seams of pitch-coal, the last increasing in thickness and
importance in the upper part of the formation. From certain shales,
sandstones, and iron-stones, dicotyledonous leaves, ferns, and a few
conifers have been obtained. After these beds had been subjected to
much subaerial and littoral denudation, depression took place, and
the " Younger Conglomerate and Septaria Formation," consisting of
conglomerates and ferruginous sandstone, altering to Septaria clays,
was deposited ; with the lower beds of this series are a few seams
of brown coal. The Septaria formation is overlain by a great thick-
ness of greensand-beds, becoming glauconitic, and during the deposi-
tion of which basalt-eruptions took place ; these are called the
" Greensands and Basalt Group," and are again overlain by a " Cal-
careous Series," consisting of sandy clays with bands of calcareous
rock containing Crassatella, Scalaria, Pectunculus laticostatics^ &c. In
the valley of the Shag occurs a series of smaU hills of micaceous sandy
shale, probably of lacustrine or estuarine origin. R. E., Jun.

. E^esearches and Excavations carried on in and near the

Moa-bone-Point Cave, Sumner Uoad, Banks Peninsula, in the
Year 1872. Pp. 21. 8vo. Christchurch, N. Z. Phil. Inst.
Canterbury, N. Z. (Sept. 1874.)

The cave is in dolerite lava : its entrance is 13-64 feet above high-
water mark, whilst the floor of the innermost of the three chambers
is only 8 feet above that level. In the first and largest chamber the
chief excavations wore made, of which the following section is a
general example : — 1. Beds of European occupation ; 2. Ash-bed
with pieces of flax &c., indicating Maori occupation ; 3. SheU-beds
with species now living in the neighbouring estuary ; 4. Ash-beds
with Moa-bones ; 5. Agglomerate of fallen pieces of the roof ; 6.
Another ash-bed with Moa-bones ; 7. Marino sands with large stones
blackened and split by fire, probably the remains of an " oven" of
the old Moa-hunting population, and near which wore obtained frag-

152 GEOLOGY.

ments of Dinornis-oggs, pieces of "fire-sticks," &c. The history of
the cave appears to have been : — 1. Partial filling with marine sands,
containing driftwood, blocks of stone, &c. ; 2. After partial exclusion
of the sea the old Moa-hunters used it as a cooking-place, giving rise
to the accumulation of the ash- and dirt-beds ; 3. After the retreat of
the sea the agglomerate was accumulated, and the cave was also
occasionally inhabited; 4. A more regular occupancy by the Moa-
hunters when the " dirt-bed " was formed, containing bones, polished-
stone implements, and other articles; 5. A long period of non-
habitation ; 6. Formation of shell-bed without Moa-bones, but with
thin beds of ashes, denoting occasional occupancy, the upper portion
of the shell-bed being perhaps referable to the forefathers of the
present Maori tribe. Dr. Haast concludes that the extinction of the
gigantic birds of New Zealand is thrown back for a considerable space
of time. R. E., Jun.

Hann, W. Narrative of an Exploring Expedition in Northern
Queensland, Australia. Proc. Boy. Geogr. Soc. xviii. pp. 87-107.

Geological information is scattered throughout. Between the
Walsh river and the Mitchell a fossiliferous limestone was met with,
like that of the Flinders and Barcoo rivers of W. and S. Queensland.
The upward course of the Mitchell was followed for some distance,
and a range of hills discovered, pronounced by Mr. N". Taylor, Geologist
to the Expedition, to be Carboniferous, in somewhere about lat. 16° 16'
59" S. Gold was found on the Palmer river about twenty-nine
miles north of the Mitchell ; and the auriferous indications were found
to exist for some distance up the steam. B. E., Jun.

Hector, Dr. J. Beport on Samples of Stone from the Tokatea Tun-
nel. Trans. N. Zealand Inst. vi. jjp. 402-404.

' . Beports and Evidence on the Coal-Fields of New Zealand.

Appendix to the Journal of the House of Bepresentatives. In
continuation of previous Beports.

. President's Anniversary Address to the Wellington Philoso-
phical Society, 1873. Trans. N. Zealand Inst. vi. pp. 367-
376.
Treats of glacier-action in New Zealand, of Moa-deposits, of the
origin of the fauna, and of Pleistocene changes.

HowoETH, H. H. Becent Changes in the Southern Circumpolar

Begion. Journ. Boy. Geogr. Soc. xliv. pp. 252-262.
Befers to the writings of various authors respecting the gradual
elevation of the coasts of Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand.

Hftton, Capt. F. W. Table of the Sedimentary Bocks of New
Zealand. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 515.

Gives the succession of formations, noting their probable ages as
compared with European classifications. The characteristic fossils of
each formation are mentioned. Contemporaneous eruptive rocks occur

AUSTRALASIA. 153

in all excepting the M. Jurassic, Triassic, and Palaeozoic ; coal occurs
in the U. Miocene, TJ. Eocene, U. Cretaceous, and M. Jurassic. "W. T.

HuTTox, Capt. r. W. On the Geological Structure of the Thames
Gold Fields. Trans. New Zealand Inst. vi. pp. 272-283.

The country around Shortland consists almost entirely of trachyte-
tufa resting unconformably on Palaeozoic rocks; it is traversed by
dykes of dolerite, melaphyre, and timazite, and by auriferous quartz-
veins. In the Tapu district the quartz -veins occur both in the Palaeo-
zoic slates and in the trachyte -tufa, but chiefly in the latter. At
Coromandel the veins are all in the tufa. Prof. Hochstetter considers
that the gold was derived only from the Palaeozoic slates, whilst Dr.
Hector contends that it occurs neither in the slates nor in the tufa, but
in an older volcanic formation between the two, and which has partaken
in the movements of the Palaeozoic slates. Capt. Hutton denies the
existence of this intermediate volcanic formation, considering it part of
the trachytic tufa, and regards the gold as derived from the latter.

The results of the survey of the Thames gold-fields are : — 1. That no
line of separation can be drawn showing the existence of two volcanic
formations separated from one another by a long period of time. 2.
That the rock in which the auriferous veins are found does not run in
nearly vertical bands, but is lying in its original (nearly horizontal)
position. 3. That all the phenomena are consistent with the idea that
the formation is one, the older portions forming the centre and the
younger the outskirts. Seams of coal have been found at Coromandel,
overlain by trachyte and trachytic agglomerate, which at one place
contains gold. Both the trachytes and the dykes resemble the Miocene
gold-bearing rocks of Hungary. Those of the Thames gold-fields are
considered to be Oligocene, not older than the Wiatemata series.

R. E., Jun.

. Keport on the Geology of the North-east Portion of the S.

Island, from Cook's Straits to the Rakaia. Reports of Geological
Explorations during 1872-3 ; Geol. Surv. New Zealand, pp. 27-
58 (with map and sections). 8vo. Wellington.

The geological features of a tract of 11,000 square miles are described.
A band of Palaeozoic rocks extends across from N.E. to S.W., forming
mountain-ranges. It is divided into two conformable formations : —
Tuamarina Formation, consisting of phyllites, quartzites, chlorite
schist, sandstones with Orthoceras and Fhragmoceras (?), and conglo-
merates. KaiTcoura Formation with Annelide markings.

Planking this Palaeozoic band, both on the N.W. and S.E., is a series
of Secondary deposits, viz. Wairoa Formxition (U. Trias), with Monotis
salinaria, &c. Maitai Formation (L. Jurassic), with interbedded vol-
canic rocks. Putataha Foi'mation (M. Jurassic), with coal-seams and
obscure plant remains. Waipara Formation (U. Cretaceous), in two
divisions : — a. Ngarara group, with contemporaneous volcanic rocks
and the coal-fields of the Malvern Hills ; Saurian remains : h. Amuri
Limestone group.

154 GEOLOGY.

A Tertiary series flanks the Secondary, forming rolling downs. XJ.
Secondary and Tertiary outliers^ are found in the valleys of the Palaeozoic
band. The Tertiary series is divided thus: — Oamar a Formation, not
older than U. Eocene, in two conformable divisions — Ototara and Tre-
lissic groups, the latter with contemporaneous volcanic rocks. Ahuriri
Formation (L.Miocene), unconformable on the last. Par eor a Formation
(U. Miocene), divided on palseontological grounds into Kanieri group,
with coals, and Awatere group, with contemporaneous volcanic rocks.
Glacier deposits (Older Pliocene). Post-glacial deposits.

The author considers that the central part of the Canterbury Plains
has risen 1700 feet since the beginning of the Pleistocene period.

K. E., Jun.

Johnston, R. M. Regarding the Composition and Extent of certain
Tertiary Beds in and around Launceston. Monthly Notices Eoy.
Soc. Tasm. for 1873, pp. 39-48, sections and plates of fossils.

In this neighbourhood are vast horizontal accumulations of gravel,
in layers from 1 to 3 feet thick, with laminated clays and tufaceous
sands. The stones of the gravel are siliceous pebbles, gritty concretions,
all more or less rounded and waterworn, opalized wood and waterworn
fragments of three different kinds of limestone with Palaeozoic fossils.
Both the opalized wood and the waterworn pebbles show evidence of
having undergone subsequent alteration by heat. The accumulation of
this gravel is accounted for on the supposition that the drainage of the
country was dammed up by a stream of lava during the later volcanic
eruptions, or by dislocation, so converting the valley of the Tamar and
the westward plains into a large lake. Many of the intercalated beds
of clay contain leaves, branches, and twigs of plants and trees. The
whole series is divided into: — Lower Zone, with a bed of Lignite
resting unconformably upon greywacke on the West Tamar. From
the absence of tufaceous sands it is inferred that this zone immedi-
ately preceded the later volcanic eruptions. Middle Zone, of shifting
beds of clay and tufaceous sand deposited during the period of volcanic
activity. Upper Zone, of alternating beds of conglomerate-breccia and
gravel, and detritus of the lower zones, forming low rounded hills and
terraces, flanking the present course of the river Tamar. R. E., Jun.

LivEEsiDGE, A. Note on the Bingera Diamond Eields, N. S. Wales.
Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales.

. On the Coal and Iron Deposits at Wallerawang, N. S. Wales.

?Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales.

MiNARD, — . Sur les Gisements d'Or des Philippines. [Gold

Deposits of the Philippine Islands.] • Bull. Soc. Geol. France,

3 ser. t. ii. pp. 403-406.

The Gold occurs both in Alluvium and in Quartz-reefs, that in the

former being now alone worked. The principal rocks of the gold

district are calcareous grits and conglomerates, sometimes capped by

AU8TBALA8IA. 155

coralline limestones. Platinum and Lead are also found in the Alluvial
deposits. G. A. L.

Murray, R. A. F. Special Report on the Freestone-Creek Deep

Lead, near Briagoloiig. Reports of the Mining Surveyors and

Registrars, Victoria. Quarter ending June 30, 1874. Pp. 41

(with plan). Melbourne.

The " Avon Sandstone " (U. Palaeozoic) visible in the Freestone

Creek, Gippsland, is unconformably overlain by a considerable extent

of Tertiary gravels and clays of unknown depth, in which gold is

reported to have been found in small quantities. It is uncertain

whether the auriferous ground is a lead or merely the edge of the

great Tertiary area. The Tertiary gravel is apparently composed

of the debris of an U. Palaeozoic conglomerate occurring at the

Gladstone and Maximilian Creeks. R. E., Jun.

Nicholas, "W. Special Report on the Geology of the Country
between Tullarook and Longwood, on the North-eastern Railway,
Victoria. Reports of the Mining Surveyors and Registrars,
Victoria, March 31. Pp. 39, 40. Melbourne.
Between the townships of Tullarook and Longwood the North-
eastern Railway runs over U. Palaeozoic rocks, which may have
been connected with similar rocks known to exist on the Wild-Duck
Creek, near Heathcote. In a cutting near the township of Seymour
fossils were obtained, one of which Prof. M'Coy thought might be
Triassic. R. E., Jun.

NowELL, E. C. Report on the Statistics of Tasmania. Paper
relating to Her Majesty's Colonial Possessions. Part i. Pp.
218-242. 8vo.

The produce of coal and iron is stated, and analyses of ores given.

Skei^e, a. J., and R. B. Smyth. Report on the Physical Character
and Resources of Gippsland. Pp. 65 (map and sections). 8vo.
Melbourne.

The geological observations have enabled some alterations to be
made in the maps of the colony, and seem to show that the divisions
marked between the Lower Silurian, the metamorphic and crystalline
schists, and the granites and porphyries are not justified. In describing
the useful minerals of Gipi)8land, it is said that 461 reefs have been
proved to be auriferous. The metalliferous minerals are chiefly iron-
ores, argentiferous galena, and oxide of tin. The rare mineral
Osmindium is recorded from near Stockyard Creek. No Carboniferous
rocks, differing in age from those at Cape Patterson and Cape Otway,
have been discovered. Appended is a table, showing the areas of the
several geological formations in Gippsland. F. W. R.

Skey, W. Notes upon the Mineral Oils of New Zealand. Trans.
New-Zealand Inst. vi. pp. 252-259.

156 GEOLOGY.

The oils are of three kinds and from three places.

1. Erom the Sugar Loaves, in Taranaki Province. Possesses a
specific gravity of -960 to -904 at 60° F. ; by reflected light is dirty
green and opaque, but exhibits a deep red colour by transmitted light ;
is quite licjuid, and does not solidify when reduced to 5° ; the odour is
mawkish, but not unpleasant ; boils at 84(.)°, and does not evaporate
at the ordinary temperature. It is recommended as a lubricant.
2. Oil from Poverty Bay, east coast of Auckland Province. A true
paraffin oil, opalescent ; when warmed, translucent ; red by trans-
mitted and blackish green by reflected light; its vapour inflames at
from 230° to 233° ; sp. gr. varies from -864 to -871 at 60° ; passes
into a jelly-like mass at 50°. 3. Oil from Manutahi, on the Waiapu
river, East Cape. One of the lightest native oils of New Zealand
tested by Mr. Skey ; pale brown, nearly transparent ; flows with great
freedom ; has the odour of kerosene ; sp. gr. -8294 at 60°. Burns
well in a kerosene-lamp. • E. E., Jun.

Smyth, H. B. Geological Survey of Victoria; Keport of Progress,
Melbourne. Pp. viii, 135 ; 14 plates (maps and sections), and
woodcuts.

Mr. Smyth reports (pp. 1-62) the publication or completion of
various geological maps and sections, and the progress made in the
compilation of his great geological map, in which, amongst other
points, will be shown the three chief metalliferous belts. The coal-
seams of Cape Patterson, Cape Otway, and Wannon-River districts
have been re-examined ; but none, under present circumstances, are
workable. Suggestions for the utilization of the deposits of lignite
and various ores of iron existing in the colony are given. A list of
the principal fossils is furnished by Prof. M'Coy, to which is added a
synopsis of the fossil fruits from the Tertiary auriferous drifts recently
described by Baron von Mueller (see j^ost).

A Eeport on the Geology and Mineral Resources of Ballarat, bi
E. A. E. MuKRAY, foHows (pp. 63-88).

The formations treated of are Granite, Lower Silurian, with
auriferous quartz-reefs, Tertiary gold " drifts," and auriferous " leads."
The most important portion is the description of the Tertiary drifts
and leads and the quartz-reefs traversing the Silurian rocks. The
Ballarat gold-drifts occur in four epochs : — the " oldest period," those
drifts antecedent to the date at which the " lead-channels were eroded to
their present depth ;" the older period, embracing the deep lead-drifts
between the various lava-flows; those of the '^recent period," laid
down immediately after the most recent lava-flow; and the most
recent, or all drifts accumulated since the deposition of those of the
recent period, &c.

The three great channels of exit of the Ballarat leads correspond to
the present valleys of the Yarrowee, or Leigh river, on the south, the
Burrumbeet on the west, and the Moorabool river on the east.

Then come Reports on the " Coal Eields :" — The first on the Lou tit-

AUSTRALASIA. 167

Bay District, by C. Hodgkinson, R. B. Smyth, and T. Cofchman
(pp. 91-98). The series of beds closely resemble those of the Cape-
Patterson and Griffiths-Point areas, except that basalt-dykes and
volcanic rocks associated with the carbonaceous series of the latter
places are not present. A few very small coal-seams were seen. There
is an Appendix on the Cape-Otway District, by F. M. Kraus£,
(pp. 99-110,) which deals with that part of the Secondary coal-
bearing or carbonaceous rocks occupying an area of 600 square miles
in the S.W. part of the Colony, portions of which are overlain by
Tertiary beds. From a lithological point of view the coal-bearing
beds were found not to differ materially from those of Western Port and
Cape Patterson in S.E. Victoria. With the exception of a mass
of older volcanic lava near Airey's Inlet, volcanic products are absent.
Little additional evidence was obtained as to the disputed age of these
carbonaceous beds. Fifteen seams of coal were examined, all less
than a foot thick. The thickest seam crops out at the Wild-Dog Creek,
Apollo Bay, and has been successfully used by the inhabitants. The
immediately overlying, unconformable, and supposed Miocene beds are
exposed from Jan Juc to near Point Castries, in cliff-sections upwards
of 300 feet in thickness, and in outliers west of Cape Otway ; they
probably extend inland along the northern base of the coast dividing
range as far as Gerangamete. Overlying these, but frequently resting
on the Carbonaceous series, are fine-grained ferruginous sandstones,
concretionary nodules of ironstone, quartz-conglomerates, and quartz-
gravel, which are termed Pliocene, and occur at from 300 to 1200 feet
above the sea-level. The recent accumulations along the coast consist
of sand-dunes and calcareous aggregations, whilst at the mouths of
some of the estuaries and creeks signs of terraqueous changes are
visible.

Reports on the Apollo-Bay and Wannon Districts, by R. B. Smyth
and T. CorcHMAN, follow (pp. 113-124).

Apollo Bay is in a small synclinal fold. The beds are of a similar
lithological character to those on the same line of coast at Loutit Bay,
and also a similar absence of all volcanic phenomena is to be noticed.
A few coal-seams, a few inches thick, were met with.

In the Wannon district a small seam of coal, 4 inches thick, was
pointed out ; otherwise the coal-bearing features of this district do not
appear to be favourable.

There is an Appendix, by F. M. Kraus£, on the Sandstones of the
Grampian Range (pp. 125-130). This range encloses an area of 1220
square miles, of which about 780 are of the Grampian freestone. The
extent from Mount Sturgeon, on the south, to Mount Zero, on the north,
is about 54 miles, whilst the greatest breadth, from Mount William, on
the east, to Mount Dundas, exceeds 40 miles. The freestone rests in
some places on granite, in others unconformably on the Silurian and
Metamorphic schists of the gold-fields ; the beds dip at from 10° to 50°.
The freestone is said to reach a thickness of 1500 feet, without ma-
terial change in lithological character. Near the junction with the

158 GEOLOGY.

granite at Rose's Gap, tabular micaceous iron and iron-glance are found,
possessing magnetic properties, and with 70 per cent, of metallic iron.

E. Jun.

Stephens, T. The Mersey Coal-Measures, Tasmania. Monthly No-
tices, Roy. Soc. Tasm., for 1873, pp. 36-38.

Refers to an opinion of Mr. Hainsworth, that the Mersey Coal
Measures may be identified with that part of the New- South- Wales
Coal series known as the West Maitland Beds. The author records
the occurrence of a species of Glossopteris, probably G. Browniana,
near Tarleton, Tasmania, in the Mersey Coal Measures, and expresses
his opinion that the Coal Measures of the Fingal district are of more
recent date than those of the Mersey district. R. E., Jun.

Thomson, J. T. On the Glacial Action and Terrace Formations of
South New Zealand. Trans. N. Zealand Inst. vi. pp. 309-
332.

During the Tertiary period the southern part of New Zealand was
much lower than now and within the region of glacial action. Mr.
Thomson has discovered the remains of glacier-moraines of two ages.
The younger, at the lower ends of some of the interior lakes, are the
result of the action of mountain-glaciers. The older are the result of
terrene-glaciers, and far exceed the younger in extent and influence ;
their existence is indicated by the boulder- deposits and scattered
striated boulders in many parts of Otago. In the Kaikorai valley are
rock- surfaces on which grooves, up to a foot deep and parallel to the
direction of the axis of the valley, were seen. The regularly curved
beds of many of the valleys are shown to conform to the curve of the
ellipse. The erosion of these valleys is ascribed to the action of gigantic
glaciers descending from the mountains, projecting into the sea, and
ending in perpendicular cliffs, like those of South Yictoria Land, in
the Pacific. During the Glacial period this part of New Zealand under-
went the same phenomena as now occur at the Antarctic circle.

The terrace-formations of Otago are at all levels, from the mountain-
tops to the shore. They consist of shingle and gravel, loosely bound
by clay and sand. Two laws are observable in connexion with the
formation of these terraces: — the law of deposition, the particles
becoming smaller as the transporting power became weaker ; and the
law of deposition and formation, for the " terraces incline as you close
in with the mountains, and they tend to be level as you leave them,
and only become perfectly level on the sea or lake shores." The
terraces are considered to be the result of marine and freshwater
action, during elevation, on the shingle and gravel accumulated during
the glacial age. Mr. Thomson has investigated certain fan-like allu-
vial deposits of the plains of the Middle Island, and finds that there are
two laws demonstrated by them : — the law of scooping out, as the
ellipse ; that of spreading out, as the parabola. R. E., Jun.

Travers, W. T. L. On the -Extinct Glaciers of the Middle Island
of New Zealand. Trans. New-Zealand Inst. vi. pp. 297-309.

AUSTBALASIA.

159

The many glaciers of the first order still found in the valleys radia-
ting from Mount Cook are the remains of an old glacier-system of
great extent. AH the larger valleys running into the main range show
signs of a former occupancy by ice. The extent of the extinct glaciers
north of Blount Cook had a distinct relation to the height of the moun-
tains in which they originated. Under existing conditions of climate,
an average height of 13,000 or 14,000 feet of those parts of the Middle-
Island range which do not exceed 9000 feet would be required for
their production, as they probably originated during a period of up-
heaval to the extent of at least 4000 or 5000 feet, when, in all proba-
bility, the present islands of New Zealand were connected, and dry
land extended to the eastward, perhaps beyond liaoul Island, on the
north, by the Chatham group to the Antipodes Islands on the south.
The disappearance of these glaciers is attributed to a depression of the
land during Pleistocene times, the elevation previously mentioned
having taken place at the close of the Miocene, with its maximum
during the Pliocene period. Not only are the glacial phenomena of
the Middle Island displayed by huge lateral and terminal moraines,
roches moutonnees, and blocs perches, but also by a well-defined series
of north and south lakes. Mr. Travers considers that there is no evi-
dence of a Pleistocene glaciation in the Middle Island. R. E., Jun.

Ulrich, G. H. F. a Report on the Mount-Bischoff Tin Mines,
Tasmania, with Topographical Sketch Map. Pp. 5. 8vo. Laun-
ceston.

The ore-bearing rock is a " eurite," or quartz-porphyry, composed
of a white felspathic and mainly quartzose, minutely granular base,
densely filled with imperfect crystals and grains of quartz. The prin-
cipal mass of this porphyry forms the top of Mount Bischoff, which
reaches to a height of about 3000 feet. The tin-ore occurs as an original
deposit, in veins and bunches, or impregnated in the porphyry ; and
as stream-tin dispersed through surface-drift. The latter is the most
prolific source. The drift is chiefly made up of quartz-sand with ferru-
ginous clay and subangular fragments of porphyry, slate, and sand-
stone, the tin-ore particles dispersed through it varjdng in size from
that of a bean to pieces many pounds in weight. R. E., Jun.

VoELCKER, Dr. A. Analyses of Queensland Soils. Pp. 1-19. 8vo.
Lend. [Issued as a pamphlet with other Emigration information
by the Agent-General for the Colony.]

The soils reported on are : — Alluvial Scrub Soils, distinguished by
containing, in addition to a considerable quantity of organic matter,
the more important mineral elements which enter into the composition
of fertile soils. Forest Soils resemble the former, but are more deficient
in nitrogen, potash, lime, and phosphoric acid. Bed-coloured Soilsy
derived from the decomposition of Trap Rocks, all rich in peroxide of
iron, but poor in nitrogen, potash, lime, and phosphoric acid. BlacJc
Soil of Darling Downs, a stiff, dark-brown, almost black soil, with a

160 GEOLOGY.

good deal of alumina and some potash, but poor in lime and phosphoric
acid. Mechanical and chemical analyses are given. R. E., Jun.

WiLKiNsoif, C. S. Tin-bearing Country, New England, in New
South Wales, Australia. Report to the Surveyor-General, dated
14th July, 1873, and, under the title " Tin Deposits of N. S.
Wales," in Iron, vol. iii. pp. 267, 296, 325,

Reports of the Mining Surveyors and Registrars [Victoria] for the
Quarters ending Dec. 31st, 1873, March 31st, June 30th, and
Sept. 30th, 1874. Melbourne.

Gives the yield of minerals of economic value, with occasional special
reports on geological and palaeontological subjects. R. E., Jun.

161

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

1. VOLCANIC PHENOMENA; METAMORPHISM ;
UNDERGROUND TEMPERATURE ; CHANGES OF
LEVEL; MOUNTAIN-BUILDING.

Alexandeb, T. M. The newly discovered Crater of Maine. Amer.

Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 525, 526.
From a letter to the ' Hawaiian Gazette.'

Anon. Oscillazione delle coste di Dalmazia. [Oscillations of the

Coast of Dalmatia.] Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 57-60.

Koman roads and villas in several places along the coast are now

seen below the sea, showing that the land has sunk. Peninsulas have

become quite detached from the land ; and tracts that were once thickly

inhabited, have by the change of level become so marshy and malarious

as to be greatly depopulated. E. B. T.

Bertrand, G. Etudes sur les Yolcans. Notes recueillees au cours

de M. Ch. Sainte-Claire Deville. Bull. Soc. Indust. min. St.

Etienne, 2 ser. t. iii. p. 65.

BiTTNER, A. Beobachtungen am Vesuv. [Observations on Vesuvius.]

Verb. k.-k. geol. lleichs. pp. 287, 288.
A letter.
Black, J. M. An Account of the Eruption of Mount Vesuvius of

April 1872. Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no. 6, pp. 253-265.
Narrates the progress and effects of the eruption.

BoiT^, Dr. A. Ueber den Begriff und die Bestandtheile einer
Gebirgskette, besonders iiber die sogenannten Urketten, sowie
die Gebirgs-Systeme-Vergleichung dor Erd- und Mondes-Ober-
flache. [On the notion and composition of a Mountain-range,
particularly the so-called Primitive ranges ; also on the com-
parison between the Systems of Mountains on the Earth and
Moon.] Sitzb. k. Ak. Wiss. math.-naturw. Classe, Abth. i.
Bd. Ixix. Heft 3, pp. 237-300.
In discussing the formation of mountains, Laplace's theory of the
origin of the solar system is made the basis of all reasoning on the
past and present state of the earth : a cooling surface and heated
interior is assumed. After glancing at various abandoned notions
concerning the crystalline schists, the author notices their occurrence
in most of the chief mountain-ranges ; they are shown to be in-
timately connected with Palujozoic beds ; indeed fossils have been
1874. M

162 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

found in mica-schist, proving it in one case to be a metamorphosed
Carboniferous deposit. The change in form of continents is dis-
cussed : it is laid down that elevations of mountains imply sinkings of
ocean-floors, and so changes of land-area, numerous proofs of islands
that are relicts of continental land &c. being adduced. The author
agrees, for the most part, with E. de Beaumont's systems of mountains.
The influence of plutonic action in the composition of mountains is
touched upon, and the moon's phenomena are compared with our earth's
surface. Kumerous remains of undoubted craters are given ; but, further,
various circular areas, enclosed by hills, are supposed to be probably
remains of giant craters that have been covered up and obscured by
later sedimentary formations, the present courses of rivers being in
those cases held to support this view. Appendices give copious references
to the cases adduced throughout the essay. E. B. T.

Beadley, E. H. Note on the Eecent Earthquakes of Bald Mountain,

in Butherford County, North Carolina. Amer. Journ. ser. 3,

vol. viii. p. 79.

A note of a trip to Bald Mountain after the Earthquake. There is

no foundation for the stories of yawning crevices and smoking pits.

The real phenomena presented were the usual ones of earthquakes ;

and there was nothing volcanic about them. G. A. L.

BKArisrs, D. Die Besultate der Temperaturmessungen in grosseren
Tiefen, besonders im Speremberger Bohrloche, und ihre Bedeutung
in theoretisch-geologischen Hinsicht. (The results of determi-
nations of Temperature at great Depths, specially in the Sperem-
berg Bore-hole, and their bearing on points of Theoretical Geology.)
Zeitsch. gesam. Naturwiss. pp. 483-496.

Capanema, G. S. Die Sambaquis oder Muschelhiigel Brasiliehs.

[The Sambaquis, or SheU-heaps of Brazil.] Petermann's Mit-

theilungen, Bd. xx. pp. 228-230.

Description of shell-middens of the Brazilian coast, and a discussion

of the rising of that coast, which is now going on, and which the

author has proved, from Ceara to Santa Catharina. The connexion

between this phenomenon and the shell-heaps, and also with the

lagoons along the coast, is explained. G. A. L.

Coax, T. Note on the Eecent Volcanic Action in Hawaii. Amer.

Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 516-517.
A description of the eruptions from Aug. 1872 to Jan. 1874.

CoLviN, A. Origin of Earthquakes. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.

p. 95.
Controverts Mr. Mallet's view that earthquakes are due to the
action of underground water wearing away rocks.

Daj^a, Prof. J. D. Notes on the New Edition of Mr. Darwin's
work on the Structure and Distribution of Coral Beefs (1874).
Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 312-319.

PHTSICiJ. GEOLOGY. 163

Urges that while barrier-reefs are proofs of subsidence, "small or
fringing reefs are in themselves no certain evidence of a stationary
level, and are often evidence of subsidence." Keasons are given for
difiering from Mr. Darwin as to the limits of the areas of subsidence
and elevation in the Pacific. G. A. L.

Daxa, Prof. J. D. Coral Reefs of Hawaii. Amer. Journ, ser, 3,
vol. viii. p. 466.

Ellis states that round several parts of Hawaii there are raised
coral-reefs, twenty feet above the sea-level ; this is an extract from a
letter, denying the statement. A. H. G,

DiEFFENBACH, F. Die Erdbeben und Yulkanausbriiche des Jahres

1872. N. Jahrb. Heft ii. pp. 155-163.
A record of earthquake and volcanic activity during the year 1872.

Everett, Prof. J. D.^ Sixth Report of the Committee on Under-
ground Temperatures. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, pp. 252-256.

In the boring of the well of La ChapeUe, Paris, the increase of
temperature down to a depth of 600 metres was pretty regular, at an
average rate of 1° F. for every 94 feet : 60 metres lower an increase
about four times as rapid was found, which was conjectured to be due
to the heat produced during the boring-operations. This conjecture
was found to be correct. After the water had stood undisturbed for
sixteen months, a fresh set of observations was taken : the tempera-
tures down to 600 metres were sensibly unchanged ; the temperature,
at a depth of 660 metres had fallen from 83°-25 to 76°. The average
rate of increase was 1° F. for 94-3 feet, if the temperature at a depth of
100 metres be taken for the invariable temperature; 1° F. for 84 feet,
if the temperature of the caves under the Paris Observatory be so taken.
At the Kentish-Town well the thermometer, placed at a depth of
1000 feet, has been raised and read three times ; it shows each time a
decrease in temperature ; Mr. Symons is discussing this result.
Mr. Lebour reports that the abnormal increase of temperature observed
in the South-Hctton bore-hole arose from insufS.cient time having been
allowed to the thermometer. A. H. G.

. On Underground Temperatures. Proc. Belfast Nat.-Hist.

and Phil. Soc. 1873-74, pp. 41-50.
A resume of the observations and reasonings of the author and
others. Full references.

Fisher, Rev. 0. On the Formation of Mountains, viewed in con-
nexion with the Secular Cooling of the Earth. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,
vol. i. p. 60.

Outline of a paper read to the Cambridge Philosophical Society.

. On the Formation of Mountains; being a reply to Capt.

Button's article, p. 22 of same volume. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,
vol. i. p. 64.

M 2

1G4 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

Geikie, Prof. A. On some Points in the connexion between

Metamorphism and Yolcanic Action. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc.

vol. ii. part 3, pp. 287-307.

Shows we might expect that metamorphism and volcanic action will

]be found to go together, thus : — Metamorphism always goes along

Avith intense crumpling ; and where there has been intense crumpling

a shattered region is produced, uj) which internal heat will find its

way, and down into which water will penetrate ; and these are

conditions tending to produce volcanic action.

Gives instances which seem to show that there is a connexion
between the two, and that periods of great metamorphism have been
also periods of great volcanic activity, dwelling specially on that fur-
nished by the metamorphosed L. Silurian of Scotland. Anticipates
the objection that volcanic action is superficial, while metamorphism
is believed to have been produced at great depths, by showing that
these depths have been overrated, bringing forward evidence that the
rocks of the Highlands could not have had a thickness of more than
5000 feet over them when they were metamorphosed. Having
shown that metamorphism is not a question of depth, the author argues
that it is related to crumpling, pointing out by way of instance that
the lowest parts of the L. Silurian of the north of Scotland, which
have been buried under the greatest thickness of rock, hut are not
crumpled, are but little altered, while higher parts of the series,
which were not so deeply buried, hut are intensely crumpled, are highly
metamorphosed; and adds that there are many rocks which have
had 10,000 to 12,000 feet of beds above them, and are yet unaltered.
Distinguishes between broad folding into troughs and arches and com-
plicated puckering : it is the latter that so persistently accompanies
metamorphism, while the former has often taken place without any
metamorphism being produced. It is probable that extreme meta-
morphism may end in the production of granitic rocks, and that when
a melted magma has been produced underground by intense metamor-
phic action, it will take the form of lava if it is forced out above ground,
and of intrusive granite if it harden underground ; and in support of
this view some new instances of the passage of granite through
elvanite into felstone are given. This leads to the belief that many
of the granite bosses in the Southern Uplands of Scotland are volcanic
necks, and the general conclusion that many of the so-called hypo-
gene rocks have not had the deep-seated origin usually ascribed to
them, but have been thrust up near to, if not quite to, the surface.
Many of the characteristic " Yesuvian minerals " are not found in
lava, but in blocks of altered rock, among the old tuifs of the moun-
tain ; and some of the same minerals occur among the metamorphic
rocks of Scotland — a fact which may be explained by supposing that
the metamorphism of the rocks surrounding Vesuvius is still in pro-
gress, and is one of the changes comprised within the circle of what
is called volcanic action. A. H. G.

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. 165

HiLGARD, EuG. W. On some Points in Mallet's Theorj' of Tul-

canicity. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 535-540 ; and Phil.

Mag. ser. 4, vol. xlviii. pp. 41-53.

Review of Mr. Mallet's paper, in Phil. Trans, vol. clxiii. p. 147

(1873). On the whole, favourable to his views. Discusses the

Pacific coast fissure-eruptions and Prof. Le Conte's theories thereon.

0. A. L.

HiRSCHWALD, J. IJeber die Umwandlung verstiirzter Gruben-Zim-
merung in Braunkohle aus dcm " alten Mann " der Grube Dorothco
auf dem Oberharz. [Conversion of timber into Brown Coal, as
seen in the ancient workings of the Dorothy Mine in the Upper
Hartz.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Keichs. pp. 14, 15.
Describes a visit to the mine, the drifts of which had cut through
certain old workings, filled up with masses of clay-slate, along with the.
original timbering. The timbers had been partially converted into a
regular brown coal, apparently as the result of their permeation by
water with mineral matter in solution, whilst at the same time sub-
jected to a high temperature, comparatively speaking, and a very con-
siderable amount of pressure from the superincumbent rock. H. A. N.

Ho WORTH, Henry H. Recent Elevations of the Earth's Surface in
the Northern Circumpolar Regions. Journ. Roy. Geogr. Hoc.
vol. xliii. pp. 240-263.

The author's conclusions arc : — '' that the great mass of land that
surrounds the North Pole .... is undergoing a general movement
of upheaval .... and in those areas which are accessible enough
to enable us to experiment, as in Scandinavia &:c., we find that the
movement is going on now at a greater or less rate. This general
movement of Circumpolar land having its focus apparently near the
Pole, has no doubt been coincident with a corresponding revolution
in other physical phenomena, such as climate, the distribution of
magnetism," &c G. A. I .

Hfnt, Dr. T. S. The metamorphism of Rocks. Proc. Amer. Assoc,
vol. xxii. B. pp. 115, 116 (abstract).

HcTTON, Capt. C. E. A criticism upon the Contractional Hypothesis.
Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 113-123.

Concludes that the greatest possible contraction due to secular
cooling is insufficient to account for the phenomena attributed to it by
the contractional hypothesis. Suggests that if we were to assign
30 miles as the diminution of the earth's mean radius since the fonna-
tion of a cooled exterior, we should probably reach the utmost limit
consistent with Fourier's theorem. By far the larger portion of this
contraction must have taken place before the commencement of tlio
Paleozoic age; by far the larger portion of the residue must have
occurred before the beginning of the Tertiary ; and yet the whole of
this contraction would not be sufficient to account for the disturbances
which have occurred since the close of the Cretaceous. E. B. T.

166 PHYSICAL GEOIOGT.

HiTTTON', Capt. F. "W". On the formation of Mountains. Geol. Mag.
dec. 2, vol. i. p. 22.

A reply to the Ilev. 0. Pisher's criticisms on the author's paper in
vol. X. p. 166.

Jespeksen-, M. Creeps. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 238.

Inquires whether earthquakes, igneous ejections, and elevation of
mountains may not be caused by subsidences, analogous to '^ creeps,"
caused by the removal of underground masses of rock by percolating
water. A. H. G.

Mallet, Eobert. In reply to Mr. Scrope's observations on Mr.
Mallet's Theory of Yolcanic Energy (p. 28 of same vol.). Geol.
Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 127 & 189.

Explains that he does not commit himself to any opinion about the
state of the earth's interior further than that it is hotter than the ex-
terior, and that the heat lost by radiation gives rise to mechanical work,
part of which is transformed into heat, which is the cause of volcanic
action. He believes that with a thin crust and a liquid nucleus no open
fissures could penetrate through the crust, and that if they did the melted
matter would not rise through them. He points out that there are vari-
ations in the rate of increase of underground temperature which cannot
be accounted for by conductivity alone, but which his theory ex-
plains. He maintains the approximate accuracy of the data on which
he has based his numerical calculations, and concludes by pointing out
that Mr. Scrope admits some degree of squeezing and crushing of rocks
by internal movements, which, he says, amounts to an admission of his
theory. The controversy is continued on pp. 332 and 478. A. H. G.

. Additions to the paper on Yolcanic Energy &c. (Phil. Trans.

1873, p. 147). Proc. Boy. Soc. vol. xxiii. p. 328.

Calculations have been made, on certain allowable suppositions, as
to the amount the solid shell of the earth must be crushed to admit of
the shell following down on the more rapidly contracting nucleus.
The annual amount of contraction of the globe is estimated at little
more than 3-5 inches on the mean radius for the last 5000 years, sup-
posing the contraction to have been uniform during that time. . This
quantity is too small to be capable of having produced, during the last
2000 years, any sensible effect on the length of the day. A. H. G.

. On the Mechanism of Stromboli. Proc. Eoy. Soc. vol. xxiii.

p. 496.

Comments on the rhythmical character of the outbursts, which has
not received satisfactory explanation, but may be accounted for by
supposing that we have in Stromboli the same succession of phenomena
as those of a geyser, superadded to some of those of a volcanic vent of
feeble but long-continued activity. The explanation could not be made
intelligible without a figure. A. H. G.

MoEEis, Prof. J. Landslips and sinkings in Cheshire. Geol. Mag.
dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 259-261. [Notice of a Report, by J. Dickinson,
presented to the House of Commons 1873.]

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. 167

The salt of Cheshire is partly mined as " rock-salt," and partly-
pumped up in tho form of brine. Salt has been produced from brine
for more than 1000 years ; for long ages before that there must have
been constant waste of the salt going on, especially near the outcrop.
This continuous abstraction of salt from below has resulted in serious
slips and subsidences of the surface. The earliest recorded sinking
took place in 1533 ; since then there have been many others, and the
movements are still going on. Northwich is only 20 feet above the
sea-level, and the thickness of the salt-deposits is there 180 feet ;
"Winsford is 40 feet above the sea, and the thickness of the salt is
210 feet. Mr. Dickinson remarks : — '* It is evident from the surface-
level being at a considerably less elevation above sea-level than the
thickness of rock-salt underneath, the subsidence now so actively begun
at Northwich and Winsford may end in the whole of this portion of
Cheshire being submerged." AV. T.

NiLEs, Prof. W. H. On some expansions, movements, and fractures
of Rocks observed at Monson, Mass. Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol.
xxii. B. pp. 156-163. [See also AVing, p. 171.]
Gives an account of phenomena to be observed in some Gneiss-
quarries. When a stone of considerable length is quarried from any
undisturbed portion of a bed, expansion is found to occur lengthwise in
the block, which is slightly longer than the place from which it was
broken. This happens only in a IN^. and S. direction. The e:^pansion
takes place immediately. Anticlinals are often formed in these quarries,
the axes of which are always E. and W. The most common pheno-
mena are fractures of the rock, accompanied by explosions and con-
siderable displacement. Lateral pressure is the assigned cause of these
manifestations. G. A. L.

NciGGERATH, T. Die Ursachen der Erdbeben. [The cause of earth-
quakes.] Das Ausland, pp. 821-824, 851-854, 865-867, 885-
888.
Perrey, Alexis. Etude du Roseau Pentagonal dans I'ocean Paci-
fique. [The Pentagonal system in the Pacific] Compt. Rend,
t. Ixxix. pp. 444.
Has drawn M. Elie de Beaumont's lines upon the five-sheet chart of
the Pacific issued by the French Depot de la Marine, and finds that
they coincide to a great extent with orographical and volcanic features.

G. A. L.
PoEY, A. Rapport cntro les taches solaires, les tremblcments do
tcrrc aux Antilles et au Mexiquo et les eruptions volcaniques sur
tout le globe. [On the relations between sun-spots, earthquakes,
and volcanic eruptions.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 51-55.
Arrives at tho following conclusions : — that atmospheric phenomena
and those of the crust of the earth are found generally cumulating
towards decennial periods, grouped alike around the maxima and the mi-
nima of the spots ; that all the phenomena derived directly or incHrectly
from heat correspond more nearly to the minima, while those emanating

168 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

from cold follow the maxima of the spots ; that this influence of the
solar spots is a question of temperature, -whence proceeds, by means of
equivalent evolutions and transformations, the vrhole of our terrestrial
phenomena ; and that the earthquakes of the W. Indies and Central
America seem to be nearly as frequent and as intense at both the
maxima and the minima of the spots. G. A. L.

Reiss, W. [South American Yolcanoes.] Zeitsch. deutsch. geol.

Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft 3, pp. 605-609.
Describes visits to the volcanoes of Sangay, Tunguragua, Pelileo, tfec.

Roberts, T. Yolcanoes and Yolcanic Agency. Proc. Liverpool Geol.
Soc. sess. 15, pp. 3-15.

In 1873 the author found the grottoes near Lake Avernus giving
off ammonia, carbonic acid, and sulphurous vapour of a temperature
of 180° r., which deposited a yellow crust of basic persulphate of iron.
The flow of the gases is eifected by the eruption of Yesuvius. C.E.DeR.

Rossi, Prof. M. St. de. Bullettino del Yulcanismo Italiano. Perio-
dico geologico ed archeologico per 1' osservazione e la storia dei
Phenomeni endogeni nel suolo d' Italia. Yol. i. Rome.

Schmidt, Jul. Yulkanstudien. Santorin, 1866 bis 1872. Yesuv,
Bajae, Stromboli, Aetna, 1870. 7 plates. 8vo. Leipzig.

ScEOPE, G. P. Observations on Mr. R. Mallet's paper on Yolcanic
Energy (Phil. Trans. 1873, p. 147). Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.
p. 28.

Contends that the theory which accounts for volcanic energy by the
check given to the escape of internal heat by the accumulation of thick
deposits of low conducting power, is perfectly satisfactory, and that
therefore Mr. Mallet's explanation is not wanted. Shows that some of
Mr. Mallet's views as to the nature of volcanic action, and his state-
ment that there are no traces of explosive volcanic action in the
Palaeozoic rocks, are incorrect, and denies that we have data enough to
enable us to calculate what will be the amount of heat produced by the
crushing of rock during the earth's contraction. The controversy is
continued on pp. 237 and 342. A. H. G.

' A review of Messrs. Nasmyth's and Carpenter's book on the

Moon. GeoL Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 272.

Comments on the difl'erence between the volcanic manifestations of
the moon and the earth. The large craters of the moon are not, like
many of the great crater-rings of the earth, the " basal remnants " of
volcanic cones, but rather resemble terrestrial crater-lakes, and seem
to have been produced by the sudden bursting of enormous bubbles of
highly elastic vapour. The craters were afterwards filled by lava that
welled up slowly, and in some cases burst through the walls and spread
out around in great sheets. The lava-flows on cooling became fissured,
and through the rents more lava was forced up, sometimes along their
whole length, sometimes only here and there. In the absence of air
and water there has been no subaerial denudation, and no coating of

PHYSICAL GEOLOaT. 169

sedimentary rocks to check the escape of internal heat ; and hence the
cooling of the moon has gone on very rapidly. A. H. G.

ScBOPE, G. P. The Mechanism of Stromboli. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,
vol. i. pp. 529-542, 3 woodcuts. A criticism on Mr. R. Mallet's
paper on this subject (see p. 166).

Shows that Mr. Mallet's measurements of the height of various
points of the mountain above the sca-le vol,- which were made with an
aneroid, are different from those of the best authorities. Maintains
that a fortuitous concurrence of water, steam, and lava, such as Mr.
Mallet's explanation requires, is a complicated and wholly imaginarj^
supposition, without example and unsupported by any facts or reason-
ing of the slightest value, the grounds on which this judgment is based
being fully given. A. H. G.

SiLVESTKi, Prof. Okazio. Fenomeni erruttivi dell' Etna nell' interno

del cratere centrale. [Eruptive phenomena in the interior of

the crater of Etna, July, 1874.] Boll. 11. Com. geol. Ital.

pp. 244-247.

Finding the volcano increasing in premonitory symptoms, the author

predicted an eruption (which ensued the month after). On looking

into the crater, flashes of light were seen every two or three minutes,

soon succeeded by reports as of artillery. Calculating from the rate of

transmission of sound, the ignited matter must have been at a depth of

600 metres. The mountain has had five years of unusual repose.

See also his letter on the same subject in Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesel.

Bd. xxvi. Heft 4, pp. 928-930. E. B. T.

. Notizie sulla eruzione doll' Etna del 29 Agosto 1874.

[Notice of the eruption of Etna, August 29, 1874.] Boll. R. Com.

geol. Ital. pp. 312-322. Reprinted from the Catania Gazette.

See also ' Nature,' vol. x. p. 522.
The eruption began with two shocks and the emission of a huge mass
of black smoke ; it lasted only seven hours, and then began to diminish.
At the height of 2450 metres an enormous crack was produced, running
N. 8° E., with a width of 60 metres at the widest, and with a total
length of 3 kilometres. Along this chasm are numerous little craters,
1 to 3 metres, from which a few ashes and scoriae were vomited. The
reason of the eruption ceasing before it had scarcely developed itself the
author considers to be the diversion of the lava into some subterranean
channels possibly existing below. E. B. T.

Skey, W. On the Evolution of Heat during the Hydration of Clay-
slate, Clay, and Coal. Chem. News, vol. xxx. no. 787, pp. 290,
291.
On mixing ground clay-slate with water heat was evolved, this heat
being attributed by the author to the chemical hydration of the rock.
Some other rocks and minerals behaved in a similar way. The author
concludes that heat is generally evolved during the disintegration of
rocks, and that the differences in temperature sometimes observed

170 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

between contiguous strata may be wholly or partially due to this
source. E. W. R.

Stohk, E. Die Provinz Baujuwangi in Ost-Java mit der Vulcan-

gruppe Idjen-Raun. [The province of Banjuwangi, in E. Java,

with the volcanic group of Idjen-Raun.] 120 pp., 1 map,

7 plates. 4to. Erankfurt.

lleprint from Abhand. Senckenb. naturforsch. Gesell. Bd, ix. Some

geological information, chiefly on volcanic phenomena, is given.

Taedy, — . Comparaison entre deux oscillations contemporaines

en Elandre et en Emilie. [Comparison of two contemporaneous

oscillations in Elanders and in Emilia.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Erance,

3ser.t. ii. pp.222,223.

Shows on archaeological evidence that whereas in Elanders the land

rose from the 7th to the 10th century, the Adriatic coast was sinking

from 530 a.d. to the beginning of the 11th century. At present the

reverse action is taking place : the north-western Adriatic is rising, and

the Elemish coast is sinking. G. A. L.

Taylor, Akdeew. Notice of a recent instance of Coal being con-
verted into Graphite during an explosion in a Lanarkshire Coal-
pit. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3, p. 368.
Concludes that the specimen exhibited did not support the view that
a high temperature is necessary for the conversion of coal into
graphite. H. A. N.

Yaughait, D. Physics of the Internal Earth. Phil. Mag, ser. 4,
vol. xlviii. pp. 237, 238 (Brit. Assoc).

The author speaks of the terrestrial crust as reposing on lava of a
declining temperature, and accounts for earthquakes by supposing
solid material to be formed at the internal surface of the crust, and
sometimes to move upwards, as, so to speak, an avalanche. These
avalanches convey heat upwards, and tend by fusion and erosion to
lessen the thickness of the crust in certain spots, which thus become
the localities for volcanoes. Chemical reasons are adduced to show why
the formation of buoyant solids must occur. E. D.

YoGT, C. IJeber Volcano. [About Volcanoes.] 8vo. Basle. A
lecture.

• Ward, Dr. 0. On Rock Eissures and Eaults. Papers Eastbourne

Nat.-Hist. Soc. 1873-74, p. 6. _
The author refers these to volcanic action.

"Whittlesey, Chas. On the Origin of Mountain Chains. Proc.
Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp. 51-54.

The theory adopted is that of " gradual compression, due to the
contraction of the solid surface of the globe by radiation of its
heat." G. A. L.

PHYSICAL GEOLOaT. 171

Wing, A. T. On spontaneous fractures and movements of rock in a

quarry at Monson, Massachusetts. Proc. Boston Nat. -Hist. Soc.

xvi. pt. 1, pp. 41, 42. See also Niles, p. 167.

On quarrying away portions of the rock other parts became upheaved,

sometimes Avith violence and noise. One of these breaks moved 10,000

tons southward for three quarters of an inch. The deeper we go in

the rock the greater the amount of expansive movement. E. B. T.

See also the following : —
Gaspakd, a. Oscillations of Dunkirk Coast : p. 65.
GoRCEix. Yolcanic Phenomena, Nisyros : p. 66.
Gead, C. Emersion and Upheaval, N". Polar Regions : p. 108.
HowoRTH, H. H. Changes in S. Circumpolar Region : p. 152.
JoHNSTRTTP, F. Dislocation and Upheaval, Moens Klint : p. 74.
Lory, C. Fan-shaped structure of the Alps : p. 80,
Nathorst, a. G. Changes of level, Scania : p. 85.
YoisiN, H. Boring at Sperenberg (temperatures) : p. lOo.

172 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

2. DENUDATION; GLACIAL PHENOMENA.

Agassiz, Louis [the late]. Formation de la vallee de TAmazone.

La thcorie glaciaire, &c. Bev. Sci. pp. 868-872, 892-897.
xi report of part of a course of lectures at New York on the forma-
tion of the Amazon valley, the Glacial theory, &c.

Bachmann-, Prof. J. Neuentdeckte Pdesentopfe in der Gegend von
Bern. [Newly discovered Giant Kettles in the neighbourhood of
Bern.] Berner Mittheilungen, p. 136.

Bell, Dugald. Notes on the Glaciation of the West of Scotland,

with reference to some recently observed instances of Cross-

striation. Trans. Gcol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. part 3, pp. 300-

310.

After pointing out that the general glaciation of the Forth and

Clyde valley is from W. to E.. (or N.W. to S.E.), the author calls

. attention to a section at Possil, which shows two sets of stria3 — one

from the usual quarter, and the other from nearly due E. The latter

is considered to be the newer, and is ascribed to land-ice, which, as it

shrank in bulk, instead of remaining one continuous sheet, would in

places form separate streams. Thus the changed direction of striae is

explained by the formation of two main inflows of ice towards the

central part of the valley — one past the S.W. or Kilpatrick end of the

range, and the other past the N.E. or Strathblane end. If the one

shrank in bulk more than the other, a change in the direction of the

striaB they were producing would ensue. G. A. L.

Belt, Thomas. An Examination of the Theories that have been
propounded to account for the climate of the Glacial Period. Quart.
Journ. Sci. no. xliv. p. 421.

Sir C. Lyell's and Mr. CroU's theories are rejected, and a change in
the obliquity of the ecliptic is propounded as the producing cause.
Increase of obliquity will cause a simultaneous accumulation of ice and
enow round each pole : the water thus withdrawn from the sea will
lower its level ; the melting of the ice will raise the sea-level. The
author attributes many oscillations of the sea-level to this cause
rather than to upheaval and depression of the land. The polar accu-
mulations of ice alter the figure of the earth, and tend to set up a series
of strains in the crust ; on the melting of the ice converse changes are
brought about ; and the author suggests that volcanic phenomena may
be due to the action of these forces. By decrease of obliquity a
warmer temperature would be produced ; and this is perhaps the origin
of the warm climate of early Tertiary times and of the Arctic regions
during Miocene times. A. H. G.

Bou£, A. Mittheilungen aus einem Schreiben der Herrn E. CoUomb
in Paris. [Communications from a letter of M. E. Collomb.]
Yerh. k.-k. geol. Keichs. pp. 118, 119.

I

PHYSICAL GEOWGY. 173

The views of 31. CoUomb on the respective parts played by denuda-
tion and faulting in the production of the physical configuration of a
country are given. H. A. N".

Brogger, \y. C, and H. H. Reusck. Giants' Kettles at Christiania.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. p. 750. See also Sexe, p. 95.

Describes the Giants' Kettles as deep well-shaped pits in gneissose
rocks, circular or sometimes elliptical in section, and with spiral
groovings on the sides. They are filled in with moraine matter at the
top ; and below this there is a collection of regularly rounded stones
and sharp irregular gravel. The kettles, it is suggested, may have
been formed beneath an ice-sheet by surface-streams of water, which
plunged down moulins and ground out a vertical shaft in the rock
beneath the ice by the aid of the large rounded stones now found at
the bottom of the kettles. A. H. G.

Brown, D. J. On some of the Glacial Phenomena of the neigh-
bourhood of Edinburgh, as observed in the Pentlands, Blackford
Hill, Bruntsfield Links, and Tyncastle Sandpit. Trans. Edin.
Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3, pp. 351-357.
Notes facts indicating the occurrence of local glaciers in the Pent-
land Hills, and describes the glacial phenomena observed at the other
localities mentioned. H. A. N.

On a New Theory for the Formation of Till or Boulder Clay.

Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3, pp. 383-389.
Discusses the views generally entertained as to the mode of forma-
tion of Till or Boulder Clay, and propounds the theory that it owes its
origin to glaciers, but only where these protrude into the sea. H. A. N.

Campbell, J. F. About Polar Glaciation. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. xxx. pp. 450-478.

Refers to his extensive observations of glacial markings, and to a
paper (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxix. p. 19S) in which he gives a modi-
tied adhesion to the theory of a polar ice-cap, and states that the object
of the present paper is to point out how far subsequent observations
bear out the views there maintained. lie cannot see his way to a
general ice -cap reaching nearly to the equator, but believes there was an
extension of the polar glaciation down to lat. bQ)° in the east of Europe,
55° in Germany, 50° in Britain, and 39"^ in N. America. A. H. G.

Carpenter, Dr. W. B. On the Physical Cause of Ocean Currents.
Phil. Mag. ser. 4, vol. xlvii. p. 359.

A reply to Mr. Croll's papers, pp. 94, 1G8, of the same volume.

Cdambrun de Rosemont, a. de. Sur la decomposition des doloraies

de la cote de Nice sous rinflucnce des vagucs. [W^eatherings by

the waves of the dolomites of the coast of Nice.] Bull. Soc. Geol.

France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 219-221.

A description of the action of the waves near Capo Ferrat and at

the Baousse-Rosso rocks near Mentonc, on certain Jurassic dolomites.

The surface of these rocks appears to bo covered by a kind of varnish of

174 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

a blackish colour usually, and having a vitreous lustre. No explana-
tion is attempted. G. A. L.
Costa de Bastelica, Michel. Les torrents, lours lois, leurs causes,
leurs effets, moyens de les reprimer et de les utiliser. Leur
action geologiquo univcrselle. [Torrents, their laws, causes, and
effects, the means of checking and utilizing them. Their uni-
versal geological action.] 8vo, Paris.
Cropt, Eev. C. Some modern aspects of Geological Science. [Abs-
tract.] Trans. Plymouth Inst. vol. v. part i. pp. 33, 34.
Considers that the sea alone is capable of giving to the earth's surface
its main outlines.

Croll, J. On the Physical Cause of Ocean Currents. Phil. Mag.

ser. 4, vol. xlvii. pp. 94, 168, 434.
These papers have a geological bearing, because, according to Mr.
CrolFs views, the climatic conditions of the globe are dependent to an
enormous extent on the distribution of heat by ocean-currents. The
author believes that, when the eccentricity of the earth's orbit was at
its maximum and the northern winter occurred in aphelion, the differ-
ence of temperature between the arctic and equatorial regions would
be greater than that between the antarctic and equatorial regions ;
hence the IST.E. trades would be stronger than the S.E. trades, and
much of the warm equatorial water that is now driven, by the action
of these and other winds, into the northern hemisphere, would be
diverted to the southern hemisphere. Thus one source of heat would
be transferred from the north polar to the south polar regions, and the
cold already existing in the first would be intensified, while the genial
climate of the second would be rendered still more genial. A. H. G.

. On the South of England Ice-sheet. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,

vol. i. p. 257.

Believes that during the last Glacial period the Scandinavian ice-
sheet passed from the Baltic over Denmark, into the German Ocean,
and that, if this were so, part of it must have passed across the south
of England, and entered the Atlantic in the direction of the Bristol
Channel. A. H. G.

. On the Physical Cause of the Submergence and Emergence

of the Land during the Glacial Epoch. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.
pp. 306, 346.

Shows that, in order that a sheet of continental ice may slide, it
must be thickest in the centre, and estimates that the Antarctic ice-cap
may be 12 miles thick in the middle, giving facts which show his
estimate is not excessive. He then shows how the transference of the
ice-cap to the other pole would result in a rise of the sea-level, and
points out that the rise would be greater if the interior of the earth be
fluid than if it be solid to the centre. He applies his views to explain
the intermixture of the remains of northern and southern mammals in
old river-gravels. A. H. G.

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. 175

Datta, J. D. Glacial phenomena in Nicaragua. Amer. Joum. ser. 3,

vol. vii. pp. 594, 595.
An expose and critique of Mr. Belt's views (see p. 172).

Fhazee, p., Jun. On the Exfoliation of Rocks near Gettysburg,

Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, vol. xiv., No. 93, pp. 295-297.
Notices peculiar Aveathering of Syenite-boulders in that part of the
battle-field called the Devil's Den.

FiiosT, J. [nom do plume]. Behaviour of Glaciers and Ice-sheets.

Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 576.
Asks a question as to the reversed movement of ice in the higher part
of an ice-sheet.

Geikie, Prof. Archibald. Introductory Address. Trans. Edin.
Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3, pp. 247-267 (published separately imder
the title ' Earth Sculpture and the Huttonian School of Geology ').

A general re\iew of the doctrines held by the modern Huttonian
School of Geologists as to the origin of mountains and the subject of denu-
dation, but more especially a critical review of the views of the Duke
of Argyll upon these questions (in his Presidential Address to the
Geol. Soc. London). Enters in detail into the opinions of the Duke as
to the origin and formation of several of the valleys and mountains of
the Highlands, and maintains the correctness of the opposite views.
Criticises the views expressed in the Duke's paper "On Six Lake-basins
in Argyllshire" (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1873). H. A. N.

Geikie, James. The Great Ice-age and its Relation to the Antiquity
of Man. 8vo. Lend. Pp. xxiii, 575, plates xvii, and 5Q woodcuts.

The author adopts and illustrates in detail the generally received
view as to the order of events in Britain during the last Glacial epoch :
viz. that first there was a period of intense cold ; then a milder period,
during which the British Isles were submerged ; and then a second cold
period, less severe than the first. His new points are as follows : — He gives
additional evidence of mild intervals during the first glaciation. He
shows that there was a submergence of about 260 feet towards the end
of the first cold period, and that, as the ice-sheet became broken up
into separate glaciers, these brought down morainic rubbish, part of
which was shot into the sea and formed the Upper Boulder Clay, as
distinguished from the Till, of Scotland ; part was shed on land. He
believes also that many erratics were not carried by icebergs, but were
dropped by the ice-sheet as it melted.

The great submergence of the country did not follow immediately on
the disappearance of the ice-sheet ; there was an interval, during which
great masses of gravel were piled up on land by floods produced by the
melting of the ice. Then began the great submergence, during which
these gravels were rearranged by the sea, and Kames were formed.

On the question of the antiquity of man, the author insists on tho
absence of any traces of a transition from the Palceolithio to the Ncoli-

176 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

thic period; and accounts for this break by showing that there is
reason to believe that Palasolithic man lived in Britain during the
warm intervals of the first cold period, that he was driven out by the
submergence, and that the country was repeopled by Neolithic men
after the second glaciation had passed away.

Other points illustrated are Mr. Croll's theory of the cause of changes
in climate, Prof. Eamsay's theory of the origin of Lake-basins, and
Postglacial geology. The Drifts of Britain are compared with those of
iScandinavia, Switzerland, and N. America. A. H. G.

Geikie, James. Note on the occurrence of Erratics at higher levels
than the Rock-masses from which they have been derived. Trans.
Geol. Soc, Glasgow, vol. iv. part 3, pp. 235-241.

An explanation of the phenomenon in question, based on the fact
that the loss in height sustained by a glacier by melting and evapora-
tion at the surface is made good by new supplies of ice from behind.
Blocks imbedded in the ice are thus carried along a line dipping at a
less angle than that of the valley ; and where obstructions impede the
flow of the glacier, the lines of ejection will not only become horizontal,
but will even curve upwards ; and boulders may thus be extruded at a
level higher than that of their starting point. G. A. L.

GooDCKiLD, J. G. On Drift. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 496-510.

The object is to discuss the origin of glacial beds. The difficulties in
the way of accepting them as submarine are so great that this theory is
but barely alluded to. The general idea is that the Till was accumu-
lated in sheltered places, under the moving ice- sheet or glacier. Some
objections to this are stated ; and it is suggested that the mud, stones,
&c. may have accumulated in the ice-sheet. Cross currents of ice
often exist, and the flow at the surface may sometimes be in the oppo-
site direction to that at the bottom. We may thus account for many
apparently anomalous phenomena, as, for instance, the occurrence of
Lake-District rocks in the Drift of Galloway, whilst boulders from Gal-
loway occur in the Drift of the Lake District. At the commencement
of the ice-period, glaciers ploughed up the bottom of the Irish sea, and
carried with them the accumulated marine remains of previous periods.
These became subsequently imbedded in the ice-sheet, and were carried
m the direction in which it moved. The paper enters into details as to
how the various kinds of Drift (till, laminated clay, eskers, &c.) may
have been formed from the debris included within the body of the ice-
sheet. W. T.

GouLDiNG, P. R. Directions of Frost-striations in Mud. Amer.
Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. p. 245.

Notices variations in the direction of frost-striae over limestone and
granite subsoils respectively, the direction being at right angles to the
strike of the rocks. No exj^lanation is attempted. G. A. L.

Heim, a. Om Gletscherrorelsensteori. [Theory of glacier-motion.]
Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 257-271.

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. 177

A version in Swedish of Dr. Heim's paper on this subject contributed
to the publications of the Swiss Alpine Club. The theories of Seheuchzer
Hugi, Grad, Agassiz, Moseley, Croll, Forbes, Ball, Rendu, J. Thomson,
Tyndall, Biaconi and Matthews, Helmholz, Tresca, and Albert Heim
(ranging from 1733-1870) are summarized in the above order.

G. A. L.

Heim, A. Einiges iiber die Yerwitterung der Berge. [Weathering of
mountains.] Neujahrsblatt, Zurich.

Assigns the denudation of mountains to the action of wind, lightning,
rain, vegetation, and variations of temperature. The effect of these
upon the different kind of rocks is examined. G. A. L.

Hella-nd, Amfxd. Om Maegtigheden af Braeerne i Norge under
Istiden. [Thickness of the glaciers of Norway during the Glacial
period.] Geol. ftiren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 168-177.
Describes the appearance of Norway during the glacial epoch thus : —
The fjords were filled with glaciers, which attained a height of 1700 to
1800 metres in the Sogne Fjord, and 1200 metres in Hardanger Fjord.
The tributary fjords contained glaciers as much as 800 metres in thick-
ness. The neve extended to or covered mountain-peaks 1700 or 1800
metres high in the Inletinden, and yet higher up the Tron-ljeldet and
Rendals-Scilen, and had at least a thickness of 800 to 1100 metres.
The ice-mass also covered South-eastern Norway, where it had a thick-
ness of at least 600- to 700 metres. E. E.
Henderson, John. On glacial phenomena in the Pentland Hills,
and at Tynecastle, near Edinburgh. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc.
vol. ii. i)art 3, pp. 360-367.
Discusses various points connected Avith Glacial theories, as illus-
trated by phenomena in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh.

Igelstrom, L. J. Exempel pS- flyttblock, som ligga hiigre iin deras
moderklyft. [Example of a boulder lying higher than its mother
rock.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 151, 152.
Note of occurrence west of Krappa, in Wermland.

o

Jespersen, M. Asar. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 574.

Thinks that the melting of an ice-sheet wdll go on fastest when the
ice passes over depressions in the ground, specially those with running
water, and that towards such places there would be a flowing in of
the ice around to make good the loss ; so that much detritus would bo
accumulated at such spots, either at the bottom, or in the ice, or on its
surface. This detritus is carried on by the motion of the ice-sheet, to
be finally heaped up as ridges (a,sar) along the course the whole has
taken. Allows also that some 8.sar are banks heaped up by the sea
along old coast-lines. A. H. G.

Kjehulf, Prof. Theodor. Om Jaettegryder. [On Giants' Kettles.]
Foredrag paa det 11 Skand. Naturforskcrmodo Kjbbenhavn, 1873.
With plate and map.

Kettles in the valley of the Gula river (South Trondhjem), throe of
1874. N

178 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

■which are grouped 323 feet over the present rivercourse, are first de-
scribed and considered, even in these extreme cases, as suggestive of
river-action. From these the author turns to others at Kongshavn, near
Christiania, entirely dissociated from any considerable waterflow. The
theory is accepted by which the original water-power is sought during
the prevalence of an ice-sheet, subject to temporary meltings, a theory
supported by the travelled nature of the contents of the kettles. Their
site, however, was under water at the decline of the ice-period. H. M.

Lenz, Dr. OscAB. Notizen uber den alten Gletscher des Hheinthales.

[The old Glacier of the Rhine valley.] Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs.

Bd. xxiv. Heft 3, pp. 325-332.
A few detached notes on glacial occurrences in parts of the valley
above the Lake of Constance (see also p. 77).

Levin, P. A. Tankar om de skandinaviska sandasarnes bildning,

[Formation of the Scandinavian sand-ridges.] Geol. foren.

Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 50-55.
HiLNE-HoME, Dr. David. Notice of a striated Boulder lately found

in a Sand-pit at Tynecastle, near Edinburgh. Trans. Edin. Geol. '

Soc. vol. ii. part 3, pp. 347-350, with plate.
Describes a remarkable basaltic boulder, estimated to weigh nearly
three tons, found in stratified sand and gravel.

. Notice of a striated Boulder found at Drylaw, near Linton,

East Lothian. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3, pp. 350,
351.

Notes the characters of a large greenstone boulder in the Boulder
Clay.

MuiK, JoHK. On Mountain Sculpture in the Sierra Nevada, and the
method of glacial erosion. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 515,
516. (Entered by mistake as by E. S. Cake. See vol. viii. p. 80.)

Excerpts from the ' Overland Monthly,' May 1874.

MiJLLEE, Alexandee. Ueber Thalbildung durch Gletscher. [Forma-
tion of valleys by glaciers.] Pogg. Ann. Bd. clii. pp. 476-482.
A reply to Dr. Pfaff's objections (see p. 179).

MuEPHY, T. T. Presidential Address on some Questions in Cosmolo-

gical Science. Proc. Belfast Nat. Hist. & Phil. Soc. 1872-73,

pp. 1-19.

A summary of the recent views on Cosmogony. The author upholds

the view that the Glacial epoch was caused by a decrease in the heat of

the summers, not by an intensity of the cold of winter. A. H. G.

Patteesen, K. Arctis. Et bidrag til belysning af fordelingen
mellem hav eg land i den europseiske glacialtid. [Arctis. An
attempt to elucidate the question of the distribution of land and
water during the glacial period of Europe.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. ii. p. 134.

The author's theory is that the glacial age of Scandinavia should be

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. ] 79

ascribed to the presence of an extensive continent, *' Arctis/' situated
at some distance from the present coast of Norway, between Scotland
and Spitzbergen, in consequence of which the warm gulf-stream was
excluded from the Norwegian coast, and also from the Arctic Ocean
between Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla. Gradually the " Arctis " land
sank, so that, at length, a passage was opened for the gulf-stream from
the Atlantic to the North Sea, and thence to the coast of Norway and
the Arctic Ocean, as in the present day. . E. E.

Pfaff, Dr. P. Ueber die Bewegung und Wirkung der Gletscher.
[Motion and action of glaciers.] Pogg. Ann. Bd. cli. pp. 325-336
(woodcut), and Sitzungsb. phys.-med. Soc. Erlangen, Heft vi. pp.
34-44.
Discusses the laws of the motion of glaciers, describes experiments with
the author's microgoniometer on the Aletsch glacier, and argues against
the theory of the formation of valleys by glacial erosion. F. W. K,

PiCTON, J. A. Notes on the Phenomena of Glacial Action in Nor-
way. Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc. session 15, pp. 19-46.
Describes observed cases of the alternate advance and retreat of
Norwegian glaciers and other glacial phenomena. "Refers to Prof.
Forbes's observations and to Prof. Esmark's descriptions, translated in
Edin. New Phil. Journ. 1827. Quotes from a paper, <'La Neve de
Justedal et les Glaciers," 1870, by M. de Seur, wherein the production
of the granular snow called " Firn " is explained. The production of
Giants' Cauldrons is attributed to the arrest of a boulder at the base of
a glacier, the onward motion of which caused the stone to rotate ; and
cavities on the mountains called ^'Bottener'' are looked upon as half-
finished cauldrons. C. E. De R.
Kae, Dr. John. On some Physical Properties of Ice ; on the Trans-
position of Boulders from below to above the Ice ; and on Mam-
moth-remains. Phil. Mag. ser. 4, vol. xlviii. pp. 56-61.
The finding boulders on the surface of ice does not prove that they
have fallen or been deposited on it. "When ice forms on a tidal shore
the boulders that may be near low-water mark at first break through,
but afterwards, as the ice thickens, become firmly fixed and at last
completely enclosed in ice. In the spring, by thaw and evaporation, the
upper surface (say 3 feet) is removed, and the boulders appear lying
on the top. The last part describes how Mammoth-remains become
imbedded, and why their heads are commonly turned to the south.
The head sinks deeper and becomes enclosed, while the body swings
to the currents, which, in Siberian rivers, is from the south. F. D.
Reade, T. M. Tidal action as a Geological cause. Proc. Liverpool

Geol. Soc. session 15, pp. 50-72.
States that Avind-waves have never been felt at greater depths than
10 fathoms, while the free tide-wave affects every particle down to the
most profound depth. Argues that, contrary to the general opinion,
denudation does go on over the bottom of deep seas by means of tidal
currents. C. E. De R,

n2

180 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

R£vY, J. J. Hydraulics of Great Rivers. The Parana, tho Uru-
guay, and the La Plata Estuaries. London.
Richardson, Ralph. On River Denudation, with Observations on
the course of the Esk at Hawthorn den, the Muriestone Water,
Midcalder, &c. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3, p. 313,
plate.
Adduces instances of the erosion of river-valleys by their contained
streams. The paper is illustrated by a lithograph, showing the erosion
caused by the river Esk at Hawthornden. H. A. N.

. Notice of a Section in the Building Excavations at Tjme-

castle, West End, Edinburgh. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii.
part 3, pp. 358-360.

Describes a section of various glacial deposits (28 feet).

. Notice of a large Quartz Boulder, called the " White Stone,'*

in the town of Peebles. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3,
pp. 397-399.

Contains a description of the boulder and a record of its history.

Tardy, — . Les Glaciers et le Soleil. [Glaciers and the Sun.]
Bull. Soc. Geol. Erance^ 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 207, 208.

Note protesting against M. Yicaire's view that the Glacial period is
to be explained by the cooling of the sun, resulting from its combus-
tion. G.A.L:

. Action de la Mer sur quelques Roches. [Action of the sea

on some rocks.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Erance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 267, 268.

Believes that a certain blackish vitreous varnish, occasionally found
coating hard rocks exposed to the weathering action of breakers, can
be effected only by sea- water. G. A. L.

Torneeohm, a. E. Nagra amnorkningar med antedning af Dr. P. A.
Levin's uppsats " Tankar om de skandinaviska sandasarnes bild-
ning." [Remarks on Dr. Levin's " Suggestions on the Eormation
of the Scandinavian Sand-ridges " (see p. 178.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Eorhandl. bdt. i. pp. 55-60, pi. iv.

' . Nagra iakttagelser med afseende pa flyttblocken i Jemtland.

[Erratics in Jemtland.] Geol. fdren. Stockholm Eorhandl. bdt. i.
pp. 80-84.
Account of observations as to the directions in which the erratic
blocks of this region have been transported. G. A. L.

. Om fiyttblock och terrasser vid Rendals-Solen i Norge. [Er-
ratic blocks and terraces near Rcndals-Solen, in Norway.] Geol.
foren. Stockholm Eorhandl. bdt. i. pp. 106-109.

Weiser, R. Permanent Ice in a Mine in the Rocky Mountains.

Amer. Journ. ser, 3, vol. viii. pp. 477, 478.
The writer can only account for the production of this ice by falling
** back upon the Glacial era of the Quaternary."

PHYSICAL GEOLOaT. 181

WiLLCox, T. Mountain drainage of Eastern Tenessee and -Western
N'orth Carolina. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. p. 165.

The country is bounded by a lofty range, the Blue Mountains, on the
east, and by a range equally lofty, the Smoky Mountains, on the west.
The streams flow to the west through deep gorges, cutting across the
latter range. The Blue Mountains are of gneiss and probably the
older range, and gave the initial direction of flow ; the Smoky Moun-
tains are of sedimentary rocks, and were probably upheaved afterwards,
and as they rose the streams cut channels across them. A. H. G.

See also : —

Belt, T. Glacial action, Nicaragua : p. 111.

BoNi^EY, Rev. T. G. TJ. Engadine &c. and Glacier- erosion Theory

of Lake -basins : see Addenda.
BuRBANK, L. S. Glacial action, N. Carolina : p. 112.
DoBsoK, A. D. Glacial Period : p. 149.
Ealsax. Old Glaciers of the lihone : p. 61.

o

Hummel, D. Pebble-deposits (Asars) : p. 73.

Jamieson, T. F. Glacial Period, N. Britain ; p. 21.

KiNAHAN, G. H. Glacialoid Drift : p. 24.

Lenz, Dr. 0. Glacial Phenomena, Yorarlberg : p. 77.

Lucy, W. C. Glaciation in Somerset : p. 25.

Mackintosh, D. Glaciation in Somerset. Ice-sheet in N. "Wales :

p. 26.
MiLKE, J. Physical Features, Newfoundland : see Addenda.

o

Nathoest, a. G. Formation of Asars, Gothland : p. 84.
Newberry, Prof. Origin of Lakes and Glacial Phenomena, Ohio :

p. 125.
Parker, J. Valley of the Somme : p. 87.
Piette, E. Quaternary Glacier of the Garonne : p. 89.
Ramsay, Prof. A. C. Valley of the Rhine : p. 90.
Robert, E. Valleys of the Paris Basin : p. 92.
Sexe, S. a. Giants' Cauldrons : p. 95.
Stefani, C. de. Old Glaciers, N. Apennines S:c. : p. 99.
Tardy, A. Quaternary Glaciers, Madelainc Hills, and Miocene

Glaciers : p. 101.
Theobald, W. Former Glaciers, Kangra : p. 141.
Thomson, J. T. Glacial Action, N. Zealand : p. 158.
Traveks, W. T. L. Extinct Glaciers, N. Zeahiud: p. 168.
Ward, J. C. Lake Basins, Cumberland : p. 39.
Woodward, H. B. Glaciation, Somerset &c. : pp. ^^12, ^lly.
ZiTTEL. Glacial Phenomena, Bavana : p. 106.

182 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.

3. ROCK-FORMATION.

DtTRHAM, William. Suspension of Clay in Water. Chem. News,
vol. XXX. no. 767, p. 57. Abstract of a paper read to Eoy. Phys.
Soc. Edin.

The power of water to hold clay in suspension is gradually destroyed
by the addition of an acid or of common salt, while it is increased by
the addition of small quantities of the alkalies or their carbonates and
by lime.

[A letter signed " T. E. 0." (no. 769, p. 97) calls attention to
Dr. Sterry Hunt's observations on this subject, which are similar to
those of Mr. Durham.] F. W. E.

Hunt, Dr. T. S. The Origin of Metalliferous Deposits. Trans.
Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 413-426.

Describes the various processes that have resulted in the formation
of metalliferous deposits, which the author believes is now going on
by means of the same agencies as during past times. W. W.

KiNAHAK, G. H. Peat Bogs. Quart. Journ. Sci. no. xliii. p. 294.

On the formation of peat-bogs and its bearing upon the origin of
coal. The normal lowland or " red bogs " of the central plain of Ire-
land are generally supported by an underclay penetrated by roots of
oak and yew. Above the " corkers " or roots of the oak comes a
variable thickness of peat, and above that the remains of a pine forest,
with the " corkers " in horizontal layers. Eelics of human workman-
ship are found beneath the peat. Taking the case of Castleconnel bog,
Co. Limerick, the author estimates that at least 5000 years must have
elapsed since the oak-forest began to grow there. A. H. G.

MiJLLER, Alexander. Die EoUsteinrucken. [Pebble-ridges.] Pogg.

Ann. Bd. clii. pp. 482-484.
Suggests that ridges of pebbles may have been accumulated by sub-
marine action when the shore was fringed with ice.

EoBEETSON, David. Note on the Precipitation of Clay in Eresh and

Salt water. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. part 3, pp. 257-

259.

An account of some experiments which show that salt water has

much greater power of precipitating clay than fresh water has, the

difference being marked even between slightly brackish water and pure

water. G. A. L.

EopER, E. C. S. What is Chalk ? Papers Eastbourne Nat. Hist.
Soc. 1873-74, pp. 7-9.

An account of the facts which have enabled scientific men to deter-
mine the origin of our chalk, leading to the conclusion that " the
greater part of the mass is made up of Eoraminifera, with coccoliths
and coccospheres." W. W.

^

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. 183

Thomson, Prof. W. The * Challenger ' Expedition. Nature, vol. xi.
pp. 95 and 116.

Sand dredged in Agulhas current at 98-150 fathoms consisted of
casts of Foraminifera in a silicate of alumina, potash, and iron, allied
to Glauconite. A table of the nature of the bottom at 160 stations in
the Atlantic and Southern Oceans shows that three different deposits
were met with : — -Ist. Ordinary Glohigerina-oozQ, down to a mean max-
imum depth of 2250 fathoms. 2nd. Grey ooze, at a mean depth of 2400
fathoms. 3rd. Red clay, at 2700 fathoms and upwards. The author
believes that as the Glohigerina-BheVLs sink slowly down from the sur-
face, the carbonate of lime is dissolved out by carbonic acid, which is
found in excess at great depths, and that the red clay is the insoluble
residue. The grey ooze forms a transition from the Glohigeriiut-oozQ
to the rod clay. A. H. G,

Ward, Thomas. The great European Salt Deposits, with a Theory

as to their Origin. Proc. Lit. <fe Phil. Soc. Liverpool, no. xxviii.

pp. 163-187.

The chief salt-districts are noticed under 10 heads. The theory is

that the salt-deposits " owe their origin entirely to the elevation

of the mountain-chains with which they are so intimately connected,"

during which " small valleys and ravines would be cut off from

connection with the sea by ridges of land, and would form salt lakes

and lagoons." "W. W.

Williamson, Prof. W. C. Deep-Sea Researches. Nature, vol. xi.
p. 148.

States that the explanation given by Prof. W. Thomson of the
origin of the Red Clay (see above) had been already suggested by
himself. A. H. G.

Wilson, A. S. On some chemical aspects of Physical Geography.
Chem. News, vol. xxx. no. 763, p. 14 ; no. 764, p. 26.

Clay and finely divided earthy matter have the power of absorbing
various salts from solutions. The author thinks that compounds of
ammonia may be thus removed from rain-water as it percolates through
the soil, which .thus becomes enriched while the water is purified.
Fine river-sediment brings down with it salts of potash, ammonia, and
phosphoric acid, derived from sewage and other impurities, whence the
fertility of deltas and alluvial soils. The author also believes that the
" red mud" dredged by the * Challenger' is an incipient slate rock,
and publishes three analyses of British slates. A. H. G.

184 THYSICAL GEOLOGY.

4. COSMOGONY; MISCELLANEOUS.

CoNRADs, P. A. Grosse, Gestalt und Dichte der Erde. [The size,
figure, and elements of the Earth.] 26 pp. 4to. Cologne.

Dawkins, W. B. The limits of our knowledge of the Earth. Essays
and Addresses by Professors and Lecturers of the Owens College,
Manchester. 31 pp. Lond.
From considerations based chiefly upon recent researches into the
composition of meteorites and of igneous rocks, and upon the results of
the application of spectrum-analysis to the study of the heavenly-
bodies, the author concludes " that the earth is united by the closest
bonds to the heavenly bodies, and that terrestrial change is in a definite
direction, in a straight line, so to speak, and not in a circle." He
holds " that the forces in play on the surface in ancient times were
stronger than they are now," and " that the earth can no more return
to her ancient conditions than a man can return to his childhood."

G. A. L.

Heeschel, Prof. A. S., and G. A. Lebotje. Notes of some Experi-
ments on the Conducting-powers for Heat of certain rocks &c.
Bep. Prit. Assoc, Sections, p. 223.
The authors have as yet made only preliminary observations ; but
these establish the general had conducting-power of rocks, and in some
cases confirm the numerical results obtained by Peclet. A. H. G.

HowAETH, 11. H. Does the Earth receive any thing directly from the
sun ? Mem. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. xiii. pp. 131-
140.

Jannettaz, Ed. Sur la conductibilite thermique dans les roches et
dans les corps en general. [Thermal conductivity of rocks.]
Compt. Eend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 1202-1205.

When a point of the surface of a rock is heated, the curves represent-
ing the propagation of the heat around that point are, when in the
planes of foliation or cleavage, circular, when at right angles to such
planes elliptic, the longer axis of the ellipse being aw ays parallel to
the intersections of the heated face and the foliation-planes. The
relations between the long and short axes in the various rocks experi-
mented on are given. A summary, with special reference to schistose
rocks, is to be found in Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 264-
267. G. A. L.

Peoctoe, R. a. The Past and Future of our Earth. Contemporary
Review, vol. xxv. p. 74.

Tayloe, AjSDeew. On the probability of our successfully calculating
the Antiquity of the Earth. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3,
pp. 402-411.

PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. 185

Summarizes the chief data whereby we may ultimately be enabled to
arrive at an approximate calculation as to the antiquity of the earth.

Thomson, Sir William. Influences of Geological Changes on the
Earth's Kotation. (President's Address.) Trans. Geo]. Soc. Glasgow,
vol. iv. part 3, pp. 311-313 (abstract).

ToPLEY, "W". Areas of Apparent Upheaval and Thickening of Subja-
cent Beds. See p. 37.

VicAiRE, E. Sur la constitution physique du Soleil dans ses rapports

avec la geologic. [Physical structure of the sun with reference to

geology.] Bull. Soc. Ge'ol. Prance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 211-219.

A paper on solar physics. The author regards the mineral oils of

America &c. as matter of primordial origin, " witnesses of the stellar

age of the earth, which have escaped the general conflagration of that

epoch." He denies the possibility of great glacial* epochs in ancient

geological times, although he admits that glaciers may have existed

then as now. G. A. L,

WiEBEL, K. W. M. Die Insel Kephalonia und die Meermiihlen von
Argostoli. YersucheinerLosung dieses geophysikalischenllathsels.
4to. Hamburg. Pp. ix, 160 ; map, sections, and woodcuts,

186 GEOLOGT.

APPLIED AND ECONOMIC GEOLOGY.

AtEXANDER, Major-Gen. Sir J. On the Use and Abuse of Peat.

Eep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873^ Sections, -p, 183.
The character and uses of peat are described, reference being made
to the peat of Shetland, France, the Falkland Islands, and Canada.

Anox. Peat. Journ. Soc. Arts, vol. xxii. no. 1098, pp. 50-53.
Treats of the economic value of peat, its different qualities, the
methods of raising it, &c.

— . Notes on the Iron and Steel Industries of the United King-
dom. Journ. Iron and Steel Inst. no. 1, pp. 242-280 ; no. 2, pp.
475-502.

— . The Building- Limestones of France. The Architect, vol. xii.

nos. 298-301, pp. 128, 129, 139-141, 155-157, 168, 169.
Notices the geological and geographical distribution of the stones,
and explains many technical terms. The question of the decay of
building-stones is discussed.

The Channel Tunnel : or Submarine Railway between Eng-

land and Prance. Statement by the Committee of the Channel
Tunnel Company. 8vo. Lond. Pp. 17, plate (map, showing posi-
tion of borings in the sea-bed, and geological section).
Geological notes on pp. 5-11, chiefly reprinted from earlier notices.

. The search for Coal at Sandwell Park, West Bromwich.

Coll. Guard, vol. xxvii. pp. 11, 355, 422, 424, 532, 783, 820,
893, vol. xxviii. pp. 94, 570.
Notes and articles giving accounts of progress. The " Brooch " coal
was struck at 380 yards, below this came the " Herring " coal. The
Thick coal was 20^ feet in thickness. The dip is east, about 5 inches
in a yard. The " Heathen " coal was next proved, and at 5 yards below
it was found the white ironstone, of excellent quality and large yield.

G. A. L,

Mining Operations in County Down, Ireland. CoU. Guard.

vol. xxvii. p. 247.
A note of the alleged discovery of a 6-foot seam of coal in the town-
land of Eingalloy, on the borders of Strangford Lough.

. North Staffordshire Coal-field. Coll. Guard, vol. xxvii.

p. 748.
Note of the discover)'- of a seam of hard mine- coal, 4 feet 2 inches
thick, of superior quality, by the Chatterley Company, at their Moss
Colliery, Bucknall. G. A. L.

APPLIED AlfD ECONOMIC. 187

Anon. Extraordinary Development of the Yorkshire Coal-field,

Coll. Guard, vol. xxvii. p. 756.
Account of new collieries recently opened in Yorkshire.

. Another Discovery of Coal near Leicester. CoU. Guard.

vol. xxvii. p. 757.

Account of a boring at Lindridge, 7 miles "W. of Leicester, began
in the New Red Marls and carried to a depth of 300 feet. Two coal-
seams have been pierced, 2 feet and 7 feet thick. G. A. L.

Discovery of a Coal-seam at Gateshead. Coll. Guard, vol.

xxvii. p. 757.

Note of the discovery of a 4|-feet coal-seam, at 25 fathoms from the
surface, in sinking the Atkinson shaft of Eedheugh Colliery.

. Discovery of Coal in South Staffordshire. Coll. Guard, vol.

xxviii. pp. 129, 133.

Articles on the sinkings at Lye Cross, which, after passing through
60 yards of Rowley Rag, have struck all the " measures " of S. Staf-
fordshire from the 2-foot and brooch coal to the bottom coal, including
the thick coal, hero 29 feet thick. G. A. L.

. . Iron and Coal in India. Iron, vol. iv. p. 422.

. The Mineral Wealth of Peru. Iron, vol. iv. p. 423.

. The Iron Ores of Labrador. Iron, vol. iv. p. 423.

BiDWELL, C. Coprolites. Trans. Inst. Surveyors, vol. vi. pp. 293-
310 ; Discussion, pp. 311-322.

The paper opens with a discussion on the probable mode of origin of
phosphatic nodules, in the course of which frequent references are
made to previously published opinions. The remainder of the paper is
devoted to a description of the works in Cambridgshire. The produce
per acre varies from 150 to 400 tons, at Wicken it is 2000. Details
are given as to the mode of working and washing the nodules. Ana-
lyses, by Dr. A. Yoelcker, are appended. W. T.

Bower, John A. Whitby Jet and its Manufacture. Journ. Soc.
Arts, vol. xxii. no. 1100, pp. 80-87.

The author thinks that jet is not simply a lignite, but that it has
been formed as a distillate from the containing rock. It was oiigi-
nally got for the most part along the cliffs ; but these workings are
now nearly abandoned, and tho chief are on the hill-sides in the Cleve-
land district. Tho methods of getting tho jet and of working it into
ornaments are described. W. W.

Betgo, John. On such of the Industries of Bradford as relate to
its Geological Position. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1874, Sections, pp.
70, 77 ; published in full under the title " The Industrial Geology
of Bradford." 8vo. Leeds. Pp. 18.

The principal building-stones of the district are, the coarse sandstone

188 GEOIOGT.

known as the ^' Rough Rock," which is the highest memher of the
Millstone Grit series, and the fine-grained flagstones which occur in the
Lower Coal Measures. The flagstones are also used for roofing. " Cal-
liard," or " Gannister," is a hard siliceous rock in the Lower Coal
Measures, associated with the Halifax Hard Bed and Halifax Soft Bed
(coals) ; beneath the former the Gannister sometimes changes into fire-
clay. The chief bed of fire-clay is that beneath the Halifax Hard
Coal ; it is 5 1 feet thick. The range, thickness, and character of the
Coal-seams are given; and especial notice is taken of the Low-Moor
Coal and Ironstone. The water-supply of the district is noticed.

W. T.

Bkooks, Major T. B. The Method and Cost of Mining the Red
Specular and Magnetic Ores of the Marquette Iron Region of Lake
Superior. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 193-203.

The iron-bearing rocks are Huronian, and have been contorted. A
section of Lake Superior Mine is given.

BuBAT, AmiiD^E. Applications de Geologic a TAgriculture. Paris.

The first chapter is a general description of the physical character
and composition of soils, the third is on water, and the fourth on the
connexion between geology and agriculture. C. E. De R.

BuKTHE, P. L. Notice sur les minerais de plomb argentifere de
rUtah, et leur traitement metallurgique en 1873. [Argentiferous
Lead Ores in Utah, &c.] 37 pp., plate. Ann. d. Mines, ser. 7,
vol. V.
The rocks in which the lodes are situated are thick beds of grit and
two series of dolomites, resting on a fine-grained very regularly bedded
granite. The grits have assumed the appearance of quartzites, and the
dolomitic limestones are in places coarsely crystalline. The age of the
sedimentary rocks is not settled yet, some regarding them as Carbo-
niferous, others as Devonian ; they are traversed by several dioritic
dykes. The more important lodes occur at the junction of the quartzite
grits with the second dolomitic band, but others are found in the
granite. G. A. L.

. Notice sur les gisements des minerais d'argent, leur exploita-
tion et leur traitement metallurgique aux Etats-Unis. (Premiere
partie.) [Silver Ores in the United States.] 112 pp., 3 plates.
Ann. des Mines, ser. 7, vol. v.
This part comprises detailed descriptions of the mining districts of
Utah and adjoining territories,including the modes of working. The lodes
described are those of Comstock, of Austin (Nevada), of Gilpin County
and Clear Creek County (Colorado). These lodes are chiefly argenti-
ferous : those of Comstock are at the junction of the syenite and green-
stone ; those of Colorado are - in granite and gneiss, in more or less
vertical positions j while those of Austin he in the granite in more or
less horizontal planes. The plates are plans of the workings, showing

APPLIED AND ECONOMIC. 189

the position, hade, proved extent, dislocations, and points of richness of
each vein. G. A. L.

Cleve, p. T. Om Stenkol, dcras uppkomst, utbredning och betydelse.

[Coal, its origin, distribution, and importance.] Second edition

of ' Ur vlr tids forskning,' pt. i. 8vo. Stockholm. Pp. 1-60, 17

illustrations.

A general account of coal from a geological, mining, and commercial

point of view. The article on the Coal-field of Scania, by E. Erdmann,

is noticed at p. 60. G. A. L.

CoRFiELD, Dr. W. H. Lectures delivered at the School of Military
Engineering, Chatham, on Water Supply, <fec. Pol. Chatham,
1874. (Printed for private circulation.)
Lecture 1. Chemical qualities of water. Lecture 2. Wells and
springs and the water-bearing formations of England.

DiAZE, Yice-Consul. Report on the Trade and Commerce of Huelva
for the year 1872, Reports from Her Majesty's Consuls, Com-
mercial No. 5 (1874), part i. 8vo. Pp. 279-288.
Notes on the produce of pyrites, copper, and manganese. The most
important mines of the district are Tharsis, Calaiias, Lagunazo, La-
pilla, Buitron, and Sotiel. W. T.

DiBOs, E. Les puits art^siens en Algerie. [Artesian wells in Algeria.]
Rev. mar. et col. pp. 10-14.

Erdmann, Edw. Om borrning efter stenkol. [On boring for coal.]

Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 130-138, plates xi.,

xii.

Discusses the processes of reasoning involved in proving the seams

of a coal-field by borings, and gives many details of the dips and

thicknesses of the coal-seams in Scania and elsewhere as illustrations.

The thinning and changes of scams and their accompanying beds are

explained and illustrated. G. A. L.

FiRKET, Ad. Carte de la production, de la consommation ct de la
circulation dcs minerais de fer, de zinc, de plomb et des pyrites en
Belgique, pendant I'annee 1871. 1 sheet, scale sTnyWrT' Brussels.

. Note on the above. 12 pp. Liege.

Gfrstel, G. [On the Drainage of Clay Mountains.] AUgemeine
Rauzeitung, nos. 1-4, 32 cols. 4 pi.

Gives an account of the means adopted to prevent slips during the
construction of the Schiissburg-Kronstadt line of the East Hungarian
railway. The beds traversed are of Tertiary age ; they consist of loam,
calcareous clay, and grey marly clay, the whole resting on a stiff blue
clay (Tegel) of small dip and undetermined depth. The yellow clay
cracks very much in dry weather ; water finds its way down to the

190 GEOLOGY.

surface of the blue clay, and over this bed the higher strata slip. (From
abstract in Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng.)
GoTT, C. On the Bradford Waterworks. Eep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873,

pp. 451-458.
Some notes are given of the gathering- grounds, and of the relation
of the strata and springs to the reservoirs.

Grosjean, — . Ressources houilleres de la France. [Coal resources

of France.] Compt. Eend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang. pp. 364-369.
A discussion on the produce and probable duration of French coal.

Hahn, 0. H., A. EiLEEs, and Dr. R. "W. Eaymond. The Smelting
of Argentiferous Lead Ores in Nevada,. Utah, and Montana.
Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. p. 91.

Contains references to materials, ores, &c.

Haeden, J. W. The Longwall System of Mining. Trans. Amer.
Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. p. 300.

Refers to the Warwickshire coal-field, pp. 302, 303.

Haedman-, Edwaed T. On the present State of Coal Mining in the
County of Tyrone. Journ. Eoy. Dublin Soc. vol. vi. no. 42, pp.
366-383, plate and two woodcuts ; Discussion, pp. 457, 458.

There are two coal-fields ; the larger, although small, contains 18
seams, from 10 inches to 9 feet in thickness, which have been worked,
including two of excellent cannel. The lowest seams occur near Dun-
gannon, in hard beds, which answers to the Gannister beds of England.
The upper series is found around Coal Island, in very soft beds, with
thick layers of fire-clay and shales containing clay-ironstone, and there
are 10 seams of a yard and upwards in thickness. The coal-field is
bounded on the north-west by a large fault, but on the east are Triassic
rocks, underneath which the Coal Measures extend. A good deal of
the coal has been wrought out ; but there remains a total available
supply of between 30 and 40 millions of tons, estimating only coals of
a yard and upwards thick, and many of the seams are of good quality.
The smaller coal-field at Annaghone, some miles north, has an area of
about 250 acres, and contains three coals, two of which, 3 and 9 feet
thick, are of good quality. E. T. H.

Haeeiss-Gasteel, — . Report on the Iron and Steel Industries of the
United States. Reports by Her Majesty's Secretaries of Embassy
and Legation, Commercial No. 18 (1874), part ii. 8vo. Pp.
129-816.
Details are given of analyses, production, method, and cost of work-
ing, &c. of the chief iron-producing districts. This part of the report
(pp. 131 to 198) is divided into the following heads: — Lake Superior
region, Missouri region, Lake Champlain region, region of southern
ores, Pennsylvania region. Statistics and a general review of ores are
appended. W. T.

Heatheeingtok, A. The Mining Industries of Nova Scotia. Pp.
23. London.

APPLIED AND ECONOMIC. 191

IIerter, Paul. Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesel. Bd. xxvi. Heft 4, pp.

935-937.
Letter on the recent progress of mining in Tuscany.

Hill, J. S., and "W. Fairlet. The Coal Deposits of Great Britain,
and the Oolitic Coal of England, Scotland, Sweden, and Denmark.
Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. pp. G70, 705, 743, 815, 851, 887, 923.

A compilation chiefly from German sources.

HocHSTETTER, F. YoN. Gcologic uud Eisenbahnbau. [Geology and

Kailways.] Yienna.
Inaugural address as rector of the Imperial Technical High School
of Yienna.

KtJHN, H. [Amber mine in East Prussia.] Zeitsch. Berg-Hiitten
und Salinenwesen, xxii. parts 3 and 4, pp. 139-146.

Shafts are being sunk through Tertiary beds near Konigsberg. The
amber-bearing bed is found at a depth of 140 feet at Nortyken, in
Samland. H. B.

Lapparent, a. de. Note sur Touvrage de M. Moissenet, intitule :
Parties riches des Filons. [On M. Moissenet's work on the rich
portions of veins.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 82-
85.

Leon, E. de. The Mineral Besources of the Southern States of the
American Union. Iron, vol. iv. pp. 674, 706.

Lucas, J. Horizontal Wells. A new Application of Geological
Principles to eiFect the Solution of the Problem of Supplying
London with Pure "Water. 4to. Lond. pp. viii, 86, 2 maps and
3 plates. [A list of Errata^ 2 pp., was issued separately.]
Pp. 1-15 give an account of the quality of the water supplied to
London, especially during 1872 and 1873. The author next treats of
the origin of springs and the subterranean levels of waters. He pro-
poses to intercept the water at the various water-bearing beds by
means of galleries, and to convey this water to London by gravitation.
The chief sources are the Chalk and the base of the Hythe Beds. Much
information is given as to the rainfall, yield, and quality of springs,
percolation, underground level of water, &c. This is collected in the
Tables on pp. 65-83. The result of the author's observations, and
his mode of making them, are given in the Appendix, pp. 49-64. W. T.

Macadam, Dr. Stevenson. On Water Supply. Proc. Phil. Soc.

Glasgow, vol. ix. no. 1, p. 23.
Nature of gathering-ground treated of pp. 31-33, but with reference
to contamination only.

M'Kellar, Peter. Mining on the North Shore of Lake Superior.
Pp. 26. Toronto, 1874.

192 GEOLOGY.

The author gives a general account of the rise and progress of mining
on the north shore of Lake Superior, with detailed statistics as to the
produce of the existing mines. H. A. N.

Malmros, Y. Anteckningar ofver Carl XV.'s koppapgrufva. [The

Carl XY.'s Copper Mine.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl.

bdt. i. pp. 109-112, pi. viii.

This mine is in the parish of Froderid, in the province of Jonkoping.

The rocks are quartz, granular limestone, hornblendic and chloritic

schists. The yield in copper and silver is given. G. A. L.

Manck, — . [Observations on Subterranean Water in Dresden.]
Protokolle des Sachsischen Ingenieur-Yereins, Sept. 1874, pp.
4-9.

A series of observations were made in 92 wells, to determine the
varying levels of the water as compared with that in the Elbe. The
subsoil on the right bank is fine gravel and sand ; on the left bank
coarse gravel and pebbles. The impervious beds below consist mainly
of ragstone, at depths varying from 39 to 54 feet. The variations in
level were most sudden in the coarse gravel. The rate at which water
flows from one district to another is ascertained, and it is now possible
to localize contamination and to point with precision to its source.
Some pumps in the midst of the old city give very pure water ; the level
there is low and the soil very fine. (From an abstract in * Proc. Inst.
Civ. Eng.' vol. xxxix. pp. 369, 370.)

Maw, W. H., and J. Dredge. Eeport on ^' Mineral Fuel," appended
to ' Reports on the Yienna Universal Exhibition of 1873.' Part II.
8vo. Pp. 353-371.

Report on " Building Material." Ibid. Part III.

Pp. 388-407.

, . Report on " Iron and Steel." Ibid. Part III. Pp.

408-518.

Meade, R. The Iron Industries of Northamptonshire. Mining Journ ,
Dec. 5.

' . The Iron Industries of the North Riding of Yorkshire (Cleve-

land district). Mining Journ., Dec. 19.

Meadows, J. M'C. Peat-Fuel Machinery. Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng.
vol. xxxviii. pp. 249-260 ; Discussion, pp. 261-282.

Notes arc given on the value of peat for fuel, and further informa-
tion upon the subject is contained in the discussion, including a detailed
account of the results obtained in Bavaria. W. T.

Neill, a. On the Bradford Building Trades. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for
1873, Sections pp. 196-199.

. On Stone-dressing in Bradford. Ibid. p. 214.

The author described the building-stones of the district, the methods
of working them, the cost, &c.

APPLIED AND ECONOMIC. 193

Neville, P. Ou the Water-supply of the City of Dublin. Proc.

Inst. Civ. Eng. vol. xxxviii. pp. 1-43 (Discussion, pp. 44-49).
Dublin and the neighbourhood is now supplied, by gravitation-works,
with water from the Cambrian and Silurian rocks- to the south. There
is now but little peat left in the district. The paper contains an ana-
lysis of the water, and notes upon the construction of a tunnel, 4332
yards long, through rocks of varying character. W. T.

NoKDENSTRoif, 0. G. Bidrag till kiinnedomen om Dalkarlsbergs
malmfalt. [Contributions to a knowledge of the metalliferous
field of Dalkarlsberg.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i.
pp. 27, 28, pi. iii.
Description of the workings.

'■ Om vigten af geologisk kunskap vid malmfyndigheters upp-
sokande. [On the importance of geological skill in discovering
ore-deposits.] Geol. fiiren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 61-G3,
fig. in text. ^ o
As an instance the arrangement of iron- and copper-ores at Atvida-
berg is given, showing their relations to the country-rock, which con-
sists of granite, gneiss, hornblende-rock, mica- schist, and protogine
gneiss. G. A. L.
. lakttagelser rorandc Solstads koppargrufva. [Solstad copper-
mine.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 116-120,
pis. v.-vii.
A plan, showing the mine at 13 different levels (the deepest being
1000 Swedish feet) , is given on a scale of 1 : 1200. Two sections are
likewise given. The rocks met with in the workings are gneiss, grey
quartz, and trap in dykes. The gneiss is the country-rock, the vein
being filled up with the quartz and the ore. The hade of the vein is
irregular, but on the whole south-westerly. G. A. L.

OxLAND, Dr. R. Lime. Trans. Plymouth Inst. vol. v. part 1, pp.

54, 55 (abstract).
Mentions some of the economic uses of limestone.

Page, Prof. D. [Remarks on some specimens of Artificial Stones.]
Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Eng. vol. xxiii. j)p, 158-160.

Refers to Chance's Patent Stone, formerly made near Birmingham by
melting Rowley Rag ; and Ransome's Patent Stone, prepared from ground
flints and a siliceous rock [Upper Greensand] from Farnham, which
contains silica soluble in caustic soda. W. T.

— . Economic Geology, or Geology in its relations to the Arts
and Manufactures. 8vo. Edin. and Lend. Pp. xv, 336. 18 wood-
cuts and geol. map of the British Isles (scale 60 miles to 1 incli),
by A. K. Johnstone [map reprinted from Keith Johnstone's School
Physical Atlas, 1869 J.
The author divides liis work as follows : — Introduction, 7 pp. ; tho
Rocky Crust, 23 pp. ; Agriculture, 18 pp. ; Land Valuation, 8 pp. ;
Architecture, 47 pp. ; Civil Engineering, 16 pp. ; Mine Engineering,
1874. 0

194 GEOLOQY.

26 pp. ; Heat- and Light-producing materials, 26 pp. ; Fictile Arts, 13 pp. ;
Grinding, Whetting, and Polishing materials, 13 pp. ; Eefractory or Fire-
resisting substances, 9 pp. ; Pigments, Dyes, and Detergents, 9 pp. ;
Salts and Saline Earths, 14 pp. ; Mineral and Thermal Springs, 19 pp. ;
Mineral Medicines, 4 pp. ; Gems and Precious Stones, 20 pp. ; Metals
and Metallic Ores, 38 pp. ; General Summary, 10 pp. A few general
references to authorities are given at the end of each chapter. W. T.

Paget, F. A. Eeport on the UtiKzation of Peat and Peat-lands.
Eeports on the Vienna Universal Exhibition of 1873. Part II.
8vo. Pp. 269-249. 2 plates and woodcuts.
The subject is treated under the following heads : — Natural Forma-
tion and Growth ; Extraction and Winning ; Mixing and Condensing ;
Drying ; Carbonization or Charring ; Products of its Distillation ; Ap-
plications as a Fuel ; Eeclamation of Peat-lands ; Sundry Applications
of Peat. W. T.

Paeodi, — . On Sulphur in Sicily. Nature, vol. x. p. 271.

Believes the sulphur of Sicily will be exhausted in 50 or 60 years ;
but as no sulphur has yet been worked below 400 ft., this estimate is
doubtful. C. E. De E.

Plant, John. Peat Fuels and their Economic Yalue. Trans. Man-
chester Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. part 3, pp. 55-82.

Describes the peat of highlands as never reaching more than 6 feet,
while those of lowland bogs reach 50 to 80. Takes peat-mosses of Great
Britain to cover 3^ million acres, which with, those of Ireland gives
6 million acres. In Holland 40 million tons of hard peat-fuel are made.
Peat is then divided into four classes : — '•' long turf," from high fens,
fibrous and light ; '^ short turf," obtained by dredging the water-covered
turbaries, cut into short bricks ; " derric turf," obtained from under
the sand-dunes on the coast; and *^ Eahder turf," a machine-made
peat-fuel. C. E. De E.

Poole, H. S. Eeport of the Department of Mines, Nova Scotia, for
. the year 1873. Pp.88. Halifax.

. Salbach, — . [Dresden Waterworks.] Protokolle des Sachsischen
Ingenieur-Yereins, May 10, 1874, pp. 17-41, 1 pi.
In the valley of the Elbe there are large tracts of thick, clean, fine
sand, such as that forming Dresden Heath ; this sand overlies granite
and other formations. There are but few springs ; and borings made
on the summit and slope of the Heath showed that but a small
quantity of water could be there obtained. Experiments were then
made to see if it would be possible to supply Dresden with naturally
filtered water, taken from the banks of the river. These experiments
showed that a large number of subterranean watercourses on the slope
of the Heath run into the gravel of the Elbe valley, and continue their
course under the bed of the river. A shaft, 23 feet deep, was sunk in
the bank of the river, from which 11 million gallons are pumped daily.

APPLIED AND ECONOMIC. 195

By pumping, the water in the shaft is kept 8 feet below the level of the
river ; yet the water of the shaft and that of the river differ in tempe-
rature and quality, showing that there is no connexion between them.
Analyses of the wat^r are given. The permanent works consist of
wells and a gallery, driven to intercept the subterranean watercourses.
(From abstract in Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng. vol. xxxix. pp. 383-386.)

W. T.

Sjogren, A. Anteckningar i praktisk geognosi. I. Om nyttan och
nodvandigheten af att S grufkartorna noggrannt angifva bergar-
tema. [Suggestions in practical geology. On the usefulness and
necessity of accurately mapping the rocks in mining plans.] Geol.
foren. Stockholm Porhandl. bdt. i. pp. 169-174, pi. xvi.

As an instance gives a description, with figures, of the " Stor " or
great mines near Persberg.

Smith, E. J. Agricultural Geology (No. 2. Northern Division).

Trans. Inst. Surveyors, vol. vi. pp. 323-341 (Discussion, pp. 341,

342).
Describes the range, elevation, soils, mineral products, <fec. of the
Palaeozoic rocks in the northern counties.

Smyth, W.W. Address of the President for 1872. 59th and 60th

Ann. Reps. Roy. Cornwall Geol. Soc. pp. 7-15.
Points out the lines of inquiry for members.

. Address of the President for 1873. Ibid. pp. 31-42.

Shows that there is no reason for saying that the mineral treasures
of Cornwall are exhausted, whether from want of new discoveries or
from the depth of the mines, and refers to discoveries of tin in Australia
and Van Diemen's Land, and the reworking of lead-slags at Laurium
in Greece. C. Le N. F.

Squarey, E. p. Agricultural Geology. Trans. Inst. Surveyors, vol. vi.

pp. 9-23 (Discussion, pp. 23-46).
Describes the soils overlying the various formations in ..England
and Wales, dealing chiefly with the Secondary and Tertiary rocks.

YoELCZER, Dr. A. On the Composition of Waters of Land Drainage.

Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc, scr. 2, vol. x. pp. 132-165.
Gives analyses of 70 samples of water from Broadbalk Field, Roth-
ampsted.

VoM Rath, — . [Sulphur in Sicily &c.] N. Jahrb. Heft i. pp. 62-66.

A letter enclosing extract from Prof. Trautschold, of Moscow, on the
treatment of sulphur at Lercara, and on the industries of the Lipari
Isles. Vom Rath adds a description of Vulcano. F. W. R.

WiKOFF, Hon. A. L. Ohio Statistics for 1873. Coll. Guard.

vol. xxvii. p. 746.
•A rhume from the * American Manufacturer' of the original
Report, which concerns itself chiefly with commercial details of the

o2

196 GEOLOGY.

production of iron and coal in Ohio, but in which some information as
to the composition and quality of both is to be found. G. A. L.

"Wilkinson, Consul. Report on the Trade and Commerce of the Pro-
vinces of Malaga, Granada, Almeria, and Jaen for the year 1872.
Eeports from Her Majesty's Consuls ; Commercial, No. 5 (1874),
part 1. 8vo. Pp. 289-308.
Gives information concerning the mining districts, with analyses of
the Robledal iron -ores.

WiLLCocK, J. On the History, Progress, and Description of the
Bowling Ironworks. Eep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 219-
222. (The paper has been printed in full by the Bowling Iron-
works Company.)

The geology around Bowling and the character of the coal-seams
and ironstone are described.

WiNDAKiEwicz, E. Das Erdol und Erdwachs in Galizien. [Mineral
oil and mineral wax in Galicia.] Berg- und hiittenmannisches
Jahrbuch, Bd. xxiii. Heft 1.

Chiefly statistical.

WooLDEiDGE, YicG-Consul. Eeport on the Trade and Commerce of
Cayenne for the year 1872. Reports from Her Majesty's Consuls ;
Commercial, No. 5 (1874), part 1. 8vo. Pp. 64-81.

" Gold industry" described on pp. 75-77.

"Worth, II. N. The Antiquity of Miuing in the West of England.

Trans. Plymouth Inst. vol. v. part 1, 1873-4, pp. 120-140, and

Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 265-267.

Chiefly antiquarian. The writer thinks that the geological evidence

would antedate the commencement of mining, and consequently the use

of metals, to a time when the mammoth either still existed in the West

of England or had not long disappeared, and when the general level

of Devon and Cornwall was at least 30 feet higher than now. H. B. W.

Yarious reports from Her Majesty's Consuls in the United States on

Peat Euel. Commercial, No. 6 (1874). 8vo. Lend. Pp. 14.
Refers to the use of peat in Baltimore, Boston, Charleston, Mobile,
New Orleans, New York, Philadelphia, and Portland.

Yictoria. Mineral Statistics for the year 1873. No. 8. Melbourne.

197

PETROLOGY.

AcHiARDi, Antonio d'. Sulla conversione di una roccia argillosa in
serpentino. [On the conversion of an argillaceous rock into ser-
pentine.] Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 366-369, woodcut.
Note on a section near Vignalo, in the Province of Florence. An
altered rock, traversed by veins of steatite and dolomite, contains
nodules of serpentine coated with dolomite. These nodules may be
traced gradually through all the stages of argillaceous rock into serpen-
tine : the alumina replaced by magnesia has been separated as a white
substance of the appearance of halloysite. E. B. T.

Allex, J. A. Metamorphic Products from the burning of Coal-
Beds of the Lignitic Tertiary in Dakota and Montana. Amer.
Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 141, 142.

Abstract of paper in Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. 1874.

Allport, S. On the Microscopic Structure and Composition of
British Carboniferous Dolerites. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.
pp. 529-567 (2 plates).

The paper is based upon an examination of specimens from fifty-
seven localities (Scotland, Ireland, Northumberland, and the Midland
counties). As regards terminology, the author proposes to include all
basic augitic rocks under the general name Dolerite, and to discon-
tinue the use of such terms as Melaphyre, Aphanite, Anamesite, Dia-
base, and Greenstone. As regards the age of the rocks described, they
are all supposed to be older than Permian. The minerals of which the
Dolerite are composed are classed under the heads of original and
secondary constituents : the latter (products of alteration) comprehend
chlorite, calcite, and quartz ; the former felspar, augite, magnetite,
olivine, apatite, and mica. These minerals are each noticed, and
then the Dolerites from the various localities are described. There are
some masses of trap in the Carboniferous rocks of Scotland not yet
examined. But all other basic rocks of tlie Carboniferous Series known
to the author belong to the augitic group, with only two exceptions —
the gabbro from Corstorphino Hill, Edinburgh, and the hornblendic
trap of the Warwickshire Coal-fields. W. T.

. Note on the Phonolitc from the " Wolf Rock." Geol. Mag.

dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 462, 463.

In examining microscopic sections of this rock the author finds that
some of the crystals which he had taken for nepholine present the
physical characters of noscan. This mineral had not been previously
recognized in these islands. The '• Wolf Hock " appears to be a typi-
cal phouolite, consisting of nepheline, no8ean,8anidine, hornblende, and
magnetite. F. W. R.

198 PETBOLOGY. '

Anon. Ninth Annual Eeport on the Colonial Museum and Labo-
ratory. New Zealand, 1874. Pp. 35.

The Laboratory Report contains 10 analyses of New-Zealand coals,
14 of limestones and other rocks, 7 of iron-ores, several assays of gold
and antimony-ores, and an analysis of mineral water from the Province
of Napier. P. W. E.

[On Andernach Trass.] Stoompost, 1874.

Trass is a tuffstone, found in the Eifel ; the principal quarries are in
or near the valley of the Brohl and the Nette, close to Andernach. The
tuffstone is a volcanic ash, underlying pumice-stone ; it contains from
50 to 60 per cent, of silica and only from 5 to 10 per cent, of lime.
The silica is partly in a soluble state, forming with lime and water a
silicate of great hardness. (From abstract in Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng.
vol. xxxix. pp. 313-316.) "W. T.

Bakonowski, Joseph J. Die mineralogische und chemische Zusam-
mensetzung der Granitporphyre. Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Ges.
, Pd. xxvi. Heft 3, pp. 522-532.
Describes the mineralogical and chemical composition of granite-
porphyry from near Leipzig and from Altenberg, in Saxony. The base
consists of crystalline granules of quartz, felspar, hornblende, and
chlorite, with magnetite and apatite. ■ Its structure is therefore granitic,
and thus essentially different from that of felsite-porphyry, in which
the base is amorphous. The minerals forming the base separate out in
distinct crystals. Sharply defined crystals of quartz have not been
observed in any similar rock ; if the quartz is crystallized, as in felsite-
porphyry, the base is amorphous ; if the base is crystalline, as in granite,
the quartz occurs only in irregular angular granules. The felspar is
partly orthoclase, partly plagioclase. Glass-cavities occur in both
quartz and felspar ; it is notable that they had not been previously
observed in rocks with a crystalline base. Analyses are given of granite-
porphyry from Beucha, near Leipzig, and from Altenberg. P. W. R.

Pertels, G. a. Ein neues vulkanisches Gestein. [New Yolcanic
Pock]. Yerh. Wiirzburg. phys.-med. Ges. viii. pp. 32. [Noticed
in N. Jahrb. Heft 8, pp. 873-875.]
A rock described by Sandberger as a nosean-andesite has been ex-
amined by Pertels, who regards it as a new species. A typical example
of the rock occurs at the Seugelberg, near Salz. It is a felspar-and-
hornblende rock, containing nosean and nepheline ; but the felspar is
purely triclinic. Chemical analyses of the rock are given. Pertels pro-
poses to distinguish it as Isenite, from the Piver Eis (Isena). The
hornblende becomes altered to a mineral which appears, from its ana-
lysis, to be a new species of the chlorite group, named by Pertels pJicv-
actinite. F. W. P.

BoEiOKT, E. Petrographische Studien an den Phonolithgesteinen
Bohmens. [Phonolites of Pohemia.] Arb. geol. Landesdurch.

PETEOLoar. 199

Bohm. Bd. iii. Abth. 2, Heft 1, pp. 96, 2 chromolithographs.

[jN'oticed in N. Jahrb. 1875, p. 320, and Amer. Journ. scr. 3,

Tol. vii. p. 518.]
Describes the microscopic structure and chemical composition of the
Bohemian phonolites, and recognizes the eight following groups : — (A)
liejyheline-phonoUtes : 1. Nepheline-phonolite ; 2. Leucite-nepheline-
phonolite. (B) Nosean-pJionolites (Hauyne -phonolites) : 3. Nepheline-
nosean-phonolite ; 4. Leucite-nosean-phonolite ; 5. Sanidine-nosean-
phonolite. (C) Sanidine-phonolites i 6. Nepheline-sanidine-phonolites;
7. Oligoclase-sanidine-phonolite, or Trachyphonolite ; 8. Sanidiue-
phonolite. F. W. R.

Bradley, T. H. On Unakyte, an epidotic rock from the Unaka

range, on the borders of Tennessee and North Carolina. Amer.

Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 519, 520.

The character relied upon for the separation of the species is the

replacement of the inim of common granite, or the hornblende of syenite,

by epidote. This rock is of Archaean age. G. A. L.

CoRExwTN^DER, B. Tcucur cu magucsic de la dolomie de Hure.
[Amount of magnesia in the dolomite of Hure.] Ann. Soc. Geol.
Nord, 1870-74, pp. 17, 18.
An analysis of dolomite from Hure (Boulonnais) gives 30 per cent,
of carbonate of magnesia.

. Analyse des dolomie de Hure, Saint-Remy-Chaussee, Pont-

Sainte-Maxence, &c. [Analysis of dolomite from Hure, &c.] Ann.

Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 18, 19.

The dolomites are from the Carboniferous Limestone and the Calcairo

grossier of Flanders, and from the Magnesian Limestone of Durham.

Four analyses are given. G. A. L.

Presence de Tazote dans les parties calcaires de la tourbo

d'Aveluy. [Presence of nitrogen in the calcareous portions of
the peat of Aveluy.] Ann. Soc. Ge'ol. Nord. 1870-74, p. 30.
'N'ote of analysis. The origin of the nitrogen is supposed to be the
decomposition of the plants of the peat.

Analyse de la tourbo d'Aveluy. [Analysis of tho Aveluy

peat.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 36.
Water 20-25, organic matter (combustible) 62*95, soluble salts 1'20,
insoluble salt 15*60 per cent.

Credner, Georo 11. Die krystallinischer Gemcngtheilo gewisscr
Schieferthono und Thonc. [Crystalline constituents of certain
shales and clays.] Zcitsch. gesammt. Naturwiss. N. S. Bd. x.
pp. 1 9, with plate.
Zirkel has shown that Palaeozoic clay-slates contain crystalline con-
stituents. Tho author has extended these observations to slialcs and
clays from the following formations : — Carboniferous, Permian, Trias,

200 peteoiogt".

Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Drift. He recognizes three classes
of constituents : — Clastic materials, or fine rolled fragments of minerals
and rocks ; Crystalline constituents, not developed by metamorphism,
but deposited at the time of formation of the rock (some of these are
figured) ; Organic constituents, chiefly remains of foraminifera. Con-
cludes that although crystalline constitutents are not confined to the
Pala30zoic slates, the proportion of such constituents diminishes with
the age of the rock ; a Mesozoic shale, for example, contains less crys-
talline matter and more mechanically-formed materials than does a
similar Palaeozoic rock. P. W. K.

Cronqtjist, a. W. Jemforande undersokning af eldfasta leror fran
Stabbarps stenkolsschakt i Skane. [Comparative analyses of fire-
clays from the shaft of the Stabbarp Coal-mine in Scania.] Geol.
foren. Stockholm Porhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 58-70, 1 fig. in text.
The analyses tend to show that the clays, which are Liassic, can be
favourably compared with the best foreign fire-clays. A great number
of analyses of various clays are given. G. A. L.

Cfery, J. Stalagmitic Deposits. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 191.
Describes a deposit at Boltsburn, Durham, 18 inches long, 10
broad, and | inch thick, which has been formed in fifteen years.

Dana, E. S. Abstract of a paper on the Trap Kocks of the Connec-
ticut Yalley. (Eead to Amer. Assoc. 1874.) Amer. Journ. ser.
3, vol. viii. pp. 390-392.
This trap forms part of a system of dykes through the Secondary
Sandstone of N'ova Scotia, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and North Caro-
lina, but nowhere so well shown or in such numbers as in the Con-
necticut valley. The author finds that "the trap which has come up
through the older crystalline roclcs is most of all free from hydrous mine-
rals or any evidence of alteration, its grains having a fresh, vitreous
look on the fracture." A strongly amygdaloidal trap occurs in the
same dykes as the massive variety. G. A. L.

Dana, J. D. [Connecticut Traps.] Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Ges.
Bd. xxvi. Heft 4, pp. 939, 940.

Letter stating that the writer's son had prepared about 150 sections
of " trap " rocks from Connecticut, and had found them to consist of
dolerite and diabase. The trap-dykes cutting through crystalline rocks
are true dolerites, and the traps on the western border of the Connec-
ticut valley are also free from chlorite, whilst those of the middle and
eastern Triassic districts are diabase ; the further to the east the
richer are they in chlorite. P. W. P.

Dathe, J. P. E. Mikroskopische TJntersuchungen uber Diabase.

[Microscopic Investigations on Diabase.] Zeitsch. deutsch. geol.

Gessel. Bd. xxvi. Heft 1, p. 1.
Gives a list of the principal Saxon localities of diabase, a detailed
description of the minerals which enter into its composition, and an

PETROLOGY. 201

account of the microscopic structure and relations of some of the typical
Saxon diabases. The general conclusions are : — 1. Diabases may be
divided into two groups : Diabase composed of plagioclase, augite,
titanic-iron, magnetite, pyrites, apatite ; and Quartz diabase, a ciystal-
liiie mixture of plagioclase, augite, quartz, magnesian mica, titanic iron,
magnetite, pyrites, apatite. 2. The micro-structure of these groups is
distinctly crystalline. 3. The eruptive origin of diabases is proved by
their fluxed structure. 4. The plagioclase is always oligoclase. 5.
The augite and magnesian mica are converted by alteration into viri-
dite. 6. The magnetite is partly of secondary origin, and results from
the alteration of augite and magnesian mica. 7. The alteration of the
magnetite gives rise to hematite and liraonite. 8. The pyrites is a
subsequent product, also the limonite, and probably the specular iron
ore. 9. The quartz is either a normal component or may be of secon-
dary origin. 10. The calcspar is always of secondary origin. F. li.

Dawkins, W. B. Observation on the Rate at which Stalagmite is

being accumulated in the Ingleborough Caves. Kep. Brit. A.ssoc.

for ] 873. Sections, p. 80. (See also Proc. Manchester Lit. and

Phil. Soc. Feb. 1873.)

The observations go back to 1839 (those of that date having been

made by Mr. J. Farrar), and they show that the boss of stalagmite

known as the " Jockey Cap " is increasing at the rate of -2946 of an

inch per year. At this rate 20 feet of stalagmite might be formed in

1000 years. W. T.

Dewalqite, G. E-apport sur une memoire envoye au concours de la

classe dcs sciences do 1874, en reponse a la question suivante :

Faire connaitre^ notamment au point de vue de leur composition,

les roclies plutoniennes, ou considerees comme telles, de la Belgique et

de VArdenne frani^aise. [Composition of plutonic rocks of Belgium

and the French Ardennes.] Bull. Ac. roy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxviii.

no. 12.

The rocks described are quartzose diorite of Quenast and Lessincs,

gabbro (hypersthenite of Dumont) of Hozemont, porphyroids of Fan-

quez, Rebecq-llognon, and Pitet, arkoses, quartzose porphyry of Spa,

quartzose diorite of Lembecq, and rocks of the French Ardennes. The

paper reported on is by Messrs. de la Vallee-Poussin and Renard, and

will be published in the ' Memoires Couronnes.' G. A. L.

DoELTER, C. [Eruptive Rocks of Transylvania.] N. Jahrb. Heft 3,
pp. 275, 276.

Gives a summary of the results of studies of these rocks, especially
of the melaphyres and andesites ; the former are Jurassic, the latter
Tertiary. The andesites contain plagioclase, which in some cases is
andesine, in others labradorite. F. AV. R.

. Die Trachyte dcs Siebenbiirgischen Ezgcbirges. [Trachytes

202 PETROLOGY.

of the Transylvanian Erzgebirge.] Min. Mitt. Heft 1, pp. 13-
30.

Describes, in topographical order, a number of trachytic rocks from
the Ore-mountains of Transylvania. The rocks are chiefly hornblende-
andesites, of which two varieties are recognized — those containing quartz
(Dacite), and those without it. Several analyses of felspars from these
andesites are given. An augitic andesite is described from the Ju den-
berg. P. W. R.

DoELTER, C. Porphyrit von Lienz. Min. Mitt. Heft 1, pp. 89-91.
[The title of this has been already printed at p. 57, from another
journal, but without notice.]
This rock forms a vein in mica-schist in the Isel valley, and is believed
to be not younger than the Eothliegende. A mineralogical description
of the rock is given. It consists of plagioclase, with a little orthoclase,
hornblende, and biotite. It may be classed with porphyrite ; or, if sepa-
rated as a distinct rock, may be called jpalceoandesite. F. W. it.

Ueber einige Trachyte des Tokaj-Eperieser Gebirges. Min.

Mitt. Heft 3, pp. 199-222.
A continuation of studies on trachytes, describing the rocks of the
mountains of Tokaj and Eperies. The following trachytic rocks occur
in this range : — Augite-andesite, augite-andesite lava, hornblende- ande-
site, quartziferous augite-andesite, rhy elite, quartziferous sanidiue-
trachyte, and sanidine-trachyte lava. Descriptions of microscopic
sections of these rocks and many chemical analyses are given.

P. W. R.
Mikroscopische UntersTichung einiger Granite aus der tech-

nischen Sammlung der k.-k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. [Micro-
scopic investigation of some granites in the collection of the
Imperial Geological Institute.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. p. 147.

Dtjkn, E. J. Diamond-bearing Rock of S. Africa. See Addenda.

Egger, a. tT. Amphibolfels von Polling. Min. Mitt. Heft 3, p.

243.
Analysis of a hornblende-rock from near Pelling, in Austria.

EvERWiJN", R. Marmer op het eiland Amboina. Jaarb. Mijnw.

Ned. O.-Ind. 3 Jaar., 1 Deel, pp. 172, 173.
Describes four specimens of marble from the island of Amboyna.

PoRBHAM, H. G. Structure in Chalk. See p. 12.

PouOTJi:, P. Etude microscopique et analyse mediate d'une ponce
du Yesuve. [Microscopic study and mean analysis of a Yesuvian
pumice.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 8G9-872.

Galletlt, John. Analysis of a Lepidodendroid Plant from the
Shale of West Calder ; with Remarks on the Pormation of Coal.
Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3, pp. 395-397.

Contains an analysis Of the branch of a Lepidodendron.

PEETOLOGT. 203

Gardnee, R., Jun. Protogine. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 432.
lleferring to a notice that a fragment of protogine contains plant-
remains, the writer asks if the rock in question may not be a sedimen-
tary rock formed from protogine. W. T.
Gentk, F. a. Investigation of Iron Ores and Limestones from
Messrs. Lyon Short & Co.'s Iron-Ore Banks on Spruce Creek,
Half-Moon linn and Warrior's l^Iark Run, in Centre, Blair and
Huntingdon Counties, Pa. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xiv. no. 92,
pp. 84-99.
Seems to be an interpolation in Prof. Lesley's paper (see p. 122).
Consists of about 30 chemical analyses.

Guii^Lius, Otto. Om kalkgranit i Upland. [Calcareous granite in

Upland.] Geol. foren, Stock. Eorhandl. bdt. i. pp. 47, 48.
Note with table.

GtJMBEL, Dr. C. AY. Die durch ein Eruptivgcstein vercokte Kohle
von Mahrisch-Ostrau. [The coal of Mahrisch-Ostrau, converted
into coke by an eruptive rock.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Ileichs. pp.
55, 5Q,
Describes the metamorphism of a bed of coal by an eruptive mass of
augitic porphyry, which is itself greatly altered near the line of
contact. H. A. N.
GuYEEDET, — . Note suT quclqucs Roches du bassin de la Loire,
recueillies principalement dans la partie comprise entre Roanne,
Saint-Just-en-Chevalet et Boon. [On rocks of the basin of the
Loire, from specimens gathered principally between Roanne, St.
Just-en -Chevalet and Been.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t, i.
pp. 497- .
The rocks described are : — greenish -brown Porphyritic Grit from Le
More, near Cordelles, and green ditto from Lay ; Pink quartziferous
Porphyry from the banks of the Loire; Amygdaloid " Wacke" from La
Tessone (analj'sis given) ; Reddish-brown felspathic Porphyry of Ville-
montais ; Granitoid,Porphyry of St. Just-en-Chevalet (analysis) ; Brown
felspathic Porphyry of the same place ; Pink quartziferous Porphyry
from La Bombardi ; Dioritine (green) of same place (analj-sis) ; Por-
phyroidal Eurite from same place (analysis) ; Granitoid Porphyry of Mt.
Urfe ; Porphyroidal Amphibolite of La Forge ; Granitoid Porphyry of
Boen-sur-Lignon (analysis) ; Red quartziferous Porphyry of Saint-Ger-
raain-Laval ; Pink quartziferous Porphyry from La Prugne. G. A. L.
. Sur la correlation des phcnomenes qui ont amend la trans-
formation des sables eruptifs et de ceux qui ont produit la trans-
formation do certains calcaires en dolomie dans les formations
cretacces ct tertiaires. [Correlation of the phenomena which
have brought about the transformation of eruptive sands with
those which have produced the alteration of certain limestones
into dolomite in the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations.] Compt.
Rend. 2 scss. Assoc. Frangaise, pp. 438-443.
A chemico-petrological paper.

204 PETROLOGI.

Hall, Townshend, M. Note on the Occurrence of Mineral Oil in
Shale at Barnstaple. Trans. Devon. Assoc, vol. vi. part 2, p. 547.

The object of this note is to record the discovery of a vein, highly
impregnated with mineral oil, traversing the Upper Devonian shale,
which was exposed in digging the foundations for some new buildings
at the lace-factory in the town. T. M. H.

Hayes, S. D. Lignite from Louisiana. Chem. News, vol. xxx.
no. 774, pp. 153, 154 [from the ' American Chemist'].

An analysis of a lignite, of which considerable deposits occur on the
banks of the Mississippi, about two miles below Shrevepoint. It has
been proposed to use this lignite as fuel for steamboats. F. W. II.

Heidenhain", J. Chemisch-geolog-ische Betrachtung der Gypsvor-
kommnisse in der Zechsteinformation. [Gypsum in Zechstein.]
Zeitscli. deutsch. geol. Ges. Bd. xxvi. Heft 2, pp. 275-283.

Describes the occurrence of gypsum as a rock in the Zechstein of the
Kyffhauser in the Goldene Aue, S.E. Hartz. Recognizes two beds,
and gives analyses of each ; the lower contains less gypsum and more
anhydrite than the upper. Befers the deposits to a marine origin, and
suggests the formation of the gypsum by alteration of anhydrite.
Sulphate of lime, if precipitated from solution under pressure of ten
atmospheres, falls as anhydrite ; and such a deposit might therefore be
formed at sufficient depth in the sea. F. W. R.

HiLGARD, E. W. Silt Analyses of Soils and Subsoils. Amer. Journ.
ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 9-17.

The State Geologist of Mississippi has given the results of his exami-
nation of the physical qualities of various cotton-soils. The observa-
tions were made with the " churn elutriator," described in a previous
paper. "With this the soils are divided into the following constituents,
— coarse grit, fine grit, coarse sand, medium sand, fine sand, finest
sand, dust, silt of six degrees of fineness, and clay ; the percentages are
given in tabular form. E. B. T.

Hilger, Prof. — . Ueber den oberfrankischen Eklogit. [Eclogite

from Upper Eranconia.] Sitzungsb. phys.-med. Soc. Erlangen,

Heft 6, pp. 96-99.

Contains original analyses of specimens of Eclogite — one from Ep-

penreuth, another from Silberbach, and the third from the Ealser Hohe,

near Markt Schorgast. Separate analyses are given of the garnets

and of the matrix of each of these rocks. E. ^Y. R.

HoEENES, Rudolph. Vorlage von prismatischen Sandsteinen aus
der Gegend von Reichenberg in Bohmen, durch Herrn J. Baum-
heyer. [Prismatic sandstones from the neighbourhood of Reichen-
berg, in Bohemia.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 401, 402.

How, Prof. H. On Two Coals from Cape Breton, their Cokes and

TETROLOGY. 205

Ashes, with some comparative analyses. Journ. Chem. Soc. ser.

2, vol. xii. pp. 325-331.
Contains analyses of average samples of the whole thickness of the
main-seam coal at the Sydney Mines, and of that of the Lingan Mine
coal, as well as of the ashes of these coals. F. W. R.

HuDLESTON, W. H. Analyses of Gault, Ironstone, Phosphatic No-
dule, and Marl, in paper by F. G. H. Peice. See p. 31.

Hull, Praf. Edward. Microscopic Structure of Irish Granites.
Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. iv. pt. 1, pp. 4-8
(plate).

No. 2. Granite of AUemore, Mayo. — This forms an isolated mass,
S. of Louisburg: it is fine-grained, greyish, and consists of quartz,
orthoclase, triclinic felspar (? oligoclase), and dark green mica. In
places it takes the appearance of graphic granite. It is surrounded by
metamorphosed schistose beds, probably L. Silurian, and is older than
the U. Llandovery Beds to the S. The orthoclase sometimes exhibits a
cross-banded structure. The oligoclase (?) is not often crystalline.
The silica is without crystalline form and highly cellular, containing
fluid bubbles, sometimes of very irregular form. From the space they
occupy it might be inferred that the original vapour was not highly
rarefied. Tubes and trichites are rare. The mica shows a wavy struc-
ture, and sometimes encloses grains of magnetite, which are also found
in the felspar. No. 3. Granite of Ballylcnoclcan, Go. WicMow. — This
is considered the best building-stone near Dublin. The author quotes
analyses, from which the presence of a soda-felspar had been inferred :
this the microscope now reveals. The rock is finely crystaUine-granu-
lar, and contains the following minerals — silica, orthoclase, triclinic
felspar, grey mica, and mica of a fine bronze colour. The silica is
amorphous and contains cells with fluid-bubbles, stone-cavities, trichites,
tubes or tracks of gas-bubbles, and gas-cavities (?). The orthoclase is
generally subcrystalline, and presents the cross-banded structure,
while the triclinic felspar is considered to be albite. E. T. H.

. On the Microscopic Structure of the Lambay Porphyry (or

Porphyrite). Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. iv. pt. 1,
pp. 44-48, 3 woodcuts ; and Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 449-
453, 4 woodcuts.
The rock is a beautiful ornamental stone, resembling the green por-
phyry of Sparta and Marathon in appearance, but quite distinct in
mineralogical composition. It has been intruded amongst the Silurian
rocks before the Old-Rcd-Sandstone period. The normal rock consists
of a dark green base, enclosing pale green crystals of orthoclase, up to
aiU inch in length, with cavities containing segregations of chalcedony,
cpidote, chlorite, and calcito in vesicular cells. The rock has been
considered hornblendic ; but specimens fail under the microscope to
reveal this mineral, and show that the dark colouring-matter of the
base is duo to the minute crystalline grains of magnetite with a little

206 PETROLOGY.

chlorite. Thus, although hornblende may occur as an accessory, the
rock ought to be regarded as a felstone -porphyry, or '-'■ porphyrite,^^
not as a greenstone-porphyry. The author gives details as to the micro-
scopic characteristics of each mineral. E. T. H.

Hull, Prof. E. On the Microscopic Structure of a Granitoid Quartz-
porphyry from Galway. Monthly Mic. Journ. no. 61, pp. 11-13,
with part of plate.
Describes the structure of a rock near Salt Hill, S. "W. of Galway. It
has the constituents of a granite ; but the base is felspathic, not sili-
ceous, and the rock is therefore a quartz-porphyry rather than a true
granite. F. "W. B.

. Microscopic Structure of Basalt of Ballyleny. See p. 11.

. Microscopical Notes. Memoir on sheets 76, 77, Geological

Survey, Ireland. See p. 40.

Hunt, Dr. T. S. Eemarks on Prof. Newberry's paper on *^ Circles
of Deposition," &c. (p. 124). Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B,
p. 196.
Reminds readers that twelve years ago he announced, on chemical
grounds, that all magnesian limestones had been formed by the simul-
taneous precipitation of carbonate of lime and magnesia from solutions
concentrated by evaporation. A. H. G.

. La Chimie de la Terre. [The Chemistry of the Earth.]

Rev. Univ. des Mines, t. xxxvi. pp. 246-295.

Translated from the Smithsonian Report for 1869. On the last page
are some additional observations by the author. According to him, it
is the decomposition of the crystalline rocks in ancient times which
has been the source of all the clays of the non- crystalline rocks; and
the alkalies set free during this decomposition have given rise, by their
reaction on the waters of the ocean, to the carbonates of lime and
magnesia of those rocks. In glaciated countries the crystalline rocks
have suffered no decomposition since the glacial erosion; in non-
glaciated countries these rocks are deeply decomposed. G. A. L.

Jannettaz, E. Note sur les mineraux et les roches recueillies dans
I'Alaska et les lies Aleoutiennes, par M. A. Pinart. [Minerals
and rock-specimens from Alaska and the Aleutian Islands.] Bull.
Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 122-125.

A descriptive catalogue of a small collection of minerals and rocks.

Les Roches. Description deleurs elements : methode de deter-

mination. Pp. viii, 285. 16mo. Paris (39 woodcuts).

John, K. Analyse eines Augit-Hornblende-Andesits von Toplitia
bei Gyorgy St. Miklos in Siebenbiirgen. [Analysis of an augitic

PETEOLOGr. 207

and homblendic Andesito from Toplitia, near Gyorgy St. Miklos,
in Transylvania.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Eeiclis. pp. 120, 121.
Gives the physical, chemical, and microscopical characters of the
Andesite.

John, K. Analyse eines Hornblende- An desits von Tusnad am Biidos
bei Kronstadtin Siebenbiirgen. [Analysis of a hornblendic Ande-
site from Tusnad, on the Biidos, near Kronstadt, in Transyl-
vania.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 242-244.
Points out that the rock, though regarded by Dr. G. Stache as a
" Sanidine-oligoclase-trachyte," is really a hornblendic Andesite, as
shown by analysis and microscopic investigation. H. A. N.

JrBD, J. W. Scotch Yolcanic Rocks. See p. 22.

Kaikowskt, Ernst. Die augithaltenden Felsitporphyre bei Leipzig.
Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Ges. Bd. xxvi. Heft 3, pp. 586-599.

Augitic felsite-porphyry occurs between Wurzen, Grimma, and Bors-
dorf, near Leipzig. The rock is composed of quartz, orthoclase, labra-
dorite, augite, biotite, titanic iron-ore, magnetite, and apatite. Each
component is described in detail. The composition and colour of the
porphyry vary ; and the nature of the enclosures appears to vary with
the composition : the more augite and plagioclase, the more glass-
cavities ; the more quartz and orthoclase, the more fluid-cavities. Com-
position of the rock varies geographically — the more basic varieties oc-
curring in the east, the more acid in the west. The felsitic base is a
fine-grained crystalline aggregate of quartz, two felspars, and augite.
The base exhibits fluid structure. Concretions of dark and pale-
coloured felsite occur in the porphyry. P. \Y. R.

. Mikroskopische Untersuchungen von Eelsiten und Pechsteinen

Sachsens. [Felsites and pitchstones of Saxony.] Min. Mitt.
Heft 1, pp. 31-58.
Describes microscopic structure of pitchstones, felsites, and felsite-
porphyry from Saxony, with special reference to the character of the
ground- mass. F. W. R.

Kenngott, a. N. Jahrb. Heft 5, pp. 515, 516.

Letter describing a concretion found loose near Brigels, in Switzer-
land. It consists of a crust of actinolite, enclosing a kerjiel of green
granules and crystalline needles; the surface is coated with biotite.
An attached fragment shows that the matrix was a fine-grained
granite. F. \Y. R.

. [Pitchstono and Obsidian.] N. Jahrb. Heft 6, pp. 608-611,

2 woodcuts.

Describes microscopic section of pitchstone from Garesbach, near
Meissen. One of the disseminated crystals of orthoclase encloses a
banded concretion. Elongated tube-like bodies, of irregular branch-
ing form, are also present in the pitchstone. The black obsidian from
Hecla, previously described by the author, loses its coloui' on heating,

208 PETROLOGY.

but the enclosures undergo no change. It becomes vesicular when
heated to near its fusing-point. F. W. R.

Knop, a. Ueber Kieselsaure-Abscheidungen und Oolithbildung..
[Separation of Silica, and formation of Oolite.] N. Jahrb. Heft 3,
pp. 281-288, woodcut.

Discusses the conditions under which silica can separate in the
various forms of quartz, tridymite, asmanite, and opal. Describes a
hornstone of oolitic structure occurring in the Trias of the Upper Rhine
country. Reviews the hypotheses advanced to account for the formation
of oolites in general, and records observations tending to show that they
may occasionally be formed by incrustation of bubbles of gas liberated
in calcareous waters, or by deposits in small shells. F. W. R.

Lasaulx, Dr. A. von. Ueber sogenannte Hemithrene und einige

andere Gesteine aus dem Gneiss- Granitplateau des Departement

Puy-de-D6me. [So-called Hemitrene &c. from Puy-de-Dome.]

N. Jahrb. Heft 3, pp. 230-260.

Concludes, from microscopic and chemical examination of typical

examples of " Hemitrene," that this name should be abolished, as it is

at present applied to several rocks essentially distinct, and having

nothing in common except the presence of carbonate of lime. Also

describes diorites, porphyries, and other rocks, from the plateau of

gneiss and granite in the Dep. of the Puy-de-D6me. F. W. R.

— . Sopra le rocce eruttive del Yicentino. [Eruptive rocks
of the Yicenza district.] Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 16-30.

An Italian translation of part of a paper in the Zeitsch. deutsch.
geol. Gesell. Bd. xxv. (1873). Contains descriptions and analyses of
various porphyrites, pitchstone-porphyry, trachytes, gabbro, &c. from
the Yicenza district. E. B. T.

Lee, John E. Notes on Trappean Rock. Trans. Devon. Assoc,
vol. vi. part 2, pp. 400-411. 4 plates.

This paper is illustrated by a series of 24 sketches, principally taken
in Ireland, Scotland, France, Germany, and Italy, all relating to the
structure of trap, basalt, and volcanic rocks. The author first describes
the general peculiarities of basalt and trap, such as the varieties of the
prismatic form, with the cross and cup sections of the prisms and their
tendency to concentric weathering. In the second place is noticed the
alteration caused by the intrusion of trap-dykes upon limestone, coal,
sandstone, or whatever rock may be in proximity to them. The con-
cluding part is a consideration of the effects which trap and volcanic
action have upon scenery. T. M. H.

Leech, Prof. Notice of a Lightning-tube or Fulgurite found near
Fayetteville, N. 0. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 145.

LfivY, Michel. Note sur quelques roches analogues aux porphyres

PETROLOGY. 209

granitoides de la Loii-e. Bull. See. Geol. France, 2 ser. t. ii.

pp. 60-68.
A lithological description of specimens of granitoid porphyries from
the Loire. The author divides them into three series — felspaihic,
quartziferouSf and euritic, passing one into the other. G; A. L.

L6vy, Michel. Note sur une classe de roches emptives intermediaires

entre les granites porphyroides et les porphyres granitoides. Groupe

dcs Granulites. [A class of eruptive rocks between the porphy-

roid granites and the granitoid porphyries. Granulite group.]

Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. -t. ii. pp. 177-189.

Proposes to restrict the name Granulite to rocks of an exclusively

eruptive origin, fine-grained, essentially composed of abundant lamella3

of felspar (usually either orthoclase or oligoclase), in the midst of

which are to be seen numerous grains of quartz and spangles of mica.

To these Granulites are allied schistose rocks of the kind known in part

as Leptynite by most authors, which will be called Schistose Granulite,

and large-grained rocks known as Pegmatites. The ancient stratiform

rocks allied to gneiss and mica-schist, which have been known under

the above names, will all be grouped under the name Leptynite.

G. A. L.

, and — DoTJViLL^. Note sur les granulites et les porphyres

quartziferes des environs d'Avallon (Yonne). [Quartzites and
quartziferous porphyries of Avallon (Yonne).] Bull. Soc. Geol.
France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 189-195.
A detailed lithological description of the granulites and granitoid
rocks between Lormes and Avallon. The various rock-types distin-
guished by the author are : —

Porpbyroid Granite

Granite with white mica (Granulite) \ Coarse-grained type.

Granitoid Porphyry of St. Just

„ ,, of Boen Very fine-grained granidites.

Granuhtic Elvans | True porphyritic type, merging

Granitoid Porphyries of Urph6 V into the very quartziferous

Porphyries with Pinite of Auvergne J type.

The chronological order of the rocks gives the following series : —
1. Porpbyroid granite. 2. Granulite (Devonian). 3. Granitoid por-
phyry (Carb. limestone) and Porphyry with Pinite of Auvergne.

G. A. L.

LiNDSTBoM, Axel. Om kalkhalten i mergel. [Percentage of limo

in marl.] Geol. filren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 33-44.
The results obtained and the opinions held with regard to this sub-
ject by various writers, from Pliny onwards, are quoted.

LossEN, K. A. Der Bode-Gang im Hartz, eino Granit-Apophyso von
vorwiegend porjihyrischer Ausbildung. [The Bode dyke in the
ITartz.] Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Ges. Bd. xxvi. Heflb 4, pp. 856-906.

Suggests that a hot fluid granitic magma was injected into a fissure
extending fi-om the Bamberg granite towards the Brockcn, and that,

1874. i>

I

210 PETEOIOGY.

by rapid cooling, the rock in the vein assumed a porphyritic struc-
ture. The crystalline texture of the granite is lost; the further the
vein is from the main mass the more decided is the porphyritic struc-
ture. The texture of the vein is more compact towards the walls. A
description of microscopic structure of the " salband" is given.

F. W. B.

Malaise, C. Sur quelques roches porphyriques de Belgique. [Por-
phyritic rocks of Belgium.] Bull. Ac. roy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxviii.
no. 7, pp. 70-87.

The porphyritic rocks of Belgium, which are looked upon as plutonic
or metamorphic, are found in the Stavelot hills and in those of Brabant
and Sambre-et-Meuse. One eurite alone has been observed in the
Lower Devonian, at Piroy (Malonne). "With the exception of the last
case, these rocks, although later than the Cambro- Silurian series, are
pre-Devonian. The author brings together in this paper all the ob-
servations of previous writers, besides his own, regarding these rocks.
He divides them into simple and compound felspathic rocks, eurite
alone belonging to the former group, whereas the latter comprises
hypersthenite, chlorophyre, diorite, and the schistoid porphyries, which
themselves comprise the schistoid porphyry, the dlhite ^liylladiftre, and
the eurite ^hylladifire of Dumont. G. A. L.

. Eapport sur un memoire en reponse a la question: Paire

connaitre, notamment au point de vue de leur composition, les

roches plutoniennes, ou considerees comme telles, de la Belgique

et de I'Ardenne frangaise." [Report on a paper on the plutonic

rocks, or those regarded as such, of Belgium and of French

Ardenne.] Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxviii. no. 12, pp. 775-

784.

The report proper is prefaced by a short resumi of the rocks which,

in the author's opinion, should form the subject of study, in order that

the question asked may be properly answered. This introduction

forms a summary of Dumont's views respecting the plutonic rocks of

Belgium and the adjoining part of Prance. G. A. L.

Malet, H. p. "What is Basalt ? Science Gossip, no. 114.
Note on the occurrence of apatite and olivine in basalt, as proof that
the rock is not igneous.

Maskelyne, Prof. N. S., and Dr. "W. Plight. On the Character of

the Diamantiferous Eock of South Africa. Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc. vol. XXX. pp. 406-416, woodcut.

The diamonds occur in an altered igneous rock, apparently a bron-

zite-rock, converted, for the most part, into a hydrated magnesium

silicate. The soft ground-mass of the rock contains included fragments

of shale and a new mineral of the vermiculite group, described as

Yaalite. It also contains a green ferriferous enstatite (bronzite), a

paler- coloured bronzite, a hornblendic mineral resembling smaragdite,

PETROLOGF. 211

garnets, ilmenite, and, in some cases, an altered diallage. Opaline
silica and calcite are often present as minerals of secondary origin. The
altered rock is traversed by veins of diorite ; and the diamonds appear
to be most abundant in the neighbourhood of these veins. The paper
contains analyses of the principal rock-constituents, and descriptions of
specimens from Bulfontein, Du Toit's Pan, and the New Eush.

F. W. R.
Metinier, Stan. Presence do la zircosyenite aux iles Canaries.
[Zircosyenite from the Canary Islands.] Compt. llcnd. t. Ixxix.
pp. 594, 595.
Notices the presence of zircosyenites, identical with those of Scan-
dinavia, at Fortaventure, in the Canary Islands.

MoHL, H. Die Basalte der rauhen Alb, mikroskopisch untersucht
uud bcschrieben. Jahresheft Yer. Naturk. "Wiirttemberg, p. 33,
with plate. [Noticed in N. Jahrb. Heft 7, pp. 745-747.]
Description of microscopic structure of the basalts of the Swabian
Alb. All of them are nepheline-basalts. The olivine is remarkably
fresh even in rocks which have been much altered ; some of the basalts
are rich in apatite ; in others the nepheline and vitreous base are con-
verted into carbonate of magnesia and a zeolite, regarded as chabasite.

F. W. R.

. Mikromineralogischo Mittheilungen. Erste Fortsetzung. N.

Jahrb. Heft 7, pp. 675-710, Heft 8, pp. 785-804, with plate.
Describes microscopic structure of several newly discovered German
haiiyne-basalts ; trachyte-pitchstone, quartz-trachyte lava, and sani-
dine-trachyte lava from East Java; sanidine-trachytes from Flores
and Aden ; trachytes from Central Java ; diabase from Eorneo ; bronzite
from Borneo ; and minette from Saxony. Also describes sandstone and
limestone altered by basalt, from Weissholz, near Liitgeneder.

F. W. R.

. IJeber die mineralogische Constitution und Eintheiluug der

Phonolithe. N. Jahrb. Heft i. pp. 38-45.
The results of the study of 624 microscopic sections of phonolite.
Describes the mineralogical constitution of typical sections, and
suggests the following classification — Noscan-phonolite (2 varieties),
Haiiyne-phonolite (2 varieties), Nepheline-phonolite, Nepheline-glass
phonolite, and Mica-phonolite. F. W. R.

. ZusammensteUung, mikroskopisch e XJntersuchung und Be-

Bchreibung einer Sammlung typischer Baaalte. [Microscopic struc-
ture &c. of Basalts.] N. Jahrb. Heft 9, pp. 897-942, with
plate.
A descriptive catalogue of a collection of 30 specimens of typical
basalts, selected by the author and prepared as microscopic objects by
Fuess of Berlin. Two groups are recognized — vitreous basalts and
true basalts: the latter class is subdivided into 6 groups — magma-
basalts, felspar-basalts, nepheline-basalts, leucito-basalts, haiiyne-
basalts, and mica-basalts. F. W. R.

i'2

212 PETROLOGY.

Nedeljkovic, S. Syrmier Sanidin-Trachyt. Verh. k.-k. geol.
Eeichs. pp, 15, 16.

Describes the occurrence of an area of sanidine-fcrachyte in the
" Fruska Gora " mountains, south of Peter wardein in the Banat, on the
northern bank of the Danube. The trachyte holds large crystals of
hornblende and glassy felspar (sanidine), and ^s stated to be Post-
Cretaceous. H. A. N.

~ NoGUES, A. F. Lignites and Peats. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii.
p. 900.
Article translated from " La mineralogie et la mineralurgie a
I'Exposition Universelle de 1867." Analyses of lignites and peats are
given, with the characteristics of the French and Swiss lignites and of
the French, Dutch, and Italian peats. G. A. L.

Ortlieb, J". Composition chimique et mineralogique d'un banc de
calcaire silicifie du devonien de Hergies-les-Bavai. [Chemical
and mineralogical composition of siHcified limestone from the
Devonian of Hergies-les-Bavai.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-
74, pp. 37, 38.
Analysis given — 91-27 per cent, of carbonate of lime, 6-92 of insolu-
ble and 0-42 of soluble silica.

Petteesen", K. Om Gabbroen paa Seiland, Yest-Finmarken. [Gabbro
from Seiland, Western Finmark.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl.
bdt. ii. pp. 125, 126.

PiCHLER, A. [Eock from Innsbruck.] N. Jahrb. Heft ix. p. 961.
A letter containing reference to a peculiar variety of micaceous clay-
slate or phyllite from Innsbruck.

Both, Here. XJeber die Obsidian- und Perlitstrome des Guamani in
Ecuador. Moriatsb. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss. pp. 378-385.

Describes specimens of obsidian and perlite from the neighbourhood
of the Filo de los Corrales, about 4300 metres above the sea-level, and
from the Tablon de Ytulgache, 3361 metres high, both localities being
in the Guamani mountains of Ecuador. F. W. R.

Etjkler, F. W. Basalt. Science Gossip, no. 117, p. 212.

Note in reply to Mr. Malet. Argues that the presence of apatite
and olivine in basalt cannot be regarded as evidence against the igneous
origin of this rock. F. W. E.

EuMPP, J. Gosau-Kohle von der Kainach. Min. Mitt. Heft 2,

p. 178.
Analysis of coal from sandstones of the Gosau beds from the Kainach.

EiJTOT, A. . Note sur quelques echantillons d'anthracite provenant
de La Mure, departement de I'lsere (France). [Samples of
anthracite from La Mure (Isere).] Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. t. i.
1874, Bull. pp. xxxviii-xl.

Short description giving chief characters of the coal.

PETROLOGY. 213

ScnEimEK-KEST^ER, Aug., and Cn. Mextnier-Dolftis. Etudes sur
trois combustibles du Bassin du Donctz et sur un lignite de Tenia
(Russie). [Three combustible minerals of the Donetz, and lignite
of Tenia, Russia.] Ann. Chim. Phys. ser. 5, t. ii. pp. 325-332.

ScHLOEsiNG, Th. Sur la constitution des Argiles. [Composition of

clays.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 1438-1442, and t. Ixxix.

pp. 376-380, 473.

Describes experimental methods of distinguishing between clays

which are crystalline in structure and amorphous or colloid clays.

The second note chiefly consists of an explanation of the author's

application of his mode of clay-analysis to kaolins. A number of

analyses are given. G. A. L.

Schmidt, Dr. C. Die * Mineralbutter ' der IJferfelsen der Irtisch und
tTenissei. [Mineral butter from'Siberia.] Mel. Phys. Chim. t. ix.
pp. 5-9. [BuU. t. xix. pp. 63-66.]
Gives analyses of " stone -butter " from the Jenissei and of "moun-
tain-butter" from the Irtisch. Both contain basic sulphates of alumina
and peroxide of iron, with sulphates of magnesia, lime, potash, and
soda ; but that from the Jenissei contains also sulphate of ammonia, and
is richer in sulphate of magnesia than the other. P. "W. R.

Senft, Dr. Analytische Tabellen zur Bestimmung der Classen,
Ordnungcn, Gruppen, Sippen und Arten der Mineralien und Ge-
birgsarten. Hanover. Pp. 102.

The second part contains tables for the determination of species of
rocks.

Stolba, F. [Dolomitic Sandstones from the Silurian Pormations.]
Chem. Centr. p. 134. [Noticed in Journ. Chem. Sec. ser. 2, vol.
xii. p. 967.]

Contains analyses of these rocks.

SxoLPE, M. Posfosyrehaltig bergart i SkSne. [Rock containing
phosphoric acid in Scania.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Porhandl.
bdt. i. p. 235.

Note of occurrence.

Stur, D. Phosphorsiiurchaltige Gesteine in eincm Bohrloche bei
Schonau in Bohmen. [Rocks containing phosphoric acid in a
borihg near Schonau, in Bohemia.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs.
pp. 399, 400. * ;

Taylor, Andrew. Chemical notes of Analyses of various Coals and
Peat-fuels. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part 3, pp. 371-373.

T. [TscHERMAK ?]. Stalagmit aus der Adclsberger Grottc. Min.
Mitt. Heft 2, pp. 179, 180.

Describes a group of stalagmites from the Erzherzog-Johann grotto
at Adelsberg, exhibited at the Vienna Exhibition, and afterwards^pre-
scnted to the Imperial Museum. l'\ AV. R

214 PETEOLOGT.

TJLRTcn, G. H. F. A Descriptive Catalogue of 577 Specimens of
Hocks in the Industrial and Technological Museum, collected from
all parts of Victoria. "With Explanatory Notes on their Character,
mode of Occurrence, and Geological Eolations. Eeport of the
Trustees of the Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of
Yictoria, for the year 1873-74, pp. 36-66. Melbourne.

A classified catalogue, with geological notes on the specimens. Tables
showing the chemical analysis of many of the specimens are given.

Ylaandeeen", Dr. C. L. Eetbare aarde van de Humbolts-baai, Nieuw-
Guinea. Jaarb. Mijn. JSTed. O.-Ind. Jaarg. 3, Deel 1, p. 179.

A sample of edible earth from Humboldt's Bay, New Guinea, was
soluble in hydrochloric acid, with the exception of about 1*5 per cent.
The principal constituents of the earth were soluble silica, magnesia,
oxides of iron, and water. , P. W. E.

YoGELSANO, Heemafn. Die KrystaUiten. [Published after the death
of the author by Peedinand Ziekel.] Pp. 173, 16 plates. 8vo.
Bonn 1875 (1874).

Treats of the phenomena observed in the separation of crystaUizable
substances from viscid media capable of opposing sufficient resistance
to the aggregation of the unit particles at the moment of solidification
to prevent the formation of definite crystals. The author first treats of
the aggregations of globules, linear and radiated aggregates, observed
when sulphur dissolved in bisulphide of carbon is prevented from crystal-
lizing by the addition of Canada balsam to the solution, and describes the
difi'erent results obtained by microscopic observation, according as the
crystallizing power of the sulphur or the resistance of the solvent
medium prevails. The information so obtained is applied to the study
of the imperfectly-crystallized silicates found in vitreous blast-furnace
slags, in natural silicated rocks, the structure of the base of porphy-
ritic rocks, the flower structure in ice, and the structure of precipitated
carbonate of lime. The latter series of investigation is necessarily
incomplete, owing to the death of the author. It is noticeable that he
inclined to the belief that the so-called eozoonal structure and the
coccohths of chalk may be perfectly paralleled in precipitated car-
bonate of lime formed by the action of carbonate of ammonia upon
chloride of calcium. The illustrations comprise careful drawings of
the numerous appearances described; and several are coloured. H. B.

YoGT, Gael. Sur la structure microscopique des roches volcaniques.

[Microscopical structure of volcanic rocks.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess.

Assoc. Franc, pp. 362, 363.
The writer combats Stoppani's view that the vitreous mass in lavas
is formed only at the surface of lava-currents and by secondary fusion
at the expense of a mass composed exclusively of crystals ; the two
elements, iie says, exist together in lava. He likewise denies the
truth of Vogelsang's interpretation of '' Jluidcd structure," which he
says is to be found not only in certain lavas but also in the siliceous
deposits of the Icelandic geysers. This structure is due, according to

PETBOLOGT. 215

him, to the ductile nature of silicates, which makes them remain a long
time in a semifluid state before solidifying. G. A. L.

Vbba, Dr. Kakl. Beitrlige zur Kenntniss der Gesteine Siid-Gronlands.
[Contributions to knowledge of the rocks of S. Greenland.] Sit-
zungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. math.-nat. CI. Abth. i. Bd. 69, pp. 61-122,
with 2 chromo-lithographs and 1 plain plate.

The rocks examined are gneiss fi'om island Illuidlek ; plagioclase is
the predominant felspar, but orthoclase is present ; the quartz con-
tains needles of apatite, mica, and cavities with liquid. The granites are
mostly coarse-grained ; analyses of some are given ; a syenitic granite
containing arfvedsonite &c. is described. Eudialite-syenite from Kit-
tisut Island contains elicolite, hornblende, felspar (plagioclase chiefly),
but no zircon. Orthoclase-porphyry occurs as dykes in granite &c.
having a glassy paste. Diorites are found both on the E. and W.
side of S. Greenland ; plagioclase and orthoclase are always present,
hornblende &c.; some are quartz-bearing. In one case the felspar
crystallized after the hornblende. Diabase seems restricted to a few
localities. Labradorite, the prevailing felspar, shows polysynthetic

cles, and contains fluid-cavities, apatite-needles, &c. Gabbro, an
eruptive rock consisting of plagioclase, diallage, and mica, occurs at
the entrance of the Lichtenau fjord. E. B. T.

Westphal, Major. Beschreibung eines Porphyrganges mit losen
Orthoklaskrystallen im Elbthalgebirge. [Porphyry-dyke with
crj^stals of orthoclase.] N. Jahrb. Heft 1, pp. 33-37.

A vein of quartz-porphyry, partly decomposed and with many crystals
f orthoclase, occurs on the left bank of the Elbe near Niederwartha.

WiJRTz, H. Outline report on * Greenland Coal,' or Lignite, brought
from the mines at Disco Island by the U.S. steamer * Juniata,' in
1873. Proc. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, ser. 2, pp. 119, 120.

Original full report in ' American Chemist,' vol. iv. p. 401.

Yardley, H. B. Analysis of Jerusalem Coprolites. Chem. News,

xxix. no. 761, p. 280.
A sample of ground coprolite, said to have been sent from Jerusalem,
contains 11*05 p. c. of phosphoric acid. Complete analysis given.

See also the following : —

Anon. Analysis of rocks, Belfast; p. 1.

Baejtett, a. K. Elvans, Cornwall : p. 2.

Cox, E. T. Analyses of limestones &c., Indiana: p. 113.

DuviLLiER, — . Analysis of clay, Boulonnais : 48.

Hartt, C. F. Analysis of limestone, Tapajos: p. 118,

Jones, Prof. T. K. Description of specimens from Griqualand "West,

in Sxow's paper : p. 147.
Schmidt, A., 11. Chauvenet, &c. Analyses of rocks, Missouri, Sco

BROADnEAD, p. 111.

216 PETBOLOGY.

METEORITES.

[This section is chiefly from the pen of Dr. Flight. Details may be seen in his
* History of Meteorites,' 1869-1875, now publishing in the Geological Maga-
zine.]

Apjohk, R. On the Analysis of a Meteoric Stone, and the detection
of Yanadium in it. Journ. Chem. Soc. scr. 2, vol. xii. p. 104.

The Adare Meteorite (Sept. 10, 1813) has the following composition : —
nickel-iron 19*07, magnetic pyrites 6-54, chromite 1*75, soluble silicate
35-44, and insoluble silicate 37*07 ; total 99*87. The metallic portion
contains 14*275 per cent, of nickel and 0*602 per cent, of cobalt. This
meteorite is the first in which the presence of vanadium has been de-
tected : the amount present was not determined ; but the author thinks
that it is about half that in certain trap-rocks of Ireland and Italy, and
that it occurs as an oxide associated with the chromite. The analyses
show the presence of a larger proportion of manganese oxide than has
been met with in any other meteorite. "W. P.

BxjRKHAET, Dr. Die Meteoreisenmasse. von dem Berge Descubridora
bei Poblazon unweit Catorze im Staate San Louis Potosi der Ee-
publik Mexico. [Meteoric Iron from Mexico.] K. Jahrb. Heft 1,
pp. 22-28, with plate.
The last paper by the late Dr. Burkhart on the above subject gives
the history of the meteoric iron of Descubridora, Poblazon, near Catorze,
State of San Louis Potosi, which was found between 1780 and 1783.
He gives three drawings of this mass, which weighs 575 kilog. It is a
very malleable iron ; and many implements have been manufactured
from it. When etched it develops very complete figures ; the angle
109°, corresponding to that of the octahedron, is frequently noticed.
It encloses rounded masses of troilite, has the specific gravity 7*38, and
the following composition : — iron 89*51, nickel 8-05, cobalt 1*94, sul-
phur 0'45 ; chromium and phosphorus, traces : total 99*95. W. P.

Daube^e, G. a. Note siir une meteorite tombee le 20 Mai, 1874, en

Turquie, a Yirba pres Yidin. [Meteorite at Yirba.] Compt. Eend.

t. Ixxix. pp. 276, 277.

This meteorite has a dull black crust ; a fractured surface has a light

grey colour and finely grained texture, with grains of metal distributed

throughout the mass. In parts spherular structure is apparent; the

colourless particles act on polarized light. The presence of nickel-iron,

an iron sulphide, chromite, olivine, and an ingredient. which forms less

than half of the stone, and is believed to be eastatite, was recognized.

The stone is a member of a large class of meteorites, of which the Suce

meteorite (Sept. 13, 1768) may be considered a type. "W. P.

. Kote additionnelle sur la chute de meteorites qui a eulieu

le 23 Juillet 1872, dans le Canton de St.-Amand (Loir-et-Cher).

i

t

METEOEITBS. 217

[Additional note on the fall of meteorites in St. Amand.] Compt.
Bend. t. Ixxix. pp. 277, 278.
Announces the discovery of 4 more stones belonging to this fall,
making 6 in all.

Dat7bk£e, G. a. Observations relatives a la Meteorite do Eoda,

Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 1509-1511.
Noticed at p. 218 with the paper by Pisani.

Geinitz, H. B., and E. Geinitz. Ueber ein neues meteoreisen. Sitz-
nngsb. Isis, Dresden, pp. 5, 6.

Meteoric iron of Eisenberg, Saxe-Allesburg, Germany (1873 ?). A
block of metal, weighing 1-579 kilog., was found at the foot of the
Schneckcnberg, north of Eisenberg. It contains 97*27 per cent, of iron,
but neither nickel nor cobalt. W. F.

Gibbons, — . Note on the Cranbourne Meteorite. Trans. Boy. Soc.

Yict. x. pp. 130, 131.

GoEBEL, Mag. Ad. Bericht iiber einen neuen Eisenmeteoriten vom

Ufer der Angora aus dem Gouv. Jenisseisk. [New meteoric iron

from Siberia.] Mel. Phys. Chim. t. ix. pp. 95-109, two woodcuts

of the meteorite. (From Bull. t. xix. pp. 544-554.)

Describes a mass of meteoric iron found in 1873 near the river

Angora, in the Government of Jenisseisk. It weighs 12 pud (=

433 lbs.), and contains : — iron, with traces of calcium, cobalt, carbon,

and insoluble- crystalline residue, 92-G346, nickel 7*1038, magnesium

0-0565, silicon 0-0421, phosphorus 0-1630,=100. . F. W. B.

. Ueber die neuerdings gegen den kosmischen Ursprung des

Pallas-Eisen erhobenen Zweifel, nebst einerWiderlegung derselben.
[Cosmic origin of the Pallas iron.] Mel. Phys. Chim. t. ix. pp.
131-174. (From Bull. t. xx. pp. 100-130.)
A critical examination of the objections recently urged against the
meteoric origin of the iron found in Siberia by Pallas. The St. Peters-
burg Academy caused the locality in which it was found to be explored
in 1873rby*Herr Lopatin, whose preliminary report is here published.
•^ F.W. B.

LuANCO, Josi B. Descripcion ylanalisis de los aerolitos que cayeron
en Cangas de Onis (Asturias) en G de Diciembre de 18G6. An.
Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. vol. iii. part 1.
Analyzes and describes the aerolites which fell at Cangas de Onis,
in Asturias, Dec. G, 18G6. One of these weighs 11 kilograms ; and,
according to analysis, their composition is 38-8 per cent, iron, 34*4 silica,
9-G magnesia, 2-5 lime, 2 sulphur, 1-9 alumina, 1-1 soda, 1 nickel, besides
less amounts of potash, phosphorus, chlorine, ammonia, manganese, and
organic matter. • J. M'P.

Medlicott, H. B. Becord of the Khairpur meteorite of 23rd Sept.

1873. Joum. As. Soc. Peng. pt. ii. no. 2, pp. 33-38. '
This meteorite fell in several pieces near Multan, Punjab. These
stones, of which 30 lbs. weight have been found, have the usual steel-

218 PETEOLoer.

grey colour, and exhibit compact crypto-erjstalline structure. One
specimen has the specific gravity 3*66. "W. F.

NoRDENSKioLD, A. E. TJeber kosmischen Staub der mit atmospharischen

Niederschlagen auf die Erdoberflache herabfallt. [Cosmical Bust.]

Pogg. Ann., Bd. cli. pp. 154-165 ; also Journ. prak. Chem. Bd. ix.

pp. 356-367.

Concludes, from an examination of snow from several localities, that

small quantities of cosmical dust are brought to the surface of the earth

by atmospheric precipitates. This dust contains metallic iron, cobalt,

nickel, phosphoric acid, and organic matter. Compares dust collected

from snow on Spitzbergen with that found on the surface of ice in

Greenland, and called Cryoconite. Description and analyses of cryo-

conite are given. [See also p. 109.] F. "W. R.

PiEiisoN-, W. M. See Adden^da.

PisANi, P. Analyse d'une Meteorite tombee dans la province de
Huesca en Espagne. Compt. Eend. t. Ixxix. pp. 1507-1509.

This stone (1871) was probably about the size of a fist; it was
covered with a black crust, and has an ashy grey interior, in which
greenish grains of peridot, some several millimetres in diameter, can
be distinguished. Only 17*45 per cent, of the meteorite is broken
up by acid. The soluble part appears to be an olivine with a little
anorthite ; that which is insoluble, a bronzite according to Daubree ;
Pisani, on the other hand, considers it to be hypersthene. The ratio of
the iron oxide to magnesia is the same as that of the bronzites of Hain-
holz, Shalka, Burkart, and other meteorites. One well-marked cleavage
of this mineral was noticed, as well as a second less perfectly developed.
The angle of the optic axis, measured in oil, makes 2H=104°. The
bisectrix is negative '; but whether it is the acute or obtuse bisectrix
was not determined. Daubree founds his belief that the chief consti-
tuent of the Roda stone is bronzite on the absence of dichroism, the
frequence of the right angle in the contour of the crystals, and the
fineness of the striae. This meteorite, with the single exception that
it contains no iron, bears a close resemblance to the Ledran stone
(1868, October 1), and establishes a link between cosmical rocks and
those of our planet. W. E.

Sipocz, L. Meteorit von Orvinio. Min. Mitt. Heft 3, pp. 244-246.
Analyses of meteorites from Orvinio, near Rome.

Smith, J. Laweence. On a mass of Meteoric Iron of Howard Co.,

Indiana ; with some remarks on the molecular structure of meteoric

Iron, and a notice concerning the presence of solid protochloride of

iron in meteorites. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 391-395.

A meteoric iron weighing 4 kilograms was dug up by a farmer in

1862, but lost sight of for some years. It contained iron 87 per

cent., and nickel 12-3 ; etched with acid it showed no figures. It is

suggested that the absence of figures is due to rapid cooling, that under

slow cooling the phosphides of nickel and iron show a tendency to sepa-

METEORITES. 219

rate in certain parts representing the spaces between the crystals of
the mass, but that under slow cooling wo may expect such a diiFusion
of the phosjihorus as would give no marked indications in any parts of
the mass. Notice is then made of the occurrence of protochlorido of
iron as a green mass in the meteoric iron from Eockingham Co., N.
Carolina (1871). E. B. T.

TscHERMAK, G. Dcr Meteoritenfund bei Ovifak in Gronland. Min.
Mitt. Heft 3, pp. 165-174.

Tshermak has examined two microscopic sections of the rocks accom-
panying the meteoric iron of Ovifak (1870), comparing them with
others cut from the meteorites of Jousac, Jurinas, Petersburg, aud
Stannern ; the latter chiefly consist of augite and anorthite, with little
or no nickel-iron, and form the class to which G. Eoso gave the name
of '•' eucritic." Both the sections have such a crust as meteorites pos-
sess ; but it is so altered by oxidation that it is not possible to deter-
mine whether it is the fused crust usually noticed on a meteorite. The
crystals of felspar (anorthite) are fully developed ; they penetrate, and
must have been formed, before the augite, iron, and magnetite. They
are transparent, and have few and large cavities filled partly with black
granules, partly with a brown substance, and some with a transparent
glassy substance. The augite is light greenish brown ; it fills gaps
between the other constituents, as in dolerites and diabases, and en-
closes black grains. In the section containing iron the colourless
felspar encloses a black or brown substance, or dust-like fine black
granules, or larger round transparent bodies of a violet colour. Side
by side with the felspar, brown grains, probably augite, are seen. Black
particles also occur semimetallic by reflected light, and probably mag-
netite, as well as others likewise black, but lustreless (? graphite). A
few small grains of troilite were also recognized. In the second section
the felspar- crystals were larger, the matrix being made up of finer
crj'stals ; and in some were cloudy pale-brown patches, due to number-
less minute elongated enclosed granules in parallel positions, or to others
shorter and more rounded. These appV^ances recall those noticed in
eucritic meteorites, except for the fact that these enclosed particles are
smaller. The larger cavities in the felspar are filled in the same
manner as in the other section. The structure of eucritic meteorites is
tufaceous; that of the Ovifak rock very compact. This distinction,
however, has often been observed in meteorites. Many chondritic
meteorites are tufaceous, while others, having similar chemical com-
position, are compact and crystalline. The augite of the Ovifak rocks
has not the characteristic filled cavities observed in that of certain
eucritic meteorites ; but in the augite of some meteorites they are
equally wanting. The meteorites of Ovifak in some respects resemble
the carbonaceous meteorites, though they diff'er from them in others,
especially in the appearance of both metallic and rocky portions. They
form a new type of meteoric rocks, and fill the gap that has separated
the carbonaceous from other meteorites. "W. P.

220 TETEOLOGY.

TscHEEMAK, G. [The Meteorites of Orivinio, Borne (1872, Aug. 31)].
Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. Ixx.

Devoted to an inquiry into the structure of this stone. It is made
up of light -coloured fragments, surrounded with a dark-coloured
cementing material. The former are normal ' chondrite, have a yel-
lowish grey colour, and enclose spherules and particles of nickel-iron
and magnetic pyrites. The latter contains numerous particles of the
two last-mentioned ingredients, for the most part uniformly distributed ;
the portion nearest the fragments bears distinct indications of having
been fluid, and conveys the impression that this cementing material
was in a plastic condition while in motion. The Orivinio stone re-
sembles certain brecciated volcanic rocks, which consist of a ground-
mass through which granular fragments of the same rock are distri-
buted, as when older crystalline lavas are interpenetrated by others
more compact and more recent. The light-coloured fragments are
chondritic ; and among their constituents are olivine, bronzite, and a
finely foliated mineral, which may be a felspar. The darker material
which coats these fragments and fills the finer flaws between them
contains two ingredients — an opaque semivitreous constituent and
particles in every way similar to the dark crust of the fragments from
which they^finay have been detached; many of them can still be recog-
nized as olivine and bronzite. The paper is illustrated with drawings
of microscopic sections of the two rock-varieties. ' W. P.

[The Chantonnay Meteorite (1812, Aug. 5)]. Sitzungsb. k.

Ak. "Wiss.

Detects the presence of olivine, bronzite, a finely fibrous translucent
mineral, nickel-iron, and magnetic pyrites, and finds that it bears a
great resemblance to the meteorite of Orivinio, but contains less
iron. The structure is chondritic ; but there are not many sj^herules.
Erom an investigation of the black veins, the author thinks that this
meteorite, at the time of its formation, was brought into contact with
molten material. Although Von Reichenbach held that these veins
were intimately connected with the fused crust of the meteorite, it
must not be forgotten that, meteorites in their interior have a low tem-
perature when they reach the earth ; and an examination of this stone
indicates that its fused crust has only penetrated the body of the stone
to the depth of 6 mm., the^ clefts in some cases remaining partly open.
He points out that the Chantonnay meteorite has a composition differ-
ing in no material degree from that of the Orivinio meteorite, the chon-
dritic fragments and the dark- coloured cementing material of which
were found to have the same composition. The structure of the stone
closely resembles that of a metamorphosed breccia. He considers that
the Chantonnay and Orivinio stones indicate changes that have occurred
on the surface of some planet, which has subsequently been shattered
into fragments. . "W. F,

221

MINERALOGY.

[In preparing abstracts of mineralogical papers it has been thought right to
adhere as far as possible to whatever system of nomenclature, chemical notation,
and crystallographic formulae may have been used by the authors. No attempt
has therefore been made to secure uniformity on these points. Where two or more
symbolical expressions for the same thing have been used, the first has generally
been taken. Exceptions to the foregoing rules have in some cases been made in
order to avoid typographical difficulties. — F. W. R.]

AcHiABDi, A. d'. Delia Natrolite (Savite) e Analcima di Pomaja.
[On Natrolite and Analcime from Pomaja.] Boll. R. Com. geol.
ItaL pp. 1G3-165.
Supposes that these minerals have been formed by aqueous extrac-
tion from labradorite, which, by the abstraction of soda, alumina, and
lime, might be left as steatite, a third mineral associated with them.

E. B. T.

. Le Zeoliti del Granito elbano. [Note on Zeolites in Granite

of Elba.] Boll. B. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 306-312 (2 woodcuts of
crystals).
The author determined the presence o^ stilbitc and heulandite in
Elban granite ; figures of the crystalline form of the latter are given ;
and it is suggested that they represent a triclinic variety. What has
been since named Foresite by Yom Bath was determined previously by
the author as allied to Coolceite, E. B. T.

Andrews, Prof. Thomas. On the Composition of an Inflammable

Gas issuing from below the Silt-bed in Belfast. Proc. Belfast

Nat. Hist, (fe Phil. Soc, Session 1873-74, pp. 93, 94.

The gas was found in making a well, through 33 feet of silt and 7

feet of gravel, to clay ; and it had accumulated at the junction of the

silt and gravel. It consists of marsh-gas, with nitrogen, carbonic acid,

and oxygen. W. W.

Ai^GELL, A., Jun. Notes on the Probable Origin of Flints. Journ.
AVinchester Sci. & Lit. Soc. vol. i. part 3, pp. 146-151.

The author thinks that the dark colour of chalk -flints is due to
organic remains, and that the layers of flints may have been produced
by the silicification of protoplasmic matter, which was deposited in the
bot;tom of the deep sea at times when the water contained hardly any
lime-salt in solution, from colder changes of current. Difliculties in
other theories are noticed. W. "W.

Anon. [Tschermak ?] Glauberit von Priola in Sizilien. Min.

Mitt. Heft 2, p. 179.
Notes the occurrence of glaubcrite with gypsum, near Priola, in
Sicily. The crystals exhibit the simple forms 001, 111.

. [TscnERMAK ?] Quarz von dor Saualpe. Min. Mitt. Heft 4,

pp. 284, 285, with 2 woodcuts.

222 MINEEALoaY.

Describes crystals of quartz occurring as enclosures in the Carinthine
(hornblende) of the eclogite-rock from the Sau Alp in Carinthia. The
crystals are formed almost wholly of the fundamental rhombohedron ;
but faces of another rhombohedron and of a prism occur subordinately.
The crystals are optically left-handed. ' F. W. R.

Anon. Note Mineralogiche. [Mineralogical Notes.] Boll. R. Com.
geol. Ital. pp. 31-49, 98-100.

Notice of new minerals, descriptions of which have appeared in the
last 3^ear or two in various publications. 'Similar notices of minerals
described in German publications of 1873 occur at pp. 168-171, 393,
394. E. B. T.

. On a New Mexican Mineral. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii.

p. 75.
Note giving characters of mineral described by Don Pedro L. Monroy
from Coneto mine, near Durango (see La Naturaleza, i. p. 76).

. Notes on the Iron and Steel Industries of the United King-
dom. Journ. Iron & Steel Inst. no. 1, pp. 242-280, no. 2,
pp. 475-502.

Notes of ores.

[P. W. Etjdlee.] Quart. Journ. Sci. pp. 122, 123, 264^266,

409-411, 540.
Quarterly Eeports on the Progress of Mineralogy.

Aeeitio y Laerinaga, Don Alfonso de. Dates para el estudio de la

fosforescencia. An. Soc. Espaii. Hist. Nat. vol. iii. part 1.
Gives the results of observations made with over 100 rocks from
different parts of Spain, in order to ascertain their phosphorescent pro-
perties, and confirms the non-phosphorescence of pyramidal crystals of
apatite asserted by Haiiy. Mentions having observed only slight
indications of phosphorescence in pyramidal crystals of orthoclase.

J. MT.

. Observaciones al folleto intitulado estudio y descubrimiento

del Bismuto en el Estado de San Luis de Potosi por Don Plorencio
Cabrera. An. Soc. Espaii. Hist. Nat. vol. iii. part 1.
According to the author, M. Cabrera has discovered crystallized bis-
muth-ochre at San Luis de Potosi, which, how^ever, cannot be reckoned
a new species of mineral, as proposed by Cabrera. J. M'P.

. Estudio sobre la Auricalcita de Udias (Santander). An. Soc.

Espaii. Hist. Nat. vol. iii. part 3.
Analysis of the Aurichalcite of Udias in the Province of Santander,
never before found in Spain.

Aegall, "William. On the occurrence of wood-tin ore in the "Wheal

Metal lode at Wheal Yor, in Brcage. Journ. Hoy. Inst. Cornwall,

no. XV. pp. 255, 256.

Wood- tin was found in the lode at 180 fathoms from the surface a

few years ago ; and lately ore of much the same character has been

MINERALOGY. 223

found 200 fathoms deep and 80 fathoms further east, on the same
lode. C. L. N. F.

Aezruni, Dr. A. Ueber eine Zwillingsverwachsung des Willemit.
[Twins of WiUemite.] Pogg. Ann. Bd. clii. p. 281.

A specimen from Altenberg, near Aachen, exhibited the forms
CO R and | R. The crystals were twinned according to the law, twin-
plane a face of the pyramid of the second order f P2. F. W. B.

Atterberg, a. Om ett selenhaltigt mineral fr§,n Falu grufva.
[Seleniferous mineral from the Falun mine.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 76-78.

Analysis given, and the following formula suggested : — BigPbS^.

Barcena, Mariano. On Livingstonite, a new mineral. Amer. Journ.

ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 145, 146.
Abstract from paper in ' El Minero Mexicano/ May 1874.

Bauer, Max. [Seebachite.] N. Jahrb. Heft 5, pp. 522-524.

Two analyses of a zeolite from Victoria, described as Herschelite,
have been made at Gottingen. These lead to the formula (Na^Al^Si^O^j
+ 12H,0)-f-3(Ca,Al,Si,0,2+12H,0); whence it is concluded that the
zeolite is not Herschelite, but a new species for which the name See-
hacliite is proposed. F. W. B.

. Mineralogische Mittheilungen. Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Ges,

Bd. xxvi. Heft 1, pp. 119-198, with 3 plates (crystals).

A continuation of the author's mineralogical communications, in-
cluding descriptions of rare forms of crystals of garnet, the physical
characters of micas, the optical properties of margarite and some other
mica-like minerals, a peculiar twin-striation on iron-glance, and a
remarkable crystal of smoky quartz from Galenstock in Wallis, appa-
rently exhibiting basal plane. F. W. R.

Baumhauer, Heinrich. Die Aetzfiguren am Kaliglimmer, Granat,
und Kobaltnickelkiese. [Etched figures on minerals.] Sitzungsb.
math.-phys. Classe k. b. Ak. Wiss. Heft iii. pp. 245-251, with
woodcuts.
Descriptions of experiments in developing figures by acting on pot-
ash-mica with fluor-spar and sulphuric acid, on garnets with fused
caustic potash, and on cobalt-nickel pyrites with boiling nitric acid.

F. W. R.

. Weitere Mittheilungen iiber Aetzfiguren an Krystallen.

[Etched figures on crystals.] Pogg. Ann. Bd. cliii. pp. 75-80,

plate.
Observations on the alums, borax, augite, and orthoclaso.

. Bemcrkung zu dem Aufsatzo des Hrn. Dr. F. Exncr iiber

die Losungsfiguren an Krystalifliichen. [Etched figures on
crystals.] Pogg. Ann. Bd. cliii. pp. 621, 622.
The figures developed by etching the face of a crystal may be inde-
pendent of the direction of cleavage.

224: MINERALOGYr

Behrens, H. Die Krystalliten : mikroskopische Studien iiber ver-
zogerte Krystalbildung. 8vo. Kiel. Pp. 115, 2 plates.

Two kinds of crystallites are recognized, and probably two methods
of formation of crystals ; in one the growth is continuous, in the other
discontinuous. On observing, under high magnifying-power, crystal-
lization from watery and alcoholic solutions, the author finds that
minute but well-formed crystals separate at once from the solution ;
and he never observed the formation of globulites, as described by
Yogelsang. F. W. R.

Berwerth, Dr. P. Ein Umwandlungsprodukt des Ludwigit. Min.
Mitt. Heft 3, pp. 247-250.

Tschermak's new species, Ludivigite, from Morawitza, in the Banat,
is associated in some specimens with a brownish-red substance, which
is a product of alteration of the Ludwigite, and consists of hydrous
peroxide of iron, associated apparently with small quantities of brucite,
magnetite, talc, and calcite. Analyses of the Ludwigite and of the
alteration-product are given. F. W. B.

Blake, James. On Nickeliferous sand from Frazer Biver. Amer.

Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. p. 238.
Condensed note from Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. vol. v. p. 200 (? 1874).

Blake, William P. Wood-tin in Georgia. Amer. Journ. ser. 3,
vol. viii. p. 392.

Note of the discovery of minute grains of wood- tin in the residual
black sand from the sluices used in collecting gold, from the Nacoochee
valley. White County, Georgia. The usual minerals in the black sand
of Dahlonega, Georgia, are specular iron, magnetite, ilmenite, rutile,
cyanite, and garnet. G. A. L.

Blomstrand, C. W. Manganosit, ett nytt mineral fran Yermland.
[Manganosite, a new mineral from Wermland.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 179-183.

The composition of Manganosite is — protoxide of manganese 98*04,
protoxide of iron 0*42, magnesia 1*71, lime 0*16, = 100-33.

Blum, Dr. J. Lehrbuch der Mineralogie (Oryktognosie). Ed. 4.
Pp. XV, 642, with 457 woodcuts. Stuttgart.

Brauns, Dr. D. Ueber Hahn's Entwickelung der Ansichten liber
die chemische Constitution der natiirlichen Silikate. Zeitsch.
gesam.Nat. (new ser.) Bd. x. pp. 502-505.

Criticism of Dr. BEahn's paper on the development of views on the
chemical constitution of natural silicates.

Breithatjpt, Hermats^jst. Zur Asymmetric der tesseralen Krystall-
gestalten. N. Jahrb. Heft 4, pp. 403, 404.

Letter stating that Prof. Breithaupt had just before his death dictated
an essay to show that crystals of certain mineral species belonging to
the regular system may be asymmetrically developed. F. W. B.

MINERALOGY. 225

Brezina, Dr. A. Anthophyllit von Herman nschlag. Min. Mitt.

Heft iii. p. 247.
Analysis of a fibrous anthophyllite from Hcrmannschlag, in Moravia.

. Guaiinit. Min. Mitt. Heft iv. pp. 285, 286, with woodcut.

Calls attention to Prof. Guiscardi's original MS. (1856), in which he
referred the crystals of Guarinite to the rhombic, not tetragonal, system.
These early observations have been confirmed by Yon Lang's optical
researches. Guiscai'di's measurements are given, and compared with
those of Yon Lang. F. W. E.

Broadhead, G. C. Note on Pickeringite from Missouri. Amer.
Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. p. 520.

The Pickeringite occurs in efflorescences on sandstone of the Lower
Coal Measures in Barton Co. An analysis by Mr. R. Chauvenet gives
the composition — sulphuric acid 33-77, alumina 16*58, magnesia 2-92,
water 44-64, =9r91. G. A. L.

BuRKART, Dr. Ueber das Yorkommen verschiedener Tellur- und

Wismuth-Minerale in den Yercinigten Staaten von Nordamerika.

[Minerals of Tellurium and Bismuth in the United States.] N".

Jahrb. Heft i. pp. 29-32.

Calls attention to the occurrence of these minerals at the Sugar-loaf

Mountain and elsewhere in Colorado. Gives localities of bismuth-ores

in Mexico. Notices a Mexican mineral regarded by Del CastiUo as a

new species (Tapalpita). llammelsbcrg's analysis leads to the formula

Ag^SBi^Te^; but it is uncertain whether it is a definite compound or. a

mixture. F. W. 11.

. Ueber neuo mexicanischo Fundorte ciniger MineraUen.

[Mexican localities.] N. Jahrb. Heft vi. pp. 587-509.
Notices the occurrence of precious opal, native arsenic, and native
platinum at some new localities in Mexico.

. [Silver, borax.] N. Jahrb. Heft vii. pp. 715-720.

Two letters calling attention to Prof. Church's analyses of native
silver [p. 226], and to the occurrence of borax, in California and
Nevada. F. AY. 11.

Cabell, J. A. Analysis of Allanite, from a New Yirginia locality.
Chem. News, vol. xxx. no. 773, p. 141.

Specimens from Amherst County yielded: — silica 31*23, alumina
16-45, ferric oxide 3*49, ferrous oxide 13-67, cerous oxide 11*24,
lanthanum and didymium oxides 9*9, yttria 1-65, glucina 0*24, limo
8-69, magnesia 0-22, and water 2-28, =99-06. F. W. R.

Carnot, Ad. Bur la decouverto d'un gisemcnt do Bismuth en
France. [Discoverj' of Bismuth in France.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii.
pp. 171-174 ; and Ann. Chim. Phys. ser. 5, t. iii. pp. 454-470,
with the addition *'• ct sur quelques mincraux trouvcs dans co
gisemcnt."

Native bismuth and sulphido and oxide of bismuth were found for
1874. Q

226 MII^ERALOGY.

the first time in France by the author and M. Veny in 1869, in a vein
of quartz running through granite, near Meymac, in the Department of
of Correze. The minerals associated with the bismuth-ores are wol-
fram, mispickcl, scheelitc, &c. G. A. L.

Carnot, Ad. Sur quclques mineraux de bismuth et de tungsteno
do la mine de Meymac (Correze). [Minerals of Bismuth and
Tungsten from the Meymac mine.] Compt. Eend. t. Ixxix.
pp. 302-306.

Analyses of varieties of Bismuthine and Bismuthite are given.

, Sur quelqucs mineraux de bismuth de Meymac (Correze).

[Bismuth minerals from Meymac] Compt. Eend. t. Ixxix. pp.

477-479.
Analyses are given of Native Bismuth, Oxide of Bismuth, and Bis-
muthiferaus Mispickel from Meymac.

. Sur quelques mineraux de tungstene de Meymac (Correze).

[Tungsten-minerals from Meymac] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp.
637-640.
Analyses of "Wolfram, Scheelite, and of hydrated Tungstic Acid from
Meymac.

Castillo, Ant. del. Ueber eine neue Mineral-Species des "Wismuths.
[New bismuth-mineral.] N. Jahrb. Heft iii. pp. pp. 225-229.

Communication from the late Dr. Burkart referring to a Mexican
mineral described by Del Castillo as a double selenide of bismuth and
zinc. A portion examined by Professor liammelsberg contained bis-
muth, selenium, iron, and perhaps zinc F. "W. E.

Chijech, Prof. A. H. Analysis of Ashantee Gold. Chem. News,
vol. xxix. no. 754, p. 199.

An analysis of a fair sample of the native gold of Ashantee gave in
100 parts — gold 90-055, silver 9'940, iron trace, copper very minute
trace. Sp. grav. of the gold at 16° C. = 17-55. F. W. R.

. Analyses of Scotch Gold. Chem. News, vol. xxix. no. 755,

p. 209.

Some clean grain-gold lately washed from a bum at Wanlockhead,
Dumfriesshire, was found to have the following percentage composi-
tion—gold 86-60, silver 12-39, iron 0-35. Sp. grav. at 16°=16-5.
An assay is added of a specimen of gold from Sutherland, by Mr.
G. H. Makins. This gave— gold 79-22, silver 20-78. Sp. grav. at
16°= 16-62. F. W. R.

. Analyses of Native Silver. Chem. News, vol. xxix. no. 756,

p. 225.

Two specimens of so-called native silver from AUemont, in Dauphine,
purchased at Heuland's sale in 1824, were analyzed, with the following
results: one specimen gave, silver 71*69, mercury 26-15, antimony,
with traces of arsenic, 2-16 ; the other specimen yielded, silver 73-39,
mercury 18-34, antimony, with traces of arsenic, 8-27. F. W. R.

MINEBALOGY. 227

Chttech, Prof. A. H. Beryls and Emeralds. Quart. Journ, Sci.

no. xliv. pp. 505-508.
A general description of these gems, with special reference to Mr.
Williams's recent researches on the colour of the emerald.

Clemencin, p. M. La Wollastonita no es el bisilicato de Cal. [Wol-

lastonite not a bisilicate of lime.] Kevista Minora, xxv. pp.

223-225.

Calls attention to the confusion introduced by calling such silicates

as WoUastonite bisilicates. The formula of this species may be written

3CaO . 2Si03, in which case it corresponds to a sesquibasic silicate of

lime ; or it Djay be written CaO . SiO^, which is the formula of a neutral

silicate. P. W. R.

Cleve, p. T. Om mineralet Cuban. [On Cubane.] Geol. fdren.

Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. p. 105.
Gives three analyses, by T. 0. Carlin, A. W. Brodin, and G. Lind-
strom, of Cubane from Tunaberg and Kafveltorp, both new locahties.
The formula deduced is (2reS . Cu,S)re,S3. G. A. L.

. Om koboltkis (Linneit) frSn Bastnas och Gladhammar. [On

cobalt-pyrites (Linncite) from Bastnas and Gladhammar.] Geol.

fdren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 125, 126.

Analyses of this mineral from both localities are given, the resulting

formula being ^8,^383. Gladhammar in SmSland is a new locality for

Linncite, where it was found by G. Lindstrom. G. A, L.

Cooke, Josiah P., Jr. The YermicuKtes : their crystallographic and
chemical relations to the micas ; together with a discussion of the
cause of the variation of the optic angle in these minerals. Proc. .
Amcr. Ac. n. ser. vol. i. pp. 35-67, with 9 woodcuts. Reprinted
in Phil. Mag. no. 312, pp. 241-272. Full abstract in Amer.
Joum. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 420-437.
Uses Vermiculite as a family-name to include the minerals Jefferisite,
Culsageeite, and Hallite. These are hydrous silicates, forming a group
parallel with the micas, and differing from the magnesian micas chiefly
in containing a definite number of molecules of water of crystallization.
Seeks to show that the remarkable exfoliation of the vermiculites
when heated is due to the escape of this water. Jefferisite, Culsageeite,
and Hallite correspond respectively with the two varieties of Biotito
and with Phlogopite. Describes twin-forms, and refers to this twin-
ning in explanation of the great variation in the optic angle exhibited
by the vermiculites, ripidolites, and certain micas. Speculates on the
molecular structure of such crystals. By process of twinning, uniaxial
crystals of hexagonal type may bo constructed from rhombic crystals
with angles of 60° and 120°. Suggests that hexagonal crystals of other
minerals may bo similarly developed.

The Phn. Mag. reprint is prefaced by a letter calling attention to the
optical results. In Amer. Joum. vol. viii. p. 139, is a note acknow-
ledging the priority of somoM)f Reusch's researches on circular ^wlariza-
tion. F. "W. R.

q2

228 MINERALOGY.

CoRENWiNDER, B. Sur roriginc des efflorescences de sulfate de
chaux dans le voisinage des eaux sulfureuses de Lnchon. [Origin
of efflorescent sulphate of lime in the neighbourhood of the sul-
phurous waters of Luchon.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74,
p. 29.
Refers the origin to the action of hydrosulphuric acid on carbonate
of lime.

Courtis, W. M. The Wyandotte Silver Smelting and Refining

AVorks. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. ii. p. 89.
Notice of minerals observed, p. 91. Analyses of ores, p. 92.

Cred:jter, H. [Antimony-ore.] Sitzungsb. naturf. Gesell. Leipzig.

[Noticed in N. Jahrb. Heft vii. pp. 740, 741.]
Announces the discovery of a vein of antimony-glance in granulite
on the western side of the Eichberg in Saxony.

Dana, E. S. Ueber Datolith. Min. Mitt. Heft i. pp. 1-6, with
plate ; and Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 68, 69.

Crystallographic description of datolite. The datolites of Arendal,
Andreasberg, Toggiana, and Bergen Hill are described, and several
Hew faces are mentioned. All the observed forms are tabulated, with
the more important angles. E. W. R.

. Morphologische Studien uber Atacaniit. Min. Mitt. Heft ii.

pp. 103-108, with woodcut j and Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii.

p. 69.

Morphological observations on Atacamite from Wallaroo, South

Australia. A large number of measurements of crystals are tabulated.

. Calcitdrilling nach 2R. Min. Mitt. Heft ii. p. 180, with

woodcut.

A specimen of calcite from Dognazka, in Hungary, exhibited the
acute rhombohedron |-R. In addition to several twins, a group of
three individuals occurred ; and as the angle between two correspond-
ing faces is about 92°, the plane of combination is 4-2R. E. W. R.

Dana, Prof. J. D. On Serpentine Pseudomorphs and other kinds
from the Tilly Poster Iron Mine, Putnam Co., New York. Amer.,
Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 371-381, 447-459, with 2 plates.

Geological Structure of the region : — 1, Archgean rocks. 2. Ore-bed.
3. Veins in the ore-bed. 4. Minerals of later origin, resulting from
alterations of the older minerals, or in other ways. TJie Pseudomorphs
and their teachings : — 1, of Serpentine, or of serpentine and dolomite.
These are cubic, the form being perfect, but the mass partly serpentine,
partly dolomite, with cubical cleavage, after some mineral like galena ;
or hexagonal, probably after calcite; others after apatite, chlorite,
chondrodite, cnstatite, biotite, dolomite, ^ind brucite. 2, of Brucite,
after dolomite. 3, of Magnetite after dolomite, chondrodite, &c. 4, of

MINEEALOGY. 229

Pyrrhotite. 5, of Dolomite. All the serpentine is said to result from the

alteration of magncsian minerals. G. A. L. and E. B. T.

Dana, Prof. J. D., and George J. Brush. A System of Mineralogy.

Descriptive Mineralogy, comprising the most recent discoveries.

Fifth edition, 3rd sub-edition, with Appendix and Corrections.

London and New York. Pp. xlviii, 827, iv. Appendix pp. 19.

Datjbrawa, Heinricf. Zur Kenntniss des Albitcs (Natronfeldspath).

Zeitsch. gcsammt. Nat. new ser., Bd. ix. pp. 37-39, one plate of

crystals.

Crystallographic description of twins of albito from Moravia. The

combinations contain the following faces — go P ob . OP . go 'P, go P'.

oo'3.ooF3 . 'P'oc. F. W. R.

Des Cloizeaux A. Manuel de Mineralogie. T. ii. Premier fascicule.

Pp. 208. 8vo. Paris.
DoELTER, Dr. C. Hartz aus der Braunkohle von Dux. [Resin from
the Brown Coal of Dux.] Verb. k.-k. gcol. Reichs. pp. 145, 146.
Describes a deposit of resin, and gives a chemical analysis.

Doll, E. Neue Pseudomorphosen. Min. Mitt. Heft i. pp. 85-88.

Notes on the following newly observed pseudomorphs — fassaite after

idocrase ; native silver after pyrargyrite ; proustite after stephanite

and argcntitc ; marcasite after bournonite, copper-pyrites, and magnetic

pyrites. F. W. R.

. Tellurwismuth im Banate. Min. Mitt. Hefti. p. 91.

Records the occurrence of telluric bismuth in the Theresia Mine,
Oravitza, and of native tellurium in the Elizabeth Mine, Oravitza.
DoMEiKO, Ignacio. Sur les solfatares late'rales des volcans du Chili et
Bur quelques nouveaux mineraux. [On the lateral Solfataras of the
volcanoes of Chili, and on some new minerals.] Compt. Rend,
t. Ixxviii. pp. 328, 339.
Abstract of two papers presented to the Academy.

■ Cuarto Appendice al Reino Mineral de Chile y de las Re-

publicas vecinas, publicado en la segunda edicioa de la Mine-
ralogia. [4th Appendix to the Mineral Kingdom of Chile and of
the neighbouring Republics, published with the second edition of
Don I. Domeyko's Mineralogy.] 58 pp. 8vo. Santiago.

Drazoevic-Jelic, G. Analisi del cinque principali Asfalti Dalmati.

Spalato.

DucLoux, X. Nota sobre una nueva especie mineralogica de la Pro-

vincia de Lcrida. [New mineral species from Lerida.] Revista

Minora, xxv. pp. 243-245 ; and Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 1471

-1473.

This mineral occurs in compact masses in limestone on the western

side of the Sierra del Cadi. It has been called lllvotUe, in memory of

the late M. Rivot. The author's analysis loads to the following

formula— Sb^O, + 4 (Cn, Ag) 0 . CO,. F. W. R.

230 MINERALOGY.

Dttnn, E. J. Notes on the occurrence of Enhydros, or "Water-
stones, at Beechworth. Trans. Epy. Soc. Victoria, vol. x. pp. 32-
35, with plan and sections.

The enhydros consist of chalcedony, having a hardness equal to
that of topaz ; they are irregular polyhedra, and vary from a dark
brownish yellow to colourless ; some of the faces are striated, and
others pitted. They are generally hollow, and enclose a liquid with a
moveable bubble like that in a spirit-level. The shell is usually thin,
and either smooth on the inside, or studded with globules of chalcedony
or crystals of quartz. Mr. Dunn suggests that the great hardness of
the chalcedony may be due to the presence of a small proportion of
alumina, and the quartz may have crystallized in the interior after
the enclosed fluid had deposited its impurities. The enhydros occur
in granite and in Silurian sandstone at Spring Creek, near the town of
Beechworth. F. W. E.

EcK, H. [Milarite]. K. Jahrb. Heft i. pp. 61, Q2.
Gives analysis of this species.

. N. Jahrb. Heft vi. pp. 611, 612.

Note on crystals enclosed in the biaxial mica of Pennsylvania.

Eg GEE, A. J. Bipidolith aus dem Zillerthal. Min. Mitt. Heft iii.
p. 244.
'Analysis of Breithaupt's Onokite, a variety of Eipidolite, from the
Zillerthal.

Egleston, T. Systems of Notation of Crystals. Proc. Lye. Nat.
Hist. N. York, ser. 2, no. 4, pp. 135, 136.
V Abstract. An account of the various systems in use.

' On the striations of Crystals. Proc. Lye. Nat. Hist. N.

York, ser. 2, no. 4, pp. 146, 147.

Abstract. Nature and causes of the phenomenon discussed. The
principal cause "is what may be termed the ' oscillation ' between two
distinct crystalline forms." G. A. L.

Eilees, a. a new occurrence of the Telluride of Gold and Silver.

Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 316-320.
TThe new locality is Bed-Cloud Mine, Gold- Hill District, Colorado.
The country-rock is granitic. Assays of ore are given.

Eedmann, E. Zinkblende funnet i Skanes stenkolsforande forma-
tion. [Zincblende in the coal-bearing formation of Scania.] Geol.
foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. p. 48.

Note of occurrence.

EvEEWiJN, E. Looderts in het landschap Kandawangan "Wester-
afdeeling van Borneo. Jaarb. Mijn. Ned. O.-Ind. Jaarg. 3, Deel 1,
pp. 171, 172.

Lead-ore occurs in quantity on a tributary to the river Kandawan-
gan, in "Western Borneo. A specimen yielded 81*02 per cent, of lead.

MINERAXOGY.

231

and 0-076 of silver. The fragments of ore on the surface point to the
existence of a considerable lode. F. W. R.

EvERAvijN, R. Over het voorkomen van goud in de residentie
Cheribon op Java. Jaarb. Mijn. Ned. O.-Ind. Jaarg. 3, Deel 1,
pp. 174, 175.

Gold is. washed on the coast in Cheribon, Java. It is associated
with magnetic iron, sand, and cinnabar.

ExNEE, Dr. F. Ueber Losungsfiguren an Krystallflachen. [Figures

dissolved on faces of crystals.] Pogg. Ann. Bd. cliii. pp. 53-62.
Experiments on the differences in the rapidity of solution in different
directions in the faces of various crystals.

Feuchtwanger, Dr. L. Baryta, its manifold uses in the Arts. Read
before Polytech. Club, Amer. Inst. Journ. Soc. Ai'ts, vol, xxii.
pp. 785, 786.

FooRD, George. Notes on Enhydros found at Beechworth. Trans.
Roy. Soc. Yict. vol. x. pp. 71-76, with two plates.

Describes the liquid obtained from the cavities of a specimen of
enhydros^ or "water-stone." It consists of clear water containing
in solution a smaU i)roportion of certain salts, apparently the chlorides
and sulphates of sodium, magnesium, and calcium. He believes that
a soluble form of silica is also present. The. accompanying plates
show the crystalline forms of the saline constituents obtained on eva-
poration, and the crystalline structure of lamince forming the waUs of
one of the enhydros. The probable origin of these water-stones and
their bearing upon the formation of mineral-veins are discussed.

F. W. R.

. On a specimen of Native Copper recently found at Footscray,

near Melbourne. Trans. Roy. Soc. Yict. x. pp. 131-135.

A large mass of nearly pure arborescent metallic copper was picked
up on tlie banks of the Yarra-Yarra river, at Footscray, amongst loose
fragments of weathered " bluestone " or basalt, of which the banks of

the river are composed.

R. E., Jun.

Forbes, D. Report on the Progress of the Iron and Steel Indus-
tries in foreign countries. Journ. Iron and Steel Institute, no. 1,
1874, pp. 174-241 ; no. 2, 1874, pp. 410-474.

Notes of ores.

Foster, Dr." C. Le N. Notes on some now Uranium Ores from
Saxony. Rep. Miners' Assoc. Cornwall and Devon for 1873,
pp. 40, 41.
This is an abstract of Prof. "Weisbach's paper in the ' Jahrb. Berg-
iind Hiittenwcsen im Konigreicho Sachsen, 1873,' and gives the com-
position and general charaters of Trb'gerite (hydrated arscniate of ura-
nium), Walpurgin (hydrated arscniate of uranium and bismuth), Zeu-
nerite (hydrated arscniate of uranium and copper), Uranospinite (by-

232 MINEBALOGY.

drated arseniate of uranium and calcium), Uranospherite (hydrated
oxides of uranium and bismuth). These minerals were probably formed
by the action of water and oxygen on pitchblende, smaltine, and native
bismuth. C. L. N. F.

Fkazee, Prof." P., jun. [Remarks on the variations in different
analyses of the same mineral, and the difficulty in forming any
conception of the mutual chemical relations of the elementary
components of minerals.] Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. part ii.
pp. 92-94, 110-115.
JFeedkolm, K. a. Nagra mineralogiska iakttagelser fran trakten
kring Nykopiiig. [Mincralogical observations from places about
Nykoping.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Porhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 53, 54.
The minerals mentioned are Hisingerite, black tourmalin, sea-green
felspar.

. Opal fran zirkonsyeniten vid Fredriksva^rn i Norge. [Opal

from zircon-syenite near Fredriksvaern, Norway.] Geol. foren.
Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 131-148.
Note of occurrence.
Feenzel, August. Famatinit und "Wapplerit. Min. Mitt. Heft iv.

pp. 279, 280.
Famatinitc from Luzon has been separated as a distinct mineral
(Luzonite), in consequence of its containing arsenic instead of antimony.
Famatinite from Peru contains about equal proportions of arsenic and
antimony ; and its name is therefore doubtful. Frenzel describes a
hydrous arsenate of lime from Joachimstahl, in Bohemia, as a new
species under the name of Wapplerite, after Herr Wapplcr of Freiberg.
It occurs in minute white transparent crystals, probably monoclinic ;
and its composition may be expressed by the formula 2CaO.As20, +
SHgO, in which Ca is partially, replaced by Mg. • F. W. R.

. Mineralogisches. N. Jahrb., Heft vii. pp. 673-686'.

Gives the name of Miriquidite to a mineral from Schneeberg, in
Saxony, which occurs in small rhombohedral blackish -brown crystals,
whilst a massive variety is brown with a yellow streak. No complete
analysis has been made ; but the mineral contains oxide of lead, per-
oxide of iron, phosphoric and arsenic acids, and water. The other
mincralogical notes describe : — the minerals accompanying the brown
iron-ore of Langenstriegis in Saxony; a substance incrusting certain
pseudomorphs of iron-pyrites after magnetic pyrites from Freiberg,
which resembles neolite ; the arsenic-glance of Marienberg, merely an
impure native arsenic, his analysis giving 95*86 per cent, of that metal ;
a seleniuni-hismutJi glance from Guanaxuato, for which he gives the
formula 2Bi2Se3 + Bi^Sg ; a mineral from Rezbanya, referred to Oosalite,
with a composition represented by 2PbS-|-Bi2S3; a new analysis of
Cahrerite, which leads to the formula, 3(Ni02, MgO) As^O. + SILfl ; an
analysis of a Russian iron-platinum, FePt^ ; the occurrence of Famati-
nite ; and the artificial production of iron-glance by igniting ferric
hydrate. F. W. R,

MDTERALOGr. 233

Feenzel, August. Mineralogisches Lexicon fiir das Konigreich
Sachsen. [Mineralogical Lexicon for Saxony.] Pp. vi, 380.
Leipzig.

Feiedel, C. Sur la Delafossite. Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang.
pp. 384, 385.

Of 6 specimens of this mineral known, 2 in the School of Mines at
St. Petersburg are labelled as coming from Cumnock, in Ayrshire.
The author doubts the correctness of this locality, as the other specimens
known come from Perm, in llussia. G. A. L.

FnonwEix, Herr. [Cinnabar at Dillenburg.] Zeitsch. deutsch. geol.
Gesel. Bd. xxvi. Heft 3, pp. G09-611.

Letter recording the occurrence of Cinnabar in the copper-lode of the
Fortunatus mine, near Dillenburg, and also in the country-rock in the
neighbourhood of the lode. F. "W. 11.

Genth, F. a. Ueber Korund, seine Umwandlungen, und die ihn
begleitenden Mineralien. [Corundum, its alterations and its asso-
ciates.] Journ. prak. Chem. N. S., Bd. ix. pp. 49-112.

Translation from Amer. Phil. Soc. 1873.

. Ueber ^Nordamerikanishe Tellur- und Wismuth-mineralien.

Journ. prak. Chem., N. S. Bd. x. pp. 355-368.

Translation of a paper read to Amer. Phil. Soc. Aug. 21, 1874.
Describes occurrences of native tellurium, tetradymite, altaite, hessite,
petzite, sylvanite, calaverite, and bismuth-glance. Also describes as
new species a tellurate of copper and lead, and a sulphide of bismuth,
silver, and lead ; the latter is named Schirmerlte, after Director Schirmer,
of Denver, and contains PbS . 2Ag2S . 2Bi^S3. A postscript throws doubt
on the two species described by Endlich as Schirmerite and Henryite.
Maintains that Endlich's Schinnerite is only an impure Petzite.

F. W. R.

: Reply to Dr. T. Stcrry Hunt. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii.

. pp. 221-223.

A reply to ch'argcs made with reference to Dr. Genth's researches on
Corundum and its associated minerals in Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist,
vol. xvi., March 4th, 1874.

Goldsmith, E. Analyses of Graphite from "Wythe County, Virginia.
Proc. Ac. jS'at. Sci. Philadcl. part ii. p. 77.

A very impure grai^hite, softer than talc, containing a largo pro-
portion of silica, alumina, and iron- oxides, a trace of manganese, and a
considerable quantity of undetermined gas. A. H. G.

■ . On the composition of Trautwinito. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philadel. p. 318.

Analyses of Chromite from Monterey Co., California. Proc.

Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. p. 365.
Chromite is compared with Trautwinito ; and the latter is believed to
have been formed by a combination of silica and lime with the former.

234 MINERALOGY.

Goldsmith, E. Stibia ferrito, a new mineral from Santa Clara Co.,

California. Proe. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pliiladel. p. 366.
Stil)ia ferrito is described as a hydrated antimoniate of iron. It
occurs on stibnite, from which it is probably derived.

GoNNAED, F. Des associations zeolitiques dans les laves anciennes

de I'Auvergne. [Zeolitic associations in the ancient lavas of

Auvergne.] Compt. llend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang. pp. 379-382.

The zeolitic minerals of Auvergne comprise the following — meso-

type, mesolite, scolezite, analcime, phacolite, christianite, laumonite,

mesole, apophyllite ; calcite, arragonite, giobertite, chalcedony, bitumen,

&c. also occur. Analysis of mesole from Chaux-de-Bergonne and of

christianite from»Cap-de-Prudelles, both by M. Pisani, are given.

G. A. L.
Gould, C. On specimens of Entile, Anatase, and Brooldte found in

Tasmania. Monthly Notices Eoy. Soc. Tasman. for 1873, p. 57.
These minerals are recorded from Clayton Rivulet, N.AV. coast of
Tasmania, in a drift derived from the destruction of metamoi'phic rocks.
Kyanite, rubies, and sapphires were also found near the same locality.

E. E., Jun.
GoTJVENAiN, — DE. Sur la dissemination de I'etain et sur la presence
du cobalt et de diverses autres substances dans les Kaolins de
Colettes et d'Echassieres situees dans le departoment de rAllier.
[Presence of tin, cobalt, &c. in the Kaolins of the department of
the AUier.] Compt. Eend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 1032-1034.
Tin, cobalt, and nickel have been found in this china-clay in the pro-
portion (at Colettes) as to tin of about 26 lbs. of ore to 1050 cubic feet
of clay. An appreciable quantity of cobalt was obtained, and a trace of
nickel. G. A. L.

Geoth, Paul. Ueber die Krystallform und die thermoelektrischeii
Eigenschaften des Speiskobalt. [Crystallization and thermo-
electric properties of Speiskobalt.] Pogg. Ann. Bd. clii. pp. 249-
255.
Shows that this species (smaltine) is not holohedral, but that, like
iron-pyrites and cobaltine, it is pentagonal-hemihedral. Most of the
crystals arc thermo-electrically negative towards copper ; but some are
positive. Being isomorphous with iron-pyrites and cobaltine, the for-
mula of Speiskobalt should be (Co, Ni, Ee) As^. E. W. E.

. Tabellarische Uebersicht der einfachen Mineralien nach

ihren krystallographisch-chemischenBeziehungen geordnet. Bruns-
wick. . Pp. 120.
In 3 parts. The first gives a general survey of the groups; the
second contains the tables of minerals ; and the third consists of
general remarks, especially on the relation between crystalline form
and chemical composition. E. ^Y. E.

. Ueber die Bezeichnung der hcxagonalen KrystaUformen.

Min. Mitt. Heft iii. pp. 223-226, woodcut.
• Compares the methods of Naumann, Miller, and Schrauf for indi-

MDTEBALOGY. 235

eating the forms of the hexagonal system, and shows how Miller's
method may be applied to this system so as to bring the symbols into
relation with those of the tetragonal system. P. W. K.

GiTM^Lnjs, Otto. Quarts och bergkristaller i kornig kalksten.
[Quartz and rock-crystal in granular limestone.] Geol. foren.
Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 31, 32, 1 fig. in text.
Analysis given and petrological description. From localities in the
Orebro district.

Cuprit fr^n Bengtstoi^. [Cuprite from Bengtstorp.] Geol.

foren. Sockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. p. 126.

. Mineral frSn Bjelkes grufva p§, Areskutan. [A mineral

from the Bjelkes mine in Areskutan.] Geol. foren. Stockholm
Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 127, 128,

Analysis given. Formula, IIO.SO3 + ^fl^. 3SO3 + 24H0.

. Myrmalm frSn Jiirlehyttan. [Bog-ore from Jarlehyttan.]

Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 128, 129.
The percentage of iron of this ore was 52.

Habets, a. Les minerais de fer oolithiques da Luxembourg et de

la Loraine. Pp. 27, 3 i)lates. 8vo. Liege.
Eeissue of a paper read at the Liege meeting of the Iron and Steel
Inst, of Gt. Brit. 1873.

Hagen, Dr. H. A. On Amber in North America. Journ. Ap.
Sci. vol. V. no. 56, pp. 122, 123.

Draws attention to an American paper published in 1821, contrasts
the formation in which amber occurs in America with that of Prussia,
and notices American localities. "W. W.

Hahn, Daniel. Die Phosphorescenz der Mineralien. Zeitsch.
gesam. Nat. N. ser. Bd. xi. pp. 1-37, 131-213.

After an historical sketch of our knowledge of the phosphorescence of
minerals, he describes the phenomena of phosphorescence, of which four
kinds are recognized — by heating, by insulation, by electricity, and by
molecular disturbance. Kesults are given of a series of investigations
on i)hosphorescence by heating. F. W. 11.

■ Entwickelung der Ansichten uber die chemische Constitution

der natiirlichen Silicate. [Development of views on the chemical

constitution of the natural Silicates.] Zeitsch. gcsam. Nat. N.

ser. Bd. x. pp. 289-338.

An historical essay, giving analyses of the views of ancient and

modern chemists on the constitution of mineral silicates.

Hamlin, A. C. Origin and Properties of the Diamond. Proc. Amer.
Assoc, vol. xxii. B, pp. 104-108.

Hankel, W. Ueber die thermoelcktrischen Eigenschaftcn dos
Topases, des Schwerspathcs und dcs Aragonites. Pogg. Ann.
Jubelband, pp. 649-661.

236 MINERALOGY.

General results of investigations on the thermo-electric properties of
topaz, barytes, and aragonite.

Harrington, 13. J. Notes on Dawsonite, a new carbonate. Can.
Nat., N. S. vol. vii. no. 6, pp. 305-309.

Dawsonite occurs in the joints of a trachytic dyke near the western
end of M'Gill College, Montreal, and is named after Principal Dawson.
Two original analyses are published ; and from these the author con-
cludes that Dawsonite " may be a hydrous carbonate of alumina, lime,
and soda, or perhaps a compound consisting of a hydrate of alumina
combined with carbonates of lime and soda." F. "W. H.

Ha WES, George "W. Contributions from the Sheffield Laboratory of
Yale College. No. XX. On a Feldspar from Bamb, in Norway.
. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. p. 579.

A triclinic felspar, occurring with fluo-phosphate of mag-nesia and
lime (Kjerulfine), when analyzed was found to agree nearly with
oligoclase. Its physical properties agree with those of Tschermakite.

E. B. T.

Hessenberg, Dr. F. N. Jahrb. Heft viii. pp. 817-853, woodcuts.

An obituary notice of Dr. Hessenberg by Prof. Vom Rath, containing
unpublished notes of recent original researches, and notes on the
mineral collections of the Biitish Museum and the Museum of Practical
Geology, made during Hessenberg's visit to London in 1868. F. W. R.

Hintze, Dr. C. Ueber die chemische Zusammensetzung des Lead-
hillit's. [Chemical composition of Leadhillite.] Pogg. Ann. Bd.
clii. pp. 26Q-2Q4:.
Concludes that the composition of this species is not PbSO^+ 3PbC03,
as generally expressed, but 2PbSO^+4PbC03 + PbO + 2H20. Main-
tains that the new mineral called Maxite is identical with Leadhillite.

F.W.R.

Hunt, Dr. T. S. Remarks on an occurrence of tin-ore at Winglow,

Maine. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 373-375 (with

discussion).

The ore is cassiterite, in thin veins traversing micaceous limestone,

subordinate to the gneissic series of the White-Mountain scries.

. On Dr. Genth's Researches on Corundum and its associated

Minerals. Proc. Best. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. pp. 332-335.

Ingunza, Ramon de. Algunas indicacioncs sobre la extraiia natu-

. raleza de los Coprolitos de Terror en la Provincia de Zaragoza.

Bol. Com. map. geol. Espan. vol. i.

Refers to a deposit of coprolites found at Terror, in the province of

Zaragoza. Analyzes and describes the coprolites. A lithographic plate

represents their forms. J. M'P.

Janovsky, J. V. Analyse eines Minerals von Orawicza. Ber. deutsch.
Chem. Ges.pp. 109, 110.

I

MINEEALOGY. 237

Analysis of gehlenito from Orawicza in the Banat. The mineral
occurs in nodules with a dark-green nucleus : vesuvian is disseminated
through the mass ; and samoite forms an external crust. F. W. 11.

Jexks, Col. C. W. Note on the occurrence of Sapphires and Eubies

in situ with Corundum, at the Culsagce Corundum- mine, Macon

County, North Carolina. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.

pp. 303-306.

Describes the occurrence of corundum at this mine. Corundum Hill

is a boss of serpentine protruded through granite. The veins dip about

45° S.E., and consist mainly of chlorite, jefferisite, and corundum. The

corundum is in many parts finely coloured and translucent, so as to form

sapphire and ruby. This is the first recorded occurrence of such gems

in place. F.W.K.

John, K. Magnesiaglimmer vom Baikalsee. Min. Mitt. Heft iii.

p. 242.
Analysis of a magnesia-mica from Lake Baikal.

. Griinerde von Perimov in Bohmen. Min. Mitt. Heft iii.

p. 243.
Analysis of green earth lining cavities in an amygdaloidal melaphyre
from Northern Bohemia.
. Vorkommen eines dem Wocheinit (Beauxit) iihnlichen Minerals

in Kokorije. [Occurrence of a mineral resembling "Wocheinit

(Beauxite) in Kokorije.] Ycrh. k.-k. geol. Kcichs. pp. 289, 290.
Johnson, "W. H. Note on two pieces of iron cinders from a furnace

in which iron is heated. Mem. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester,

vol. xiv. p. 13.
Contain crystals of Fayalite, an iron chrysolite, a mineral found in
the Mourne Mountains of Ireland.

JoLiN, S. Analys af ett mineral fran Delsbo i Holsingland. [Ana-
lysis of a mineral from Delsbo, in Helsingland.] Geol. foren.
•Stockholm Fiirhandl. bdt. i. pp. 237, 238.

The formula arrived at is 2Al,03 4-7SiO, + 12HO.

Jones, Prof. T. R. Flint : its Nature, Character, and adaptability
for Implements. Eeliquias Aquitanica), parts xiv., xv. pp. 202-205.

Flint, in one condition or another, is found in most calcareous rocks.
It occurs as sheets and as nodules, generally in beds. It is homo-
geneous, and consists of silica, not so pure however as is the case with
quartz. This silica, once in solution, has been accumulated round
sponges &c., changing some of the surrounding chalk into its own
substance. Flint has yielded fit material for fashioning into tools or
weapons, the application of blows and pressure producing sharp flakes;
the substance is also capable of being dressed into definite shapes. The
surfaces of broken llints suffer changes from exposure and from mois-
ture, becoming opaque and often shining when aff'ectcd by alkaline
water. Concludes with a list of the chief works on the subject.

W.W.

238 MINEEALOGY.

JuNGHANN, Dr. GtJSTAv. Eiii einfacliea Gesetz fiir die Entwickelung
und die Gruppirung der Krjstallzonen. [Simple law for the de-
yelopment and grouping of crystal-zones.] Pogg. Ann. Bd. clii.
pp. G8-95.

ELaklsson, V. Titanhaltig magnetit i basalt. [Titaniferous Mag-
netite in Basalt.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Porhandl. bdt. i. p. 14.
Note of occurrence in the province of Kristianstads, and analysis by
Th. Nordstrom.

Kenngott, a. [Bole.] IT. Jahrb. Heft ii. pp. 171, 172.
Finds that bole is not simply a silicate of alumina and peroxide of
iron, but always contains lime.

Klein-, Dr. Gael. Mineralogische Mittheilungen lY. N. Jahrb.

Heft i. pp. 1-21, with plate.

' This section of the series of papers is devoted to a purely physical

investigation, relating to the optical properties of the Epidote recently

found in the Lower Sulzbach valley. F. "W. R.

. [Wiserinc from the Binnenthal.] N. Jahrb. Heft ix. pp.

961, 962.

Letter describing 4 types of anatase from the gneiss of the Alp
Lcrcheltiny. The zircon-type has been described as "Wiserine from the
Binnenthal. ' F. AV.E.

KLEiif, P. [Salts from Westeregeln.] N. Jahrb. Heft ix. p. 963.

Letter stating that the glaubcrite of Westeregeln in damp air or in
water becomes coated with a white incrustation of minute crystals of
■gypsum. The carnallite when dissolved in water leaves an insoluble
residue, consisting of gypsum, iron-glance, quartz, boracite, and pro-
bably rutHe. - F. W. E.

Klocke, F. Orthoklas von Schiltach. [Orthoclase from Schiltach.]
Ber. naturf. Gesell. Freiburg, Bd. vi. Heft 4.

Fine crystals of orthoclase have been found in a granite- quarry on
the old road from Schiltach to Schramberg, in the Black Forest. Both
Baveno and Carlsbad twins occur. F. W. R.

KoBELL, Fe. von. Ueber den Tschermakit, eine neue Mineral-
species aus der Gruppe der Feldspathe. [Tschermakite, a new
species of the felspar-group.] Journ. prak. Chem., N. S. Bd. viii.
pp. 411-414, and Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. p. 239.
A mineral occurring with Kjerulfine, at Bamle, in Norway. Not
crystallized, but cleaves with unequal facility in two directions, making
an angle of 94°; the more perfect cleavage-plane finely striated.
Analysis by Rhode leads to the formula, 3(R0.Si03)+Al203 . 2Si03
or 3(R0.fSi02)-f AI2O3 . SSiO^. Protoxide-bases are magnesia and
soda, with trace of potash; no lime present. Named after Prof.
Tschermak of Vienna. F. "W. R.

Ueber Chrysotil, Antigorit und Marmolit, und ihre Be-

ziehungen zu Olivin. [Relations of Chrysotile &c. to Olivine.]

MINERALOGY. 239

Sitzungsb. math.-phys. Classe k. b. Ak. Wiss. Heft iii. pp. 165-

176.
Analyses of Chrysotile from Zermatt, Antigorite from Zermatt,
Vorhauserite from Monzoniberg, and a mineral from Kraubat in Styria.
These belong to two allied species — Serpentine, with Antigorite and
Chr^-sotile, and Marmolitef including Yorhauseritc and the Kraubat
mineral. The relations between the terpentine and Marmolitc arc ex-
hibited in graphic formulae. P. "W. R.

KoBELL, Pk. vo2f. Lcs Miucraux: Guide Pratique pour leur Deter-
mination &c. Paris.

A translation of the 10th German edition of Yon KobcU's work, by
Count de la Tour du Pin, intended for the use of chemists, manu-
facturers, &c., to assist in speedily recognizing and analyzing the prin-
cipal minerals. C. E. De R.

KoENEi^-, A. VON. Ueber einige ncue Mineral-Yorkommnisse. Sit-
zungsb. Gesell. Befdrd. ges. Naturwiss. Marburg, no. 5. [Noticed
in N. Jahrb. 1875, p. 87.]
Describes occurrence of natrolite, phillipsite, and analcime in de-
composing basalt at Stempel, near Marburg. Notes occurrence of
brown spar at Bleialf Mine, near Call, in the Eifel. Gives analyses of
the natrolite and of the brown spar. P. W. B.

KoKscnAEow, N. von. Resultate der an Aragonit-, Kupferkies- und

Skorodit-Krystallen angestellten Messungen. Mel. Phys. Chim.

t. ix. pp. 110-130, woodcut. (BuU. t. xix. pp. 558-572.)

Measurements of 7 crystals of aragonite from Bilin, in Bohemia ; of

copper-pyrites from the Yictoria mine, near Miisen ; and of scorodite

from the Urals. P. W. R.

KoKscHAKow, M. N. DE. SuT Ics Yalcurs exactes des Angles et sur
la Tetartoedi'ie des Cristanx de Per titahe. [On the exact values
of the angles, and on the tetartohedrism of crystals of titaniferoua
iron.] Ann. Chim. Phys. ser. 5, t. iii. pp. 471-476, 2 woodcuts;
also Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 734-738.

KoNio, G. A. Remarks on Silver Ore from Colorado. Proc. Ac.
Nat. Sci. Philadel. p. 278.

The ore is composed of galena and antimoniferous ruby silver, and
produces a crimson- and flesh-coloured incrustation when heated on
charcoal at the point of the inner blowpipe-flame. A. H. G.

KoNiNCK, — DE (fils). [On specimens of Quartz and Barytine.]

Ann. Soc. Ge'ol. Belg. t. i. BuU. pp. Iviii, lix.
Quartz from a chlophyre-pockct at Quenast ; Barytino from Qucnast.

Krejci, J. Das isoklino Krystallsystem. Pp. 52, with plato
(crystals). 4to. Prague. Published in Abh. k. bdh. Gesell.
Wiss. for 1874.
A purely crystallographic paper on the isoclinic (rhombohcdral)
system.

240 MINEKALOGY.

Lasaulx, a. von. [Pseudomorphs &c.] N. Jahrb. Heft i. pp. 164-
169.

Letter describing pseudomorphs of dolomite after calcite in tabular
forms (oo P.OP), from the Fricdrich Mine, in the Stahlberg, nearMiisen,
and the occurrence of fibrous quartz in the same locality. P. W. 11.

. IJcber den Ardennit. N". Jahrb. Heft iii. pp. 276-278. '

Reply to M. Pisani's criticism of the author's analysis of the new
species Ardennife \_Dewalquite]. Explains the discrepancy by assuming
that arsenic acid replaces vanadic acid in diiFerent specimens of this
mineral. P. W. R.

Laspeyees, H. [Iridescent quartz.] N. Jahrb. Heft i. pp. 49-61,
Heft iii. pp. 261-265.

Letters on specimens of iridescent quartz from Oberstein. Laspeyres
was led to their discovery by Yom Bath's description of an Indian spe-
cimen in the British Museum. P. W. R.

. Amethyst-Zwillinge mit der trigonalen Pyramide "j von

Oberstein an der Nahe. Zeitsch. deutsch. g«ol. Ges. Bd. xxvi.
Heft 2, pp. 327-341, with plate (crystals).
Specimen from a geode from Oberstein exhibited twins of amethyst
made up of R.— R variously developed, rarely with oo R, very fre-
quently with the pyramid P2, and in one case with a trigonal
pyramid ^l F. W. R.

Lehmann, J. Ueber den Ettringit, ein neues Mineral, in Xalkein-

schlussen der Lava von Ettringen (Laacher Gebiet). N. Jahrb.

Heft iii. pp. 273-275.

Ettringite is a new mineral from the neighbourhood of the Laacher

See. It is a hydrous sulphate of alumina and lime, crystallizing in

the hexagonal system, and occurring in limestone included in lava.

F. W. R.

LiLL, Max von. Polyhalit von Stel)nik. Min. Mitt. Heft i. p. 89.
Analysis of polyhalite from salt-deposits of Stebnik, in Galicia.

LiNDSTROM, G. Blomstrandit, ett nytt uranmineral fran Nohl.
[Blomstrandite, a new uranium mineral from Nohl.] Geol. foren.
Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 162-164.
Analysis given and following formula — R0(Nb205 . Ta^Og . TiO^) +
1|H,0.

LivEESiDGE, Prof. A. Note on a new Mineral from New Caledonia.
Journ. Chem. Soc. ser. 2, vol. xii. pp. 613-615.

This mineral occurs in veins traversing a serpentine rock near
Koumea, the capital of New Caledonia. It is an amorphous soft sub-
stance, of fine apple-green colour, having a sp. grav. of 2*27. The
analysis of this mineral, which is a hydrous silicate of nickel and
magnesium, leads approximately to the formula (NiO . MgO)^^ . (SiO^)^
-f 3H3O. Should it be desirable to apply a distinctive name to this

MINEEALOGY. 241

substance, which is probably a product of decomposition, the author
proposes to name it after its locality. [Subsequently this mineral was
termed Garniente.^ F. \V. 11.

LoEw, 0. 0 a Wheelerite, a new Fossil llesin. Amer. Joum. ser. 3,
vol. vi. pp. 571, 572.

A yellowish resin found in thin layers in the Cretaceous lignite of
New Mexico ; it seems to have the formula C.HgO. Soluble in ether,
less so in bisulx^hide of carbon ; dissolved by potash, it is precipitated
again by acids. Melts at 154° Cent. E. B. T.

LuDwiG, E. Albit vom Schneeberg in Passevi. Min. Mitt. Heft ii.
p. 17G.

Analyses of the green albite enclosed in magnetic pyrites, from the
Schneeberg in Passevi. The crystals are described by Rumpf (see
p. 247). F. W. E.

-. Magnesiaglimmer von Pargas in Finland. Min. Mitt. Heft iii.

pp. 239-241.
Analysis of a magnesia-mica from Pargas in Finland.

LuNDSTROM, C. H. Analyser §, tvenne nya svenska mineraler.
[Analyses of two new Swedish minerals.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 178, 179.
The minerals are Konjnite, from Langbanshyttan mine in Wermland,
formula 3B,0 . As^O. ; and a new sulphide of bismuth, lead, tfec, from
Nordmarken mine in Wermland, with formula (FeS+2PbS)3 BiS .

G. A. L.
Mactvor, 11. W. E. On native cupreous sulpharseniate. Chem.

News, vol. XXX. no. 770, p. 103.
Gives an analysis of a specimen of Diifrenoysite from Switzerland,
from which a formula may be deduced agreeing with that of enargito.

Martin, D. S. On the llhombic Crystallization of Graphite. Proc.

Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, ser. 2, no. 4, pp. 145, 146.
Abstract. Will probably appear in fall in vol. xi. of the Annals of
the Lyceum.

Maskeltne, Prof. N. S., and Dr. [W.] Flight. Mineralogical
Notices. Journ. Chem. Soc. ser. 2, vol. xii. pp. 101-103.

A mineral from Loadhills^ reputed to bo aurtchalcite, was found to
resemble Caledonite, with which it also appeared to agree in crystallo-
graphic characters. Its analysis led to the following rational formula:
5PbSO, + 2PbH^O,4.3CiiH,0^. As this composition differs from that
assigned to Caledonite, an undoubted specimen of this mineral was
analyzed ; its analysis agreed substantially with that of the doubtful
mineral. It appears, therefore, that Caledonite is not, as originally
represented, a cupreous sulphato-carbonate of lead.

An analysis of a specimen of Lanarkite gave results represented by
the formula PbSO^-fPbO. It contained neither water nor carbonic
acid as an essential constituent. F. W. It.

1874. R

242 MINEEALOGY.

Maskeltne, Prof. N. S., and Dr. W. Flight, On the character of

the Diamantiferous rock of South Africa. Quart. Joum. Geol. Soc.

vol. XXX. pp. 406-416, woodcut.

Contains analyses of bronzite, smaragdite, altered hronzite, and

vaalite, ffom the South- African diamond-bearing rocks. Vaalite is a

new species belonging to the vermiculite group, named from the Yaal

river. The mineMis clinorhombic, with easy cleavage parallel to 001.

Its formula is given as It.Og . SiO, + 2(3MgO . 2SiO, . 2H,0). F. W. R.

Meehan, T. Description of a hollow cylinder of Carbonate of Lime
showing concentric coats, which seemed to have been formed round
a branch of a tree. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. p. 2QQ,

Meeedith, Hon. C. On Tin-ore from Mount BischoiF, Tasmania.
Monthly Notices Eoy. Soc. Tasm. for 1873, pp. 21, 22.

The condition and appearance of certain specimens of the Mount-
Bischoff tin-ore indicated that they had been obtained from a lode in
place, in which they differed from the usual waterworn specimens of
the Queensland and New-South-Wales tin-fields. R. E., Jun.

MiETZscH, Dr. H. Ueber die Farbe des Strichpulvers mancher
Kohlen. [Colour of the powder of many of the Coals.] Yerh.
k..k. geol. Reichs. pp. 364, 365.
Points out that many varieties of coal exhibit differences of*, colour
when powdered, and that these differences do not correspond with dif-
ferences of geological age. H. A. N.

MiLLEE, W. H. On Quartz, Ice, and Karstenite. Phil. Mag.
ser. 4, vol. xlvii. pp. 122-126.

Quartz : Crystallographic descriptions of two crystals from an un-
known locality, each of which exhibits one face of a rhombohedron
probably never observed before. The symbol of the new face is believed
to be 50 19 19. Ice: Experiments on the fracture of plates of
ice show that they may be separated both parallel to the surfaces and
normal to them, but that the separation is due to the existence of faces
of union and not to true cleavage. Karstenite : Crystals traversing a
cavity in the interior of a mass of Karstenite from Liineberg exhibited,
in addition to several of the forms observed by Hessenberg, faces of the
foUowing new forms— 430, 150, 520, 530. F, W. R.

MtJLLEE, C. J. On some Black Crystals from Beachy Head. Papers
Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. 1873-74, p. 9.

These are small pointed crystals of carbonate of lime (Dog's-tooth
spar), coating the ordinary colourless rhombohedral calcite found in the
TJ. Greensand. Before the blowpipe they become white, showing the
presence of carbon and the absence of metallic oxides. A microscopic
examination of the black residue (after treatment with hydrochloric
acid) showed small fragments of what the author regards as vegetable
tissue, broken up and carbonized. The carbonaceous matter permeates
the whole crystal. • W. W.

MINERALOGY. 243

Natjckhoff, G. Kopparhaltig Geokronit Mn Bjorkskogsnas. [Cu-
priferous Geokronite from Bjorkskogsnas,] Geol. f oren. Stockholm
Pdrhandl. bdt. i. p. 88.
Analysis as follows : — lead 57*95, copper 5*93, iron 0*11, antimony
17-33, sulphur 17*73 ; giving the formula (Pb, 5Cu2, re)S . SbSg.

— . Mineralogiska notiser frSn Filipstads bergslag. [Mine-

ralogical notices from the Filipstad mining district.] Geol. foren.

Stockhohn Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 166-168.

The minerals noted during a summer tour are : — aragonite, apo-

phyllite, orthoclase, axinite, epidote, diopside (with analysis), man-

ganophyll, titanite, crystallized magnetic iron-ore, native silver, and

bismuth-glance. • G. A.L.

Nattmaitn, C. F. Elemente der Mineralogie. Ed. 9. Svo. Leipzig.

Nemtnabz, E. F. Klinochlor von Chester Cty., Pennsylvania. Min.

Mitt. Heft ii. pp. 176, 177.
Analysis of clinochlore from Chester Co., Pa.

. Magnesiaglimmer von PenneviUe, Pennsylvania. Min. Mitt.

Heft iii. pp. 241, 242.
Analysis of a magnesia-mica from Penneville, Pa.

Newberry, J. C. Laboratory Eeport of Analyses, Examinations,
and Assays of Specimens from Mining Districts. Mineral Sta-
tistics of Victoria for 1873. No. 8. Melbourne.

NiEDERstADT, B. Estremadura-Phosphorit. Ber. deutsch. chem.

Gcs. pp. 107, 108.
Four analyses of phosphorite from Estremadura, Spain.

NoRDENSKioLD, A. E. Mincralicr frSn Nohl, niiraKongelf. [Minerals
from Nohl, near Kongclf.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl.
bdt. i. pp. 7-9.
The minerals mentioned are Epidote, Gadolinite (?), and Nohlite,
Of the last an analysis is given.

. Kristallografisk och kemisk undersokning af nSgra fluor-

mineralier frSn Ivituk i Gronland. [Crystallographical and che-
mical investigation of some fluor minerals from Ivituk, Greenland.]
Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 81-88, 2 figs,
in text.
The minerals described are Rahtonite^ with analysis, and Thorn-
senolite, with analysis and figures of crystals.

. Om Cacholong. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. no. 5, pp. 3-6.

Analysis given, which gives to the mineral tho formula 6(110 . SiOj)
+ SiO,.

Nordstrom, Tn. Sumpgasutveckling och fynd af bemsten vid en
djupborming i Sk&ne. [On development of marsh-gas and dis-

r2

244 :mineraiogy.

covery of amber in a deep bore-hole in Scania.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 161, 162.

On^sime, le Feere. Note sur une varietc nouvelle de for oxydule.

[New variety of Magnetite.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang.

pp. 385, 386.
Description of a concretionary variety from St. Leon, in Sardinia.

Palmgren, L. Mineralogiska notiser fran Sodertorn. [Mineralogical

notes from Sodertorn.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i.

1872-74, pp. 188-192.

The following are the minerals noted — graphite, galena, nickeli-

ferous pyrrhotine, calcite, serpentine, chondrodite, tourmaline, or-

thite, titanite, pyroxenic minerals (with analysis), rosite (with

analysis), and kaolin (with analysis). G. A. L.

Paerau, — . Note sur les gites de fer oxydule des environs de Cogne

(Alpes du Piemont). [Deposits of Magnetite near Cogne, Pied-

montese Alps.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 257, 258.

These deposits occur in lenticular masses in crystalline limestones,

intercalated in a series of talcose schists of Laurentian age. The author

has discovered three horizons of the ore. The deposits at Licone- are

the most important. The ore is associated with asbestos, green and

black acicular amphibole, &c., and occasionally with brucite in thin

veins or strings ; noble serpentine is also met with. G. A. L.

Patktjll, S. R. Rauit, ein neues Mineral von Brewig. Ber. deutsch.
chem. Ges. pp. 1134, 1135.

Gives the name Rauite to a zeolitic mineral produced by the altera-
tion of eloeolite, on the island of Lamo, near Brevig, Norway. Analysis
leads to the formula, 2{Aip3-h(|GaO|Na,0)SiOJ +5H,0. The name
is derived from Ran, an old Norse goddess of the sea. F. W. R.

Petersen, Theodor. Zur Kenntniss der triklinen Feldspathe.

Journ. prakt. Ch. Bd. ix. pp. 237-240, and N. Jahrb Heft iii.

pp. 269-271.

Contains analyses of triclinic felspars from dolerite of the Frauen-

berg, near Heubach, and from basalt of the Steinbiihl, near Weilburg.

Both appear to be andesine ; and the author argues in favour of the

existence of this felspar as a distinct species. F. W. R.

Phillips, J. A. Elements of Metallurgy. A Practical Treatise on
the Art of Extracting Metals from their Ores. 8vo. Lend. Pp. xx,
764.

Contains descriptions and analyses of ores.

Plymptoi^, — . The Blowpipe. A guide to its use in the deter-
mination of salts and minerals. Pp. 167. 8vo. New York.

PopoviTS, A. Magnesiaglimmer von Ratnapura, Ceylon. Min.

Mitt. Heft ii. p. 241.
Analysis of a magnesia-mica from Ratnapura.

MINERALOGy. 245

Eammelsberg, C. Die Fortschrittc der Mineralchemie wie sio seit
fiinfzig Jaliren aus Poggendorff's Annalen sicli crgaben. Pogg.
Ann. Jubelband, pp. 381-407.
A review of the progress of mineral chemistry as set forth in Pog-
gendorff's Annalen during the past fifty years.

. Ueber die krystallographischen nnd chemischen Beziehung

natUrlicher Schwefel-Arsen- und Schwefelarsenverbindungen. Ber.
deutsch. chem. Ges. pp. 152-156.
It is known that RS^ is isomorphous with RASa ; but R and As may
themselves be isomorphous ; therefore the compound RSg may be
ismorphous with R„As„. Hence the natural arsenides which contain
sulphur may be referred to the general expression RS^ . a'R^As,,. If
cr=l, andm:n=l:2, we obtain the formula for arsenical pyrites,
nickel- glance, and cobalt-glance. The natural compounds containing
RSj,, or Ra,As,„ or isomorphous mixtures of these, form two hetero-
morphous classes of minerals, the one cubic and the other rhombic,
which may be called respectively the pyrites and the marcasite group.

F. W. R-

Ratu, G. vom. Miueralogische Mittheilungen. Pogg. Ann. Bd. clii,
pp. 1-42, plate ; and Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. p. 319.

A continuation of the author's mineralogical communications. Con-
tains the following essays : — Contribution to the knowledge of the
crystallization and twin-formation of tridymite ; a remarkable crystal
of calc-spar from Lake Superior ; a peculiar growth of rutile and iron-
glance ; artificial crystals of coj^per ; hypcrsthene from Mont Dore, in
Auvergne ; and on Poresite, a new mineral of the zeolite family, from
the granite veins of Elba. Also notes on andesine from trachyte of
Ecuador ; cordierite from Laach ; and yellow augitc from Vesuvius.

F. W. R.

. Einige Studien iiber Quartz, Kupferkies, und Albit. Pogg.

Ann. Jubelband, pj). 538-549, with part of a plate.

Describes a peculiar kind of twinning in amethyst ; remarkable
cr}^stals of quartz from Madagascar; twins of copper-pyrites from
Griinau on the Sieg ; and crystals of albite in a volcanic rock. The
albite occurs, with orthite, in fragments of trachyte in a conglomerate
from the Langenberg in the Siebengebirge. F. W. R.

. Ueber die chemische Zusammensetzung der Plagioldasc

(triklincr Feldspathc). [Chemical composition of plagioclase.]

Monatsb. k. prcuss. Ak. "NViss., Jan., pp. 20-32.

Analyses of plagioclastic felspars from the volcanic rocks of the

Cordilleras of Ecuador. They include plagioclase from the quarlz-

andesite of Mojanda, from the andcsite of Pululagua, and from the

hornblende- andcsi to of Guagua-Pichincha and of Pomasqui. F. \V. R.

. Su la Forcsite, nuovo miuerale della famiglia delle Zcoliti

rinvenuto nelle geodi tormalinifere dell' Isola d' Elba. [On Fore-
site, a new mineral of the Zeolite family found in tourmaliniferous

246 MINERALOGY.

geodes in the island of Elba.] Boll. K. Com. gool. Ital. pp. 237-
242, and N. Jahrb. Heft iii. pp. 516-520.
This mineral, named after its discoverer, Signer Foresi, was found
incrusting tourmaline and felspar in granite. It is nearest allied to
desmine ; its characters are : — Ehombic system, isomorphous with des-
mine. Sp. gray. 2*4. Contains 15 per cent, of water. Before the
blowpipe it swells, becomes opaque and fuses; dissolves with difficulty in
hydrochloric acid. Formula i—pa^O . |CaO . 2Alfi, . 6SiO, . 6H,0.

E. B. T.

Bath, G. vom. Wollastonit im Phonolith des Kaiserstuhl bei Frei-
burg im Breisgau. Graphit vom Korallenberge zwischen Endorf
und Eecklinghausen im obem Eohrthal, Westfalen. N. Jahrb.
Heft V. pp. 521, 522.
Records occurrence of wollastonite in the phonolite of the Kaiser-
stuhl, near Freiburg i. B., and of graphite in Middle Devonian lime-
stone in the valley of the Bohr, Westphalia. The graphite occurs in
fissures of the limestone, and in investment-pseudomorphs on crystals
of calcite. F. W. B.

Beinwaeth, C. TJeber den Stein- und Kali-Salzbergbau bei Wes-
teregeln. [Mining for rock-salt and potash-salts near Westere-
gelr.] N. Jahrb. Heft \d. pp. 616-619.
Describes the deposits at "Westeregeln, which are similar to those at
Stassfurt, but contain a bed of glauherite, nearly 4 feet thick : poly-
halite and tachyhydrite are absent. An analysis of the carnaUite is
given. F. W. B.

Beusch, F. E., and G. Yom Bath. TJeber farbenschillernde Quarze
vom Weisselberge bei Obernkirchen unweit St. Wendel. Pogg.
Ann. Jubelband, pp. 532-538, with part of a plate.

Describes the peculiar play of colour exhibited by specimens. of
quartz from the melaphyre of the "Weisselberg, near St. Wendel.

Beydellet, De. Sur la phosphorite de Belmez. Bull. Soc. Geol.
France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 350-352, 4 figs.

The author describes specimens of apatite from Belmez, in Spain, of
a stalactiform and mammillated kind, which he collected from pockets
in Carboniferous rocks. These specimens frequently enclose fragments
of encrinites from the country-rock. In all the workings the deposits
of apatite decrease downwards. The figures give plans and sections of
the chief localities mentioned. G. A. L.

BiviERA, Marques de la. Estudio sobre las Turmalinas y descrip-

cion de sus principales ^variedades. An. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat.

vol. iii. part 3.

Describes the different varieties of tourmalines, and illustrates his

paper with two plates representing specimens from his collection, and

the polarizing-properties of this mineral. J. M'P.

Bobert, Eug. Des stations celtiques au point de vue geologique.

MiNERiXOGT. 247

[Celtic stations from a geological point of view.] Compt. Rend,
t. Ixxix. pp. 452-454.
Abstract. Discusses the origin of the various kinds of flints used by
the first inhabitants of Gaul, whom he calls Celts.

Rose, G., and A. Sadebeck. Das mineralogische Museum der Uni-
versitat Berlin. Pp. vi, 100. 8vo. Berlin.

The museum contains classified collections of (1) crystals, (2) minerals,
(3) rocks, and (4) meteorites. Catalogues of these are given, with short
notes. r. W. R.

RiTMPP, JoHANK. Einfache Albitkrystalle aus dem Schneeberg in
Passevi. Min. Mitt. Heft ii. pp. 97-101, with plate (crystals).

A specimen from the Schneeberg, in the Tyrolese Alps, exhibited an
association of pyrrhotino, zinc-blende, and mica, the pyrrhotine en-
closing prisms of a green mineral, which were found to be simple crys-
tals of Albite. Analyses of the albite are given, and the crystals are
described in detail. P. W. R.

. Magnesiaglimmer von Morawitza. Min. Mitt. Heft ii.

p. 177. ^ .

Analysis of an olive-green magnesia-mica, occurring with magnetite,
near Morawitza, in the Banat.

. Mispickel Krystalle von Schladming. Min. Mitt. Heft ii.

p. 178.
Analysis of crystals of mispickel from Schladming.

. Ueber Mispickel vom Leyerschlag in der Zinkwand bei

Schladming. Min. Mitt. Heft iii. pp. 231-238, with plates

(crystals).

Describes the crystals of mispickel occurring in the Zinkwand mine,

near Schladming, in Styria, and notices the paragenesis of the minerals

there. P. W. R.

. Pinolit von Goldeck, u. s. w. Min. Mitt. Heft iv. pp. 281-

284.

Describes. (1) occurrence of pinolitc at Goldeck, near Lend, in the
Lower Pinzgau ; (2) crinoid-remains from the pinohte-district at Sunk
in Styria ; and (3) halloysite from Tuffer. P. W. 11.

Rtjtlet, Prank. Mineralogy. Murby's Science and Art Depart-
ment Series of text-books. Pp. x, 214 ; G8 figs. 8vo. Lend.

Part I. describes the chemical composition and physical propcitics of
minerals, including a sketch of crystallography. Part II. describes
the principal mineral species under the two groups of non-metallic and
metallic minerals. Figui'cs of crystals are given in plan and elevation,
and the faces distinguished by a peculiar system of shading. P. W. R.

Sadebeck, Alexander. Ueber die Krystallisation des Bleiglanzcs
[Crystallization of Galena.] Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Oes. Bd. xxvi.
Heft 4, pp. 017-C70, 3 plates (crystals).

Divided into three sections. The first, treating of crystal forms, do-

o48 MINEEALOQT.

scribes both simple forma and twins. Two laws of twinning are re-
cogiiizccl : in one tlic twin axis is a rhombolicdral axis ; in the other it
is the symmctiical diagonal of a face of the icositctrahedron 808. Three
types of galena-crystals are described — the regular, quadratic, and
rhombohedrol. The second section is on the '" Krystallotektonik " of
galena, in which the author discusses the formation of crystals by
addition from without, and their irregularites of growth. The third
section desciibes the modes in which the crystals become aggregated.*

P. W. E.

V ^

Safaeik, Dr. A. Uebcr die chemische Konstitution der natiirlichen

chlor- und fluorhaltigen Silikate. Pp. 33. 4to. Prague. With

plate (graphic formula?). Published in Abh. k. boh. Gesell. Wiss.

for 1874.

Eefers all natural silicates to the type Si (OH)^, in which the tetra-

tomic silicon is combined with four molecules of the monad radical

hydroxyl. In those silicates which contain chlorine and fluorine, these

monatomic elements appear to replace the group (OH). Discusses the

chemical constitution of sodalite, microsommite, eudialyte, pyrosmalite,

passauite, topaz, leucophane, chondrodite, apophyllite, and tourmaline.

P. W. E.

Sandbergee, p. [Huantajayite.] N. Jahrb. Heft ii. pp. 172-174.

Letter giving results of scientific work at Wiirzburg during 1873,
and including a notice of Eaymondi's new species Huantajayite^ a
double chloride of sodium and silver, occurring in cubic crystals at
Huantajaya in Southern Peru. P. W. E.

. [Purple copper-ore, &c.] N. Jahrb. Heft vi. pp. 606-

608.

Eecords occurrence, and gives analysis of purple copper-ore front
near Wittichen, believed to be the only known occurrence of this
mineral in the Black Porest. Also contains notes on titanic iron-ore
from the Kaiserstuhl, Buchonite (a rock) from near Weiler, " aspa-
ragus-stone " from the Zillerthal, &c. P. W. E.

. [Clarite.] N. Jahrb. Heft ix. p. 960.

Letter calling attention to new species from the Clara mine, in the
Hinterrankach, to be called Clarite. A qualitative examination showed
the presence of copper, antimony, arsenic, and sulphur. It appears to
crystallize in tlie rhombic system. P. W. E.

ScHAEEF [?Dr. P.] Ueber den Quarz. Die TJebergangsflachen.
Pp.42. 4to. Prankfurt a. M.

. Weiteres liber Sericit. N. Jahrb. Heft iii. pp. 271-273.

Describes occurrence of Sericite in the tunnel of Eppstein, and dis-
cusses whether this mineral is a definite species or not.

ScHEEEER, Th. Pebcr die Bildung der erzbegleitendcn Mincralien.

[On the formation of minerals accompanving ores.] Pogg. Ann.

Jubelband, pp. 314-321.

MINERALOGY. 249

Calcite, barytes, fluor-spar, and quartz are the minerals which most
commonly occur with ores in mineral veins. The mode in which each
of these may have been deposited is discussed, and experiments on their
formation are cited. Concludes that vein-fissures have been filled in by
the wet way, and that the chief medium of solution has been water at
various temperatures. Attention is directed to the influence of the
temperature of a solution on the crystalline form of the deposited
mineral. Experiments show that fluor-spar is deposited in cubes at a
normal temperature, but in octahcdra between 240° and 250° C. It is
hence concluded that the tin-veins of the Erzgebirge, which carry octa-
hedral fluor, were formed at a higher temperature than that .which
obtained during the filling-in of vein-fissures in the younger forma-
tions, where the fluor is cubic. F. W. R.

ScnxoER, — . Studien an Mineralien von Zwickau. Programm der

llealschule zu Zwickau fiir Ostern 1874. 4to. Pp. 17. [Noticed

in N. Jahrb. Heft vi. p. 631.]

Notes on minerals occurring at Zwickau in Saxony, including several

new occurrences. Desciibes calcite of Planitz and Griinau, blende

from clay-ironstone, and calcite and quartz from cavities in amygda-

loidal melaphyre. F. W. E.

ScHRAFF, Prof. A. Neues Mineral vom Banat. N. Jahrb. Heft vi.
p. 608.

Veszehjite is a new phosphate of copper from the iron mine of Mora-
vicza, near Bogschau, in the Banat. It forms crystalline crusts, of
bluish-green colour, on a garnet rock. Its analysis leads to the formula
4 CuO . P^Og-l-SHoO. The crj^stals are tricHnic, with the following
elements :—a : h: c=0-90529 : 1 : 0-71516. ^=92° 1', 7?=101° 3', ^=
91° 9'. F. W. R.

. Antimonit von Michelsberg. Min. Mitt. Hcfti. p. 95.

Note on specimens of antimonite from a vein near Michelsberg, in
Bohemia.

. Ciilestin vom Banat. Min. Mitt. Heft i. pp. 95, 96.

A specimen of celestine from Steierdorf, in the Banat, shows a very-
rare form of crystal — namely. Miller's faces d and a, and subordiuatcly
the pyramid y and doma o. F. W. R.

. Monographic des Roselith. Min. Mitt. Heft ii. 137-160,

with plate (crystals and projections).

Sketches the history of the rare species lloscUie, notes its recent
discovery at Schneeberg, discusses its chemical composition, and fully
describes its crystalline forms. F. W. R,

. Ueber Klinochlor, klinoquadratisches und klinohexagonales

System. Min. Mitt. Heft ii. pp. 161-164.

As Nordenskiold has suggested that Thomsenolite maybe referred to
a new division of the monoclinic system, which he calls the clinoqua-
draticj so Schrauf shows that clinochlore may be regarded as represent-

250 MINERALOGY.

ing another subsystem, to be called the cUndhexagonal. In all these
sections the angles of the axes will be ^=^=90°, ry^ 90° \i.e. two
axes at right angles, and the third not] ; and the parametric ratios in
the general case are h:a: c =m : 1 : n ; but in the clinohexagonal
subsystem h-. a i g= i^^ '. 1 \n [similar to SchrauFs orthohexagonal
system, where a '.h=z isj^ : 1\ while in the clinoquadratic subsystem
6 : a : c=l : 1 : n [i.e. two axes equal, the third not]. F. W. B.

ScHRAirp, Prof. A., and E. S. Dana. Notiz iiber die thermelektrischen
Eigenschaften von Mineralvarietaten. [Thermo-electric properties
of Mineral varieties.] Sitzungsb. k.-k. Ak. "VViss. math.-nat. Classe,
Abth. 1, Bd. Ixix. Heft 3, pp. 142-159, with a woodcut. Trans-
lated in Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 255-267.
The results of many experiments are set down in tables, from which
the following general results are to be gathered : — In the combination
of sulphur with the negative metals Bi, Co, Ni, Pb, the character of
these overcomes the influence of sulphur: a mixture of antimony
weakens this negative character, but tellurium strengthens it. Among
the combinations of iron the arsenides are negative, but most of the
sulphides are positive. The authors have increased the number of
minerals which vary in being sometimes positive, sometimes negative,
by four species, viz. Tetradymite, Glaucodote, Skutterudite, and Arse-
nical pyrites. The change of signs in these cases can have nothing to
do with right or left hemihedral crystallizations ; and the cause is
therefore supposed to be in all cases chemical composition ; in the
first three and some others the sp. gravity of the positive variety is
less than that of the negative. E. B. T.

ScHEODER, Dr. H. Untersuchungen uber die Yolumconstitution

, einiger Mineralien. N. Jahrb. Heft iv. pp. 399-402, pp. 413,

414 ; Heft v. pp. 506-513 ; Heft vi. pp. 600-605 ; Heft vii. pp.

711-714 ; Heft viii. pp. 805-816; Heft ix. pp. 943-952.

Continuation of the author's researches on the volume-constitution

of certain minerals.

Senft, Dr. Analytische TabeHen zur Bestimmung der Classen,
Ordnungen, Gruppen, Sippen, und Ai-ten der Mineralien und
Gebirgsarten. [Tables for determination of minerals and rocks.]
Pp. 102. 8vo. Hanover.

SIE^VERT, Dr. Max. Ueber den Manganapatit und die Zusammenset-

zung des Apatits. Zeitsch. gesam. Nat. vol. x. n. ser. pp. 339-

349.

Describes a mineral found at San Eoque, near Cordoba, where it is

associated with beryl. The new mineral was at first taken for chiyso-

beryl ; but its analysis has shown that it is a variety of apatite, in which

part of the lime is replaced by protoxide of manganese ; the author

therefore proposes to distinguish it as Mangan-apatite. [The formulae

given are evidently misprinted.] F. W. R.

MnrERALOGT. 251

SiLLiMAN, Prof. B. Tellurium Oree of Colorado. Amor. Journ. ser.
3, vol. viii. pp. 25-29 (with a note on the geology of the region
by A. 11. Marvine).

The tellurium veins are on the sides of a porphyry dyke cutting
through metamorphic rocks at Gold Hill, near Denver City, and 8000
feet above the sea-level. Compared with the Transylvanian veins, the
phenomena are here remarkable for their simplicity : the only ores
noticed here are native tellurium, sylvanite, hessite, pyrites, zinc-blende,
chalcopyrite, and rarely galena; in the European locality they are
much more numerous. E. B. T.

. Remarks on the Magnetites of Clifton, in St. Lawrence

County, New York. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 364-

371 (with discussion).

The magnetites occur in Laurentian rocks, and are associated with

calcite, hornblende, garnet, copper-pyrites, and magnetic pyrites.

Analyses of the ores are given. F. W. R.

. On the probable existence of Microscopic Diamonds, with

Zircons and Topaz, in the Sands of Hydraulic Washings in Cali-
fornia. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 371-373.
Sands from workings at Cherokee, Butte Co., yielded hyacinths, topaz,
quartz, cliromic and titanic iron, with a few small masses supposed to
be diamond. F. W. R.

Sipocz, L. Plagioklas von Yerespatak. Min. Mitt. Heft ii. p. 175.

Analysis of plagioclase from Yerespatak in Transylvania. It is de-
scribed as an isomorphous mixture of two molecules of albite and three
of anorthite. F. W. R.

. Zersetzter Plagioklas von Yerespatak. Min. Mitt. Heft ii.

pp. 175, 176.
Analysis of an altered plagioclase from the quartz-andesite of Yeres-
patak.

Sjogren, A. Ett par nya fyndorter for mineralet Manganofyll,
[New localities for Manganophyll.] Geol. fciren. Stockholm
Forhandl. bdt. i. p. 64.

In addition to the old locality (Pajsberg mine) two new localities,
also in Wermland, are given, the Jacobsberg and LSngban mines.

. Kort larobok i mineralogi for elementarloroverk. Andra

upplagan. [Short text-book of- mineralogy. Ed. 2.] Falun. |

Sket, W. On the mode of producing Auriferous Alloys by Wot
Processes. Chcm. News, vol. xxx. pp. 151, 152.

Concludes that native alloys of gold and silver have been deposited
from alkaline solutions by the agency of metallic sulphides, such as
iron-pyrites. F. W. R.

. Critical Notes upon the alleged nuclear Action of Gold upon

252 MINEEALOGr.

Gold reduced from solution by organic matter. Chem. News,

vol. XXX. pp. 162, 163.
It has been alleged that gold reduced from solution of its chloride
by means of organic matter, such as wood, may be deposited around a
nucleus of gold. Mr. Skey doubts this statement. He finds that the
metal precipitated in this way assumes an incoherent form, and sug-
gests that nuggets in the Drift have been formed by the reducing
action of metallic sulphides, not of organic matter. F. W. R.

SzEY, ^Y. On the Formation of Gold Nuggets in Drifts. Chem.
News, vol. XXX. pp. 172-174.

Suggests that the gold was originally disseminated through certain
rocks, rather than in reefs ; that sulphuretted hydrogen may attack the
metal, producing a sulphide soluble in solutions of alkaline sulphides ;
and that this auriferous solution is ultimately reduced by metallic sul-
phides, such as iron-pyrites. The formation of gold nuggets may
therefore be still going on in many of the Drifts. F. W. E.

Smith, C. The distribution of Spathic Iron Ore. Journ. Iron and
Steel Inst. no. 1, pp. 157-165.

. The Iron Ores of Sweden. Journ. Iron and Steel Inst. no.

2, pp. 310-319 (discussion, pp. 320-328) ; and Coll. Guard, vol.
xxviii. p. 414.
The Swedish iron-ores are magnetite, red haematite, and brown haema-
tite with some clay ironstone in the Skania coalfield.

• The iron-ores are chiefiy found in connexion with a felspathic rock
peculiar to Sweden, " Helleflinta" (Leehte). The mines of Bispberg,
Persberg, Grangesberg, Norberg, Nora, Schysshyttan, and Taberg are
described, with the mode of working the ores. G. A. L.

Smith, J. Laweence. Warwickite. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii.

pp. 432-434 ; Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 696-698 ; Ann. Chim.

ser. 5, t. iii. pp. 425-427.

Analyses of this mineral have Litherto been marred by impurities.

Particles of spinel are in the rock and are very difiicult to separate.

By picking ont under a lens, the sample . obtained gave 20 per cent.

of boracic acid : the silica and lime hitherto found are impurities. The

formula proposed is 5MgO . 3B03 + (MgO . FeO) 2TiOo. E. B. T.

Curious Association of Garnet, Idocrase, and Datolite.

Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 434-436 ; Compt. llend. t. Ixxix.

pp. 813, 814; Ann. Chim. ser. 5, t. iii. pp. 428-430.
The country-rock being calcite, these three minerals occur together.
The idocrase does not exhibit its crystalline form, but permeates the
crystals of garnet ; a large crystal of garnet cut in two and polished
shows the idocrase penetrating it like so many green streamlets. It
came from Santa Clara, California. E. B. T.

. El Corindo de Carolina Norte, Georgia y Montana. [Corun-
dum of North Carolina &c.] Revista Minora, xxv. pp. 25-32.

MINEEALOGT. 253

A description of the occurrence of Corundum and its associated
minerals in North Carolina, Georgia, and Montana, with a note on the
existence of ruby and sapphire in N, Carolina and Montana. F. W. R.

Smith, R. Fkazer. Zinc-Blende from an Antimony Mine. Chem.

News, vol. XXX. p. 222.
Itccords the occurrence of zinc-blende with antimony-ore at Glendin-
ning, Dumfriesshire. An analysis of the zinc-blende is given.

Stolba, F. Aluminite from Kuchelbad. Chem. Centr. p. 135.
[Noticed in Journ. Chem. Soc. ser. 2, vol. xii. p. 966.]

Strei^g, Prof. A. Ueber cinige in Blasenriiumen der Basalte vorkom-
mende MineraUen. N. Jahrb. Heft vi. pp. 561-586, with plate.

Describes several zeolitic minerals occurring in vesicular cavities
in basalt. They include: — PMllipsite (Lime-harmotome) from the
Limberger-Kopf near Buchholz, from Stempel near Marburg, from
Annerod, Saasen, Nidda, «S:c. ; Apopliyllite from the Limberger Kopf ;
MesoUte from the same locality ; Faiijasite from near Annerod ; and
Gismondine from the Schiffenberg and Steinbach. F. W. R.

Steover, Capt. G. A. Mineral Resources of Upper Burmah. Journ.

App. Sci. vol. V. no. 50, pp. 26, 27.
Gold, silver, copper, iron, &c.

Struvee, G. Sulla Peridotite di Baldissero. Turin.

Tannee, AooLr. Analys §, titanjern frS,n Egersund i Norge. [Ana-
lysis of titaniferous iron from Egersund, Norway.] Geol.- foren.
Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii, pp. 46, 47.

. Om f orekomsten af tungspat uti en jernmaimsfyndighet i Lena

socken af Upsala liin. [Occurrence of barytes in iron-oro in the
parish of Lena, province of Upsala.] Geol. foren. Stockholm
Forhandl. bdt. ii. p. 177.

Tanner, J. A. Examination for Indium of Smithsonito from South-
western Virginia and Eastern Tennessee. Chem. News, vol. xxx.
pp. 141, 142,
The mixed ore, of carbonate and silicate of zinc, worked in Wythe
Co., Ya., and in Leadvalc, Tenn., was tested ; the former gave but a very
faint and doubtful indication, whilst the latter yielded the characteristic
blue line a. F. W. R.

Tiberg, H. V. Spodiosit, nytt mineral fSn Nyttsta Krangrufv^a i
Yermland. [Spodiosite, a new mineral from Vermland.] Geol.
foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 84-86, 1 fig. in text.
This mineral, which cr}'stallize8 in the rhombohedral system, is re-
presented by the following formula : —

4Ca (F.Cl)4-5[Ca3(P05 . As A)]-
A full analysis is given and figures of the crystalline forms.

G. A. L.

254 MINERALOGY.

Teibolet, M. [F.] de. Sur la Saiissurite et la Nephrite (Jadeite).
Pp. 12. Published with BuU. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, t. x. 1
cahier.

Regards saussurite as a product of the alteration of anorthite. Shows
that several distinct minerals are grouped together under the common
name of nephrite, and distinguishes between true nephrite and Damour's
jadeite ; the former is a silicate of lime and magnesia, and is probably
a compact variety of tremolite ; the latter contains alumina up to 23
per cent., and stands near zoisite ; an intermediate form occurs in
New Zealand. Describes the mode of occurrence of nephrite in New
Zealand and in the Kuenluen mountains. P. W. R.

Teoost, Gerard. Manuscript Catalogue with minute descriptions of
specimens in the late Dr. Ger. Troost's Mineralogical and Geolo-
gical Cabinet. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. p. 319.

Note announcing the existence of the above.

TscHERMAK, G. Ludwigit, ein neues Mineral aus dem Eanate. Min.

Mitt. Heft i. pp. 59-66. Under different title in Yerh. k.-k.

geol. Reichs. p. 37.

Ludwigite is a new mineral from Morawitza in the Banat. It occurs

as a dark green or black fibrous substance, which appears to be a

molecular combination of borate of magnesia with proto-peroxide of

iron. P. W. R.

. Die Porm und die Yerwandlung des Labradorits von Veres -

patak. [Porm and alteration of Labradorite.] Min. Mitt. Heft

iv. pp. 269-278, 9 woodcuts (crystals).
Describes crystals of plagioclase in the quartz -andesite of Verespatak,
in Transylvania. The crystals are always twinned, according to laws
illustrated by the figures. They become altered to a kaolin-like sub-
stance, which consists mainly of a potash-mica with a hydrous silicate
of alumina. Analyses are given of the pseudomorphs and of unaltered
labradorite, from which it appears that the change consists chiefly in
the replacement of soda by potash, the removal of lime, and the addition
of water. P. W. R.

. Neue Einsendungen an das k.-k. mineralogische Hof- Museum.

[New contributions to the Imperial Geological Museum.] Yerh.

k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 86, 87.

Describes some new materials transmitted to the Geological Museum

of Yienna. Also gives a fuller account of Ludwigite, noticed in a

former communication. H. A. N.

T. [TscHERMAK ?] Eisennickclkies aus dem Sesia Thale. Min.

Mitt. Heft iv. p. 285.
Describes occurrence of iron-nickel pyrites [Pentlandite] with
magnetic pyrites, from the Sesia Thai, in Tyrol.

. Potash-salt from East India. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii.

MLNEBAL06T. 256

pt. 2, p. 64 (translated from Jahrb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. xxiii.

no. 2, p. 136).
A notice of specimens (exhibited by Dr. Oldham in the Vienna
Exh.) of a mixture of sylvino (KCl) and kiescrite (MgSO^) from the
Salt range of the Punjab. F. D.

Vala, Jos., and R. Helmhackee. Ueber Delvauxit. Arch. nat.

Land. Bohm. Bd. xi. Abt. 2, Th. 1, p. 381. [Noticed inN. Jahrb.

1875, p. 317.]

Describes the occurrence of Delvauxite in Bohemia. The composition

of the mineral, dried over chloride of calcium, is given as 2CaO.P20,

+5FeA. P2<^6 + 16HA or as CiiO+2FGfi^ + l^fl,-]-7B.fi.

F. W. R.

Yelain, Ch. Sur un feldspath orthoclase vitreux des pouzzolanes do
I'ile Rachgoiin (Algerie, province d'Oran). [Vitreous orthoclase
from the puzzolanas of Rachgoun Is.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix.
pp. 250-251.
This felspar is found in rounded tabular crystals with a rolled ap-
pearance, or oftener in rounded crystalline masses, disseminated in the
midst of volcanic scoriae and reddish puzzolanas, accompanied by
crystals of pyroxene, having also a rolled aspect. This vitreous ortho-
clase has the peculiarity of being twice as rich in soda as in potash. An
analysis is given. G. A. L.

VoELCKER, Dr. A. Composition of a sample of Bordeaux Phosphate,

Joum. Roy. Agric. Soc. scr. 2, vol. x. p. 283.
A detailed analysis is given ; the sample contained 33*72 per cent,
of phosphoric acid.

Websky, Prof. Ueber einige bemerkenswertho Vorkommen des

Quarzcs. [Remarkable occurrences of quartz.] N. Jahrb. Heft

ii. pp. 113-130, with plate (crystals).

Crystallographic description of remarkable specimens of quai'tz from

Neuhaus, near Waldenburg, Silesia, from Oberstein on the Nahe, from

Baveno, and from Traversella in Piedmont. F. W. R.

Weisbach, Prof. A. Notiz iiber den Roselith. N. Jahrb. Heft i.

pp. 46-48.
Announces the recent discovery of the rare species Eoselite at Schnee-
berg, in Saxony.

. Luzonit. Min. Mitt. Heft iii. pp. 258, 259.

Describes, under the name of Luzonite, a mineral from the copper-
veins at Mancayan, in the Isle of Luzon. It occurs chiefly as a com-
pact, dark grey, metallic mineral, associated with enargite, and having
a similar composition, an analysis leading to the formula CU8ASS4.

F. W. R.

WiBEL, F. Ueber Guanovulit, ein neues Mineral in den Vogeleiom

des Peru-Guanos. Ber. deutsch. chem. Ges. pp. 392-396.
Oiumovulite is a crystalline body found in the remains of birds'

256 MINERALOGY.

eggs in Peruvian guano. Its analysis shows it to be a new species,
having the following composition— (H,N),S0,4-2K,S0, +3KHS0,+
4aq. " r. W. 11.

WicuMANN, A. Die Pseudomorphoson des Cordierits. Zeit. deutsch.
geol. Ges. Bd. xxvi. Heft 5, pp. 675-701, with plate.

Studies of the microscopic structure of the following minerals, as
products of the alteration of cordierite — chlorophj^Iite, praseolite,
aspasiolite, gigantolite, hard fahlunite, pyrargillite, fahlunite (tricla-
site), and pinite. F. W. it.

"WiLLCox, J. Corundum from Pennsylvania. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Philadel. p. 266.

Specimen of corundum surrounded by chlorite, in which there seemed
to have been an alteration of one of the minerals into the other. Crys-
tals of corundum from S. Carolina, one partly, another wholly, con-
verted into margarite. A. H. G.

— . New Mineral Localities in Canada not mentioned in Geol.

Eeport on Canada or Dana's Mineralogy. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Philadel. p. 276.

Winkler, Dr. Clemens. Ehagit und Eoselith. Journ. prakt. Chem.,
N. S. Bd. X. pp. 190-192.

Bliagite is a new species, recognized by Weisbach, from the Weisser-
Hirsch mine, near Schneeberg, in Saxony. It occurs in green bo-
. tryoidal groups, whence the name. Its analysis leads to the formula
BiioA8402, + 8Hp, or, dualistically, SBi^Og . 2As,0. + 8H^0. Roselite,
a rare mineral of which only two species were previously known, has
been found at the Daniel mine, near Schneeberg. Its composition may
be represented by the formula 3R0 . As^Og+H^O ; where R=Ca, Mg,
and Co. P. W. R.

Wleugel, Amanuensis. Analyse af Bergkork fra Mungafjeld.
[Analysis of mountain-cork from Mungafjeld.] Forhandl. Yid.-
Selsk. Aar 1873, Hefte ii. p. 488.

Wrioht, Dr. C. E. A. On Pyrites as a Source of Sulphur, Iron,
and Copper. Journ. Soc. Arts, vol. xxii. no. 1119, pp. 586-547.

The different kinds of pyrites are described, and analyses of some are
given. The greater part of the paper is a description of processes of
extraction. W. W.

WuRTz, H. streaks of Coals. Proc. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, ser.
2, no. 4, p. 125.

Note suggesting the observation of the colour of the streaks made by
different kinds of coal as a ready means of field-determination. Alber-
tite gives the blackest streak; Grahamite a deep reddish- or maroon-
coloured streak. G. A. L.

Zepharovich, M. Y. Eitter von. Mineralogische Mittheilungen. Y.

MINERALOGY. 257

[Mineralogical communications, No. 5, with a plato.] Sitzungsb.

k. Ak. Wiss., math.-nat. CI. Abth. i. Bd. Ixix. Heft 1, pp.

16-36.
Glauberito crystals and salt-pseudomorphs from Westeregeln, near
Stassfurt, are first described. The glauberite is found in cavities
in the clay with rock-salt at a depth of about 120 metres. The crys-
tals are mostly tabular from tho predominance of the face (001). The
faces (334) and (445) are new. A table of observed and calculated
angles is given. Gehlenite from Qravicza is next noticed ; two ana-
lyses are given ; magnetite and idocrase in microscopic crystals occur
with it. The peripheral parts have been decomposed ; and analyses of
the resulting body shows that a mineral corresponding to Samoite of
Prof. Dana is the result, containing about 29 p. c! of water. Silver,
pseudomorphous after Stephanite, from Pribram is then shortly
noticed. E. B. T.

Zepharovich, Y. E. vox. Mineralogische Notizen vom Hiitten-
berger Erzberge in Karnthen. [Carinthian Minerals.] Lotos,
Dec. 1874. [Noticed in N. Jahrb. 1875, p. 312.]

Describes the occurrence of linarite, bournonite, anglesite, and .cerus-
site at the Hiittenberg Erzberg.

TJeber eine Feldspathmetamorphose von Ckyn in Bohmen.

Min. Mitt. Heft i. pp. 7-12.

At Ckyn, in Bohemia, felspar is converted into a mineral which, on
analysis, is seen to resemble pseudophite. The alteration is therefore
similar to that at Plaben, near Budweis, described by Yon Drasche.

F. W. 11.

Zerrenner, C. Wulfenit. Min. Mitt. Heft i. pp. 91, 92.

Gives three kinds of hemimorphism observed in the Wulfenite of
Pribram. 1. Crystal is pyramidal at each end, but with P at one end
and 2P' at the other. 2. Crystal is short, with P at one end and drusy
OP at the other. 3. Crystal of ooP . 2P, with drusy OP at one end
only. P. AY. B.

. Baryt. Min. Mitt. Heft i. pp. 92, 93.

Notes several physical peculiarities in crystals of barytes from Pri-
bram— such as the fact that one face of Pco often exhibits a greasy
lustre, while another is vitreous. Also describes crystals in which a
nucleus of one form is enclosed in a crj'stal of another. F. W. It.

. Markasit nach Eugenglanz. Min. Mitt. Heft i. pp. 93, 94.

Corrects a previously published statement that psoudomorphs of iron-
pyrites after polybasito occur at Pribram. Tho replacing mineral is
marcasite. F. W. 11.

. Chalccdon von Trestyan. Min. Mitt. Heft i. p. 94.

A microscopic section of blue chalcedomy from Trestyan, in Tran-
sylvania, showed that tho specimen was not a pseudomorph.

1874. s

268 MINEKALOGT.

Zerrenner, C. Holzopal. Min. Mitt. Heft i. p. 94.
Note on specimens of wood-opal from Hungary, examined by Herr
Schenk, of Leipzig.

. Gediegen Kupfer. Min. Mitt. Heft i. p. 94.

Describes crystals of native copper from Tertiary quartz -conglome-
rate of Bolivia.

Adular. Min. Mitt. Heft i. p. 95.

Crystallographic notes on specimens of adularia in Dr. R. Ferber's
collection at Gera.

See also the following : —
Cox, E. T. Analyses of coals and iron-ores, Indiana : p. 113.
Dawson, G. M. Analyses of lignites and ironstones, N. America :

p. 115.
Hardest, J. W. Analysis of iron- ore, S. Mountain (N. America) :

p. 117.
Harrington, J. Iron-ores, Canada : p. 128, under Selwtn.
HoppMANN, C. Analyses of coals, Nova Scotia, &c.: see Selwtn,

p. 127.

Hughes, T. W. H. Analyses of coals, iron-ores, &c., India: pp. 134,

135.
HtJNT, Dr. T. S. Analyses of coals and iron-ores, Hocking valley :

p. 120.

Jones, Prof. T. E. Description of specimens from Griqualand "West,
in paper by Stow : p. 147.

Marvine, a. R., a. C. Peale, F. M. Endlich. Mineralogical notes
and analysis of coals, Colorado : see Hatden, p. 118.

Milne. Mineralogy of Newfoundland : s^e Addenda.

Napier, J. Analyses of coals, S. "Wales : see Thomas, p. 37.

NoTH, J. Brown Coal, Limestone, and Graphite, Hungary : p. 86.

Schmidt, A., R. Chauvenet, &c. Analyses of ores and minerals,
Missouri: see Broadhead, p. 111.

Stokes, A. H. Analysis of coals, Suderoe : p. 100.

Stoliczka, Dr. F. Jade in Turkestan : p. 141.

"WiLLcox, J. Apatite in Laurentian rocks, Rideau Lake : p. 129.

259

MINERAL WATERS,

Anon. Ninth Annual Report on the Colonial Museum and Labora-
tory. New Zealand, 1874. Pp. 35.
Contains notes on several mineral waters in New Zealand, and an
analysis of a spring in the Province of Napier.

BoussiNGAULT, — . Sur les eaux acides qui prennent naissance dans
les volcans des Cordilleres. [Acid waters derived from the volca-
noes of the Andes.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 453-4G1, 52G-
533, 593-599; and Ann. Ch. Phys. 8er.5, t. ii. pp. 76-130.

Carnellt, T. Analysis of one of the Trefriw Mineral Waters.

Mem. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. xiv. p. 59.
The spring, on the left bank of the Conway, issues at the rate of
40 gallons an hour; its temperature was 11° C., that of the air being
15°-5 C. on Sept. 8. From an analysis made in 1871 it appears that
the quantity of iron is diminishing. Dr. Hay ward states that the springs
occur in Rala limestone, with alum-slate, iron-pyrites, and ironstone.

C. E. De R.

Fairley, T. Analysis of Water taken from the *' Old Crescent
Well," Harrogate, Nov. 14, 1873. Chem. News, vol. xxx. no.
774, p. 151.

FiLHOL, M. E. Note sur la composition chimique des eaux sulfu-
reuses thermales des Pyrenees. [Sulphurous thermal waters of
the Pyrenees.] Ann. Chim. Phys. ser. 5, t. iii. pp. 536-546.

Fresenius, Dr. R. Chemische Untersuchung der warmen Mineral-
quelle im Radhaus der Koniglichen Wilhelmsheilanstalt zu Wies-
baden. Jahrb. Nassau. Ver. Nat. xxvii., xxviii. pp. 100-113.
Analysis of warm spring in the bath-houso of the K. Wilhelmsheilan-
stalt at Wiesbaden.

. Neue chemische Untersuchung des Kranchens, Fiirstenbrun-

nens, Kesselbrunnens und der neucn Radequelle zu Bad Ems.
Jahrb. Nassau. Yer. Nat. xxvii., xxviii. pp. 114-171.
Analyses of the mineral waters of the four above-named springs at
Ems.

Goroeix, M. H. £tudo des FumeroUes de Nisyros at de quolques-

uns des Produits des Eruptions dont cette ile a etc lo siege en

1872 et 1873. Ann. Chim. Phys. ser. 6, t. ii. pp. 333-354 ;

Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 1309-1311.

Gives composition of gases from the furaaroles, and analysis of hot

saline water ejected. Refers the present eruption to penetration of

sea-water into an old fissure extending from Nisyros to Hyali.

F. W. B.
s2

260 MINEBALOGY.

Hayes, S. D. Waters of Prince-Edward Island, Nova Scotia. Chem.

News, vol. XXX. no. 774, p. 154.
Partial analyses of the water of the city pump well, Charlottetown ;
of the Park spring ; and of the "Winter Eiver, 6 miles from the city.

Laloy, — . Becherches geologiques et chimiques sur les eaux sulfu-
reuses du Nord. [Geological and chemical researches on the sul-
phurous waters of the Departement du Nord.] LiUe.

. Kecherches geologiques et chimiques sur les eaux chlorurees

du terrain houiUer. [Geological and chemical researches on the

waters of the Coal Measures.] Lille.
According to the author these waters are marine and have remained
to the present time enclosed with the Coal Measures.

Lesseps, Perdikand de. Sur les Lacs amers de I'lsthme de Suez.

Ann. Chim. Phys. ser 5, t. iii. pp. 129-140; Compt. Rend. t.

Ixxviii. pp. 1754-1757.
Contains partial analyses of twenty-one samples of water from the
Suez Canal, by M. Durand Clay.

Phillips, J. A. Note on the Composition of certain Mine Waters.

Phil. Mag. ser. 4, vol. xlvii. pp. 164-167.
Analyses of water from the 212-fathom level at the Phoenix mines,
Liskeard, and the 302-fathom level at Dolcoath, Camborne, which are
believed to be surface-woiQV that has taken up its solid contents
during infiltration through the workings and through fissures.

A. H. G.
Schneider, P. C. Analyses of Thermal Springs, near La Battaglia,
and of the Sulphur Springs of Trentsclun-Teplitz. Chem. Centr.
p. 122.

Sipocz, L. Chemische Analyse einiger Wasser von Baden (in Wien).

Min. Mitt. Heft iii. pp. 251-256.
Four analyses of waters from springs at Baden near Vienna.
Ylaanderen, Dr. C. L. Onderzoek van water uit Cheribon, in ver-

band tot de voorgenomen, verbeterde drinkwatervoorziening van

die hoofdplaats. Jaarb. Mijn. Nederl. Oost-Ind. Jaarg. 3, Deel 1,

p. 180.
Analyses of waters from a pond at Selaganga, from the B. Tandjong,
and from a spring at Took, all in Cheribon, Java.

. Onderzoek van het water van der artesischen put achter de

Weeskamer te Batavia. Jaarb. Mijn. Nederl. Oost-Ind. Jaarg. 3,
Deel 1, pp. 180, 181.

Analysis of water of an artesian well in Batavia.

Wreden, p., and A. PtrcHs. Analysen von Mineralwassern und
Salz aus Ciechocinek (Polen, Gouv. Warschau). Ber. deutsch.
chem. Ges, i^p. 1147-1150.

Analyses of the mineral waters of Ciechocinek, a popular bathing-
place near Warsaw in Poland.

261

PALAEONTOLOGY.
1. VERTEBRATA.

Adams, Prof. A. Leith. On the Dentition and Osteology of the
Maltese FossU Elephants, being a description of remains dis-
covered by the Author in Malta between the years 1860 and
1866. Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. pt. 1, pp. 1-124, plates i.-xxii.

The ossiferous caves and fissures of Malta are enumerated. For
geological details the author's ' Natural History and Archseology of
the Nile Yalley and Maltese Islands ' (1870) may be consulted. The
bones occur chiefly in clays and conglomerates with waterworn pet*
bles, and in most cases appear to have been transported by water to
their present position. Hence they are scattered, fragmentary, and
often much abraded. Some of the elephant-remains exhibit traces of
gnawing. The author considers that the remains are divisible into
two species, both allied to Loxodon meridionalis, viz. ElejpJias mnai-
driensis, n. sp., and E. melitensis, to which latter E. Falconeri is, with
some hesitation, referred, as a small variety. E. mnaidriensis attained
a height of 6|-7 feet. Nearly the entire dentition and many bones
are now known. The ridge-formula is : — Milk-Molars, 5:8: 10-11 ;
True Molars, 10-11 : 12 : 14-15. The crown-sculpture of the
tooth allies this species to E. antiquus ; most of the long bones show'
affinity with Loxodon afiicanus. E. melitensis had an average height
of nearly 5 feet ; the var. Falconeri is occasionally as low as 3 feet.
The ridge-formula is: — Milk-Molars, 5 : 7:10-11; True Molars,
10-11 : 12 : 14. With these, bones and teeth of Hippopotamus
Pentlandi and H. minutns occur, besides giant dormice and a large
extinct Swan, which have not yet been found out of Malta. There
are also undescribcd bones of lleptiles. The details of the osteology
and dentition are worked out, and illustrated by plates, mostly of
natural size. L. C. M.

Concluding Report on the Maltese Fossil Elephants. Rep.

Brit. Assoc, for 1873, pp. 185-187.
For the most part a summary of the foregoing. The evidence of
the ossiferous caves and of the deposits containing remains of elephants
leads the author to suppose that " the eastern basin of the Mediter-
ranean had been at one time a common ground where all these extinct
and living elephants met, and whence, with other animals, they have
disappeared or been repelled to distant regions." L. C. M.

Agassiz, L. Three difl'erent modes of teething among Selachians.
Amer. Nat. vol. viii. pp. 129-135.

L

262 PALiEONTOLOGt.

Aitkin-, J. Notes on the discovery of a new fish of the genus
Acrolepis, Ag., in the Millstone Grit, near Hebden Bridge, York-
shire. Trans. Manchester Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. pp. 36-47.
The scientific description is deferred.

. On specimens of fish and teeth from Lancashire Coal-

Measures. Trans. Manchester Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. part 7. ■

Two specimens of undescribed Ganoid Pish, of the genus Pygopterus,

from Shale over Arley Mine, near Burnley. Palatal tooth of Psephodus

magnuSf from Arley Mine, near Burnley. Two specimens of Petalodus-

teeth from Upper Poot-Coal, Oldham. L. C. M.

Baily, "W. H. Palaeontological Notes, in Memoir on sheet 47,

Geol. Survey, Ireland : see under Egan^, p. 10.
Baekas, "W. J. Hyhodus, a Coal-Measure Pish. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,

vol. i. pp. 163-168 (woodcut).
Proposes to unite Ctenacanthus of the Carboniferous and all or part
oi Cladodus with Hyhodus.

. Hyhodus, a Coal Measure Pish. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.

p. 287.
Notice of a reference, in Pictet's ' Traite de Paleontologie,' to two
species from the Carboniferous formation described by Giebel.

. AmpMcentrum in a New Horizon. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,

vol. i. pp. 431, 432.
A jaw from the Mountain Limestone of Eichmond, Yorkshire.

. List of Palaeozoic Pishes. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp.

542-553.

The list is edited and revised by Mr. Davies, of the British Museum.

It gives under four headings an alphabetical list of genera and species.

The authorities for the names and the stratigraphical distribution are

noted. L. C. M.

Baeeots, Ch. Vertebres fossiles de la craie du Nord de la Prance.

[Possil Vertebrates of the Chalk of N. Prance.] Ann. Soc. Geol.

Nord, 1870-74, pp. 42-44.

The list consists of 4Eeptiles and 44 Pishes (6 Ganoids ; 27 PI a coids,

including two species of Cliimcera hitherto known only as Jurassic, and

Myliohates, only known before as a Tertiary genus; and 11 Teleosteans,

including an undescribed species of Beryoc). G. A. L.

Batai^t, — . Sur les plumes d'oiseaux des gypses d'Aix. [Possil

feathers from the gypsum of Aix.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 se'r.

t. i. pp. 386, 387.

M. Yerreaux assigns seven specimens of feathers from the Marls of

the Aix gypsum to the recent genera Strixy Turdus, Sitta, Upupa,

Alcedo, and Picus. G. A. L.

BiANCONi, G. G. Osservazioni addizionali intorno alia brevita del

femore di JEpyornis. [The shortness of the femur of j^pyornis.'}

4to. Bologna.

VERTEBEATA. 263

Blake, Eev. J. F. Additional remains of Pleistocene Mammals in
Yorkshire. Hep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, p. 75.

E/Ccords the discovery of various species of Mammalia (including
Elephas primigenim, E. antiquus, Rhinoceros^ &c.) in flint-gravel at
Bielbecks, near North Cliff. 'All the associated shells are recent, and
belong to river- or marsh-species. The deposit is believed to be Post-
glacial. W. T.

BoTTGER, Oskae. SpermopMlus citillus, var. superciliosus^ Kp., ein
riesiger fossiler Ziesel vom Bad "Weilbach. [Gigantic fossil Marmot
from Bad Weilbach.] Ber. Offenbach. Ver. Naturk. xiv. pp. 28-
48, t. i.

A weU-preserved skuU and some other bones discovered. The other
fossil species of Spermophilus are critically reviewed.

Both, Uldeeigo. Scoperta di ossa fossili nella Terra d'Otranto.
[Discovery of fossil bones in the district of Otranto.] BoU. E.
Com. Geol. Ital. pp. 242-244.
A cave on the sea-shore shows a mass of bone-breccia. Two ele-
phant's molars were detached and brought away ; the presence of E,
antiquus is inferred. E. B. T.

Brandt, J. F. Ueber die bisher in Eussland gefundenen Eeste
untergegangener Cetaceen. [Remains of extinct Cetacea hitherto
discovered in Russia.] Bull. Ac. Imp. St. Petersbourg, vol. xviii.
p. 241.

Burden, Dr. Henry. On Fossil Teeth. Proc. Belfast Nat. Hist.
and Phn. Soc. 1872-73, pp. 68-86.

The structure of the teeth of the various vertebrate classes is
described ; those of Microlestes, Iguanodon, Lahyrinihodon [^Mastodon-
saurus\ and Carcharodon are examined with more detail. L. C. M.

Busk, Prof. G. Notice of a Human Fibula of unusual form, dis-
covered in the Victoria Cave, near Settle, in Yorkshire. Journ.
Anthrop. Inst. vol. iii. pp. 392-395, with plate.
Description of a fragment of a fibula found in a deposit which has
been regarded as of preglacial age. The great thickness and unusual
form of the bone led at first to the suggestion that it might bo ele-
phantine. It has since been compared with a very similar human
fibula. The bone appears to have been healthy and natural, and
it is not likely that the corresponding tibia was platycncmio.

F. W. R.

Chantee, Ernest. Les faunes mammalogiques tertiaircs et quater-
naires du bassin du Rh^»ne. [Tertiary and Quaternary mammals
of the basin of the Rhone.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Frang.
pp. 403-409.
The type-faunas of which representative groups are to be found
within this district are — Quaternary : Diluvium of the Seine and Allu-
vium and loams of the Rhine ; Cave-deposits of the Jura and Pyreneee.
Passage-fauna : Saint-Prest and Cromer. Tertiary : (Upper Pliocene)

264 PALEONTOLOGY.

Perrier and Norwich Crag; (Upper Miocene) Pikermi and Eppels-
heim ; (Middle Miocene) Simorre and sands of the Orleanais ; (Lower
Miocene) Indusial limestones of the Allier and marl's of Konzon, Gyp-
sums of the Seine basin, Beauchamp sands. Pull lists of localities
given. G. A. L.

Chelloneix, E. Ursus arcios dans le diluvium de Peuvry. , [U.
arctos in the diluvium of Beuvry.] Ann. Soc. Gcol. Nord, 1870-
. 74, pp. 33-35. ■

Description of a nearly perfect specimen found in a sand-pit close to
the Beuvry station in a pocket in eroded Landenian sands.

. ElepJias p7'imigenius dans le diluvium de Sangatte. [^E.

primigenius in the diluvium of Sangatte.] Ann. Soc. Geol.
Nord„.1870-74, pp. 38-40.

Cope, Prof. E. D. [On Possils from Colorado.] Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Philadeh §er. 3, vol. iv. pp. 10, 11.

. [Eemarks on vertebrate remains and geological age of Cre-
taceous deposits of Colorado.] Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. ser. 3,
vol. iv. pp. 12, 13.

. Exhibition of Yertebrata from Miocene of Colorado.

Proc. Ac. Nat. Philadel. ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 89, 90.

[Skull of Ctenodus.'] Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. ser. 3,

vol. iv. pp. 91, 92.
The superficial cranial ossifications are described from specimens
found in the Coal Measures of Ohio.

[Synopsis of palseontological investigations in Colorado.]

Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 116, 117.

Notes on the Santa Ee Marls and some of the contained

vertebrate fossils. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. ser. 3, vol. iv.

pp. 147-152.
The presence of Hippotherium^ ProtoM'ppv.s, and other known genera
determines the Pliocene age of these deposits. New species : Maries
namhiamus, Cosoryx ramosus (this genus is regarded as the ancestral
type of the Cervidse), C. teres, Hespey^omys loxodon, Panolacc sanctce-
Jidei (new gen. of Eodentia), Cathartes umhrosus. L. C. M.

. On a new Mastodon and Eodent. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philadel. ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 221-223.
Mastodon productus is described from the Pliocene sands of Santa
Ee, and also Steneojlher pansus.

. On the Characters of JSymhorodon. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philadel. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 224.

" . On Dr. Leidy's " Correction." Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philadel. ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 224, 225.
See p. 274.

VEKTEBEATA. 265

Cope, Prof. E. D. On some extinct types of horned Perissodactyles.
Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp". 108, 109.

The Miocene formation in W, America " embraced several genera
and species of horned giants not very unlike the Eohasilius and Uinta-
therium in their armature." . G. A. L.

■ . Eeport on the Stratigrapliy and Pliocene Vertebrate Palae-
ontology of Northern Colorado. Bull. Gcol. Surv. Territories,
no. 1, pp. 1-28.

The age of the deposits has been determined by palaeontological evi-
dence solely. They lie between the South Platte river and the Lodge-
Pole Creek. The Pliocene sandstone is believed to represent a swamp-
formation. Beneath it is a bed of white friable argillaceous Miocene
rock, probably of the White River epoch, several hundred feet thick ;
lower still a dark-coloured argillaceous rock apparently of freshwater
origin, believed to be Cretaceous. " In the Pliocene strata above
described, mammalian remains are exceedingly abundant over limited
areas, those of horses in an especial manner The most impor-
tant palaeontological results are: — 1, the discovery that the camels of
this period possessed a full series of upper incisor teeth ; 2, that the
horses of the genus Protohippus are, like those of Ilippotherium, three-
toed ; 3, that a Mastodon of the M. ohioticus type existed during the
same period."

The following new species are described : — Hippotherium paniense,
Frotohippus Idbrosus, P. sejunctus, Procamelus heterodontus, Merycodus
gemmifer, Menotherium lemuriminif Hypertragulus tricostatuSy ElotTie-
rium ramosum, L. C. M.

. Eeview of the Yertebrata of the Cretaceous Period found

west of the Mississippi Eiver. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Territories,
no. 2, pp. 1-77.

Messrs. Meek and Hayden had subdivided the Cretaceous beds of
the West into: — 1. The Dakota Group (Missouri River, Rio Graude,
New Mexico). 2. The Benton Group (Missouri River, Smoky-Hill
River, Kansas, Texas). 3. The Niobrara Group (Missouri River,
Kansas, Texas). 4. The Pierre Group (Nebraska, Dakota, Middle
Colorado), corresponding to the lower bed of Grecnsand of New Jersey.
5. The Pox-Hills Group (Dakota, Colorado), corresponding to the
second bed of Grecnsand of New Jersey. The beds are enumerated
in ascending order, and all are marine. Above them are found rocks
of brackish or freshwater origin, comprising sandstones, shales, and
lignites. 6. The Fort-Union or Lignite Group (from the Missouri
valley to Colorado, passing under Tertiary beds by the way). 7. The
Bitter-Creek Group (Wyoming). 8. The Bear-River Group (Wyoming
River) ; perhaps contemporaneous with No. 7.

Very conflicting opinions arc cited as to the ago of the last three
groups. They have usually been considered Tertiary. Professor Cope
draws the lino between Cretaceous and Tertiary at the top of No. 7.

266 PAL-aEONTOLOGY.

** Below this line tlie formation must be accounted as Cretaceous, on
account of the presence of the Dinosaurian Agaihaumas sylvestris; and
those above it, as I have already pointed out, Eocene, on account of
the types of Mammalia contained in them." Dr. Hayden has regarded
these beds as transitional between Cretaceous and Tertiary. Mr.
Lesquereux regards them as Tertiary, on the ground of the type of
their flora. There is no stratigraphical break or important change in
mineral character between the undoubted Cretaceous and the un-
doubted Tertiary groups. Messrs. Lesquereux and ]N"ewberry have " pro-
nounced this whole series of formations [the coal-bearing formations
of the Eocky Mountains, from the lowest marine to the highest fresh-
water beds] as of Tertiary age, and some of the beds to be as high as
Miocene. The material on which this determination is based is
abundant ; and the latter must be accepted as demonstrated beyond all
doubt. I regard the evidence derived from the moUusks in the lower
beds, and the vertebrates in the higher, as equally conclusive that the
beds are of Cretaceous age. There is, then, no alternative but to
accept the result, that a Tertiary flora was contemporaneous with a
Cretaceous fauna, establishing an uninterrupted succession of life across
what is generally regarded as one of the greatest breaks in geological
time. . . The circumstance of the discovery of a Mesozoic Dinosaur,
Agatkaumas sylvestris, with the cavities of and between his bones
stufl^ed full of leaves of Eocene plants (Lesquereux), would prove this
proposition to be true, had no other fossils of either kind ever been
discovered elsewhere."

The following new species are described: — Eeptilia: CUdastes
planifrons, Sironectes anguliferus. Pisces : Pelecorapis varius, Portheus
Mudgei, IcJithyodectes perniciosus, PachyrMzodus leptopsis, TetTieodv.s
(new gen.) pephredo, EncTiodus petrosuo, Empo Merillii, E. contracta,
Sporelodus (new gen.) Janevaii, Hhineastes pectinatus, Amyzon com-
mune, Clupea theta. L. C. M.

Cope, Prof. E. D. Eeport on Vertebrate Palaeontology of Colorado.

Ann. Eep. Geol. Surv. Territories for 1873. (See under Hayden^,

p. 118.)

The descriptions of extinct Yertebrata have previously appeared in

Cope's Palaeontological Bulletin, Nos. 14-17, and Bull. U.S. Geol.

Surv. Territories, nos. 1, 2. See above.

Cope, Prof. E. D., — Le Conte, &c. [Discussion on CJielonia and
Dinosauria from Cretaceous deposits of Colorado.] Proc. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Philadel. 3 ser. vol. iv. pp. 10, 11.

Cox, Prof. E. T. Colletosaurus Indianensis. See p. 114.

Dawkins, Prof. W. B. On the Northern Eange of the Fallow
Deer in Europe. Nature, vol. xi. p. 112.

Thinks that the Fallow Deer did not inhabit Northern and Central
Europe in Pleistocene and Prehistoric ages, but believes that it was
introduced into Prance by the Eomans. C. E. De E.-

VERTEBRATA. 267

Dawkins, Prof. W. B. The Northern Eange of the Basques. Mem.
Lit. Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. xiii. no. 8, p. 81.

In the Neolithic Caves of Gibraltar and the Spanish mainland are
found skulls of a small long-headed race, with orthognathic profile,
identical with the Basques, who ranged through the Peninsula, Prance,
Britain, and Ireland, as far east as Belgium. C. E. Db E.

Decock, — . Machoire d'un Hahcyon dans la craie de Lezennes.

[Jaw of Halocyon in the Lezennes Chalk.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,

1870-74, p. 69.
Note of occurrence.

Defrance, G. a. Note sur un crane de Morse (Trichecns rosmaruSy

L.) et autres debris fossiles trouves dans un depot quaternaire,

pres de la ville de Sainte-Menehoiild (Marne.) [Skull of the

Walrus and other fossils from a Quaternary deposit near Ste.

Menehould.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 164-170.

Accepts the contemporaneity of the fossils as against Prof. Gervais,

who insists upon the more recent age of the Trichecm as compared with

the Elephant, Bhinoceros, &c. G. A. L.

Delfortrie, M. Un Zeugloclon dans les Faluns du Sud-ouest de la
France. [^Zeugloclon from the Miocene, near Bordeaux.] Journ.
Zool. vol. iii. pp. 25-30.
A tooth from the Upper Miocene of Saint Medard-en-Jalle, near
Bordeaux, is described under the name Zeugloclon vasconum,

FiLHOL, M. H. Nouvelles observations sur les Mammiferes des

gisements de phosphates de chaux (Lemuriens et Pachylemuriens).

[Mammals from the phosphate-of-lime deposits.] Ann. Sci. Geol.

t. V. art. 4, pp. 1-36, plates 7, 8.

Proposes a new group, PachylemurulcBj to include the Palceolemiir

Beiillei from the phosphatic beds of Bedner (L. Miocene), Aclajns, Aphe-

lotherium, the genera of Lemurs recently described by Professors Cope

and Marsh from the Miocene of the Western States, and a new fossil

from St. Antonin, now described under the name of Adapts magniis.

Another fossil Lemur {Necrolemur antiquuSf n. sp.) from the same

formation at Quercy is represented as allied to Gctlago seiiega-

lensis by its lower jaw and molar teeth, to Lepilemur ruficaudatus by

its premolars, as well as by the structure of parts of the lower jaw,

and to Oalago crassicciuclatus by the characters of the interorbital tract

and of the sagittal crest. L. C. M.

Flower, W. H. On a newly discovered extinct ungulate mammal

from Patagonia, Ilomaloclontotherium Cunnmghami. Phil. Trans.

pp. 173-182, pi. xvi.

Derived from an ossiferous sandstone similar to that yielding We-

sodoiiy probably older than the deposit in which Macraiichenia and I'oX'

odon have been found. The maxillary alveolus with teeth and the

mandible arc the only parts identified. Other bones were got from

268 PALiEONTOLOGr.

the same matrix. The teeth have distinct crowns, and are decidedly
hypsodont. In both jaws they form a perfectly unbroken series. Ho-
malodontotJienum seems to be " an extremely generalized type, related
on the one hand to Rhinoceros, through Hyracodon also (though more
remotely) to Macrcmchenia^ and'apparently connecting these true perisso-
dactyle forms with the more aberrant Nesodon and Toxodon.'' L. C. M.

Plower, W. H. Description of the Skull of a species of Halitherium
{H. Canhami) from the Bed Crag of Suffolk. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. vol. XXX. pp. 1-7, pi. i.

The skull had been broken along a vertical plane corresponding
with the fronto-parietal suture, and the fore part, which alone is pre-
served, much worn. The fragment is larger than the corresponding
part in recent Sirenia. It differs also in the strong division which
exists between the orbit and the nasal fossa, in the apparently weU-
developed nasals, and in the dentition, which shows a more generalized
condition than in them. The incisors are unknown. Among the
Sirenia of Miocene and Pliocene age the present fossil comes nearest
to Halitherium Schinzi, from which it differs in its superior size and
massiveness, as well as in osteological details. The author remarks
that " the discovery of a Halitherium allied to the species found in the
neighbourhood of Darmstadt is an additional instance to those already
recorded of the existence in our Crag of forms characteristic of the
Miocene fauna of the Rhine valley." L. C. M.

PooTE, R. B. Rhinoceros deccanensis. Palseontologia Indica, ser. x.
1, pp. 1-17, plates i.-iii.

This new species is represented by portions of a skuU found in a
lacustrine deposit of supposed Pleistocene age, near Gokak, Belgaum
District. A bovine, allied to the recent JSibos gaurus, and a smaller
but similar Bhinoceros have also been discovered in the same beds.
R. deccanensis belongs to the hypsodont section ; the incisors are absent
or rudimentary ; the mandibular symphysis is prolonged into a narrow
beak-like projection ; the first premolar is not persistent ; and there is
a well- developed guard in the molar series. A detailed comparison
is made with all the recorded recent and fossil species. L. C. M.

Foesyth-Majoe, C. J. [PossH Lemuridce.'] JS". Jahrb. p. 67.
Thinks that Lophiotherium Laharpii (Palseontographica, Bd. xxii.
t. vi. fig. 61) may be an extinct monkey, aUied to the Lemurs.

. " Sopra alcuni Binoceronti fossili in Italia." [Possil Bhino-

ceroses from Italy.] BoU. B. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 94-97, and
Yerh. k.-k. geol. Beichs. pp. 30-32.
Argues that the Bhinoceros from the Quaternary deposits of the
neighbourhood of Bome and Arezzo is not R. leptorhinus, but R.
hemitoichus. This latter is said to be a synonym of R, MercTcii, Jaeger,
which has priority. On the other hand R. MercMi, Meyer, is not
Jaeger's species, but is identical with R. etruscus. E. B. T.

VBRTEBEATA. 269

Gattdry, a. Sur V Antliracotherium decouvert a Saint -Menoux
(Allier). [A. Cuvieri, Pomel.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser.
t. ii. pp. 36-40, pi. ii.

. Les races fossiles du Mont Leberon. [The fossil races of

Mount Leberon.] Compt. llend. 2 sess. Assoc Frang. pp. 39-43,

A comparison between the mammalian remains of this locality
(Department of Vaucluse) with those of Pickermi, to illustrate the
author's views on evolution. G. A. L.

. Lestodon trigonidens et Valgipes deformis. Journ. Zool.

vol. iii. pp. 161-164, pi. v.

A part of a lower jaw with one tooth, from the " Terrain pampeen "
of the Argentine Republic, and a calcaneum from one of the bone-
caves of Brazil, are believed to indicate two unknown genera of Tardi-
grade Edentates, and are named as above. The second, although
resembling the calcaneum of Scelidotherium, is said to indicate a much
larger animal. E. T. N.

. Mammiferes nouveUement decouverts dans les Chaux phos-

phatees. [New Mammals from the Phosphate deposits.] Journ.
Zool. vol. iii. pp. 286, 287.

The lower jaw of a small mammal resembling Xiphodon has been
discovered in these deposits: it is said to have affinities with both
Anoplotherium and Anthracotherium ; and a new genus and species are
established to receive it, viz. Tragulohyus inermls. Doubts are thrown
upon the presence of Tapirulus hyraciniis in these beds. Remains of
Lophiotherium cervulum have been found, and also parts of a small
mammal provisionally called Anoplotherium seciindarium. E. T. N.

. Forme typique des Membres chez les Equides. [Typical form

of the Limbs in the Equida).] Journ. Zool. vol. iii. pp. 300-
. 307.

Compares the bones of the fore and hind limbs of the horse, more
especially those of the feet, with the homologous parts in the Hip-
parion, Palceoiherium, Anchitherium, AnchUophus, Oroliippus^ and
JDaman, to show that the single digit of the horse is homologous with
the third or middle digit of the pentadactylc foot. E. T. N",

. Presence du genre Lepisosteo parmi les fossiles du bassin de

Paris. [Lepidostev^ among Paris-Basin fossils.] Journ. Zool.

vol. iii. pp. 457-461, and Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. pp. 844-846.

Lepidotus Maximiliani, Ag., has been compared with specimens

recently acquired, which show the vertebra) to bo opisthocoelous. The

author assigns them to Lepidosteus suessionensis. E. T. N.

GtNinER, A. Description of the Living and Extinct Races of
Gigantic Land - Tortoises. Pts. i. ii. Introduction, and the

270 PALEONTOLOGY.

Tortoises of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Eoy. Soc. vol. xxii.
pp. 421, 422 (abstract).

Haast, Dr. JuLitrs. On HarpagorniSf an Extinct Genus of Gigantic
Baptorial Birds of New Zealand. Trans. N. Zealand Inst. vi.
pp. 62-75, pis. 7-9.

The first remains of this gigantic bird of prey were found in turbary
deposits at Glenmark, and consisted of a left femur, two ungual
phalanges, and a rib, belonging to the same individual. A second
discovery at the same locality, 6 or 7 feet below the surface, and
mixed with pieces of drift-timber and moa-bones, consisted of various
limb-bones. A fragmentary humerus was obtained from the banks
of the Glenmark Creek, which consist of Postpliocene alluvium in the
form of large shingle-beds interstratified with sand and turbary
deposits ; these remains are described under the name of Harpagornis
Moorei. A third discovery, near the same locality, showed the
existence of a smaller raptorial bird {H. assimitis), closely allied to
the former species ; perhaps indeed the difierence is only sexual. The
various bones are described at length. R. E., Jun.

. President's Address (1874), Phil. Inst. Canterbury. Trans.

N. Zealand Inst. vi. pp. 419.

Former opinions respecting the fluviatile formation of the Canterbury
Plains are again advanced in opposition to views put forth by Captain
Hutton as to their marine origin. Proposes a scheme for the classifi-
cation of the Struthious birds from the turbary deposits of Glenmark,
and believes that the presence or absence of the back toe (Jiallux) is a
good mark of generic distinction. The following is a brief outline of Dr.
Haast's arrangement : — A. Eam. DinornifhidcB. a. Dinornis {D. maxi-
mus, D. rohustus, D. ingens, D. strutMoides, and D. gracilis); b.
Meionornis, Haast {M. casuarinus and 31. didiformis). B. Earn.
Palapterygidce : a. Palajpteryx (P. elepJiantopus and P. crassiis) ; b.
Euryajpteryx {E. gravis and E. rlieides), E. E., Jun.

Hawkln-s, Prof. B. W. On the Pelvis of Hadrosaurus. Proc.
Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. 3 ser. vol. iv. pp. 90, 91.

Hectoe, Dr. J. On Cnemiornis calcitrans, Owen, showing its affinity
to the Lamellirostrate Natatores. Trans. N. Zealand Inst. vi. pp.
76-84, pis. 10-14«.

The larger portion of a skeleton was obtained from the EarnscleugK
Cave, Otago. The skull and sternum indicate that it belongs to the
Lamellirostrate Natatores, that the power of flight was obsolete, and
that it was probably allied to the Australian Cereopsis. In the short
lofty head, solid palate, and the peculiar character of the tympanic
cavity Cnemiornis diff'ers from the majority of the duck tribe. The
lower extremities are remarkable for their massive development.

VERTEBRATA. 271

Cnemiomis was widely spread over the New-Zealand islands. The
bones of the skeleton are described at length, and a table of admeasure-
ments given. B. E. Jun.

Hector, Dr. J. On the Possil Eeptilia of New Zealand. Trans. N.
Zealand Inst. vi. pp. 333-358, pis. 28-31.

Parts of no less than 43 individual reptiles, " mostly of gigantic size
and all of aquatic habits, and belonging to at least thirteen distinct
species, have been discovered.'* The stratigraphical position of these
and accompanying fossils has been determined to be about that of the
European Cretaceous period. The following is a synopsis of the
species : — ^A. Yertebra? flat or slightly biconcave. 1. Flesiosaiirns :
P. australis, P. crassicostatuSy P. Boodii, P. Hohnesii^ P. Traversii,
P. MacTcayiL 2. Poli/cotylus, Cope : P. tenuis. 3. Mauisaurus, Hector :
M. Haastii, M. Icitibmchialis. B. Vertebrae procoelian ; swimming-pad-
dles. 4. Leiodon: L. Haumuriensis. 5. TaniwJiasaurus, Hector:
T. Oweni. The Ichthyosaurus is only represented by a single ver-
tebral centrum (/. australis) from Mount Potts, Province of Canter-
bury.

Dr. Hector considers that the Amuri-Bluff section "includes a
lower formation than yet found in the Waiparia district, and that this
lower group can be distinguished by its included fossils." P. E., Jun.

HoNEYMAN, D. Skeleton of a Whale in the Quaternary of New

Brunswick. Am. Joum. ser 3, vol. vii. p. 597.
Beluga vermontana (?) in a clay of the Champlain period, at Jacquet
Piver, Dalhousie, New Brunswick.

HoROTD, W. On the occurrence in the Yoredale Pocks of "Wensley-

dale of Fish and Amphibian Pemains. Pep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873,

Sections, p. 84.

The remains occurred in thin limestones above and contiguous to the

main limestone. Among them were teeth of Cladodus and PleuroduSy

and bones of the limbs of a Labyrinthodont amphibian. W. T.

HovEF, Edmund 0. The largest Eossil Elephant Tooth yet described.
Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. p. 112 (abstract).

Tooth found in Alameda Co., California. Vertical depth 13 inches,
transverse measurement 15 inches, length of triturating surface
9 inches. Weight 21i lbs. G. A. L.

HuLKE, J. W. Note on a very largo Saurian Limb-bone adapted
for progression upon Land, from the Kimmeridgo Clay of Wey-
mouth, Dorset. Quart. Journ. Gcol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 16, 17,
pi. ii.
Pegards this as a left humerus, referable provisionally to Ceteosaiwns.
The posterior border has a rounded edge, while the anterior border,
especially towards the distal end of the bono, has the form of a thin,

272 PALEONTOLOGY.

rough, and very prominent crest. For this fossil the specific name
(/. humero-cristatus is proposed. L.. C. M.

HuLKE, J. W. Supplemental Note on the Anatomy of Hypsilophodon
Foxii. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 18-23, pi. iii.

Further details are given respecting the structure of the skull and of
the vertebral column. The palatals and pterygoids are described.
The sacrum is contrasted with that of Iguanodon Mantelli. The writer
maintains the generic distinctness of Hypsilo^hodon. L. C. M.

Note on an Astragalus oi Iguanodon Mantelli. Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 24-26, figs. 1-4.
In all recent and fossil reptiles, except Dinosauria, which have a
foot capable of flexion and extension, the hinge occurs at the junction
of the log with the astragalus. In birds the movable joint is beyond
the astragalus, but, except in some of the Batitce, the astragalus unites
with the tibia at an early age. In Dinosauria the joint is situate as in
birds, but the astragalus remains distinct throughout life. The present
fossil shows its persistence as a separate bone in Iguanodon, and also
its immobility with respect to the tibia. L. C. M.

Note on a Reptilian Tibia and Humerus (probably of

Hylceosaurus) from the Wealden Formation in the Isle of Wight.

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 516-520, pi. xxxi.

Observes that if his determinations prove correct, the great reduction

of fore limbs in Iguanodon and Megalosaurus does not hold in

Hylceosaurus. L. CM.

• . Note on a modified form of Dinosaurian Ilium, hitherto

reputed Scapula. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 521-528,

pi. xxxii.
Two new examples are described and figured, while a third is
noticed. The reference of similar bones to the shoulder-girdle of
Dinosauria is controverted. No evidence of junction with sacral
vertebrae has offered itself. The author thinks that the attachment of
the ilium to the vertebral column may have been fibrous. L. C. M.

Johnson, Randall. Notice of a new Species of Deer from the
Norfolk Forest-bed. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 1-4,

pi. i.

A large part of a palmated left antler with a part of the skull
attached, obtained from the Forest-bed at Hasbro. The author con-
siders it allied to Cervus megaceros, and, on account of the great width
of the frontal bones, proposes to name it C. latifrons. A list of the
Cervidae of the Forest-bed is given. E. T. N.

Jeitteles, L. H. TJeber die geographische Verbreitung des Dam-
hirsches in der Yorzeit und Gegenwart. [Geographical distribution
of the Fallow-deer in the past and present.] Zool. Garten, August.
Translated in Nature, vol. xi. p. 71.

TERTEBRATA. 273

The Fallow-deer is stated to have had a wide European range in
prehistoric times, and to have inhabited Lebanon and England. In
historic timds it has occurred in Egj'pt and Assyria. It is now found
wild in Asia Minor, North Africa, Sardinia, probably in Spain, in
Greece, the CeTcnnes, and the Alps of Dauphine. L. C. M.

Knight, C. On the Teeth of Leiodon. Trans. N. Zealand Inst. vi.
pp. 358-362, plates 24-26.

The mandible of Leiodon is composed of four bones, viz. dentary,
coronoid, angular, and splenial or opercular, and is Lacertian in
character. The crown of the tooth has a simple conical form, and is
polished, striated, and of a dark colour. The fang is tapering and
subventricose in form. The teeth are Acrodont, and allied in this
character to the Mosasaurus. R. E., Jun.

KowALEVSKY, Dr. W. Osteologie des Genus Anthracotherium. Palas-
ontograpliica, Bd. xxii. 5te Lief. pp. 291-346, with 5 plates.

The third instalment of a monograph on Anthracotherium and its
allies, the letterpress referring to this genus alone. The examples
illustrated are chiefly those from the Molasse of Rochette, near
Lausanne and Bumbach. Of the limbs and extremities most of the
bones have been found ; upper and lower jaws from Rochette are
drawn ; but the skull has not been found uucrushed. A restoration of
A. valdense is given. E. B. T.

. On the Osteology of the HyopotamidcB. Phil. Trans, vol.

163, pt. 1, pp. 19-94, plates xxxv.-xL

Contains a detailed description of the long bones and the limbs.
Some crania and teeth are figured, but without express description.
The general organization of the family Hyopotamklce is discussed ; and
the author seeks to throw light on the derivation of the existing un-
gulate types. Anoploihenum has hitherto been regarded as a primitive
form or common ancestor of the Paridigitate (Artiodactyle) Ungulata.
This position has been assigned to it partly owing to its antiquity
among fossil Ungulates, but chiefly because it was fully described by
Cuvier, while no adequate account of its fossil allies was accessible.
The author considers Anoplotherium the last remnant of a dying-out
branch, not as the progenitor of the varied Paridigitata of the Miocene
and Pliocene epochs. The feet of this genus are so much reduced,
presenting only two developed digits, that it is impossible to suppose it
the ancestor of the whole group of Miocene, Pliocene, and recent
Paridigitates, many of which have four functional toes. Moreover
Anoplotherium J like forms on the verge of extinction, is exceedingly
poor in specific forms. The Hyopotamldce, on the contrary', are rich
in subgeneric and specific forms. The family contains both didactylo
and tetradactyle genera, and ranges back to the Eocene period.
PalaDontology does not reveal the common ancestor of both Paridigitata
(Artiodactyla) and Imparidigitata (Perissodactyla), which may be con-
jectured to have been a pentaductyle ungulate, possibly of I^. Cretaceous

1874. ' T

274 PALiEONTOLOGY.

age. The author proposes to separate the didactyle form (^foiind at
Hordwcll) from Hyopotamus^ and to found thereon the new genus
Diplopus. The carpal, tarsal, metacarpal, and metatarsal bones of the
fossil and recent Ungulates are considered at length ; and the author
believes that these parts of the skeleton offer the clearest indication of
the derivation of all Ungulata from a common stock, and of the manner
of their divergence. New species, Diplopus Aymardi. L. C. M.

Krefft, G. On the further discovery of Remains of a Great Extinct
Wingless Bird in Australia. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 46.

The bones were found in alluvium, on the Black Lead, Gulgang,
imbedded in brown dust at a depth of IGO feet from the surface.
They consisted chiefly of fragments of vertebrae, and indicated a bird
rather more strongly built than the Australian Emu, but not larger. In
the matrix containing the remains of Diprotodon and Thylacoleo at
"Wellington, New S. Wales, Mr. Krefft obtained the fractured crown of a
human molar, which may perhaps lead to the conclusion that man was
contemporary with these extinct Marsupials. Some new Diprotodon-
remains from Gomrie Creek, Darling Downs, indicate that the inflected
angle of the jaw resembles that of the Phalangers, and was not as
deep as that of the Wombats. 11. E., Jun.

Lankester, E. R. Magister Schmidt on the shields of Pteraspis and

Scaphaspis. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 288,
A reply to letters in the Geol. Mag. for 1873. The generic distinct-
ness of Scaphaspis is affirmed.

Lejeufe, — . Molaire d'elephant trouvee a Audingues. [Elephant's
molar found at Audingues.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-1874,
p. 17.

Note of occurrence.

Leidy, Prof. [Correction of statements by Prof. Cope.] Proc. Ac.
Nat. Sci. Philadel. 3 ser. vol. iv. pp. 74, 75.

. Notice of Remains of Titanotherium. Proc. Ac. Nat: Sci.

Philadel. 3 ser. vol. iv. pp. 165, 166.
Suspects that Mecacerops coloradensis, BrontotJierium, Symhorodon,
and Miohasileus are all referable to Titanotherium.

Remarks on Fossils presented. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel.

3 ser. vol. iv. pp. 223, 224.
Titanotherium and StyJemys from Tertiary of Nebraska &c.

. Notice of donation of Eossils &c. from Wyoming. Proc.

Ac. Nat. Sci. PhHadel. 3 ser. vol. iv. pp. 267, 268.
THonyx uintaensis is described, and other chelonian remains noted.

Remarks on Fossils from Wyoming. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philadel. 3 ser. vol. iv. p. 277.
New species: — Palceosyops junior. Uintacyon edacc, U. vora.v,
Chamceleo pristinus.

VEBTEBRATA. 275

Leidt, Prof. Remarks on Fossil Elephant Teeth. Proc. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Philadel. 3 ser. vol. iv. pp. 416, 417.

Lfndgren, B. [Carboniferous Fishes from Schonen.] N. Jahrb.

p. 404.
The occurrence of fossils supposed to resemble Gyrolepis and
Palasoniscus is noted.

McCoy, Prof. F. Plmscolomys PUocenus. See Invertebrata, post.

Marsh, Prof. 0. C. Notice of New Tertiary Mammals. Amer.
Journ. ser. 3, vol. vii. pp. 631-534.

New species of Edentata^ the first found in the Tertiary formation :
Morotherlum gigas (Pliocene, California); M. leptonyx (Pliocene) is
a smaller species; Stylinodon mints (U. Eocene of Wyoming), Til-
lotherium latidens (U. Eocene of Wyoming), Elotherium hathrgdon
(Miocene of Dakota). E. B. T.

. On the Structure and Affinities of the Brontoiheridce. Amer,

Nat. vol. viii. pp. 79-85, pis. i. & ii. ; and Amer. Journ. ser. 3,
vol. vii. pp. 81-86.

Contains an account of the general characters of the Brontotlieridce
and a description of Brontotherium ingens, the largest of the group.
This family is distinguished from the Rhhiocerotidce by having four
toes in the manus, and three in the pes, and also in having a pair of
horn-cores placed transversely. It differs from the Eocene Dinocerata
in having but a single pair of horn-cores, in having small canines and
large molars (the reverse of which obtains in Dinocerata) in having one
toe less on each foot, and in some other particulars. The Brontothend(B,
which form a distinct family of the Perissodactyla, with some affinities
to the Proboscidea, have been obtained from the Miocene beds of
Dakota, Nebraska, Wyoming, and Colorado. E. T. N.

Marshall, W. [Skulls from the Peat of the Isle of Ely.] Journ.
Anthrop. Inst. vol. iii. pp. 497, 498.

A brachy cephalic skull found in peat. Measurements are given.
Associated with it was the calvarium of another skull, evidently
dolichocephalic. F. W. K.

Martin, Prof. D. S. On Odontopteryx toliapicus, Owen, Proc.

Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, ser. 2, no. 4, pp. 97, 98
Denies that this form manifests " a transitional character to the
Pterosaurian order."

Martin, K. Petrefacten aus der racthischen Stufo bei Hildersheim.
[lihoDtic fossils from Hildersheim.] Zeitsch. doutsch. geol. Gescll.
Bd. xxvi. Heft 4, pp. 816-820, part of plate.
Describes fishes from llhajtic beds. Two are new species, named
PJiolidophorus lioemeri and Hyhodus ftircatostrlatus.

MiALL, L. C. Report on Labyrinthodonts of the Coal Measures,
licp. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, pp. 225-249, plates l-:i.

T 2

270 PAL.EONTOLOGY.

Deals with the general structure of the group. The form, com-
position, and mode of growth of the skull is first considered, the chief
variations being pointed out and discussed. The succeeding sections
relate to the Sclerotic Orbital Ring, Teeth, Vertebral Column, Ribs,
Shoulder-girdle, Pelvic girdle, Bones of the Limbs, Hyoid, Branchial
Arches, Dermal Armour, Nature of Pood, and Mode of Life, Zoological
Affinity, and Distribution. The author offers reasons for reconsidering
Prof. Owen's views respecting the disproportion of fore and hind limbs
in the large Triassic species, and discusses the relation of Labyrintho-
donts to the " Stammbiiume " proposed by Haeckel. L. C. M.

MiALL, L. C. On the Remains of Labyrinthodonta from the Keuper
Sandstone of Warwick. Quart. Joum. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.
pp. 417-435, pis. xxvi.-xxviii.

Remains of Mastodonsaurus and Lahyrinthodon are described and
figured. Diadetognaihus varvicensis is proposed as a new genus and
.species. Prof. Owen's memoir (Geol. Trans, ser. 2, vol. vi.) is reviewed,
and certain determinations of bones criticised. The English Triassic
Labyrinthodonts are enumerated as follows — Mastodonsaurus gigan-
tens, M. pachj/gnathus, Lahyrintliodon le/ptognatlius^ Diadetognaihus
varvicensis. * L. C. M.

. On the Composition and Structure of the Bony Palate of

Ctenodus. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 772-774, plate
xlvii.

. Note on the occurrence of a Labyrinthodont in the Yoredale

Rocks of "Wensleydale. Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp.
775, 776.
Parts of one hind limb and a tibia of the other are described. The
remains indicate a large species, such as Loocomma Allmani.

Milne-Edwakds, Alphonse. Recherches sur la Paune ancienne
des lies Mascareignes. [Ancient Pauna of the Mascarene Islands.]
Ann, Sci. Nat. ser. 5, Zool. t. xix. pp. 31, with five plates.

Bones of several birds are described, most of them as new forms.
ErythromacJius Leguati, new gen. and sp., is allied to the N. Zealand
Apteryx. Ardea megacephala, a large heron, and Strix {Athene) murivora^
a new owl. Bones of a pigeon still living in Madagascar (T. picturatus)
are recognized, and of another, Columha rodericana, named as new. A
new genus is made for the large perroquet Necropsittacus rodericanus.
Of mammals, bats, flying foxes, a pig, &c. are mentioned, but are
mostly of species existing in Madagascar. E. B. T.

NewbePvRT, Prof. J. S. Notes on the genus Conchiopsis. Proc.
Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 425, 426.

. On Castoroides OMoensis. Proc. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York,

ser. 2, 1-0. 4, pp. 92, 93.
Notice of a great extinct beaver from Post-Tertiary deposits (peat) at
Nashport, on the Ohio Canal.

VERTEBRATA. 277

Newberry, J. 8. On a second species of Dinichthys. Proc. Lye.
Nat. Hist. N. York, ser. 2, pp. 149-151.

Discovered in the Huron shale near Avon Point, Lorain County,
Ohio, and named Dinichthys TerrelU. In one specimen the median
plate of the back has a diameter of 30 inches. G. A. L.

OwEX, Prof. RiCHAED. Monograph on the Fossil Keptilia of the
Wealden and Purbeck Formations. — Supplement V. Dinosauria
(I(/uanvdo7i), pp. 1-18, pis. i., ii. Palajont. Soc. for 1873.

A dentary piece of the mandible of Iguanodon is figured and de-
scribed. Towards the symphysial end the edentulous part of the ramus
is curved downwards and inwards *' to meet the corresponding part of
the opposite ramus at a short symphysis, extending along a horizontal
surface, parallel with the straight lower border of the mandible. The
smooth canal thus formed above the symphysis indicates a relation of
facility in regard to the movements of protrusion and retraction of a
long, cylindncal, muscular tongue, probably used, like that of the
Giraffe and Megatherium, for the prehension of the vegetable substances
selected by the Iguanodon for food. It is a generic mandibular cha-
racter." A part of a mandibular ramus of Iguanodon Mantelli, from
the " Under Feather " limestone (Middle Purbeck), yields the first
unequivocal example of this genus from the Purbeck series. The skull
named Hypsilophodon Foxii by Huxley (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxvi.
p. 3) is refigured and described. Prof. Owen proposes to unite it with
Iguanodon, distinguishing the species from /. Mantelli by " the defined
rise of the basal border of the coronal enamel on both the outer and
inner sides of the tooth, especially the latter ; the relatively larger size
and smaller number of the marginal serrations ; the larger relative size
and more definite median position of the primary longitudinal ridge."
Prof. Huxley's statement that the crown of the tooth was non-serrate is
contradicted. " The conformity of cranial structure, as of fundamental
tooth-type, between Scelidosaurus, Echinodon, and Iguanodon, now ex-
emplified by the small skull (pi. i. fig. 9), makes it convenient to asso-
ciate the genera in a section of Dinosauria, which may be termed
' Pnonodontia," i. e. serrident, or saw-toothed." L. C. M.

. Ditto. — Supplement VI. Croeodilia {Hylceochampsd), pp. 1-7,

pi. ii. of Supplement V. figs 23-25. Pala^ont. Soc. for 1873.

The skull of a small or young Crocodilian, from the Wealden, I. of
Wight, is figured and described. The occipital surface, supratcmporal
fossa), orbits, and palate are displayed. X pair of large vacuities,
bounded apparently by the palatine and pterygoid bones, may bo either
the palatine foramina or the posterior nares. L. C. M.

. Monograph on the Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Forma-
tions.— Part I. Pterosauria (Pturodactylus, Gault-Lias), pp. 1-14,
l)l8. i.,ii. J*ala}ont. Soc. for 1873.

IHerodaciylus Daviesii, n. sp., is described from a mandibular sym-
physis and tooth found iu the Gault at Folkestone. — P. sayittirosttiSf

I

278 PALAEONTOLOGY.

n. sp., from the Wealden, is represented by a mandible, of which the
symphysis is wanting. It is assigned provisionally to the genus Ptero-
dactylus, of which P. longirostris is the type. The length of the ramus
between the articular surface and the posterior end of the symphysis is
estimated at 13 inches. The teeth are subsimilar, nearly equidistant.
Both jaws are believed to be broader and less compressed than in P.
compressirostris. — CoJohorhynchus davirostris, n. »p. A. Pterodactyle
from the Wealden, of the " truncirostral " section. " The small anterior
pair of premaxillary teeth project from the front surface of the bone,
and at a greater elevation above the palate and the sockets of the second
pair than in ColohorTiynclms Cuvieri or Coloh. Sedgwichii" — Fragments
of humeri from the Kimmeridge Clay are referred to P. Mansellii and
P. PleyclelUi. Phalanges of the " wing-finger " from the Great Oolite
are described under the names of P. Kiddii, P. Duncani^ and P.
Aclandi. P. Marderi, from the Lias, is described from the proximal
half of a humerus. — The distal end of a humerus of DlmorjpJiodon
macronycff is noticed. L. C. M.

Owen, Prof. Kichard. ISTote on the alleged existence of Eemains

of a Lemming in Cave-deposits of England. Proc. Eoy. Soc.

vol. xxii. pp. 364, 365.

A Pika, or tailless Hare, found in Brixham Cave, is incorrectly named

Lemming in the " Report on the Exploration of Brixham Cave " (Phil.

Trans. 1873), though the true technical name, Lagomys spelceus, is

given. L. C. M.

. On the Eossil Mammals of Australia. — Part YIII. Family

Macropodidse : Genera Macropus, Osphranter, Phascolagus, Sthen-
urus, and Protemnodon. Phil. Trans, vol. elxiv. pt. 1, pp. 245—
287, plates 20-27.
The following species are described, and their relationship to existing
Kangaroos pointed out — Macropus Titan (Breccia Cave, "Wellington
Valley, Freshwater-deposit, Darling Downs), M. affinis, Osphranter
Cooperi (Freshwater-deposit, Darling Downs), 0. Gouldii, Phascolagvs
altus and Sthenurus Atlas (Breccia Cave and Freshwater-deposits), S.
Brehus (Breccia Cave), Protemnodon AnaTc (Freshwater-deposits, Dar-
ling Downs), P. Og, P. Mimas (Breccia Cave (fee), P. Rcechus.

E. E., Jun.

. Ditto. — Part IX. Family Macropodidae : Genera Macropus,

PacJiysiagon, Leptosiagon, Procoptodon, and PalorcTiestes. Phil.
Trans, vol. clxiv. pt. 2, pp. 783-798, plates 76-83.
Parts of the skull of the following genera and species (the majority
new) are described and figured, viz. : — Macropus Titan; M. Fer-
ragus. Subgenus Pachysiagon : P. Otuel. Subgenus Leptosiagon :
L. gracilis. Genus Procoptodon : P. p>'usio ; P. Bapha ; P. Goliah
(= Macropus Goliah). Loc. Wellington- Valley Caves, New S. Wales.
Genus Palorchestes : P. Azael. Loc. Victoria. R. E., Jun.

i

VEBTEBBATA. 279

Painteb, Rev. W. H. More about Carboniferous Fish. Science

Gossip, no. 119, pp. 253, 254.
Notices some fish-remaius in coal-shale, from an outlier on Baildon
Hill, near Bradford.

Peach, C. W. Notice accompanying Specimen of Holoptycliiiis
nobilisslmus from the Black HUl, near Melrose. Trans. Edin. Geol.
Soc. vol. ii. part 3, p. 400.

From a quarry on the Black Hill of Earlston.

Pengelly, William. Notes on Dr. Riviere's Discovery of Three new
Human Skeletons in the Mentone Caverns in 1873-74. Trans.
Devon Assoc, vol. vi. part 2, pp. 560-566.

A resume of a notice read to the Academy of Sciences in Paris by Dr.
E. Riviere.

PoTJECn, I'Abbe. Note au sujet des restes d'un Elephant fossile
decouverts h Parniers (Ariege). Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser.
t. ii. pp. 8-13, 1 fig. in text.
A description of fragments of ElepJias primigeniiis found in the ravine
of Vicaria, W. of Parniers, in deposits belonging to the recent period.

Probst, — . Beitrag zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fische (Labroiden,
Scarinen, Sparoiden) aus der Molasse von Baltringen. [Fossil
fishes from the Molasse of Baltringen.] Jahresheft. Yer. Naturk.
Wiirttemberg, vol. xx. pp. 275-299, t. iv.

Redtenbacher, Dr. Anton. Reste von Ursus spelceus aus einer
Hohle bei Wildalpe in Obersteiermark. [Remains of Ursus spelceus
in a cave at Wildalpe, in Obersteiermark.] Verb. k.-k. geol.
Reichs. pp. 16, 17.

RivikRE, E. Sur trois nouveaux squelettes humains decouverts dans

Ics grottes de Menton, et sur la disparition des silex tailles et leur

remplacement par des instruments en gres et en calcaire. [On

three new human skeletons found in the caves of Mentono, &c.]

Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 569-573.

A detailed description of the skeletons and implements of bone and

stone found in the Baousse-Rouss^ caverns in June 1873 and in

January 1874. G A. L.

Roemer, Ferd. Ueber das Vorkommen des Moschus-Ochsen (Ovibos
moscJuttus) in Diluvium Schlesiens. [Musk- Ox from Silesia.]
Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxv. pp. 600-604.
Description of the posterior part of a skull of Ovibos moschatus in
the Breslau University. The matrix is a coarse grey sandy loam, pro-
bably from Kamnig, in Silesia ; but the locality is not definitely known.
This is the fourth example of this species recorded from Germany. Five
woodcuts of tho skull accompany the paper. F. W. R.

280 PALAEONTOLOGY.

Rth'iMEYFE, L. Ueber den Bau von Schale nnd Schadel bei lebenden
und fossilen Schildkroten als Beitrag zu einer palaontologischen
Geschichte dieser Thiergruppe. [Structure of shell and skull in
living and fossil Shield-Reptiles, &c.] Yerh. naturf. Gesell. Basel,
6 Theil, Heft 1, pp. 1-137.
Contains a short synopsis of genera and species of Chelonia found
fossil at Solothurn, and described in the author's previous paper (Me-
moirs Swiss nat. sci. Assoc, vol. xxv.), and discusses their affinities to
recent shield -reptiles ; notices fossil GTielonidce from other European
localities. Ckelone pulchrieeps and C. Benstedi of Owen are said not to
be Sea-Turtles at all, but allied to Chelydidfe, and the former to Che-
lymys. Platemys BidlocJcii, Ow., is supposed not to differ from Pleuro-
sternon. The Eocene Chelonidce described by Owen^ it is suggested,
might be formed into a new group, Chelonemydidce, as they have the
skulls of Turtles but the shields of Emydidce. E. B. T.

Sauvage, Dr. H. E. Sur la faune ichthjologique de Tepoque ter-
tiaire. [Ichthyological Eauna of the Tertiary Epoch.] Compt.
Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Erang. pp. 443-445.

Arrives, amongst others, at the following conclusions : — 1. Du-
ring the Chalk period Indian and Pacific types predominated, mixed
with a few Atlantic forms, especially in the warmer parts of the
ocean. 2. The Mediterranean and Atlantic types gain an importance
in Tertiary times. 3. In Tertiary times there was communication be-
tween the Indian Ocean and the Mediterranean. 4. There was direct
communication between the old and new continents, which seems to have
lasted longest in the north. G. A. L.

. Notes sur les reptiles fossiles. — I. Sur deux tortues du terrain

Kimmeridgien de Boulogne-sur-Mer. 11. Sur une emyde des
Lignites tertiaires des Basses-Alpes. III. De la presence du genre
Pterodactyle dans le jurassique superieur de Boulogne-sur-Mer.
lY. Du genre Liqpleurodon, Sauvage. Y. Sur le genre Dacosaurus,
Quenstedt. YI. Sur une dent de Mosasaure de la craie superieure
de Bonneville (Manche). Bull. Soc. Geol. Erance, 3 ser. t. i. pp.
365-386, pis. vi.-viii.
The new species described are — Plesiochelis Beaugrandi, P. Dutertrei,
Platyemys Lachati, Pterodactylus suprajurensis, Liopleurodon ferox, L.
Grossouvrei, Dacosaurus primcevus = Dcdcosaurus maximus (Wood-
Mason, not Quenstedt), Mosasaurus platyodon. G. A. L.

Seeley, H. G.' On Murcenosaurus Leedsii, a Plesiosaurian from

the Oxford Clay. — Part I. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.

pp. 197-208, pi. xxi.

The skull, vertebral column, coracoids, scapulae, pelvic bones, and

fore limb are described. The distinctive characters of the new genus

and species are not given separately. L. C. M.

. Note on some of the Generic Modifications of the Plesiosaurian

Pectoral Arch. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 436-449.

VERTEBBATA. 281

Discusses various restorations of the Plesiosaurian pectoral arch, and
illustrates his views by a comparison with Chelone. The British Fle~
siosauHa are divided into the restricted genus Plesiosaurus, with a large
interclavicle, and the following new genera, which want the intercla-
vicle — Eretmosaurus, Colymhosaui-us, and Muramosaurus (see above).
A new genus, lihonialeosaurtis, is proposed for the species named Plesio-
saurus Cramj^toni by Mr. Baily and Dr. Carte. L. C. M.

Seelby, H. G. On the Base of a large Lacertian Cranium from the
Potton Sands, presumably Dinosaurian. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. XXX. pp. 690-692, pi. xliv.

The fossil is interpreted as the anchylosed basioccipital and basi-
sphenoid of a Dinosaur. A long, deep, ovate cup on the upper surface
of the basisphenoid is considered to be the base and anterior por-
tion of the brain-case. The author regards the bone as indicating that,
in at least one order of Dinosauria, the bones of the base of the cranium
resemlaled Hatteria rather than birds. The fossil is named Cratero-
saurus ^ottonensis, L. C. M.

. On Cervical and Dorsal Yertebrse of Croccdilus cantahrigiensis

(Seeley), from the Cambridge Upper Greensand. Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. vol. XXX. pp. 693-695.
" The anterior inclination of the cervical centrum, and the depression
of the dorsal neural arch, . . . . are the most distinctive characters of
Crocodilus cantabrigiensis."

— . On the Pectoral Arch and Fore limb of OjphtTialmosawus, a
new Ichthyosaurian Genus from the Oxford Clay. Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. vol. XXX. pp. 696-707, pis. xlv., xlvi.

On the Tibia of Megalomis, a large Struthious Bird from the

London Clay. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 708-710
[with a woodcut].

Studer, Th. [Notes on Bones of Domestic and Wild Animals from
Locras and Masrigen.] Indicateur des antiquites suisses, p. 607.

Taylor, J. E. On the occurrence of Elephant-remains in the Base-
ment Beds of the Bed Crag. Hep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections,
p. 91.
The tooth referred to was peculiar, from the width of the ridges and
its singular resemblance to the Mastodon type. The author stated that
elephant-remains do occur in the bed in question — a fact which had
been previously doubted. W . T.

Traqtjair, R. H. Description of CycIoptycJiius carbonarim, Huxley,
from the Coal-measures of North Statfordshiro. Geol. Mag. dec. 2,
vol. i. pp. 241-246, t. xii. .

The sti-ucture is fully described from specimens in Mr. Ward's col-
lection, and a place among the Paloeoniscida) is assigned to this fish.

282 PALEONTOLOGY.

Tbaquair, R. H. Oil Uroneinus magnuSy a new fossil fish from the
Coal-measures of Airdrie, Lanarkshire. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol.i.
pp. 554, 555.
This is referred with confidence to the Phaneropleurini, and with
some hesitation to the genus Uronemus.

On a new Genus of Possil Eish of the Order Dipnoi. Journ.

Boy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. iv. part 1, pp. 1-4, plate.
Describes a fragment of bone now in the British Museum, and con-
sidered by Agassiz identical with the intermaxillary bone of Megalich-
ihys. Regards it as closely allied to Dipterus, and therefore includes it
in the order Dipnoi. The superficial characters and internal microscopic
structure are described, and the name Ganorliynchus Woodwardi is pro-
posed. The locality and formation of the fossil are unknown : from
its appearance one might be tempted to infer that it is Palaeozoic.

E. T. H.

Vassefr, G. Sur le pied de derriere de VHycenodon Parisiensis.

[Hind foot of Hycenodon Parisiensis.'] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxviii.

pp. 1446, 1447.

The discovery of part of a humerus of this species at Romainville, and

of a hind foot, all but perfect, in the gypsum of Rosny, confirms M.

Gervais's assertion that both the Hyaenodons and the Pterodons must

be placed among the Carnivora, and not among the Marsupials.

G. A. L.

WooDWAED, H. New Facts bearing on the Inquiry concerning
Porms intermediate between Birds and Reptiles. Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. vol. XXX. pp. 8-15.
Reviews the facts which have been adduced to support the relation-
ship of birds to reptiles, and illustrates a bipedal track from the Solen-
hofen Limestone by observations on the gait of the Frilled Lizard of
Australia (CTilamydosaurus Kingii). L. C. M.

. On the Remains of Rhinoceros leptorJiinus, Owen {Rh. hemi-

toechus, Falconer), in the Collection of Sir Antonio Brady, F.G.S.,
from the Pleistocene Deposits of the Valley of the Thames at
Ilford, Essex. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 398-403, pi. xv.

The presence of a bony nasal septum in this species is established by
the observations of Mr. Davies.

Yates, L. G. Extract of a Letter relating to Mammalian Fossils in
California [and reprint of a newspaper slip giving localities for
proboscidean remains in California]. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad.
ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 18-21.

See also Abth, p. 283.

283

2. INVERTEBRATA.

Altk, Dr. Alois von. Ueber die palaeozoischen Gebilde Podoliens
und deren Yersteinerungen. Erste Abtheilung. [Palaeozoic
formations of Podolia and their fossils.] Abh. k.-k. geol, Keichs.
Band vii. Heft 1, pp. 77, 5 plates.

The first 32 pages are geological (see p. 45) ; the rest consists of de-
scriptions and figures of the crustaceans and fishes. The remains of
fishes are found partly in the Ludlow Beds and partly in the overlying
Devonians, and are referable to M'Coy's Placodermi and to the Cepha-
laspidaB. The following new species are figured and described — Pter-
aspis podolicus (Ludlow), P. major (Ludlow and Devonian), P. angiistatus
(Ludlow), CyatTiaspis Sturi (Ludlow), Scaphaspis radiatus (Ludlow),
S. Haueri (Devonian), S. elongatus (Devonian), and S. ohovatics
(Ludlow).

The crustaceans are referable to the Eurypterida, Trilobita, and
Ostracoda ; and the following new species are described — Proetus podo-
licus, P. Dzieduszychianus, Cyphaspis rugulosus, Beyrichia podolica, B,
Beussif B. Bilczensis, B. inomata, Primitia rectangularis, and Leperditia
Bomeri. H. A. N.

Baily, W. H. Palseozoic Echinida : Palcechinus and Arcliceoddaris,
Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. iv. pt. 1, pp. 40-43
(2 plates).

The author figures the original example of PalcBcMnus gigas, from the
Lower Carboniferous Limestone-shale of Raheen, Donegal, and shows
that the structure of this species had been somewhat misconceived by
Prof. M'Coy. The author also describes and figures a new species of
Archceocidarts, the only example in which the parts retain their original
form and connexion. This species (A. Harteiand) shows the apical
disk, ambulacral areas, and interambulacral areas — the latter composed
of five rows of plates, each alternate plate having a large perforated
tubercle, and having the rest of its surface covered by smaller tubercles
or granulations. The specimen was obtained from the Lower Carboni-
ferous Grit of Lough Eske, near Donegal. E. T. H.

Paloeontological Notes. Explanation of Sheets 47, 76, and

77, Geol. Survey, Ireland. (See Eoan, p. 10, and Wilkinson,
p. 39.)

Barrande, Joachim. Syst^mo Silurien du Centre do la Boheme. —
Premiere Partio. Rechcrches Paleontologiques, vol. ii. Texto,
3 part, pp. 804.

A continuation of the series of works upon the Cephalopoda of the
Silurian basin of Bohemia. Gives descriptions of the species of Ortho-

284

PALJSONTOLOGT.

ceras, Adelphoceras, BatTimoceraSy Treti)ceras, and Bactrites. The plates
were published at previous dates. The preliminary portion discusses
the classification and grouping of the species of Orthoceras adopted and
published by the author (' Groupement des Orthoceres,' 1868). The
basis of this classification rests on the " short-coned " or *' long-coned ''
form of the shell, the subordinate groups being founded on the nature
of the external ornamentation, the form of the transverse section of the
shell, the position of the siphuncle, and other minor characters. A de-
scription of the general characters of the " short- coned " Orthocerata
follows, attention being directed to the general form of the shell, to the
limits and variations of the apical angle, to the initial extremity, trans-
verse section, body-chamber, air-chambers, aperture, and septa of the
shell, to the position, form, and constituent elements of the siphuncle,
to the thickness and ornamentation of the shell, to the relations of the
group with the short-coned species of Cyrtoceras and the long-coned
Orthocerata, and to the distribution of the group in Bohemia and else-
where. The next part (pp. 35-99) describes the species of the short-
coned group of Orthocerata in Bohemia, 65 species, all new, being
described. [Owing to the great number of new species described in
this work, it has not been thought advisable to give a list of the names.]
After a consideration of the general characters of the long-coned Ortho-
cerata, the author divides this section into 21 groups, and describes the
species belonging to these. A short section is devoted to the discussion
of the general characters of each group, and to the distribution of the
species of the group in time. In all 457 species of long-coned Ortho-
cerata from the Bohemian basin are described, almost all of them being
new (pp. 100-678). Under the section of the long-coned Orthocerata
are placed the subgenera Huronia (with no Bohemian species), Endo-
ceras (with three Bohemian species), and Gonioceras (with no Bohemian
representative).

The second division (pp. 679-758) gives descriptions of those species
of Cephalopoda known to occur in countries outside Bohemia, but
figured in the previously published volume of plates. The forms in
question comprise: — 2 species of Orthoceras and 1 of Trochoceras from the
Devonian formation of Erance; 2 species of Orthoceras from Great
Britain ; 21 species of Orthoceras (including Endocer^as) from Sweden ;

1 species of Orthoceras and 3 species of Endoceras from Russia ; 1
species of Orthoceras from the Silurian of Franconia, and 1 from the
Carboniferous of Belgium ; 1 species of Nautilus, 2 of Orthocetns, 2 of
Endoceras, and 1 of Trochoceras (?) from the Silurian of Newfoundland;

2 species of Cyrtoceras, 14 of Orthoceras, 4 of Huronia, 3 of Endoceras,
and 1 of Orthoceras ? (Discosorus) from the Silurian deposits of Canada ;
and 4 species of Orthoceras, 2 of Endoceras, and 2 of Huronia from the
Silurian rocks of the United States.

The third division (pp. 759-787) is a critical consideration of the
characters of the genus Orthoceras proper, and of the subgenera Huronia,
Emloceras, and Gonioceras. Under the amended genus Orthoceras the
author places the following genera — Actinoceras, Ormoceras, Conilites,

INVERTEBRATA. 285

Conotuhularia, Koleoceras, Meliay Sannionites^ Thoracoceras, Cycloceras,
Lo.roc-eras^ Tremfitoceras, Cochlioceras, Dictyoceras, and Hehceras. Under
the subgenus Eiuloceras, as amended, the author places the genera
CameroceraSf Col/joceras, and Nothoceras.

In the fourth division (pp. 788-804) we have descriptions of the
genera AdelphoceraSy Baihmoceras, Tretoceras, and Bactrites, and of the
following species — Adelphoceras Bohemicum, A. secundumy Bathmoeeras
complexum, B. prceposterunij and Tretoceras parvidum. H. A. N.

Bayax, — . Sur quelques fossiles paleozoiques de Chine. [Palaeo-
zoic fossils from China.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Erance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp.
409-415, pi. xvi.
These fossils come : — 1, from the Valley of the Yang-tze-kiang ; they
ard Spirifer lineatuSj Atliyris ambigua, Meehella Garnieri, n. sp., and
BeUeropJifin tangentialis ; and, 2, from Juean-Chan/ Productus Davidi,
11. sp., and P. costatus, var. ccelestis. G. A. L.

. Jurassic Pachyrisma. See Addenda.

Bellakdi, Prof. Bemerkungen iiber die in der Umgebung Wiens
vorkommenden und von M. Homes (Eoss. Moll. d. T. B. v. Wien)
. beschriebener Pleurotomen. [Remarks on the species of Pleti-
rotoma which are found in the neighbourhood of Vienna, and
have been described by M. Homes.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs.
pp. 155-157.

BiLLi^^GS, E. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Canada, Palaeo-
zoic Eossils, vol. ii. part 1, pp. 144, with 85 woodcuts and
9 plates.

The first part gives a description of the fossils of the " Gaspe Series,"
some of the beds of which are Upper Silurian, others Devonian, with an
intermediate group that may be regarded as passage-beds. The follow-
ing new species are described — Zaphrentis incondita, Z. rugatida, Z,
corticata, Z. cingulosa, Phillipsastrcea afflnis, Polypora (?) Psyche^ Dicty-
onema splendens, IHilodictya tarda,, Lingida Lucretia, L. Artemis^ Crania
heUa, Chonetes Melonica, C. Canadensis, C. Dawsoni, C. Antiopa, Stro-
phomena Galatea, S. Irene, S. Blainvilld, S. Tullia, Ortliis Aurelia, 0.
Lucia, Uhynclwnella excellens, 11. Dryope, Spirifera Gaspensis, S,
superha, Cyrtina ajffiais, Sanguinolites Ttthys, GoniopJiora mediocris,
Grammysia Canadensis, Modiomorpha inornata, Mytilarca Canadensis^
M. nitida, Leptodomus Canadensis, Anodontopsia ventricosa, Cyprimr-
dinia distiacta, Modiohpsis varia, Murchlsonia Ifehe, M. egregia, Pleu-
rolomaria prin^essa, P. voltumna, P. .Delia, P. Lydia, Platyostoma
ajjinis, Bellerophon plenus, and Proetus Phocion.

The second part gives descriptions of fossils from the Primordial
Rocks of Bull Island, Newfoundland, the exact position of which beds is
uncertain. De8crij)tions of these forms have been previously published
(Can. Nat. 1872) ; but the following new species are now described —
Eophyton Jukesi, Arthraria antiquata, Lingida Murrayi, Ling\deUa{?)

286 PAL-SONTOLOGT.

affinis, LinguleUa (?) spissa, and Cruziana similis. From certain beds be-
low those of Bell Island, and referable to the Lower Lingula Flags orMene-
vian group, the following new species are described — Obolella(?) miser,
IStraparollina remota,Hyolithes excellens, Agraulos socialis,A. strenuiis,A.
affitiis, Solenopleura GommuniSjAnapolenusvenustus,Paradoocides tenellus,
F. decorus^ and Iphidea hella. From the Huronian Rocks of St. John's,
Newfoundland, the following new species are described — Aspidella
Terranovica, Stenotheca pauper, and Scenella reticulata — ^the last two
being small patelliform Gasteropods, whilst the affinities of the first
are uncertain. A discussion of the characters of the genus Stricldandinia
next follows, with descriptions of S. Canadensis, S. Gaspensis, S. hrevis,
S. Davidsoni, S. JSalterii, and a new species, S. melissa.

The next part is occupied with a discussion of the structure of the
Crinoidea, Cystoidea, and Blastoidea (already published in Amer. Joum.
1869, 1870, and in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1870, 1871). A few corrections
and additions are added.

The concluding part contains descriptions of certain fossils from the
Upper Silurian rocks (Arisaig series) of Nova Scotia. The following
species are described as new — Orthonota venusta, 0. incerta, 0. (?) spe-
ciosa, 0. simulans, Modiolopsis exilis, M. ruda, Goniophora transiens, G.
consimilis, G. hellula, G. mediocris, Cytherodon (?)placidus, C. (?)socialis,
Grammysia remota, G. rustica, G. Acadica, Pteritonella venusta, P.
ohlonga, and P. curta. The genus Pteritonella is proposed for forms
like Pterinea retrqflexa, in which there are several small anterior teeth
in front of the beaks, with several more or less elongated posterior
teeth, and a strong anterior muscular impression. H. A. N.

BiLLiNas, E. On some new or little-known Fossils from the
Silurian and Devonian Bocks of Ontario. Canad. Nat. n. ser.
vol. vii. pp. 230-240, figs. 1, 2.
Describes a new genus of Sponges, allied to Aidocopium, from the
Niagara formation of Hamilton, Ontario, named Aulocopina ; and the
only species is termed A. Granti. Two new species of Amplexus {A.
exilis and A. mirahilis) and six new species of Zaphrentis (Z. invenusta,
Z. Eriphyle, Z. JTecuha, Z. Egeria, Z. genitiva, and Z. subrecta) are de-
scribed, all from the Corniferous Limestone. The new genus Hetero-
phrentis is founded to include certain forms (such as Z.spatiosa and Z.pro-
lijica) previously referred to Zaphrentis, but diifering in having usually a
pseudo-columella, and in apparently possessing but a single tabula,
which forms the floor of the calice ; four species are described (H. spa-
tiosa, H. excellens, H. compta, and H. prolifica). Finally, the author
describes two new Cephalopods (Gyroceras Numa and Orthoceras Anax)
and a new Trilobite (Lichas superhus), from the Corniferous Lime-
stone. H. A. N.

On Mr. Meek's Note, p. 373 of this volume. Amer. Journ.

ser. 3, vol. vii. p. 530.
Relates to the curious openings in the arms of Actinocriims, and to

nfVERTEBRATA. 287

the ambulacral pores in Caryocrinus^ the latter of which he believes to
be ovarian. G. A. L.

BoECK, JoHAKN. Die geologischen Verhaltnisse des sUdlicheu Theiles
des Bakony. [Geological Relations of the Southern Part of the
Bakony.] Mittheil. Jahrb. kon. ung. geol. Anst. Bd. iii. Heft 1,
Part 2, pp. 180 (6 plates).
After describing the geological structure (see p. 50), the author de-
votes 47 pages and 6 plates to the elucidation of some of the Secondary
fossils and one Tertiary form. Several previously described forms are
noticed ; and the following new species, all from the Lias, are described
and figured — Lima liothi, Turho multistnatus, Terehratula Fotterlei^
T. ovatissimcefonnis, T. ( Waldheimia) Uerendica, T. ( Waldheimid)
Bakonica^ T. ( Waldheimia ?) linguata^ llhynduytiella UrJcutica, R. Hun-
f/arica, R. pseiidopolyptijcha^ R. forticostata, R. Matyasovszhyi, and R.
Hofmanni. The work concludes with descriptions of Ceratites Boechi
and Ainmonites Zsigmondyi, both of which belong to the zone of Cera-
tites Reitzi^ in the Trias of Bakony. H. A. N.

Booth, W. H. Chapters on Cuttles. — No. 3. Science Gossip,

no. 110, pp. 26-28.
Relates to the fossil forms.

BoRNEMANN, L. G., Juu. Ueber die Foraminiferen-Gattung Invohi-
tina. [On the Genus Involutina.'] Zeit. deutsch. geol. Gesell.
Bd. xxvi. pp. 702-740, pis. xviii., xix.

Enters into a discussion as to the structure, affinities, and history of
the genus Involutina, giving an amended diagnosis of the genus, and
referring to it /. Hasina, Jones. The forms described by Terquem
under the names of /. silicea and /. aspera are referred to Ammodiscus,
Reuss, the former being identified with the Orhis infimus of Strickland,
and standing therefore as A. infimus, Strickl., sp. The species described
by Terquem as /. polymorjyJia and /. limitata are referred to a new
genus, Silicina ; and the author founds a second new genus, Problema-
tina, for the reception of /. Deslongchampsi, I. petrcea, and /. nodosa.
In an appendix the author discusses the characters and position of
the curious fossils described by Terquem under the name of Annulina
nietensis. H. A. N,

Bradley, F. H. Note on Anomj^htdus MeeJci. Amer. Journ. ser. 3,
vol. vii. p. 151.

A letter, in which the writer states that his species Anomphalus
MeeJci is not congeneric with A. rotidus, the type of the genus ; he is
obliged to consider it the type of a new genus, for which he proposes
the name Dawsonella. G. A. L.

Brady, George, Rev. H. W. Crosskey, and J). Robertson. A Mono-
graph of the Post-tertiary Entomostraca of Scotland, including
Species from England and Ireland. Palocontographical Society,
pp. 232, pis. i.-xvi.

288 PALEONTOLOGY.

Begins with an examination of the age, position, sequence, and
nomenclature of the Post- tertiary deposits of Scotland which have either
yielded Ostracoda or are related to beds containing their remains. The
term " Boulder Clay " is defined ; and it is pointed out that certain
Boulder Clays are fossiliferous, and contain a more or less arctic fauna.
Various fossiliferous deposits, not Boulder Clays and not postglacial,
are next considered, under the heads : — (1) fossiliferous beds imme-
diately beneath the Boulder Clay, either prseglacial, interglacial, or
glacial, and not having any Boulder Clay for their base ; (2) fossiliferous
beds intercalated between masses of Boulder Clay; (3) fossiliferous
clays, sands, and gravels with a more or less intensely arctic fauna ;
(4) clays and sands, with an arctic fauna, either immediately overlying
unfossiliforous Boulder Clay, or separated from it by a thin seam of
laminated clay. The various Ostracodiferous deposits of Scotland are
next reviewed ; and a section is devoted to the general sequence of the
Post-tertiary beds of Scotland. The authors then describe the Post-ter-
tiary deposits of England and Ireland, which had been examined by
them for Ostracoda. The classification of the Ostracoda is treated of,
in connexion with a table giving the characters of the genera as derived
from a study of the carapace, and a synopsis of the genera, based upon,
the anatomical characters of the animal. The introductory part con-
cludes with a summary of the facts known as to the distribution of the
Post-tertiary Ostracoda, and a bibliography of the works referred to in
determining the synonymy of the species.

The rest is occupied with descriptions of 133 species of Ostracoda,
recognized by the authors as occurring in the Post- tertiary deposits of
Great Britain. The following new species are described — Aglaia (?)
glacialis, Bairdia (?) camhrica, Cythere deflexa^ C. cribrosa, C. Cluthce,
C. Hoptonensis, Limnicythere (?) antiqua, Cytheridea (?) inomata,
Krithe glacialis, Cytherura pumila, C. concentrica, 0. (?) complanata^ C.
compressa, Cytheropteron arctmium, C. hiflatum^ C. montrosiense, Bytho-
cythere elongata, Oytherideis suhspiralis, Paradoxostoma(^) pyriforme,
P. tenerum, and Bosquetia rohusta. The new genus Bosquetia is de-
scribed, and is provisionally referred to the Cytherellidae. The mono-
graph concludes with a table, illustrating the distribution of the
Ostracoda over Post- tertiary localities. H. A. N.

Brady, HeiJey B. On a true Carboniferous Nummulite. Ann. Nat.
Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 222-230, pi. xii. Translated in ' Tra-
ductions et Reproductions publiees par la Societe Malacologique de
Belgique.'
After discussing the views of other authorities as to the distribution
in time of the genus Nummidina, and pointing out that various palaeon-
tologists had given in their adhesion to the existence of Prae-tertiary
Nummulites, the author describes a Nummuline fossil from the Car-
boniferous Limestone of Nainur. The name NninmuUna pristma was
given to this fossil ; and the author concludes that there could be no
doubt as to its being a genuine Nummulite. It forms minute convex

INVERTEBEATA. 289

disks, about ^j inch ia diameter and y^- inch thick, with a smooth sur-
face, and composed of a spiral of three or four nearly equal convolu-
tions, divided into chambers by curved septa. The minute tubulation
of the shell is perfectly preserved ; and the canal-system of the septa can
also be determined. H. A. N.

Brauns, Dr. D. Der obere Jura im nordwestlichen Deutschland,
von der oberen Grenze der Ornatenschichten bis zur Wealdbildung,
mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung seiner Molluskenfauna. [Upper
Oolites of N. W. Germany.] 8vo. Braunschweig. Pp. 43i, with
3 plates of fossils.
On the same plan as the former works on the L. and M. Jura. The
ground covered by the present volume extends from the Coral Rag to
the Purbecks. The J^. German U. Oolites are divided into the follow-
ing sections : — 1, Perarmatus-heds ; 2, Cidaris florigemma beds, or
Coralliue Oolite ; 3, L. Kimmeridge ; 4, M. Kimmeridge ; 5, U. Kim-
meridge ; 6, Ammomtes glgas beds ; 7, Purbecks. Sections and leading
fossils, with their places of occurrence are given under each head. The
second part consists of a critical history of all the Mollusca known
from these beds. The chief feature of this palaeontological part is the
position taken up, that only zoological characters are regarded in the
definition of species; hence the latter are very comprehensive. The
result is a total of 282 Mollusca in the N.W. German U. Jurassics, of
which only 10 pass up from the M. Jurassic (U. Lias to M. Oolite).
In the author's L. Jurassic (=L. and M. Lias) were described 215
species, and in the M. Jurassic 196 species. The thickness of these
tJ. Jurassic beds is about 350 metres.

The following new species are described and figured : — OervilUa
Os7iabracke)isis,lLrom U. Kimmeridge of Lauenstein, and Turbo Witteanus,
from the L. Kimmeridge of Ahlem. E. B. T.

Brodib, B-ev. P. B. The Distribution and Correlation of Fossil In-
sects, and the supposed occurrence of Lepidoptera and Arachnida
in British and Foreign Strata, chiefly in the Secondary rocks.
37th Ann. Rep. Warwickshire Nat. Hist, and Archaeol. Soc. (for
1873), pp. 12-28.
Notices the formations in which remains of insects have chiefly
been found, the condition of those remains, and their entomological
affinities, and concludes with a long list of insects from the English
Tertiary formations and Woalden Beds, from the Solenhofen limestone
&c., from English Oolitic deposits (chiefly Stonesfield Slate), frqm the
Purbeck Beds and the Lias, and from Permian, Carboniferous and
Devonian rocks. W. W.

Bkusina, Spiridion. Fossilo Binnenmolluskcn aus Dalmatien,
Kroatien und Slavonicn. [Fossil Mollusca, Dalmatia, &c.]
German version enlarged from the Croatian. (S. Slavish Academy,
Agram), 7 plates.

BucAiLLB, M. E. Echinides fossilcs du Departoment de la Seine In-
1874. V

290 PALiEONTOLOGT.

ferieure. [Echinidae of the Seine Inferieure.] Bull. Soc. Ge'ol.
Norm. t. i. 2 fasc. pp. 85-192. [Continued from fasc. 1. p. 84
• (1873)].
The concluding part of the monograph. The species which are ap-
parently new are : — Cidaris Heva, L.' Cenomanian ; Cidaris, sp. /,
M. Senonian ; Cidaris Pennetieri, M. Senonian ; Cidaris suhjpyri-
formis, M. Senonian, and Magnosia Sequana, L. Cenomanian. All
the 42 species mentioned are fully described, and their localities and
beds given. G. A. L.

BuTLEK, A. G. Notes on the Impression of Palceontina Oolitiea in

the Jermyn-Street Museum. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 446-

449, pi. xix.

Mr. Scudder having disputed the Lepidopterous character of the

wing from the Stonesfield Slate (Geol. Mag. vol. x. p. 2), and having

referred it to the Homoptera, the author defends his position, and

gives reasons for believing that the opinion of Mr. Scudder cannot be

sustained, and that Palaeontina Oolitiea is a genuine Lepidopteron.

H. A. N.

Cahpentee, Dr. "William B. Remarks on Mr. H. J. Carter's Letter
to Prof. King on the structure of the so-called Eozoon Canadense.
Ann. Nat. Hist, ser 4, vol. xiii. pp. 277-284, figs. 1, 2.
Maintains the organic nature of Eozoon Canadense, and recapitulates
the evidence in favour of the view that it is Foraminiferous. Concludes
by remarking that whilst the Foraminiferal nature of Eozoon can per-
haps not be proved in a demonstrative sense, " the convergence of a
number of separate and independent probabilities, all accordant with
that hypothesis, while a separate explanation must be invented for
each of them on any other hypothesis, gives it that high probability on
which we rest in the ordinary affairs of life, in the verdicts of juries,
and in the interpretation of geological phenomena generally."

H. A. N.

. New observations on Eozoon Canadense. Ann. Nat. Hist.

ser 4, vol. xiii. pp. 456-470, figs. 1 and 2, and pi. xix.
Replies to the objections urged by Professors King and Rowney, and
Mr. Carter, against the organic nature of Eozoon and its reference to the
Foraminifera. In particular the objection that the supposed " num-
muline tubuli " of Eozoon frequently lie parallel with the chamber-
walls instead of being perpendicular to them, and that these structures
can thus not be Poraminiferous, is shown to be baseless by an appeal
to the structure of the test of NummuUna. Concludes with a summary
of the general evidence in favour of the organic nature of Eozoon, and
of its being referable to the Foraminifera. H. A. N,

Caetee, H. J. On the structure called Eozoon Canadense in the
Laurentian Limestone of Canada. Ann. Nat. Hist, ser 4, vol. xiii.
pp. 189-193.

INVEBTEBKATA. 291

Letter recording the results of his examination of specimens of
Eozoon^ and expressing his opinion that it^is of a purely mineral
nature. * H. A. N.

Cartek, H. J. On the structure called Eozoon Canadense in the
Laurentian Limestone of Canada. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii.
pp. 376-378.
Supplements his former paper by further observations which he be-
lieves show that Eozoon is not organic, but in reality of a mineral
nature. H. A. N".

. On the Striae of Foraminiferous Tests ; with a reply to

Criticism. Ann. Nat. Hist, ser 4, vol. xiv. pp. 138-144.
Gives details of the structure of the test of the Nummulite, as bear-
ing upon the nature of Eozoon Canadense.

Cone AD, T. A. Remarks on the Tertiary Clay of the Upper Amazon,

with descriptions of New Shells. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel.

Part 1, pp. 25-82, pi. 1.

Almost wholly pala^ontological. The following new species are

described : — Pachyodon dispar, P. cuneiformis, Dreissena so^ipta,

Anodonta Pehasana, Triquetra longula, Ostomy a papiria, Planorhis

Pebasana, Packytoma tertiana, Toxosma ehorea, Cirrohasis venusta,

Liosoma curta, Cychclieila Pebasana, Hemisinus Steerii. W. W.

. Description of two new Fossil Shells of the Upper Amazon.

Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. part ii. pp. 82, 83, pi. xii.
The species from the Pebas Clay belong to the Unionidae, and are
named Haplothcerus capax and Hemisinus tabetxulifenis. There is
also a figure of Pachyodon tenuis. W. W.

Cornet, F. L., and A. Briart. Compte-Kendu de I'excursion faite
aux environs do Ciply par la Societe Malacologiquo de Belgique,
le 20 Avril 1873. [Account of excursion to the neighbourhood of
Ciply.] Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii. Mem. pp. 21-35.
A sketch (with short lists of fossils) of the Cretaceous Fauna of
Ciply.

CoRNiJEL, J. Description des Fossiles d'eau douce du fer oolithiquo

ou fer neocomien superieur de la Haute-Marne. [Descriptions of

the freshwater fossils of the pisolitic iron (Upper Neocomian) of

the Haute-Marne.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 'ser. t. ii. pp.

371-398, pis. xiii.-xv.

Divided into four parts, of which the first consists of descriptions of

the following new species: — Paludina Wassiacensis, Paludestrina

bulimoides, Cyclas Neocomensis, Unio scutella, U. elonyata, U. subovalisy

U. cochlearella, JJ. turyidula, U. ventricosa, U. semirecta. All ftom

Wassy.

The second part treats of the unequal distribution of the fresh-
water fossils in these deposits of limonite. The third gives evidence
to show that the fossils lived where they are now found. The fourth
part (pp. 383-397) is a discussion of the classification of the Neocomiau

u2

292 PALiEONTOLOGY.

series of the Eastern Paris Basin, arid is accompanied by a folding
table correlating the beds with those of the Neocomian series of part of
the Mediterranean Basin. The pisolitic iron-dGpo3it is the highest
member of the Middle Neocomian. According to the author, it is
proved that the upheaval, which began before the deposition of the
Ostrea clay of the Paris Basin, is the same as that which began before
the lower Gaprotina limestones of the Mediterranean Basin, and that
one submergence put an end to the latter and brought on the red bed
of "Wassy, the Ostrea clay and the red bed being respectively below
and above the iron-deposit. G. A. L.

CoTTEATJ, G. Sur les Oursins des Antilles suedoises. [Echinidae of

the Swedish "West Indies.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii.

pp. 125, 126.

Note, preliminary to a future complete list, to call attention to the

fact that a striking resemblance exists between the Miocene Echinidae

of the Antilles and those of the same age of Malta and of other

Mediterranean islands. Not only do the same genera abound, but

some of the species are identical. This resemblance does not extend to

Eocene forms. G. A. L.

. Echinides irreguliers. Paleontologie Francaise, Terrain

Jurassique, ix. pp. 449-551, plates 121-142. Resume in Bull.

Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 433-438.
The continuation of this work on the French Jurassic Echinidae
treats of the genus Pygaster, of which 15 species are described, the fol-
lowing being new :— P. Icaunensis, from the Bath Oolite of Asnieres,
Yonne ; P. Feroni, from the Bath Oolite of Yaleury, Var ; and P.
Oauthieri from Espuron, Yar, perhaps of Oxfordian age. In the Sup-
plement which follows, several corrections and additions are made to
the species treated in the earlier numbers: e.'g., Metaporhinus trans-
versus is identified with if. convexus, Cat.; 'Clypeus Osterwaldi is
altered to G. alius, with which it is identical ; Hyhoclypeus subcircu-
laris, a new species, is added. The geological distribution of the
genera and species is then discussed, as in other volumes. E. B. T.

Dall, W. H. Notes on some Tertiary fossils from the California
Coast. Proc. California Ac. Sci. Feb. and March.

Dames, Dr. N. Jahrb. Heft 6, pp. 613-615. [Examination of Dr.
Braun's criticisms of the author's determination of several species
of Jurassic Echinoderms.]

Dames, W. Ueber Diluvialgeschiebe cenomanen Alter. Zeitsch.
deutsch. Geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft 4, pp. 761-774; plate.

Describes drift-pebbles of Cenomanian age from Bromberg. They
contain the following new species : — Pecten {Amushim) halticus, Avicula
seminuda, and Lingula Krausei. The pebbles are derived from a
deposit resembling the Bornholm Greensand, but older. F. W. H.

IlfVERTEBBATA. 293

Davef, E. C. The '' Sponge-gravel " near Faringdon. Photographs
and notes of fossils, see p. 8.

Davidson, Thomas. Monograph of the British Fossil Brachiopoda,
vol. iv. part i. Supplement to the Becent, Tertiary, and Cretaceous
sp., pp. 1-72, pis. i.-viii. ralseont. Soc. vol. xxvii.

Includes descriptions and figures of species which have been dis-
covered since the Monograph was published, or concerning which fresh
knowledge has been obtained. The author first notes the occurrence,
habitat, &c. of 12 recent species which have been found in British
seas. 2 species are next noted as occurring in the Post-Tertiary Clays
of Scotland. Not a single new Brachiopod has been found in British
Tertiary beds since the publication of the original monograph, 23 years
ago. Mr. Davidson, however, gives additional information with respect
to 9 Tertiary species. After a discussion of the improvements in the
divisions of the British Cretaceous system as the result of the observa-
tions of many observers both at home and abroad, the author gives a
full account of all the additional information which has been obtained
with regard to the British Cretaceous Brachiopods. In addition to the
50 species described in the original monograph, the author now records
the occurrence of 31 species, and 10 varieties since discovered. Most
of these have been previously recorded ; but Waldheimia Walkeri,
HhynchoneUa Upwarensis, B. Cantahrigensis, R. Walkeri, and H.
Speetonensis are described as new. H. A. N.

. Observations on the Genus Poinmbonites. Geol. Mag. dec.

2, vol. i. pp. 51-54, pi. iii.

Describes and figures the internal characters of shells of the genus.
Concludes that the species of this genus form a small subfamily
among the Brachiopoda, in which the shell was " attached, at least during
a part of its existence, by means of a pedicle, or its representative.
No calcified process is observable for the attachment or support of
the oral appendages, which were no doubt fleshy and spirally coiled.
There are also in the interior of each valve diverging dental and socket-
plates, which laterally circumscribe the central muscular space.
Poramhonites differs materially from Pentamerus and other genera by
its internal arrangements ; nor is there any apparent ground why it
should be located in the family BJiynchonelUdce." H. A. N.

. On the Tertiary Brachiopoda of Belgium &c. Geol. Mag.

dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 150-159, plates vii., viii.

After a preliminary discussion of the subdivisions of the Belgian
Tcrtiaries, the author enumerates the species of Brachiopoda which
have been found in them. The following species have come under the
author's observation : — ] . From beds of tlie age of the Lower Pliocene
— Lingida Diimortieriy Terchratula grandis, Terehratidina caput-serpen-
tis, lihynchonella Nysti^ and 11. psitiacca. 2. From beds of the age of
the Miocene — Mannla Nystl^ Discina Ny»ti, and TerehratuUna ornata.
3. From beds of the age of the Eocene — Argiope Lefevreiy TerehratuUna

294 PIL^ONTOLOGT.

KicJcsii, T. . hisinuata, TerehratuUna Putoni, and Crania Nysti. All
the above-mentioned species are figured ; and Crania Nysti, Mannia
Nysti, and BhyncJionella Nysti are described as fully as the materials
allow. Concludes with a short appendix on Terebratula carneoides
and Argiope Clevei, from the Tertiary beds of St. Bartholomew, West
Indies. Both species are figured ; and the latter is described for the
first time. H. A. N.

Davibson, Thomas, and Prof. William Kii^g. On the TrimereUidae,
a PalsBozoic Pamily of the Palliobranchs or Brachiopoda.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 124-173, pis. xii.-xix.

Begins with a bibliography of the Trimerellids. The next section
deals with the nature of the internal parts of these Brachiopods ; and
section 3 is concerned with their myology, and with the characters of
the hinge, pedicle, and other structures of the animal. Section 4 treats
of the affinities of the TrimereUidce, the authors coming to the con-
clusion that the family is most nearly related to the Lingulidce, and
that they belong to the Inarticulata (Tretenterata), in which .the
intestine ends in a distinct vent. Section 5 relates to the geological
range, chronogenesis, and evolution of the family, all the species of
which are found in the Cambro-Silurian (Lower Silurian) and Silurian
(Upper Silurian) formations. Section 6 discusses the physiography of
the seas tenanted by the Trimerellids as compared with that of the
Cambrian seas ; and in section 7 the authors give a diagnosis of the
family. The remaining sections treat of- the characters of the genera
and species of TrimereUidce. Three genera, viz. Trimerella, Mono-
onerella, and Dinoholus, are recognized ; and the following species are
fully described and illustrated : — Trimerella grandis (Guelph
Formation) ; T. acuminata (Guelph Formation) ; T. Lindstrdmi (U.
Silurian of the Islands of Gotland and Faro) ; T. Billingsii (Guelph
Limestones); T.(J) (rctZ^gnsis (Guelph Formation) ; T. Ohioensis (Nmgarsb
Limestone of Ohio, and Guelph Limestones of Canada) ; T. Dalli
(Guelph Formation) ; T. Wisbyensis (XJ. Silurian of Gotland) ; Mono-
merella prisca (Guelph Formation) ; M. Walmstedti (U. Silurian of
Gotland and Faro) ; M. Lindstrdmi (TJ. Silurian of Gotland) ; M,
orbicularis (Guelph Formation) ; Dinobolus Conradi (Upper' part of
Niagara Limestone) ; D. Davidsoni (Wenlock Limestone, Dudley) ;
D. Canadensis (Black-Hiver Limestone) ; D. transversus (Wenlock Lime-
stone, Dudley) ; D. Woodwardi (Wenlock Limestone, Dudley) ; D.
magnificiis (Black-River Limestone) ; D, Schmidti (L. Silurian, Eussia.)

In an appendix the authors discuss the affinities of Lingulops Whit-
jieldi and Chelodes Bergmani. H. A. N.

Decock, — . Description des Inocerames de la Craie de Lezennes.

[Descriptions of the Inocerami of the Lezennes Chalk.] Ann. Soc.

Geol. Nord, 1870-74, pp. 82-84.
Seven species are described, the following being new : — /. insulensis^
I. Lezennensis, I. Gosseleti, Moulle, near St. Omer. G. A. L.

INVERTEBRATA. 295

Decock, — . Ammonites de la Craie de Lezennes. [Ammonites of

the Lezennes Chalk.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-74, p. 4.
Note of occurrence at Esquermes, Lille.

Derby, 0. A. The Carboniferous Formation of South America.

Amer. Nat. vol. viii. pp. 441, 442.
Notices the occurrence in the Carboniferous formation of the Amazons
basin of Brachiopods, which prove the deposits to be of the age of the
Coal Measures ; also the occurrence of Spirifera camerata and Metzia
jputictulifera in a collection of Peruvian fossils. This indicates the
occurrence of Carboniferous beds about 6° north of Lake Titicaca.

H. A. N.

. On the Carboniferous Brachiopoda of Itaituba, Rio Tapajos,

Prov. of Para, Brazil. Bull. Cornell Univ. no. 2, pp. 1-63,
plates i.-ix.
The following new species are described : — Terebratida Itaitubensis,
Waldheimia Continlivana, Rhynchonella Pipira, OrtJiis Penniana, 0.
Morganianay Streptorhijnchus Correanus, S. Hallianus, S. Tapajotensis,
Chonetes Amazonica, Strophalosia Cornelliana, Productus Chandlessii,
P. Batesianus, P. Iiho?nianus, P. Wallacianus, and P. Clarhianus, many-
other sp'ecies being also noticed. Concludes with a " Comparison of the
Carboniferous Brachiopod Pauna of South America with that of North
America." Of 27 species described 12 occur in N. America, 8 of which are
characteristic of Coal Measures ; and the majority of the new species are
more nearly allied to Coal-Measure forms than to any others. W. W.

Deslongchamps, Eug. Paleontologie Frangaise. Terrain jurassique.

— Brachiopodes, pp. 289-320, pis. 84-96.
In this continuation of the French Jurassic Brachiopoda the following
new species are described : — Terehrat. (Ejnthyris) provmcialis, from the
Inf. Oolite of Provence, and T. (Megerlea) Munieri, from Fuller's Earth
of La Voulte (Ardeche). Of the genus Terebratula 8 species are
described in the text, and 4 others are figured in the plates, whose
description will follow in the next part. E. B. T.

Dewalque, G. Rapport sur I'oxcursion de la Societd Malacologique
de Belgique a Couvin (partie palcontologique). [Excursion of the
Malacol. Soc. to Couvin (Palaeontological part)]. Ann. Soc. Mai.
Belg. t. viii. Mem. pp. 77-83.
Lists of the fossils found are given.

DuMORTiER, Efo. £tudes paleontologiques sur les depots juras-
siques du bassin du Rhone. [Paleeontological studies on the
Jurassic deposits of the Rhone basin.] Vol. iv. 8vo. Paris.

Dybowski, Magistee W. N. Monographic der Zoantharia sclero-
dermata nigosa aus der Silur-Formation Estlands, Nord-Livlands
und der Insel Gotland. [Monograph of the Silurian Rugose
Corals of Esthonia, N. Livonia, and the Island of Gothland.]
Arch. Naturk. Liv. Esth-Kurlands ; Dorpat. natur. Gesell. Bd. v.
4 Lief., pp. 415-531, 3 plates of fossils (continuation).

296 PAL^ONTOLOGl.

The new species described in this part are : — CyathopJiyJlum Bosenii,
C. proliferum, G. siluricum, Cam^JophyTlum irregulare, Fascicularia
dragmoides, Donacojphyllum (n. gen.) Middendorffii, D. Lossenii, D.
Schrenclcii, HalNa iuhercidafa , Sioongophyllum rectiseptatum, S. con-
tortiseptaticm, Microplasma (n. gen.) gotJandicum, M. Lovenianum,
M. Schmidti, M. pectiniseptatum, StrepTiodes KeyserJingi.' These are
figured, with others. G. A. L.

Edgell, Arthur W. !N"otes on some Lamellibranchs of the Bud-

leigh-Salterton Pebbles. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx.

pp. 45-48, x^ls. iv.-vi.

Enumerates, figures, and in some instances describes various species,

of which the following are new : — Modiolopsis Lelesconti and Aviculo-

pecten Tromelini. Supports the view that the Budleigh-Salterton

pebbles have been derived from Brittany and Normandy. H. A. N.

Erdmanx, Edw. Graptolith delvis omsluten af en svafelkisboll.

[Graptolite enclosed in an iron-pyrites concretion.] Geol. forcn.

Stockholm Eorhandl. Bd. i. pp. 204, 205, figs. 2, 3, pi. xviii.

The species is Graptolitliiis Sagittarius, and in the specimen the stipe

runs along the shale across the broken surface of an enclosed pyrites-

baU. G. A. L.

Etheeidge, Eobeet, jun. On the Eelationship subsisting between
the Echinothuridce, "VVyville-Thomson, and the Perischoechinidce,
McCoy. Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 307-315, pi. xxiv.

After a consideration of the characters of the existing genera Cal-
veria and Phormosoma, the author discusses the peculiarities of the
Cretaceous genus Ediinothuria. The Palaeozoic genera Airhceocidaris,
PalcecMnus, Perischodomus, LepidecJiinus, Eocidaris, Melonites^ and
Oligoporus aie next considered. The author concludes that the Pms-
choecJiinidce constitute a distinct family, though related in some respects
to the Echinoihuridce. This relationship is especially seen in the
imbrication and overlapping of the plates of the ambulacral and inter-
ambulacral areas which occurs in the Palaeozoic genera LepidecMnus
and Lepidestlies. H. A. N.

. JN'otice of Additional Species of Fossils from the Upper

Silurian series of the Pentland Hills. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc.
vol. ii. part iii. pp. 309-313.
Names 14 species of fossils not previously recorded from this Silurian
area. Of these, AmhonycTiia (^.) Hendersoni and Ctenodonta Pentlandica,
both from Bed T>, near North Esk Eeservoir, are described as new.

H. A. N.

On the Eemains of Pterygotus and other Crustaceans from

the Upper Silurian Series of the Pentland Hills. Trans. Edin.

Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii. pp. 314-316.
Draws attention to various fragmentary remains of Pterygotus ^
including an example of the egg-packets (Parka decipiens), and also to
the tail-spines of Ce^-atiocaris. H. A. N.

mVEBTEBRATA. 297

Etheridge, Robert, jun. Notes on Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata
(MoDomyaria). Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 300-306, pi. xiii.

Describes and discusses tbe synonymy and affinities of tbe following
species of Lamellibranchiata from the Carboniferous rocks of Scotland :
— Pecten Soiverhn, Avkulopecten oryza, A. ellipticus, and Posidonomya
corrugata. The author identifies P. Sowerhii with P. Valdaicus and
P. hathus. Lists of localities are given for all the species. H. A. N.

. Palaeozoic Starfishes. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 432.

llefers to the occurrence of Cribellitcs carbonarius in sandstone of
the Carboniferous Limestone Series at Shilbottle, near Alnwick.

Observations on Chcetetes tumidus, Phillips. Ann. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 194, 195, pi. xi. figs. 1-3.

Records the results of investigations on this species, and points out

that the corallum often exhibits small areola?, where there are only a few

of the ordinary calicos, or where there are only minute tubuli. The

undoubted existence of tabula) is also noted. H. A. N.

Observations on a few Graptolites from the Lower Silurian

Recks of Yictoria, Australia, with a further Note on the Structure
of Ceratiocaris. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiv. pp. 1-10, pi. iii.
Records the occurrence of the following species: — Tetragraptus hryo-
noides, T. quadribrachiatus, Phyllograptus typus, Loganograptus Logani,
Climacograptiis, sp., Diplograptiis miicronatus, D. pristis, Didymograp-
tus (?) fruticosus, D. nitidus, I). Pantoni, Graptolitlius latiis, and Grapfo-
lithus, sp. Also notes his discovery of delicate gill-feet attached to the
under-surface of the terminal and penultimate segments of the abdomen
of Ceratiocaris, as seen in a specimen from the Upper Silurian of
Lesmahagow. H. A. N.

Favre, E. Sur la classification des Ammonites. [Classification of
Ammonites.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 353-355.
Abstract.

The classification, of which a tabular abstract is given, is founded on
the researches of Suess, Zittel, Keferstein, and Waagen. The Trigo-
nellites is considered not an operculum, but an organ for the pro-
tection of nidimentary glands of the female Ammonite. The classifica-
tion is based on this assumption and on the relative dimensions of the
last chamber with reference to the presence or absence of the remark-
able appendages which prolong the sides of the opening, and to the
shape of the latter. These appendages are regarded as protecting the
head and, more particularly, the eyes of the animal. G. A. L.

Fischer, P. Sur les fossiles des iles du Cap Vert, rapportes par

M. Cessac. [Fossils of Cape-Verd Islands.] Compt. Rend.

t. Ixxviii. pp. 503-506.

The beds whence these fossils were obtained (in all the islands of the

archipelago except Fogo) were supposed to bo Tertiary by Darwin.

The author, on palajontological grounds, believes them to be Quater-

298 PALAEONTOLOGY.

nary. A list of the most common fossils is given, all of which (except
the new species) now inhabit the neighbouring seas of the archipelago
or of the west coast of Africa. The new species are Pocillipora Cessaci
and Clypeaster vulcani. G. A. L.

FoLiN, Marquis de, and — B^rillon". Deux especes nouvelles des
Paluns de Cabane, pres Dax. [Two new species from theFahluns
of Cabane, near Dax.] Proc.-Yerb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. eiii-cv.

The species described are Ccecum fibratum and Meioceras Cabanensis.

Fdeesti, L. Catalogo dei Moluschi Pliocenici delle colline Bolognesi,

con una tavola. [Catalogue of the Pliocene MoUusca of the

hills of Bologna.] Mem. Ac. Sci. 1st. Bologna, ser. iii. vol. iii.

The second part of the Catalogue, and comprises 108 species of

Lamellibranchiata and 2 of Brachiopoda. In an appendix a number

of Gasteropods are catalogued, which have been discovered since the

publication of the first part. H. A. N.

FtJCHs, Th. Petrefacte aus dem Schlier von Hall und Kremsmunster
in Oberosterreich. [Possils from the Marls of Hall and Krems-
munster in Upper Austria.] Yerh. k.-k. Geol. Beichs. pp. 111-
113.

Describes the fossils of the later Tertiary marls of the above localities.
Amongst them is a new species, Necera Wolfi.

. Yersteinerungen aus den oligocanen Nummuliten-Schichten

von Polschitza in Krain. [Fossils from the Oligocene Nummu-
litic beds of Polschitza in Krain.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Beichs.
pp. 129, 130.

Gives lists of fossils collected by Suess in these deposits, and con-
cludes that they are of the same age as those of Oberburg.

■ . Yersteinerungen aus der Eocanbildungen der Umgebung von

BeichenhaU. [Possils from the Eocene formations of the neigh-
bourhood of BeichenhaU.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 132-
135.
Gives full lists of fossils from these deposits.

Gatjbrt, Albert. Les etres des temps primaires. [Palaeozoic
fossils.] Paris. Pp. 1-20, 8vo. See also Bev. Sci. pp. 993-997.

A syllabus of the first part of the Pala^ontological course delivered
at the Museum of Natural History, Paris. A sketch of the divisions of
the Palaeozoic rocks, and notices of their chief fossils. G. A. L.

Geinitz, Dr. Hans Bruno. Das Elbthalgebirge in Sachsen — der untere

Quader. [Gasteropoda from the Lower Quader in the Elbe

valley.] Palaeontographica, Bd. xx. Abth. i. Lief 7 (Gastropoden),

pp. 239-276, pis. liii.-lx.

The Gasteropods from the L. Quader or Cenomanian of the Elbe

valley in Saxony are here described, to the number of 112. Many of

these occur at Blackdown (Devon), and some as far away as India. The

• INTERTEBRATA. 299

following are described for the first time : — Turritella suhparaUela^ T.
Kirsteni, Emhrifsalis Stoliczhai, E. Laubeana, Nentopsis torulosa, Nerita
ovoideSj N. minutissima^ Pileolus capillaris, P.pUaitus, Littorina minuta,
Phasianella Beyrichii, Trochus Fischeri, Turbo scobinosus, T. Naumanni^
T. Leonhardi, T. Plauerisis, Solarium Kirsteni, S. Zschaui, S. lieussi,
S. Ackermanni, StraparoUiis Poemeri, Teinostoma Stoliczkai, Stehneria
cepacea (new genus), Patella Plaueiisis, P. radiolitarum, Fasciolaria
distincta, Neptimea paupercula, N. misera, N. loricata, liapa audacior,
R. Corneti, li. Briarti, R. Malaisi, Murex armatus, Trophon electum,
Tritonium robustum, Columbella insignis, G. clathraia, Cancellaria
ininima, C. ovulum, NerincBa Cottai, Cerithium Guentheri, G. Pesche-
lianum, G. Toermerianum, G. Fischeri, G. acus, G. Margaretce, G. bi~
zonatum, G. cequale, G. Heberti, G. intermixtum, G. Fritschei, G. Jietero^
stoma, G. Sturi, G. difficile, G. injibulatum, C. Schliiteri, G. subvagans,
G. Barrandei, G. conversum, G. Uubleri, G. Rudolphi, G, macrostoma,
G. StrombecJci, G. interpunctatum, G. Gumbeli, G, Lorioli, Actceon
obscurus, A. Braunsi, A. BoelscJiei, Trochactceon Stelzneri. All these
are from Plaiien, a few occurring at Koschiitz, near Dresden. E. B. T.

Geinitz, Dr. Hans Bruno. Das Elbthalgebirge in Sachsen. Palae-
ontographica, Bd. xx. Abth. i. Lief. 8, pp. 277-314, pis. 61-67.

Describes and figures Cephalopoda, Annulata, Cirripedia, Entomos-
traca, Fish, Eeptiles, and Plants from the L. Quader of the Elbe valley
in Saxony. F. W. E.

. Das Elbthalgebirge in Sachsen — ii. Theil. Der mittlere und

obere Quader. [Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda from the Middle
and Upper Quader in the Elbe valley.] Pala3ontographica,
Bd. XX. Abth. 2, Lief. 5 (Gasteropoden and Cephalopoden), pp. 161-
198, pis. 29-36.

The Gasteropods and Cephalopods from the M. and U. Quader are Q2
in number ; 4 were fully described in the first part (containing de-
scription of L. Quader fauna). The M. Planer (L. Turonian) beds give
9 species, some of which pass up ; the Planerkalk (U. Turonian) gives
37 species, among which Trochus Engelhardtii and T. Steinlai from
Strehlen are new ; the Baculitenmefgel (L. Senonian) contributes 12
species, among which Neptunea modesta and Gancellaria Thieneana are
new. Many occur also in the Planerkalk. Comparing these lists with
those of other lands, a large number are found in the Cretaceous of
Bohemia, many in the English Chalk and Chloritic Marl, and some in
India. E. B. T.

GtMBEL, Dr. C. W. Oyroporella oder Diploporaf Verb. k.-k.
geol. llcichs. pp. 235, 236.

Relates to the differences which the author believes to subsist
between Diplopora and Gyroporella, and which ho believes to bo of
generic value. [See under Mojsisovics, p. 315.] H. A. N.

. Uober noue Gyroporellen aus dem Gailthaler Gebirgo. [New

species of Oyroporella from the Gailthaler.] Verh. k.-k. geol.
lleichs. pp. 79, 80.

300 PALEONTOLOGY.

Notices the occurrence of Gyroporella ampleforata in the Permian
formation of Pontafel, associated with numerous Foraminifera.

' GtJMBEL, Dr. C. W. N. Jahrb. Heft 1, pp. 68-70.

Letter announcing 1. the discovery of a large number of species of
Ostracoda between the valves of a Megalodon cucullatus from Stringo-
ceplialus-Yi-mQBione of Pfaffrath, in the Eifel ; 2. the formation of the
genus Petrascula for the reception of some large Poraminifera ; 3. the
discovery of a Gyroporella (G. ampleforata) in the Alpine Carboni-
ferous Limestone of Pontafel. P. W. E.

GuppT, E. J. L. On the West-Indian Tertiary Possils. Geol. Mag.
dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 404-412, 433-446, pis. xvi.-xviii.

Describes and figures a number of MoUusca from the Eocene,
Miocene, and Pliocene deposits of the West Indies. Concludes with a
list of the Mollusca, Articulata, Echinodermata, and Protozoa found in
these deposits. Amongst the species described the following are
new : — Ringicula tridentata, Naticina regia, Bulla Vendryesiana, Can-
cellaria scalatella, Ovulum immunitum, Purpura 3Iiocenica, Fasciolaria
tecctilis, Phos erectus, Planaxis crassilahrum, Strombus pugiloides,
Murex collatus, Ancillaria pinguis, Cassis reclusa, Monodonta basilea,
Yenus Blandiana, CJiama involuta, Plicatida vexillata. H. A. N.

Ha AST, Dr. J. Yorkommen von Brachiopoden an den Kiisten von

Neu-Seeland. [Brachiopods of the coasts of New Zealand.] Yerh.

k.-k. geol. Eeichs. pp. 253-255.

Alerter giving an account of the Brachiopods which he has met with

on these coasts, and concluding that they are in the main inhabitants

of shallow water, so far as the fossil forms are concerned. H. A. N.

Haeckel, Eknst. Ueber eine sechszahlige fossile Ehizostomee und

eine vierzahlige fossile Semseostomee. [Possil Medusae.] Jen.

Zeitsch. Naturwiss. Bd. viii. pp. 308-330, 2 plates (fossils),

2 woodcuts (restorations).

In previous papers the author has described 12 species of fossil

Medusae. He now describes two new genera and species as Ilexarliizites

insignis and Semceostomites Zittelii. Both belong to the group DiscopJiora —

the former to the Bliizostomata^ and the latter to the JSemcsostomata.

The fossils were obtained from the lithographic slate of Pappenheim in

Bavaria. P. W. E.

Hall, Prof. James. Description of new species of Crinoidea and
other fossils from strata of the age of the Hudson-Eiver group
and Trenton Limestone. 24th Ann. Eep. S. C. New York, pp. 205-
224, pis. v.-viii. [dated 1872, but seems not to have been pub-
lished till 1874].
[Stated to have been published in greater part in 1866, as advance
sheets of the 20th Eep. It did not appear in that Eep., and it is pre-
sumed that it was onlj privately circulated. The paper is also stated to
have been reissued in 1871, with some additions ; but the circulation

INTEBTEBRATA. 301

of the reissue seems also to have been private. The paper seems,
therefore, not to have been accessible to the public till 1874.] The
following species are described and illustrated from the Hudson-River
group of Ohio, Wisconsin, and Kentucky, mostly from the vicinity of
Cincinnati and Lebanon, Ohio : — Glyptocrinas Nealli, G. parvuSj Pote-
riocrinus (Dendrocrinus) caduceus, P. posticus, Heterocrinus constrictus^
H. laxiis, H. juvenis, Heterocrinus '! (locrinus) Polyxo, H. exilis, Agela-
crinus ( Lepidodiscus) Cincinnatiensis, Roemcr, A. pileiis, A. verticillatus,
A. (Hemicf/stites) steUatus, Lichenocrinus Dt/erl, L. crateriformis. Crania
scabiosa, C. Loelia, Trematis mlllepunctata, T. pustulosa, Dalmania
breviceps, and Proetiis parviuscidus. From beds of Trenton Limestone
age the following fossils are described : — Gyclocystoides Salteri, G. ante-
ceptus, Grania Trentonensis, G. setiyera, and Pholidops Trentoneiisis.

H. A. N.

Hall, Prof. James. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the
Hudson-lliver group in the vicinity of Cincinnati, Ohio. 24th
Ann. Rep. S. C. New York, pp. 225-232, pis. vii. & viii. [pub-
lished in advance in 1871 ; but its circulation appears to have
been private.]
The following species are described and figured in this paper : —
Leptobolus lepis, L. occidentalism L. insiynis, Lyrodesma Gincinnatiensis,
Tellinomya pectuncidoides, Fusispira ventricosa (Trenton), F. elonyatus
(Trenton), F. terebriformis, Gyrtolites Dyeri, Leperditia (Isochilina)
cylindrica, L. {IsocJidina') mlnutissima, Beyrichia tumifrons, and B.
ocidifera. The genus Leptobolus is proposed for certain minute Lingu-
loid shells which occur in the Hudson-River group and Utica Slates.
The ventral valve has a distinct area and pedicel-groove, with an
elevated subquadrate muscular area; the dorsal valve has slightly
elevated trifid muscular impressions. The genus Fasispira is proposed
for certain Gasteropods which have the general form of Fusus and
Subulites, but differ from the former in the much less twisted colu-
mella, and from the latter in not being truncate at the base of the colu-
mella, and in being destitute of a deep anterior notch. The species of
the genus are confined to the Trenton and Hudson-River formations.

H. A. N.
Descriptions of Bryozoa and Corals of the Lower Helderberg

Group. Printed May 1874, in advance of Rep. on State Mu-
seum, pp. 93-115.
Describes the following new species of Corals and Polyzoa from the
Lower Helderberg formation of N. America : — Fenestella nerviaj F.prce-
cursor, F. crebripora, F. Idalia, F. sylvia, Polypora Lilia, P. elegans (?j,
Hemitrypa prima, Ichthyorachis Nereis, Kscliaropora tenuis, E. nebulosa,
E. lirata, Gallopora Hyale, G. macropora, G. venusta, G. unispina,
G. pereleyans, G. heteropora, G. ponderosa, Trematopora rhmnbifera^ T.
siynata, T. constricta, T. corticosa, T. densa, T. ponderosa, T. macidosaf
2\ reyularis, Paleschara incrustans, P. bifoliatu, Geramopora maculata,
G. (Berenicea) maxima, Vermipora sei'pxdoidet, Auhpora Scholiariai,

302 PAL-EONTOLOGr.

Chcetetes Helderhergice, C. sphcerica, Favosites Helderhergice, F. conica, F. ?
minima, Michelinia lenticularis, Striatopora Issa, and Streptelasma
{Petraia) stricta. The genus Palesdiara is proposed for certain Polyzoa
which may be parasitic or free, and which are composed of polygonal
cells with thin solid walls, and without septa or tabulae. The genus
Vermipora is proposed for certain Polyzoa composed of ramose branches
formed by the union of serpula-like tubes cemented upon each other,
and the apertures of which are directed upwards, and open on the side
of the branch. The tubes are without septa or tabulae. H. A. N.

Hall, Prof. James. Descriptions of New Species of Goniatidae, with a

list of previously described Species. Printed May 1874, in advance

of the 27th Keport on the State Museum of Natural History, pp. 4.

lu this communication the author describes the following new

species or varieties of Ooniatites from the Devonian rocks of North

America: — G. complanatus, var. perlatus (Chemung group?); G. uni-

lohatus (Hamilton group); G. (Clymenia?) Nundaia (Portage and

Chemung groups) ; G. simulator (Chemung group) ; and G. Chemun-

gensis, var. cequicostatus (Chemung group). • H. A. N.

■ , and R. P. "Whitfield. Descriptions of New Species of Eossils

from the Devonian Rocks of Iowa, &c. 23rd Ann. Rep. S. C. N.York,
pp. 223-243, pis. ix.-xiv. [Dated 1873, but apparently not pub-
lished till 1874. The final paper, " Notes on some New or Im-
perfectly-known Forms amongst the Brachiopoda,'" &c., was
printed and circulated in 1871, and is not abstracted in the
present place.]
The authors describe and illustrate the following new species from
the Devonian deposits of Iowa, some of these deposits being of Corni-
ferous Limestone (Upper Heiderberg) age, others being apparently the
equivalent of the Hamilton Formation, and others being identified with
the Chemung group. The Protozoa are represented by Stromafopora
erratica, S. expansa, S. (Coenostroma) incrustans, S. (Ooenostroma) soli-
dula, and Caunopora planidata. The corals are represented by Fistu-
lipora occidens, Alveolites Pochfordensis, Cladopora prolijlca, C. magna,
and C. palmata, Zaphrentis solida, PacJiypliyllum Woodmani, P. soli-
tarium, Campophyllum nanum, Chonophyllum ellipticum, Acervularia
inwqualis, Smithia Johanni, S. multiradiata, CystipJiyllum mundulum,
Aulopora saxivada, and A. loiuensis. The species of Pachyphyllum
are the first of the genus recognized in America. It is noticeable also
that the occurrence of mural pores is now for the first time recognized
in Cladopora, which would apparently justify the view that Cladopora
is really founded upon ramose species of Favosites. The Polyzoa (?)
are represented by one form only, viz. Stomatopora (Alecto) alternata.
The new .Brachiopods are Crania famelica, Spirifera Orestes, S. sub-
varicosa, S. cyrtinaformis, Cryptonella Calvini, Strophopodonta Canace,
and S. hyhrida. Two species of Gasteropoda are described — Pleuroto-
maria Isaacsii and Naticopsis gigantea.

The Report further contains the following supplementary notices : —

DfYKETEBEATA. 303

1. '* Notice of three New Species of Fossil Shells from the Devonian of
Ohio." These are LeiorTiynclms Newherryi, Naticopsis cretacea, and
Porcellia JSciota — the first from the Chemung group, the last two from
the Upper Helderberg Limestone. Palceoneilo imralMa is also de-
scribed as a new species from the Waverley Limestone of Ohio.

2. " Notice of Two New Species of Fossil Shells from the Potsdam
Sandstone of New York." The genus Palceacmcea is proposed for a
small Patelloid shell, more or less allied to Metoptoma, but wanting the
truncated anterior margin of this genus ; and the single species P. ty-
pica is described. A new species of Hyolithes is also described (H.
yibbosKs). 3. " Supplement." Describes two new species of Trematis
{T . punctostinata and T. inidis), both from hydraulic limestones of the
age of the Trenton Limestone at Clifton, Tennessee. Both are figured.

H. A. N.

Hall, Prof. James, and E. P. Whitfield. Descriptions of New
Species of Fossils from the vicinity of Louisville, Kentucky, and
the Falls of the Ohio. 24th Ann. Rep. S. C. N. York, pp. 181-
200 a. [Dated 1872, but apparently published in 1874.]
Contains descriptions, without figures, of the following new species,
from beds of Niagara-Limestone (U. Silurian) age from Louisville and
the Falls of the Ohio : — Dictyoiiema pergracilis, Orihis nisis, 0. rugce-
plicata^ Spirifera rostellicm, Pentamems Kiiappi, P. I^ysius, Murchisonia
petila (M. Silurian), Euomphalus {Cycloiuma) rugoelineatd^ and Ulcunus
coimigenis. The following new species and varieties are described from
the Devonian of Kentucky and Indiana: — Crania Bordeni, Aviculo-
pecten cmssicostatus, Cardiopsis crassicosta, Lucina {Paracyclas) elliptica,
var." occidentalism Cypricardinia injlata, var. suhcBquivalvis, Cypri-
cardinia'? cylindnca, Yoldia? valvidus, Nucida niotica, Nucula neda
Tellinomya subnasuta, Ptyclwdesma Knappiana, PolypJiemopsis Louis-
villcp^ Loxonema hydraidica, Troclionema emacerata, T. rectilaiem, T.
Yandellana, PUurotomaria Estella [not Murchisonia Estella, Bill.], P.
imitator^ and Bucania Devonica. The new genus Ptycliodesma is pro-
posed for certain modioloid bivalves, with equally convex valves, the
hinge *' with a wide ligamental area, the sides of which are sharply
grooved in parallel lines, caused by the successive growth of the liga-
ment, as in Pectuncidus.^' A list of fossils from the Fall^ of Ohio, the
vicinity of JefFersonville, Indiana, and the neighbourhood of Louisville,
Kentucky, is given, but only includes the Crinoidea, Brachiopoda,
Lamellibrancliiataj Gasteropoda, Cephcdopoda, and Tnlohita. Finally
a supplementary note describes as new, under the name of Pentamemis
nucleus, a small Brachiopod from the Clinton group of Louisville,
Kentucky, which had previously been cited as P. galeatus. H. A. N.

Harger, 0. Notice of a new Fossil Spider from the Coal Measures
of Illinois. Amer. Journ. scr. 3, vol. vii. pp. 219-223.

Arthrolycosa antiqua is described as n. gen. and sp. from the lower
part of the true Coal Measures. The palpus seems chelate, but the
state of preservation makes this doubtful j there is a pit on the cepha-

304 PALEONTOLOGY.

lothorax ; and the abdomen is segmented. The fossil is not placed with
the true spiders, but, from its affinities to the false scorpions &c., it is
supposed that it may be an embryonic type. E. B. T.

Hendeeson, John. On some Silurian Fossils found in the Pentland

Hills. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii. pp. 373-375. •
Notes the occurrence in U. Silurian rocks of several forms new to
this area.

. iN'otice of some Fossils from the conglomerate at Habbie's

Howe, Logan Barn, near Edinburgh. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc.
vol. ii. part iii. pp. 389, 390.
Becords the discovery of undetermined species of Orthis, Stropho-
mena, Halysites, and Favosltes, probably of Silurian age.

HoENES, K. Fossilien aus Bessarabien u. d. Kriraen. [Fossils from
Bessarabia.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 6o, (j6.

Describes collections of fossils from the Sarmatian deposits and
" Congeria Shales " of Bessarabia, and concludes that the so-called
" Yalenciennesia Shales " belong to the Lower portion of the " Con-
geria Shales." A number of new Mollusks are named, but their de-
scription is deferred. H. A. N.

. Ueber Neogenpetrefacte aus Croatien und Siidsteiermark.

[On fossils from the Neogen of Croatia and Siidsteiermark.] Yerh.
k.-k. geol. Beichs. pp. 147, 148.

. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntn'ss der " Congerien-Schichten "

(^Gardium acardo, Desh., aus Brauneisenstein von Csetnek in
Gomorer Comitat). [Contribution to the knowledge of the " Con-
geria-beds" (Cardium acardo, Desh., from brown iron-ore from
Csetnek.)] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Beichs. pp. 269-271.
Becords additional fossils from the " Congeria-beds " of Hungary,
and amongst them Cardium acardo.

. Ueber Tertiiirconchilien aus dem Banat. [Tertiary shells

from the Banat.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Beichs. pp. 387-390.

Gives lists of a collection of Mollusca from the " Mediterranean,"
'• Sarmatian," and " Congeria "-beds, and a general account of the de-
posits whence the specimens were obtained. A new species is noted
under the name of Congeria Banatica. H. A. N.

. Tertiaer-Studien. [Tertiary-studies.] Jahrb. k.-k. geoL

Beichs. Bd. xxiv. Heft 1, x'>p. 33-80, with 4 plates (fossils).

The following new fossils are described from Kischineff in Bessa-
rabia : — Phasianella Bayerni, P. Sarmatica, Melania Fuchsii, Cajpulus
KiscMnerce. They are from beds of Sarmatic age. 28 other species
are noted. A collection of fossils from near Kertch, from beds of the
same age, contained one new species {Cardium Barhoti) and 8 others:
it is noted that Tapes gregaria has been made into 3 new species in 2
different genera. From the Yalenciennesia-beds near Kertch another
new species is described, Cardium AhicJii; from Beocsin, Cardium

INVERTEBRATA.

305

Lenzi and C. Syrmiense are also new. From the Congeria-beds near
Kertch the new species noted are Mactra glohula^ Cardium Tamanense,
C. Panticapceum, C. suhjpaucicostatum, G. Bayerni^ which occur with 21
others. E. B. T.

•HoPKixsoN, John. On some Graptolites from the Upper Arenig
Eocks of Ramsey Island, St. Davids. Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc.
Session 15, pp. 47-50. [Brit. Assoc]
Believes, from the abundance of dendroid forms of Graptolites in the
Lower Arenig rocks, that it is improbable that they are contempo-
raneous with the Skiddaw Slates, which are probably newer.

C.E. DeR.

HoxjzEATT LE Lehaye, Atjg. Listc dcs Bryozoaires du Poudingue de

Ciply. [List of the Bryozoa of the Conglomerate of Ciply.] Ann.

Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii. Mem. pp. 36-38.

A preliminary list of 164 species, of which 46 are undetermined

species of known genera, aud 3 are species of probably a new genus

allied to Biflustra. G. A. L.

Hyatt, Prof. A. Evolution of the Arietidae. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc.
Boston, voL xvi. pt. 2, pp. 166-170.

In these notes on the evolution of one group of Ammonites, the
author attempts to trace a genetic relation between different subgenera.
He does not adopt the divisions of European palaeontologists, claiming
priority for his own names. A. (Psiloceras) planorhis is considered the
parent form ; from this species diverge in lines -forming a genealogical
tree. The old-age changes seen in Psiloceras are very slight ; they become
more distinct in Caloceras and succeeding series ; aud in the last
members of the series of Coroniceras they seriously affect the entire form
of the adult : in Asteroceras CoUenotii the adult has the same form as
the old Coroniceras triyonatum. E. B. T.

jAiiES, U. P. Descriptions of Xew Species of Brachiopoda from the
Lower Silurian Rocks — Cincinnati group. Cincin. Quart. Journ.
Sci. vol. i. pp. 19-22.
Gives descriptions of three species of Brachiopods from the Cincin-
nati group of Ohio — OrtJiis cyclas (related to 0. emacerata and 0. mul-
tisecta), 0. crassa, comprising the form doubtfully described (by Mr.
Meek) under the name of 0. dentata, owing to a mistake in the spe-
cimens submitted for examination, and 0. (?) Morrowensis. H. A. N.

. " Nullipores." Cincin. Quart Journ. Sci. vol. i. pp. 153, 154.

Draws attention to the occurrence of certain enigmatical bodies,
forming crusts upon corals, crinoidal columns, <fec., in the Cincinnati
group, and suggestB that they may perhaps be of the nature of Nidll-
pores. II A. N

— -. Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Lower Silu-
rian Formation — Cincinnati group. Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci.
vol. i. pp. 239-242.

1B74. X

306 PALEONTOLOGY.

Describes the following new species from the Cincinnati group —
Avicida corrugata, A. Welchi, StreptorJiyncJius {Stropliomena) elongatus,
StropJiomena decUvis, and Streptorhynchus {StropJiomenci) vetustus. The
last is allied to Strophomena suhtenta. H. A. N.

James, U. P. Descriptions of New Species of Brachiopoda from the

Lower Silurian Formation, Cincinnati group. Cincin. Quart.

Journ. Sci. vol. i. pp. 333-335.

Describes ttie following species of Brachiopoda from the Cincinnati

gToup : — Strophomena gihbosa, regarded by Mr. Meek as a variety

of 8. rli07nho{dalis, and as being identical with S. tenuistriata ; but the

author regards all three as distinct species, and points out that each

holds a definite geological horizon ; and S. squamula. H. A. N.

. . Descriptions of one New Species of LeptcBna and two species

of Cyclonema from the Lower Silurian Eocks — Cincinnati group.

Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i. pp. 151-153.

Describes a Leptcena {L. aspera=L. sericea'^) and two Cyclonemce

(C. pyramidata and G. fluctuata) allied to C. hilioc. The last is the

same as C. hilix, var. lata. H. A. N.

Jefpeeys, J. G; Some Eemarks on the Mollusca of the Mediterra-

cean. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, 8vo. pp. 111-116.
The paper gives (p. 116) a list of 2Q species which are fossil in Sicily,
and which have been found living in the Mediterranean.

JoHNSOTT, Hawkins M. On the Microscopic Structure of Plints and

alHed bodies. Journ. Quekett Micros. Club, vol. iii. pp. 234-237,

plate 9 ; and privately printed, 8vo. Lewes ?

By treating with acids thin plates of flint, iron-pyrites, nodules from

the Chalk, septaria from the London and Kimmeridge Clays, and phas-

phatic nodules from the Gault and Cambridge deposit, the author has

succeeded-in developing delicate structures, which he believes to be of

organic origin, and which in appearance suggest the group of the

sponges. E. T. N.

Jones, Prof. T. Etjpert. Notes on some Silurian Entomostraca from

Peebleshire. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 511, 512; reprinted,

with woodcut added, and correction, from Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc.

vol. ii. part 3, pp. 321, 322.

Describes and figures the following Ostracoda — JBeyricMa impendeiis,

Entomis aciculata, Primitia protenta^ and Bairdia (?) Broivniana.

The last two species are described for the first time. H. A. N.

. New locality for Leaia. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 480.

Notes the discovery of Leaia in ironstone at the lower part of the
Coal Measures of Eifeshire.

. [Entomostraca]. Jahrb. Heft 2, p. 180.

Letter stating that the so-called Cypridince of the German ^''Cypri-
nidinenschiefer " belong neither to Cypridina nor to Entomis, but form

INVERTEBRATA. 307

a new genus, which he names Michteria. They are not bivalved.
Probably Richter's Cytherina sti-iatula belongs to a new genus, whilst
his Beyrichia dorsalis is not a Beyrichia, but' probably a Primitia,
similar to P. Maccoyi,. To judge from Richter's figure, his Beyrichia
nitidula resembles some of the Cytheroids from the Scotch Coal Mea-
sures. F. AY. R.

Jones, Prof. T. Rupert, and W. Kirkbt. Monograph of the British

Fossil Bivalved Entomostraca from the Carboniferous Formations.

Part I. The Cypridinada) and their Allies. Palaeont. Soc. pp. 1-56,

pl3. i.-v.
The authors commence with a review of the families and genera of
the Ostracoda, with more especial reference to the Cypridinadce and
allied groups, followed by a synopsis of the genera and species of the
Cyjyndinadce, Conchcecidce, EntomoconcJiidce^ and Polycoj^idce. The rest
of the monograph describes the Carboniferous genera and species. The
following genera are defined — Cypridina^ Cypridella, Cyprella, Brady-
cinctus, PJiilomedes, Entomoconchus, Polycope^ Cypridinella, Cypridellina^
Sulaina, liJiomhina, and Offa, of which the last five are new. Besides
previously recorded forms, the monograph contains descriptions of the
following new species — Cypridina radiata^ C. Wriyhtiana, C. Bra-
dyana, €. hrevimentum, C. Toungiana^ C. Hunteriana, C. pnmifoi'mis,
C. ohlonya, Cypridimlla Cwnmingii^ C. superciliosa, C. clausa, 0. Bos-
queti^ G. Maccoyiana^ C. monitor^ G. vomer ^ Gypridellina clausa, G. Bur-
rovii, G. intermedia, G. elongata, G. galea, G. vomer, G. alia, G. Bos-
queti, Gypridella ohsoleta, G. Wrightii, G. quadrata, G. cyprdloides,
Sulcuna lepus, S. cuniculiis, Philom^des Bairdiana, Rhomhina Hihei'-
nica, B. Belgica, Entomoconchiis orbicularis, E. glohosus, Offa Barrandi-
ana, and Polycope Burrovii. H. A. N.

«
Karrer, F. Die Conchy lienfiihrung der Sandschichten in Yozlau.

[MoUusca of the Arenaceous beds of Yozlau.] Yerh. k.-k. geol.

Reichs. pp. 288, 289.
Gives a list of the predominant Gasteropods and Lamellibranchs
noticed in the above-mentioned Tertiary deposits.

Kayser, E. Notiz iiber eine auffiiUige Missbildung eines devonischen
Gomphoceras. Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. GeseU. Bd., xx\4. Heft. 4,
pp. 67i-G74, with a plate.
Describes and figures an abnormal form of a Devonian Gomplioceras
from Bicken, near Herbom, in Nassau.

Kino, Prof. William, and T. H. Rowney. Remarks on the subject
of " Eozoon." Ann. Nat. Hist. scr. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 390-39G.

Mainly a summary of the chief grounds upon which the authors
have been led to conclude that Eozoon Canadense is of a mineral
nature. H. A.. N.

Eozoon '* examined.chiefly from a Poramin\feral Stand-

point. Ann. Nat. Hist. sor. 4, vol. xiv. pp 274-289, pi. xix.

x2

308 PALEONTOLOGY.

A summary and recapitulation of the more important points which
appear to militate against a reference of Eozoon Canadense to the
Foraminifera. H. A. N.

KoNiNCK, Prof. L. DE. Palseozoische Possilien aus Australien.
[Pala30zoic fossils from Australia.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. p. 31.
Note on a collection of Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous fossils
from Australia.

Lapwoeth, Charles. Notes on the Graptolites discovered by Mr.
John Henderson in the Silurian Shales of Habbies' Howe, Pent-
land Hills. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii. pp. 375-377.
Notes the occurrence of Monograptus colonus, M. priodon, M. Fle-
mingii, Cyrtograptus Scoticus (M.S.J, Retiolifes Geinitzianus, and Dic-
tyonema assimilis (= Fenestella assimilis, Lonsdale.^ H. A. N.

. On the Diprionidae of the Moffat Shale, f Abstract.^ Proc.

Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. No. 4, pp. 165-168.

The Moffat Shale (L. Silurian^ is probably the oldest formation of
the South of Scotland, and consists of about 600 feet of shales and
mudstones abounding in Graptolites, especially of the family Dlprionidce.
The specimens of Climacograptus preserved in relief show that Prof.
Nicholson's view of the duplicate nature of the polypary is substantially
correct. A polypary with the external features of Prof. Hall's Clima-
cograptus has the internal structure of Diplograptus. The paper con-
cludes with a classification of the family Dlprionidoe. W. W.

Lefevee, T. 1. Un Gasteropode nouveau pour la faune Laekenienne

superieure. 2. Un Lamellibraucho nouveau pour la faune

Laekenienne inferieure. [A new Gasteropod for the Upper, and

a new Lamellibranch for the Lower. Laekenian fauna.] Proc.

Yerb. Soc. Mai. Belg. pp. 208, 209. .

The species are Fusus suhscalariniis, U. Laekenian, AYemmel, and

Tellina rostralis, found in the Niimmulites-variolaria zone at Forest,

near Brussels, L. Laekenian. G. A. L.

Une anomalie observe'e chez le Pecien corneus, Sow. [An

anomaly observed in Pecten corneus.'] Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t.

viii. Mem. pp. 73-76, 1 plate.

This shell is found in Belgium in the Upper Ypresian Sands and in

the Laekenian, but is not known in the intervening Bruxellian system.

The anomaly noticed consists in a kind of squamous extension of the

outer lips of the valves of the shell. G. A. L.

Leslie, Haeey. Local Natural History Notes, No. 1. Bussage,
near Stroud, Gloucestershire. Science Gossip, No. 119, p. 244.
Contains a short notice of common Oolitic fossils.

Leymeeie, — . Sur la necessite de conserver, aa moins au point do
vue geologique, Ics Gryphees et les Exogyres. [The necessity,
from a geological point of view, of preserving the genera Grypli(xa
and Exogyra.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Erance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 141-145.

INVERTEBRATA. 309

Insists that to merge the Gryphcece, which indicate the Jurassic ages,
and the Exogyrce which denote the supra-Jurassic rocks, into the genus
Ostrea would be very unfortunate for geologists, without contesting
the correctness of the connexion established by conchologists. G. A. L.

LiNPSTROif, G. Forteckning pS, siluriska koraller fran Jemtland,
samlade af Dr. G. Linnarsson. [Silurian corals from Jemtland.]
Geol. fdren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 90-93.

Six species of Tabulate corals, and 3 of Rugose are named.

Linnarsson, G. Forsteningar frSn Lappland, insamlade af Hrr. E.

Sidenbladh och E. Erdmann. [Fossils from Lapland.] Geol.

fdren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. ii. pp. 129-131.

The species recognized were Ceratopyge forjicula, Euhriia onia-

turuj SympJiysurus socialis, Agnostus Sidenhladhi, A. punctuosus, and

A.fallacc. G. A. L.

. Trilobiter frSn Westergotlands " Andrarumskalk." [Trilo-

bites from the " Andrarum limestone " of W. Gothland.] Geol.
foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bdt. i. pp. 242-248. G. A. L.

9 species are named.

LoRioL, P. DE, and E. Pellat. Monographic geologique et paleon-

tologique des etages superieurs de la Formation Jurassique de

Boulogne-sur-mer. I. Partie. Mollusques, Cephalopodes, et Gas-

tropodes. [Geological and Paloeontological Monograph of the

^ upper stages of the Jurassic formation of Boulogne-sur-mer

Part I. Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda.] Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist.

Nat. Geneve, vol. xxiii. pp. 155, with ten plates of fossils.

Describes the Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda of the Jurassic deposits

of Boulogne, and some remains of Serpula and Pollidpes.

LiTNDGREN, B. Cm su Comastev och en Aptychus frSn Kdpinge. [A
Comaster and an Aptychus from Koijinge, Scania.] Ofversigt
K. S. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. No. 3.

LUtken, Chas. Description du Cladangia exusta, espece modeme
d'un genre de coraux connu jusque'ici seulement comme fpssile
miocene. [Description of a recent species of Cladangia^ a genus
hitherto only known fossil.] Journ. Zool. vol. iii. pp. 321-324.
The specimen was probably from the Indian Ocean, and belongs to
a genus known hitherto only in the Miocene. It is specifically distinct
from Cladangia semuphcfrica^ Defr., and CI. conferta^ licuss, and is
called 67. exusta. In the young condition it has no cocnenchyma join-
ing the corallites, and in this condition is believed to represent the
genus lihizangia, E. T. N.

Ltcett, John. Monograph of the British Fossil Trigontce. No. II.

pp. 53-92 ; plates x.~xix. PaloDont. Soc.
Continues liis description and figures of the British THgonice.
Twenty-six species are described, of which the following are new —

310 PALJSONTOLO&r.

Trigonia WUUamsoni, T. paticicosta, T. Leclcenby% T. Sharpiana, T.
Joassi, T. ManselU, T. temdtexta^ and T. Beesleyana. H. A. N.

McCoy, Prof. FfiEDERicK. Prodromus of the Palaeontology of
Yictoria, or Figures and Descriptions of Yictorian Organic Re-
mains. Geological Survey of Yictoria, Decade I., with ten plates.
8vo. Melbourne.

The first part treats of the Graptolites of the L. Silurian Slates, in
which the auriferous veins of Victoria are contained. None of the
species are new ; but all 'are forms known in the Quebec Group of
"Canada and the Skiddaw Slates of England, except one or two species
which the author identifies with types belonging to the Moff'at series
of Scotland. Ten species or varieties are described and figured.

The author describes and illustrates an extinct species of Wombat,
which he names PTiascolomys PUocoenus. The remains of this animal
are found in the gold-cement of Yictoria, and show that the Auriferous
Drifts are of the age of the Mammaliferous Crag of Britain.

The memoir is continued with plates and descriptions of 4 new
species of Voluta {V. Hannafordi, V. anticingulata, V. antiscalaris ,
and V. macropterd) from the L. Miocene (Oligocene) deposits stretch-
ing from the shores of Hobson's Bay to the Murray.

The author next describes and figures 3 new species of Podozamites
(P. BarJclyi, P. ellipticus, and P. longifolius) from the Mesozoic coal-
bearing deposits of Bellarine, near Geelong. N"ext, we have a plate
and description of Lepidodendroyi (Bergeria) austrcde, of common occur-
rence in the red and yellow micaceous sandstones of the Avon river,
Gippsland, which are Carboniferous. The author thinks it probably
the same as that described by Carruthers as L. nothum.

The Decade is concluded with a plate and descriptions of two
species of Starfish from U. Silurian beds. One of these is termed
Petraster Smyihii ; and the other, nearly allied to Uraster Ruthveni,
Porbes, is named Urasterella Sehuyni. H. A. N.

Makzoni, Dr. Angelo. Earita paleozoica. [A rare fossil (Tertiary).]
Boll. E. Com. geol. Ital. pp. 152-159.

Notes the discovery of a fine specimen of Pentacrinus Gastcddi
(Mich.) in the MoUasse of Montese, near Bologna, and reviews the few
other occurrences of the genus in Tertiary beds. E. B. T.

Martens, E. vok. Eossile Susswasser-Conchylien aus Sibirien.

Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft. 4, pp. 741-751,

with plate.

Describes 12 species of fossil freshwater shells, from the shore of

the river Irtysch, near Omsk in Siberia. Includes the following new

species — Paludina (ViviparcC) tenuisculjpta, Lithoglyphus constrictus,

Unio Pallasi, U. promts, and U. bituherculosus. F. W. E.

Maurer, F. Palaontologische Studien im Gebiete des rheinischen
Devon. [Fossils from the Rhenish Devonian rocks.] Neues
Jahrbuch, Heft. 5, pp. 453-459, with plate.

INVERTEBBATA. 311

A list of fossils from a soft yellow fine-grained sandstone found near

Giessen. It is a marine deposit in the upper part of the Spirifer-

sandstono, rich in trilobites and polypes. Three species of Pleurodictijum

are found here, viz. P. prohlematicum^ P. Petni, and a new species

figured but not named. . F. W. R.

Mayer, C. Description de Coquilles fossiles des terrains tertiaires

superieurs (suite). [Descriptions of fossil shells from the Upper

Tertiaries.] Joum. Conch. 3 ser. t. iiv. pp. 308-316, pi. xi.

A continuation of a series of articles descriptive of Tertiary shells : —

Tomatella attenuata, Lower Blue Marls of Bacedasco, near Piacenza ;

T, Woodi (near T. Levidensis), yellow sands of CastelF Arquato ;

Cyliclma tomata (near C. [BuUcc] Regidhiensis), Upper Blue Marls of

the Piacenza district ; Bulla Weinkauffi, Upper Blue Marls of Luga-

gnano, near Piacenza ; Trochus Castrensis, Castell' Arquato, perhaps

only a variety of T. Adriaticus ; T. cuyentaniis, intermediate betweefi

T. magm and T. BucJd^ Lower Blue Asti Marls of Bacedasco ;

T. laureatiis = T. granulaUcSy var. polygoiudis. Upper Astian of Castell'

Arquato ; T. Pauhiccice (near 2\ millegranus), Bacedasco ; Murea>

pagodida, Lugagnano ; M. turhiniformis, same locality. C. P. G.

Meek, Prof. F. B. Notes on some of the fossils figured in the

recently issued fifth volume of the Illinois State Geological

Keport. Amer. Joum. ser. 3, pp. 189-193, 369-379, 484-490,

580-584, pi. vii.

Notes on various species of Crinoids, &c. The view is advanced

that the tube or proboscis of the Palaeozoic Crinoids was entirely anal

in its functions, and not oral ; the mouth is supposed to be central, at

the radial point of the ambulacra, but " covered over by a vault of

fixed solid calcareous pieces " [p. 374.] It is explained that some of

the names on the plates escaped revision through the author's illness :

e. g. Schizodus llossiciis (Vern.) is perhaps wrongly so named. The

author considers that Prof. Geinitz's " Dyas " in Nebraska cannot be

separated from the Carboniferous. E. B. T.

Meyj^, L. Silurische Schwiimme und deren eigenthiimliche Yerbrei-

tung, ein Beitrag zur Kunde der Geschiebc. [Silurian Sponges.]

Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft. 1, pp. 41-58.

Regards certain chalcedonic pebbles from the Isle of Sylt as remains

of Silurian sponges. Believes that free-living sponges were numerous

in Palaeozoic times, and that many so-caUcd pebbles owe their form not

to attrition, but to the original sponge which they represent. Suggests

that the brown pebbles formerly imported to Kiel from England, and

known as " Wallsteine," are such silicified sponges. F. W. R.

Miller, S. A. The Column of Heterocrinus heterodactylus. Cincin.

Quart. Joum. Sci. vol. i. pp. 2, 3.
Description of the stmcturo of the column of this Crinoid, as observed
in spfecimens from the Cincinnati group.

. " Pasceolus.'* Cincin. Quart. Joura. of Sci. vol. i. pp. 4-7,

figs. 1-3.

312 PALAEONTOLOGY.

Discusses the character of the genus Pasceolus, and describes two
new species, P. Darivini and P. Claudei, from the Cincinnati group.

MiLLEii, S. A. Remarks on the genus ConchicoUtes of Nicholson.

Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i. pp. 7-13, fig. 4.
Discusses the generic affinities of ConchicoUtes and Ortonici, and ex-
presses the opinion that they must be amalgamated.

. "Genus Ambonychia." Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i.

pp. 14-16, figs. 5, 6.

Quotes the description of the genus Amboyiyclda, given by Hall, and
enumerates from the Cincinnati group the following species — A.
hellistriata, A. rcccUatct, and A. costata. H. A. IST.

■ '* Genus Anomalodonta.^' Cincin. Quart. Journ, Sci. vol. i.

pp. 16-18, figs. 7, 8.
Quotes a diagnosis of the genus Anomcdoclonta, proposed for the
reception of Ambonycliia (Megaptei^a) cdata, Megaptera Casei, and a new
species, A. gigantea. All these forms occur in the Cincinnati group.

H. A. N.

Monograph of the Crustacea of the Cincinnati group.

Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sc. vol. i. pp. 115-147, figs. 10, 11.
Gives full descriptions of previously recorded Crustacea from the
Cincinnati group (5 species of Ostracoda, and 16 of Trilobites).
Describes and figures as new an Ostracode, under the name of Lejyer-
ditia Byrnesi ; and likewise describes and figures some singular tracks,
referred to AsapTius. H. A. N.

" Cypricar elites J' Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i. pp. 147,

148, figs. 12 & 13. ^
Describes a new species from the Cincinnati group, under the name
of C. Hainesi.

. " Streptorhynchus (?) Hallii." Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci.

vol. i. pp. 148, 149, figs. 14-16.
Describes a new Brachiopod from the Cincinnati group of Cincinnati.

. ^' Modiolopsis modiolarisr Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i.

pp. 149, 150, fig. 17.

Gives a description of Modiolopsis modiolaris, in which he is enabled
to characterize the interior. The hinge-line is stated to be edentulous,
with a ligamental groove commencing just in front of the beak, and
extending to the posterior extremity. There is a deep circular muscu-
lar impression below and a little anterior to the beak ; and the pallial
line is distinct and marked by irregular pits. The specimen described
is from the Cincinnati group. H. A. N.

Modiolopsis Versaillensis.'^ Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol.

i. p. 150, figs. 18, 19.
Describes a species of Modiolopsis, which he believes to be new. It

IirvnEBTEBEATA. 313

is stated to differ from M. modiolaris in having more prominent and
angular beaks, and a different hinge-line and ligamentary attachments,
and in having the muscular impression placed further in front of the
beak. It is from the Cincinnati group of Versailles, Indiana. H. A. N.

MiLLEK, S. A. Monograph of the Lamellibranchiata of the Cincinnati
group. Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i. pp. 211-231, figs. 20-22.
Records and for the most part describes 31 previously known Bi-
valves from the Cincinnati group. The author also describes and figures
a new species as Tellinomya Ililli. A new genus, Cyclocondia, is
founded for the reception of a single shell ((7. rtudiocardinalis).

H. A. N.

Cyrtoceras VallandigTiami." Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci.

vol. i. p. 232, fig. 23.
Describes a small species of Cyrtoceras, which he believes to be new,
from the Cincinnati group, at Cincinnati.

Species of BeyrichiaJ* Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i.

pp. 232-234, figs. 24-27.

Describes 3 new species of Beynchia (B. Druryi, B. stinato-margina-

tus, and B. Chamhersi) from the Cincinnati group of Ohio and

Indiana. H. A. N.

. " Tentaculites Bichmondensis.'^ Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci.

vol. i. pp. 234, 235, fig. 28.
Describes a species from the Cincinnati group of Indiana.

■ . " Butliotrephis ramuhsus." Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol.

i. pp. 235-236, fig. 29.
Describes a branching fossil from the Cincinnati group of Cincinnati.

. Monograph of the Gasteropoda of the Cincinnati group.

Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i., pp. 302-321, figs. 30-34.

Describes 21 previously recorded species of Gasteropoda from the
Cincinnati group. Describes as new species the following Gastero-
pods from the Cincinnati group — Bcllerophon Mohri, Cyrtolites eleyans,
C. carinata, Cyclora Hoffmanni, and Pleurotomaria Halli. H. A. N.

" MeyalograptKS.^' Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i. pp.

343-346, figs. 35-37.

A new genus is proposed for a fossil of an obscure nature, which he

terms M. Welchi, and apparently regards as belonging to the GrajHo-

litidfe. The specimen is from the Cincinnati group of Chirkville,

Clinton County, Ohio. H. A. N.

. ''^ Lichenocrinns tuberculatusJ* Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci.

vol. i. pp. 346, 347, fig. 38.
Describes and figures a species from the Cincinnati group of Rich-
mond, Indiana.

314

PALAEONTOLOGY.

Miller, S. A. " Trematis JDyerV' Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i.

p. 347, fig. 39.
Describes a species from the Cincinnati group of Cincinnati.

. " Beyrichia Ric7iardso7ii" Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i.

pp. 347, 348, fig. 40. _

Describes and figures a species of Beyrichia from the Cincinnati
group of Ohio.

. " Glifptocrinus Fomshelli.^' Cincin. Quart. Journ. Sci. vol. i.

pp. 348-351, fig. 41.

Describes and figures a species of Glyptocrinus, from the Cincinnati
group of Ohio. The species is described as having a sharply pentagonal
column, its arms not bifurcating for a considerable distance. H. A N.

MoESCH, Dr. C. Monographic der Pholadomyen. Abh. Schweiz.
palaont. Gesell. Bd. i. pp. 78, 2Q plates.

MoLLEE, Prof, Yalerian vok. Yolborthia, eine neue Gattung fos-

siler Brachiopoden. [ Volhorthia, a new genus of fossil Brachio-

poda.] N. Jahrb. Heft. 5, pp. 449-452, with plate.

This genus is founded on specimens discovered by Dr. A. Yolborth

in the neighbourhood of Zzarskoje-Sselo. Some similar fossils were

described by Prof. Kutorga under the name of Acrotreta recurva ; but

Yon MoUer gives his reasons for separating them from Acrotreta, and

forming a new genus. F. W. H.

Mojsisovics, Dr. E. voir. Ueber einige Trias-Yersteinerungen aus

den Siid-Alpen. [Trias fossils from the South-Alps.] Jahrb. k-k.

geol. Eeichs. Bd. xxiii. Heft. 4, pp. 425-438 [publ. 1874], with 2

plates of fossils.

The following new fossils are described: — T r achy ceras (Ammonites)

Balatonicum, from, the Lower Alpine Muschelkalk ; T. Taramellii,

and T Cuccense, with the first at Monte Cucco (Priuli) ; Natica Cue-

censis, from the Upper Muschelkalk of Monte Cucco ; N. terzadica and

W. gemmata, from Monte Terzadia (Friuli), below the Haibl horizon ;

Posiclonomya Idriana, probably from the Carnic horizon ; P. pannonica,

and P. alta, from the Noric horizon, near Yaszoly ; Monotis megalota

(= Halohia Lommeli, Hauer, pars). E. B. T.

. Ueber die triadischen Pelecypoden-Gattungen Daonella

and Halohia. [Triassic genera of Pelecypoda, Daonella and Halo-
hia.'] Abh. k. k. geol. Heichs. Bd. vii. Heft. 2, pp. 37, with 5
plates
The genera Posidonomya and Halohia, include certain thin bivalve
shells, with a considerable resemblance to the Crustacean group of the
Estherice, but usually referred to the Lamellihranchiata (family Avicu-
lidce). This reference the author confirms; and he founds the new
genus Daonella to include certain allied forms, which may be regarded
as strictly intermediate between Posidonomya and Halohia. The
generic characters of Daonella are the possession of a bivalve shell.

IirrEBTEBRATA. 315

without a byssal notch, equi valve, inequilateral, rounded in front and
behind; umbones almost central, not projecting over the elongated
and straight hinge -line ; shell without ears, marked with radiating
ribs. No ligamental pit or hinge-teeth, and no perceptible muscular
impressions. The author shows that a great number of species of
Daonella and Halohia have hitherto been indiscriminately placed to-
gether ; and he defines the following new species of these genera, all
from the Trias — Daonella Gumheli, D. BocJchi, D. obsoleta, D. Cas-
siana, D. Hichthofeni, D. Styriaca, D. BeyncJiif D. solitaria, D. elon-
gataj D. Tyrohnsis, D, Badiotlca, D. reticulata, B. tenuis, D.fluxa, D.
Hungarica, D. Taramellii, D. ohliqua, D. arctica, D. Lindstromi,
Halohia raristriata, H. plicosa, H. Nonca, H. amoena, H. Austnaca,
H. Suessi, H. eocimia, H. Charlyana, II. distincta, H. Celtica, H. faU
lax, H. superba, H. intermedia, H. Hochstetten, H. Hoeimesi, and H,
Halorica. H. A. N.

Mojsisovics, Dr. E. vox. Die angeblichen Orthoceraten im alpinen

Dogger. [The alleged Orthoceratites from the Dogger of the

Alps.] Yerh. k. k. Geol. Reichs. pp. 33, 34.

Shows that the fossils from the Jurassic strata of the Alps which

have been referred to Orthoceras are really the phragmacones of

species of Belemnites (Aulacoceras). H. A. N.

. Diplojpora oder Gyroporella ? Yerh. k. k. geol. Eeichs. pp.

236, 237.
Defends the view that Gyroporella is truly a synopsis of the pre-
viously founded Diplopora [see Giimbel, p. 299.] H. A. N".

MoRcn, Dr. 0. Forsteningerne Tertiajrlagene i Danmark [Tertiary
Fossils of Denmark.] Meddelelse paa det lite Skandinaviske
Naturforskermode i Kjobenhavn.

Lists of fossils which have been determined by the author, as well
from scattered vestiges of strata as from beds in place, are here ranged
under heads of localities. The present classification of the Tertiaries
being considered unsatisfactory, it is suggested to determine by
conchological characters the temperature of the sea of a given period,
and hence its antecedence to the glacial period. The following new
species are described — Bifrontia (Orhis) Pinyelii, Scala {Opalia^
JoJinstruin, Ceritliium (Bittiwn) Vilandti, Turritella (Ilaustator)
Bechii, Siyaretus (Stomatia) pumilio, Valvatlna atlanta, Xylopluiga
Steenstrupi. H. M.

Neumatr, Dr. M. Die Fauna der Rchichten mit Aspidoceras acan-
thicum im ostlichcn Theile der Mediterranon Provinz. [Fauna of
the Aspidoceras acanthicum Shales in the ¥j. part of the Mediter-
ranean Province.] Yerli. k. k. geol. Roichs. pp. 29, 30.
Discusses the fauna of the above-mentioned beds, with special
relation to the various forms of Ammonites, and the bearing of those
upon the '* descendenco theory." H. A. N.

316 PALiBONTOIOGT.

Nicholson, Prof. H. A. Descriptions of species of Chcetetes from
the Lower Silurian Kocks of North America. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. vol. XXX. pp. 499-515, pis. xxix. xxx.

Discusses the affinities and value of the genera Stenojpora, Chcetetes,
and Monticulipora^ and concludes that the American corals usually
referred to Stenopora cannot be so placed, unless Lonsdale's definition
of the genus be extended and modified. Also concludes that the
distinctions between CTicetetes and Monticulipora are such as can hardly
be maintained, and therefore provisionally refers all the forms under
immediate consideration to the genus Chcetetes. Describes and figures
the following new forms, besides others previously described —
C. approocimatus, C. attritus, G. dedicatulus, C. (?) nodulosus, C. Jamesi,
C. rhombicus, C. corticans, and C. Ortoni. All the species occur in the
Cincinnati Group of Ohio ; and several of them are also found in the
Hudson-Eiver and Trenton Pormations of Canada. H. A. N.

. Descriptions of New Possils from the Devonian Rocks of

Canada West. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 10-16, 54-60, 117-
126, 159-163, 197-201, pis. ii. iv. vi. ix. and 3 figs.

Describes and figures a number of new species of corals, Polyzoa
and Brachiopoda, from the Devonian rocks of Western Ontario, pending
the publication of a complete report on the fossils of this formation.
The following are the species — Calloporaincrassata (C &1I.)^ Alveolites
frondosa (H.), A. Selwynii (C), A. (Coenites2) distans (C), A. con-
ferta (C), A. ramulosa (C), A. JBillingsi (C), Chcetetes moniliformis (H.),
C. Barrandi (H.), C. quadrangularis (H.), Heliophyllum suhccespitosum
(H.), H. proliferum (C), Productella Eriensis (C), Leiorhynchus Iluro-
iiensis (H.), Tceniopora exigua (H.), T. penniformis (H.), Ptilodictya
MeeJci (C. & H.), Claihropora intertexta (C.), Botryllopora socialis (H.),
Ceriopora (?) Hamiltonensis (H.), Polypora pulcliella (C), P. tenella (C),
P. tuherculata (H.) [this name must be abandoned, Prout having already
described a species under the title], Retepora Phillipsi (C), Fenestella
magnified (C), F. marginalis (C), F. filiformis (C), Spirorbis Arko7iensis
(H.), Ortonia intermedia (H.). [The letters C. and H. respectively
indicate occurrences in the Corniferous Limestone aud in the Hamilton
Formation.] Also comprises descriptions of all the genera quoted above,
including the two new genera Botryllopora and Tceniopora. H. A. N.

. On Columnopora, a New Genus of Tabulate Corals. Geol.

Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 253, 254 (with woodcut).

Establishes this genus for the reception of a coral from the Hudson-
Eiver group of Canada and the Cincinnati group of Ohio. The coral-
lum is massive, aggregate, and composed of prismatic closely approxi-
mated corallites. It resembles Favosites in general form, but differs
in having a well-defined septal system, and in having the walls per-
forated by very large and close-set mural pores. It also resembles
Columnaria (Favistella), but differs in having the walls or the co-
rallites perforated by numerous mural pores. The only species known
is described under the name of Columnopora cribriformis. . H. A. N.

INVERTEBR.VTA. 317

Nicholson, Prof. H. A. Report on the Palaeontology of the Province
of Ontario (Parliamentary Report). Pp. 133, 8 plates, figs. 1-58.
8vo. Toronto.

Contains descriptions of 160 species of fossils from the Devonian
Rocks (Corniferous Limestone and Hamilton Formation) of Western
Canada, comprising Protozoa, 6 species, Coelenterata, 72 species, Brachio-
jpoda, 43 species, Polyzoa, 19 species, Lamellibranchiata,, 1 species,
Pteropocla, 1 species, Gasteropoda^ 12 species, Amielida, 3 species, and
Crustacea, 4 species. Most of the species are figured ; aud the following
are described for the first time: — Clisiophj/Uum pluriradiale, Helio-
phyllum proliferum^ Favosites Chapmani, Platyceras uniseriale, Stro-
phostylas (?) suhylobosus, S. (?) ovatus, S. (?) obliquus, Holopea Uriensis,
Helicotoma (?) serotina, Syringopora intermedia. Also contains de-
scriptions and figures of a number of other forms previously described
by the author in the Geol. Mag., Ann. Nat. Hist., and Canad. Nat.

H. A. N.

. On the Afiinities of the genus Stromatopora, with descriptions

of two new Species. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 4-14,
figs. 1-3. Supplementary to a paper in the Annals, Aug. 1873.
Gives reasons for concluding that Stromatopora should be referred to
the Calcispongke, and some additional details with regard to Stroma-
topora tahercidata and S. gramdata. Describes two fresh species,
S. perforata^ from the Corniferous Limestone of Western Ontario;
S. Hiiidei, from the Niagara Limestone of Owen Sound, Ontario.

H. A. N.

Descriptions of two new Genera and Species of Polyzoa from

the Devonian Rocks. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 77-85,

figs. 1, 2.

Proposes and describes two new genera of the family Fenestellidce

under the names Cryptopora and Oannopora. The species upon which

these genera are founded are termed Cryptopora mirabilis and Carino-

pora Bindei, both from the Corniferous Limestone of Western Ontario.

H.A.N.

. On Duncanellu, a new Genus of Palaeozoic Corals. Ann.

Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 333-335, figs. a-e.
The name of Duiicanella is proposed for certain small simple corals
from the Niagara Formation of Indiana, U. S. The corallum is conical,
free, and non-adherent, with septa in multiples of six, no columella,
and a well-developed epitheca. The epitheca is deficient proximally,
and leaves a small circular aperture from which the septa protrude in
the form of a small cone. No tabula or dissepiments are present. The
genus appears to be most nearly related to the Turbinolidce ; and the
only known species is described as Diuicanella borealis. H. A. N.

. Summary of recent Researches on the Pala)ontology of

Ontario, with brief Descriptions of some new Genera. Canad.
Journ. N. Ser. vol. xiv. pp. 125-136.

318 PALEONTOLOGY.

Contains a summary of the palaeontological results of researches in
the Devonian Formation of Canada, with a list of the fossils identified
(160 species). The Polyzcan genera Botryllojpora, Carinoj)ora, Tcenio-
pora^ and Gryptopora are briefly described. H. A. N.

NicnoLSON, Prof. H. A, and G. J. Hinde. Notes on the Fossils of the
Clinton, Niagara, and Guelph Formations of Ontario, with de-
scriptions of new Species. Canad. Journ. N. Ser. vol. xiv. pp. 137-
160, figs. 1-6.
Note the species of fossils they had met with in an examination of the
Clinton, Niagara, and Guelph Formations of Ontario. 35 species are
recorded from the Clinton formation, including two new species^ (P^i7o-
dicUja'^ punctata and Tentaculites neglectus) ; 49 species from the Niagara
formation, including the new forms Coenites lunata, Alveolites Niaga-
rensis, AstrceopJiyllum gracile (n. gen.), Cannapora annulata, and Cla~
thropora intermedia ; 20 species from the Guelph formation, including
the new form Megalomus compressus. All the species presenting points
of special interest, or previously imperfectly characterized, are treated in
detail, the rest being simply enumerated. H. A. N.

Nyst, H. Description de deux coquilles fossiles du terrain eocene de

Belgique. [Two new shells from the Eocene of Belgium.] Ann.

Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii. Mem. pp. 16-18, plate i.

Both shells belong to the Paniselian of Dumont. They are : —

Leda Corneti, from Morlauwetz, Trazognies, and Bascoup; and A^^ca

Briarti, from Bascoup. G. A. L.

^ . Description d'une coquille fossile du terrain eocene de Bel-
gique. [Description of a fossil shell from the Eocene of Belgium.]
Ann. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. viii. Mem. pp. 19, 20, pi. i.
Cyprina Rqfficeni, Lefevre, from the Laekenian of Wemmel, near
Laeken.

OusTALET, E. Eecherches sur les insectes fossiles des terrains ter-

tiaires de la France. 2™^ partie. Insectes fossiles d'Aix en

Provence. [Fossil insects of Aix in Provence.] Ann. Sci. Geol.

t. V. nos. 1 «& 2, pp. 347 (6 plates).

A resume is given of what has been written on the stratigraphy,

M. Matheron's views being noticed at some length. All the plants

and insects of this locality come from the floor of the upper bed of

gypsum. They are paralleled with the Ostrea cyatliula beds of the

Paris Basin, or are on the confines of the Eocene and Miocene (Oligo-

cene). In the systematic description of the insects the following

species are new — Nehria Tisiplione^ Panagceus dryadum, Feronia

minaoc^ F. provincialis^ Harpalus Nero^ H. deletus, Stomis elegans,

Polystichus Ifopei, Hydrophilus antiquus, H. incerta, Lcecohius vetustus,

Btenus gypsi, Achenium ingens, Erinnys elongata, E. deleta, StapJiy-

linus calvus^ S. Germarii, S. provincialis^ 8. aquiseoctanus^ S. atavus,

S. prodromus, S. priscus, Quedius JReynesii, Q. Lorteti, Hygronoma

deleta., Scydmcenus Heerii, Triphylhis Ileerii, GnthopJiagus hiteus,

INTEETEBRATA. 319

Geotrupes atavus, Anthimis melancJwlicus^ Hipporhinus Reynesii, Bra-
chydens longipes, B. aquisextanus^ Cleonus Marcelliif C. hiflexus^
C. pyr/nueus, Tanysphynis deletus^ Hylohhis Carbo, Plinthus Heerii,
Phytonomus annosiis, Coniatus minusculus, Erirhinus Chantrei, Hydro-
nomus nasutus, Syhines melancJwlicus, Cryptorhynchus gypsi^ Coeliodes
primigenius, Cossonus Manonii, Curculionites exiguus, Clytus leponnus,
Criscens marganun, ClD-ysomela matrona, C, Matlieroni, C. debilis,
Gonioctena Curtisii. E. B. T.

Pavay, Dr. E. A Budai Marga Asatag Tiirckonczei. [Fossil Echi-

nida) of the clays and marls near Budapest.] Magyar Kir foldtani

Intczet Evkonve. [Royal Hungarian Geological Institution.]

Pp. 165-333, i-viii ; plates viii.-xi. «, xi. 6-xii. h. Budapest. In

German and Magyar.

Introduction p. 179. Yocabularium terminologicum, pp. 189-196.

Description of species, pp. 197-335. The following new species are

described and figured: — Cidaris hunganca (Eocene), liahdocidanspost-

Jmmus (U. Eocene), Echinocyamus Dacicus (Eocene), Clypeaster Corvini

(Oligocene), Echinolampas subelUpticus (Oligocene), Conoclypeiis oligo-

ccenns, Periaster Szeclienyii (Oligocene), ScJdzaster Lorioli (U. Eocene),

Pericosmus Arpddis (U. Eocene), P, Budensis (U. Eocene), Toxobnssus

Haynaldi (U. Eocene). New genus Dedkia, belonging to the Bnssoidece :

species D. rotundata (U. Eocene), D. ovata, D. cordata, Macropneustes

Hantlceni (U. Eocene). Some other species are critically noticed.

W. W.
Price, P. G. H. New sheUs from Gault, Folkestone. See pp. 31, 32.
QuENSTEDT, F. A. Petrcfactcnkunde Deutschlands. Abth. 1, vol. iii.
Echinoderms, Part 6. 8vo. Leipzig. Atlas fol.

Ratncotjrt, — DE. Description d'especes nouvelles du Bassin de
Paris. [New species from the Paris Basin.] Bull. Soc. GeoL
France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 202-205, pi. vi.

The new species described are named as follows : — Avicula Chaitssyi
and Crania eodtnica, from Chaussy ; Solarium jucundutn, from Chau-
mont ; Centhium Varolii from Cuise-la-Motte ; Murex plini, from
Orme; Triton Bazini, from Cuise-la-Motte; Voluta Berthce^ from
Mary ; Cyprcea Sellei, from Chaumont. The plate is heliographic and
exactly represents even the smallest details. G. A. L.

Rathbttn, Richard. On the Devonian Brachiopoda of Erero, Pro-
vince of Para, Brazil. BuU. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. pp. 236-261.

The following new species are described, with references to plates
that are to be published : — Terebratida Derbyana, Hartt ; Spirifera
Pedroana, Hartt ; >S*. Elizce, Hartt ; S. VaUnteana^ Hartt ; Cyrtina (?)
Curujnra, lietzia Jamesiana, Hartt, B. Wardiana, Hartt ; Orthis Net-
toana; Streptorhy nch its Agassizii^ Hartt; Chonetes Cornstoclii , JLsirtt ;
C. Jferbert-Smithiif Hartt ; C. Onettiana, Lingula grarana, L. Staiin-
toniana, and L. Bodngxuzii. Other species arc noticed ; and the fauna
is paralleled with that of the Hamilton group of New York. W. W.

820 PALEONTOLOGY.

Reuss, Prof. EiTTER VON. Die fossilen Bryozoen des oesterreichisch-
ungarischen Miocans. [The fossil Bryozoa of the Austrian-
Hungarian Miocene. I Sitzb. k. Ak. Wiss. math.-naturw. Classe.
Abth. 1, Bd. Ixviii. Hefte 3-5, pp. 219-222.
A brief notice of a Memoir which is to appear in the ' Denkschrif-
ten.' Some of the species described in the author's former memoir in
Haidinger's ' Abhandlungen,' 1849, are now suppressed. The present
notice mentions 17 species of Membrani-pora, 75 of Lepralia, 2 of Scru-
jyocellaria, 1 of Cellaria, and 1 of SaUcornaria. E. B. T.

Ryle, T. On Cretaceous Fossils from the Isle of Wight. Papers,
Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. 1873-74, pp. 11-13.

ScHLUTER, C. Die Belemniten der Insel Bornholm : ein Beitrag
zur Altersbestimmung des Arnagerkalkes. [Belemnites of Born-
holm.] Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft 4, pp. 827-
855.
Describes a new species of Belemnites as B. ivestfalicus, as it is
known also in Westphalia. The greensand of Bornholm may be the
equivalent of the Ems marl. F. W. R.

Schmidt, Fr. Miscellanea Silurica. I. Ueber die Russischen silu-
rischen Leperditien, mit Hinzuziehung einiger Arten aus den
Nachbarlanden, no. 2. [Russian Silurian Leperditiae.] Mem.
Imp. Ac. Sc. St. Petersburg, vol. xxi. (1873-74).

ScHFLZE, Prof. Max. Latest Observations on Eozoon Canadense.

Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 379, 380.

A letter expressing his belief that the so-called " proper wall " of

Eozoon is an inorganic structure. H. A. N.

Segtjenza, G. [Pliocene of S. Italy.] See p. 95.

The new species are Alvania (subgen. of Rissoct) tenuicostata,
A. circumcincta, A. bicingulata, A. elegantissima, A. angidata, Zizy-
pJiinus (subgen. of Trochus) panor^mum, Cyclostrema levissimum, Iso-
cardia., n. sp., Ghama, n. sp., Limopsis tenuis. There is a chapter headed
" Brief remarks on the fauna of the upper zone of the newer Pliocene,"
then one on the second zone of the Pliocene of Monte Mario, near
Astigiano, and in Tuscany, and another on the fauna of the louver zone
of the Recent Pliocene. G. A. L.

Sjogrex, a. Cambrian Fossils, Oland : see p. 96.

SoFVERBiE, Dr. Description d'un Helix fossile du miocene superieur

de Cestas. [Fossil Helix from the TJ. Miocene of Cestas.] Journ.

Conch. 3 ser. t. xiv. pp. 317, 318, pi. x.

The new species described, Helicc suhconstricta, is interesting from its

resemblance to II. constricta, a species distinguished by its exceedingly

narrow aperture, till lately almost unique, and stiU one of the rarest

French land-shells. C. P. G.

mVEETEBRATA. 321

Stache, Dr. GuiDO. Ueber die untereocane Local-Fauna von Cosina
in Istrien. [The Eocene fauna of Cosina, Istria.] Verb. k.-k.
geol. Reichs. pp. 17-21.
Gives an account of the peculiar local fauna of the Cosina deposits,
and concludes that we may regard it as Eocene, and as one of the earliest
freshwater faunas of the period, not as referable to the top of the Cre-
taceous. H. A. N.

Steinhardt, E. Die bis jetzt in preussischen Geschieben gefund-
enen Trilobiten. [The Trilobites in the Erratics of Prussia.]
Beit. Naturk. Preus. phys.-okon. Gesell. Konigsberg. Pp. 64,
with 6 plates.
A monograph descriptive of all the Trilobites which have been found
in the erratic boulders of Prussia. These boulders are chiefly of lime-
stone from the Silurian deposits of Scandinavia and Russia. The author
describes and figures 48 species of Trilobites from them. Most of the
forms occur in the Silurian rocks of Sweden and Russia. 15 species
are found both in Sweden and Russia, 17 in Russia alone, 5 in Sweden
alone. 29 are L. Silurian, 7 are U. Silurian, and 1 belongs to both
groups. 20 of the species occur in the erratics of the great plain of
Northern Germany out of Prussia ; and 1 {Lichas tricuspidatus, Beyr.)
is hitherto only known as occurring in these boulders. Besides species
already known, and others which could not be determined, the follow-
ing new species are described — Asaphus platyrhachis, A. tecticaudatus,
A. undulatus, Lichees velata, L. cequiloba, and L. quadncornis.

H. A. K

Stroxg, E. a. Notes on the Fossil Remains of the Lower Carboni-
ferous Limestone exposed at Grand Rapids, Michigan. Miscel.
Papers Kent Sci. Inst. no. 3, pp. 6.

Struckmann, C. Kleine palaeontologische Mittheilungen. Zeitsch.
deutsch. geol. GeseU. Bd. xxvi. Heft 2, pp. 217-224.

Notes the occurrence of Terehratula tngondla in the Upper Jura,
near Goslar, and occurrence of the Eimbeckhausen Plattenkalk with
Corbula inflexa, near Ahlem, Hanover. F. W. R.

SwiNTON, A. H. Notes on certain Fossil Orthoptera claiming affinity

with Gryllacris. Geol. Mag. dec. 2. vol. i. pp. 337-341, pi. xiv.

and fig. 5.

Discusses the characters of the wings, upon which have been founded

the Gryllacris Uru/eri from the Eocene, and the G. ( Corydalis) Brong-

niarti, from the Coal Measures. These are critically compared with

the wing of recent species of Gryllacris. Also notices the occurrence of

a well-marked " file " in the wing of Gryllacris Brongniarti. H. A. N.

Taramelli, Prof. T. Di alcuni Echinidi eocenici dell* Istria.

[Eocene Echinidoe from Istria.] At. R. Ist. Ven. Sci.
Records observations on the Echinoids from the older Tertiary beds of
Istria, and describes as new the species Cidaris Scampiciif C. tuber-
1874. Y

322 PAL-ffiONTOLOGT.

culosa, Echinolamjpas StojpjpanianuSf E. Lucianif Hemiaster Covazii^
and Micraster Stacheanus. H. A. N.

Tawi^ey, E. B. Museum Notes — Dundry Gasteropoda. Proc.
Bristol Nat. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. part i. pp. 9-59, plates i.-iii.

Describes all the species of Gasteropoda from the Inf. Oolite of Dundry
Hill in the Museum at Bristol. Notes 66 species in a determinable
condition, of which 19 appear not to have been previously figured, while
15 others are added to the list of British fossils. The following new
species are described — Purpurina injlata, Euspira Dundriensis, Alaria
Dundriensis, A. trinitatis, A. Eiheridgii^ Littorina recte-planata, Turbo
Stoddartif T. Dundriensis, T. Shaleri, Troehus Sandersii, T. Wimvoodii,
Straparollus Dundriensis, Cirrus pyramidalis, PleurotomaHa Sandersii,
.P. obconica, P. distinguenda, P. Dundriensis, P. Stoddarti, P. Yeovi-
lensis. H. B. W.

Tekqtjem, M. 0. Quatrieme Memoire sur les Foraminiferes du

Systeme Oolithique, comprenant les genres Polymorphina, Guttu-

lina, Spiroloeidina, Triloculina, et Quinquelocidina de la zone a

Ammonites ParJcinsoni de Eontoy (Moselle). [Fourth Memoir on

the Foraminifera of the Oolitic Series, comprising the genera

Polymorphina, Guttulina, SpirolocuUna, Triloculina, and Quin-

queloculina of the zone of Ammonites Parhinsoni of Fontoy.] Paris,

pp. 279-338, pis. xxx.-xxxvii.

In this instalment of his work the author describes and figures the

following species as new : — Polymorphina Fontinensis, P. Oolithica,

P. intorta, P. amygdala, P. disjuncta, P. annulata, Guttulina disparilis,

G. gibbosa, G. intricata, SpirolocuUna infraoolithica, S. vermiformis,

S. intorta, Tnloculina costata, T. Fontinensis, T. variabilis, Quinque-

loculina impressa, Q. ovula, Q. gibberula, Q. inconstans, and Q. angulata.

He also discusses the characters of the above-mentioned generic types.

H. A. N.

Thomson, James. Descriptions of New Corals from the Carboniferous
Limestone of Scotland. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. 1. pp. 556-559,

pi. XX.

Describes a new genus of CyathophylUdce under the name of Rhodo-
phyllum. The genus is in many respects allied to Cyathophyllum, but
differs in the possession of a columellar boss, which is dome-shaped,
" slightly raised above the inner margin of the primary septa, and
clasped by subconvolute ridges." Four species of the genus, all new,
are described under the names of Bhodophyllum Craigianum, R. Slimo-
nianum, R. simplex, and R. PhilUpsianum, all from the Lower Car-
boniferous rocks of Ayrshire and Lanarkshire. H. A. N.

TouLA, Dr. Fkanz. Kohlenkalk- und Zechstein-Fossilien aus dem
Hornsund an der Siid-Westkliste von Spizbergen. [Carbonife-
rous and Permian fossils from the Horn Sound on the S.W. coast
of Spitzbergen.] Sitzungsb. k.-k. Ak. Wiss. math.-nat. CI. Bd. Ixx.
1874, pp. 133-156, plate.

INVEBTEBKA.TA. 323

An examiaation of the fossils from the Horn Sound shows forms
identical with, and allied to, both Permian and Carboniferous types.
As these occur sometimes in the same hand-specimen, the occurrence is
interesting in connexion with the question of the passage between
Carboniferous and Permian formations. The fossils are nearly all
Brachiopods ; the following species are described as new — -Spiriferina
Hoferiana, Prodiictus Wilczeki and P. Spitzbergianus, Aviculopecten
Wilczeki. The total number of species and varieties determined is 18.

E. B. T.

ToFLA, Dr. Pranz. Kohlenkalk-Fossilien von der Siidspitze von

Spitzbergen. [Carboniferous fossils from the S. point of Spitz-

bergen.] Sitzb. k.-k. Ak. Wiss. math.-nat. CI. Abth. I. Bd. Ixviii.

Heft 3-5, pp. 267-291. 6 plates.

The prevailing fossils brought from the southern part of the island are

Productce, S^nriferce, and Streptorhynchi. There is a total of 12

species, which occur elsewhere in Europe, 5 new sp. and 7 forms

which are too imperfect to have specific names put to them.

The new species are, Spirifera striato-paradoxa, S. Wilczeki; Pro-
dtcctus Payeri^ described from casts of the interior, P. Weyprechti^ and
Rhahdichnites granulosus^ probably the remains of a plant-stem.

E. B. T.

. [Spitzbergen fossils.] N. Jahrb. Heft ix. pp. 964, 965.

A letter giving a list of fossils from Spitzbergen, determined by the
writer.

TouRNOUEE, R. Sur le Oerithium hidentatum, Grateloup, et sur le
Cerithium lignitarium, Eichwald. [(7. hidentatum and C. ligni-
tarium.'] Journ. Conch. 3 ser. t. xiv. pp. 120-126.
Considers that the Miocene species described by Homes as C. ligni-
tarium is C, bidentatum, and that the C. Duboisi, Homes, is the true
lignitarium. The C. bidentatum is a true Pyrazus, and derived imme-
diately from C. gibberosum, Grateloup, of the Oligocene of Gaas, which
in its turn is very similar to C. Blainvillei of the U. Calcaire Grossier.
From C. bidentatum the recent Asiatic Pyrazi are certainly descended.
C. lignitarium is also a Pyrazus^ but rather abnormal, more resembling
the Potamides of the Paris Basin, and descending by a curious series
of intermediate forms from C. gibberosum, var. /3, Grateloup, of the
Oligocene, and C. interruptum, Desh., of the U. Calcaire Grossier.

C. P. G.

Doficription d'un nouveau genre fossile do la famille des

Turbinidees, du terrain Oligocene. [Description of a new genus
of Turbinidce, from the Oligocene.] Journ. Conch. 3 ser. t. xiv. pp.
284-287, pi. ix. fig. 1.
This genus, Lesperonia, differs from all other genera of the family, to
which its brilliantly nacreous shell proves it to belong, by its continu-
ous, thick, somewhat reflected peristome. The general form of the

y2

324 PALiEONTOLOGT.

shell is that of an Elenchus with carinated whorls. The species de-
Bcribed is L. princeps^ from the M. Oligocene of Lesperon, near Dax.

C. P. G.

TouRifOTJliR, R. Description des Coquilles fossiles des Paluns.
[Eossil shells from the Fahluns.] Journ. Conch. 3 ser. t. xiv.
pp. 288-308, pis. ix. x.

The following new species are described and figured : — Lacuna Bour-
geoisie near 2/. eburniformis, M.Miocene, PontLevoy ; Mathilda Semperi,
near M. quadricarinata, Brocchi, same locality ; Scalaria Banoni, Cestas,
near Bordeaux ; Desmoulea nana, Pont Levoy ; Coralliophila Burdiga-
lensis, L. Miocene, Le Haillan near Bordeaux ; Coralliophila (?) nodu-
liformis, Pont Levoy ; Columbella Linderi, M. Miocene, Merignac, near
Bordeaux ; Meleagrina Bourgeoisi, Pont Levoy ; Lucina callipUryoOy
M. Miocene, Cestas. C. P. G.

. New Pliocene shells, see " Addenda."

Teaftschold, H. Die langlebigen and die unsterblichen Formen der
Thierwelt. [The persistent and undying types of AnimaJ Life.]
Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, No. i. pp. 165-183.

Contrasts the variability of certain forms of animal life with the
persistence and immobility of others. Even in the variable forms the
variability is not indefinite, and he believes that changes of external
conditions have little to do with the origin of modifications of form.
Such proofs of variation as are afforded by palseontology do not, he
thinks, support the views of Darwin, but point to the probability that
variation has been effected per saltuni, each organism having an inhe-
rent power of modifying its form. He discusses the persistency of
certain types, pointing out that the sea must have varied in composi-
tion at different periods ; he adduces examples of the genera Chcetetes,
Lingula, Terehratula, RJiynchonella^ Spirifera^ Lucina^ Pinna, Natica,
Trochus, and Nautilus, which have endured through long periods with-
out undergoing much or any modification. He quotes species of each
genus which have been described from different formations under dis-
tinct names, but which he believes to be identical. Some forms he
thinks may fairly be called " undying." Thus, he believes the Trochus
ellipticus of the Silurian to be identical with the existing T, Niloticus ;
and he identifies Nautilus lineatus of the L. Oolites with the recent
N. pompilius. Finally, he thinks that, within certain limits, animals
have the power of altering their form to meet alterations in their sur-
roundings. ' H. A. N.

Tribolet, Maurice de. Description des Crustaces du terrain neoco-

mien du Jura neuchatelois et vaudois. [Neocomian Crustacea.

from the Neuchatelese and the Yaudois Jura.] Bull. Soc. geol.

France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 350-365, pi. xii.

The new species described are : — JEglea Rohhuaui, L. Neocomian

(marls of Hauterive) ; Callianassa infracretacea and Glyphea Couloni,

same formation, Sainte-Croix ; Hoploparia Neocomensis, same formation,

INVERTEBRATA. 325

St. Aubin, Hauterive, and Ste. Croix ; H. Latreillei and Prosopon Cam-
dicJiei, same formation, Ste. Croix.

A catalogue of all the Cretaceous Macrurous, and Anomurous De-
capoda concludes the paper. G. A. L.

Tribolet, Maurice de. Notes . . . Paleontologiques sur le Jura
neuchatelois, see p. 104.

Tute, S. J. Organisms in Carboniferous Flint or Chert. Science

Gossip, No. 116, p. 188, woodcut; see also p. 217.
The specimens are from the Yoredale series, and are thought to be
Foraminiferous.

Vanden Broeck, Ernest. Quelques considerations sur la decouverte
dans le calcaire carbonifere de Namur d'un fossile microscopique^
nouveau appartenant au genre Nummulite. [Discovery of a Num-
mulite in the Carboniferous Limestone* of Namur.] Ann. Soc.
geol. Belg. t. i. Mem. pp. 16-27.
Chiefly an account of Mr. H. B. Brady's researches respecting Carbo-
niferous Foraminifera, with an abstract of his paper on Nummulina
pristina (see p. 288). G. A. L,

YiLANOVA T Peira, Juan. Estructura de las rocas Serpentinosas y
el Eozoon Canadense. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. vol. iii. parts 2, 3.

States reasons for considering the Eozoon Canadense no organism
whatever, and asserts that what has been accepted as the remains of
a Foraminiferous animal is merely the peculiar mineralogical structure
of Serpentine and other allied rocks. J. M'P.

Vincent, ^— . Deux Gasteropodes nouveaux pour la faune bruxel-

lienne. [Two Gasteropoda new to the Bruxellian.J Ann. Soc.

Mai. Belg. t. viii. Bull. p. x.

The shells are Phurotoma clavicularis^ var. B., and Voluta athleta.

Both come from the Rostellaria-ampla and Venus-suherycindides zone in

the BruxeUian at Uccle near Brussels. G. A. L.

"Ward, Dr. Oojer. On some Forms of Cuttle-fishes or Cephalopoda,
Recent and Fossil. Papers Eastbourne Nat. Hist. Soc. 1873-4,
pp. 21, 22.

Thinks that the shells of some of the Ammonitidse may have been
internal.

Waters, A. W. Remarks on Fossils from Oberburg, Styria. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 339-341.

By means of fossils from the Eocene beds of Oberburg and Neustift.
several species are added to the list published by Stur (Geologie der
Steiermark). H. A. N.

Wetherell, John W. On some Fossils from the Margate Chalk.

Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. iii. no. 5, pp. 192-197.
The fossils were got from the bottom part of the cliff, of which a
general section is given (woodcut). The list is followed by some ob-

326 PALEONTOLOGY.

servations on some of the fossils ; and it is remarked that those in the
Brighton Chalk are of the same description as those at Margate.

W. W.

White, Prof. C. A. The proposed genus Anomahdonta of Miller

identical with the earlier Megaptera of Meek. Amer. Journ. ser.

3, vol. viii. pp. 218, 219.

A note to the above effect. Mr. Miller's species gigantea is further

said not to furnish characters justifying its separation from Meek's

species M. alata, A question of priority. G. A. L.

. Preliminary Report upon Invertebrate Fossils collected by

the Expeditions of 1871, 1872, and 1873, with Descriptions of
New Species. Geogr. and Geol. Exp. and Surv. W. of the 100th
Meridian, "Washington, pp. 27.

WniTEAVES, J. F. Notes on the Cretaceous Fossils collected by Mr.

James Eichardson at Vancouver and the adjacent Islands. Rep.

Geol. Surv. Canada, pp. 260-268 (with plate) [see under Selwyn,

p. 127].

The Vancouver coal-bearing series is referred to the Chico group of

American geologists, probably synchronous with the U. Cretaceous of

Europe. The following new species are described and figured —

Lucina Bichardsonii, ConcJiocele Creiacea, Astarte cardinioides, A.

Vancouverensis, Tellina Meekiana^ Fascidl-aria nodulosa. R. E. Jun.

"Wood, Seakles V. Supplement to the Monograph of the Crag Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of Shells from the U. Tertiaries of the E.
of England. Vol. iii. Univalves and Bivalves, pp. 99-231, pis.
viii.-xii. Palseont. Soc. vol. xxvii. for 1873.

No fresh species oiPteropoda is recorded ; but 34 oi LamellihrancMata
are added to the British list. A great deal of new information is also
given with regard to a number of Bivalves described in the original
Monograph. No absolutely new species are described. 5 species of
Brachiopods are noticed, one, Discina fallens, being new. In an ap-
pendix the author gives additional information as to the Crag Gastero-
pods, and describes as new Pleurotoma tereoides, Odostoma dentiplicata
and Clausilia Pliocena. Two new Bivalves, Avicula phalcenoides and
Scacchia lata, are at the same time described. Concludes with a chap-
ter on the general characters of the MoUuscan fauna of the Crags, and
a Synoptical list of the marine moUusca from the U. Tertiaries of the
East of England. * H. A. N.

"Woodward, Henry. Description of a New Species of Starfish from
the Devonian of Great Inglebourne, Harberton, South Devon.
Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 6-10.
Describes and figures a species of starfish found by Mr. Champer-
nowne (see p. 6), belonging to the Solasterice, and apparently to the
genus ffelianthaster. . It is, however, specifically distinct, and is de-
scribed under the name of If. filiciformis. Likewise gives some notes on

INVERTEBRATA.

327

two species of Palceaster and two of Pt-otaster, which have been ob-
tained from the U. Devonian of Pilton, N. Devon, and which are pre-
served in the Museum of Practical Geology. Finally cites 14 species
of Asteroids and Ophiuroids from the Palaeozoic rocks in completion
of a former list of the known Palaeozoic forms of these orders (Geol.
Mag. vol. vi. p. 241). H. A. N.

Woodward, Henry, and E. Etheridge, Jun. On some Specimens
of Dithyrocaris from the Carboniferous Limestone Series, East
EHbride, and from the Old Eed Sandstone of Lanarkshire. Geol.
Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 107-111, pi. v. (Continued from Novem-
ber, 1873, p. 486.)
Describe three new species from the Carboniferous shale overlying
the Calderwood Cement-stone of the East-Kilbride district, Lanarkshire,
— D. ovalis, D. gramdata, and B. glabra; also a new species i>. ?
striata, from greenish-grey shales of the Old Eed Sandstone, at Car-
michael Bum, S.E. of Lanark. Express the opinion that Dithyrocaris
may be broken up into two sections which may prove to be of generic
value. In one section are forms like D. Scouleti, D. Colei, and D. ovalis,
in which the carapace is entire in front, or only slightly indented or
curved in outline. In the other group are forms like B. granulata
and D. glabra, in which the carapace is more or less deeply indented
anteriorly and posteriorly, so as to cause it to Separate more readily
along the mesial line. H. A. N.

Wright, Dr. Thomas. Monograph on the British Fossil Echinoder-
mata from the Cretaceous Formations (vol. i. part 6). On the
Echinoconidae (pp. 185-224, pis. xlv.-lii.) Palaeont. Soc. vol.
xxvii. for 1873.
Gives descriptions, with figures, of five species of Discoidea and Echi-
noconus. All the species described have been previously recorded.
Defines the order Echinoconidce, and discusses at length the synonymy
of several of the genera of the Echinoidea. Gives a translation of that
part of Dr. Breyuius's rare * Dissertatio physica de Polythalamiis, de
Belemnitis, de Echinis,' which relates to the Sea-urchins, and shows
that many generic names which have long been current must be aban-
doned in favour of the older names of Breynius. H. A. N.

Wright, Dr. Thomas. Petrefacten aus der Ehaetischen Stufe bei
Hildersheim. [Ehaetic fossils from Hildersheim.] Zeitsch. deutsch.
geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft iv. p. 821 ; part of plate.

Describes a new starfish, as Ophiolepis Damesiiy from Ehaetic beds,
discovered by H. Eoemer.

Young, Prof. John, and John Young. New Carboniferous Polyzoa.
Quart. Joum. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. G81-683, pis. xl., xli.

Propose a new genus, Actiriostoma, and a new species, A. fenestra^
turn, for a new Carboniferous Polyzoon belonging to the group of the
FenestelUdce. The polyzoary in this form closely resembles that of
Fenestella, being fenestrated and poriferous on one face only. There are,

328

PALEONTOLOGY.

however, no carinse ; the cell-mouths are furnished with radiating teeth ;
and a second aperture, the diameter of which is about one third of that
of the cell-mouth, is situated close to one end of each cell. The non-
poriferous side of the frond is smooth or finely tuberculated. The
species is found in the Limestone-shales of Capelrig and Hairmyres,
East Kilbride, West of Scotland. Also describes a form closely resem-
bling the preceding in its denticulated cell- aperture and the existence
of a second smaller opening near the cell-mouth, but which is not
fenestrated, and appears to have the generic characters of Glauconome,
It is named G. stellij^ora, and is found in the Limestone-shales of the
West of Scotland. H. A. N.

YoxJNO, Prof. John, and John Youno. On Palceocoryne and other
Polyzoal Appendages. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 684
-687, pis. xl.-xliii.

Express the opinion that the genus Palceocoryne, founded by Prof.
Duncan and Mr. Jenkins, and believed by them to belong to the Corynida,
is really based upon peculiar sterile processes, which are occasionally
developed upon the fronds of Fenestella, Polypora, and other members
of the Fenestellidce. They also believe that different forms of Polyzoa
produce different kinds of Palceocoryne, and that the structures so called
are developed chiefly from the poriferous face of the frond. H. A. N.

. On a New Genus of Carboniferous Polyzoa. Ann. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii. pp. 335-339, pi. xvi. B.

Examine the generic value and affinities of the genus Ceriopora^ with
special reference to the Carboniferous form Millepora gracilis ( = Cerio-
pora gracilis^ Morris). This species they conclude to be entitled to
separation from Ceriopora^ however this genus be ultimately defined,
on account of their discovery that the stem consists of a hollow, calca-
reous axial tube, round which the cells are ranged. They propose,
therefore, the name of Bhahdomeson gracile for this form, the full defi-
nition of the genus Rhahdomeson being reserved until they have carried
out more complete investigations into allied species. B. gracile occurs
in the Carboniferous Limestones and shales of the West of Scotland.

H. A. N.

. Note on the Occurrence of Polypora tuherculata, Prout,

in Scotland. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 258, 259.

Have identified Polypora tuherculata, as occurring commonly in the
Carboniferous rocks of the West of Scotland. Prout's description is
quoted at length ; and some additional characters are mentioned. A
note is added on the occurrence of a peculiar incrusting layer of mineral
matter, sometimes covering the stems and fronds of various species of
Polyzoa in the Carboniferous rocks of Lanarkshire, and concluded to
consist of sulphate of lime, perhaps having some relation to the Hemi-
trypa of Phillips. H. A. JS".

YoiTNG, John. Notes accompanying Two Slides of Carboniferous
Polyzoa from the Fossiliferous Shales of Hairmyres, near East
Kilbride. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. pt. iii. pp. 400-402.

INVEBTEBRATA. 329

Relates in part to the new Polyzoan genus Bliahdomeson (see above).
Points out that Millepora gracilis and M. rhombifera belong to Rhahdo-
meson^ whilst M. similis and M. interporosa are different in structure,
and may be provisionally placed in the genus Ceriopora. A Polyzoon
from the same locality pre\^ously referred to was further identified with
P. tuherculata. H. A. N.

Young, Jokn. On the Occurrence of Saccammina Carteri (Brady)
in the Limestone Series of the Lanarkshire Coal-field. Trans.
Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. pt. iii. pp. 263-266.
Identifies certain fossils from the second " calmy " limestone of a
section near Braidwood, belonging to the Lower Limestone of the
Lanarkshire coal-fields, with the organism first found in the Carboni-
ferous Limestone of Northumberland, and described as Saccammiyia Car-
teri. Some other localities are mentioned where this Foraminifer has
been found. G. A. L.

, and James Armstrong. The Fossils of the Carboniferous

Strata of the West of Scotland. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol.

iv. pt. iii. pp. 267-281.

Consists of full lists of fossils found in -the Robroyston district. The

following new species are described — Loxonema claihratula^ Macro-

cheihis semistriatus, Murchisoniajimbricarinata, Naticopsis Bohroystonen-

sis. Figures of these will be given with the second part of this paper.

G. A. L.

See also : —

Jones, Prof. T. R. Cyihere plicata from London Clay, p. 335.
Zarecznego, Dr. St. Cenomanian Fossils, Galicia, see p. 106.

330

PALEONTOLOGY.

3. PLANTS.

Areitio t Laeringa, Alf. de. Enumeracion de las Plantas fosiles
Espanolas. An. Sec. Espan. Hist. Nat. vol. iii. pt. 2.

Gives a list of 110 species found in the formations of Spain, and
classified according to the system of Schimper's ' Traite de Paleontologie
vegetale.' J. M'P.

Balfour, Prof. J. H. Remarks on the Fossils exhibited by Mr. Peach
which seem to belong to Staphylopteris^ Lesq. Trans. Bot. Soc.
Edin. vol. xii. p. .176.

Refers Mr. Peach's branching fossils with flower-like forms to this
genus, and suggests that, if new, it should bear Mr. Peach's name.

BiNNET, E. W. Note on the Medullosa elegans of Cotta. Mem. Lit.

& Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. xiii. p. 99.
In 1872 the author stated he believed this fossil, which occurs in the
Upper Brooksbottom Coal of Lancashire, to be the rachis of a fern.
The name has been changed by Brongniart to Myeloccylon, and again by
Renault to Myelopteris. There are two species, M. radiata and M.
Landriotti. M. Grand'Eury refers these forms to the Neuropteridece.

C. E. De R.

. A few Observations on Coal. Mem. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Man-

chester, vol. xiii. p. 125.
In splint and hard coals macrospores are nearly always in abundance ;
in cannel coals they are sometimes associated with cellular and scalari-
form portions of plants ; in soft coals the mother coal generally shows
plenty of structure. In Boghead coal little trace of vegetable tissues is
seen under the microscope ; nevertheless its yield of paraffin and
paraffin oil is larger than in ordinary coals. Erom the presence of a
yellovnish-brown substance, like crude paraffin, in the microspores of
the upper sporangia of Lejpidostrohus Harcourtii he was led to believe
that the yellow matter seen in the vesicles of the Boghead coal of
Bathgate was composed of paraffin, or a similar hydrocarbon. Yellow
coal from Eifeshire, with microspores, burnt with a brilliant flame and a
smell like burning Boghead coal, while splint coal, with macrospores
320 times as large as the microspores, burnt with an ordinary flame
and smell. In cannel coal yielding a brown streak- there is a great
excess of microspores, and portions of plants long macerated in water.
In caking coal there was probably a larger proportion of bark; in
splint coal of macrospores. C. E. De R.

. Note on MM. Renault and Grand'Eury's Memoirs on the

Structure of Sigillaria spinulosa. Mem. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Man-
chester, vol. xiv. pp. 13-15.

The absence of the medulla in Sigillaria and in its stigmarian roots is

PLAKT8. 331

due to the speedy decay of the large vascular tubes or utricles of which

it was composed. C. E. De K.

Beongniart, Ad. ^fitudes sur les graines fossiles trouvees k Tetat

silicifie dans le terrain houiller de Saint-Etienne. Compt. Rend.

vol. Ixxviii. pp. 1-20 ; in full in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 5, vol. xx.

(1875). .

Reviews the whole of the forms, and groups them into seventeen

genera — Cardiocarpus, Bhabclocarpus, Diplotesta, Sarcotaams, Lepto-

caryum, Taxospermum^ Pachytesta, TrigonocarpuSj Tripterospermum,

Plychotesta, Hexapterospermum^ Polypterospermum, Eriotesta, Poly-

lophospermum, Cfodonospermum, Stephanospermum, and JEtheotesta.

W. C.
Castracane, l'Abb£. Sur I'existence des Diatomees dans differentes
formations geologiques. • [Presence of Diatoms at different geo-
logical horizons.] Compt. Rend. t. Ixxix. p. 52.
A short resume of two detailed Italian papers. The author found
diatoms in every kind of coal examined. He argues thence that all
fossil fuels are due ' to a subaqueous formation very analogous to that
of peat. The writer has shown that the Palaeozoic Diatomaceae are
indistinguishable specifically from existing forms. G. A. L.

Christison, Sir R. Supplementary notice of the Fossil Trees of

Craigleith Quarry. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. viii. pp. 241-243.
Gives a list of the stems of trees found, and an account of their
mineral condition.

. Note on the Submerged Fossil Trees of Granton Quarry.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. viii. pp. 377, 378.
These specimens agree in structure and mineral condition with those
described from beds of the same age and character at Craigleith.

CRi:PiN, Franqois. Description de quelques plantes fossiles de I'etage

des Psammites du Condroz (Devonien superieur). [Fossil plants

from Condroz sandstones (U. Devonian).] Bull. Ac. roy. Belg.

2 ser. t. xxxviii. pp. 356-366, 3 plates.

The new species described are Psilophyton condimsorum and Spheno-

pteris Jlaccida, from Evieux, besides two others.

. Fragments paleontologiques pour servir k la flore du terrain

houiller do Belgique. [PalaDontological fragments towards a flora
of the Belgian Coal Measures.] Bull. Ac. roy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxviii.
no. 11, 13 pp., 2 plates.
Two new species, Pinnularia sphenopteridea and Calamostachys equi-
setiformis, are figured and described.

Davidson, Rev. G. On a Diatomaceous Deposit in the District of
Cromar, Aberdeenshire. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. vol. xii. pp. 05, 66.
A list of 83 species of recent freshwater Diatomaceeo.

Dawson, Principal J. W. Note on Fossil Woods from British
Columbia collected by Mr. Richardson. Amer. Journ. ser. 3,
vol. vii. pp. 47-51.

,#

332 PALEONTOLOGY.

These specimens are from Mesozoic rocks, associated with shells of
Cretaceous or Jurassic genera. Coniferous woods are most abundant,
and belong to Cwpressoxylon and Taxoxylon. Besides these there are
two species of Quercus, one of Betula, and one of Fopulus, The fruit
and foliage of a Cycad is described under the name Cycadeocarjpus
(J)ioonites) Golumhianus.

De Candolle, a. Constitution dans le regne vegetal de groupes
physiologiques applicables a la geographic botanique ancienne et
moderne. [Arrangement of the vegetable kingdom in physio-
logical groups applicable to the botanical geography of fossil and
recent plants.] Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. pp. 38.
Proposes to group plants in respect of their relation to the external
conditions of heat and moisture. Establishes six groups : — 1. Mega-
therms^ plants requiring great heat and moisture, such as live at present
in the tropics in a temperature over 30° Cent. Representative Orders
Anonacece, Guttiferce, Dipterocarpece, Begoniacece, Piperacece, &c. The
fossil Megatherms were at first distributed over the globe, but in
Tertiary times they were gradually receding towards the Equator. 2.
Xerophils, plants requiring as much heat as the first group, but less
moisture, such as now live in the hot and dry districts from California
and Texas to Mexico, from Senegal to Arabia and the Indus, nearly all
Australia, the Cape of Good Hope, and the dry regions of La Plata,
Chili, Peru, and the Andes. Eepresentative Orders Zygophyllacece,
Gactacece^ Ficoidece, Gycadece, and Proteacece. The fossils are but im-
perfectly known. 3. Mesotherms, plants requiring a moderate heat,
from 15° to 20° Cent, of mean annual heat, with a moderate amount of
humidity. Characteristic Orders Laurinece, Juglandece, Ebenacece, Mag-
noliacece, Acerinece, &c. The plants of the Mediterranean basin, of the
central plain of Asia, the plains of Chili, &c. The early Tertiary floras
represent plants of this group. 4. Microtherms, plants of temperate
climes, with a mean annual heat of 0° to 10° Cent., such as form the
flora of Europe. The plants are chiefly herbaceous perennials, and
deciduous trees and conifers. 5. Hekistotherms, plants which require
scarcely any heat, such as those which are found in Arctic and Alpine
regions, and are able to endure a long winter. Eepresentative Orders
Musci, Lichenes, Graminew, Juncece, GyperacecB, Gruciferce, Saxifragacece^
&c. 6. Megistotherms, plants requiring extreme heat, over 30° Cent.,
represented now by the Algae of thermal springs, and to which the
Algce, Filices, Lycopodiacece, and 'Equisetacece of the Carboniferous period
belong. The author considers these groups very stable, passing down
through the earth's history with little change, while the forms of the
plants themselves and the cHmate have changed ; and he believes that if
they are employed they will render the facts of botanical geography,
affecting fossil as well as recent plants, more precise and more easily
grouped on the basis of general laws. W. C.

Erdmann, Edw. Fossila ormbunkar funna i Skanes stenkolsforande
formation. [Fossil ferns in the coal-bearing formation of Skania.]

^

PLANTS. 333

Geol. foren. Stockholm Forhandl. bd. i. pp. 203, 204, fig. 1,
pi. xviii.
The specimen figured comes from near Billesholm. No name is given.

Etheridge, B,., Jan. Note on the further Discovery of a Species of
Poihocites in the Lower Carboniferous Rocks near West Calder.
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. vol. xii. pp. 151, 152.
Describes the fossil, and distinguishes it from the species already-
known by the flowers being arranged on the spadix in six rows instead
of nine or ten. He suggests the name P. Patersoni for it. W. C.

. On a new Locality for Poihocites. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin.

vol. xii. pp. 162, 163.
A specimen of P. Patersoni found at Bamton, near Edinburgh.

Ettlngshausen, Prof. C. von. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der

Vegetation der Erde. [History of the development of the vegetation

of the earth.] Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. math.-nat. classe, Abth. i.

Bd. Ixix. Heft 3, pp. 219-236.

Considering the present vegetation of the earth as merely a stage in

the development of a previously existing flora, the author points to the

Tertiary flora as already containing the precursors of recent vegetation.

Notices that here were mixed up, e.g. at Radoboj (L. Miocene), types

which now characterize different continents, and, again, that the Tertiary

flora throughout the world was essentially the same, containing in it

the elements of all the floras. The present floras retain traces of this

admixture; e.g. that of Japan has many analogies with that of the

southern parts of the United States. In the second part are lists of

genera in the European Miocene characteristic of the floras respectively

of New HoUand, Cape of Good Hope, India, China and Japan, Asiatic

steppes, Mediterranean countries, tropical S. America, Mexico, W.

Indies, &c. ' E. B. T.

. Die Florenelemente in der Elreideflora. [Plant-differentiation

in the Cretaceous flora.] Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss., math.-nat. CI.
Abth. i. Bd. Ixix. Heft 5, pp. 510-518.

The earlier Cretaceous flora, e.g. of Niederschona (Cenomanian),
contains forms of a rather more tropical character than the U. Creta-
ceous ; certain ferns, cycads, palms, the genera Prenelopsis and Eolirion
are peculiar to the earlier stage, while Sequoia, Pinus, Popuhis, &c.
occur in both. The U. Cretaceous flora is more allied to the Tertiary,
containing a mixture of temperate with tropical forms, e.g. the genera
QuercuSf Fagus, Salioc^ Acer, Juglans, &c. It is held that the Tertiary
flora is directly descended from the Cretaceous. The present grouping
of plants (flora-elements) is foreshadowed, e.g. Brazil forms hy Sahertia,
California by S&fuoia, China and Japan by Olyptostrohus, Cunninghamia,
Torreya, Salishuria, and Cinnamomum, and Australia by Grevillea,
Banksia, Dryandra, &c. A table of the natural orders and chief
genera which occur in the lower and upper horizons is added, with
their present habitat on the earth. E. B. T.

334 PALiBONTOLOGY.

Feistmantel, Dr. Ottokar. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Equiseten im

Kohlengebirge. [Equisetacece of the Coal Measures.] N. Jahrb.

Heft 4, pp. 362-376, plate.

Keviews the order Equisetacece, critically examines the genus Equi-

setum, and describes a new species, E. Schiitzeanum, of which two

examples are known and figured. F. W. B.

[Coal Measures, Bohemia.] N. Jahrb. p. 406. [See p. 62.]

Regards the upper part of the coal-bearing rocks as Rothliegende ;
the Carboniferous flora, therefore, passes into the Permian. Records a
new species, Equisetum tenuidentatum, from the Coal Measures of
Upper Silesia. F. W. E.

. Beitrag zur Palaeontologie des Kohlengebirges in Ober-

schlesien. [Palaeontology of the Carboniferous Formation of U.

Silesia.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 81-85.

Gives a list of 43 species of plants from this formation, which are in

the Geol. Mus. of Breslau. He also notices the occurrence of the

borings of insects on a decorticated Sigillaria. H. A. N.

. Zur Flora von Miroschau. [Flora of Miroschau.] Yerh.

k.-k. geol. E-eichs. pp. 256, 257.
Letter enumerating 13 species of Carboniferous plants.

. Ueber das Yorkommen von Noeggerathia foliosa, Stbg., in

Ober-Schlesien. [Occurrence of NoeggaratJiia foliosa, Sternb., in
IJ. Silesia.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 343-345.

From a specimen in Goeppert's collection.

. Die Yersteinerungen der bohmischen Kohlengebirgsablager-

ungen. [Fossils of the Bohemian Coal Measures.] Palseonto-
graphica, vol. xxiii. pp. 1-156, plates i.-xxv.

Enumerates the maps and literature of the subject, the extent of
formation, the rocks and minerals occurring in it, and its principal
divisions. A table of all the fossils, animal and vegetable, is given,
showing their distribution throughout the series, and a description in
detail, with extensive lists of synonyms and many figures, of the
anomalous genus Bactryllites, of one species of Fungi, 29 species of
Equisetacece, several of which he, however, correlates as being the
stems, foliage, and fruits of the same species, giving drawings of his
interpretation of the fruits of Huttonia {Ccdamites), Aster opJiyllites, and
Annularia. The stems of three genera of ferns are also described ; but
with this exception the ferns and his groups of Lycojpodiacece, Sigil-
lariece, Graminece, and Noeggerathiece, together with the separate fruits,
have yet to be described. W. C.

Hall, Prof. James, and R. P. Whitfield. Remarks on some peculiar
impresssions in Sandstone of the Chemung group, New York.
24th Ann. Rep. S. C. N. York, pp. 201-204. [An abstract of
this is stated to have been distributed in August, 1869.]

The authors propose the name of Hippodopliyciis for certain large

PLANTS. 335

impressions which occur in sandstones of the age of the Chemung group
near Salamanca, N. Y., and which closely resemble the foot-prints of
an unshod horse. The authors believe these impressions to have been
produced by the roots of a marine plant ; and they define the genus as
follows: — "Marine plants, having swelling roots, which are laterally
expanded in the form of a subcircular disk, with one edge truncate,
and having the upper and lower surfaces deeply impressed, leaving a
thickened rounded rim to form the margin of the disk, except on the
truncate portion, where the substance becomes thin and attenuated, and
the central depression opens out to the margin." The name Hippo-
dophycus Cowlesi is given to the only known species. H. A. N.

Heer, Prof. 0. Fossile Pflanzen von Sumatra. [Fossil Plants of

Sumatra.] Abh. Schweiz. palaeont. Gesell. vol. i. pp. 1-19, plates

i.-iii.

The plants are Tertiary, most probably Miocene. 13 species are

described. Two of these species had already been found in Java, and

described by Goeppert, Xyhrmtes stigmariceformis and Daplinophyllum

Beilechmiedioides. The others are new, viz. Casuarina Padangiana,

Ficus tremiUa, F. Verheekiana, Diospyros Homeric Apocynophyllum

Sumatrense, Dipterocarpus Verbeekianus, Sapindus macrophyllus, KhiLS

hidens, Dalbergia grandifolia, Carpolithes umhilicatulus, and G. radiaius.

W. C.

. Anmarkningar ofver de af svenska polarexpeditionen 1872-

1873 upp.-tackte fossila viixter. [Remark on the fossil plants
collected by the Swedish Polar expeditions.] Ofver. k. Yet. Akad.
Forhandl. no. 1, pp. 25-32.

Helmhacker, R. Beitrage zur Kentniss der Flora des Siidrandes
der oberschlesisch-polnischen Steinkohlenformation. Jahrb. k.-k.
Bergakad. Heft i., and Yerh. k.-k. geol. Reichs. p. 44.

Hodges, Prof. On the Petrified Wood of Lough Neagh. Coll. Guard,
vol. xxviii. p. 452. [Brit. Assoc]

As the mineralization of the wood has been popularly attributed to
the action- of the waters of the lake, the author has analyzed the water
taken from several parts, and finds that it contains only an inconsider-
able amount of solid matter. He also publishes an analysis of the
wood, which shows that the structure has been replaced by silica, and
not, as some have maintained, by oxide of iron. One specimen of the
wood yielded 89*01, and another 84*5 per cent, of silica. F. W. R.

Jones, Prof. T. R. Gyrogonites, &c., in the London Clay. Geol.
dec. 2, vol. i. p. 479.

Mentions the discovery of Gyrogonites (seed-vessels of Ghara) in the
London Clay of Islington, associated with Foraminifera and Entoraos-
traca, and referable to two species — one resembling Ghara helicteres,
the other G. Lyellii. From the same source Mr. Wright has also added
Gy there plicata, Munstor, to the fauna of the London Clay. W. T.

336 PALEONTOLOGY.

Lesqtjerettx, Prof. Leo. Contributions to the Fossil Flora of the
Western Territories. Part I. The Cretaceous Flora. Rep. U.S.
Geol. Surv. Territories, vol. vi. pp. 136, 30 plates.
Gives a history of the discovery and literature of the Cretaceous flora
of the Dakota group, and of the geographical and stratigraphical
distribution of the beds. An examination of the genera and species
which compose the flora shows that it is clearly separated from earlier
floras, and that, though its facies is that of a Tertiary vegetation, yet it
has no relation to the flora of the L. Tertiary of N. America. There
are not sufficient plant-remains known from the European Cretaceous
deposits to permit a comparison. Describes at length and figures the
plant-remains, almost entirely consisting of leaves, which he refers to
72 genera and 130 species. The Cryptogams are represented by one
Alga and six Filices (referred to as many genera), seven Gymnosperms
(one being a Cycad leaf), three Monocotyledons, and the remainder Di-
cotyledons, except ten incertce seclis. W. C.

. The Lignitic Formation and its Fossil Flora. Ann. Rep. U.

S. Geol. Surv. Territories, pp. 365-425 (see Hatden, p. 118).
Gives the position, ranging from Eocene to U. Miocene, of the
various localities where the lignitic formation occurs, and argues that
the beds are Tertiary and not Cretaceous, maintaining that the fossil
flora has precedence over the fauna in determining the age of the
formation. In four tables he gives the distribution of the flora in
relation to the four periods which they seem to represent. Then
follows a detailed description of the species added to the known flora in
this report, of which 60 are new, and, lastly, an inquiry into the light
thrown by this ancient flora, now amounting to 360 species, on the
climate of the period. The lower period had a temperature between
that of Ohio and S. Florida ; and it gradually decreased till the fourth
period was similar to that of the Black Mountains of Carolina. W. C.

. Land-plants in L. Silurian and Lignitic formations of Rocky

Mountains. See p. 123.
M'CoT, Prof. Fred. Podozamites and Lejndodendron, see p. 310.
Maeratt, F. M. Calamites and their alliances, a continuation of a
paper on the Fossil Plants in the Liverpool Free Public Museum,
collected by the Rev. H. H. Higgins, and known as the Ravenhead
Collection, pp. 3. Appended to Proc. Geol. Soc. Liverpool, sess. 15.
A catalogue of 16 species — 5 referred to Calamites, 5 to Calamo-
cladus, 1 to Bornia, 2 to SpJienopliyllum, and 3 to Annularia. Calamo-
cladus tenuis appears to be considered a new species ; but no description
is given. W. C.

MouRLON. [Note of the discovery of a gigantic fossil tree in the
Maestricht series at Canne, in the arrondissement of Tongres (Gd.-
Duchy of Limburg).] Proc. Verb. Soc. Mai. Belg. t. iii. pp. Ixii,
Ixiii.
Referred doubtfully to Cupressinoxylon ucranicum.

PLAXXS. 337

Mueller, Baron F. vox. Observations on new Vegetable Fossils in
the Auriferous Drifts. Geol. Survey of Victoria. 8vo. Mel-
bourne. Plates ix., x. pp. 1-26.

Establishes 11 new genera for fruits belonging to 16 species. These
are : — Spondijlostrohus Smithii, a conifer allied to Cdllitris ; Phymato-
caryon Mackayi and P. angulare, perhaps Sapindaceous ; Treinatocanjon
McLellani, perhaps Verbenaceous ; Bhytidotheca Lynchii and It. 2^hio-
clinis, perhaps Meliaceous ; Plesiocapparis prisca, like some fruits of
Capparis', Celyphina McCoyi, Proteaceous; Odontocaryon Macyregorii,
affinities unknown ; Conchotheca rotundata and C. turgida, Proteaceous ;
Penteune ClarJcei, P. hracliyclinis, and P. trachyclinis, perhaps Sapinda-
ceous ; Diune pluriovulata, Capparideous or Pittosporeous ; and Platy-
coila SuUivani, affinities unknown. The specimens were found in the
deep leads of the older auriferous drifts of Haddon and Beechworth in
Victoria, a3 well as in similar leads both in New South Wales and in
Gippsland. The presence of the cones of Banlcsia in the leads had
already been determined, and in the clays above the drifts the leaves of
Eucalyptus, so little changed that they still preserve their fragrance !
and trunks of large trees so perfect as to be used, though the surface is
invariably carbonized. "W. C.

Newberry, Prof. J. S. On the so-called Land Plants from the
Lower Silurian of Ohio. Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 110-113.

Gives figures of the two specimens described by Prof. Lesquereux as
belonging to SigiUaria, and, as they show no structure or spiral
arrangement of leaf-scars, concludes that they are rather casts of a
Fucoid stem. They are too imperfect to be put down positively as
land-plants. E. B. T.

Paxtox, George A. Note on some Fossil Cones from the Airdrie

Blackband Ironstones. Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. part iii.

pp. 307, 308.

Notes the occurrence of cones, two of which are indeterminable,

whilst the remaining two belong to Lepidodendron ohovatum and L.

Russelianum. H. A. N.

Peach, C. AV. Notice of a new Lepidodendroid Fossil from Devon-
side, Tillicoultry, with remarks on other Fossil Plants. Trans.
Bot. Soc. Edin. vol. xii. pp. 99-101.

An account of some peculiarities observed in specimens collected by
the author.

. Notes on some Fossil Plants from the Shales of "West Calder.

Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. vol. xii. p. 102.
A branching fossil, bearing flower-like bodies singly or in pairs, is
described.

-. Remarks on Specimens of Ulodendron and Ilalonia collected

by Messrs. Galletly and Lumsden near West Calder. Trans. Bot.
Soc. Edin, vol. xii. pp. 174, 175.

1874. z

338 PAL-^ONTOIOGY.

8i3ecimcns of the two genera are described ; and a fossil supposed to
be a new species is provisionally named Ulodendron scoticum.

Peack, C. W. Eemarks on Specimens of some Possil Plants. Trans.
Bot. Soc. Edin. vol. xii. p. 187.

Describes specimens of S^henojpteris affinis with circinate vernation
and fructification, and with specimens of Staphylopteris attached to it,
showing, in his opinion, that this new plant was epiphytic on the
Sjphenojjteris. • W. C.

Saporta, Comte G. de. Paleontologie Prangaise. 2^ Serie. Yege-

taux. Terrain Jurassique. Liv. 15-17, pp. 193-288, plates 27-

49. 8vo. Paris.

The descriptions of the Cycadean remains are continued ; 21 species

belonging to 10 genera are described, the following being new —

Cycadoracliis (new gen) armata, C. abscissa, Cycadolepis (new gen.)

villosa, G. hirta, Zamiostrohus Ponceleti, Cycadeosjpermum (new gen.)

Wimillense, C. Schlumhergeri, Bulhojpodium (new gen.) micromerum,

Cylindropodium (new gen.), Platylejpis (new gen.) impressa, Clathro-

podium (new gen.). W. C.

Sapoeta, Comte Gaston de, et A. P. Maeioit. Sur les couches
superieures a la MoUasse du bassin de Theziers (Gard) et les
plantes fossiles de Yaquieres. [Beds above the MoUasse of the
Theziers Basin (Gard), and the fossil plants of Yaquieres.] BuU.
Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 272-287, plates vii. & viii., 2 figs,
in text.
The supra-molassic beds of Theziers consist of the fluvio-marine
group of Theziers, lying conformably upon the Miocene marine moUasse,
and of the marine and fluviatile group of Yaquieres- Saint- Amand,
which seems to lie unconformably upon the last. Prom this second
series the authors have obtained a considerable number of plant-
remains, of which a descriptive list is given. The new species de-
scribed are Arundo u^gyptia antiqua, Alnus stenophylla, Viburnum
assimile, V. palceomorphum, Coriaria lanceolata, Celastrus. gardonensis.

G. A. L.

ScHiMPEE, Prof. W. Ph. Traite de Pale'ontologie Yege'tale. Yol. iii.
8vo. Atlas, 20 plates. 4to. Paris.

The completion of his systematic account of the Possil Plants of the
world. Contains the Ericacece, the last tribe of Monopetalae in his
arrangement, and the whole of the Polypetalse. A supplement of about
200 pages contains the additional species met with in the progress of
the work. A general view of the floras of the difierent periods, a list
of books and memoirs on fossil botany, and two extensive indices
complete the volume. W. C.

SoRDELLi, P. Deserizione di alcuni avanzi vegetali delle argille
plioceniche Lombarde, &c. Att. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. vol. xvi.
p. 350, plates.

PLANTS. 339

Sttir, D. Oclonfopteris ohliqua, Brongn. sp. von Sulzbach bei Saar-
briicken in dor Sammlung des k.-k. Hof-Mineraliencabinetes in
"Wien. [Odontopteris ohliqua from Sulzbach, near Saarbriick, in
the Imp. Geol. Mus. Vienna.] Yerh. k.-k. geol. lleichs. p. 80.

Description of a fine specimen in the Museum, named Neurojpteris
tenuifolia.

. Neuropteris macrophylla, Brongn., aus England in der Samm-

lung der k.-k. Hof-Mineraliencabinetes in Wien. \_Neuropteri8
macrophyJla from England in the Imp. Geol. Mus. Vienna.]
Verb. k.-k. geol. Keichs. p. 81.

Mere notice of the specimen.

. Job. Boeckh : Neueste Ausbeute an fossilen Pflanzen-Besten

in der Umgegend von Piinf kirchen. [The most recent collections
of fossil plants from the neighbourhood of Fiinfkirchen, collected
by Job. Boeckh.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Keichs. pp. 115-118.

Gives notes on the fossil plants. The deposits belong partly to the
L. Lias, and partly to beds between the L. Lias and the Muschelkalk.

. Reise-Skizzen. [Travelling Notes.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Eeichs.

pp. 135^138 and 293-305.

Contains notes on the Museum at Dresden, and several corrections of
published species of fossil plants from an examination of the type
specimens. W. C.

■ Macrostachya gracilis, Sternb. sp., Eruchtiihre, Stamm, und

Blatter. [Macrostachya gracilis, fructification, stem, and leaves.]
Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 257-262.

This fruit is considered to belong to a species of Cahmites with a
forked leaf.

Odontoptens Ufurcata, St. sp. aus dcm graflich Nostitz'schen

Kohlenbau in Lubna bei Bakonitz. [Odontopteris hifurcata from
the colliery at Lubna, near Eakonitz.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs.
pp. 262-266.
An examination of the history and synonymy of this species.

. Ueber die Elora der Konnover Schichten. [Flora of the

*'Konnover beds."] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 267-269.
Gives a list of 8 species of Carboniferous plants.

. Einiges iiber Sphenopteriden der siichsischen Steinkohlcn-

fojmation. [The species of Sphenopteris in the Carboniferous
formation of Saxony.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs. pp. 311-318.
A critical examination of the specimens of this genus contained in
the Town Museum of Zwickau, Saxony.

WrESBAUR, J. Fossilo Pflanzen in marincn Tertiar- Conglomerate zu
Kalksburg bei Wien. [Fossil plants in the marine Tertiary Con-
glomerate of Kalksburg, near Vienna.] Verb. k.-k. geol. Reichs.
pp. 157-166.

z2

34 U r AL.EOIS TOLOG Y .

Describes the vegetable remains, and briefly notices in an appendix
the more remarkable animal fossils.

Williamson-, Prof. "W. C. Primeval Vegetation in its relation to the
Doctrines of Natural Selection and Evolution. Essays and Ad-
dresses by Professors of Owen's College. 8vo. London. Pp. 199-
255.
A summary of the successive stages of terrestrial plant-life is given ;
. and the author shows that the known facts are opposed to the doctrine
of evolution, but that they indicate the operation of some as yet
unknown factor in the production of the new forms which successively
appeared. W. C.

. On Fern stems and petioles in the Coal Measures. Bep.

Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, p. 106.

Considers his Edraooylon to be the petiole of a Pecopteris, his Heter-
angium Grievii probably a fern, and Corda's Pahnacites to be a
Marattiaceous fern. W. C.

. On the Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures.

— Part V. Asterophyllites. Phil. Trans, vol. clxiv. pp. 41-81,
plates i.-ix.
The minute structure of stems, roots, and leaves belonging to this
genus are described ; the structure of the cone described as VoUcmannia
Binneyi, Carr., is investigated ; and reasons are adduced for believing it
to belong to the same genus, to which SpJienophyllum is closely related ;
and the author believes that these two fossils are Lycopodiaceous
plants, and not related to Catamites, as has been heretofore generally
maintained. W. C.

. On the Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal

Measures. — Part YI. Ferns. Phil. Trans, vol. clxiv. pp. 675-703,
plates li.-lviii.
An elaborate account of specimens referred by the author to the
petioles of ferns, and described as EacMoiDteris aspera, B. Oldhamia, B.
duplex, B. Lacaitii, B. hihractiensis, and Anaclioropteris Decaisnii.

w. c.

. On the Structure of Stigmaria. Mem. Lit. Phil. Soc. Man-
chester, vol xiv. pp. 45-50.

Maintains that the centre of the axis was entirely cellular, that the
vascular bundles to the rootlets spring from the wedges of the vascular
cylinder, and that the free bundles noticed by Goeppert in 4he axis
belong to rootlets foreign to the Stigmaria. W. C.

. On Coal and Coal Plants. Macmillan's Magazine, vol. xxix.

pp. 404-417.

A popular exposition of the author's views on the structure of coal,
and the nature of the plants growing on the earth at the time it was
formed. W. C.

341

MAPS AND SECTIONS.

Antrim. Sheet 41 of the Geological- Survey Map (Ireland). Scale
6 inches to the mile. By G. Y. Du Noyee, and W. E. L'E. Duffin.

Includes the country enclosing part of Lough Lame, and extending
along the sea-coast by Penis Eay, Barr's Point, Skernaghan Point,
Portmuck Bay, and the Isle of Muck. The following formations are
shown : — BlowTi Sand, Alluvium, Kaised Beach, Drift, Chalk, U. Green-
sand, L. Lias and Rhaetic Beds, Keuper Marls (with gypsum), U. and
L. Divisions of the Basaltic Series, with intercalated beds of Pisolitic
iron-ore, bole and lithomarge, and Volcanic Breccia and Ash, with
basaltic dykes. Th^ greater part of the district consists of the lower
divisions of the Basalt. This is the first 6-inch sheet that has been
published by the Geological Survey of Ireland. E. T. H.

Cambridge. Geological Map of the Neighbourhood of. By A. J.
Jukes-Browne.

This map is sheet 51^ S.W. of the Ordnance Map (on the scale of an
inch to a mile), geologically coloured, and is to some extent founded
on the similar one by L. Barkett, published in 1859. The formations
shown are Boulder Clay, U. and L. Chalk, U. Greensand, Gault, L.
Greensand, Kimmeridge Clay, and Oxford Clay, the most important point
being the outcrop of the Cambridge Greensand, which runs very irre-
gularly across the district from S.W. to N.E. \V. W.

Cape Colony. Geological Sketch Map of, compiled by E. J. Dunn.
Scale about 23 miles to an inch. London.

The formations shown are Glacial Conglomerate, Tertiary, Oolitic ?
(Enon Conglomerate and Sunday-River Beds), Triassic (in 3 divisions),
Carboniferous, U. and L. Devonian, Silurian, Namaqualand Schist
(metamorphic). Gneiss, Granite, and Trap-conglomerate, besides
dioritic and doleritic dykes. Local names are given to the various
beds. W. W.

Chattanooga and the Vicinity. Map of the Mineral Resources of.

New York.

Correze. Atlas topographique, agricolo et gcologique du departement
de la. In parts. Paris. '

Dumbartonshire. 6 Sheets of the Geological-Survey Map (Scotland) .
Scale 6 inches to a mile.

Sheet 19a. By B. N. Peach. Croy Hill and Dullatur. Carboni-
ferous Limestone, Intrusive Sheets and Dykes of Basalt-rock, BouUkr
Clay, and Alluvium.

342 MAPS AND SECTIONS.

Sheet 20. By B. N. Peach. Castlecary Eailway Station. Carboni-
ferous Limestone, with dyke of Basaltic rock, Millstone Grit, Boulder
Clay, Alluvium. Outcrops of Castlecary and Calmy Limestones and
Hirst Coals — a Coal Seam in Millstone Grit.

Sheet 23. By R. L. Jack. Garscadden and part of the Kilpatrick
Hills. Contemporaneous (L. Carboniferous) Porphyrites and Ashes,
■with " Necks," Carboniferous Limestone with intrusive Basaltic rocks,
Boulder Clay, Gravel, Peat, Alluvium. Stratified rocks at the Slacks
intercalated among the igneous rocks of the Kilpatrick HiUs-; conglo-
merates of Douglas Muir at the base of the Carboniferous Limestone
series, overlying the Traps ; outcrops of the Main (Hurlet) Limestone
and Coal, the Garscadden Blackbands, &c. ; portion of a line of deep
Drift deposits extending from the Clyde, near Bowling to the Forth
at Grangemouth.

Sheet 24. By E. L. Jack. Kirkintilloch. Millstone Grit, Car-
boniferous Limestone, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Peat, Alluvium.

Sheet 25. By B. N. Peacu and B. L. Jack. Gartshore and Con-
porrat. Carboniferous Limestone, with intrusive Basaltic rocks in
sheets and dykes. Millstone Grit, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Peat, Alluvium.
Outcrops of Castlecary, Calmy or Arden, and Index or Cowglen Lime-
stones, Meiklehill and Shirva Coals and Gartshore Ironstones. Re-
markable anticlinal axis known as the " Rigging ;" number of Peat
Mosses and Alluvial patches, indicating silted-up lakelets.

Sheet 26. Dumbarton. By B. N. Peach. Cumbernauld, Fanny-
side Loch. Carboniferous Limestone, Millstone Grit, Coal Measures,
with Basaltic dykes; Boulder Clay, Peat, Alluvium. Outcrops of
Calmy and Castlecary Limestones, Shirva Coals, and Slatyband Iron-
stone. R. L. J.

England and Wales. Geological Relievo-map of. By H. F. Brion.
The geology from Sir R. Murchison. Scale of map about 26
miles to an inch. Yertical scale much exaggerated.

3 Quarter-sheets of the Geological-Survey Map. Scale an

inch to a milcc

Sheet 88, N.E. By A. H. Green, J. R. Daktns, J. C. Ward, and
R. Russell. Halifax, Huddersfield, Dewsbury. The beds shown are
Alluvium, Brickearth and Gravel (along the valleys), Coal Measures
and MiUstone Grit, the last two with very many divisions (flagstones,
shales, sandstones, &c. being distinguished). Many outcrops of coals
and ironstones are marked, and a multitude of faults and dips.

Sheet 92, S. W. New Edition.

Sheet 93, N.W. (not issued until 1874, though dated 1873). By
W. T. Aveline, J. R. Dakyns, and C. F. Strangways. Knaresborough,
Ripley, Boroughbridge, Easingwold. The beds shown are Alluvium,
River-terraces, "Warp tko., Post-glacial Gravel and Sand, Marlstone,
Keuper and Bunter, Magnesian Limestone and Marls, IVIillstone Grit
and Yoredale Rocks, the last two with many divisions (shales and

MAPS AKD 8B0XIONS. 343

grits). There are some faults in the Carboniferous and Permian
rocks. W. W.

England and Wales. 3 Sheets of the Vertical Sections of the
Geological Survey. Scale 40 feet to an inch.

Sheet 2S. Sections of the Millstone Grit, Yoredale Beds, and Car-
boniferous Limestone, of Grassington Moor and Kettlewell. By J. It.
Dakyns. 10 sections, in 6 of which the connexion of the beds is shown,
and a map marking the positions of the sections.

Sheet 54. Sections of the Northumberland Coal-field, between the
Hi vers Lync and Wansbeck. By W. Topley. 11 sections, with an
Index Map showing their positions.

Sheet 57. Sections of the Coal Measures of the South Wales Basins
from Glyncorrwg Fault to Pembrey Bar" Pault, South of Anticlinal.
Showing llelative Position and Average Thickness of each Coal Seam.
By E. Daniel. One continuous section of over 6300 feet, arranged
from material in the Report of the lloyal Coal Commission. W. W.

Erzgebirge. Map of the Coalfields of the Lower. 4 sheets (with
text). Zwickau.

France. Carte agricolo de la France. [Agricultural Map of
France.] By A. Delesse. Paris. 24 sheets, with a small map
(coloured), on a scale of 1 : 4,000,000.

Geological to a great extent.

Gard. Carte geologique du Departement du. Arrondissement
d'Alais, and Arrondissement d'Uzes. By Emilien Dumas. Paris.

Heidelberg. Geologische Karto der Umgegend von Heidelberg.
[Geological map of the neighbourhood of Heidelberg.] 2nd sheet,
Sinsheim. By E. W. Benecke and E. C. Cohen. Strassburg.

Ireland. 5 Sheets of the Geological-Survey Map. Scale an inch to
a mile.

Sheet 28. By G. Y. Du Noyeb, and W. E. L'E. Dijpfin. Part of
County Antrim. (Antrim, Randalstown, Ballyclare, Templepatrick,
Ballynure, LegonieL) The area is between the north-eastern corner
of Lough Ncagh and the sea-shore, north of Belfast. The formations
shown arc : — Aqueous. Eecent deposits, Drift, Chalk, U. Grecnsand,
L. Lias and Bhaetic Beds, Keupcr Marl with gypsum, V. Bunter
Sandstone. Volcanic. 1. Eocene?, Trachyte, Trachyte-porphyry,
llhyolite and Pitchstonc-porphyry. [These, -with another, but small,
exposure near Fort William, County Down, are the only examples of
such rocks known in the British Isles.] 2. Miocene. Basalt. The
greater part of the area is of this rock, here divided into an upper and
a lower flow, having between them in places the wcU -known Pisolitic
iron-ore, and lithomarge. Those are now mapped for the first time.
Volcanic ash beds are shown in various places. 3. 'Dykes, &c. A
number are shown on the shore penetrating the Triassic rocks, and in

344 MAPS AND SECTIONS.

other places. At Carnmoney Hill a supposed volcanic neck of Miocene
age is marked. This is the first hill-shaded map published by the
Geological Survey of Ireland.

Sheet 76. By Richakd Symes and S. B. "Wilkinson. Contains
parts of the counties Mayo and Roscommon (Ballaghadereen, Kilkelly,
and Kiltamagh). The formations represented are : — Aqueous, Sfc,
Bog and Alluvium, Drift, Carboniferous Limestone, L. Carboniferous
Sandstone, Old Red Sandstone, "Wenlock, IT. Llandovery. Ir/neous, Ba-
salt (dyke) Quartziferous Porphyry, Pelstone, Melaphyre, or Diabase,
Pelspathic Ash, which occur in dykes or masses. The north-east and
north centre are occupied by the older Palaeozoic and' the Igneous
rocks, and the remainder of the sheet by the Carboniferous beds. Bog
and Alluvium occupy a large area in detached patches. Glacial
striations are scarce.

Sheet 80. By "W. B. Leonaed. Contains part of Cavan and Meath,
with a small portion of Monaghan (Ballyjamesduff, Bailieborough,
Kingscourt, Virginia, Moynalty, Oldcourt and Lough Ramor). The
formations shown are Bog, Alluvium, Drift, Yoredale Beds, U. Car-
boniferous Limestone, Calp Limestone, L, Limestone, with grits, L. '
Silurian (Llandeilo and Bala Beds). The greater part of the area is
occupied by Silurian rocks. The Carboniferous beds show in two patches
at the south-east and south-west, with a thin strip on the east. The
lowest ground occurs to the south. Glacial markings are shown in
several places.

Sheet 83. By G. H. Kinahan, R. G. Symes, J. L. Waeeen, S. B.
Wile:inson, and H. Leonaed. Contains two narrow strips of ground
extending north and west from the mouth of Killary Harbour on the
west coast of Galway and Mayo, and also several islands in the Atlan-
tic. The following formations are shown — Bog and Alluvium, Blown
Sands, Drift, U. and L. Silurian (Salrock beds, Mweelrea beds), in-
cluding Schist, Gneiss, Schistose limestone. Quartz-schist and Quart-
zite, relstone-porj)hyry, Dolerite (Melaphyre), Diorite, Diabase,
Hornblende-rock, Serpentine or Steatite. . The geology is much com-
plicated, and the rocks greatly faulted. ; Copper and Iron Pyrites de-
posits are indicated, also glacial markings.

Sheet 84. By G. H. Kinahan, R. G. Symes, J. L. Waeeen, S. B.
Wilkinson, J. Nolan, and H. Leonaed. Includes the parts of Mayo
and Galway to the east of the last, and comprises the country around
Killary Harbour, Doo Lough and part of the western shore of Lough-
Mask, &c. The following formations are shown — Peat Bog, Alluv-
ium, Raised Beaches, Drift, Carboniferous Limestone, Carboniferous
Sandstone, U. Silurian (Salrock beds, ? Ludlow ; Mweelrea beds
? Wenlock, U. Llandovery), L. Silurian, (Doolough beds. Mica-schist,
Hornblende-schist, Quartzite, and Dolomite), Serpentine after Dolomite,
Serpentine, Dolerite or Melaphyre, and Diabase, Pelstones, intrusive
and interbedded, and Pelstone-porphyry, Quartziferous porphyry
(Elvanite), Pelspathic Ash, Diorite, Syenite, Hornblende-rock, Granite

MAPS AND SECTIONS. 345

(intrusive). The northern half of the map shows Metamorphic rocks
with small patches of Granite, L. Silurian, and Carboniferous rocks.
The southern half is mostly in U. Silurian rocks. Copper, lead, and
iron-pyrites deposits are indicated, also Glacial markings. The country
is cut up by a multitude of small faults.. E. T. H.

Ireland. 2 Sheets of the Longitudinal Sections of the Geological
Survey. Scale 6 inches to a mile.

Sheet 23. By W. A. Traill, l^o. 1, across the Moume Mountains
and Slieve Croob to Lough Neagh. No. 2, from Warren Point across
the Moume Mountains to the sea at Newcastle. General direction
from W.S.W. to E.N.E. Length 18 miles.

No. 1 is continued from Sheet 22, and comprises the low ground
between Moira and the edge of Lough Neagh, near Derrj'more. The
formations shown are Bog, Alluvium, Drift, Chalk, Gravel, Grecnsand,
Keuper Marls, and Basalt in sheets and dykes. No. 2 shows the
high ground of the Mourne range, chiefly granite with patches of L.
Silurian. In the lower grounds N.E. and S.W. these rocks rest against
the flanks of the hills, and continue uninterruptedly to the ends of the
section. The following formations are shown — Bog, Alluvium, Drift,
L. Silurian (Caradoc or Bala beds), Basalt (tabular and intrusive),
Granite (intrusive), Felstone or Quartziferous Porphyry.

Sheet 24. By W. A. Traill. No. 1, from Soldiers Point, at entrance
to Carlingford Lough, across the Mourne Mountains to the sea at New-
castle. General direction S.S.W. to N.N.E. ; length 16 miles. Shows
the Limestone at Carlingford resting on L. Silurian rocks, which in
turn rest on the flanks of the Moume Mountains, and are again seen
at the other end of the section. The formations shown are Drift,
Carboniferous Limestone, L. Silurian, Granite, Basalt (tabular and
intrusive), Felstone and Quartziferous Porphyry. No. 2, from Kil-
linchy across Scrabo HiU to the sea at Cultra. General direction S.S.E.
to N.N.W. ; length 15 miles, over comparatively low ground. The
following formations are shown — Alluvium, Bog, Drift, Trias (Kcuper
and Bunter), Permian (Magnesian Limestone), Carboniferous Lime-
stone, L. Silurian, Basalt (tabular and intrusive). E. T. H.

Isle of Wight, Relievo Map of. By H. F. Brion. The geology
from the Geological-Survey Map. Scale (of map) 3 miles to an inch.

Lanarkshire. 13 Sheets of the Geological- Survey Map (Scotland).
Scale G inches to a mile.

Sheet 2. By James Geikie*. (Chryston and MoUinburn.) Carboni-
ferous Limestone, Millstone Grit, Intrusive Basaltic rocks in sheets and
dykes, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Alluvium, and Peat.

Sheet 3. By James Geikie. (Greengairs.) Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Millstone Grit, Coal Measures with dykes of Basaltic rock,
Boulder Clay, Peat, Alluvium. Outcrops of many coal and ironstone
seams in the Coal Measures ; large dyke of Basaltic rock occupying a
line of fault.

1

346 MAPS AND SECTIONS.

Sheet 4. By James Geikie. (Auchingray and Blackloch.) Coal
Measures with dyke of Basaltic roek, Boulder Clay, Peat, AUuvium.

Sheet 7. By James Geikie. (Shettlerton ; Coatbridge.) Carboni-
ferous Limestone, Millstone Grit, Coal Measures capped by the uncon-
formable red beds. Intrusive Basaltic rocks in sheets and dykes,
Boulder Clay, Gravel, Stratified Clays, Peat, Alluvium. Outcrops of
coal-seams, of a limestone in the Coal Measures at Hogganficld Loch.
Several alluvial patches indicating silted-up lakelets in Drift.

Sheet 8. By James Geikie. (Airdrie.) Millstone Grit, Coal Mea-
sures with the unconformable red beds. Intrusive Basaltic rock in
sheets, Boulder Clay, Peat, Alluvium. Outcrops of coals and ironstones.
Coal-field much faulted.

Sheet 9. By James Geikie. (Kirk of Shotts; Harthill.) Coal
Measures, Intrusive Basaltic rock in sheets, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Peat,
Alluvium. Outcrops of several coal-seams. Old water- course (below
the Boulder Clay) filled with sand.

Sheet 11. By E. Hull and J. Geikie. (Bothwell.) Bedded mela-
phyres, porphyrites, and tuifs (L. Carboniferous), Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Coal Measures with the unconformable red beds. Basaltic rock in
dykes, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Brick-clay, Peat, Alluvium. Outcrops of
coal-seams.

Sheet 12. By James Geikie. (Motherwell ; Newarthill.) Millstone
Grit, Coal Measures with the unconformable red beds. Intrusive Basaltic
rocks, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Alluvium. Outcrops of coals and iron-
stones. Coal-field much faulted. Pre- and interglacial river- courses
traced for several miles in the Coal-workings.

Sheet 17. By James Geikie. (Hamilton ; East Kilbride.) Inter-
bedded melaphyres and porphyrites, with ashy shales, grits, and con-
glomerates (L. Carboniferous), Carboniferous Limestone, Millstone Grit,
Coal Measures with the unconformable red beds. Intrusive Basaltic
rocks, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Peat, Alluvium.

Sheet 18. By James Geikie. ("Wishaw.) Carboniferous Limestone,
Millstone Grit, Coal Measures with the unconformable red beds, Intru-
sive Basaltic rocks in sheets and dykes, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Peat,
Alluvium. Outcrops of limestone, coal, and ironstone. Coal-field
very much faulted. Interglacial river courses.

Sheet 19. By James Geikie. (Carluke.) Old Bed Sandstone, Cal-
ciferous Sandstone, Carboniferous Limestone, Millstone Grit, Coal Mea-
sures, Intrusive Eolstones and Basaltic rocks, Agglomerate Necks of
Permian age, Boulder Clay, Peat, Alluvium. Outcrops of limestones,
ironstones, &c., in the Carboniferous Limestone series at CarluJ^e, and
of coal and ironstone seams in Millstone Grit and Coal Measures.

Sheet 23. By James Geikie. (Strathavon.) L. Old Red Sandstone,
L. Carboniferous bedded melaphyres, porphyrites, &c., with tufaceous
shales, grits, and conglomerates, Carboniferous Limestone, Coal Mea-
sures, Intrusive Basaltic rocks, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Peat, Alluvium.

Sheet 25. By James Geikie. (Lanark; Braidwood.) L. Old Bed
Sandstone, Calciferous Sandstone, Carboniferous Limestone, Millstone

MAPS AKD SECnOlfS. 347

Grit, Coal Measures, Intrusive Felstones and Basaltic rocks, Agglomerate
Nocks, Boulder Clay, Gravel, Peat, Alluvium. Outcrops of limestones
in the Carboniferous Limestone Series. Falls of the Clyde in Old Red
Sandstone. B. L. J.

Lancashire. 4 Sheets of the Map of the Geological Survey (England).
Scale 6 inches to a mile.

Sheet 47. By 11. H. Tiddeman-. (Clitheroe, Chatburn, Downham.)
The beds shown are Alluvium, lliver Terrace, Glacial Drift, Permian,
Yoredale Rocks (in 5 divisions), and Carboniferous Limestone. A few
faults and mineral veins are marked.

Sheet 55. By E. Hull and 11. H. TiDDEiiAN. ("Whalley, Sabden,
Padiham.) The beds shown are Alluvium, U. and L. Boulder Clays,
with sand and gravel between, M. and L. Coal Measures, Millstone
Grit (in 7 divisions of grits and shales), and Yoredale llocks (in 7
divisions of shales, grits, and limestone). Some coal-crops, faults, and
a lead- vein are marked.

Sheet 62. New Edition.

Sheet 63. New Edition. "With additions by C. E. Be Range.
(Accrington, &c.) Various divisions of the Carboniferous Rocks

London and its Environs. Geological-Survey Map. Scale an inch

to a mile. New Edition, with Drift. By H. W. Bristow, W,

"WniTAKER, T. R. PoLWHELE, W. B. Dawkins, W. H. Peiining,

H. B. Woodward, E. J". Bennett, W. A. E. Ussher, J. H. Blaze,

and C. E. Hawkins.

Includes the valley of the Thames from "Windsor to Gravesend.

"Was published previously without the Drift-beds, which are now added

(many divisions). An electrotype from 7 separate plates, combined so

as to get London in the centre. "W. W.

New Zealand. Geological Sketch Map. By Dr. James Hector.-
Constructed from Official Surveys and the Explorations of Dr. F.
V. Hochstetter, Dr. J. Haast, and others. "Wellington, 1873 (but
not published until 1874). Scale 1 : 2,000,000 (about 33*31 miles
to an inch). "With 7 Explanatory Sections, and a Table of the
Estimated Area and Surface Characteristics of the Principal For-
mations.
The formations shown are Recent Drift Formation, Marine Ter-
tiary (Pliocene to Cretaceous), Coal Formation (Miocene to Cretaceous),
U. Mesozoio (Jurassic), L. Mcsozoic (Triassic), U. Paleozoic, Mcta-
morphic Rocks (Foliated Schists and Crystalline), Igneous Rocks (Acidic,
Basic, and Plutonic). Gold- workings and metalliferous lodes and veins
are marked. This map is compiled from the work of the Geological
Survey under Dr. Hector. \V. W.

Northumberland. Sheet 102 of the Map of the Geological Survey.
Scale 6 inches to a mile. By D. Burns. Allendale Town, Catton.

348 MArS AND SECTIONS.

The beds shown are Alluvium and liiver Gravel, Gravel and Boulder
Clay, Millstone Grit (5 divisions of grit and shale), and Yoredale Eocks
(with various beds of shale, stone, coal, and limestone). Many faults
are marked. W. W.

Prussia. Geologische Karte von Preussen und den Thliringischen
Staaten. Scale 1 : 25,000. 5 Lief. 3 sheets. Berlin.

245. Grobzig. Shows : — Coal Measures, 2 divisions ; Rothliegende,
3 divisions; Zechstein, 4 divisions; Bunter, 3 divisions ; Marine Tertiary ;
Drift, 4 divisions ; Alluvium, &c., 6 divisions ; Eruptive rocks, 3 divisions.

246. Zorbig. Shows : — Drift, 4 divisions ; Alluvium &c., 5 divisions ;
Eruptive porphyry.

263. Petersberg. Shows: — Coal Measures; Rothliegende, 3 divisions;
Zechstein, 5 divisions ; Bunter, 8 divisions ; Muschelkalk, 5 divisions ;
Tertiary brown- coal deposits, 5 divisions ; Marine Tertiary, 3 divisions ;
Drift, 3 divisions ; Alluvium, 13 divisions ; Eruptive rocks, 4 divisions.
In all 50 different colours or tints. W. W.

Prussian Provinces. Geologische Karte der Provinz Preussen.
[Geological map.] 9th section: Pilkallen. ByG. Bekendt. Berlin.

Renfrewshire. 2 Sheets of the Geological-Survey Map (Scotland).
Scale 6 inches to a mile.

Sheet 14. By E. L. Jack. Glenlora, near Lochwinnock. Mela-
phyres, Porphyrites and ashes underlying the Carboniferous Limestone
Series, dykes of Basaltic rock, Boulder Clay, Peat, and Alluvium. Out-
crops of the main limestone (split up into thin beds), of the Kilburnie
Ironstones, and of thin coal-seams.

Sheet 15. By J. Geikie and E. L. Jack. Lochwinnock and Loch-
libo. Melaphyres, &c., underlying Carboniferous Limestone, Boulder
Clay, Gravel, Peat, and Alluvium. E. L. J.

Rhone et la Saone, Croquis des terrains compris entre le. Lyons.

' Scotland. Sheet 4 of the Yertical Sections of the Geological Survey.

Scale 40 feet to an inch. Illustrative of the Coal-fields of the

Clyde Basin. Arranged by James Geikie and E. L. Jack.

No. 1 shows the general succession of the beds from the U. Eed

Sandstone Series down to the base of the Calciferous Sandstone Series

(3862 feet). No. 2 shows the general succession from the U. Eed

Sandstone Series down to the base of the Carboniferous Limestone

Series (3839 feet). E. L. J.

Seine- et-Marne, Carte hydrologique du Departement de. By A.
Delesse. 1864-1873 [? published in 1874]. Scale yuuW^' ^
sheets. Paris.

Stirlingshire. Sheet 36 of the Geological-Survey Map (Scotland).

Scale 6 inches to a mile. By B. N. Peach.
Between Torphichen and Slamannan. Millstone Grit, Coal Measures,
dykes of Basaltic rock, Boulder Clay, Peat, and Alluvium.

MAPS AND SECTIONS. 349

Sweden. Geologiska undersiikning. [Geological Survey.] 4 sheets.
Scale 1^: 50,000. Stockholm [printed 1873, but issued 1874].

No. 50. Arsta. By L. Palmgren, A. Pettersson, G. Gellerstedt,
C. Ltjlin, and K. Fredholm. The formations are : — Postglacial, in 7
divisions ; Glacial, in 3 divisions. Limestone, Grey and red gneisses.
Garnet- and graphite-gneiss ; Diorite ; Stockholm granite ; Pegmatite.

No. 51. Nyniis. By L. Palmgren. The formations are : — Post-
glacial, in 6 divisions ; Glacial, in 3 divisions. Limestone, Eurite and
mica-schist, Grey and red gneisses. Garnet- and graphite-gneiss. Peg-
matite.

No. 52. Trosa. By D. Hummel and L. Palmgren. The formations
are : — Postglacial, in 7 divisions ; Glacial, in 2 divisions. Limestone,
Eurite and eurite-quartzite. Garnet-gneiss, Hornblende-gneiss, Grey
and red gneisses. Diabase and hyperite, Stockholm granite. Pegmatite,
Quartz, Diorite.

No. 53. Bjorksund. By M. Stolpe. The formations are: — Post-
glacial, in 5 divisions ; Glacial, in 2 divisions. Eurite, Limestone, Diabase,
Garnet-gneiss, Red and grey gneisses, Pegmatite, Granite. W. W.

Switzerland. Beitrage zur geologische Karte der Schweiz, 13° Lief,
die Sentis-Gruppe. (2 geol. maps and 2 sheets of sections.) By
Arnold Escher von der Linth. Commission geologique Suisse.
Berne.

Texas, Latest Map of the State of. By Dr. A. R. Roessler. Scale
20 miles to an inch. With small map (70 miles to an inch)
" showing agricultural districts and varieties of soils." There is
also a Table of " principal minerals, rocks," &c. New York.

Tyrone. 3 Sheets of the Geological- Survey Map (Ireland). Scale
6 inches to a mile. By Edward T. Hardman.

These sheets represent the greater part of the Dungannon Coal Field,
with some of the surrounding country.

Sheet 47 shows the country around Coalisland, and takes in a part of
the W. shore of Lough Neagh. There are 9 formations : — Aqueous^ ^'c.
Freshwater Shingle, Recent Deposits, Drift (U. and L. Boulder Clay,
and Middle Sands, &c.). Pliocene Clays with lignite, &c., Chalk, U.
Bunter Sandstone, Coal Measures, Carboniferous Limestone. Vol-
canic. Miocene Basalt. A portion of the basaltic sheet comes into
the northern part of the map, with a small patch on the borders of the
coal-field. Two basaltic dykes are marked.

Sheet 54. This extends to the west of Sheet 55, and includes tho
country around tho town of Dungannon. The formations shown are : —
Aqueous, 6fc. Recent Deposits, Drift, U. Bunter Sandstone, L. Coal
Measures, Millstone Grit, Yoredale Beds, Carboniferous Limestone with
interbedded sandstones. Volcanic. Two small basaltic dykes. Tho
Coal Measures form tho southern boundary of tho coal-field, and con-
tain two coal-seams — the " Main Coal " (4 to G feet thick), and tho
** Lower Coal " (1 to 2 feet). They extend to the eastward bcHcath tho

I

350 • MAPS AND SECTIONS.

Buntor Sandstone. On this, as well as on Sheet 55, the dimensions of
the Drift arc shown by wide or close dotting.

Sheet 55 forms the continuation to the south of Sheet 47, and
extends on the east along the river Blackwater, just reaching the
margin of Lough Ncagh. The formations included are : — Aqueous, 6fc.
llecent Deposits, Drift, Pliocene Clays, &c., Triassic, L. Carboniferous.
Volcanic. Basalt, of Tertiary (probably Miocene) age. These are all
of similar character to the rocks in sheet 47. E. T. H.

Ural, Middle. Geologische Uebersichtskarte vom mittleren oder

erzreichen Ural. Nach den neuesten Quelle. By Peanz Toula.
A Map prepared after a visit to the Urals. It shows the following
formations — Quaternary, Tertiary, Trias, Permian, Carboniferous,
Devonian, and Silurian, with crystalline slates, granites, syenites, and
greenstones. It also shows the position of beds of coal and salt, gold-
washings, platinum-washings, diamond-localities, and smelting works.

P. W. II.

Vienna. Geologische Karte dor Umgebung "Wiens. [Geological

map of the environs of Vienna.] By Theodor Puchs.
Printed in colours. With separate explanation, a table, and three
plates of sections.

Vivarais, Carte archeologique du. [Archaeological map of the Yi-
varais.] By — Ollier de Maeichakd. Compt. Rend. 2 sess.
Assoc. Prang, pi. xiii.
A small geological map of the district, on which the archaeological
information is printed in red.

Yorkshire. 3 Sheets of the Map of the Geological Survey (England).
Scale 6 inches to a mile.

Sheet 204. By W. T. Aveline, J. R. Daktns, and J. C. Waed.
Aberford, Barwick, Thorner. The beds shown are Alluvium, Magnesian
Limestone and Marl, Coal Measures, and Millstone Grit, the last in 6
divisions, A few faults and coal- crops.

Sheet 262. By A. H. Geeen. Darton, Eoyston, West Bretton.
The beds shown are Alluvium, Gravel, Boulder Clay, and M. Coal
Measures (with 9 beds of sandstone and many coal-crops). There are
many faults; and the underground positions of those affecting coal-seams
are marked.

Sheet 288. By A. H. Geeen, J. C. Waed, and T. Y. Holmes.
Ecclesficld, Oughtibridge, Wadsley. The beds shown are Alluvium, M.
and L. Coal Measures (with many beds of sandstone and coal-seams),
Millstone Grit and Yoredale Rocks, both with various divisions.

W. W.

361

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL.

AcHiARDi, A. D'. Bibliografia mineralogica, gcologica, o paleonto-
logica della Toscana. Boll. E. Com. geol. Ital, pp. 112-126,
171-190, 249-254, 398-402.
List of works on the mineralogy, geology, and palaeontology of
Tuscany up to, and partly including those published in, 1874.

Allman, Dr. G. J. Address to the Biological Section. Eep. Brit.
Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 94-104.

The theory of evolution is discussed on pp. 100-103. The bearing
of geological facts upon this theory is stated, and reference' is made to
the structure and relation of Graptolites. "W. T.

Anon. Handbook of Natural History; being an explanation of
Boucard's Series of Pictorial Diagrams and Natural Specimens,
illustrative of Geology and Mineralogy. 8vo. London.

Mineral Kingdom, pp. 215-234.

. [H. B. WooDWAED.] The Geological Survey of the United

Kingdom. Quart. Journ. Sci. no. xli. pp. 52-55.
Sketch of the origin and progress of the Survey, with an account of
its present organization.

. Journ. K. Hist, and Arch. Assoc. Ireland, ser. 4, vol. iii.

no. 19, p. 152.
Notice of a wooden implement found at a depth of 10 feet in
Kill inure Bog, Enniskillen.

. Notice of a fine Bronze hair-pin found in a Bog near Tulla-

more. King's Co., under a considerable depth of peat. Journ. 11.
Hist, and Arch. Assoc. Ireland, ser. 4, vol. iii. p. 154.

Argyll, Duke of. Anniversary Address to the Geological Society of
London. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. lii-Ixix.

« . Address on Geology. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. p. 901.

Report of the second Address delivered at Inverary.

Batan, — . Observations sur la communication de M. Nagnes et les
rcmarques de M. Yogt. Compt. Ilend. 2 Bess. Assoc. Franf.
pp. 430-438.

Remarks of a general nature on the value of palajontological equi-
valence.

Belknap, Capt. Dcep-Sea Soundings. Nature, vol. x. pp. 131,

356, 484.
Found a series of submarine ridges between the Sandwich Islands
and the coast of Japan. The plains between were 12,000, 9000, and

352 itrscELLAKEors.

7000 feet beneath the crests, which consisted of white coral and pieces
of lava. Off the Kurile Islands the sea-bottom consisted of greyish
black sand, gravel, and lumps of lava. Similar sand occurred at the
Aleutian Isles. C. E. De R.

Bergstrand, C. E. Om siittet for npprattandet af s. k. agrikultur-
geologiska kartor. [Method for regulating an agricultural geo-
logical map.] Geol. foren. Stockholm Eorhandl. Bdt. i. pp. 294-
299.
An outline of a scheme of divisions, colours, signs, &c. needful for
such maps.

BoxN-EY, Eev. T. G. Geology. Pp. viii, 128, 22 woodcuts. 12mo.

London.
One of a series of * Manuals of Elementary Science' (Society for
Promoting Christian Knowledge). Treats of rock-structure, mineralogy
and petrology, agents producing changes on the earth's surface (a third
of the book), and palaeontology, as well as of stratigraphical geology.

W. W.

BoussiNOATJLT, M. Du Concours des roches volcaniques a la for-
mation et a la fertilite de la terre vegetale. Ann. Chim. Phys.
ser. 5, t. iii. pp. 390-417.

BoxrviER, A. Prochain retour des deluges universels, &c. Lyons.

Brent, John. [On a Collection of incised Elints.] Journ. Anthrop.
Inst. vol. iv. no. 1, pp. 88-90.

Remarks on a collection of worked flints, chiefly palaeolithic, from
Canterbury, and from the coast between Heme Bay and Reculver. It
is maintained that the Canterbury implements are of ruder workman-
ship, and probably older than those from Reculver ; and the author
supports this view by contrasting the geological characters of the
implement-bearing beds in the two localities. E. W. R.

Carpenter, W. B. Swiney Lectures on Geology. Coll. Guard,
vol. xxviii. pp. 815, 829, 925. Short reports.

Carter, J. On a Skull of Bos^ primigenius perforated by a Stone
Celt. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. pp. 492-496 (woodcut).

The specimen was found in 1863 in peat at Burwell Een, and was
described at the time in the Antiquarian Communications to the Camb.
Antiq, Soc. (vol. ii. no. xiii. p. 285). Reasons are now given why the
celt must have been fixed in the skull at the time it was covered up by
peat. W. T.

Castro, Eernandez de. Notas para un estudio bibliografico sobre los

origenes y estado actual del mapa geologico de Espana. Bol. Com.

map. geol. Espan. vol. i.

In this introduction to the Journal of the Commissioners of the

geological Map of Spain, by its President, reference is made to every

document bearing on the geology of that country, from the works of the

MISCELLANEOUS.

353

oldest writers to the latest paper published, including the scarcely
known writings of the Moorish authors of Spain. J. McP.

Chambers's ENCYCLOP-aEDiA. Kevised ed. 10 vols. 8vo. London
and Edinburgh.

The articles are not signed ; but a list of contributors is given. The
chief names connected with geology are W. Carruthers, Dr. R. Chambers,
Prof. J. Nicol, and W. PengeUy. • W. T.

Chancottrtois, a. E. B. de. Presentation d'une boussole construite
par M. Dutrou. [Exhibition of a new Compass.] Bull. Soc. Geol.
France, 3 ser. t. i. pp. 346-349.
Description of the compass and clinometer (eclimetre) used by the
officers in charge of the Geological Survey of France.

. Memoire sur la classification chronologique des formations.

[Chronological classification of formations.] Compt. Kend. t. Ixxix.

pp. 89-93, Abstract.

Divides the geological scheme into the Preliminary ^ the PHmary^ the

Secondary^ the Tertiary, and the Recent great groups of formations.

The subdivisions are based on a theory of recurrence, in each of the

great groups, of analogous palaeontological and lithological conditions.

G. A. L.

Systeme et mode d'application de la legende geologiquo

generale de la carte detaillee de la Prance. [Description of the
system employed in fixing the signs in the Geological Map of
France.] 56 pp. tables. Ann. des Mines, 7 ser. vol. v.
A guide to the signs and modes of reference in the large geological
map of France, now in course of completion by the Government.

Charpentier de Cossignt, — . La Terre, sa formation et sa consti-
tution actueUe. Notice k la portee des gens du monde. Pp. 93.
8vo. Paris.

Contejean, Ch. fllements de Geologie et de Paleontologie. Pp. 747 ;
467 figures. 8vo. Paris.

Divided into four parts. The first is cosmical ; the second contains a
physical description of the earth ; the third describes the present action
of geological agents ; the fourth deals with petrology, stratigraphical
geology, and palaeontology. The author uses the term ^yrospliere for
the molten matter beneath the solid crust of the earth. F. W. R.

Dana, Prof. J D. Manual of Geology. New ed. 8vo.

Differs from the last edition in being a sixth larger, though not
apparently so in the paging. The changes in nomenclature have been
noticed at p. 114 (the Primordial or Cambrian, Canadian, and Trenton
Periods making up the L. Silurian). Under " Carboniferous " the
relation of the Cardlocarpi and Cordaites to fruits and leaves of
Welwitschia is brought out (pp. 328, 330), and there is a discussion on
the alumina in coal and in Lycopods (pp. 365, 366). The reference of
the warm climate of the Miocene to a subsidence of the region of

1874, 2 a

364 MISCELLANEOUS.

Behring's Strait, letting in the warm Japan current of the Pacific, and
that of the cold climate of the Glacial era to a rising of Arctic lands,
thereby excluding the Gulf Stream, are new (pp. 755, 756). Two new
chapters occur at pp. 687-696, 758-764. There are large additions
throughout, and many new cuts.

W. W. (from a letter from Prof. Dana).

Dakwin, Charles. The Structure and Distribution of Coral Eeefs.
Ed. 2. Pp. XX, 278, 3 maps, 6 woodcuts. 8vo. London.

Contains replies to criticisms of Prof. Dana and Dr. Semper. An
account of the Pelew Islands is added, as also a description of a bar of
sandstone off Pernambuco. The later chapters have been almost re-
written, and the maps have been revised. F. W. It.

Davis, William S. Pirst Book of Geology. 160 pp., 115 illustra-
tions. 12mo. New York.
Reprint from English edition.

Dawkins, Prof. W. B. Inaugural Address, 1874. Trans. Man-
chester Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. part vii.

Refers to evidence before the Coal Commission that blood-heat would
be reached in long- wall collieries at 3420 feet; but 1040 metres
(3511 feet) had been reached without need of any special ventilation.
After noticing various memoirs, states that the classification of the
Drifts proposed by Mr. J. Geikie will not apply to Lancashire, and that
probably the musk sheep and Arctic mammals lived in Southern France
during the period of minimum temperature marked by the ice-sheet in
Northern Britain, and that they retreated southwards before the in-
creasing cold. C. E. De R.

. Note on the occurrence of palaeolithic implements, associated

with bones of extinct mammalia, in old river-gravels of Europe
and India. Mem. Lit. Phil. Soc. Manchester, xiv. p. 15.

Debeat, H. Poteries anciennes et mammiferes dans la tourbe de
Nortkerque. [Ancient pottery and mammals in the peat of Nort-
kerque.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-1874, p. 9.

Note of occurrence.

. Silex polls dans la tourbe de Querieux. [Polished flints in

the peat of Querieux.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-1874, p. 9.
Note of occurrence.

Antiquites des tourbieres d'Ardres et d'Aveluy. [Antiquities

of the peat-deposits of Ardres and Aveluy.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,
1870-1874, pp. 29, 30.
Flint implements at the former place ; polished flint axe, worked
antlers, and Roman medals at the latter.

[Stone hatchets from the neighbourhood of Lille.] Ann. Soc.

Geol. Nord, 1870-1874, pp. 69, 70.
Note of occurrence.

laSCELLANEOUS. 355

Debray, H. Poteries anciennes trouve'es aux Noires-Mottes. [An-
cient pottery found at the Noires-Mottes.] Ann. Soc. Geol.
Nord, p. 81.

Dechen, Dr. H. yon. Bericht iiber die General- Yersammlung der
deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft am 13., 14., 15. Sep. 1873 zu
Wiesbaden. Leopoldina, Heft 9, pp. 15-16, 24-32.

Report of the General Meeting of the German Geol. Soc. at "Wies-
baden.

Delbsse, M. La Litologia del Fondo de los Mares : Extractos por
M. A. Piquet. Revista Minora, xxv. pp. 73-87, 104-117, 129-
137, 145-159, 226-235.

A fuU analysis in Spanish of Delesse's weU-known work.

DoLLFUs, GrsTAVE. Principos de Geologic transformiste ; application
de la Theorie de I'Evolution a la Geologic. [Principles of trans-
formist Geology ; application of the Evolution Theory to Geology.]
180 pp. 12mo. Paris.

Erdmann, Edward. Popular Geologi (junte mineralogi) en fram-
stallning af jordytans sammansattning, bildning och fortfamnde
omgestaltning, med afseende sarskildt fastadt vid svenska for-
hSUanden- [Popular Geology, including mineralogy, with special
reference to Sweden.] 189 pp., 65 woodcuts. 8vo. Stockholm.
The first part is an account of the commonest minerals, principally
Swedish. The second part (pp. 27-189) is divided as follows : — Chap. I.
Various kinds of rocks. Chap. II. On the forms and lie of rocks.
Chap. III. Chief stratigraphical divisions. 'Chap. IV. Geological dy-
namics. Chap. V. (pp. 140-189). A brief account of the geology of
Sweden, the chief formations in that country being Cambrian and
Silurian (including the Dala sandstone, the Dal formations, the Seve
and Koli groups, and the U. Silurian), Trias, Jurassic (the coal-bearing
formation of Scania), Cretaceous, and Quaternary. This chapter con-
tains information on the ore-deposits of Sweden, as well as descriptions
of the various kinds of glacial and post-glacial accumulations.

G. A. L.

Geologiska Vaggtaflor. [Geological diagrams,] 2*35 x 2

Swedish feet. 6 coloured plates. Stockholm.
Diagrams for public instruction. The plates illustrate the following
subjects : — 1. Development of the globe ; the various formations ; vol-
canoes. 2. Water- and ice-action in altering the surface of the earth.
3. Positions and relative arrangement of the rocks. 4. Quaternary
beds, showing varied arrangement of glacial bods in Sweden, 5. Coal
and metal mines. 6. Chief fossils of different periods, G. A. L,

Fisher, Rev. 0. On the Antiquity of the Worked Flint from the

Brickearth of Crayford. Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i. p. 479.
Letter giving reasons for believing that the flint flake referred to
really occurred in place,

2a2

1

35G MISCELLANEOrS.

FLAnATJT, — . Silex tallies au Mont Noir. [Worked flints at the

Mont Noir.J Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-1874, p. 66.
Note of occurrence, with notice of pebbles from the Fontinettes
marked with unexplained striations.

FoGH, C. Geologicus Hovetsoetninger, fremstillede med scerligt hensyn
til de hjemlige Forhold. [Elements of Geology with special re-
ference to Denmark.] Copenhagen.

Garrigou, F. Action de I'acide sulf hydrique des sources de Luchon
sur le granite des galeries de captage. [Action of hydrosulphuric
acid on granite.] Compt. Eend. t. Ixxix. pp. 541, 542.

Gaudrt, Albert. Notice sur les travaux scientifiques de d'Archiac.

[The scientific work of d'Archiac] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser.

t. ii. pp. 230-245.
A bibliographical account of d'Archiac's geological writings, with an
analysis of the principal, and a list of his papers.

GiRART), Jules. Les explorations sous-marines. Hydrographie, ap-
pareils de sondages, le sol sous-marin, la vie dans les profondeurs
de la mer, les eaux, les mers anciennes. [Submarine explorations.
Hydrography, sounding apparatus, sea-bottom, deep-sea life, the
waters, the ancient seas.] Pp. 256, 115 figs, in text. 8vo. Paris.

Contains a popular account of marine geology.

Grad, Ch. Considerations sur les progres et I'etat des sciences
naturelles. Lectures faites a Colmar. l^''^ partie : — Geologic et
Paleontologie. [On the progress of Geology and Palaeontology.]
8vQ. Paris. Also in Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Colmar, p. 315.

Griffith, Dr. J. "W. (and others). The Micrographic Dictionary,
Ed. 3, Partsxiii.-xxi. (end). 8vo. Lond. [Though the title-page
bears date 1875, these parts were published in 1874.]

Contains articles on geological matters. Plate 19 is of " Fossils."

GuERNE, Jfles de. Hachcs en silex des environs de Douai. [Flint
hatchets from the neighbourhood of Douai.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,
1870-1874, pp. 68, 69.

Note to accompany a collection.

Hauer, Dr. F. E. v. Jahresbericht. [Anniversary Address.] Yerh.

k.-k. geol. Eeichs. pp. 1-14.
Mainly a review of the progress of geological science in Austria
during 1873.

. Die Geologic und ihre Anwendung auf die Kenntniss der Bo-

denbeschafi'enheit der Osterr.-Ungar. Monarchic. Vienna. Pp. viii,

681 ; 658 woodcuts.

A treatise on Geology, with special reference to the Austro-Hungarian

Monarchy. Divided into two parts. General Geology and Descriptive

Geology. The first part contains chapters on the Crust of the Earth,

its Chemical and Mineralogical Constituents, Eocks, Formation of the

MISCELLAITEOUS. 357

Earth, Dynamical Geology, and Historical Geology. The second part
describes the successive formations, illustrating them with sections,
fossils, &c. from Austro-Hungarian sources. F. W. R.

Heinrich, 0. J. On Working Thick Coal Seams. Iron, vol. iii.
pp. 167, 203.

Hill, Rev. J. S., and Fairley, "W. On the occurrence of Fossil

Coal generally in different Rock formations : its origin and varied

composition. Coll. Guard, vol. xx^iii. pp. 14, 50, 85, 121, 157, 202.

A compilation translated and edited from the German. Gives a

resuine of the geological distribution of coals and lignites, with many

references to foreign authors. The mechanical and chemical alterations

to which coal-seams are subject are dwelt on and illustrated. G. A. L.

. On the circumstances of deposit of coal of the Carboni-
ferous era, and other mineral coal, and on the species of rock and
minerals found in association with them. Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii.
pp. 229, 230, 2Qd, 337, 361, 373.
The heads of this compilation, translated and edited from the German,
are : — 1. On the circumstances of deposit of coal of the Carboniferous
era, and their different zones. 2. The species of rock prevailing in the
Coal Measures, and the heterogeneous minerals occurring therein.

G. A. L.

HocHSTETTEB, F. VON. Die Fortschritte der Geologic. [Progress of

Geology.] Pp. 32. Vienna.
Lecture to the Vienna Academy. Reviews the development of geo-
logy, and its relation to other sciences.

Hughes, Prof. T. M*K., and Rev. D. R. Thomas. On the occurrence

of Felsite Implements of the Le Moustier type in Pontnewydd

Cave, near Cefn, St. Asaph. Journ. Anthrop. Inst. vol. iii. no. 3,

pp. 387-392, with plate (section).

Fragments of felstone rudely worked into forms resembling those of

the Le Moustier flints were found among the debris thrown out from

Pontnewydd Cave. Associated with these implements were bones and

teeth of various animals, and a molar tooth of man, apparently as

ancient as the other remains. F. W. R.

Jentzsch, — . Die geologische und mineralogische Literatur des
Konigreichs Sachsen und der angrcnzeriden Landertheilo, von 1835
bia 1873, systematisch zusammengestellt. [Geological and mine-
ralogical Literature of the Kingdom of Saxony and the neigh-
bouring countries, from 1835 to 1873, systematically armnged.J
Pp. 132. Leipzig.

Johnson, Dr. A. E. Geological and Archaeological Evidences of the
Antiquity of Man. Bull. Minnesota Ac. Nat. Sci. pp. 101-141.

Presidential address. Treats the subject under these headings : —
Danish Peat-beds, Soramo Valley Peat-beds, Lake Dwellers, &c., Epoch
of Extinct Animals, Extinct Animals in Glacial Drift, Was Man Con-

358 MISCELLANEOUS.

temporaneous with the Extinct Animals ? Cave Dwellers, Man in the
Glacial Epoch, How Long since the Commencement of the Glacial
Epoch ? Notices the finding of a human skull at a depth of 130 feet in
auriferous gravel in California. W. W.

Langtkt, George. On a Bronze Cauldron, and on a Carved Timber

Dish, found in Bogs in the County Antrim, Ireland. Journ. Eoy.

Hist. & Arch. Assoc. Ireland, ser. 4, vol. iii. no. 17, pp. 20-23

(2 woodcuts).

The cauldron was found at Cape Castle, in a solid bank of turf 9 feet

below the surface. This does not represent the amount of peat originally

superimposed ; for the bog has been used for fuel. The wooden dish was

got in Ballykenver Bog, near Armoy, in solid peat 5 feet below the

surface ; but in this case also the bog has been used. E. T. H,

Lartet, L., and Chaplain-Duparc. Sur une Sepulture des anciens

Troglodytes des Pyrenees, superposee a un foyer contenant des

debris humains associes a des dents sculp tees de Lion et d'Ours.

[Burying-ground of the ancient Troglodytes of the Pyrenees, &c.]

Compt. Kend. t. Ixxviii. pp. 1234-1236.

The human remains were found associated not only with bones of

the mammoth, lion, and reindeer, both sculptured and untouched, but

also with implements which suggest to the authors that we have

evidence (for the first time in these regions) of the passage from the

age of flaked to that of polished stone. The human bones have aU the

characters shown by the Cro-Magnon man. G. A. L.

Leeds, Prof. Notice of a sudden elevation of temperature in a lead
mine in Missouri from 60° to over 100°, caused by oxidation of
sulphide of iron. Proo. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel. p. 145.

Lejeune, — . Fouilles a Noires-Mottes, Cap Blanc-Nez. {Excava-
tions at Noires-Mottes, Cape Blanc-Nez.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord,
1870-1874, pp. 17, 28.
Objects referred to the Reindeer age, the age of polished stone, and
the Eoman period have been found.

. Haches en silex trouves dans la grotte de La Grande

Chamhre. [Elint hatchets in La Grande Chambre cave.] Ann.
Soc. Geol. Nord, 1874, pp. 61, Q2.
The implements were found with remains of Elephant, Rhinoceros,
Hysena, &c. The cave is in the Pas-de-Calais, near Hydrequent.

Lyell, Sir Charles. The Student's Elements of Geology. Ed. 2.
Pp. XX, 672. 8vo. London. 645 woodcuts.

The chief addition consists of a Table of British Fossils (by R.
Etheridge), showing the first appearance and development of the chief
orders, classes, and families of animals and plants from the Cambrian
to the Recent Period. This takes up 21 pages. W. W.

MISCELLAI7E0US. 359

Ltman, B. S. On the Importance of Surveying in Geology. Trans.

Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i. pp. 183-192.
An explanation of the use and methods of geological surveying, with
a sketch of the early history of the Pennsylvania State Survey.

Malet, H. p. Sign-posts on Ocean's Highway. Geogr. Mag. vol. i.
pp. 95, 188, 232, 324, 371.

Bone-Caves (pp. 95-102). — Believes that the remains found in bone-
caves are possibly contemporaneous with the formation of the limestone
itself. Basalt (pp. 188-194, 232-236).— Concludes that basalt is a
water-deposited rock. Dust (pp. 324-328). The Birth of Dust (pp. 371
-375). G. A. L.

Marsh, G. P. The Earth as modified by Human Action. A new
ed. of * Man and Nature.' Pp. xxi, 656. 8vo. Lend, and New
York.

The general arrangements of the two editions is the same ; but in
the later there are many additions, especially in the footnotes. Chap. I.
(pp. 1-55) is Introductory : it treats of changes of climate within
historic times, formation of bogs, &c. Chap. II. (pp. 56-147) treats of
changes in animal and vegetable life. Chap. III. (pp. 148-397). The
Woods ; describes the changes resulting from the felling or planting of
forests, as influencing rainfall, springs, landslips, &c. Chap. IV.
(pp. 398-544). The Waters ; embanking, drainage, irrigation. Chap. V.
(pp. 545-608). The Sands ; coast- and inland dunes. Chap. VI. (pp.
609-644). Projects of physical change accomplished or proposed by
man ; cutting of isthmuses, changes in inland seas, transportal of soil,
&c. W. T.

Medlicott, H. B. Annual Report of the Geological Survey of India
for 1873. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. vii. pt. 1, pp. 1-12.

Gives an account of the distribution and progress of work on the
Survey, and a notice of the publications issued by it ; illustrated by an
index-map. F. D.

Mefnier, Stan. Cours de geologic comparee, professe au museum
d'Histoire Naturelle. [Course of Comparative Geology.] Svo.
Paris.

Mopfat, Dr. T. On a Horn and Bones found in a Cutting in a

Street in Maidenhead, Berks. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections,

p. 84.

The horn and bones, which were much mineralized, were found in

flint-gravel, about 6 feet from the surface. There are cuts upon the

horn, which appear to have been made with an edged metaUio tool.

W. T.

. On Geological Systems and Endemic Diseases. Rep. Brit.

Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 84, 85.
Observations made in Cheshire and the surrounding district tend to
confirm the opinion that goitre and anaemia are endemic on the Car-

^

360 MISCELLANEOirS.

boniferous beds, while they are absent on New Red Sandstone.
These diseases are liable to prevail when there is a deficiency of iron
and phosphates in the blood ; these constituents are sparingly present
in Carboniferous beds, but are more abundant in the New Red,
Refers to a Millstone Grit district, where the soil is much coloured by
oxide of iron, and goitre and ansemia are unknown." W. T.

Morton, G. H. The Carboniferous Limestone and Millstone Grit of
North Wales. Part I. Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc. session 15,
pp. 16-19.

Consists of a list of 30 works relating to the subject, published
between 1778 and 1873.

NoELAs, — . Note sur les Mardelles et les silex tailles des Machefers

de la plaine de Combret pres Roanne. IMardelle? (ponds) and

worked flints of the Mdchefer (iron-conglomerate) of Combret, near

Roanne.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t, i. pp. 481,

Note on remains of lacustrine dwellings in ponds, known in the

neighbourhood as servas or redoutes ; also of worked flints in a curious

deposit of ferruginous conglomerate, called locally mdchefer, which is

found close to the surface, and is now in course of formation. G. A. L,

Omboni, G. Su degli oggetti preistorici provenienti da una delle
caverne di velo nel Veronese. Yenice.

Ortlieb, J. Silex tailles au Mont des Chats. [Worked Flints at

Mont des Chats.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, 1870-1874, p. 4.
Note of occurrence.

Partridge, W. Rapport sur le Catalogue des Fossiles Tertiaires qui
se trouvent au Musee Federal de Zurich. [Tertiary fossils, Zurich
Museum.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Norm. t. i. 2 fasc. pp. 217-224.

A review of M. Mayer s views on the arrangement of fossil collections,
which the writer thinks suited only to large, and useless for local
general collections. Explains a plan for the latter based on : — 1, the
division of a collection into as many parts as there are geological
horizons in the locality it represents ; 2, the classification of the rocks
with their fossils in the order of superposition ; 3, series of fossils of
each horizon classified zoologically. G. A. L.

Penoelly, W. The Flint and Chert Implements found in Kent's
Cavern, Torquay, Devonshire. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, pp.
209-214 ; and Quart. Journ. Sci. no. xlii. pp. 141-155.

Gives an account of the succession of deposits in Kent's Cavern, and
of the remains which they contain (see p. 29). The implements found
in the oldest deposit, the breccia, are rudely formed, massive, and un-
symmetrical; they have been formed direct from flint nodules, and
generally retain traces of the original surface. The implements from
the cave-earth are ovoid, lanceolate, and tongue - shaped ; they are
symmetrical, and have been formed from flakes previously struck ofi^ the
flint nodules. Bone needles, harpoons, and a perforated badger's tooth

MISCELLAWEOUS. 361

have been found in the cave-earth, but nothing of the kind in the
breccia. That the implements of the breccia are of earlier date than
those of the cave-earth is certain ; that they belong to a ruder age may
be inferred. Great as may be the antiquity of the cave-earth men,
that of the breccia men must be at least double. W. T.

P^RiER, — . Les formations contemporaines du fond des oceans.
[Sea-bottoms.] Bull. Soc. Geogr. Paris, pp. 91-93.

Phillips, Prof. J. Address to the Geological Section of the British
Association. Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1873, Sections, pp. 70-75.

Sketches the advance of geology since the first meeting of the Asso-
ciation at York in 1831. Allusion is made to the development of the
coal- and iron-fields, the sub-Wealden boring, recent researches regard-
ing the oldest and the newest British formations, terrestrial physics, the
glacial period, and the theory of evolution. W. T.

Pozzi, B. La Terre et le Eecit Biblique de la Creation. Pp. xi, 578.
8vo. Paris.

Divided into three books. The first gives a popular exposition of
physical geography and geology ; the second is devoted to the biblical
narrative ; and the third discusses the relation between the scientific and
the theological views. F. W. R.

PuYDT, P. E. DE. Sur I'homme prehistorique. Mem. Soc. Sci.

Hainaut, ser. 3, t. ix. pp. 7-26.
Presidential address on the antiquity of man, with special reference
to discoveries in Belgium.

Ramsay, Prof. A. C. On the Comparative value of certain geological
ages (or groups of formations) considered as items of Geological
Time. Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. xxiii. p. 334.
The Cambrian and Silurian may be divided into three groups, sepa-
rated by unconformities, and each characterized by a fauna of its own.
The Devonian may also be divided into three groups, each characterized
by a fauna of its own. On these grounds the author thinks that the
time occupied in the deposition of the Devonian rocks may have been
as long as that occupied in the deposition of the Cambrian and Silurian
together. Again, the Jurassic, Neocomian, and Cretaceous formations
form a similar threefold group, which may be comparable either with
the Silurian or Devonian trilogy. The Carboniferous is then correlated
with the Eocene, the Permian with the Miocene, and the Trias with
the Pliocene, on the strength of sundry resemblances in the conditions
under which they were formed ; and thus the conclusion is arrived at
that the great local continental era, extending from the beginning of
the Old Red Sandstone to the end of the Triassic period, is comparable
in point of time to all the time that has elapsed from the beginning of
the Lias down to the present day. Considerations follow tending to
the same conclusion from a pala?ontological j)oint of view. A. H. G.

362 MISCELLANEOUS.

RircHiE, A. T. The Creation ; or, Dynamical System of the Earth's
Pormation. In accordance with the Mosaic Record and the latest
discoveries of science. New Ed. 8vo.

EoTHWBLL, R. P. Abstract of Remarks on the Difficulties in the
Identification of Coal Beds. Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. i.
pp. 62, 63.

ScHCEDLER, P. Le Livro de la Nature. Elements de Mineralogie,
Geognosie, et Geologic. Traduit de la 18^ edition allemande par
H. Welter. Pp. 189, 2 plates. 8vo. Paris.

Scott, G. On the Geology of the Brighton Museum. 21st Ann.

Rep. Brighton Nat. Hist. Soc. pp. 56-66.
A notice of the collection of fossib.

Scott, R. H., and "W. Galloway. CoUiery Explosions and the
Weather. Nature, vol. x. pp. 157, 224.

Out of 70 fatal, and 224 non-fatal, explosions in 1872, 58 per cent,
were due to changes of pressure, 17 per cent, to the great heat of the
weather, and 25 per cent, to other than meteorological causes. The
escape of fire-damp was found to be mainly dependent on the condition
of atmospherical pressure. C. E. De R.

Sjogren, A. Pormler for bestammande af laget af en flots. [Por-
mula for determining the position of a bed.] Geol. foren. Stock-
holm Porhandl. Bdt. i. p. 202.

Let A, B, C be the positions of three bore-holes, and let S = dip
(reckoned from a horizontal plane), Y= angle which the strike of the
bed makes with AB, a = distance between A and B, a = distance
between A and C, w = angle of horizontal plane between AB and AC,
€?=: difference between the depths at which the bed is reached in A and
B, d' = difference between the depths at which the bed is reached in
A and C. Then

S=arc tan

d'

a sin Y'
and

V = arc tan

da' .
— - sm w
d

da'
"-^^"^^ G.A.L.

V

Stepanovic v. Yilovo, J. Die Entsumpfung der Niederungen der
Theiss und des Banats. [The swamping of the low grounds of the
Theiss and of the Banat.] Mittheil. k.-k. geogr. Gesell. Bd. xvii.
pp. 193-227, 272-276.

Strange, Thomas L. The Development of Creation on the Earth.

• Pp. xii, 109. London.

An essay on the Processes of Creation, pp. 1-41 ; on the Antiquity
of the Earth and its Human Inhabitants, pp. 42-89 ; Postscript, a
review of Mr. Geikie's ' Great Ice Age,' pp. 90-109. P. W. R.

MISOELLAJfEOUS. 363

Stte, D. Reise-Skizzen. I. Dresden, d. 15. Miirz, 1874. II.

Zwickau in Sachsen ; III. Halle a. d. Saale ; IV. Berlin. V.

Breslau. [Travelling sketches.] Verh. k.-k. geol. Ileichs. pp. 135-

138, 166-176, 293-305.

I. Notes on a visit to the Geological Museum of Dresden. II.-IV.

Describe the chief features of interest observed in a visit paid to the

Geological Museums of Zwickau, Halle, and Berlin. V. Describes the

chief points of geological interest noticed in a visit to the Museum and

neighbourhood of Breslau. H. A. N.

Tate, R. Rudimentary Treatise on Geology. [Partly based on
Major-Gen. Portlock's 'Rudiments of Geology.'] Ed. 2. 8vo.
Lond.

Taylor, J. E. Geological Stories. 8vo. Philadelphia.

An American reprint, with an Appendix of American formations.

Thomson, Prof. Wyville. Deep Sea Dredging on board the Chal-
lenger. Nature, vol. x. p. 142.
Describes the sea-bottom between Kerguelen and Heard Island as
being composed of basaltic pebbles. South of the islands, amongst the
ice, the soundings gave yellow clay, pebbles, and masses of diatoms.

C. E. De R.

Viale-Prela. SuUa causa del Diluvio universale. 15 pp. 8vo.
Rome.

VoGT, Carl. Sur la determination de I'age relatif des couches au
moyen des Fossiles. [Determination of the relative ages of beds
by means of fossils.] Compt. Rend. 2 sess. Assoc. Erang.

An expose of the doctrine of Homotaxis.

Walenn, W. H. On Mineral Veins. Iron, vol. iv. p. 450.

"WASHBURif, George. Calvert's supposed Relics of Man in the Mio-
cene of the Dardanelles. Proc. Amer. Assoc, vol. xxii. B. pp. 203-
205.
Describes the deposits in question, which lie midway between the
Dardanelles and the Plains of Troy. The flints found have all the
appearance of having been shaped by the action of water ; and the
supposed engravings on the bone are said to be probably the work of
worms when the bone was in a soft state. The writer failed to find
any evidence at the DardaueUea with reference to the antiquity of man.

G. A. L.

WniTAKER, W. List of Books, Papers, Maps, &c., on the Geology,

Mineralogy, and Palaeontology of Warwickshire. Rep. Rugby

School Nat. Hist. Soc. for 1873, pp. 66-76.

A chronological list of 132 works, dating from 1685 to 1872, with

an Index of Authors. One of a series of local bibliographies, those for

Cambridgeshire, Devonshire, Hants. Basin, and Wiltshire having been

previously published, besides other lists in Geological Survey Memoirs.

W. W.

364 MISCELLANEOUS.

Whitley, N. The Palaeolithic Age Examined. Journ. Yict. Inst,
vol. viii. pp. 4-51.

After some introductory remarks the subject is treated under the
following headings : — The Distribution and Origin of the Shattered
Flints and Flint Flakes of Devon and Cornwall (pp. 6-10) ; Cores,
Discs, and Scrapers (pp. 10-14) ; The " Implements " of the Drift
(pp. 14—19) ; and the Drift " Implements" — their Surroundings (pp. 19-
23). The discussion and remarks that follow (pp. 23-48) are chiefly
by Mr. J. Evans, Mr. Whitley, and Dr. Caepentek. W. W.

WooDWAED, Henry. On the Dawn and Development of Life on the

Earth. [The substance of a Lecture.] Geol. Mag. dec. 2, vol. i.

pp. 289-300.

Refers to the fauna of the later Tertiary deposits, and to the range

and extent of the Nummulitic Limestone. The Chalk and its modern

continuation are described, and the main biological features of the older

rocks are passed in review. Animals have probably contributed more

than any other agency towards building up the sedimentary rocks ; this

work has been done by the humblest classes, the Protozoa and Coelen-

terata. From the earliest dawn of life tiU now there has been unbroken

continuity of life. W. T.

Index to the Colours and Signs on the Maps and Sections of the
Geological Survey of Ireland. A sheet. Dublin.

365

ADDENDA.

Abich, H. Geologische Beobachtungen auf Reisen im Kaukasus im
Jahre 1873. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 1874, no. 2, pp. 278-
342.

Anon. The Coalfields of Gloucestershire and Somersetshire. Iron,
vol. iii. p. 68.

. The Emerald Mines of Muzo. Iron, vol. iii. p. 327.

. The Mineral Resources of Turkey. Iron, vol. iv. p. 99.

. On Californian Coal. Iron, vol. iv. p. 613.

An account of a Paper on this subject read before the Californian
Academy of Sciences by Dr. J. C. Cooper.

. Iron and Coal in Tennessee. Iron, May 30.

Extracts from a letter by Gen. J. T. "Wildee.

. The Whitehaven Collieries. Iron and Steel Institute — The

Excursions ; Min. Journ. vol. xliv. p.. 1141.
Section and mode of working in the Whitehaven and Cleator Moor
coalfields.

The Iron Ore and Iron Trade of Northamptonshire. Min.

Journ. April 11.

— . Mineral Wealth of Canada. — Cape Breton Coals. Min. Journ.
July 25.

(A. R. 0.) Northern Notes. Min. Journ. Aug. 8.

Notes on lodes of iron- and copper -pyrites in Norway.

. Iron Prospects. — No. 3. Mining World, vol. vi. pp. 644,

545.

Gives analysis of 14 Belgian ironstones.

Areiteo t Larrinaga, a. de, and F. Quiroga t Rodriguez. Ex-
cursion gcologica en la Provincia de Segovia. An. Soc. Espafi.
Hist. Nat. vol. iii. part 3.
Describe the kaolin deposits of the Province of Segovia, and two
caves near Pedraza do la Sierra, named '* de la Griega," where bones of
the Antelope arfd other animals, together with prehistoric pottery, have
been discovered. J. M*P.

Bachmann, Prof. J. Ueber Fiindlingo im Jura. [Erratic blocks
found in the Jura.] Mittheil. naturf. Gesell. Bern, p. 168.

Balfour, J. B. Letters received from the Naturalists attached to
the Transit-of- Venus Expedition at Rodriguez. Proc. Roy. Soc.
vol. xxiii. no. 157, pp. 135, 136.

366 ADDENDA.

Rodriguez consists of a succession of lava-flows (12 noticed), sepa-
rated by beds of conglomerate or laterite. The basalt is dark, compact,
and columnar, becoming in places porphyritic. A coralline limestone
occurs in large sheets at the east and west of the island, and occasionally
in patches, overlying the basalt. There are raised beaches on the south.
Zeolites occur in the basalt. R. E., Jun.

Barcena, Mariano. Descubrimiento de una nueva Especie mineral
in Mexico. [New Mineral, Mexico.] Naturaleza, t. iii. pp. 35-39.
Description of Livingstonite (see p. 223).

. Yiaje a la Caverna de Cacahuamilpa. Datos para la Geologia

y la Flora de los Estados de Morelos y Guerrero. Naturaleza,
t. iii. p. 75.

. El Wad Oolitico. Naturaleza, t. iii. pp. 136-138.

Barkas, "W. J. On the Microscopical Structure of Fossil Teeth from
the Northumberland True Coal Measures. Monthly Review of
Dental Surgery. 11 plates.

Barrois, Ch. Sur la craie de Pile de "Wight. [Chalk of the Isle of
Wight.] Ann. Soc. Geol. Nord, t. i. pp. 74-81 ; Bull. Soc. Geol.
France, ser. 3, t. u. pp. 428-433.
A resume of a paper in the Ann. Sci. Geol. The zones described
are as follows, in ascending order : — Gault, 30 metres thick ; U. Green-
sand with Ammonites injlatus, 50 m. ; Chloritic Marl with A. laticlavivs,
2 m. ; Craie glauconieuse with Scaphites cequalis (Grey Chalk), 35 m. ;
Craie marneuse with Inoceramus lahiatus, 40 m. ; Craie marneuse with
TerehratuUna gracilis, 20 m. ; Craie blanche with Holaster planus, 20 m. ;
Craie blanche with Micraster coi'-testudinarium, 50 m. ; Craie blanche
with Micraster cor-anguinum, 160 m. ; Craie blanche with Belemnites,
80 m. The Chalk-rock lies in the zone of TerehratuUna gracilis ; the
equivalent of the Totternhoe stone in that of Inoceramus lahiatus.

W. T.
Batjza, Felipe de. Breve resena geologica de la Provincia de Gerona.
[Brief geological sketch of the Province of Gerona.] Bol. Com.
map. geol. Espan. vol. i.

Bayan, — . Sur la succession des assises et des faunes dans les
terrains jurassiques superieures. [Succession of the U. Jurassic
series.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 316-343, pis. x. xi.

The conclusions are: — 1, all the upper beds of the Jura may
present an oolitic or madreporic fades ; 2, all the oolitic beds yield in
their faunas analogous forms ; 3, all marly beds have similar relations ;
4, notwithstanding these resemblances each bed has particular species
which, either by their number, or even by their mere presence, indicate
the various horizons. The following new species are described : —
Pachyerisma TombecTci and P. Eoyeri, both from Corallian, Doulain-
court. G. A. L,

ADDENDA. 367

Beeendt, — , and — Meyn. Bericht iiber eine Reise nach Nieder-

land, im Interesse der koniglich preussischen geologischen Landes-

anstalt. [Report of Geological Commission to Holland.] Zeitsch.

deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xxvi. Heft 2, pp. 284-317, with plate.

It has been determined to show the distribution of the superficial

deposits of Prussia on the geological maps on a scale of 1 : 25,000 ; but

before commencing this work a Commission was appointed to examine

the way in which the surface-geology of Holland had been worked out

under Dr. Staring, and to discuss the practicability of constructing the

N. German map on similar principles. F. W. R.

Blake, Dr. C. C. Sulphur in Iceland. [A pamphlet.] 8vo. London.

BoNNEY, Rev. T. G. Notes on the Upper Engadine and the Italian
Valleys of Monte Rosa, and their Relation to the Glacier- erosion
Theory of Lake-basins. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 479-
489.
Though the author is ready to admit that glaciers may have exca-
vated some lakelets and tarns, he maintains that none of the great
Alpine lakes have been primarily formed, or have undergone any great
secondary modification, by glacier-action. He prefers to account for
these large and deep basins by irregular movements of upheaval and
subsidence along lines athwart the valleys. A. H. G.

BoxBERG, Fraulein von. Forsetzung der Ausgrabung der Hohle von
Rochefort. [Exploration of Rochefort Cave.] Isis, 1874, pp. 146-
149.

Bredemeyer, Dr. W. Geology of Upper Burmah, Khan, and West

China. Min. Journ. May 2.
Condensed from the San Francisco Mining and Scientific Press.

Broavn, Rev. T. On the Parallel Roads of Glen Roy. Proc. Roy.
Soc. Edin. vol. viii. no. 89, pp. 339-342.

Records the discovery of Diatomacece in (a) finely stratified sand and
clay, and (b) clay with boulders indistinctly stratified, forming a portion
of the deposit known as the Parallel Roads of Glen Roy. The species
obtained, four in number, are freshwater. R. E., Jun.

Beuqnatelli, T., and P. Pellogio. Analisi deU' acqua minerale di
Monte Alfeo ; e Nota intorno all' azione del solfo sull' acqua e sui
carbonati terrosi. Rend. R. Ist. Lomb. ser. 2, vol. vii. pp. 333-338.

Beunfaut, Jtjles. De I'exploitation des Soufres. [Working ,of
Sulphur.] 8vo. Paris. Pp. 620.

Buckley, Dr. S. B, First Annual Report of the Geological and Agri-
cultural Survey of Texas. Pp. 142. 8vo. Houston.

BuRTHE, P. L. Notice eur les gisemonts des minerais d'argent, leur
exploitation et leur traitement metallurgique aux Etats-Unis.
2We partie. Ann. Minos, ser. 7, t. vi. p. 8,

368 ' ADDENDA.

Calderon, Salvador. Resena geologica de la Provincia de Guada-
lajara. Madrid.
After sketching the topography of the Province of Guadalajara,
which is divided into three zones, the "Serrania" (Highland), the
"Campina" (Tableland), and the "Alcarria" (Lowland), describes the
different geological formations, including, besides eruptive rocks and
gneiss, the Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, Triassic, Jurassic, Creta-
ceous, Tertiary, and Kecent deposits. A list of the fossils found in
each formation is given ; and reference is made, when describing the
mineral wealth of the district, to the silver-mines of Hiendelaencina,
the salt-mines of Tierzo, and the unimportant coalfield of Valdesotos,
as also to the prehistoric stone implements and pottery found at
Argecilla and other places. A small geological map accompanies this
work. J. MT.

. Eesena geologica de la Provincia de Alava. Revista de la

Sociedad de los profesores de ciencias. Madrid.
A brief notice is given of the geography of the province of Alava.
The granitic and eruptive rocks, and the Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary,
and Recent formations therein found are described. Reference is made
to prehistoric remains found near Yitoria and in other parts of the
province. J. M'P.

Castillo, A. del. Descripcion del Mineral bismutifero de San Luis

Potosi. Naturaleza, t. iii. p. 92. [See p. 226.]
Chabas, F. Les Silex de Yolgu. 4to. Chalons. 4 plates.
Christison, Sir R. Notice of Fossil Trees recently discovered in
Craigleith Quarry, near Edinburgh. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol.
xxvii. part 2, p. 203.
Clayton, Prof. J. E. The Mining Industry of Utah. Min. Journ.

May 2, with 5 woodcut sections.

An account of the district, compiled from papers written by Prof.

Clayton [? in Utah Mining Gazette]. See also a letter signed " Fair

Play " in Min. Journ. April 4. W. T.

CocKBURN-HooD, T. H. Remarks upon the Footprints of the Din-

ornis in the Sand Rock at Poverty Bay, New Zealand, and upon

its recent extinction. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. viii. no. 87,

pp. 236-240.

Cook, George H. Geological Survey of New Jersey. Annual Report

of the State Geologist for the year 1874. Pp. 116. 8vo. Trenton.

This work, though dated 1874, may really have been issued in 1875.

It describes the iron- mines in the northern part of the State, notices

other ores, and describes various clays, giving analyses. "W. W.

CoRTAZAR, Daniel. Dates geologico-mineros de las Provincias de

Zamora y Orense. Bol. Com. map. geol. Espan. vol. i.
The first part refers to the province of Zamora, and the second to
that of Orense. Both are geographically and geologically described,
and a notice is given of their mineral wealth, J, M'P,

ADDENDA. 369

DoDswoETH, C. Lead Mining in Limestone [N. of England.]. Min.
Journ. April 18.

DoNAYRE, F. M. Datos geologico-mineros recojidos en la Provincia

de Guadalajara y en el termino de Yaldesotos, Bol. Com. map.

geol. Espaii. vol. i.

In these notes on the geology and mineralogy of the Province of

Guadalajara the author describes a coalfield near Yaldesotos, which he

considers cannot be profitably worked. J. M'P.

. Bosquejo de una descripcion fisico-geologica de la Provincia

de Zaragoza. Mem. Com. map. geol. Espaii.

The first part describes the geography, meteorology, and agriculture
of the province of Zaragoza, and gives a list of the heights and geological
horizons of about 250 localities. The second part is a geological de-
scription of that district, where, besides eruptive rocks, the Silurian,
Devonian, Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Recent forma-
tions appear. The diff'erent fossils of each formation are mentioned ;
and a descriptive list of about 350 rocks is annexed, together with a
note on the mineral wealth of the country. A coloured geological map
to the scale of joi/oTTTr» ^ sections, 3 landscapes, and a plate representing
several species of Cruziana from the Silurian deposits accompany the
work. J. M'P.

DoRNES, — . [The St. Louis Canal and the Mouths of the Rhone.]
Mem. Soc. Ing. Civ. no. 4, pp. 740-746.

Gives an account of alluvial changes near the mouth of the Rhone,
observed during and since the construction of the canal. (Abstract in
Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng. vol. xli. pp. 251-253.) W. T.

Dunn, E. J. On the Mode of Occurrence of Diamonds in South
Africa. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 54-60, 2 woodcuts.

Diamonds occur in circular " pipes " or " pans," which are regarded
as old volcanic vents. They have been worked to a depth of 130 feet ;
the upper part contains surface-products ; then comes soft decomposed
euphotide or gabbro (?), which gets harder and less altered below.
The altered rock contains garnet, calc-spar, mica, bronzite, augite,
diopside, diallage, iron-pyrites, &c. ; and in this the diamonds occur,
often in fragments. The gems differ in character in the various
diggings. The shale at the sides of the pipes is always turned upwards.
The other intrusive rocks of the district are noticed. Diamonds also
occur in Drift deposits of two ages : the older Drifts are at a higher
level along the Vaal than the newer, and they also occur as out-
liers. W. T

Ehrenbero, — . De la Toba fitolitaria de Valle do Toluca (Trans-
lation). Naturaleza, t. iii. pp. 118-132.'

Endlich, Dr. F. M. Mineralogical Collection, and List of Minerals
in the National Museum, 1873. Ann. Rep. Smithson. Inst, for
1873, pp. 61-63, 70, 71.

1874. 2 B

370 ADDENDA.

Feistmantel, Dr. Ottokar. Studien im Gebiete des Kohlengebirges
von Bohmen. Pp. 175, 3 plates (fossil plants), woodcuts (sections).
4to. Prague. Pub. in Abh. k. boh. Gesell. Wiss. for 1874.
Describes the coal-bearing rocks of Bohemia ; traces their distribu-
tion, reviews their flora, and notices each deposit in detail. Some of
the upper beds of coal are in Permian rocks. P. W. E.

. Ueber ein neues Yorkommen von nordischen silurischen Dilu-

vialgeschieben bei Lampersdorf in der Grafschaft Glatz. Prague.

FiGUERVA, J. M. M. S. de. Descripcion del Yolcan de Tuxtla.
Naturaleza, t. iii. pp. 106-114.

Gascue, Francisco, and Eamon Yngtjnza. Algunas modificaciones

que segun los estudios geologicos del 8eiior Don Jose Caminero en

la Provincia de Ciudad Real, deben introducirse en los datos publi-

cados sobre dicha comarca. Bol. Com. Map. geol. Espafi. vol. i.

The authors, referring to a paper and to a collection of rocks and

fossils forwarded to the Commissioners of the geological map of Spain

by Don Jose Caminero, rectify several errors published respecting the

geology of the Province of Ciudad Real. A descriptive list of the rocks

sent by M. Caminero is annexed. J. M'P.

Gastaldi, B. Sulla Cossaite varieta sodica di Onkosina. At. R. Ac.

Sci. Turin, vol. x. pp. 189-200.

Geikie, a. The Sub-Wealden Exploration. Nature, vol. x. pp. 220,

221.
Gilpin, J. B. Observations on some Fossil Bones found in N'ew
Brunswick, Canada. Trans. Nov.Scot. Inst. vol. iii. part 4, p. 400.
Grafe, — . Notice sur les terrains paleozoi'ques du departement de

I'Herault. [Palaeozoic rocks of Herault.] Lyons.
Grand, — . [The Coal Basin of the Asturias.] Mem. Soc. Ing. Civ.

pp. 304-312.
The coal is of Carboniferous Limestone age, and is associated with
limestone, schists,, sandstones, and conglomerates. The dip of the beds is
generally 60° to 70°, and their total thickness may be from 6000 to 10,000
feet. The seams average 2*3 feet in thickness ; they rarely exceed 7 ;
but some reach 10. The alluvial beds overlying the coal are impreg-
nated with mercury; haematite and antimony also occur. (From
abstract in Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng. xl. 349.) W. T.

Greenwood, W. H. A Manual of Metallurgy. — Yol. I. Fuel, Iron,
Steel, Tin, Antimony, Arsenic, Bismuth, and Platinum. Pp. 260.
8vo. London and Glasgow.
Contains notices of ores, with analyses.

Harting, p. De bodem van het Eemdal. [Geology of the Eem

Yalley.] Yer. Med. kon. Ak. Wet. Reeks 2, Deel 8, Stuk 3, pp.

282-290.

Recent borings in the valley of the Eem show the existence of similar

deposits to those at Amsterdam ; and as these are more recent than any

ADDENDA. 371

of Dumont's Pliocene beds, they are separated under the distinctive
name of the Eem system (Eem-stelsel). They are characterized by the
occurrence of Cerithium lima and Venus rotundata. F. W. 11.

Heale, Josh. Tin in Portugal. Min. Journ. March 28.
Notes on lodes in the province of Tras os Montes.

Helland, Amtjnd. Om Kromjernstein i Serpentin (Chrome iron-
ore). Forhand. Yid. Selskb. (for 1873), page 151.

The occurrence of chromite-bearing serpentines in the region be-
tween Koraas and Molde is described, and their origin attributed to
the decomposition and recomposition of diallage or of diallage-
bearing rocks. They occur among different stratified formations, both
as dykes and intercalated bands, and contain the chromite ("which is
peculiar to them) in patches, often grouped along planes coinciding
with neighbouring stratification. The frequent pseudomorphic asso-
ciation of serpentine with diallage, the fact that the latter often con-
tains traces of chrome-oxide, and certain chemical relations shown,
support the view taken. • H. M.

Helmhackee, E. Der Antimon-Bergbau Milesov bei Krasna hora
in Bohmen. Jahrb. k.-k. Eergakad. Bd. xxii. p. 340.

Hering, C. a. Die Hohenelber Kupfererzlagerstatten. [The copper-
ore deposits of the Upper Elbe].

HiTcncocz, Prof. C. H. The Coal-measures of the United States.

Iron, vol. iv. p. 426.
A summary of the superficial extent and vertical thickness of the
Carboniferous Coal-measures of the United States.

and J. H. Huntingdon. The Geology of New Hampshire. A

Report comprising the results of Explorations ordered by the

Legislature. — Part I. Physical Geography. Pp. 688. 8vo.

Concord.

Gives a history of the Geological Surveys of the State, and other

geological information. (From notice in Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. ix.

p. 222.)

Honetman, Dr. D. Geology of Nova Scotia. Trans. Nov. Scot.
Inst. vol. iii. part 4, p. 345.

Hume, W. C. Report on the Queensland Tin Fields. Pp. 31. 8vo.
With geological information and particulars of rocks, &c.

Hunt, John. Mount Bischoff Tin Mines, Tasmania. Min. Journ.

Feb. 21.
No true tin-lode has been found. There is an antimony-lode in
slate, near the granite.

Hunt, R. Mineral Statistics of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Ireland for the year 1873. With an Appendix. 8vo. Lond,
Pp. xviii, 278.

2?2

372 ADDENDA.

Jervis, G. I Tesori Sotterranei dell' Italia. [Title on p. 74.]
The continuation of a work the first volume of which (on the Region
of the Alps) was published previously, whilst the third (Sardinia and
Sicily) is yet to come. This part refers to the Region of the Apennines,
and to the active and extinct volcanoes connected therewith.

Considerations on the physical and chemical changes of rocks and
minerals through chemical decomposition, pp. 3-7 ; list of the minerals
of the sedimentary rocks of the Apennines, pp. 9-13 ; detailed notice of
minerals, mineral waters, aerolites, mines, &c., in each province, pp. 33-
624 ; the stratified nature of serpentine explained at p. 143 ; sulphur
a stratified and not a volcanic product, p. 189 ; boracic-acid lagoons
not due to volcanic agency, but to decomposition of stratified rocks,
p. 430 ; "Vesuvius, pp. 587-607, chronology of its eruptions, its minerals,
and its gases. W. W.

Cenni geologici suUe montagne poste in prossimita al

giacimento di Antracite di Demonte. [Geological notes on the

mountains adjacent to the Anthracite deposit of Demonte.] 8vo.

Pp. 16. Translated, with additions, in Min. Journ. Aug. 7, 1875.

The argillaceous and calcareous schists of Demonte are identified

with the Gailthal beds, now for the first time discovered in the Western

Alps, and belong truly to the Carboniferous formation ; thickness about

1600 feet. Below are Serpentine and Euphotide rocks surmounted by

talcose schists. The first coal is found 33 feet above the top of the

talcose schists ; five beds are mentioned ; the distance between them

varies from 23 to 115 feet; but their thickness is not given ; quality

anthracitic. Coal could be won to a depth of 275 fathoms by levels,

without any shaft. Above the Carboniferous shales are beds of white

quartz, and then Palaeozoic limestones, 3300 feet thick. E. B. T.

Kendall, J. D. The Haematite deposits of "Whitehaven and Furness.
Coll. Guard, vol. xxviii. pp. 157, 230, 374, plan and 18 figs, in text.

Describes the deposits in detail. The Whitehaven haematite is
harder and more compact than that of Eurness. Gives sections of the
ore-bearing beds in each district, and analyses of the various qualities
of ore. Examines the theories which have been imagined to account
for the formation of the deposits, and dismisses that of the igneous
origin, believing that the haematite was originally deposited as car-
bonate, partly displacing the limestone, and partly in previously exist-
ing caverns. Thinks that the haematite is younger than the Carboni-
ferous Limestone, and older than a great part of the Permian.

G. A. L.

Ejllebeew, J. B., Dr. J. M. Sapfoed and others. Introduction to
the Resources of Tennessee. Eirst and Second Reports of the
State Bureau of Agriculture. Pp. 1193, 5 maps. 12mo. Nash-
ville.
Gives d geological map, a description of the formations, and a chapter
on Farm-Geology.

ADDENDA. 373

Landerer, Jose J. El piso Tenencico 6 Urgo-Aptico y su fauna.
An. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. vol. iii. part 3.

Describes the Urgonian and Aptian deposits, esp.ecially those of
Eastern Spain in the Provinces of Castellon, Tarragona, and Teruel;
and proposes to name them Urgo-Aptian or Tenentian, the region of
ancient Tenentia in the Province of Castellon proving their intimate
connexion, and affording a great number of characteristiQ fossils. A
catalogue of 201 genera and 968 species of fossils accompanies the
paper. J. M*P.

LiLL, M. Y. Analysen und anderweitige Untersuchungen. Jahrb.
k.-k. Bergakad. Bd. xxii. p. 381.

LoRioL, P. DE. Description de quelques Asterides du Terrain Neo-
comien des environs de Neuchatel. Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neu-
chatel, t. iv. part 2, pp. 111.

. Description de trois especes d'Echinides appartenant k la

famille des Cidaridees. Ibid. p. 14.

LuDwiG, Rfdolf. Geologische Skizze der Umgebung von Syzran an
der Volga. [Geological Sketches of the neighbourhood of Syzran
on the Volga.] Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, p. 372.

. Die Steinkohlen von Kolomenskoi an der Moskwa. Ibid.

p. 381.

Braunkohlen- und Spharosideritlager in der Nahe von

Cholumtzky im Viatkaschen. Ibid. p. 383.

MacPherson, Joseph. Memoria sobre la estructura de la Serrania
de Ronda. Cadiz.

Describes the orographical structure and geological formation of that
part of the Province of Malaga which lies to the left of the river
Guadiaro. Nearly all the series, from the Paleozoic rocks to the
Pliocene deposits, occurs in this district. The most important fact
brought forward is the existence of an enormous mass of Serpentine,
about 42 kilometres long, and about 18 to 20 kilometres in maximum
width, lying between the " Meseta de Ronda " and the sea, the up-
heaval of which appears to have been the main cause in imparting their
present relief to those mountains. A geological map and a plate of 7
sections are given. J. M*P.

Maggi, L. Sulla geognosia del Sasso Meraro in Yalcuvia. Rend. R.
Ist. Lomb. ser. 2, vol. vii. pp. 58-66.

Malleit, E. J. On Middle Park Mineral Coal. Rocky Mountain
News, Nov. 19 (noticed in Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. ix. p. 146).

Melsens, — . Note sur I'importance du giscment do phosphate de
chaux des environs de Ciply (province de Hainaut). [Phosphatic
deposit of Ciply, Hainault.] Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxviii.
pp. 23-52.

374 ADDENDA. '

Milne, J. Notes on the Physical Features and Mineralogy of New-
foundland. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. pp. 722-745,
sketch map and 4 woodcuts.
Treats of physical features, ice-action, and lakes. Concludes that
there has been : — 1, a polar ice-flow from the N.E., aided in its action
by following the strike of the beds ; 2, local glaciation ; 3, later denu-
dation, mechanical and chemical, the sea cutting in along the strike of
the beds. Notes follow on mineral locaKties, plumbaginous veins,
gypsum, coal, and magnetic iron. The paper ends with a summary,
from Mr. A. Murray's Reports, of places not visited by the author.

W. T.

Mojsisovics, Dr. E. von. Faunengebiete und Faciesgebilde der
Trias-Periode in den Ost-Alpen. [Range of the faunae and facies
of the divisions of the Trias in the Eastern Alps.] Jahrb. k.-k.
geol. Reichs. Bd. xxiv. pp. 81-134. Abstract in Verhandl. pp. 90,
91, under a different title.

Divides the beds above the Alpine Muschelkalk into Noric and
Carnic groups. The Noric beds of the district east of Berchtesgaden, in
which the Zlambach and Lower Hallstadt beds were deposited, do not
contain a single species identical with Noric beds in other parts of the
Alps, that district having been entirely isolated : the former is distin-
guished as the " Juvavic province " of the Noric epoch, and the latter
as the '* Mediterranean province." Many of the divisions which have
been made in the Alpine .Trias are held to be only local facies ; and it is
said to be impossible to parallel bed for bed Alpine with extra- Alpine
Triassic deposits. The Carnic group includes, immediately below the
Rhaetic, 1, Hauptdolomit ; 2, Raibl or Gardita-heds ; 3, zone of Tr.
Aono'ides (Schlerndolomit, &c.); 4, St. Cassian zone. The Lunzer
sandstone, Bleiberg and Reingrabner shales, <irlberg limestone, Gorno
shales, &c. are reckoned different facies of the Raibl beds. Classifica-
tions of beds in several districts are given in tabular form. E. B. T.

Moore, R. The Coal and Iron Trades of the West of Scotland.

Min. Journ. vol. xliv. p. 1141.
History of trade, modes of working, list of Carboniferous ironstones,
and trade statistics.

Navia, Seveeo. Nota sobre la Plata sulfurea pseudomorfosis de
Rosicler oscuro. Naturaleza, t. iii. pp. 154-156.

Olavareia, Manuel. Dates geologico-mineros recojidos en la Pro-
vincia de Santander. Bol. Com. map. geol. Espaii. vol. i.

Notes on the geology and mineral wealth of the Province of Santander.
Mentions the fact of having found an elephant's molar converted into
carbonate of zinc. J. M'P.

Pearce, H. In the tracks of Old Welsh Glaciers. Dublin Univ.
Mag. August,

Peckham, S. F. The Geological and Natural History Survey of
Minnesota. Peat for Domestic Fuel. Pp. 16. 8vo. Minnesota.

ADDENDA. 375

Pettersen, Karl. Geological Investigations in Tromso Amt iv.

Roy. Norwegian Soc. Writings, vol. vii. pp. 260-444.
From a list in Geol. Mag. dec. ii. vol. ii. p. 386. As also is the
following.

. On the Occurrence of Elaeolite in West Finmarken. Stock-
holm Geol. Soc. Discussions, vol. ii. pp. 220-222.

PiERsoN, W. M. Correspondence relative to the Discovery of a

Large Meteorite in Mexico. Ann. Rep. Smithson. Inst, for 1873,

pp. 419-422.

A mass of meteoric iron, 2| feet square, and weighing, it is supposed,

over 5000 pounds, was discovered in the ruins of the Casas Grandes, at

the foot of the Sierra Madre, State of Chihuahua. R. E., Jun.

PoLLAcci, E. Intorno all' azione dello zolfo sui carbonati terrosi, e
particolarmente su quelle neutro di calcio, con conni risguardanti
la geologia e I'agricoltura. Rend. R. 1st. Lomb. ser. 2, vol. vii.
pp. 238-248.

PosEPNT, Franz. Geologisch-montanische Studie der Erzlagerstiitten
von Rezbdnya. [Mining geology of the ore-deposits of Rezbanya.]
Budapest.
The first part is a geological account of the mining district of
Rezbanya. The second part is devoted to the mining characteristics of
that region. A coloured geological map (scale 1 to 28,800) accom-
panies the memoir. G. A. L.

. Der Bergbau-District von Mies. [Mining-district of Mies,

Bohemia.] Yienna.

Pbestwich, J. Sur la structure des Couches du Crag de Norfolk et
de Suffolk avec quelques observations sur leurs restes organiques.
Traduit de I'anglais par M. Mourlon.
A translation of the well-known papers on the Crag in Quart. Joum.
Geol. Soc.

Raymond, R. W. Statistics of Mines and Mining. 6th Ann. Rep.
pp. 585. 8vo. Washington.

Read WIN, T. A. The Mineral Wealth of Ireland. Min. Journ. Feb. 7.

Richardson, C. S. Colorado Silver Mines. — The Great Caribou.

Min. Journ. April 25.
A description of the lode, with 6 woodcuts.

Rougemont, Ph. de. Sur le Phyllosome fossile de Solenhofen.
Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, t. x. cah. i. pp. 3, 4.

RtTiMEYER, L. Ueber Thai- und Secbildung. [On the formation of
Valleys and Lakes.] Ed. 2. Basle.

Smith, A. K. Notes on the quality of Hartley and Greta Shale for
the Manufacture of Gas, together with Description of the new
Coal-seam at Greta. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. x. pp. 5-11.

376 ADDENDA.

Gives a section of the beds in Anvil Creek, at Greta (N. S. Wales),
taken from a Report by the late W. Keene.

Spezia, G. Nota sopra un calcifiro della zona delle pietre verdi. At.
R. Ac. Sci. Turin, vol. x. pp. 19-29, 1 plate.

Stevenson, J. J. On the Alleged Parallelism of Coal Beds. Proc.

Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xiv. no. 93, pp. 283-295.
Cites numerous examples of coal beds throughout the American
Coal Measures to prove " that the interval between any two given beds
of coal is liable to vary many feet in thickness within comparatively
short distances." R. E., Jun.

Thompson, "W. P. Corundum. Min. Joum. April 25.
Gives notes of occurrence in the Southern Alleghanies.
ToPLEY, W. The Geology of the JSTeighbourhood, — in Pelton's
Illustrated Guide to Tunbridge Wells, ed. 6. Chap. x. pp. 176-
185, reprinted from ed. 5 (1871). 8vo. Tunbridge WeUs.

ToTJRNOTJER, — . Sur Ics terrains tertiaires superieurs du bassin de

Theziers (Gard),et sur le niveau geologique du. Potamides Basteroti

dans le bassin du Rhone. [U. Tertiaries of the Theziers Basin

(Gard), and the geological horizon of Potamides Basteroti in the

Rhone Basin.] Bull. Soc. Geol. Prance, 3 ser. t. ii. pp. 287-307,

plate ix

Describes the fluvio-marine series of Theziers, and the marine and

fluviatile series of Yaquieres. Under the latter he distinguishes : — 1,

the marine beds of Yaquieres and St. Amand; 2, the fluvio-marine

beds of Yaquieres with Potamides Basteroti and with vegetable remains ;

3, beds of Montpellier with Potamides Basteroti; 4, beds of Yisau

(Yaucluse) with Potamides Basteroti. The last three are referred to

the upper part of the L. Pliocene ; among the species characteristic of

this zone the following are described as new : — Paludestrina Escoffierce,

Melanopsis Neumayri, Dreyssensia suh- Basteroti. G. A. L.

Trautschold, H. Fischreste aus dem Devonischen des Gouverne-
ments Sula. Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, t. xiii. liv. 4, p. 261.

. Die Kalkbriiche von Mjatschkowa. Eine Monographic des

obem Bergkalkes. Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, t. xiii. liv. 4,
p. 276.

Tribolet, M. F. de. Recherches geologiques et paleontologiques
dans le Jura Neuchatelois. Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, t. iv.
p. 108.

Villa, G. B. Gita geologica sugli Appennini centrali della pro-
vincia di Pesaro ed Urbino. At. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. vol. xvi. p. 81.

YiLLE, — . Situation de I'industrie miniere des departements d'Alger,
d'Oran et de Constantino, au commencement de 1874. [State of
Mining in the Departments of Algiers, &c.] Paris.

Gives details of the state of explorations and workings in the
Algerin.li territory.

ADDENDA. 377

Walker, Prof. F. A. Statistical Atlas of the United States, based

on the results of the Ninth Census, 1870. Washington.
Contains two geological maps — one showing the chief formations, the
other the Coal Measures only.

Warren, Major G. K. An Essay concerning important Physical
Features exhibited in the Valley of the Minnesota Eiver, and
upon their signification. Pp. 22, 5 plates (maps, &c.). 8vo.
Washington.

Watson, R. A. The Commercial Future of Ireland. — The Iron

Mines of Antrim. Min. Journ. Feb. 7.
Extracts from a paper in the Dublin University Magazine for
January.

Whitley, N. The Brixham Cavern and its Testimony to the Anti-
quity of Man ; — examined. Journ. Yict. Inst. vol. viii. pp. 211-
229, with Discussion ; ground-plan (woodcut).
Gives an account of the exploration of the cavern. Considers that
the flakes in the cavern have been derived from a " trail of drift
gravel " scattered over the table-land above, and were washed in with
the loam and gravel in which they are found, and that these flakes are
due to natural causes. Concludes that " this Cavern furnishes no
satisfactory evidence of the existence of Palaeolithic man." W. W.

WiNCHELL, N. H., and S. F. Peckham. The Geological and Natural-
History Survey of Minnesota. 2nd Annual Report (for 1873).
Pp. 75-219. 8vo. St. Paul.
Divided under the following headings: — I. The Belle Plaine Salt
Well, pp. 79-87. II. Peat, pp. 88-127, with analyses. III. The
Geology of the Minnesota Valley, pp. 127-212. W. W.

Winkler, T. C. Lc Pterodactylus Kochi du Musee Teyler. Arch.
Mus. Teyler, vol. iii. fasc. 4, plate.

Young, Robert. Some Remarks on Fossil Teeth and Bones lately
discovered in Phosphatic Manure from America. Proc. Belfast
Nat. Hist, and Phil. Soc. Sess. 1872-73, pp. 56-59.

ZiGNo, Baron A. de. Annotazioni Paleontologiche. Pesci fossili
nuovi del Calcare Eoceno dei Monti Bolca e Postale. [New Fossil
Fish, Eocene limestone of Monte Bolca.] Mem. 1st. Ven. vol.
xviii. 3 plates.

Dates gcologico-mineros de la Provincia de Jaen. By the Commis-
missioners of the geological map of Spain, from data forwarded by
Don Francisco Garcia Araus. Bol. Com. map. geol. Espan.
vol. i.

Notes on the mining-district of Linares, and other places in the
Province of Jaen.

378 ADDENDA. -

The following titles came to hand just as this sheet was going to

Dewalqtje, G. Sur la Correlation des Formations Cambriennes de
la Belgique et du Pays de Galles. Bull. Ac. Koy. Belg. 2 ser.
t. xxxvii. no. 5, pp. 596-598.

Malaise, M. C. 8ur I'age de quelques Couches du Terrain Ardennais
des Environs de Spa. Bull. Ac. Boy. Belg. 2 ser. t. xxxvii. no. 6,
p. 800.

Paglia, Prof. E. Yalli Salse di Sermide nel Mantovano. [Salt _

Valleys of Sermide, Mantua.] At. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. vol. xvii. m

fasc. ii. pp. 179-208. "

INDEX.

Aar glacier, 100.
Aargau Jura, 83.
Abeleira, 107.
Abich, H., 365.
Acadia, 128.
Achiardi, A. D', 45, 197,

221,351.
Acrole'pis, 262.
Actinostoma, 377.
Adams, Prof. A. L., 261.
Adelsberg, 213.
Adularia, 258.
Mpyornis, 262.
Afghanistan, 130.
Africa. 144-148, 202, 210,

242, 369.
Agassiz, L., 172, 261.
Agram, 105.
Agricultural-geological

map, 352.
Agricultural geology, 91,

195.
Agriculture, 106, 188.
Aigues-Mortes, 82.
Aiguilles-Rouges chain,

49.
Airdrie, 282, 337.
Aitkin, J., 1, 262.
Aix, 262, 318.
Alaska, 206.
Alava, 368.
Albert, 55.
Albite, 229, 247.
Aleutian Islands, 206.
Alexander, Major-Gen.

Sir J., 186.

, T. M., 161.

Alfeo, Monte, 367.

Algeria,144-147,189,376.

Alknite, 225.

Allen, J. A., 110, 197.

AUier, 269, 2.'i4.

AUman, Dr. G. J., 351.

Allons, 63.

Allport, S., 197.
Almeria, 196.
Alpine geology, 70.
•Alps, 46, 65, 80, 83, 97,

98,314,315,374.

, Swiss, 50.

Alsace-Lorraine, 51.
Alth, Dr. A. von, 45, 80,

283.
Aluminite, 253.
Amazons, 118, 172, 291.
Amber, 235, 244.
Amhonychia, 312.
Amboyna, 202.
America, 110-129, 295,

377.

, North, 235.

, South, 168.

Amiens, 82.

Ammonites, 48, 52, 297.
Ammonite-zones, 3, 4.
Ampezzo, 80.
Amphibian remains, 271.
Amjjhicentrum, 262.
Analcime, 221.
Anatase, 234.
Anderlues, 83.
Andes, 114, 259.
Andesite, 207.
Andrarum, 309.
Andrews, Prof. B. B.,

110, 125.
, Prof. T., 221.

Angell, A., jun., 221.
o

Angermanland, 69, 96.
An napes, 52.
Anomalodonta, 312, 326.
Anompkaliis, 287.
Ansted, Prof. D. T., 110.
Anthophyllite, 225.
Anthracite, 127, 212, 372.
Anthracothcmimt 269.
Anthropology, 3.
Antigua, 126.

Antimonite, 249.
Antimony, 228, 370, 371.
Antiquities, 354.
Antiquity of Man, 142,

175, 357, 377.
Antrim, 341, 358, 377.
Antwerp, 53, 61, 84, 104,

105.
Apennines, 74, 99, 372,

376.
Apjohn, R., 216.
Appalachians, 121.
Aptian, 373.
Apuan Alps, 53, 99.
Aqui, Baths of, 45.
Arachnida, 289.
Aral Sea, 130.
Aralo -Caspian lowland,

139.
Aramayo, A., 111.
Araus, F. G., 377.
Archaocidaris, 283.
Arctic regions, 108, 109.
Ardennais, 56, 378.
Ardenne, 57, 210.
Ardennes, 201.
Ardennite, 240.
Ardres, 55, 354.
Areitio y Larrinaga, A.

de, 222, 330, 365.
Arenig, 305.

rocks, 17.

Areskutan, 235.
Argall, W., 2, 222.
Argentine Republic, 111,

114.
Argyll, Duke of, 351.
Ariege, 279.
ArUtida, 305.
Arizona, 123.
Armstrong, J., 329.
Arnaud, 47.
Arran, 43.
Arsenic, 370.

380

INDEX.

Artesian wells, 189.
Arthroli/cosa, 303.
Arzruni, Dr. A., 223.

Asar, 177.

Ashantee, 226.

Asia, 130-143.

Aspidoceras, 315.

Assam, 135.

Astartian, 103.

Asteroidea, 373.

Asterophyllites, 340.

Asturias, 107, 217, 370.

Atacamite, 228.

Atherstone, 26.

Atterberg, A., 223.

Audenarde, 61.

Audingues, 274.

Aurichalcite, 222.

Auriferous rocks, 133.

Australasia, 149-160.

Australia, 149, 274, 297,
308.

Austria, 100, 298, 356.

Austro-Hungarian Em-
pire, 106.

Auvergne, 234.

Avallon, 209.

Ave-Lallement,H.E., 1 1 1 .

AveUne, W. T., 342, 350.

Ayeling, 55, 199, 354.

Avila, 81.

Avon Valley, Mineral
District, 37.

Aylesbury, 2.

Baber, Consul, 130.
Bachmann, Prof. J., 172,

365.
Baden, 260.
Baer, Prof, von, 132.
Baikal, Lake, 237.
Baily, W. H., 2, 10, 39,

262, 283.
Bakonv, 50, 287.
Baku, 103.
Balfour, J. B., 365.
Balfour, Prof. J. H., 330.
Ball, v., 130.
Ballarat, 156.
Ballyleny, 206.
Baltringen, 279.
Bamb, 236.
Banat, 247, 249, 254, 304,

362.
Banbury, 4.
Banca, 139.
Barbot de Marny, N., 47,

130.
Barcena, M., 223, 366.

Barkas, W. J., 262, 366.

Barlow, S., 127.

Barnet, 43.

Bamett, A. K., 2.

Barnstaple, 204.

Baronowski, J. J., 198.

Barr, T. M., 3.

Barral, 47.

Barrande, J., 283.

Barrois, C, 47, 48, 262,
366.

Barrow, 5.

Barrow, J., 3.

Baryskiego, 80.

Baryta, 231.

Barytes, 253, 257.
Basalt, 35, 206,5210-212,

253.
Bas-Bugey, 49, 61, 86.
Basques, 267.
Basses-Alpes, 280.
Bassett, A., 3.
Bastnas, 227.
Batavia, 260.
Baudrimont, A., 48.
Bauer, M., 223.
Bauerman, H., 131.
Baumhauer, H., 223.
Bauwens, 48.
Bauza, F. de, 366.
Bavai, 76.
Bavaria, 99.
Bayan, 49, 77, 262, 285,

351, 366.
Beachy Head, 242.
Beauxite, 237.
Beddoe, Dr. J., 3.
Bedfordshire, 34.
Bedwell, F. A., 3.
Beechworth, 230, 231.
Beer Head, 28.
Beesley, T., 4.
Behrens, H., 224.
Beke, Dr. C. T., 131.
Belemnites, 320.
Belfast, 1, 2, 34, 221.
Belgium, 71, 82, 189,201,
210, 293, 318, 331, 378.
Belknap, Capt., 351.
Bell, D., 172.
Bell, E., 127.
Bellardi, Prof., 285.
Belmez, 246.
Belt, T., Ill, 131, 172.
Benecke, E. W., 343.
Bengts-torp, 235.
Bennett, F. J., 347.
Bennett, Capt. S., 4.
Berendt, G., 49, 348, 367.

Bergstrand, C. E., 49,

352.
BeriUon, 298.
Berks, 359.
Berlin, 247.
Bern, 172.
Bernese Jura, 90.
Bernese Oberland, 50.
Bertant, 68.
Bertels, G. A., 198.
Bertrand, G., 161,
Berwerth, Dr. F., 224.
Beryls, 227.
Bessarabia, 304.
Beuvry, 264.
Beyrichia, 313, 314.
Bianconi, G. G., 262.
Bidwell, C, 187.
Billings, E., 285, 286.
Billy, De, 49.
Bingera, 154.
Binnenthal, 238.
Binney, E. W., 330.
Bird, Extinct wingless,

274.
Birds, 262, 282.
Bischoff, Mount, 242,'

371.
Bismuth, 225, 226, 233,

370.
Bismuth-ochre, 222.
Bittner, A., 161.
Bjelkesmine, 235.
Bjorkskogsnas, 243.
Black, J. M., 161.
Blackdown, 28.
Blake, Dr. C. C, 367.
Blake, J., Ill, 224. -•
Blake, Rev. J. F., 4, 263.
Blake, J. H., 347.
Blake, W. P., 224.
Blanc, Mont, 105.
Blanc-Nez, 47, 52, 358.
Blandy, J. F., 111.
Blanford, W. T., 131,

132
Bleicher, Dr., 50, 144.
Blomstrand, C. W., 224.
Blomstrandite, 240.
Blowpipe, 244.
Blue Eidge, 121.
Blum, Dr. J., 224.
Bocheggiano, 80.
Bock, J. v., 50.
Bode dyke, 209.
Boeck, J., 50, 287, 339.
Boen, 203.
Bcettger, Dr. O., 50.
Bog-ore, 235.

INDEX.

381

Bohemia, 62, G3, 79, 90,
93, 198, 204, 213, 237,
249,257,283,334,370,
371, 375.
Bohuslans, 53.
Bolderberg, 104.
Bolivia, 126.
Bologna, 298.
Bonneville, 280.
Bonney, Rev. T. G., 50,

352, 367.
Bon wick, J., 149.
Booth, W. H., 287.
Borax, 225.
Bordeaux, 255, 267.
Boricky, E^, 198.
Boringo, 55.
Bomemann, L. G., Jan.,

287.
Borneo, 230.
Bornholm, 74, 320.
JBos, 352.
Botella, F., 107.
Bottger, O., 263.
Botti, U., 263.
Boue, Dr. A., 161, 172.
Boulder Clay, 16, 24, 32,

35, 38, 42, 173, 288.
Boulders, 7, 26, 31, 44, 78,

129.
Boulogne, 47, 280, 309.
Boulonnais, 48, 68.
Bou88ingault,M.,259,352.
Bouvier A., 352.
Bower, J. A., 187.
Bowling, 196.
Boxberg, Friiulein von,

367.
Brachiopoda, 293-295,
300,302,305,306,319.
Bradford, 34, 187, 190,

192.
Bradley, F. H., 162, 287.
Bradley, T. H., 199.
Brady, Sir A., 111,282.
Brady, G., 287.
Brady, H. B., 288.
Branchai, 6.3.
Brandt, J. F., 263.
Brauns, Dr. D., 60, 162,

224, 289, 292.
Brazil, 1(12, 319.
Breage, 222.

Bredeineyer, Dr. W.,367.
Breithaupt, If., 224.
Brent, J., 352.
Breslau, 363.
Bresse, 101.
Brewig, 244.

Brezina, Dr. A., 225.
Briart. A., 54, 291.
Brigg, J., 187.
Brighton, 2, 18, 362.
Brion, H. F., 342, 345.
Bristol Coal-field, 36.
Bristow, H. W., 347.
British Columbia, 331.
Brixham, 30, 377.
Broadfield Down, 2.
Broadhead,G.C., 11 1,225.
Brodie, Rev. P. B., 5, 289.
Brogden, A., 5.
Brogger, W. C, 51, 173.
Bromberg, 292.
Brongniart, A., 331.
Brontotheridce, 275.
Brookite, 234.
Brooks, Major T. B., 188.
Brora, 28.
Brothers, A., 5.
Brown, Dr. J., 5, 173.
Brown, Rev. T., 367.
Brown, T. F., 5.
Brown coal, 84, 86, 88,

165, 229.
Brownsover, 27.
Brugnatelli, T., 367.
Brunfaut, J., 367.
Brush, G. J., 229.
Brusina, S., 289.
Brussels, 57, 94.
Bruxellian, 325.
Bryozoa, 301, 320.
Bucaille, M. E., 289.
Buckley, S. B., 367.
Budapest, 319.
Budleigh-Salterton, 296.
Budweis, 62.
Building-stones, 130, 186,

192.
Bukovina, 88.
Bunter, 10.
Burat, A., 188.
Burbank, L. S., 112.
Burden, Dr. H., 263.
Burdiehouse, 11.
Bure, R., 14.
Burgos, 107.
Burgundy, 82.
Burkart, Dr., 226.
Burkhart, Dr., 216.
Burmah, 253, 367.
Burns, D., 347.
Burntisland, 11.
Burthe, P. L., 188, 367.
Burton Dassett, 1.
Busby, 28.
Busk, Prof. G., 263.

308.

Buthoirephis, 313.
Butler, A. G., 290.

Cabane, 298.
Cabell, J. A., 225.
Cabrera, F., 222.
Cacahuamilpa, 366.
Cachar, 134.
Caillaux, A., 51.
Calamites, 336.
Calceola sandalina, 6. •
Calceola-schists, 76.
Calcite, 228.
Calder, West, 202, 333,

337.
Calderon, S., 368.
Caledonite, 241.
California, 110, 117, 225,
233, 234, 251, 282, 292,
365.
Callaway, C, 5.
Cambr6sis, 76.
Cambrian, 18, 56, 57, 96,

320, 378.
Cambridge, 281, 341.
Cambro-Silurian, 79.
Caminero, J., 370.
Campbell, J. F., 132.
Canada, 117, 127,256,28.5,
290,291,316,305,370.
Canary Islands, 211.
Canne, 336.
Canons, 126.
Canstatt, 51.
Cantal, 56.
Canterbury, 270.
Capanema, G. S., 162.
Cape Breton, 204, 3(55.
Cape Colony, 341.
Cape-Verd Islands, 297.
Capellini, G., 51.
Carboniferous, 12,21,23,
62, 68, 75, 76, 81, UK),
109,117,275,279,288,
295, 297, 307, 321, 323,
327-329, 3;J4.
Carboniferous Limestone,

28, 65, 322, 360.
Carcassonne Basin, 78.
Cardium, 304.
Caribou, 375.
Carinthia, 79. 90, 267.
Cam Brea, 27.
Car nelly, T., 259.
Carnic Alps, 101.
Carnot. A., 225. 226.
Carolina, 112. 102, 181,
199, 237, 262.

382

INDEX.

Carpathians, 105.
Carpenter, Dr. W. B.,
132, 173, 290, 352,

364.
Carruthers, W., 353.
Carter, H. J., 290, 291.
Carter, J., 352.
Cascade Mountains, 122.
Casciana, Baths of, 45.
Caspian Sea, 130, 132.
Cassel, 87.
Castaroides, 276.
Castellina Marittima, 51.
Castillo, A. del, 226, 368.
Castleton, 1, 28, 30.
Castracane. L'Abbe, 331.
Castro, F. de, 352.
Catalonia, 104.
Caucasus, 365.
Caunter, H., 37.
Cave-deposits, 278.
Caves, 1, 8, 9, 11, 13, 20,

29-31, 89, 90, 279,

357, 360, 367.
Cefn, 357.
Celestine, 249.
Celts, 247.

Cenomanian, 106, 292.
Cephaloda, 299, 309, 325.
Cephalonia, 185.
Cephalopoda-bed, 13.
Ceratiocaris, 296, 297.
Ceriopora, 328.
Cerithmm, 323.
Cervus, 272.
Cestas, 320.
Cetacea, 263.
Ceteosaurus, 271.
Ceylon, 244.
Chabas, F., 368.
ChcBtetes, 297, 316.
Chalcedony, 257.
Chalk, 3, 12, 16, 39, 47,

51,52,76,86,182,202,

262, 267, 280, 294, 295,

325, 366.
Challenger Expedition, .

183, 363.
Chambers, Dr. R, 353.
Chambery, 59.
Chambrun de Eosemont,

A. de, 51, 52, 173.
Champernovme, A., 6.
Chancourtois, A. E. B. de,

353.
Chanda, 135.
Channel Tunnel, 15, 32,

38, 59, 186.
Chantonnay, 220.

Chantre, E., 52, 263.
Chaplain-Duparc, 358.
Charlieu, 58, 69, 77.
Charlton, 2.
Charpentier de Cossigny,

353.
Chase,'A. W., 112.
Chats, Mont des, 52, 360.
Chattanooga, 341.
Chauvenet, E., 112.
Chelloneix, E., 52, 264.
Chelonia, 266, 280.
Chemistry of the Earth,

206.
Chemung, 334.
Cheribon, 231.
Chert, 325.

Cheshire, 32, 35, 166.
ChesilBank,12,13,23,32.
Chester City, Pennsylva-
nia, 243.
Chevreul, 48.
ChiH, 229.
China, 130, 133, 139, 285,

367.
Christiania, 51, 173.
Christison, Sir E., 331,

368.
Chrome iron-ore, 371.
Chromite, 233.
Chrysotile, 238.
Church, Prof.A.H., 225-

227
Cidaridce, 373.^
Ciechocinek, 260.
Cifuentes, 107.
Cincinnati, 114,124,301,

305,306,312,313.
Cinnabar, 233.
Ciply, 85, 291, 373.
Cirin, 59.
Ciudad Eeal, 370.
Cladangia, 309.
Clar, Dr. C, 52, 53.
Clarite, 248.
Clark, E.N., 112,113.
Clay, 182, 189, 199, 213.
Clayton, Prof. J. E., 368.
Clemencin, P. M., 227.
Clemens, Prof. J., 53.
Cleve, P. T., 53, 189, 227.
Clevedon, 2, 43.
Cleveland, 35, 192.
Clifton, 251.
Clinochlore, 249.
Clinton, 318.
Close, Eev. M., 6.
Clyde Yalley, 44.
Cnemiornis, 270.

Coal, Coal-fields, and
Coal Measures, 5, 11,
13, 27, 28, 31, 45, 46,
48, 50, 58-60, 62, 67,
68, 72, 100, 104, 107,
110, 115-117, 120, 125,
135, 137, 138, 149, 152,
154, 156, 186, 187, 189,
190,191,192,197,202-
204, 213, 242, 256, 260,
262,275,281,282,303,
322, 323, 327, 330, 331,
334,362,365,366,370-
376.

Coal-bearing Tertiary
beds, 7

Coal Mining, 46, 62, 130.

Coal Question, 36. .

Coan, T., 162.

Cobalt, 234.

Cockburn-Hood, T. H.,
368.

Cogels, P., 53, 84.

Cogne, 244.

Cohen, E., 145.

, E. C, 343.

Colletosaurus, 114.

Collierv Explosions, 362.

Collins, J. H., 6.

Collomb, E., 172.

Colorado, 112, 113, 118,
126, 128, 251, 264-266,
375.

Columbia, British, 127.

Columnopora. 316.

Colvin, A., 162.

Combret, 360.

Como, Eiver, 146. .

Compass, 353.

Comstock, T. B., 113.

Conchicolites, 312.

Conchiopsis, 276.

Condroz, 62, 331.

Congeria-beds, 103, 105,
304.

Connecticut, 200.

Connorree Mine, 27.

Conrad, T. A., 113, 291.

Conrads, P. A., 184.

Constantine, 376.

Contejean, C., 353.

Contractional Hypothe-
sis, 165.

Cook, G. H., 368.

Cooke, J. P., Jun., 227.

Cooper, a. C, 145.

, Dr. J. C, 365.

Cope, Prof. E. D., 113,
264-2C6, 274.

INDEX.

383

Copper, 27, 56, 116,121,

130,149,192,193,231,

248, 371.
Coprolites, 187, 215, 236.
Coquand, H., 53, 54.
Cora, a, 145.
Corallian, 101, 102.
Coral reefs, 139,162,354.
Corals,295,301,309,316,

317, 322, 354.
CordeUe, 69.
Cordierite, 256.
Corenwinder, B., 199,

228.
Corfield, Dr. W. H., 189.
Corisco, 14v^.
Cornet, F. L., 54, 291.
Comuel, 54.
Cornwall, 2, 16.
Correze, 341.
Cortazar, D., 368.
Corundum, 110, 233,236,

237, 252, 256, 376.
Cos, 66.
Cosina, 321.
Cosmical dust, 218.
Cosmogony. 184.
Cosmological Science,

178.
Cosson, E., 145.
Costa de Bastelica, M.,

174.
Costa Rica, 110,116.
Cotes du Nord, 72.
Cotteau, G., 292.
Cottes wolds, 31.
Couchman, T., 157.
Courtis, W^ M., 228.
Couvin, 295.
Couvin limestone, fA.
Cox, Prof. E.T., 113, 266.
Coxe, E. B., 114.
Coxwell, 8.
Crag, 15, 39, 104, 326,

375.
Craigleith, 331, 368.
Craven, 7, 12.
Crawford, J. C, 149.

, R., 114.

Crayford, 355.
Credner, G. B., 199.

, H., 54, 228.

Creeps, 166.
Crepin, F., 331.
Cretaceous, 9, 16, 28, 60,

54,72,83,91,119,123,

203, 264-2(K'>, 293, 320,

326, 327, 333, a36.
Crinoidea, 300.

Croatia, 73, 88, 304.
Crocodilia, 277, 281,
Croft, Rev. C, 174.
Croix, 86.
CroU, J., 174.
Cronquist, A. W., 200.
Crosskey, Rev. H. W., 7,

34, 287,
Crossness, 39.
Cruise, R. J., 39.
Crussol, 73.
Crustacea, 312, 324.
Crystals, 214, 223, 224,

230,231,234,238,239,

245.
Csetnek, 304.
Ctenodus, 264, 276.
Cubane, 227.
Culsagee, 237.
Cumberland, 14, 15, 39,44.
Cunningham, R. O., 114.
Cuprite, 235.
Curry, J., 200.
Cuttle-fishes, 287, 325.
Cycadeans, 338,
Cyclonema, 306.
Cycloptychius, 281.
Cypricardite^ 312.
Cyrena-marl, 50.
Cyrtoceras, 313.

Bacosaurus, 280.
Dakota, 110, 197.
Dakyns, J.R.,7,342,343,

350.
Dalkarlsberg, 193.
Dall, W. H., 292.
Dalmatia, 105, 161, 289.
Dames, Dr., 292.
Dana, E. 8., 200, 228,250.
Dana, Prof. J. D., 114,

162, 163, 175, 200, 228,

229, 353.
Daniel, E., 343.
Danish peat, 92.
Dannemora, 97.
Danzig, E., 55.
Daondla, 314.
Darbishire, R. D., 7.
D'Archiac, 356.
Dardanelles, 363.
Darjiling, 136.
Darwin, C., 354.
Dastagne, 145.
Dathe, E., 55.

, J. F. E., 200.

Datolite, 228, 252.
Daubrawa, H., 229.
Daubr^e, G. A., 216, 217.

Davey, E. C, 8.
David, A., 133.
Davidson, Rev. G., 331.

, T., 293, 294.

Davies,W., 41,262.
Davis, W. S., 354.
Dawkins, Prof. W. B., 8,

9, 55, 184, 201, 266,

267, 347, 354.
Dawson, G. M., 115.
, Dr. J. W., 115,

331.
Dawsonite, 236.
Dax, 298.

Debray, H., 55, 354, 355.
De Candolle, A., 332.
Dechen, Dr. H. von, 355.
Decock, 267, 294, 295.
Deep-sea Researches, 183,

351.
Def ranee, G. A., 267.
Deinker, H. S., 116.
Delafossite, 233.
Delaire, A., 55.
Delesse, A., 48, 343, 355.
Delfortrie, M., 267.
Delitsch, O., 56.
Delsbo, 237.
Delvauxite, 255.
Demonte, 74, 372.
Denbighshire, 26.
Denmark, 191, 315, 356.
Denudation, 172..
Deposition of rocks, 124,

206.
De Ranee, C. E., 9, 348.
Derby, O. A., 295.
Derbyshire, 28.
Des Cloizeaux, A., 229.
Deserts of Asia, 132.
Deshayes, V., 56.
Deslongchamps, E., 295.
Desor, E., 56, 116.
Deille, 77.
Devillian series, 57.
Devonian, 6, 52, bQ, 58,

68, 86, 129, 212, 28(5,

302, 303, 307, 310,

316, 317, 319, 3:.(;,

331, 376.
Devonshire, 29, 30.
Dewalque,G.,56,57,201,

295, 378.
Dewick, Rev. E. S., 10.
t)harwar District, 133.
Diabase, 200.
Diagrams, Geological,

365.
Diamond Drill, 3.

384

INDEX.

Diamonds, 145, 147, 154,

202, 210, 235, 242. 251,

369.
DiatomacecB, 331.
Diaze, Vice-Consul, 189.
Dibos, E., 189.
Dickenson, J., 10, 166.
Dieffenbach, F., 163.
Diestian, 83.
Dillenburg, 233.
Diluvium, 92.
Dinichthys, 277.
Dinornis, 368.
Dinosauria, 266, 272,277,

281.
Diphya-limestone, 71.
Diplopora, 299, 315.
Diplopus, 274:.
Dipnoi, 282.
DiprionidfB, 308.
Disco Island, 215.
Bithyrocaris, 327.
Divining Rods, 22.
Dobson, A. D., 149.
Dodsworth, C, 369.
Doelter, Dr. C, 57, 201,

202, 209.
Doering, Dr. D. A., 116.
Dogger, 19, 315.
Dognazka, 228.
Dolerites, 197.
Doll, E., 229.
Dollfus, G., 58, 87, 355.
Dolmens, 41.
Dolomite, 92, 199, 203.
Dolomitic sandstones,

213.
Domeiko, I., 229.
Donayre, F. M., 369.
Donetz, 81, 213.
Domes, 369.
Dorsetshire, 26.
Douai, 356.
Douglas, J., 116.
Douville, 209.
Down, County, 186.
Drainage, 189.
Dranista, 46.
Drasche, Dr. R. von, 58,

108.
Drazoevic'-Jelic, G., 229.
Dredge, J., 192.
Dresden, 192, 194,363?
Drew, F., 133.
Drifts, 1, 32, 49, 69, 91,

112, 122,176,252.
Drouaux, G., 58.
Druid Stones, 35.
Drws-y-Coed, 33.

Dry law, 178.
Duurs, 136.
Dublin, 6, 193.
Ducloux, X., 229.
Duffin, W. E. L'E., 341,

343.
Dufrenoysite, 241.
Dumas, E., 343.
Dumbartonshire, 341.
Dumfriesshire, 226.
Dumortier, E., 58, 295.
Buncanella, 317.
Dundry, 322.
Dunkirk, 55, 65, 171.
Dunn, E. J., 202, 230,

341, 369.
Du Noyer, G. V., 341,

343.
Dupont, 58.
Durham, 35.
Durham, W., 182.
Durness, 22.
Duvillier, 48.
Dux, 229.
Dybowski, W. N., 295.

Earth, 184, 206, 359,

362.
Earth Sculpture, 175.
Earthquakes, 162, 167.
Eastbourne, 10, 18, 39.
East Lothian, 178.
Easton Neston, 2.
Eatington, 1.
Ebray, T., 58, 59.
EchinidcB, 283, 290, 292,

319,321,373.
EchinoconidcB, 327.
EchinothuridcB, 296.
Eck, H., 230.
Eclogite, 204.
Economic Geology, 186,

193.
Ecuador, 129, 212.
Eden, 12, 15.
Edgell, A. W., 296.
Edinburgh, 33, 173, 177,

178, 180, 304, 368.
Eem Yalley, 370.
Egan, F. W., 10, 283.
Egersund, 253.
Egger, A. J., 202, 230.
Egleston, T., 230.
Ehrenberg, 369.
Eichkogel, 103.
Eifel, 198.
Eilers, A., 190, 230.
EljEolite, 375.
Elba, 94, 221, 246.

Elbe, 298, 371.
Elbringhem, 55.
Elephants, 179, 261, 264,

271, 274, 279, 281.
Elliott, J., 12.
Ellis, J. W., 11. '
Elvans, 2.
Ely, 275.

Emeralds, 227, 365.
Emergence, 174.
Emmerin, 70.
Empempont hill, 70.
Ems, 259.
Ems Marl, 94.
Endemic Diseases, 359.
Endlich, Dr. F. M., 118,

369.
Engadine Valley, 367.
England, 191, 343, 344,

369.
Enhydros, 230, 231.
Enneberg, 73.
Entomostraca, 287, 306,

307.
Eocene, 71,298,318,321,

377.
Eolian Islands, 94.
Eozoon, 290, 291, 307,

320, 325.
Equidcs, 269.
Equisetacecs, 334.
Erdmann, E., 59, 60, 189,

230, 296, 332, 355.
Erere, 319.
Erratic Blocks, 7, 41, 176,

321, 365.

Ertborn, Baron O. van,

61, 104.
Eruptive rock, 90.
Erzgebirge, 343.
Escher von der Linth, A,,

61.
Essex, 282.
Estaires, 55.
Esthonia, 295.
Estremadura, 243.
Etheridge,R., 11,13,358.
Etheridge, R., jun., 11,

150, 296, 297, 327, 333.
Etna, 169.
Ettingshausen, Prof. C.

von, 333.
Ettringite, 240.
Eubcea, 66.
Europe, 45.
Evans, J., 364.
Everett, Prof. J. D., 163.
Everwijn, R., 133, 202,

230,231.

DfDEX.

385

Evolution, 340, 355.
Exner, Dr. R, 223, 231.
Exogyra, 308.

Fabre, Q., 61.
Fahluns, 298, 324.
Fairlej, T., 259.

, W., 191, mi.

Falconer, Dr. H., 142.
FaUow deer, 26G, 272.
Falsan, 61.
Falun mine, 223.
Faluns of Salles, 63.
Faraatinite, 232.
Fan-shaped structure, 80.
Faringdon, 8.
Faults, 170.
Fayre, E., 62, 297.
Fayetteyille, 208.
Fedchenko, A., 143.
Feistmantel, Dr. O., 02,

334, 370.
Felling, 202.
Felsite-porphjry, 207.
Felsites, 207.
Felspar, 236, 257, ^44.
Fenny Compton, 5.
Feuchtwanger, Dr. L.,

231.
Figuerva, J. M. M. S. de,

370.
Filhol, M. E., 259.
— ^, M. H., 267.
Filipstad, 243.
Finchley, 38, 39.
Finland, 241.
Finmark, 89, 212, 375.
Fire-clays, 200.
Firket, A., 62, 189.
Fischer, P., 133, 297.
Fisher, Rev. O., 12, 163,

355
Fishes, 262, 271,275, 279,

280, 282, 377.
Fissures, 170.
Flahaut, 356.
Fleet, The, 12, 13, 23.
Floimser Valley, 57.
Flemish basin, 66, 86.
Flight, Dr. W., 210, 241,

242.
FlintB,221,237,306,325,

352.
Flmtshire, 25.
Flower, Prof. W.H., 267,

268.
Foch, C, 356.
Folin, Marquis de, 298.
Folkestone, 31, 319.

1874.

Fontaine, W. M., 116.
Foord, a, 231.
Foote, R. B., 133, 268.
Footscray, 231.
Foram i n i f era, 35, 29 1 ,

300, 322.
Forbes, D., 231.
Fordham, H. Q., 12.
Foresite, 245.
Forest bed, 272.
Foresti, L., 298.
Formosa, 138.
Forsyth-Major, C. J., 268.
Foster, Dr. C. Le N., 231.
, P. Le N., iun., 46,

62.
Fouque, F., 202.
Fraas, O., 134.
France, 46, 47, 51, 66, 68,

72, 73, 186, 190, 225,

343, 353.
Franconia, 204.
Frazer, Prof. P., Jun.,

116, 175, 232.
Frazer River, 224.
Fredholm, K. A., 232,

349.
Fredriksvaern, 232.
Freiberg, 245.
Frenzel, A., 232, 233.
Fresenius, Dr. R., 259.
Fric, Dr. A., 63.
Friedel, C, 233.
Friedrich, O. O., 63.
Frohwein, Herr, 233.
Frossard, E., 75.
Frost-striations, 176.
Fuchs, A., 260.

, E.. 145.

— , T., 63, 64, 95, 298,

350.
Fulgurite, 208.
Fulton, J., 116.
Furaaroles, 259.
Funfkirchen, 339.
Funnel-marl, GO.
Furley, R., 12.
Furness, 14, 372.
Fusulina, 97.
Fuflulina-limestones, 46.

Gabb.W. M., 116.
Gabbro. 212.
Gabez, 145.
Gaboon, 145, 146.
Gaflein, 89.
Gage, J. R., 112.
Gaizo, 48.
Galapagos, 270.

Galena, 247.

Galicia, 86, 106, 196, 240.

Galletly, J., 202.

GaUoway, W., 362.

Galway, 24, 206.

Gams valley, 91.

Gard, 343.

Gardner, R., Jan., 203.

Garnet, 252.

Gamier, A., 63.

Garnierite, 241.

Garo HiUs, 134, 137.

Garonne, 89.

Garrigou, Dr. R, 64, 65,

78.
Gascue, F., 370.
Gaspard, A., 05.
Gastaldi, B., 65, 370.
Gasteropoda, 298, 299,

309, 322.
Gateshead, 187.
Gaudry,A.,269,298,'356.
Gault, 31, 47, 76, '205,

319.
Geikie, Prof. A., 164, 175
, J., 175, 176, 345,

346, 348, 370.
Geinitz, E., 217.
, Dr. H. B., 217,

298, 299.
Gellerstedt, G., 349.
Genth, R A., 203, 233,

236.
Geokronite, 243.
Geological Time, 361.
Georgia, 224.
Germany, 70, 82, 289.
Gerona, 306.
Gerstol, G., 189.
Gettaburg, 175.
Giants' Cauldrons, 95.
Kettles, 51, 172,173,

177.
Gibbons, — ., 217.
Giggleswick, 20.
Gilpin, E., 117.

, J. B., 370.

Gipps Land, 149.
Girard, J., 356.
Girgcnti, 99.
Girondo, 48, 78.
Glacial phenomena, 15,

16, 21, 25, 26, 38, 39,

42, 43, 52, 70, 77, 82,

89, 100, 101, 129, 131,

132, 141. 146, 149, 172,

173, 175, 374.
Glacialoid Drift, 24.
Gladhammar, 227.
2o

38(>

Index.

aiageon, 102.
Glamorganshire, 28.
Glasgow, 44.
Glauberite, 221.
Glauconitic chalk, 52.
Glendinning, 253.
Glen Eoy, 367.
Gloucestershire, 308, 365.
Glyptocrinus, 314.
Godavari, 135.
Godefrin, — ., 65.
Godwin- Austen, Major II.

H., 134.
Goebel, Mag. A., 217.
Gold, 111. 145, 149, 153,

154, 196, 226, 230, 231,

251, 252.
Gold Bluffs, 112.
Gold-Hill Mining region,

124.
Goldsmith, E., 117, 233,

234.
Gomersall, W., 12.
Gomphoceras, 307.
Goniatidm, 302.
Gonnard, F., 234.
Goodchild, J. G., 12, 176.
Gorceix, M. H., 66, 259.
Gore, J. B., 134.
Gosau, 91, 212.
Gosselet, Prof. J., 66, 67,

m, 86.

Gothard Tunnel, 106.
Gothland, 81,84,295, 309.
Gott, C, 190.
Gould, C., 234.
Goulding, F. R., 176.
Gourdan, 89.
Gouyenain, — de, 234.
Grad, C, 108, 356.
Graff, — ., 370.
Gran valley, 53.
Granada, 196.
Grand, — ., 370.
Granite, 26, 90, 202, 203,

205, 221, 256.
Granite-porphyry, 198.
Granitic sands, 61.
Granton, 331.
Graphite, 86, 233, 241,

246.
Graptolites, 296, 297,305,

308.
Gravels, 6, 7.
Gray, W., 1.
Graylock Range, 128.
Graz, 52.
Green, Prof. A. H., 342,

350.

Greenhow, 11.
Greenland, 108, 109, 215,

219, 243.
Green Mountain gneiss,

114.
Greensand, Upper, 281.
Greenstones, 2.
Greenwood, Col. G., 13,

134.

, \V. H., 370.

Greta, 375.
Greywethers, 35.
Griffith, Dr. J. W., 3.56.
Griquuland, 147.
Groningcn, 81.
Grosjean, — ., 190i
Groth, P., 234.
Gruner, — ., 68, 69. ^
Gryllacris, 321.
Gryphaa, 308.
Guadalajara, 368, 369.
Guanos, 48.
Guanovulite, 255.
Guarinite, 225.
Guelph, 318.
Guemps, 55.
Guerne, J. de, 356.
Guillier, — ,, 69.
Guiscardi, Prof., 225.
Guise, Sir W. V., 13.
Gumaelius, O., 69, 70,

203, 235.
Giimbel, Dr. C. W., 70,

83, 203, 299, 300.
Gunn, J., 13, 14.
Giinther, Dr. A., 269.
Guppy, R, J. L., 300.
Guyerdet, 203.
Gyporella, 299, 300, 315.
Gypsum, 204, 262.
Gyrogonifes, 335.

Haast, Dr. J., 150, 151,

270, 300, 347.
Habets, A., 235.
Habbie's Howe, 304, 308.
Hadrosaurus, 270.
Haeckel, E., 300.
Hagen, Dr. H. A., 235.
Hahn, Dr. D., 224, 235.

, O. H., 190.

Hainault, 54, 77, 373.
Halifax, 35.
HalitJierium, 268.
Hall, 298.
Hall, Prof. J., 117, 300,

303, 334.

, T. M., 204.

Halleflinta, 96,

Ilallez, P., 70.
Halohia, 314.
Halocyon, 267.
Halonia, 337.
Hamlin, A. C, 235.
Haniel, J., 70.
Hankel, W., 235.
Hann, W., 152.
Hanover, 93.
Harberton, 326.
Harden, J. W., 117, 190.
Hardman, E. T., 14, 190,

349.
Harger, O., 303.
Harkness, Prof. R., 15.
Harmer, F. W., 15.
Harpagornis, 270.
Harrington, Dr. B. J.,

127, 128, 236.
Harriss-Gastrel, — ., 190.
Harrogate, 36, 259.
Harting, P., 370.
Hartt, C.F., 118.
Hartz, 165, 209.
Hatfield, 2.

Hauer, Dr. F. R. v., 356.
Haute-Loire, 92.
Haut6-Marne, 101, 102,

291.
Hawaii, 162.
Hawes, G. W., 236.

, W., 15.

Hawkins, Prof. B. W.,

270.

, C. E., 347.

Hay den, Dr. F. V., 118.
Hayes, S. D., 204, 260.
Hazaribagh, 136.
Heale, J., 371.
Heat, 184.

Ileatheringon, A., 190.
Hebden Bridge, 262.
Hebert, Prof. E., 16, 71,

72.
Hector, Dr. J,, 149, 152,

270, 271, 347.
Heer, Prof. O., 108, 335.
Heidelberg, 343.
Heidenhain, J., 204.
Heim, Dr. A., 72, 176,

177, 357.
Heinrich, O. J., 118.
Helderberg formation,

117,119,301.
Helix, 320.

Helland, A., 177, 371.
Helrahacker, R., 72, 255,

335, 371.
Hebingland, 237.

INDEX.

387

Hematite, 14,117,372.
Hemitrene, 208.
Hena. T., 72.
Henderson, J., 16, 177,

304, 308.
Henwood, W. J., 16.
H6rault, 60, 370.
Hergies-les-Bavai, 212.
Hering, C. A., 371.
Hermannschlag, 225.
Herschel, Prof. A. S.,

184.
Herter, P., 191.
Hessenberg, Dr. F., 23G.
Heterocrinus, 311.
Heuglin, M. T. von, 108.
Hibbert, Dr., 83.
Hicks, H., 17, 18.
Higgins, Rev. H. H., 336.
Hildersheim, 93, 275,

327.
Hilgard, Prof. E. W.,

118, 165, 204.
Hilger, Prof., 20t.

Hill, Rev. J. S., 191, 357.
Himalayas, 137, 142.
Hinde, Q. J., 318.
Hintze, Dr. C, 236.
Hirsch, J., 73.
Hirschwald, J., 165.
Hitchcock, Prof. C. H.,

119, 123, 371.
Hobkirk, C. P., 18.
Hochstetter, Dr. F. von,

191, 347, 357.
Hodges, Prof., 134, 335.
Hotlgkinson, C., 157.
Hofer, H., 108.
Hoffmann, C, 127.
Hogneau valley, 54.
Hohburg porphyry hills,

72, 85.
Hokkaido, 138.
Holland, 367.
Holley, G. W., 120.
Holmes, T. v., 350.
Holmstrora, L., 73.
HoUyptychius, 279.
Holzopal, 258.
Hfym(aodontofherium,2CtJ.
Horaotaxis, 363.
Honeyman, Dr. D., 120,

271, 371.
Hopkinson, J., 18, 3a5.
Horniiiz, 140.
Hornblende-rock, 202.
Home, J., 18.

,W., 271.

Horner-Schichten, 63.

Homes, R., 73, 204, 285,

304.
Houzeau de Lchaie, A.,

73, 305.
Hovey, E. O., 271.
How, Prof. H., 204.
HoweU, J., 18.
Howorth, H. H., 152,

165, 184.
Huantajayite, 248.
Hudleston,W.H.,19,31.
Hudson-River group, 114,

300,301.
Huelva, 189.
Huesca, 218.
Hughes, Prof. T. M'K.,

20, 357.
, T. W. H., 134,

135.
Huguenin, 73.
Hulke, J. W., 271, 272.
Hull, Prof. E., 20, 39,

205, 206, 346, 347.
Hiunan skeletons, 279.
Hume, W. C, 371.
Hummel, D., 73, 74, 349.
Hungary, 86, 228.
Hunstanton, 14.
Hunt, J., 371.

, R., 371.

, Dr. T. S., 120, 121,

128, 165, 182, 206, 233,

236.
Hunter, — ., 21.
Huntingdon, H., 371.
Hure, 199.
Hutton, Capt. F. W.,

152, 153, 165, 166.
Hycenodon, 282.
Hyalophore, 57.
Hyatt, Prof. A., 305.
Hyhodus, 262.
HVdrology, 55.
Hylaochampsa, 277.
Hylaosauru'i, 2T2.
HyopotamidcB, 273.
Hypsilophodon, 272.

Ice, 179, 242.
Ice-age, 175.
Ice-sheets, 26, 174, 175.
Iceland, 74, 367.
Ichthyosaurian, 281.
Idocrase, 252.
Idria, 79.

Igclstrora, L. J., 177.
Iffuanodon, 272, 277.
llford, 41, 282.
lUinoiB, 303, 311.

Implements, Stone, 357,

358,360.
India, 130, 131, 137, 138,

142, 187, 254, 359.
Indiana, 113,218.
Indus Basin, 133, 134,

140.
Ingleborough, 201.
Ingunza, R. de, 236.
Innsbruck, 212.
Inn Valley, 89.
Inoceramiis, 294.
Insects, 289, 318.
Involiitina, 287.
Iowa, 302.
Irak Arabi, 137.
Ireland, 10, 20, 205, 206,

341,343,345,304.375,

377.
Iridescent quartz, 240.
Iron Mines, 110.
Iron-ores, 2, 0, 35, 44, 46,

70, 96, 115, 120, 122,

126, 131, 135, 149, 154,

186, 187, 188, 190, 192,

196,203,205,352,253,

365, 372-374.
Iron-smelting, 134.
Irving, Rev. A., 21.

, Prof. R., 121.

Isere, 212.

Islay, 37.

Itaituba, 295. '

Italy, 46, 62, 63, 74, 81,

95, 130, 268, 320, 367,

372.
Ivituk, 243.

Jack, R. L., 342, 348.
Jackson, W. H., 121.
Jacquot, — ., 91.
Jade, 141.
Jaen, 196, 377.
James, U. P., 305, 306.
Jamieson, T. F., 21.
Jannettaz, E., 184, 206.
Janovsky, J. V., 23().
Japan, 130.
Jiirlehyttan, 235.
Java, 92, 133, 170, 211,

231.
Jeffreys, Dr. J. G.. 306.
Jeittelos, L. H., 272.
Jemtland, 79, 9<J, 102,

180,309.
Jonkfl. Col. C. W., 110,

237.
Jenney, W. P., 122.
Jcntzsch, — ., 3.')7.
2c2

388

INDEX.

Jerusalem, 215.
Jervis, G., 74, 372.
Jespersen, M., 74, 16G,

177.
Jet, 187.

John, K., 206, 207, 237.
Johnson, Dr. A. E.,357.

, M. H., 30G.

, E., 272.

, W. H., 237.

Johnston, R. M., 154.

Johnstrup, F., 74.

Jolin, S., 237.

Jolly, W., 22.

Jones, Prof. T. R, 22, 75,

237, 306, 307, 335.

, Sir W., 75.

Judd, J. W., 22, 23, 207.
Jukes-Browne, A. J., 341.
Julien, — ., 75.
Junghann, Dr. G., 238.
Jura, 76, 86, 103, 324,

325, 365, 376.
Jurassic Beds, 49, 50, 58,

70, 77, 82, 285, 292,

295, 309, 366.

Kainach, 212.
Kaisergebirge, 83.
Kaiserstuhl, 246.
Kalkowsky, E., 207.
Kalksburg, 339.
Kangra, 141.
Kansas, 122.
KaoUns, 234.
Karakash Valley, 141.
Karlsson, V., 238.
Karrer, R, 307.
Karsten, H., 75.
Karstenite, 242.
Kasbgar, 140.
Kayser, E., 307.
Kendall, J. D., 372.
Kenngott, A., 207, 238.
Kent, 12.

Kent's Cayern, 29, 360.
Kentucky, 303.
Kerr, C. M., 23.
Keuper, 10, 276.
Khan, 367.
Kiel, 83, 105.
Kilbride, 327, 328.
Kilcunda, 149.
Killebrcw, J. B., 372. "
Kirameridge beds, 59,271,

280.
Kinahan, G. H., 23, 24,

182, 344.
Kineton, 1, 5.

King, Prof. W., 290, 294,
307.

, W., 135.

Kirby, W., 307.
Kjerulf, Prof. T., 177.
Klein, Dr. C, 238.

p 238

Klocke, F., 238.
Knight, C, 273.
Knop, A., 208.
Knowle, 5.

Knox, M. Y. B., 122.
Kobell, F. von, 238, 239.
Koekelberg, 48.
Koenen, A. von, 239.
Konig, G. A., 239.
Kokscharow, N. von, 239.
Koldewey, Capt., 109.
Kolomenskoi, 373.
Kongelf, 243.
Koninck,Trof. L. de, 308.

, L. G. de, 75, 239.

Konnover beds, 339.
Korynite, 241.
Kowalevsky, Dr. W., 273.
Krain, 298.
Krause, F. M., 157.
Krefft, G., 274, 275.
KrejSi, J., 239.
Kremsmlinster, 298.
Kuchelbad, 253.
Kiihn, H., 191.
Kumaon, 134.
Kunkur, 134, 135.
Kutztown, 110.

La Battaglia, 260.
Labrador, 187.
Labradorite, 254.
Labyrinthodonts, 275,

276.
Lacroix, G., 76.
Ladak, 140.
Ladriere, 76.
Laekenian, 57, 104, 308. '
Lafarine Islands, 148.
La Gorgue, 55.
Lake Basins, 39, 367, 375.
Lake District, 26.
Lakes, Great, 125.
Laloy, — ., 260.
Lamairesse, 76.
Lambay, 205.
LameUibranchs, 296, 297.
Lampersdorf, 370.
La Mure, 212.
Lanarkite, 241.
Lanarkshire, 282, 327,

329, 345.

Lancashire, 32, 44, 262,

347.
Landenian, 52, 65, 76.
Landerer, J. J., 373.
Landes, 91.
Landslips, 166.
Langtry, G., 358.
Lankester, E. R., 274.
Lapland, 95, 309.
La Plata, 180.
Lapparent, A. de, 67, 76,

191.
La Prugne, 56.
Lapworth, C., 308.
Lartet, L., 358.
Lasaulx, Dr. A, von, 208,

240.
Laspeyres, H., 240.
Laube, Dr. G. C, 76.
Launceston, 154.
Laurentian, 290, 291.
Lava-flood, 122.
Leadhillite, 236.
Lead Mines, 126, 369.
Lead-ores, 90, 188, 230.
Leaia, 306.
Lean- Chan, 133.
Leberon, 269.
Lebour, G. A., 38, 77, 184.
Leche, W., 77.
Lecocq, G., 70, 77.
Le Conte, Prof. J., 122,

266.
Lee, J. E., 208.
Leech, Prof.,'208.
Leeds, Prof., 358.
Lefevre, T., 308.
Lehigh, 116.
Lehmann, J., 240.
Leicester, 5, 187.
Leidy, Prof., 264, 274,

275.
Leinster, 27.
Leiodon, 273.
Leipzig, 55, 207.
Leitha limestone, 73.
Lejeune, 274, 358.
Lemming, 278.
LeonuridcB, 268.
Lena, 253.
Lenz, Dr. O., 77, 145, 146,

178.
Leonard, H., 344.

, W. B., 344.

Leonhard, A., 112.
Leperditice, 320.
Lepidodendrooi, 336.
Lepidoptera, 289.
Lepidosteiis, 269.

INDEX.

Uptcsna, 306.

Leptosiagon, 21 S.

Lerida, 229.

Lesley, Prof. J. P., 122.

LesUo, H., 308.

Lesperonia, 323.

Lesquereux, Prof. L.,
123, 336.

Lesseps, F. de, 146, 260.

Lestodon, 269.

Levallois, 77.

Leyin, Dr. P. A., 178,
180.

L6vy, M., 77, 208, 209.

Lewin, T., 12.

Lewis, 37.

Leyland, 7.

Leymerie, A., 65, 78, 308.

Lezennes, 267, 294, 295.

Lias, Lower, 5, 58.

LicJienocriniis, 313.

Liebiseh, T., 78.

Lienz, 57, 202, 354.

Life, Development of,
324, 364.

Lignite beds, 110, 113,
115,118,123-125,128,
204, 212, 213, 215, 336.
Lill, Max von, 240, 373.
Lille, 66, 3.54.
Limburg, 83, 87, 336.
Lime, 193.
Limestone, 203.
Linnarsson, G., 309.
Lincolnshire Fen-district,

41.
Linder, — ., 78.
Lindstrom, A., 209.

, G,, 240, 309.

Lingula Flags, 18.
Linn6ite, 227.
Linnarsson, G., 79.

, J. G. 0., 79.

Linton Coal-bed, 124.
Liopleurodon, 280.
Lipoid, M. v., 79.
Liversidge, Prof. A., 154,

240.
Livingstonite, 366.
Livonia, 296.
Llandeilo Rooks, 17.
Llandovery Rocks, 5.
Llynfl, 3.
Lobley, J. L., 25.
Locras, 281.
Loess, 139.
Loew, O, 123. 241.
Loire, 203, 209.
Logan Bum, 304.

Lomnickiego, Prof. M.,

80.
London, 43, 348.

Clay, 281.

Long Island, 119, 123.
Loobergho, 55.
Loretz, H., 80.
Loriol, P. de, 309, 373.
Lorraine, 325.
■ Lortet, 89.
Lory, C, 80.
Lossen, K. A., 209.
Lot, 48.

Lot-et-Garonne, 76.
Lotti, B., 80.
Louisiana, 204.
LouisviUe, 303.
Luanco, J. R., 217.
Lucas, J., 191.
Luchon, 228.
Lucy, W. C, 25.
Ludlow Rocks, 5.
Ludwig, E., 241.

, R., 81, 373.

Ludwigite, 224, 254.
Lulin, C, 349.
Lundgren.B., 81,275,309.
Lundstrom, C. H., 241.
Lunz, 101.
Liitken, C, 309.
Luxembourg, 235.
Luzonite, 255.
Lycett, J., 309.
Lyell, Sir C, 358.
Lyman, B. S., 135, 359.
Lyons, 52.

Macadam, Dr. S., 191.
M'Coy, Prof. F., 275,

310, 336.
Macedon, 66.
MAchefer, 360.
Macivor, R. W. E., 241.
M'Kellar, P., 191.
Mackeson, IL B., 12.
Mackintosh, D., 25, 26.
MacMahon, Col., 137.
Macon, 237.
M'Ouatt, W., 127.
MacPherson, J., 373.
MacropodidfB, 278.
Macropus, 278.
Macrostachva, 339.
Madelaine hills, 69, 101.
Madrid, 81.
Maerigen, 281.
Maestre, A., 81.
Maggi, L., 373.
Magnesia, 199.

Magnetite, 238, 244, 251.

Maidenhead, 359.

Maine, 119, 161, 236.

Malaga, 196, 371.

Malaise, C, 82, 210, 378.

Malet, H. P., 210, 359.

Mallet, F. R., 136..

, R., 166, 168, 169.

Mallett, E. J., 373.

Malmros, V., 192.

Malta, 63, 261.

Malvern, 25, 33.

Mammals, 263, 267, 269,
275, 278, 282.

Man, Antiquity of, 142,
175, 357, 377.

Man and Nature, 359.

Man, Isle of, 18.

Manck, — ., 192.

Mangan-apatite, 250.

Manganese-ore, 135.

Manganophyll, 251.
Manganosite, 224.

Mann, E., 26.
Mansell-Pleydell, J.C., 26.

Mantua, 378.
Manzoni, Dr. A., 63, 310.
Marble, 202.
Marcasite, 257.
Margate, 325.
Markham, C. R., 1S7.
Marion, A. F., 338.
Marl, analysis of, 205.
Marmot, 263.
Marratt, F. M., 336.
Marsh, G. P., 359.

, Prof. O. C, 276.

Marshall, D., 27.

, W., 275.

Martens, E. von, 310.
Martin, Prof. D. S., 123,
241, 275.

, J., 82.

, K., 275.

Martins, C, 82.
Marvine, A. R., 118, 124.
Mascarene Islands, 276.
Maskolyne, Prof. N. S.,

210, 241, 242.
Mastodon, 264.
Matthew, G. F., 128.
Maupas, E., 146.
Maurer, F., 310.
Maw, G., 146.

, W. H., 192.

Maxwell, L., 27.
Mayenoe Basin, 60.
Mayer, 0., 311.
Maynard, Capt. J., 27.

390

INDEX.

Mayo, 24, 206.
Meade, E., 192.
Meadows, J. M'O., 27,

192.
Mediterranean, 306, 315.

beds, 63.

Medlicott, H. B., 137,

217 359.
Meduilosa, 330.
MedhscB, 300.
Meeban, T., 242.
Meek, Prof. F. B., 124,

286, 311.
Megalograptus, 313.
Megalornis, 281.
Megaptera, 326.
Meissner, — ., 137.
Mekran coast, 139.
Melbourne, 231.
Mello, Rev. J. M., 27.
Melrose, 279.
Melsens, 373.
Mendip Hills, 42.
Mentone, 279.
Mercey, N. de, 82.
Mereditb, Hon. C, 242.
Merridew, 47.
Mersey, 33.
Metalliferous deposits, 4,

182, 193.
Metallurgy, 370.
Metals, 120, 244.
Metamorpbism, 33, 161,

164, 165, 197, 203.
Meteorites, 216, 375.
Meunier, S., 211, 359.
Meunier-Dolfus, C, 213.
Meuse, 68.
Mexico, 216, 222, 225,

366, 375.

, New, 123.

Meyer, C. J. A., 28.
Meymac mine, 226.
Meyn, L., 82, 311, 367.
Miall, L. C, 275, 276.
Mica, 244, 247.
Micbelsberg, 249.
Michigan, 321.
Middle Park, 371.
Midland Coalfield, 27.
Mies, 93, 375.
Mietzscb, Dr. H., 242.
Milarite, 230.
Miller, S. A., 124, 311,

312, 313, 314.

, W. H., 242.

Millstone Grit, 35, 262,

360.
Milne, J., 146, 374.

Mibie-Edwards, A., 276.
Milne-Home, Dr. D., 178.
Minard, 154.
Minerals, deposition of,

33.
Mineral butter, 213.

oil, 196, 204.

statistics, 371.

veins, 191,363.

waters, 259.

Mines and fuels, 51.
Mining, 111, 190, 196,

375, 377.

plans, 195.

Minnesota, 129, 374, 377.
Miocene, 64, 82, 86, 101,

264, 267, 320, 363.
Miriquidite, 232.
Miroscbau, 334.
Mispickel, 247.
Mississippi river, 265.
Missouri, 111, 116, 225,

358.
Mjosen, 102.
Mockeln, Lake, 69.
Modiolopsis, 312.
Moen, 74.

Moens Klint, 74, 171.
Moescb, Dr. C, 83, 314.
Mofiat, Dr. R. C, 83.

Mofipkt sbales, 5, 308.
Mobl, H., 211.
Moissenet, 191.
Mojsisovics, Dr. E. von,

83, 314, 315, 374.
Molasse, 52, 279, 338.
Mold, 25.
Moldavia, 54.
MoUer, Prof. V. von, 314.
MoUersdorf, 73.
Mollusca, 289, 298, 306,

307, 313, 326.
Monomyaria, 297.
Mons, 54, 67.
Mons-en-Baroeul, 52.
Monson, 167, 171.
Montague Noire, 78.
Montana, 110, 197.
Monte Bolca, 377.
Monte Eosa. 367.
Monterey, 233.
Monzoni Mountains, 57.
Moon, 168.
Moore, P. N., 112.

, E., 374.

Moravia, 225, 229.
Morawitza, 247, 249, 254.
Morcb, Dr. O., 315.

Moreno, — ., 107.
Moret, 103.
Morocco, 144, 148.
Morris, Prof. J., 83,

166.
Morse, 267.
Morton, G. H., 360.
Mosasaurus, 280.
Mountain-building, 161,

163, 166, 170.

cork, 256.

Mourlon, M., 53, 83, 84,

104, 336, 375.
Mouscron, 58.
Mud craters, 139.
Mueller, Baron F. von,

337
Muir, J., 178.
MiiUer, A., 178, 182.

, C. J., 242.

Multan, 217.
Mungafield, 256.
Munroe, H. S., 138.
Murcenosaurus, 28.
Murphy, T. T., 178.
Murray, E. A. F., 150,

155, 156.
Musk-Ox, 279.
Muswell HiU, 38.
Muzo, 365.

Nacbten, J., 84.
Namur, 325.
Naphtba-springs, 50, 103,

137.
Napier, J., 37.
Narbada Valley, 130.
Narcy, 54.
Nassau, 45.

Natborst, A. G., 84, 85.
Natrolite, 221.
Natural selection, 340.
Nauckboff, G., 243.
Naumann, Dr. C. F., 85,

243.
Navia, S., 374.
Neagli, Lougb, 335.
Nebraska, 97.
Nedeljkovic, S., 212.
Neill, A., 192.
Neilson, J., jun., 28.
Neminarz, E. F., 243.
Neocomian beds, 47, 291,

324, 373.
Neogen, 304.
Nephrite, 254.
Ness, W., 138.
Netherfield, 30.
Neucbatel, 373.

IXDEX.

391

Neucbatelese Jura, 103,

324, 325, 376.
Neulize, 69.
Keumayr, Dr. M., 86,

315.
Neuropteris, 339.
Nevada, 111, 225.
Neville, P., 193.
Newark, 42.
Newbery, J. C, 243.
Newberry, Prof. J. S.,

124, 125, 206, 276, 277,

337
New Brunswick, 120, 121,

271, 370.
New Caledonia, 240.
Newfoundland, 117, 374.
New Guinea, 214.
New Hampsbire, 119,

371.
New Jersey, 368.
New Soutb Wales, 154,

160, 376.
Newton, H., 126.^
New Virginia, 225.
New York, 228, 251, 303,

334.
New Zealand, 149, 150,

151-153, 155, 158, 198,

259, 270, 271, 300, 347,

368.
Niagara, 120, 318.

formation, 117.

Nicaragua, 111, 175.
Nice, 173.
Nicbolas, Dr. T., 28.

, W., 155.

Nicbolson, Prof. H. A.,

316-318.
Nickeliferous sand, 224.
Nicol, Prof. J., 353.
Niederstadt, B., 243.
Niles, Prof. W. II., 167.
Nisyros, 66, 171.
Nivoit, 85.
Noelas, 360.
Noggeratb, T., 167.
Noegyerathia, 334.
Nogues, A. F., 85, 138,

212
Nobir243.
Noir, Mont, 356.
Noires-Mottes, 355, 358.
Nolan, J., 344.
Nord, D6p. du, 260.
Nordenskiold, A. E., 109,

218, 243.
Nordenstrora, O. G., 193.
Nordstrom, T., 85, 243.

Norfolk, 272, 375.
Normandy, 58, 104.
Nortb Polar regions, 108.
Northamptonsbire, 1, 2,

34, 365.
Nortbumberland, 38, 347,

366.
Nortkerques, 55, 354.
Norway, 94, 177, 179,

180, 232, 236, 244, 253,

365.
Norwood, C. J., 112.
Notb, J., 86.
Nottingliam, 21.
Nova Scotia, 115, 120,

127, 190, 194, 260, 371.
Nova Zembk, 108.
Nowell, E. C, 155.^
Noyelle-Godeau, 66.
NuUipores, 305.
Nummulites, 52, 67, 102,

288, 325.
Nuraraulitic beds, 63, 78,

298.

sea, 85, 138.

Nuneaton, 26.
NUrscbau coal, 72.
Nykoping, 232.
Nyst, H., 318.

Oberburg, 325.
Obersteiermark, 279.
Oberstein, 240.
Obsidian, 207, 212.
Ocean currents, 173, 174.
Odoiitoptcris, 339.
Odontopteryx, 275.
(Eland, 49.
Obio, 120, 125, 120, 195,

301, 303, 337.
Oil, mineral,! 96, 204.
dland, 96, 320.
Olavarria, M-, 374.
Old Down, 2.
Oldbam, Dr. T., 138.
Old Ked Sandstone, 327.
Oligocene, 298, 323.
Olivine, 238.

Oilier de Maricbard, 350.
Olszewski, St., 86.
Omalius d'llalloy, J. B.

J. d', m.
Oiuboni, G., 3(i0.
Ondsime, le Fr6re, 244.
Onkosina, 370.
Onokite, 2:30.
Ontario, 286, 317, 318.
Oolites, 19, 208, 289, 332.
Oolitic Coal, 191.

Opal, 232.

Ophthalmosaurus, 281.
Oran, 144, 376.
Oravitza, 229, 236.
Orense, 3G8.
Ormuz, 140.
Orthoceratites, 315.
Ortboclase, 238,. 255.
Ortboptera, 321.
Ortlieb, 52, 86,87,212,360.
Orton, Prof. E., 125.
Orvinio, 218, 220.
Orwell, river, 37.
Oscillations of coast, 65.
Osgood, A., 126.
Osphranter, 278.
Ostracoda, 288, 300.
Ostrea, 53, 309.
Otago, 151.
Otranto, 263.
Oued el K6bir, 146.
Oustalet, E., 318.
Ovibos, 279.
Ovifak, 219.

Owen, Prof. R., 277, 278.
Oxfordian, 101, 102, 280,

281.
Oxland, Dr. R., 193.
Oxus, 143.

Pachf/erisma, 366.
Pachysiagon, 278.
Page, Prof. D., 193.
Paget, R A., 194.
Paglia, Prof. E.. 378.
Painter, Bev. W. H., 28,

279.
PalcBchinus, 283.
PalcBocoryne, 328.
Palaeolitbic age, 354, 36;3.
Palaontina, 290.
PaliXiozoic, 45, 97, 98, 101,

121, 262, 283, 285, 297,

298, 308.
Palestine, 134.
Pallas iron, 217.
Palmgren, L., 87, 244,347.
Palorchestes, 278.
Pamir Kburd, 141.
Pampas formation, 116.
Panisel, 73.
Panisolian, 84.
Pankburst, E. A., 28, 126.
Panton, G. A., 387.
Pari, 319.
Paradoxides, 81, 84.
ParanA, 180.
Pargas, 241.
Paris. 01, 71.

392

INDEX.

Paris Basin, 92, 269, 319.
Parker, J., 87.
Parniers, 279.
Parodi, — ., 194.
Parrau, — ., 244.
Partridge, W., 360.
Pasceolus, 311.
Pas-de-Calais, 52, 358.
Passevi, 241.
Patagonia, 114, 267.
Paul, C. M., 88.
Pavay, Dr. E., 319.
Payne, W., 28.
Paykull, S. R., 244.
Peach, B. N., 341, 342,

348.
— ^,C.W.,279,337,338.
Peale, Dr. A. C, 118.
Pearce, H., 374.
Peat, 16, 50, 52, 55, 182,
186, 192, 194, 196, 199,
212,213,275,354,374.
Pebble-deposits, 73.
Pebble-ridges, 59, 182.
Peekhani, S. F., 374, 377.
Pecten, 308.
Peebles, 180, 3^6.
Peithner, J., 88.
Pellat, E., 309.
Pellogio, P., 367.
Pengelly, W., 29, 30, 279,

353, 360.
Penning, W. H., 347.

Pennington, R., 30.
Pennsylvania, 116, 122,
127, 230, 243, 256, 259.

Pentacrinus, 310.

Pentagonal system, 167.

Pentland Hills, 177, 296,
304, 308.

Pentlandite, 254.

Perier, — ., 361.

Perigord, 75.

PerischoechinideB, 296.

Perissodactyles, 265.

Permian, 10, 15, 42, 62,
97, 115, 322.

Peron, A., 88.

Perran, 6.

Perrey, A., 167.

Persia, 132, 142.

Peru, 187, 255.

Pesaro, 376.

Pesse, — ., 126.

Petersen, T., 244.

Petroleum, 135.

Petrology, 197-220.

Pettersen, K., 89, 178,
212, 375.

Pettersson, A., 349.
Peyton, J. E. H., 30.
PfaflP, Dr. R, 179.
Phascolagus, 278.
Phascolomys, 275.
Philippine Islands, 154.
Phillips, Prof. J., 361.

, J. A., 244, 260.

Pholadomya, 314.
PhonoUte, 197, 198,211.
Phosphate workings, 47.
Phosphatic deposits, 48,

54, 85, 205, 267, 269,

373, 377.
Phosphorescence, 235.
Phosphoric acid in rocks,

213
Phosphorite, 243, 246.
Pichler, A., 89, 212.
Pickeringite, 225.
Picton, J. A., 179.
Piedmontese Alps, 244.
Pierson, W. M., 218, 375.
Piette, E., 89.
Pinart, A., 206.
Pinolite, 247.
Pisani, R, 218.
Pisano, 99.
Pisolitic iron, 291.
Pitchstones, 207.
Plagioclase, 245, 251.
Plant, John, 31, 194.
Platz, — ., 89.
Playne, G. R, 31.
Pleistocene, 41, 263, 282.
Plesiosaurian, 280.
Pleurotoma, 285, 325. '
Pliocene, 93, 95, 298, 320,

338.
Plumstead, 39.
Plympton, — ., 244.
Podolia, 45, 86, 283.
Podozamites, 336.
Poey, A., 167.
Poland, 106, 260.
Polar Glaciation, 132,

173.

Regions, 171, 335.

Pollacci, E., 375.
Polschitza, 298.
Polwhele, T. R., 347.
Polyhalite, 240.
Poly^ora, 328.
Polyzoa, 317, 327.
Polzberg, 101.
Pomaja, 221.
Pomel, A., 146.
Pomerania, 49.
Pontnewydd, 357.

Pont-Sainte-Maxence,

199.
Poole,'H. S., 194.
Popovits, A., 244.!
Poramhonites, 293.'
Poretta, 51.
Porphyry, 57, 85, 205.
Porphyrite, 202, 205.
Porphyritic rocks, 77,

210.
Portland (Maine), 119.
Port Nicholson, 149.
Portugal, 371.
Posepny', F., 89, 90, 375.
Posidonomya-shales, 61.
Post, H. von, 90.
Post-Pliocene, 105, 128. "
Post-Tertiary, 34.
Potamides, 376.
Potash-salt, 254.
Pofhocites, 333.
Potsdam, 303.
Potton Sands, 281.
Pouech, I'Abbe, 279.
Pozzi, B., 361.
Prestwich, Prof. J., 32,

104, 375.
Pribram, 257.
Price, R a. H., 31.
Prince -Edward Island,

115, 260.
Priola, 221.
Pristoupin, 106.
Probst, — ., 279.
Procoptodo7i, 278.
Proctor, R. A., 184.
Proteimiodon, 278.
Protogine, 203.
Provence, 338.
Prussia, 49, 191,321,348.
Pseudomorphs, 229, 240.
Pteraspis, 274.
Pterodactylus, 277, 280,

377.
Pterosauria, 277.
Pterygotus, 296.
Pumice, 202.
Punjab, 134, 142, 143,

•217.
Purbeck, 277.
Purves, Dr. J. C, 126.
Puy-de-D6me, 208.
Puydt, P. E. de, 361.
Puzzolanas, 255.
Pyrenees, 53. 64, 65, 75,

78, 259, 358.
Pyrites, 256.

Quader rocks, 55,298,299.

INDEX.

393

Quartz, 221, 235, 242,

246, 248, 256.
Quartzite, 128.
Quartz-porphyry, 20C.
Quaternary, 51, CO, 70,

77, 89, 92, 101, 103,

120, 263, 267, 271.
Queensland, 149, 152,

159, 371.
Quenetedt, F. A., 319.
Querieux, 354.
Quiquerez, A., 90.
Quiroga y Rodriguez, F.,

365.

Rabots, 67.

Rachgoiin Island, 255.
Radde, — ., 90.
Radoboj, 88.
Radstock, 2.
Rae, Dr. J., 179.
Raibl, 90.
Railways, 191.
Raincourt, De, 319.
Raised Beaches, 14, 44.
Rakonitz, 101.
Raktonite, 243.
Rammelsberg, C, 245.
Ramsay, Mrs. A. C, 94.
, Prof. A. C, 90, 91,

361.
Ramsey Island, 18, 305.
Raneegimge or Raniganj,

134, 135.
Rath, G. vom, 99, 195,

236, 245, 246.
Rathbun, R., 319.
Ratnapura, 244.
Rauite, 244.
Raulin, V., 91.
Ravenstein, E. G., 138.
Raymond, Dr. R. W.,

126, 190, 375.
Reade, T. M., 32, 179.
Iteadwin, T. A., 375.
Reboux, 91.
Reck, H., 111.
Red Chalk, 4.

Crag, 268, 281. •

Redtenbacher, Dr. A., 91,

279.
R<:"gny, 69.
Reichcnberg, 204.
Reichcnhall, 298.
Reindeer, 89.
Reinwarth, C, 246.
Reiss, W., 168.
Renaud, G. P. A., 139.
Renevier, Prof.E., 91,147.

Renfrewshire, 348.
Reptilia, 271, 277, 282.
Resin, 229, 241.
Reul, X. de, 92.
Reusch, F. E., 246.

, H. H., 51, 173.

Reuss, Prof. R. von, 320.
Revinian, 57.
Revy, J. J., 180.
Reydellet, Dr., 246.
Rezbanya, 375.
Rheetic Beds, 5, 42, 93,

107, 275, 327.
Rhagite, 256.
Rhenish-Westphalian

slates, 93.
Rhine VaUev, 83, 89-91,

94, 178.
Bhinoceros, 268, 282.
Rhone, 51, 263, 295, 348,

369.
Rhone basin, 58, 61, 376.
Richardson, C. S., 375.

, J.. 126, 127, 326.

, R., 33, 92.

Richthofen, Baron von,

92, 139.
Ricketts, Dr. C, 33.
Rigaux, E., 47.
Rio Tapajos, 295.
Ripidolite, 230.
Ritchie, A. T., 362.
Ritchie county, 116.
Rittler, H., 101.
Riviera, Marques de la,

246.
Riviere, Dr. E., 279.
Roanne, 203, 360.
Roannois, 68.
Robb, C, 127.
Robert, E., 92, 246.

, F., 92.

Roberts, Capt. J., 33.

, T., 168.

Robertson, D., 34, 182,

287.
Rochefort, 367.
Rock-crystal, 235.
Rock-formation, 182.
Rock-salt, 54, 246.
Rocky Mountains, 123,

124, 126, 180, 336.
Rodriguez, 365.
Roemer, F., 93, 279. .

, H., 93.

Roessler, Dr. A. R., 349.
Romanes, G., 127.
Rome, 218, 220.
Roper, F. C. S., 182.

Rose, G., 247.
R<5selite, 249, 255, 256.
Rossi, Prof. M. St. de,

168.
Rossitz, 101.
Rotation of the Earth,

185.
Roth, Herr, 212.
Rothbury, 38.
Rothliegende, 100.
RothweU, R., 362.
Roubaix, 58, 86, 87.
Roudaire, E., 147.
Rougemont, Ph. de, 375.
Rowney, T. H., 307.
Roys, Le Marquis de,

93
Rubies, 237.
Rucher, A., 93.
Rudler, F. W., 34, 212,

222.
Rugby Drift, 41.
Riigen, 74.
Rugose Corals, 295.
Rumpf, J., 212, 247.
RusseU, R., 34, 342.
Russia, 45, 47, 79, 107,

213, 263, 320.
Rutile, 234.

Riitimeyer, L., 280, 375.
Rutley, F., 247.
Rutot, A., 93, 94. 212.
Ryle, T., 320.

Saccammina] 329. • •
Sadebeck, A., 247.
Safarik, Dr. A., 248.
Safford, Dr. J. M., 372.
Sahara, 145, 146, 148.
St. Amand, 216.
St. Asaph, .357.
Saint-B6at, 78.
St. Cassian, 83.
St. David's, 17, 305.
Saint-Etienne, 331.
St. Gothard railway, 46,

100.
St. Just-en-Chevalet, 203.
St. Lawrence, 129.
St. Leonard's, 18.
St. Menehould, 267.
Saint-Menoux, 269.
Saint-Nicolaa-de-Rouge-

mont, 76.
Saint-Omer, 47.
Saint-Romy-Chausfl^e,

199.
St. Wendel, 246.
Sala mine, 69.

394

INDEX.

Salbaoh, 194.
Salino, R, 94.
Salmian, 57.
Salt-basins, 139, 378.

deposits, 10, 183.

plains, 127.

works, 46.

Saltholm limestone, 70.
Sambaquis, 162.
Sambre, 68.
Samothraco, 73.
Sanday, G. H., 34.
Sandberger, F., 94, 248.
Sand-ridges, 178, 180.
Sandstone, elastic, 137.
Sandstones, prismatic,

204.
Sandwell Park, 2, 186.
San Francisco, 128.
Sangatte, 52, 264.
San Luis de Potosi, 222,

368.
Santa Clara, 234. '
Santa Fe, 264.
Santander, 222, 374.
Santorin, 168.
Saone, 348.
Saporta, Comte G. de,

93, 101, 338.
Sapphires, 237.
Sarmatian beds, 47, 64.
Sarsens, 35.
Sarthe, 69.
Saualpe, 221.
Saussurite, 254.
Sauvage, Dr. H. E., 280.
Savoye, — ., 70.
Saxony, 85, 231, 233, 249,

298, 299, 339, 357.
Scandinavia, 178.
Scania, 59, 60, 70, 74, 81,

84, 176, 180, 200, 213,

230, 244, 332.
Scapkaspis, 274.
Scha^dler, F., 362.
Scbaffhausen, 75.
Scharff, Dr. F., 248.
Scheerer, T., 248.
Scheurer-Kestner, A., 213.
Schickendantz, D. F., 127.
Scbiltach, 238.
Scbimper, Prof. W. P.,

338
Schio beds, 46, 63.
Schiotz, O. E., 94."
Schladming, 247.
Schloesing, T., 213.
Schliiter, C, 94, 320.
Schmick, J. H., 139.

Schmidt, A., 112.

, Dr. C, 213.

, F., 320.

■ . J., 168.

, M., 274.

Schneeberg, 241, 247.
Schneider, F. C, 260.

, O., 94.

Schnetzler, J. B., 95.
Schnorr, — ., 249.
Schonau, 213.
Schonen, 275.
Schrauf, Prof.A., 249,250.
Schroder, Dr. H., 250.
Schulze, Prof. M., 320.
Sclavonia, 88.
Scotlnnd, 21, 22, 23, 34,

172,191,287,322,328,

341, 348, 374.
Scott, G., 362.

,E. H., 362.

Scrope, G. P., 168, 169.
Sea-action, 180.
Sea-bottoms, 361.
Seclin, 70.
Seebachite, 223.
Seeley, Prof. H. G., 280,

28i.
Segovia, 365.
Seguenza, G.. 95, 320.
Seine, 55, 290.
Seine-et-Marne, 348.
Selachians, 261.
Selwyn, A. E. C, 127.
Senft, Dr., 213, 250.
Sericite, 248.
Sermide, 378.
Serpentine, 102, 197, 228.
Serrania de Ronda, 373.
Sesia Thai, 254.
Settle, 8, 20, 263.
Sexe, S. A., 95.
Shafts, on sinking, 1 14.
Shales, 199.
Sharp, S., 34.
Sharpness, 25.
Shepstone, Hon. T., 147.
Shone, W., 35.
Siberia, 131, 213, 217.
Sichon, 75, 76.
Sicily, 95, 194, 195, 221.
Sidenbladh. M., 95.
Sielnice, 88.
Sierra Nevada, 178.
Siewart, Dr. M., 250.
Sigillaria, 330.
Silesia, 63, 78, 279, 334.
Silicates, 235, 248.
Siljan, 100.

Silliman, Prof. B., 251.

Silurian, 5, 18, 53, 55, 82,

85, 95, 113, 114, 123,

213, 283, 286, 295, 296,

304-306,308,309,311,

316, 320, 337.
Silver ores, 188, 225, 226,

228, 230, 367, 375.
Silvestri, Prof. O., 169.
Simonin, L., 128.
Sinai, Mount, 131.
Sinus Itius, 58.
Sipocz, L., 218, 251, 260.
Sjogren, A., 96, 97, 195,

251, 320, 362.
Skene, A. J., 155.
Skey, W., 155, 169, 251,

2*52
Skipton, 31.
Slateford, 16.
Smith, A. K., 375.

, C, 252.

, E. J., 195.

, J. L., 218, 252.

, R. F., 253.

Smithsonite, 253.
Smyth, R. B., 155-157.

, W. W., 195.

Sodertorn, 244.
Soils, 48, 159, 204.
Solenhofen, 375.
Solfataras, 229.
Solstad, 193.

Somerset, 25,26,42,43,365.
Somme, 55, 87.
Sordelli, F., 338.
Sorrell, Mount, 23.
Southend, 5.
Souverbie, Dr., 320.
Spa, 378.
Spain, 218, 222, 330, 352,

365, 366, 368-370, 373,

374, 377.
Sparagmite-quartz, 94.
Spathic iron-ore, 252.
Speiskobalt, 234.
Spencer, J., 35.
Sperenberg, 105, 162, 171.
Spermophilus, 263.
Spezia, G., 376.
Sphenopteris, 339.
Spider, 303.
Spitzbergen, 108, 109,

322, 323.
Splint coal. 111.
Spodiosite, 253.
Sponge-gravel, 8.
Sponges, 311.
Squarey, E. P., 195.

DTDEX.

395

Stabbarp, 200.
Stache, Dr. G., 97, 98,

321.
Staflfordshire, 30, 186,

187, 281.
Stalagmite, 200, 201, 213.
Staphylopteris, 330.
Star-fishes, 6, 297, 326,

327.
Stark, F., 99.
Statuary-marbles, 64.
Staurolite, 114.
Steavenson, A. L., 35.
Stebiiik, 240.
Steel, 186, 191, 193.
Steenstrup, K. J. V., 109.
Stefani, C. de, 99.
Stefanovic v. Vilovo, J.,

362.
Steinhardt, B., 321.
Sfeneofiber, 264.
Stephens, T., 158.
Steppes of Siberia, t31.
Stevens. Dr., 35.
Stevenson, J. J., 128, 376.
Sthenurus, 278.
Stibia ferrite, 234.
Stiffe, Lieut. A. W., 139

140.
Stigmaria, 340.
Stirlingshire, 348.
Stoby, 59.

Stoddart, W. W., 36.
Stohr, E., 99, 170.
Stokes, A. H., 100.
Stolba, R, 213, 253.
Stoliczka,Dr.F., 140,141.
Stolpe, M., 100, 213, 349.
Stones, Artificial, 193.
Stonesfield Slate, 290.
Stow, a. W., 147.
Strange, T. L., 362.
Strangways, C. F., 36,

342.
Stratford-on-Avon, 5.
Streng, Prof. A., 253.
8treptorhynchns, 312.
Btromatopora, 317.
Stromboli, 166, 169.
Strong, E. A., 321.
Stroud, 308.

Strover, Capt. G. A., 253.
Struckmann, C, 321.
Strupy, 80.
Sthiver, G., 253.
Studer, B., 100.

m 281

Stur,'D.','lOO,'l01, 213,

339, 363.

Styria, 247, 325.

Submarine explorations,
356.

Submerged Forest, 25, 37.

Submergence, 174.

Sub-Wealden Boring, 30,
37, 41, 370.

Suczawa, 88.

Sudbury, 39.

Suderoe, 100.

Siidsteiermark, 304.

Suez, 146, 260.

SuflTolk, 36, 39, 268, 375.

Sula, 376.

Sulphur, 27, 194, 195,367.

springs, 260.

Sumatra, 133, 142, 335.

Sun, 167, 180, 184, 185.

Superior, Lake, 110, 111,
116, 121, 188, 191.

Sutherlandshire, 28.

Svartelfven valley, 96.

Sweden, 70, 90, 96, 102,
191, 241, 252, 349, 355.

Swedish Geological Sur-
vey, 74, 87, 100.

Swinton, A. H., 321.

Swiss Alps, 50.

Switzerland, 61, 62, 95,
241, 349.

Symhorodon, 264.

Symes, E., 344.

Syracuse, 64.

Syrmia, 77.

Syzran, 373.

Table of Strata, 91.
Taconic Mountains, 114.
Tagarp, 59.
Tangiers, 144.
Tanner, A., 253.

, J. A., 253.

Tapajos, 118.
Taramelli, T., 101.

, Prof. T., 321.

Tardy, A., 101, 170, 180.
Tarento, 64.
Tarn-et-Gktronne, 88.
Tasmania, 154, 155, 158,

159, 234, 242, 371.
Tate, E., 363.
Tawney, E. B., 36, 322.
Taylor, A., 170, 184, 213.
, J. E., 36, 37, 281,

363.
Tea-soils, 134.
Teeth, Fossil, 263.
Telluric bismuth, 229.
Tellurium, 225, 233, 251.

Temperatures, under-
ground, 162, 163.

Tennessee, 181, 199, 253,
303, 365, 372.

Tenney, S., 128.

TentcKyidites, 313.

TerebratuJa grandis, 53,
84.

Moravica, 71.

Terquem, M. O., 322.

Terraces, 180.

Tertiary, 50, 51, 53, 57,
61, 63, 64, 66, 70, 78,
83, 86, 105, 115, 144,
203,263.275,280,291-
293, 300, 304, 315,
360, 376.

Texas, 122, 349, 367.

Thames valley, 282.

Thanet beds, 39.

— ^, Isle of, 3.

Thayingen, 75.

Theiss, 362.

Theobald, W., 141, 142.

Thermal conductivity of
rocks, 184.

Thessaly, 66.

Th^ziers, 338, 376.

Thian-Shan range, 141.

Thickening of beds, 37.

Thomas, D., 37.

Thomas, E«v. D. E., 357.

Thompson, W. P., 376.

Thomsenolite, 243.

Thomson, J., 37, 322.

, J. T., 158.

, Prof. W., 183, 363.

, Sir W., 185.

Throndhjem, 58.

Tiberg, H. V., 253.

Tidal action, 179.

Tiddeman, E. H., 347.

Tierra del Fuego, 114.

Tietze, Dr. E., 142.

Till, 44, 173.

Tin-ore, 16, 149, 159, 160,
234,236,242.371.

Titanotherium, 274.

Toledo, 81.

Toluca, 369.

Tombeck, 101, 102.

Tongres, 93.

Topley, W., 37, 38, -iO,
185, 343, 376.

Toplitia, 207.

Tordoux, — ., 102.

Tornebohm, A. E., 102,
180.

Tomquist, S. L., 103.

396

Torquay, G, 360.
Torrents, 174.
Tortoises, 269.
Toucas, A., 103.
Toula, Dr. F., 103, 109,

213, 322, 323, 350.
Toulon, 103.
Tourcoing, 86.
Tourmalines, 246.
Tournouer, E., 103, 323,

324, 376.
Trachyte, 201.
Traill, W. A., 345.
Tramore Bay, 14.
Transylvania, 201, 207,

251.
Transylvanian Erzgebirg,

57.
Traquair,R.H.,281,282.
Trass, 198.
Trautschold, H., 103, 324,

376.
Trautwinite, 233.
Travemiinde, 77.
Travers, W. T. L., 158.
Trefriw, 259.
Tremadoc Rocks, 5.
Trematis, 303,' 314.
Trenton, 300, 303.
Trentscbin-Teplitz, 260.
Trestyan, 257.
Triassic Eocks, 42, 83,

88, 314, 374.
Tribolet, M. R de, 103,

254, 324, 376.
Trichecus, 267.
Trigonia, 309.
Trilobites, 309, 321.
TrimerellidcB, 294.
Troglodytes, 358.
Tromelin, — de, 69.
Tromso, 89, 375.
Troost, G-., 254.
Tschermak, G-., 213, 219,

220, 221, 254.
Tschermakite, 238.
Tufa, 31.
TuUamore, 351.
Tunbridge Wells, 376.
Tungsten, 226.
Tunis, 148.
Turbinida, 323.
Turkey, 46, 365.
Tuscany, 45,. 53, 351...
Tusnad, 2^1.
Tute, J. S., 325. . .
Tuxtla, 370.
Tylor county, 116. •
Tyndall, Prof. J., 12CF.

INDEX.

Tynecastle, 173, 177, 178,

180.
Tyrolese Alps, 247.
Tyrone, 190, 349.

Udias, 222.

Ulodendron, 337.

Ulrich, a H. F., 159,
214.

Unakyte, 199.

Underground tempera-
tures, 162, 163.

United States, 116-118,
121, 126, 129, 188, 190,
225, 336, 367, 371, 377.

Untersteiermark, 84.

Upland, 203.

Upsala, 253.

Ural, 3^0.

Uranium, 231.

Ur aster, 13.

Urba, Dr. K, 109, 215.

Urbino, 376.

Urgonian, 373.

Uronemus, 282.

TJrsiis, 264, 279.

Uruguay, 180.

Ussher, W. A. E., 347.

Utah, 188, 368.

Vaalite, 242.
Vala, J., 255.
Yalcvivia, 373.
Valdesotos, 369.
Valenciennes, 66.
Valgipes, 269.
Valleys, 375.
Vanadium, 216.
Vancouver's Island, 127,

136.
Vanden Broeck, E., 104,

128, 325.
Vaquieres, 338.
Var, 51, 52.
Vasseur, G-., 282.
Vaudois Jura, 324.
Vaughan, D., 170.
Veins, 89.

Velain, C, 148, 255.
Vennor, H. G-., 127.
Verbeek, O., 142.
Verespatak, 251.
Vermandois, 76.
Vermiculites, 227.
Vermland, 253. •
Vertebrata,. 261. •
Vesuvius, 161, 202.
Veszelyte, 249.
Vezere, 75.

\

Viale-Prela, 363.
Vicaire, E., 185.
Vicenza, 208.
Victoria, 150, 155, 156,

160, 196, 214, 243, 297,

310, 337.

Cave, 263.

Vidal, L. M., 104.
Vieillard, E. F., 58, 104.
Vienna, 63, 254, 260, 285,

339, 350.
Vilanova y Peira, J., 325.
Villa, G. 13., 376.
Ville, — ., 376.
Villnoss valley, 73.
Vincent, G., 104, 105,325.
Viollet-Leduc, E., 105.
Virba, 216.
Virginia, 110, 111, 116,

118, 233, 253.
Virlet d'Aoust, 148.
Vivarais, 350.
Vlaanderen, Dr. C. L.,

214, 260.
Voelcker, Dr. A., 159,

187, 195, 255.
Vogelsang, 11., 214.
Vogt, C, 170, 214, 363.
Voisin, H., 105.
Volborthia, 314.
Volcanic phenomena, 20,

22, 44, 66, 74, 92, 130,

161,164,166-168,170,

198, 214. 259, 370.
Volga, 373.'
Volgu, 368.
Volterra, 46.
VoMa, 14, 325.
Vorarlberg, 77.
Vozlau, 307.
Vukotinovic, L. von, 105.

Walenn, W. H., 363.
Wales, 1, 5, 360, 374, 378.
Walker, Prof. F. A., 377.

, H., 38.

Walrus, 267.
Walter, H., 105.
Wapplerite, 232.
Ward, J. C, 39, 342, 350.

, Dr. O., 39, 170,

325.

, T., 183.

Wardha, 135.
Warminster. 28.
Warora, 138.
Warren, Maj.G. K, 377.

, J. L., 344.

Warwick, 276, 363.

INDEX.

897

Warwickite, 252.
Washburn, G., 363.
Washington, 128.
Waters, A. W., 325.
Waters, Analyses of, 195.
Waterstones, 230, 231.
Wat«r Supply, 22, 189,

191-194.
Watson, R. A., 377.
Waud, W. B., 127.
Wavnesborough, 117,
Weald, 12.

Wealden, 93, 272, 277.
Websky, Prof., 255.
Weisbach, Prof. A., 255.
Weiser, R., 180.
Weiss, E., 72.
Weisselberg, 240.
Wells (Somerset), 43.
Wells (water), 5, 191.
Welter, H., 3(52.
Wenger beds, 101.
Wenlock rocks, 5.
Wensleydale, 271, 27G.
Wensum valley, 14.
Wermland, 224.
Westeregeln, 238, 24G.
West Indies, 292, 300.
Westphal, Major, 215.
Wetherell, J. W., 325.
Whale, 271.
Wheeler, Lieut. G. M.,

123, 129.
Wheelerit>e, 241.
Whin Sill, 38.
Whitaker, W., 39, 347,

303.
Whitby, 187.
White, Prof. C. A., 326.
Whiteaves, J. F., 326.
White Clay, 25.
Whitehaven, 3(J5, 372.
Whitfield, R. P., 302, 303,

334.
Whitley, N., 3G3, 377.
Whittlesey, C, 170.
Wibel, R, 255.
Wichmann, A., 250.
Wicklow, 27, 205.
Wiebel, K. W. M., 185.
Wiesbaden, 259.
Wiesbaur, J., 339.
Wight, IbIo of, 272, 320,

345, 366.
Wikoff. Hon. A. L.. 195.

Wildalpe, 279.
Wilder, Gen. J. T., 365.
Wilkinson, Consul, 190.

, C. S., 160.

, S. B., 39, 283, 344.

WiUcock, J., 196.
WiUcox, J., 129, 256.

, T., 181.

Willemite, 223.
Willett, H., 40, 41.
Williamson, Prof. W. C,

183, 340.
Williamstown, 128.
Wilson, A. S., 183.

, J. M., 41.

Winchell, Prof. N. H.,

125, 129, 377.
Windakiewicz, E., 196.
Windy Knoll, 1, 30.
Wing, A. T., 171.
Winkler, Dr. C, 256.

, T. C, 377.

Winnipiseogee, 119.
Winslow, 236.
Winwood, Rev. H. H., 2.
Wiserine, 238.
Wissant, 47.
Witchell, E., 13.
Wleugel, — , 256.
Woldi-ich, Dr. J., 105.
Wolf, T., 129.
Wolflf, II., 106.
Wolf Rock, 197.
Wollaston, G. II., 41.
Wollastonite, 227, 246.
Wood, S. v., 326.
Wood-tin ore, 222, 224.
Woodward, H., 41, 282,

326, 327, 364.
, H. B., 42, 43, 347,

351.
Wooldridge, Vice-Consul,

196
Worth, R. N., 43, 196.
Wreden, F., 260.
Wrekin, 5.
Wright, Dr. C. R. A.,

256.

, Dr. T., 13, 327.

Wrighlson, Prof. J., 106.
Wroxham, 14.
Wulfenite, 257.
Wunsch, E. A., 43.
Wurtz, II., 215, 256.
Wiirzburgor, P., 44.

Wyandotte, 228.
Wyatt, J., 34.
Wynne, A. B., 44, 142,

143.
Wyoming, 274.

Xiphodon, 2C9.

Yardley, H. B., 215.
Yarkund, 140.
Yates, L. G., 282.
Yealrapton, 43.
Yesso, 135, 138.
Yngunza, R., 370.
Yonne, 209.

YoredaleRock8,271,276.
Yorkshire, 3, 4, 18, 19,

34, 35, 187, 192, 262,

263, 350.
Young, Prof. J., 44, 328.

, J., 44, 327-329.

. R., 377.

Ypresian, 58.
Ystad, 60.
Yule, H., 143.

Zambesi, 145.
Zamora, 368.
Zaralshan, 143.
Zaragoza, 236, 369.
Zarecznego, Dr. St., 10(^
Zawissa, J., 106.
Zechstein, 109, 204.
Zeolites, 221, 234, 246,

253.
Zepharovich, V. R. von,

256, 257.
Zermatt, 239.
Zerrenner, C, 257, 258.
Zeuglodon, 267.
Zigno, Baron A. de, 377.
ZiUerthal, 230.
Zinc-ore, 90, 116.
Zinc-blonde, 230, 253.
Zinkwand, 247.
Zircosyenite, 211, 232.
Zirkel, F., 214.
Zittau, 55.
Zittel, 106.
Zoantharia, 295.
Zolirab, 107.
Zuarznavar, M., 107.
Zugmayor, 107.
Zurich, 360.
Zwickau, 24a. •

Printed by Tatlos and FRANCiiJ:*Ked Lion CpiMrt^Freet ffbe^t.

■'^;:-'>

:-?r

" 't: ■

o

to
to

oo

o

o

o
o

o
o

u
o

9 S

Ufliversity of Toroito
Library

DO NOT
REMOVE
THE

Acme Library Card Pocket
LOWE-MARTIN CX). Limited